sun
Gzoo
harvard university
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
Quaestiones
entomologicae
MUS. COMP. ZCCL.
LIBRARY
FEB 4 W2
harvard
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology, Uni-
versity of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada
VOLUME VII
1971
CONTENTS
Guest Editorial — Northwestern Caddisflies 1
Nimmo — The adult Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae (Trichoptera) of Alberta
and Eastern British Columbia and their post-glacial origin 3
Editorial — Publish or Perish? 235
Frank — Carabidae (Coleoptera) of an arable field in central Alberta 237
Chance — Correction for drag of a flight mill, with an example for
Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lep. Noctuidae) 253
Sehgal — Biology and host-plant relationships of an oligophagous leaf miner
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel (Diptera :Agromyzidae) 255
Erwin — Notes and corrections to a reclassification of
bombardier beetles (Carabidae, Brachinida) 281
Book Review 282
Book Review 283
Book Review 284
Guest Editorial — Excellence has no Nationality 287
Sehgal - A Taxonomic Survey of the Agromyzidae (Diptera) of Alberta, Canada,
with Observations on Host-Plant Relationships 291
Nimmo - Corrigenda on the Adult Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae (Trichoptera)
of Alberta and Eastern British Columbia and their Post-Glacial Origin 406
Thomas - An Apparatus and Method for the Field Separation of Tabanid Larvae
(Diptera: Tabanidae) from Moss 407
Announcement 409
Editorial — Four Men and a Moth 411
Jacobson — The pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae): a review of research 414
Cheung — Purification and properties of arginine phosphokinase
from honeybees Apis mellifera L. (Hymenoptera, Apidae) 437
INDEX
in
Achillea 270, 276
A. millefolium 256, 335, 369, 386
A. sihirica 256-258, 262, 266-274, 305,
335, 369, 386
Actaea rubra 306, 384
Agonum cupreum 239, 242, 246
A. cupripenne 239
A. placidum 239, 242, 246
A. quadripunctatum 239
A. retractum 239
Agromyza 292, 294, 296-303, 384
A. albertensis 296-297
A. albipennis 296-298, 302, 392
A. ambigua 297, 300
A. ambigua group 296, 384
A. aprilina 296-298
A. brevispinata 296-299, 392
A. canadensis 296, 299, 386
A. fragariae 296-297
A. hockingi 296-300, 392
A. kincaidi 296-300, 392
A. lucida 298
A. masculina 296-297 , 300-302
A. nearctica 296-291, 301, 392
A. nigripes 296-298, 302
A. nigripes group 296, 384
A. populoides 296-297 , 302, 385
A. pseudorep tans 296-297 , 302
A. pseudorufipes 299
A. rep tans 302
A. reptans group 296
A. rubi group 296
A. rufipes group 261, 296
A. spiraeae 296-297, 300-302, 383
A. spiraeae 296
A. sulfuriceps 296,. 303
A. ulmi 298
A. urticae 302
A. vockerothi 296-297, 301-303
Agromyzidae
Alberta 291-405
adult characteristics 293-294
host-plant relationships 255-280,
291-405
taxonomy 291-405
Agropyron 322-323
Agropyron repens 387
A. smithi 387
Agrotis delorata 416
A. orthogonia 253-254, 41 1-436
A. orthogonia duae 416
Ahmad, T. 256
Ainslie, C.N. 422
Algonquina 107, 116, 143-144
Allegophylax 145
Allen, P. 256, 265
Allium cepa 268, 272, 274, 278
Allomyia 57-60
Amara 238, 247
A. apricaria 240, 242, 247
A. apricaria group 248
A. aulica group 248
A. avida 240, 242, 247
A. convexa 240
A. cupreolata 240
A. ellipsis 240, 242, 248
A. far eta 240
A. lacustris 239
A. laevipennis 240
A. latior 240, 242, 247
A. littoralis 240, 242, 248
A. lunicollis group 248
A. obesa 240
A. pallipes 240
A. patruelis 240, 242, 248
A. quenseli 240
A. sinuosa 240
A. torrida 239, 242, 246-248
Amaranthus 344
Amauromyza 292, 295, 326-321, 384
Amelanchier canadensis 317, 384
Amphicosmoecus 5, 50-51, 55-56, 207, 216
A. canax 55-56, 159, 162, 184, 203, 207, 213
Amphioxus lanceolatus 437
A. abnormalis 321
A. riparia 326-327 , 396
A. shepherdiae 326-327 , 386, 396
A. subinfumata 326-327
Anabolia 5, 83, 101, 124-128, 138, 210, 217
A. bimaculata 125-128, 177, 192, 203, 210,
213
A. bimaculata group 210
A. consocia 125-126, 176, 191, 204, 210, 213
A. macula ta 128
A. medialis 126
A. osburni 125-127, 161, 177, 191, 204, 210,
213
A. sordida 2 1 0
IV
Anabolina 108, 1 12, 120-121
Anacyclus 256
Anderson, N. H. 20, 23, 28, 53, 61, 154,
201.
Andrewartha, H. G. 418, 429.
Andrews, P. 440
Anemone 384
A. canadensis 359, 374, 385
A. multifida 372, 385
A. riparia 359-360, 385
Angelica 353
A. arguta 382, 386
Anisogamus 96
Anolopsyche 108
Anthemis 256
Anthrax molitor 428
Antineura 344
Antirrhinum 266
Apan teles griffini 428
Apatania 5, 64-71, 156, 207, 217
A. aenicta 69
A. alberta 65, 70-71, 165, 185, 203, 207,
214
A. arctica 65-66
A. auricula 66
A. complexa group 70-71
A. crymophila 65, 69-70, 165, 185, 204,
207.213.221
A. dalecarlica 66
A. fimbriata group 65-66
A. frigida 67
A. groenlandica 66
A. inornata 66
A. pallida 61
A. palmeni 66
A. shoshone 65, 68, 165, 185, 204, 207,
213.221
A. shoshove 406
A. stigmatella 65-68, 165, 185, 204, 207,
213.221
A. stigmatella group 67-68
A. wallengreni group 69-70
A. zonella 65-66, 159, 164, 185, 204, 207,
214. 221
Apataniinae 5, 50, 64-71
Apataniini 5
Apatelia 65-69
Apatidea 65-67
Apidae 437-446
Apis mellifera 437-446
Apium 271
Apolopsyche 108, 116
Aptinoderus 281
A. cyaneus 281
Aptinomorphus 281
Aptinus 281
Aquilegia 266, 271, 352, 357, 362-363, 384-
385
A. brevistyla 355
A. formosa 355-356
Aralia 353
A. nudicaulis 357, 385
Arctocia 126
Arctoecia 125-126, 138
Arctopora 5, 83, 133-135, 211,217
A. pulchella 134-135, 178, 192,204,211,
213
A. salmon 21 1
A. trimaculata 21 1
arginine phosphokinase 437-446
Arnett, R. H., Jr. 283-284
Arnica 352
A. cordi folia 358, 386
Artemisia 258, 266-269, 272-277, 325
Asclepias syriaca 278
Aster 295,312,328,333
A. ciliolatus 267, 351, 360, 386
A. conspicuus 358, 386
Asterias rubens 437
Asynarchus 5, 83, 128-132, 143,210,217
A. aldinus 129, 131-132, 178, 192, 203, 210,
213
A. bat chew ana 131
A. conerus 131
A. contumax group 130
A. curtus 129-131, 177, 192, 203, 210, 213
A. lapponicus 132
A. lapponicus group 130
A. mutatus 129-130, 177, 192, 204, 210, 213
A. planifrons 131
Atecyclus septemdentatus 42>1
A ty lotus 407-408
Avena 323
Badister obtusus 240
Bajkov, A. 76
Balduf, W. V. 76, 95, 1 19, 124-125, 128, 146
Baldwin, E. 437-439, 444-445
Ball, G. E. 54, 62, 97, 102, 113, 116, 124,
137, 143, 197-198
Banks, N. 19, 23-27, 33, 52-54, 57, 61-62,
67-68, 76-79, 89-92, 95-1 13, 1 16-130,
134-146, 149-150, 153-156
Bannister, L. H. 437
Baptisa tinctoria 331
Barnes, W. 416
Bayrock, L. A. 197-198
Beirne, B. F. 429
Bembidion 244, 248, 250, 251
B. bimaculatum 239-242
B. canadianum 239, 242-244
B. grape i 239
B. mutatum 239, 242, 244, 251
B. nitidum 239-243
B. nudipenne 239
B. obscurellum 239, 242-243, 251
B. quadrimaculatum oppositum 239, 242-
244, 25 1
B. rapidum 239
B. rupicola 239, 242-243, 251
B. sordidum 241
B. timidum 243
B. versicolor 239, 242-243
beetles
bombardier 281
Colorado potato 276-278
Benjamin, F. H. 416
Berecyntus bakeri 428
Berry, E. W. 124-125
Betten, C. 19, 23-27, 33, 53-54, 57, 61-62,
67-68, 76, 79, 89-92, 95-105, 108-113,
116-125, 128-130, 134-146, 149-150,
153-156
Betten, C., et al. 196
Bidens cernua 307, 386
Birch, L.C. 418,429
Blakely, P. E. 418-424, 427, 431
Blethan, S. L. 437, 444
Blickle, R. L. (see Morse).
Bombyliidae 428
Bonnetia compta 428
Bowman, K. 416
Brachinida 28 1
Brachinus adustipennis 28 1
B. fulminatus 281
B. kavanaughi 281
B. micro americanus 28 1
B. senegalensis 28 1
B. vulcanoides 281
Braconidae 428
Brady cellus congener 240
B. lecontei 240
Brady tus 248
Branch, H. E. 95
Braschnikov, W. C. 3 10
Brassica 274
B. khaber 267, 272
B. oleracea 273-275
Brauer, F. 67,98, 102
Brimley, C. S. 126
Brooks, A. R. 427-428
Brosemer, R. W. 438
Brown, A. W. 431
Brues, C. T. 119, 140
Bryson, R. A. 199
Buhr, H. 277
Burks, B. D. 196
Butomomyza 317
Butt, B. A. 424
caddisflies, Alberta species 1-234, 406
origins and relationships 196-223
taxonomy 3-195
Calamagrostis 321
Calathus ingratus 239, 246
Callinectus sapidus 437
Calliphora erythrocephala 437
Calosoma calidum 239-241
Calycomyza 292, 295, 325-326, 384
C. althaeae 325
C. artemisiae 325
C. cynoglossi 325
C. menthae 325, 386
C. solidaginis 325, 387
C. sonchi 325-326, 387
Campanula 267
Cancer pagurus 437
Cannabis 277
Cantu, S. 424
Carabidae 237-252, 281
Alberta 237-252
of arable fields 237-252
Carabus complanatus 281
C. maeander 239
C. serratus 239
C. taedatus 239
Caragana arbor escens 267
Carcinus maemas 437
VI
Care x 319-32 1
Carlson, C. W. 438
Carpenter, G. D. H. 97
Centrostephanus rodgersii 437
Cerodontha 292, 295, 317-325, 384
C. angulata 317-319
C. calamagrostidis 319, 321-322
C. capitata 319, 323
C. chaixiana 318-320
C. dorsalis 318, 324
C. eucaricis 317-320
C. flavocingulata 320
C. frankensis 295, 317-320
C. gibbardi 317-320
C. incisa 3 1 9-322, 387
C. inconspicua 319, 322
C. lateralis 323
C. longipennis 319, 324
C. muscina 319, 322-323
C. occidentalis 318, 324-325, 395
C. sc/rp/ 317-321, 387
C. semipostica 3 1 9
C. superciliosa 319, 323, 387
C. ultima 318, 321
Chaetotaulius 118-119
Chalcididae 428
Chance, M. A. 253-254, 425
Chelonus 428
Chenopodium 267
C. 27 1
Cheung A. C. 437-446
Chilostigma 149-150, 154
Chilostigmini 5, 82, 148-156
Chilostigmodes 5, 148, 150-151, 212, 217
C. areolaris 150
C.areolata 150-151, 181, 194, 204,212-214
C. forcipata 212
Chlaenius alternatus 240
Chlamys opercularis 437
Chryanda 5, 50, 143-144, 211, 216
C. centralis 143-144, 180, 193, 204, 211,
214
C. cordon 144
C. pallida 144
C. parvula 144
C. signata 144
Chrysanthemum 256, 258, 266-269, 272,
276-277, 369, 386
Chrysothamnus 425
Chrysops 407-408
Cicindela aequinoctialis 28 1
C. limbalis 239
Cirsium arvense 425
Claassen, P. W. (see Needham).
Clematis 384
C. verticillaris 267, 361, 385
Clifford, H. F. 96, 1 12, 1 16, 120-124, 132-
133
Clistoronia 5,83,120-122,210-211,216
C. caroli 121
C. flavicollis 2 1 0
C. formosa 2 1 1
C. maculata 2 1 1
C. magnifica 121-122, 176, 191, 203, 210,
214
Clistoroniella 83
Clostoeca 143
Cohen, M. 256, 263
Coleoptera 237-252
collecting methods
caddisflies 11-12
ground beetles 238
rove beetles 238
spiders 238
tabanid larvae 407-408
Colpotaulius 110-112, 125-126, 133
control, cutworms 430-43 1
Cook, W.C. 41 1,41 5, 418, 42 1-431
Cooley, R. A. 424
Copidosoma bakeri 428
Coquillet, D. W. 344
Corbet, P. S. 65
Comus 353
C. canadensis 354, 385
C. stolonifera 354, 385
Co tula 256
Craig, D. A. 282
Crastemyza 3 1 7
Crepis 383-384
C. gracilis 381,386
C. tectorum 366, 386
Criddle, N. 108, 118, 154, 156
Crumb, S.E. 417, 429
Cucumis 267
Curtonotus 248
cutworms
pale western 41 1-436
predators 237
Vll
red-backed 237
Cymindis cribricollis 240
C. planipennis 240
Dahlia 272
Darlington, P. J., Jr. 281
Davich, T. B. 256
Davis, M. B. (see Betten et al. )
Davis, P.H. 265,383
Dejean, P. F. M. A. 281
Delphinium 267 , 363, 384-385
Dendromyza 3 1 6
Denning, D. G. 21-35, 53, 57, 61-62, 67, 73,
76, 79, 99, 103, 108, 1 10, 1 14, 1 19-122,
128, 131, 140-143, 149, 152-155, 196,
201,207-208
Depner, K. R. 419
DePew, L. J. 431
Deschampsia caespitosa 332, 387
Desmotaulius 127-128
Dethier, V. G. 276, 356, 427
Dicosmoecinae 5, 50-64
Dicosmoecus 5, 50-53, 206, 216
D. atripes 51-53, 162, 184, 203, 206
D. jucundus 51-53, 159, 162, 184, 203,
206,213
Di Jeso, F. 437
Diptera 255-280, 291-405, 407-408, 428
Disease, cutworms 427-429
Dizygomyza 292, 316-321
Dodds, G. S. 19-20, 23, 26-27, 61-62, 76,
90, 100, 124, 128, 138-140, 143
Dohler, W. 146
drag-flight 253-254
Dugesiella hentzi 437
Eames, A. J. 265, 383
Ecclisomyia 5, 50-51, 61-64, 207, 217
E. bilera 207
E. conspersa 61-63, 164, 185, 203, 207, 213
E. digitata 207
E. kamtshatica 207
E. maculosa 61-62, 159, 164, 185, 203, 207,
214
E. scylla 207
E. species one 61-64, 164, 185, 203, 207
Ecclisopteryx 149
Echinus esculentus 437
Edwards, D. K. 425
Ehrharta 323
Elkins, W. A. 119, 145
Elodi, P.437,444
Elson, J. A. 198-199
Elymus 323
Enderlein, G. 309,312,342
Ennor, A. H. 437-438, 444-445
Enoecyla 150
Enoicyla 145, 149-150
Erigeron 425
Ernestia radicum 428
Erwin, T. L. 281
Escherichia coli 437
Eshbaugh, F. P. 415
Essig, E. O. 23-27, 33, 53-54, 57, 61-62, 89,
97, 100-102, 105, 110, 121, 137-138, 141-
145, 149
Etnier, D. A. 92, 95-101, 104, 107-1 12, 1 19-
BO, 133, 145-146
Eupagurus bernhardus 445
Eupatorium 277-278, 333
Euxoa ochrogaster 237
Eyer, J. R. 415, 421, 426-427, 431
Fabricius, J. C. 149
Fallen, C. F. 296, 302, 350, 375
Farstad, C. W. 419-421
Faulkner, L. R. 431
Feeney, P. P. 256, 278
Fernald, M. L. 198
Fink, S. C. 438
Fischer, F. C. J. 1 1, 15, 19,22-23,52-156
flight mill 253-254
flight ranges 253-254
flight speeds 253-254
Flint, O. S., Jr. 23, 33, 52-54, 62, 65-67, 73,
76, 95, 99-101, 115, 120, 124-125, 128-
BO, 134, 140-142, 145-146, 149, 154,
196-199
forecasting, cutworms 430
Forsslund, K. H. 97, 102, 104
Fowler, K. S. 437
Fraenkel, G. S. 256, 276
Frank, J. H. 237-252
Frey, R. 327-328, 344
Frick, K. E. 265, 291-294, 298-299, 302,
309, 312-313, 316-328, 331-335, 343-347,
355, 364-365, 369, 375, 380, 383-384
Friend, W. G. 256
Friganea 1 1 9
Frison, T. H. 196
Fristrup, B. 97
Vlll
Frost, S. W. 298, 328, 331, 354, 366, 380
Galeopsis 277-278, 333
G. tetrahit 267, 272, 274, 278
Galium boreale 343-344, 386
Gammack, D. B. 444
Geum allepicum 296
Gibson, A. 415, 421
Giddings, J. L. 197
Giraud, P. 309
Glossosomatidae 16
Glyphopsyche 5, 148-156, 21 1-212, 216
G. bryanti 149
G. inter cissa 149
G. irrorata 149-150, 160, 181, 194, 204,
211-212
G. missouri 211-212
Glyphotaelius 124, 149
Gnaphosa sp. nr. muscorum 250
G. parvula 250
Gonia aldrichi 428
G. breviforceps 428
G. brevipulli 428
G. capitata 428
G. longi for ceps 428
G. longipulli 428
Goniotaulius 65, 91, 102, 1 19, 125, 127,
149
Goodrich, A. L. 53
Grammotaulius 5, 83, 122-123, 140-141,
210,217
G. betteni 210
G. interregationis 122-123, 176, 191, 204,
210,214, 221
G. lorettae 210
G. praecox 122-123
G. sibiricus 123
Grant, D. R. 197-199
Gravenor, C. P. 197-198
Gray, H. E. 425,427
Greene, C. G. 316
Greenslade, P. J. M. 250
Griffiths, D. E. 437-438, 444-445
Griffiths, G. C. D. 261, 277, 297-298, 361,
364, 370, 375,380-381,383
Grindelia squarrose 425
Groschke, F. 319
Guppy, R. 33-34, 62, 95, 99-103, 107, 110,
121, 137, 140, 143, 149, 155
Gupta, P. D. 278
Gupta, R. L. 256
Gurney, B. 277
Gutierrezia 425
Haematopota 407-408
Hagen, H. A. 53, 67, 91, 95, 99-102, 109,
112, 118-119, 122-129, 137, 145-146,
149-150
Halescus 121, 146
Handlirsch, A. 95
Hansen, F. E. 276
Haplomyza 292, 295, 344
H. t ogata 344
Hardwick, D. F. 419, 426-427
Hardy, J. 380
Harmston, F. C. (see Knowlton).
Harpalellus basilaris 240
Harpalus 238
H. amputatus 240, 242, 249
H. desertus 240
H. funerarius 240
H. pleuriticus 240, 242, 249
H. uteanus 240
Harris, P. 256
Harris, T. W. 101, 145
Harvey, T. L. 431
Hawn, E. J. 429
Helianthus 266, 274-277, 333, 425
H. annuus 258, 266-269, 272
Heliocidaris erythrogamma 437
Heliothis zea 276
Heming, B. S. 284-286
Hendel, F. 294, 300, 303, 309-328, 333, 343-
345,360, 364, 369, 375,379
Hennig, W. 383
Henrickson, K. L. 97
Heracleum 35 1 , 367
H. lanatum 379, 386
Hering, E. M. 256, 261, 276, 31 1, 335, 340,
346, 382-383
Hesperophylax 5, 139-142, 211,216
H. alaskensis 140
H. consimilis 140-141, 180, 193, 203, 211
H. designatus 140, 21 1
H. incisus 140-142, 180, 193, 203, 211, 214
H. magnus 21 1
H. minutus 21 1
H. occidentalis 140-141, 179, 193, 203, 211,
214
Hexomyza 292-295, 309, 384
IX
H. albicula 309
H. schineri 309, 385
Heywood, H. B. 196
Heywood, V. H. 265, 383
Heydemann, B. 250
Hisaw, F. L. (see Dodds).
Hocking, B. 235-236, 253, 41 1-412, 419-
420, 427
Hoerner, J. L. 431
Holothuria forskali 437, 445
Homarus americanus 437
H. vulgaris 437, 444
Homophylax 5, 50, 78-81, 207-208, 216,
406
H. acutus 78-80, 160, 167, 186, 203, 208,
214
H. adriana 208
H. andax 208
H. baldur 78-81, 160, 167, 186,203, 208,
214
H. crotchi 78-79, 160, 167, 186, 203, 208,
214
H. flavipennis 208
H. insulas 208
H. nevadensis 208
H. rentzi 208
honeybees 437-446
Hope, F.W. 281
Hopewell, W. 43 1
Hopkins, A. D. 276
Hopkins, D. M. 197
Hordeum 323
H. vulgare 268, 272, 274
host-plant relationships 255-280, 382-387
Hsiao, T. H. 256, 276
Hubenthal, W. 281
Hussey, N. W. 277
Hutchinson, J. 265, 383
Hybomitra 407-408
Hyland, K., Jr. 146
Hymenoptera 428, 437-446
Hypnotranus 57, 107
Ichneumonidae 428
Icteromyza 292, 317-318, 323-324
Ilex 378
Imania 5, 50-51, 56-61, 207, 217
I. acanthis 207
I. bifosa 51, 60-61, 159, 163, 184, 203,
207,214
I. bifosa group 60-61
I. cascadis 57-59, 159, 163, 184, 203, 207,
214
I. cidoibes 207
I. gnathos 207
I. hector 57-60, 159, 163, 184, 203, 207, 214
I. renoa 207
/. sty lata 57
/. tripunctata 57-58, 159, 163, 184, 201-203,
207,214, 220
I. tripunctata group 56-60
information storage and retrieval 283-284
Jacobson, G. C. 102, 122
Jacobson, L. A. 253, 41 1, 414-436
Jasus verreauxi 437, 444
Jeannel, R. 281
Jermy, T. 256, 276, 278
Johnson, C. W. 102, 104, 119, 125, 146
Juncus 323, 324
Kaltenbach, J. H. 302, 333, 370
Kaplan, N. O. 437, 444
Karl, O. 320
Kassab, R. 437, 444
Kasting, R. 422, 427, 429
Keller, J. C. 256
Kennedy, J. S. 256
Khan, M. R. 422
Kimmins, D. E. 16, 67
Kirby, W. 102
Kjellgren, B. L. (see Betten et al.).
Klotz, C. 444
Knowlton, G. F. 34, 53-54, 99, 140-143, 154
Kolbe, H. J. 66, 102, 112, 119, 122
Kolenati, F. 102
Kowarz, F. 380
Krafka, J. 126
Krafka, J., Jr. 95, 126, 128
Krivada, W. V. 150
Kruger, J. P. 252
Lactuca 218
L. scariola 366
Lamp sana 333
Landon, M. F. 444
Lathy rus 334
L. odoratus 267 , 271
L. ochroleucus 334, 380, 385
Layne, E. 438
leaf miners, biology 255-280
host-plant relationships 255-280, 382-387
X
taxonomy 291-405
Leech, R. L. 198
Leimnephila 1 1 9
Lemurimyza 292, 295, 341-342
L. dorsata 341
L. pacifica 341
L. pallida 341-342
Lenar chulus 134
Lenarchus 5, 83, 134-139, 211,217
L. brevipennis 135, 138-139, 179, 193, 203,
211,214
L. crassus 135-136, 178, 193,204,211,214
L. expansus 2 1 1
L.fautini 135-137, 179, 193,203,211,213
L. gravidus 2 1 1
L. intermedins 137
L. rho 211
L. rillus 2 1 1
L. vastus 135-138, 179, 193, 203, 211, 213
Leonard, F. A. (see J. W. Leonard).
Leonard, J. W. 23,95-101, 104, 109, 119,
124-127, 145-146, 149, 154
Lepidoptera 237, 253-254, 41 1-436
Lepneva, S. G. 154
Leptacinus batychrus 250
Leptinotarsa decimlineata 276
Leptocella 14
Leptoceridae 14
Lewis, S. K. 437
life history, cutworms 416-427
Likens, G. E. (see McConnochie).
Limnephila 1 1 9
Limnephilidae 3-234, 406
species one 157, 183, 195, 203
species two 157, 183, 195,203
species three 157-158, 161, 183, 195,203
species four 158, 161, 183, 195,203
species five 158, 183, 195,203
Limnephilinae 5, 50, 81-158
Limnephilini 5, 82-142
Limnephilus 5, 13, 67, 83-122, 125-141,
149-150, 208-210,217
L. acnestus 209
L. acrocurvus 2 1 0
L. acula 210
L. ademus 209
L. affinis 1 1 8
L. alberta 86-88, 1 14, 174, 190, 203, 210,
214
L. alberta group 1 14, 210, 217
L. americanus 89
L. argenteus 85,88, 113-114, 174, 190, 204,
210.213
L. argenteus group 1 13-1 14, 210, 217
L. arreto 2 1 0
L. asiaticus group 115, 209, 217
L. assimilis 2 1 0
L. assimilis group 107-109, 210, 217
L. canadensis 85-87, 120, 175, 191, 204, 209,
213
L. castor 209
L. cockerelli 86, 105-106, 171, 189, 203,
209. 214
L. coloradensis 209
L. congener 99
L. decepta 101
L. dispar 209
L. diversus 209
L. diversus group 120, 209-210, 217
L. elegans 97
L. elongatus 208
L. externus 84, 87, 99-100, 170, 188, 203,
208.213.221
L. externus group 99-100, 208-209, 217
L. extractus 85, 88, 91, 168, 186, 204, 208,
213
L. exulans 98
L. fagus 209
L.femoralis 85,87, 102-103, 171, 188,203,
209.213.221
L. fenestratus 209
L. fenestratus group 115-117, 209, 217
L. forcipatus 1 1 8
L. frijole 209
L. hageni 84, 88, 91-92, 168, 187, 204, 208,
214
L. hingstoni 104, 406
L. hyalinus 85, 88, 109-1 10, 173, 189, 203,
209. 213
L. incisus group 109-1 13, 209, 217
L. indivisus 84, 88, 95-96, 169, 187, 204,
208.213
L. infernalis 85, 87, 96-97, 169, 187, 203,
208,213
L. janus 85-86, 1 1 1-112, 173, 189, 204, 209,
213
L. kennicotti 85, 88, 1 16-117, 175, 190, 204,
209,213,221
XI
L. labus 84-86, 115, 174, 190, 204, 209,
213
L. lopho 86-88, 107, 172, 189, 203, 209,
214
L. lunonus 209
L. luridus 209
L. luridus group 101-103, 209, 217
L. luteolus 99-100
L. macgillivrayi 89
L. merinthus 112
L. minusculus 85-86, 111, 116, 174, 190,
203,213,209
L. miyadii 98
L. moestus 85, 88, 104-105, 171, 188, 204,
209,213,406
L. morrisoni 209
L. morrisoni group 209, 217
L. nebulosus 102
L. nigriceps 85,88, 117-118, 161, 175,
190, 204,210,214
L. nigriceps group 1 1 7- 1 1 8, 2 1 0, 2 1 7
L. nogus 86-87, 103-104, 171, 188, 203,
209, 213
L. nogus group 103-104, 209, 217
L. notatus 98
L. occidentalis 210
L. omatus 85-87, 97-98, 170, 187, 203,
208.213
L. omatus group 97-98, 208, 217
L. oslari 100
L. pallens 209
L. pallida 108
L. partitus 85-87, 92-93, 161, 168, 187,
204, 208,214
L. parvulus 86-88, 107-108, 172, 189, 204,
210.213
L. perforatus 102
L. perpusillus 84, 87, 112-113, 173, 190,
203.209.213
L. picturatus 85-87, 98-99, 170, 188,
204, 208,214, 221
L. picturatus group 98-99, 208, 217
L. pilosula 1 1 8
L. productus 210
L. pulchellus 406
L. rhaeus 1 1 2
L. rhombicus 85-87, 118-120, 175, 191,
203,208,214, 221
L. rhombicus group 1 18-120, 208, 217
L. roberti 108
L. sansoni 84, 87, 90-91, 168, 186, 203, 208,
214
L. secludens 85,88, 110-111, 173, 189,204,
209,213
L. sericeus 84, 86, 100-101, 170, 188, 204,
209,213
L. sericeus group 100-101, 209, 217
L. sitchensis group 104-107, 209, 217
L. spinatus 85-87, 108-109, 172, 189, 203,
210, 214
L. stigma group 95-97, 208, 217
L. stipatus 102
L. striola 1 1 8
L. subcentralis group 88-95, 208, 217
L. subguttatus 95
L. sublunatus 84, 87, 89-90, 95, 161, 167,
186, 203,208,214
L. subpunctatus 102
L. susana 84, 87, 93-94, 169, 187, 203, 209,
214
L. sylviae 209
L. taloga 210
L. tarsalis 209
L. tersus 100
L. thorns 208
L. valhalla 85, 88, 106, 172, 189, 203, 209,
214
L. sp. one 88, 94-95, 169, 187, 203
Limnophila 1 1 9
Limnophilus 89-92, 95-122, 134, 137, 141
Limulus polyphemus 437
Lindroth, C. H. 54, 62, 97, 102, 1 13, 1 16,
124, 137, 143, 198-200, 238, 241-251
Lindsay, I. S. 418,427,431
Ling, S. 30-31,34
Linnaeus, C. 1 18
Lioy, Da Paolo 3 1 6
Lipke, H. 256
Liriomyza 292-295, 328-341, 384
L. arcticola 339
L. balcanica 330
L. balcanicoides 328-333, 396
L. baptisiae 329-333
L. bifurcata 328-337, 397
L. cannabis 277
L. conspicua 329, 332
L. cordiUerana 329, 332, 387
L. eboni 329-333
Xll
L. edmontonensis 329, 333, 339
L. eupatorii 277 , 329, 333, 397
L. felti 294
L. fricki 330, 333-334, 384-385
L. kenti 330-331, 334-337
L. lathyri 328-330, 334-335, 340-341,
385, 397
L. lima 329, 335
L. melampyga 341
L. millefolii 329, 335-338, 384-387
L. montana 329-, 333, 336
L. munda 333
L. nordica 330-331, 334-337
L. pictella 333
L. pilosa 329, 336
L. pusilla 261
L. quadrisetosa 33 1
L. senecionivora 328-331, 334-337, 387, 398
L. septentrionalis 329, 337-338
L. singula 295, 329, 338
L. sinuata 328-329, 335, 338-339, 398
L. smilacinae 330, 339, 340, 387
L. socialis 329, 339
L. sylvatica 328-329, 339-340, 398
L. taraxaci 328-330, 334, 340-341
L. trifolii 333-334, 340-341
L. undulata 330, 340
L. veluta 328-330, 334, 340-341
L. viciae 329, 341,385
Lloyd, J. T. 95, 1 19, 124-126, 146
Loew,H. 319, 324
Lohman, K. 437
Lonicera 384
L. dioica 346-349, 386
L. involucrata 346-347, 365, 373, 386
L. tartarica 346, 386
Loricera pilicornis 239
Loveland, R. P. 282
Lundbeck, W. 344
Lupinus 267, 271, 273
L. sericeus 367, 385
Lycopersicon esculentum 267
Macquart, J. 389
Macrotaulius 83, 124
Maia squinado 437, 445
Maianthemum
Malloch, J. R. 298-300, 312, 322, 344-347,
368
Malva sy Ivestris 278
Manduca sexta 276
March, R. B. 429
Marcus, F. 437
Martin, J. E. H. 196
Martynov, A. V. 53, 57, 125-128, 149
Matricaria 256, 266, 276
M. chamomilla 263
M. matricarioides 256-258, 262, 266-269,
272, 369, 387
Matsuda, R. 284-286
Matsumoto, Y. 256
Mayr, E. 294
McAlpine, J. F. M. 196
McConnochie, K. 95-97, 104, 125, 146, 154
McDonald, H. 431
McDonald, S. 431
McDunnough, J. H. 416
McGinnis, A. J. 422, 427
McLachlan, R. 53, 67-69, 91-92, 95, 98-99,
102, 109, 112, 119, 125, 128, 145-146,
149-150
McMillan, E. 420, 427-430
Medicago 333
Meigen, J. W. 297, 302, 312-314, 321-322,
328,345-347,354,375
Meijere, J. C. H. de 263, 373
Meinert, F. 102
Melanagromyza 292-294, 303-309, 384
M. achilleana 303-306, 386, 393
M. actaeae 303-306, 384-385, 393-394
M. bidenticola 303-307, 386, 394
M. fastosa 304, 307-308
M. laetifica 304, 307-308
M. martini 303-305, 308, 385
M. matricarioides 304
M. miranda 305
M. occidentalis 304, 308
M. setifrons 303-304, 308
M. shewelli 304, 309
Melander, A. L. 308, 312, 324, 335, 343-344
Melanoplus bruneri 437
Melitotus 333
M. officinalis 21 1
Mentha arvensis 325, 386
Merkley, D. R. 89-92, 95-121, 125-138
Mertensia 353
M. paniculata 299, 370, 386
Me table tus americanus 240-242
Metaphyto genalis 428
xm
Meteorus leviventris 428
M, vulgaris 428
Metopomyza 292, 295, 342-343
M. flavonotata 342
M. griffithsi 342-343, 399
M. interfrontalis 342-343
Mez, C. 383
Micaria sp. nr. alberta 250
Michel, C. E. 95
Michelbacher, A. E. 256
Mik, J. 328
mill drag 253-254
Miller, L. A. 407
Milliron, H. E. 95
Milne, D. J. 96, 116-120, 127, 130, 146
Milne, L. J. 19, 22-28, 31-35, 53-54, 57, 61-
62, 67-68, 76, 79, 89-92, 95-113, 116-
146, 196
Milne, M. J. 31
Mitchell, B. 241
Monarda 325
Morales, M. F. 439
Moreland, B. 437, 444
Morrison, H. K. 416, 424
Morrison, J. F. 437-438, 444-445
Morse, W.J. 23,91,95-97, 101, 104, 107-
109, 124-127, 130, 137, 145-146, 149,
154-156
Mosely, M. E. 16, 89-92, 95-97, 102, 112,
119, 122-125, 128, 145-146, 149-150
Moyhuddin, A. I. 279
Munroe, E. G. 197-198
Musca 238
Muttkowski, R. A. 26, 95, 1 19, 126, 145-
146
Myxicola infundibulum 445
Nakahara, W. 97
Napomyza 292, 295, 349-350
N. immanis 349
N. lateralis 349
N. nugax 349-350
N. plumea 349-350
natural enemies, cutworms 427-429
Nayar, J. K. 256
Neave, F. 62, 76, 97-99, 108-109, 128,
140, 156
Needham, J. G. 95, 146, 196
Nemorimyza 292, 295, 327-328, 384
N. posticata 295, 328, 387
Nemotaulius 5, 83, 123-124, 210, 217
N. hostilis 124, 161, 176, 191, 203, 210, 213
Neophylacinae 5, 50, 71-77
Neothremma 5, 71-72, 75-77 , 207, 216
N. alicia 76-77, 160, 166, 186, 203, 207, 214
N. didactyla 207
N. galena 207
N. laloukesi 11, 183, 186, 203, 207, 214, 406
Nephrolepis 267, 270, 271
Nephrops norvegicus 437
Neuronia 145
Nicotiana tabacum 261, 271, 273
Nihei, T. 439
Nimmo, A. P. 3-234, 406
Noctuidae 237, 253-254, 41 1-436
Noda, L. 439
Nothofagus 200
Notiophilus aquaticus 239
N. semis triatus 239
Nowakowski, J. T. 256, 261. 276-277, 291,
302, 317-328, 343-346, 375, 382-383
Oatman, E. R. 256
Odum, E. P. 25 1
Oligophlebodes 5, 71-75, 207, 216
O. ardis 207
O. minuta 207
O. mostbento 207
O. ruthae 72-73, 160, 166, 185, 203, 207,
214
O. sierra 12-1 A, 160, 166, 186, 203, 207, 213
O. sigma 207
O. zelti 72-75, 166, 186, 203, 207, 214
Omophron americanum 25 1
Onocosmoecus 5, 51-55, 206-207 , 217
O. quadrinotatus 206
O. unicolor 54-55, 162, 184, 204, 206, 213,
221
Ophiomyia 292, 295, 310-316, 384, 385
O. asterivora 3 1 2
O. banffensis 3 1 0-3 1 2
O. decima 3 1 0-3 11,314
O. labiatarum 311-312, 395
O. madizina 3 1 2
O. maura 31 1-312, 316, 387, 395
O. monticola 3 1 0-3 1 2
O. nasuta 310-312
O. nona 311-313
O. pinguis 3 1 2
O. praecisa 310,313-315
XIV
O. prima 31 1-313, 316
O. pulicaria 310, 314, 395
O. pulicaria group 295
O. pulicarioides 310, 314
O. secunda 310, 314
O. septima 311,314
O. sexta 311, 314-315
0. stricklandi 310, 315, 395
O. undecima 311, 31 5-3 1 6
O. wabamunensis 311,316
O. youngi 312
Orcutt, A. W. (see Betten et al.).
Oriol, C. 444
Oxytropis camp estris gracilis 372-373
O. splendens 372, 385
Packard, A. S. 102
Pagurus bemhardus 437
Palaemon serratus 437
Paniscus 428
Papaver 267
Parachiona 107, 143-144
Parahidippus marginatus 250
Paralenarchus 83, 135-139,211,217
Parapatania 67
Parapheropsophus 281
Paraphytomyza 292, 295, 345-349, 384,
385
P. flavocingulata 346
P. lonicerae 346, 386
P. luteoscutellata 348
P. nitida 346-347
P. orbitalis 346-348, 386, 399
P plagiata 346-348, 386, 399
P. spenceri 346-349, 386, 399
P. tremulae 346
parasites, cutworm 428
Pardo sa groenlandica 250
P. sp. nr. metlakatla 250
P. moesta 250
P. sp. nr. saxatilis 250
Parker, J. R. 415, 418-431
Parks, T. H. 256
Patrobus lecontei 239
Pecten maximus 437 , 445
Peleteria anaxia 428
P. haemorrhoa 428
P. robusta 428
Pennak, R. W. 119, 124-127
Penstemon 352
P. confer tus 373, 386
P, procerus 373, 386
Periplaneta 238
Petasites sagittatus 373, 387
Peterson, L. K. 421
Pewe, T. L. 197
Pfadt, R.E.431
Phalaris 322
P. arundinacea 387
Phanocelia 5, 148, 155-156, 212, 216
P canadensis 156, 160, 181, 194, 204, 212,
214
Pheropsophidius 281
Pheropsophus 281
P. complanatus 28 1
Philarctus 5, 83, 132-133, 211, 217
P quaeris 133, 178, 192, 204,211,213
Philocasca 5, 143, 147-148,211,216
P. thor 147-148, 161, 181, 194, 203,211,
214
Philonthus concinnus 250
P. furvus 250
P. occidentals 250
Phleum 322
Pholcus phalangioides 437
photomicrography 282
Phryganea 65-67, 98, 101, ,1 17-1 19, 122, 145,
149
Phytagromyza 346-347
Phytobia 292, 295, 316-317
P. amelanchieris 316-317, 384
P. confessa 295,31 6-3 1 7
P. flavohumeralis 3 1 6-3 1 7
Phytoliriomyza 292, 344-345
P. arctica 344-345
P. formosensis 344
P. immaculata 344
Phytomyza 292, 295, 350-382, 384
P. affinalis 256, 359, 365
P. agromyzina 353, 354, 385
P. albipes 375
P. aquilegiae 355
P. aquilegiana 352-355, 358, 378, 385
P. aquilegioides 351-352, 355-356, 358, 378,
385,400
P. aquilegiophaga 352, 356, 359, 367, 385
P. aquilegivora 353, 356-357, 381, 385
P. aralivora 353, 357, 385
P. arnicivora 352, 357-358, 386, 400
XV
P. asterophaga 351, 355, 358, 360, 379,
386
P. atricomis 380, 383, 263, 277
P. atripalpis 379
P. banffensis 352, 355, 358
P. blairmorensis 352, 356-359, 365, 367,
400
P. canadensis 353, 359-360, 371, 385
P caprifoliae 354, 360, 364, 373, 375, 386
P. chrysanthemi 263, 380
P ciliolati 351, 358, 360, 386
P. cineracea 353, 360-361
P. clematiphaga 350, 361, 368, 375, 385
P. colemanensis 352, 361-362, 373-374,
401
P columbinae 351, 362-363, 385, 401
P. crassiseta 386
P. delphinivora 352, 363, 385
P. edmontonensis 353, 363-364, 401
P. erigerontophaga 360
P. evanescens 354, 364
P. flavicornis 350, 368
P. flavoscutellata 375
P. fuscula 352, 357, 364, 379
P. gelida 379
P gregaria 354, 364-365, 370, 386, 401
P. hordeola 277 , 381
P. ilicis 378
P. illustris 351, 356, 359, 365
P. intermedia 370
P. involucratae 353, 365, 370
P. jasperensis 353, 365-366, 371, 380, 402
P. lactuca 351, 366, 386-387, 402
P lanad 261, 351, 367
P. lupini 352, 359, 367, 385
P lupinivora 353, 367, 372, 385
P. luteiceps 350, 351, 368, 371, 385, 402
P. major 350, 361, 368-369, 403
P matricariae 255-280,. 35 1, 369, 373, 378-
379, 384-387
biology 259-262
immature states 263-265
host-plant relationships, adult females
265-269, 276-277
host-plant relationships, larvae 270-275,
277-278
P. mertensiae 353, 364, 369-370, 374, 386,
403
P. merula 354, 370
P milii 353, 370, 403
P. minuscula 356, 381
P. miranda 351, 370-371
P misella 352, 371, 404
P. modica 363
P. muldfidae 353, 371-372, 385, 404
P. nepetae 369
P. notopleuralis 354
P oxytropodis 354, 367, 372-373, 385, 404
P. pallipes 363
P. pedicularicaulis 365-366, 371
P. penstemonis 352, 361, 373-374, 386
P. periclymeni 354, 364-365, 373-375, 386
P. petasiti 351, 373-374, 387
P plantaginis 352, 361, 373-374, 386
P prava 351, 353, 364, 369, 374, 385
P. puccinelliae 364
P. queribunda 354, 364, 375
P. ranunculi 350, 361, 368, 375, 385
P. riparia 35 1 , 376, 404
P. rufipes 368
P. sehgali 353, 369, 376-377
P. senecionella 352, 377, 387, 405
P. solidaginivora 351, 378
P. solidaginophaga 352, 378-379, 387, 405
P spondylii 351, 367, 369, 373, 376, 379,
386
P. subalpina 352, 379-380, 405
P subtenella 352, 365, 371, 380
P subdlis 352, 380-381,385
P. syngenesiae 277, 352, 374, 377, 380-383,
386-387
P. syngenesiae group 263
P. thalic tricola 356
P. thalictrivora 353, 356, 381, 385
P timida 352, 363, 381, 405
P. urbana 352, 380-382
P. vibeana 375
Pieris brassicae 256
P. rapae 256
Pisum sativum 267 , 271-278
Plantago major 374, 386
Pladphilax 145
Platyphylax 140, 145, 149-150, 153
Plutella maculipennis 218
Poa 320
Poecilanthrax sackenii 428
P. willistoni 428
Poemyza 292, 317-318, 321-323
XVI
Polycelis cornuta 445
Populus 302, 309
P. tremuloides 346, 385
P. tremulus 346
Porosagrotis del ora ta 416
P. orthogonia 411,416
P. orthogonia duae 4 1 6
Porthetria dispar 437
Por tunas depur a tor 437
Potamobius astacus 437, 444
P. leptodactylus 437
Potentilla 267, 271, 296, 385
Pradel, L. A. 437, 444
Praspedomyza 292, 295, 343-344
P. galiivora 343-344, 386
Prest, V. K. 197-199
Proctor, W. 95-97, 104, 119, 125-126, 146
Protopheropsophus 281
Provancher, L. 89, 95, 102, 145, 149
Pruess, K. P. 415
Pseudomeriania nigrocornea 428
Pseudomonas aeruginosa 429
Pseudonapomyza 292, 295, 345
P. atra 345
P. lacteipennis 345
Pseudostenophylacinae 5, 50, 77-81
Psychoglypha 5, 148, 151-155, 212, 216
P alaskensis 152-155, 182, 195, 204, 212-
213
P. avigo 212
P bella 212
P. ormiae 212
P prita 152-153, 182, 194, 203, 212, 214,
406
P. rossi 2 1 2
P schmidi 152-153, 182, 195, 203, 212,
214
P. subboreale 154
P ulla 152, 155, 182, 195,203,212,214
Pteridomyza 294
Pterostichus adstrictus 239, 242, 245-247
P. corvus 239, 245
P. femoralis 239
P. lucublandus 239, 242, 245
publishers, Canadian 235-236
Putman, J. D. 53
Pycnopsyche 5, 143-147,211,216
Pguttifer 145-147, 181, 194, 203,211-
213
P. guttifer group 2 1 1
P. lepida group 21 1
P. similis 146
P subfasciata 145-146, 180, 193, 204, 211,
214
Quedius spelaeus 250
Radema 66-69
Rampton, U. N. 197-199
Ranunculus 360, 364, 384
R. abortivus 375, 385
R. acris 361
Rawson, D. S. 119, 146
rearing methods, cutworms 427
Regnouf, F. 437, 444
Rhyacophila 13, 16-48, 205-206, 215-216
R. acropedes 17, 19, 23-24, 38, 42, 47, 203,
205,214
R. acropedes group 23-24, 205, 216
R. alberta 17-20, 38, 41, 203, 205, 214
R. alberta group 19-22, 205, 216
R. amabilis 205
R. angelita 18-19, 33-34, 40, 44, 48, 204,
206,221
R. angelita group 33-34, 206, 216
R. anomala 26
R. belona 18, 25, 38, 42, 46, 203, 205, 213
R. betteni group 31-32, 206, 216
R. bifila 18, 26, 38, 42, 46, 203, 205, 213
R. bipartita 33
R. bruesi 3 1
R. chilsia 17, 32, 44, 47, 203, 206, 214
R. coloradensis 18, 26, 38, 42, 47, 203, 205,
213
R. complicata 3 1
R. doddsi 30
R. glaciera 16, 19-22, 38, 41, 46, 203, 205,
214
R. harmstoni 205
R. hyalinata 17-18, 27, 39, 42, 47, 203, 205,
214
R. hyalinata group 27, 205, 216
R. insularis 205
R. invaria group 24-26, 205, 216
R. iranda 206
R. kemada 205
R. kincaidi 205
R. milnei 17, 36-37, 40, 45, 48, 203, 206,
213
R. oregonensis 34
XVII
R. pellisa 17-19, 30-31, 39, 43, 47, 203,
206, 214
R. perplana 206
R. rickeri 17-19, 28, 39, 43, 47, 203, 206,
214
R. sibirica group 28-31, 205-206, 216
R. sonoma 205
R. stigmatica 26
R. tucula 17-21, 38, 41, *46, 203, 205, 213
R. vaccua 17-18, 31-32, 39, 44, 48, 203,
206.213
R. vagrita 17-19, 35-36, 40, 45, 48, 203,
206, 213
R. vagrita group 35-37, 206, 216
R. vao 205
R. vemna 17-19, 24, 40, 45, 48, 203, 205,
406
R. vepulsa 17-19, 28-29, 39, 43, 47, 203,
206.214
R. verrula 17-19, 34-35, 40, 45, 48, 203,
206.213
R. verrula group 34-35, 206, 216
R. vobara 17-19, 32-33, 40, 44, 47, 203,
206.214
R. vobara group 32-33, 206, 216
R. vocala 205
R. vofixa 17-18, 22, 38, 41, 46, 203, 205,
213
R. vofixa group 22, 205, 216
R. vuzana 206
R. sp. one 18, 37, 40, 45, 48, 203
R. sp. two 19, 37, 40, 45, 48, 203
Rhyacophilidae 3-234, 406
Rhyacophilinae 1 6
Ricker, W. E. 95, 128, 146, 196
Rivard, I. 244-247,250-251
Robert, A. 89, 95-97, 101, 104, 109, 1 19,
124, 127, 134, 146, 149
Robin, Y. 437, 444
Robineau-Desvoidy, J. -B. 346, 374, 379
Rock, P. J. G. 421
Rondani,C. 317, 324
Rosa acicularis 296
' Roselle, R. 415
Ross, H. H. 1-2, 4, 12-16, 19-36, 52-62, 66-
69, 72-73, 76, 79, 89-92, 95-146, 149-
156, 196-198, 201, 205-207, 220-222
Rotramel, G. L. 196
Rowe, J. S. 220-221
Rubiomyza 345
Sabella pavonina 444-445
Salix 309
Salsola pestifer 425
Salt, R. W. 421
Sasakawa, M. 296-298, 303, 312, 316, 375
Saville, D. B. O. 198
Say, T. 100-101, 145
Schaaf, A. C. 427
Schaupp, F. G. 245
Schi<^dte, J. C. 247
Schmid, F. 4, 12-15, 19-36, 49, 52-69, 72-73,
76-79, 83, 89-92, 95-146, 149-156, 206-
211
Schoonhoven, L. M. 256
Schrank, F. von P. 375
Scirpus 321, 387
Seamans, H.L. 411,415-431
Sehgal, V. K. 255-280, 291-405
Senecio 381, 383, 387
S. conge stus pallustris 377, 387
S. pauciflorus 377, 387
S. vulgaris 268, 272
Shepherdia 327
S. canadensis 327 , 386
Shewed, G. E. 299, 302, 324, 344
Shizukoa 316
Sibley, C. K. 95-97, 119, 124-126, 134, 146
Silene noctiflora 271
Siltala, A. J. 95
Simpson, C. B. 95
Simpson, G. G. 14
Sipunculus nudus 437, 444
Siridomyza 3 1 2
Smilacina stellata 268, 339, 387
Smith, G. M. 95, 119, 126, 146
Smith, J.B. 145-146,416
Smith, S. D. 20-36, 55, 67-68, 73, 137, 152,
201, 211
Smulyan, M. T. 256, 263, 380
Snodgras, R. E. 145
Solanum tuberosum 267, 273
Solidago 295, 312, 325, 328, 333, 378, 386,
268,273,278,425
S. lepida 378-379, 387
Sonchus 326, 384, 425
S. arvensis 273
S. asper 345
S. uliginosus 268, 272, 275, 366, 387
XV 111
Stfndemp, H. P. S. 252
Sorenson, C. J. 415, 421-422, 425-429
Spencer, G. J. 53, 57, 60-62, 72-73, 79, 95,
99-103, 107-110, 124, 127, 131-133,
136-137, 140-143, 149, 155
Spencer, K. A. 256, 278, 291-294, 297-
350,354
spiders, Alberta 237, 250
spiders, arable fields 237, 250
Spirographis spallanzanii 444
Sprules, W. M. 125, 146
staphylinid beetles, Alberta 231 , 250
staphylinid beetles, arable fields 237 , 250
Stegmaier, C. E. 333-334
Steinhaus, E. A. 429
Stenaptinus 273
Stenolophus comma 240
Stenophylacini 4, 82, 142-148
Stenophylax 96, 107, 116, 121, 125, 138,
145-146
Stem tor coeruleus 437
Strand, A. L. 415, 418-431
Strickland, E. H. 291, 41 1, 419, 427-430
Stride, G. O. 256
Strobl, G. 303
Styella mammiculata 437
Sugiyama, S. 256
Sympetrum rubicundulum 437
Symphoricarpos 360, 384, 386
S. albus 346, 347, 386
S. occidentalis 349, 386
Synuchus impunctatus 239
Szorenyi, E. 437, 444
Tabanidae 407-408
Tachinidae 428
Tacky porus 250
Takhtajan, A. 265, 383
Tanacetum 256, 266, 270, 274-477
T. vulgare 256-261 , 266-275, 335, 369,
387
Taraxacum 326, 384, 387
T. officinale 268, 272, 313, 340, 366
Tatchell, E. C. 437
Tauber, C. A. 256, 258,261
Tauber, J. M. 256, 258,261
Teskey, H. J. 407
Tetrahymena pyriformis 437
Thalictrum 352, 384-385
T. venulosum 356, 362-363, 381, 384, 385
Thienemann, A. 67
Thlaspi arvense 267, 27 1
Thoai, N. V. 437, 444
Thomas, A. W. 407-408
Thomson, C. G. 133
thorax, evolution 284-286
thorax, morphology 284-286
Thornley, H. F. 415, 421-422, 425-429
Thorsteinson, A. J. 256, 278
Thut, R.N. 28, 31,34, 36
Tilden, J. S. 261
Tilman, H. W. 200
Trechus quadristriatus 241
Trehan, K. N. 280
Trichocellus cognatus 240, 242, 249
Trichoptera 1-234,406
Tri folium repens 334, 385
Triticum 323
T. aestivum 387
Trochosa terricola 250
Tropaeolum 267
Tylomyza 3 1 2
Typha latifolia 268, 272, 274
Uhr, M. L. 437
Ulmer, G. 19, 26-27, 53-54, 57, 67-69, 91, 95-
109, 112, 119-129, 137, 143-146, 149-150,
154
Ulmus americana 296-298, 385
Unzicker, J. D. 26,67,76, 145
Urtica 296, 302, 305, 308, 368
U. gracilis 385
Veronica 386
Verschaffelt, E. 256
Viala, B. 437
Vida americana 267 , 334, 341, 385
Vigna 334
Villa alternata 428
V. willis toni 428
Virden, R. 437-439, 444-445
Vorhies, C. T. 119, 145
Wagneria rohweri 428
Walkden, H. H. 416, 419-421, 427-429
Walker, E. M. 196
Walker, F. 67, 91-92, 95, 102, 1 12, 1 19, 122,
125-127, 145-146, 149-150
Wall, R. E. 430
Watts, D. C. 437-439, 444-445
Watts, R. C. 444
Webster, F. M. 256
Wendland, W. M. 199
Wenner, B. J.431
Westfall, M. J. 196
Westgate, J. A. 198-200
Westwood, J. O. 349
Whitehead, D. R. 283-284
Whittaker, R. H. 256, 278
Wiggins, G. B. 89, 97-99, 102-104, 109,
116, 119, 124, 133, 143, 146, 201, 211
Wray, D. L. 125, 145
J Wyman, M. 287-289
Xyraeomyza 344
Xysticus calif ornicus 250
Zea 323
Zele 428
Zetterstedt, J. W. 65-67, 98, 1 17, 122, 132,
323, 364
Zinnia 266, 268, 273, 275
Zizania 322
.
Quaestiones
MU 3. COMP. ZOO
LIBRARY
MAR 29 1971
HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VII
NUMBER 1
JANUARY 1971
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 7
Number 1
19 February 1971
CONTENTS
Guest Editorial — Northwestern Caddisflies 1
Nimmo — The adult Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae (Trichoptera) of Alberta
and Eastern British Columbia and their post-glacial origin 3
Guest Editorial — Northwestern Caddisflies
It is a good half century since the world famous Russian trichopterist, Dr. A. B. Marty-
nov, declared that the Trichoptera were an ideal group from the standpoint of obtaining
meaningful bio-geographic inferences. Dr. Martynov himself never followed up his historic
statement on the Trichoptera, but instead gradually became engrossed in the study of fossil
insects. His prophetic remark has, nevertheless, been borne out as group after group of the
caddisflies have been studied on a phylogenetic and bio-geographic basis.
As controversies have emerged in recent years concerning the past history of the conti-
nental masses, Dr. Martynov’s special field of caddisfly study, the biota of the far north, has
gradually become of increased importance in contributing information of unusual interest
concerning inter-continental dispersals. The northern caddisflies of Europe have been well
known for over a century, thanks to the pioneer work of Zetterstedt in Scandinavia and
McLachlan in England. These investigators assembled and studied material and information
on the northern fauna of their native lands and regions. Early in his career, Martynov him-
self published many papers making known the characteristics and distribution of the Tri-
choptera of Russia and especially the fauna of Siberia.
During this time, little was discovered concerning the Trichoptera of northern North
America. Barnston and Kennicott made the first extensive northern collections, the former
in the area immediately south of Hudson Bay, the latter in north central areas of Canada,
including Great Slave Lake. In more recent years, limnological investigators added many
valuable collections and lately entomologists have collected many caddisflies in the Govern-
ment of Canada’s massive northern insect survey.
Although taxonomic problems concerning many northern species of Trichoptera have
been elucidated by a variety of authors, one facet necessary to achieving a synthesis of the
Holarctic caddisfly fauna has been sorely lacking. This is a thorough study of the group for
northwestern North America. For several years such a study appeared to be in the offing
and was actually prepared by J. Jared Davis. But because of publication difficulties and
other obstacles this useful manuscript never graced the printed page.
The study of the Alberta caddisflies presented in this publication is, therefore, a timely
and invaluable contribution to our knowledge of the Trichoptera of the far north. It gives
us, first, a basis of discriminating identification for all the species of the region for the
families treated, and second, geographic and ecological parameters that will be helpful in
integrating these species with their relatives in other parts of the northern Holarctic range.
The excellent illustrations of Alberta specimens will be of inestimable value in subsequent
studies of intra-specific variation and its implications concerning post-Pleistocene coloniza-
tion of deglaciated areas.
In this wise, Dr. Nimmo’s study will become a keystone in a synthesis of the evolutionary
history of the northern biota.
Herbert H. Ross
Department of Entomology
University of Georgia
November 27, 1970 Athens, Georgia
THE ADULT RHYACOPHILIDAE AND LIMNEPHILIDAE
(TRICHOPTERA) OF ALBERTA AND EASTERN
BRITISH COLUMBIA AND THEIR POST-GLACIAL ORIGIN
ANDREW PEEBLES NIMMO
Hancock Museum Quaestiones entomologicae
New Castle-upon-Tyne, England 7 : 3-234 1971
Of the Rhyacophilidae 22 species and of the Limnephilidae 91 species are recorded here
from the area, making a total of 113 species. Each species is described, and keys are
provided for identification of adult specimens to species.
Seven species of Limnephilidae are described as new: Imania hector; Apatania alberta;
Homophylax baldur; Oligophlebodes zelti; Limnephilus susana; Limnephilus valhalla; and
Philocasca thor.
The post-glacial origin of this fauna is examined, taking into consideration the possible
effects of past and present climatic patterns, extent of glacial ice masses and locations of
possible refugia, and locations and drainage patterns of major glacial and post-glacial lakes.
Also examined are the 12 range patterns exhibited by the species, and the distributions of
each species relative to the other species in its genus or species group. The 12 range patterns
form two main groups: one group of six is restricted wholly to the western Cordillera of
North America; and the remaining six are more widely distributed, being largely trans-
continental in extent. Altitudinal distributions are also briefly examined.
The conclusions reached are that only 5% of the present fauna is derived postglacially
from the Beringian refugium, while 95% is derived from North America south of the
southern limit of glacial ice. Dividing the 95% portion further, 61%) is derived from the
western Cordillera of the United States, 8% from eastern North America, 7%> from the
central Great Plains, 18% from all of North America south of the ice, i.e. from trans-
continental species, and l%o is of uncertain derivation. (Traduction franqaise a la page 234).
CONTENTS
Materials p. 5
Methods p. 11
The Family Rhyacophilidae Stephens p. 16
The Family Limnephilidae Kolenati p. 49
Origins and relationships of the fauna p. 196
References p. 224
Purpose of the study
The primary objective of this study is to determine the composition of the fauna of two
families of Trichoptera, the Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae, in Alberta and eastern
British Columbia. Secondly, by an examination of species distributions and relationships
it is hoped to elucidate the post-glacial origins of the fauna.
While these are the major objectives of the study, there are some subsidiary benefits to
be derived from the results. The first is the additional knowledge of North American Tri-
choptera which accrues, as to distributions, correlation of the sexes in species in which the
female was previously unknown, and the discovery of new species. A second advantage of
such a compilation as this, on a regional fauna, is the facilitation of ecological and other
4
Nimmo
studies of the adult Trichoptera of the area. Identifications should be possible without
recourse to a scattered and difficult literature.
The third benefit is facilitation of studies of the immature stages of the species of the
two families in the study area. The immature stages of most species are unknown at present,
and it is hoped that the identification facilities supplied in this study will permit the
immatures to be correctly correlated and identified. Once this is done ecological studies on
the immature stages can be carried out.
The taxa studied
Originally I had hoped to examine all families of Trichoptera in the study area, but
the large number of species, estimated at close to 200, and limitations of time precluded
this. Consequently two families were decided upon: the Rhyacophilidae and Limnephili-
dae. A minimum of 113 species of these two families is recorded here from the study
area.
Apart from my intrinsic interest, these two families were selected for the following
reasons. The Rhyacophilidae are a distinctly mountain group of Trichoptera and should
thus prove useful in tracing faunal changes in the study area. The Limnephilidae occur in
both mountains and plains, with distinctive large faunas in each area, and should prove
useful in elucidating faunal changes in both areas.
The Rhyacophilidae are represented in the study area by 22 species of one genus, Rhya-
cophila. These species represent 1 1 species groups which, in the text, are presented in the
sequence of Ross (1956). The Limnephilidae are represented in the study area by 91 species.
These variously represent a total of five subfamilies, four tribes, and 26 genera. In this study
Schmid’s (1955) order of presentation is used. Table 1 presents the names and organisation
of the higher taxa of the Limnephilidae of the area.
The study area
Geographically the investigation embraces the Province of Alberta and the Rocky Moun-
tains of eastern British Columbia. The western limits in British Columbia comprise the
line from Kimberly to Golden, thence to Revelstoke, to Avola, and finally to the Mount
Robson area. By these limits the northern portion of the Selkirk Mountains is also included.
Some information is also included which was derived from a collection from the Simpson
Islands of Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories. The lake is just over 50 miles north of
the northern boundary of Alberta and the area was, until recently, difficult of access. It is
felt that any faunal information on Trichoptera from the lake would be applicable to
northern Alberta and I took the opportunity in 1964 of arranging with Mr. D. J. Larson,
Lethbridge, Alberta, to collect adult Trichoptera for me while in the area.
Figure 1 illustrates the positions of the localities from which insects recorded here were
taken. Figures la and lb are enlargements of certain portions of Fig. 1 in which too many
localities are recorded for inclusion in that figure. In Fig. 1,1a, and lb, many localities are
listed as such-and-such a lake or river. This refers to the point at which the nearest road
touches on, or crosses these bodies of water.
The study is limited to the area outlined above for two main reasons. It is a convenient
delimited area located immediately across the mountain and plains routes between Alaska
and the remainder of North America, and can be expected to yield evidence of faunal
changes or dispersals due to glaciations or climatic changes. Also, embracing as it does both
mountain and plains regions (Fig. 2), and ranging from boreal forest in the north, through
aspen parkland, to near desert grassland in the south (Fig. 3), the area could be expected to
yield a large and most interesting fauna of Trichoptera.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
5
Table 1 . The family Limnephilidae in Alberta and eastern British Columbia.
Subfamily Tribe
Dicosmoecinae —
Apataniinae Apataniini
Neophylacinae —
Genus
Dicosmoecus
Onocosmoecus
Imania
Amphicosmoecus
Ecclisomyia
Apatania
Oligophlebodes
Neothremma
Pseudostenophylacinae —
Limnephilinae Limnephilini
Stenophylacini
Chilostigmini
Homophylax
Limnephilus
Grammotaulius
Nemotaulius
Anatolia
Asynarchus
Clistoronia
Philarctus
Arctopora
Lenar chus
Hesperophylax
Chyranda
Pycnopsyche
Philo casca
Glyphopsyche
Chilostigmodes
Psychoglypha
Phanocelia
MATERIALS
Total number of specimens
I examined 7,604 specimens of both sexes: 2,915 specimens of Rhyacophilidae; and
4,689 specimens of Limnephilidae. The total number of specimens of each species exam-
ined, by numbers per sex, is given at the end of its description in the text.
Sources of material
Most of the above material was collected by me during the summers of 1965, 1966,
6
Nimmo
Fig. 1. Alberta showing major highways, secondary roads, and collecting points. See also Fig. la and lb.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
7
Fig. la. Outline map of the Forestry Trunk Road between Hinton and Nordegg (left), and Nordegg and Cochrane
(right). • - collecting points
8
Nimmo
\
Fig. lb. Forestry Trunk Road and connecting roads between Waterton and Banff (left); Banff-Jasper Highway between
Banff and Jasper (right); • - collecting points.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
9
Fig. 2. Major physical features of Alberta and eastern British Columbia, showing rivers, lakes, and three levels of altitude.
10
Nimmo
Fig. 3. Forest Regions of Alberta and
eastern British Columbia (adapted from Rowe, 1959).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
11
1967, and 1968. Some specimens were obtained from the collections of the Department
of Entomology, University of Alberta. A very small proportion was obtained on loan from
the following institutions: Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto; Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois, United States; and the United
States National Museum, Washington, D. C., United States. The source of the borrowed
material is given with species descriptions wherever applicable. Some material was obtained
from graduate students in the Department of Zoology, University of Alberta, who obtained
it in the course of their own studies, and passed it on to me for identification. The
material recorded from Great Slave Lake was the result of a collection made in the summer
of 1964 by Mr. D. J. Larson, and passed on to me. A small collection was obtained on loan
from the Banff National Park Museum, Banff, Alberta.
In the text, locality records have been condensed to map form. Lists of localities and
dates are given for new species only. A complete list of all such data is deposited in the
Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, and is available to inter-
ested workers.
Disposition of material
All borrowed material was returned to the lending institutions.
Type material. — All type material is deposited in the Canadian National Collection,
Ottawa, unless stated otherwise in the descriptions of new species. Borrowed material here
designated as type material was returned to the lending institution. Where sufficient para-
type material exists in unborrowed material, at least one of each sex is deposited in the
Strickland Museum, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta.
Other material. - Most of the remainder of the material, all of which was obtained in
the field in the course of this study, is deposited in the Strickland Museum of the Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Alberta. All remaining material, with the agreement of
the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, forms part of my own reference
collection, or was distributed to other institutions or workers who expressed an interest
in obtaining such material.
Determination of species present in the study area
It was too much to hope that all species known from the study area would be represented
in my field collections. Therefore recourse was had to the literature pertaining to North
American Trichoptera, and to Fischer’s ‘Trichopterorum Catalogus’ (1960, 1967, 1968)
in a search for species recorded from Alberta, but not represented in my collections. The
collections of the Canadian National Collection, Royal Ontario Museum, and the Illinois
Natural History Survey were searched for specimens from the area, both to add to my
records and to supplement the list of species. These methods proved most successful, and
the names of several species were added to the list in consequence.
METHODS
Collecting methods
Several methods were employed in collecting the adult specimens used in this study.
First was hand-netting, either of individuals in flight, or by sweeping vegetation adjacent
to bodies of fresh water. Specimens were collected from a variety of vegetation, including
trees overhanging the water, and sedges in the water. The next method involved searching
the undersides of bridges, or the interior surfaces of culverts under roads. This method was
very effective, but was of maximum use only after much practice.
12
Nimmo
The above methods were employed in daytime collecting. Collection of adult Trichoptera
is also possible at nighttime, by the use of light sources of various types. As the insects
generally land close to the light source, a white sheet is used below the light to render them
more conspicuous and thus easier to pick up. The best times and conditions for light trap-
ping are from twilight to about 1 or 1 Vi hours later, at air temperatures greater than 55 F, on
cloudy evenings with no wind other than the most gentle air movements (see Nimmo, 1966b).
The first light source was a kerosene pressure lamp. This method is of use on warm,
humid evenings only. Car headlights were also used. They were aimed toward the body of
water from which the insects were expected to arrive in flight. An electric lamp rich in
the ultra-violet wavelengths was especially productive, even on cooler evenings. It was most
reliable when connected to a mains supply of current. This, however, was rarely possible
and other sources were used, including a portable gasoline generator, and a portable 12-volt
battery and DC-AC rectifier. The generator and battery sources, however, were unreliable.
Preservation of material
I collected all specimens directly into 80% ethanol, which both killed and preserved the
specimens. While this preservative may fade some specimens it permitted me to manipulate
whole specimens under the microscope. Storage is also facilitated. Dried, pinned specimens
are difficult to handle, shrivel up on drying, and are much more liable to damage.
Sorting of collections
All material acquired at one time and locality was collected into a single vial and labelled
with pertinent information. In the laboratory the contents of each vial were sorted to
species and all specimens of each species, from each collecting episode, were placed collec-
tively and permanently in a new vial of 80% ethanol and labelled. After this initial sorting
the vials were sorted to groups, each of which contained specimens of one species.
Association of males and females. - On occasion it was difficult to correlate correctly the
specimens of the two sexes of a species. On the initial sorting of field collections this was
accomplished in one of three ways. Firstly, if both sexes were already described in the litera-
tures no problem was encountered. Secondly, if pairs in copula were taken in the field, each
pair was segregated immediately to a separate vial. Later examination in the laboratory pro-
vided the information required to correctly associate specimens of the two sexes of any one
species in mixed field collections, and specimens of each sex collected individually and in
separate vials. And finally, if the above two sources of information were not available, wing
colour patterns, venation, and various other body characters were used for associative pur-
poses. Frequently the general facies of the specimens was all that was required. Also, a
knowledge of the general facies of the genera involved assisted in narrowing the field. Rarely
were very closely related species taken together. This last method was, in retrospect, found
to have worked remarkably well; improper associations were rare and were later corrected.
Identification of material. - In identifying the material collected, the available literature
was consulted. The specimens of Rhyacophilidae were identifiable with the assistance of
Ross’ (1956) publication. For the Limnephilidae Schmid’s (1955) publication was used to
the generic level. Identification to species was then made with the aid of scattered minor
literature referred to by Schmid for each species. In case of doubt, material was forwarded
to F. Schmid, of the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, G. B. Wiggins, of the Royal
Ontario Museum, Toronto, H. H. Ross, of the Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana,
Illinois, or to D. G. Denning, Moraga, California for identification. I also spent one week
at the Illinois Natural History Survey examining the collections, both for records, and for
purposes of identifying material.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
13
Type material was not normally examined. Little such material was available at the
institutions which I visited. Many of my identifications were made from specimens iden-
tified by workers who had previously had access to such type material. For a very few
species type material was all that was available and this was either borrowed, or drawings
made from the type were obtained on loan from the original authors.
Preparation of material. - To identify the Trichoptera recorded as occurring in the study
area genitalic characters were used at the species level, and venational, genitalic, and other
non-genitalic characters were used at the supraspecific level. Material for identification and
drawing was prepared as set out below.
The wings. The wings of the right side of the thorax were illustrated. These were torn off
cleanly at their bases with stiff, needle-pointed forceps. They were then passed through
95% ethanol for washing and stiffening, and spread on a clean glass slide. A second slide,
with 2.0 mm wide strips of cellulose tape along each lower edge, was then placed on top of
the first and the whole assemblage placed in a small hand-sized press. After clamping the
slides into the press the long edges were united by an application of Lepage’s white ‘Bond-
fast’ glue, which was found effective in binding the two slides together on drying. The
cellulose tape prevented seepage of glue between the slides. The slides were then unclamped,
labelled, and filed for future use. The wings were taken from the males, unless sexual
dimorphism was evident on in situ examination, in which case the female wings were also
treated as above, and illustrated. When only the female was known, the wings of this sex
were illustrated.
The genitalia. The male and female genitalia were prepared for examination and illustra-
j tion by removing the entire abdomen of a specimen and boiling it in a very strong solution
of KOH, to dissolve the abdominal organs and tissues. The abdomen was then removed
immediately to glacial acetic acid for clearing. After using this procedure for some time, I
| discovered that, while in the acid, a vigorous evolution of gas occurred within the abdominal
contents; this gas was violently expelled on return to the boiling KOH, removing the
abdominal contents in large part. Several such transfers between the two solutions resulted
in swift removal of the abdominal contents. The genital capsule and abdomen together
| were then returned to the vial of 80% ethanol which contained the donor specimen.
Preparation of drawings
Wing drawings were made with a camera lucida mounted on a stereo binocular micro-
scope. Slides were made of the wings of all species recorded here, but not all are illustrated
as, in Limnephilus for example, the venation varied little between species.
Genitalic drawings were made using a square-grid eyepiece in a stereo binocular micro-
scope. The image was imparted to a segment of bristol board lined in pencil with a similar
squared grid. The size of the grid squares varied according to the size of the specimen, as it
was desired to produce drawings of similar sizes for all species. The genital capsule being
drawn was held steady, in a dish of 80% ethanol under the microscope, by a piece of wire
of sufficient weight inserted anteriorly into the abdominal cavity.
In the drawings of the male the genital segments (IX and X) are frequently extracted
from their normal position, retracted into segment VIII; this was done for greater clarity,
but was not possible with the specimens of certain species. In the drawings of the male
genital capsule of Rhyacophila spp. the lateral aspect shows the mesal face of the far (right
hand) side clasper as this is the face which bears important characters.
Measurements and scales
Wing length is used to indicate relative sizes of species to each other. It is the distance,
14
Nimmo
in millimeters, from the fore wing tip to the base at the costal edge where the wing folds
over at rest. Males were measured, unless only females were available. Scale bars are pro-
vided for the genitalic and wing drawings. The genitalic scale bars represent 0.5 mm or
0.25 mm, depending on the size of the specimen. The wing scale bars represent 4.0 mm.
All measurements and scale bars were obtained by use of a micrometer eyepiece in a stereo
binocular microscope. The scale bars for the genitalic drawings are immediately adjacent
to the lateral aspect of the male genital capsule. All drawings, male and female, with the
exception of wing drawings, which are located elsewhere, for any one species are to the
same scale. When only the female is known no scale is given. Drawings derived from sources
other than specimens available to me, have no scale, since the original sources had none.
Criteria employed
Inasmuch as this study is not a revision but a faunal survey, I restrict my remarks to taxa
at the species level. For higher taxa I have adhered to the work of Ross (1956) and Schmid
(1955). It is desirable to outline criteria at the species level as several new species are
described.
Characters used in distinguishing species. — In the study of Trichoptera at the species
level, with the exception of the species of a very few genera, the genitalic characters are of
prime importance. Species are segregated and recognised on the basis of differences in
genitalic characters. Other characters may be referred to in combination as distinguishing
one species from another. Such are, the colour pattern of the fore wing, if sufficiently
distinctive and constant, spur formula, coloration of the thorax, head or legs, and form and
setation of designated areas or parts of the body. But the use of such characters individually
is strictly subsidiary, as they are rarely sufficiently distinctive by themselves to provide a
basis for erection of species. On the other hand, such characters may be utilised in the
erection of higher taxa, when common to two or more species of still higher taxa. Wing
pattern is, however, of paramount importance in distinguishing species of certain genera
(e.g. Leptocella, of the Leptoceridae) where genitalic characters are highly variable and of
dubious utility.
In the study of genitalic structures at the species level, form, structure, setation or
spination are the important characters to be observed. Coloration, for example, is usually
held to be of no importance, varying with age of the specimens. While it is accepted,
indeed expected, that the characters in which interspecific differences may be detected
vary intraspecifically, in most species recorded here this variation is limited and can, with
practice, be recognised for what it is. In opposition to certain other groups of insects,
Trichoptera species may be distinguished by critical examination of the general facies of the
characters selected. No application of statistical techniques has yet been found necessary.
While supraspecific taxa are generally excluded from this discussion, it may be noted
that, in initially segregating species of higher taxa to membership in these taxa, the charac-
ters employed are frequently venational, or are a variety of general body characters, and are
frequently genitalic, involving considerations of characters less varied than at the specific
level, and more revealing of the broader evolutionary history of the group.
Criteria at the species level. — Simpson (1961) defines the genetical species as follows:
‘Species are groups of actually or potentially inter-breeding natural populations, which are
reproductively isolated from other such groups’. This biological species definition is the
ideal, which I accept, but it is normally impractical to use it as a working definition due to
lack of information. Simpson discusses this at some length. He also states that, in practice,
this definition employs morphological criteria, but without the adverse implications of the
‘morphospecies’.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
15
In dealing with Trichoptera species only morphological and distributional data are avail-
able at present, as outlined above. The data are, however, applied with the intentions of the
above definition in mind; morphological differences are taken as evidence of reproductive
isolation.
In this study I employ the following definition: A species is that group of individuals
which is recognized as a unit by a multiplicity of characters, the nature of forms of which
are peculiar to, and constant within, the available specimens, and which are distinguished
from specimens of the presumed most closely related species by pronounced discontinuities
in any or all of the characters. Interspecific variation, as mentioned above, is taken into
account with regard to the constancy of characters within a species, and the discontinuities
between species.
While, in most species of the Alberta Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae, the interspecific
discontinuities are sufficiently evident as to require no comment, in some genera or species
groups the recognised species are very similar. This may lead to some confusion in sorting
if specimens of two similar species are collected simultaneously. With regard to such species,
particularly if described as new, I reserved judgement as to their separate identity until I
had sufficient information on which to base a decision. This information was acquired in
the form of collecting data. Specimens of the species concerned had to be collected sepa-
rately at different localities sufficiently often to instil confidence in regarding them as
separate entities.
Miscellaneous notes
Notes on the descriptions. — General body descriptions are derived from the male. Sexual
dimorphisms of the female are noted wherever applicable. Wing colours are of the male
unless stated otherwise; the hind wings are hyaline in most species. The costal area referred
to is that part of the wing between the costa and subcosta, extending from the humeral
cross-vein to the point at which the costa and subcosta meet distally.
Notes on the text. — Most species recorded herein are strictly nearctic in distribu-
tion. The literature for each of these species is, to the best of my knowledge, complete
to early 1970. However, for the holarctic species in the study area, only references to
nearctic literature are recorded here, and the reader is referred in appropriate cases to
Fischer’s ‘Trichopterorum Catalogus’ (1967; 1968) for a complete listing of palaearctic
literature. This system is adopted as the literature on these holarctic species is too ex-
tensive for complete inclusion here. Synonymies for each species are complete, however.
Type localities are named for each specific epithet, and are given in the citation for each
species.
The keys used here for supraspecific taxa are adapted in translation from Schmid (1955).
They are adapted by restricting them to the taxa recorded from the study area. At the
species level, keys have been constructed for the males, and females, of each genus, if
known. The character synopses for the supraspecific taxa of the Limnephilidae are adapted
in translation from Schmid (1955), and are greatly condensed.
Immediately following each species description is a short statement of the known, or
suspected, habitats, and biology, including notes on emergence if available and flying season,
of the species. This information was largely derived from personal notes.
Notes on distribution maps. — The range maps presented here give only an approximate
outline of collecting localities in the study area due to limitations of scale (see above, p. 1 1 ,
for information on exact listing of collecting localities for each species). The inset maps
of North America give only the nearctic distributions of each species. In the cases of
holarctic species the palaearctic ranges are described briefly in the text.
16
Nimmo
THE FAMILY RHYACOPHILIDAE STEPHENS
This family is represented in Alberta and eastern British Columbia by the genus Rhyaco-
phila Pictet only, belonging to the subfamily Rhyacophilinae Ulmer. Immediately following
are synopses of the familial characteristics of the Rhyacophilidae, as adapted from Mosely
(1939) and Mosely and Kimmins (1953), excluding the Glossosomatidae, and the subfamilial
characteristics of the Rhyacophilinae, as adapted from Mosely (1939) and Ross (1956). The
synopsis of characteristics for the genus Rhyacophila is adapted from Mosely (1939) and
Ross (1956). The grouping of species within the genus is adopted from Ross (1956).
Character synopsis of the Rhyacophilidae. — Ocelli three. Maxillary palpi each of five
articles in both sexes; basal articles short, remainder long, cylindrical. Metascutellum with
or without warts. In some genera the middle tibia is dilated considerably. Spurs 3, 4, 4 in
both sexes. Wings elongate, roughly parabolic, obliquely truncated apically. Hind wings
shorter, narrower than fore wings. Venation generally complete (Fig. 4). Fore wings with
apical cells fl-f5 present. Hind wings with only f2 and f5 present in some genera. Discoidal
cell open or closed on fore and hind wings, or lacking on hind wings. R1 of fore wings
forked apically or not. Thyridial cell present, sub-radial present or absent.
Character synopsis of the Rhyacophilinae. — Middle tibia not dilated. Fore wings with
apical cells fl-f5 present; hind wings with fl-f3, and f5, present. Discoidal cell of both fore
and hind wings open. Male genitalia with anal sclerite generally present, rarely absent.
The genus Rhyacophila Pictet
Synopsis of characters. — Antennae slender, shorter than wings; pedicel very short. Sec-
ond article of maxillary palpus short, globular. Tergum VIII of male rarely modified postero-
dorsally. Segment IX wide throughout, but varying in width. Claspers of two articles; of
varied size; large, conspicuous. Segment X with anal sclerite in most species. Female genitalia
long, tapered, slender, with pair of terminal cerci. Segments IX-XI membranous. Segment
VIII with basal portion sclerotized, in some species complexly, with attendant lobes.
The genus Rhyacophila in Alberta and eastern British Columbia. — As presented in this
study the genus is represented by 22 species, of which two are represented by unassociated
females. The species are primarily confined to the mountain and foothill areas, but several
range eastward to the plains, and two are transcontinental.
Following are separate keys to the males and females of the genus known to be present in
the area.
Key to the Males of the Alberta and eastern British Columbia species of Rhyacophila Pictet
la. Aedeagus simple, limnephiloid in general appearance, with paired lateral arms
and simple median shaft (Fig. 25, 29, 33). Segment X rather like bird’s head in
lateral aspect; the crown with multiple rounded depressions (Fig. 24, 28, 32)
2
lb. Aedeagus not limnephiloid, ranging from very small and simple (Fig. 91) to
large and complex, with as many as five lobes (Fig. 52) 4
2a.(la) Distal article of clasper very deeply cleft, with ventral lobe lanceolate, dorsal
lobe finger-like (Fig. 32). Lateral arms of aedeagus fringed distally with tuft of
fine hairs (Fig. 33) R. glaciera Denning, p. 21.
2b. Distal article of clasper not constructed 3
3a. (2b) Distal article of clasper with dorsal lobe directed strongly meso-anterad along
mesal face of basal segment (Fig. 24). Anal sclerite flanked by simple, laterally
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
17
3b.
4a. (lb)
4b.
5a. (4a)
5b.
6a. (4b)
6b.
7a.(6b)
7b.
8a. (7a)
8b.
9a.(8a)
9b.
10a.(8b)
10b.
1 la.(7b)
lib.
12a.(l la)
12b.
13a.(12a)
13b.
14a.(12b)
14b.
15a.(14b)
15b.
16a.(l lb)
uncleft, ventral lobes of segment X R. alberta Banks, p. 19.
Distal article of clasper with dorsal edge thick, fleshy; horizontally almost cylin-
drical. Anal sclerite flanked by two lobes of segment X on each side (Fig. 28)
R. tucula Ross, p. 20.
Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII with one or more lobes (Fig. 54, 86) 5
Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII unmodified 6
Tergum VIII with one small, rounded lobe (Fig. 54) . . . . R. rickeri Ross, p. 28.
Tergum VIII with three distinct lobes; lateral lobes large, rounded distally and
flanking curved, square tipped median lobe (Fig. 86, 87)
R. verrula Milne, p. 34.
Postero-dorsal edge of segment IX with distinct tuft of long, thick setae, direc-
ted posterad (Fig. 96) R. vemna Milne, p. 24.
Postero-dorsal edge of segment IX quite clear of setae or hairs 7
Postero-dorsal edge of segment IX developed posterad as distinct lobe pro-
jected well beyond segment (Fig. 39, 5 1, 89, 93) 8
Postero-dorsal edge of segment IX not so developed 11
Segment X with long, thin, curved and folded strap-like median lobe (Fig. 89,
93) 9
Segment X without strap-like median lobe 10
Lobe of segment IX bilobed distally, in dorsal aspect (Fig. 90)
R. vagrita Milne, p. 35.
Lobe of segment IX trilobed distally, in dorsal aspect; lateral lobes shorter than
median lobe (Fig. 94) R. milnei Ross, p. 36.
Segment X without anal sclerite. Aedeagus small, with median shaft short and
with two rounded lateral wings (Fig. 39); lateral arms ventral, membranous,
terminated by brush of stout, dark spines (Fig. 40)
R. acropedes Banks, p. 23.
Segment X with anal sclerite and large, dish-like tergal strap; segment X of two
thin, vertical plates (Fig. 51). Aedeagus huge, with membranous base, long
clavate lateral arms, hooded tip on median shaft and two lanceolate ventral
lobes (Fig. 52) R. hyalinata Banks, p. 27.
Distal article of clasper bilobed (Fig. 35, 57, 65, 69, 75, 79) 12
Distal article of clasper not bilobed 16
Distal article of clasper cleft apically, appearing scissors-like (Fig. 69, 75) . . . 13
Distal article of clasper not scissors-like 14
Anal sclerite small, with two button-like disto-lateral lobes (Fig. 70) curved
dorsad (Fig. 69) R. vaccua Milne, p. 31.
Anal sclerite larger, with two simple, rectangular distal lobes (Fig. 76) directed
ventrad from segment X (Fig. 75) R. chilsia Denning, p. 32.
Segment X massive, convoluted plate (Fig. 57, 58) longer than claspers. No
evident anal sclerite R. vepulsa Milne, p. 28.
Segment X shorter than claspers. Anal sclerite evident 15
Distal article of clasper with acuminate, triangular dorsal lobe (Fig. 35)
R. vofixa Milne, p. 22.
Dorsal lobe of distal article minute, hooked ventrad (Fig. 65)
R. pellisa Ross, p. 30.
Dorsal lobe of distal article large, rectangular (Fig. 79)
R. vobara Milne, p. 32.
Segment X long, plate-like, cleft deeply, in dorsal aspect (Fig. 63, 83) 17
18
Nimmo
16b.
17a.(16a)
17b.
18a.( 16b)
18b.
Key to the
Pictet
la.
lb.
2a.(la)
2b.
3a. (2a)
3b.
4a. (3a)
4b.
5a. (3b)
5b.
6a.(5a)
6b.
7a. (5b)
7b.
8a.(7b)
8b.
9a.(2b)
9b.
10a. (9a)
Segment X short, of two lateral plates flanking anal sclerite (Fig. 42, 47) ... 18
Aedeagus large plate with lateral edges curled dorsad, ejaculatory duct pro-
longed by slender, tapered, dorsally curved median tube (Fig. 62)
R. belona Ross, p. 29.
Aedeagus complex, with two very long, membranous lateral arms terminated
by spatulate, setose distal plate (Fig. 84) R. angelita Banks, p. 33.
Lateral plates of segment X simple (Fig. 42, 43) R. bifila Banks, p. 25.
Lateral plates of segment X bilobed (Fig. 47, 48)
R. coloradensis Banks, p. 26.
Females of the Alberta and eastern British Columbia species of Rhyacophila
Basal portion of segment VIII strongly sclerotized, clearly demarcated from
membranous distal portion (Fig. 26) 2
Basal portion of segment VIII weakly sclerotized, merged almost imperceptibly
with distal membranous portion (Fig. 85) 15
Sclerotized portion of segment VIII with distinct lobes or processes quite free
from main body of segment, except at bases (Fig. 26, 38, 45, 53, 65. 73) .... 3
Sclerotized portion of segment VIII without such processes (Fig. 30, 34, 41,
61,68,92, 100) 9
Distal portion of segment VIII, and segments IX-XI shortened, partly retracted
within sclerotized base of segment VIII (Fig. 45) 4
Distal portion of segment VIII, and segments IX-XI long, tapered gradually
distad 5
Ventral lobes of segment VIII long, thin, arcuate, in ventral aspect (Fig. 46)
R. bifila Banks, p. 25.
Ventral lobes of segment VIII short, rounded apically, on common pedicel
(Fig. 50) R. coloradensis Banks, p. 26.
Segment VIII with one medial ventral process, (Fig. 26, 27) 6
Segment VIII with two ventro-lateral processes (Fig. 38, 53, 65) 7
Ventral process acute-triangular, but with deep v-shaped distal cleft; process
extended well posterad under membranous portion of segment (Fig. 73, 74)
R. vaccua Milne, p. 31.
Ventral process short, triangular, with rounded apex (Fig. 27)
R. alberta Banks, p. 19.
Membranous distal portion of segment VIII flanked on either side, just distad
of sclerotized base by lightly sclerotized, oblong plate (Fig. 53)
R. hyalinata Banks, p. 27.
Membranous distal portion of segment VIII without sclerotized plates 8
Spermathecal sclerites long, slender, each with deep narrow hook at posterior
end (Fig. 38) R. vofixa Milne, p. 22.
Spermathecal sclerite long, triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 64)
R. belona Ross, p. 29.
Posterior edge of sclerotized portion of segment VIII with dorsal portion offset
anterad, with dorsal and ventral edges joined by long sloping edge (lateral
aspect) (Fig. 61, 100) 10
Posterior edge not offset as above 11
Anterior sclerotized edge of segment VIII with retractor rod attached (Fig.
100) R. species 1, p. 37.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
19
10b.
1 la.(9b)
lib.
12a.( 1 lb)
12b.
1 3a.( 1 2b)
13b.
14a.(13b)
14b.
14c.
15a.(lb)
15b.
16a.(15a)
16b.
1 7a.( 1 5b)
17b.
18a.(17a)
18b.
Anterior sclerotized edge of segment VIII without retractor rod attached (Fig.
61) R. vepulsa Milne, p. 28.
Membranous portion of segment VIII emergent from upper half of sclerotized
portion; lower half pinched off in form of thin, plate-like keel posteriorly
(Fig. 41) R. acropedes Banks, p. 23.
Membranous portion of segment VIII emergent from entire diameter of sclero-
tized portion 12
Dorsal surface of segment VIII immediately distad of sclerotized portion, mi-
nutely spinate (Fig. 30) R. tucula Ross, p. 20.
Membranous portion of segment VIII not spinate 13
Sclerotized portion of segment VIII with posterior edge indented ventrally,
laterally, and dorsally, as two pairs of lateral extensions (Fig. 81)
R. vobara Milne, p. 32.
Sclerotized portion of segment VIII with posterior edge circular, or only slight-
ly sinuate 14
No evident spermathecal sclerites (Fig. 34) R. glaciera Denning, p. 21.
Spermathecal sclerite long, narrow strap in ventral aspect, with slightly wider,
darker, posterior end and distinctly widened, pierced, anterior end (Fig. 68)
R. pellisa Ross, p. 30.
Spermathecal sclerite long, thin, irregular rod in lateral aspect; tip small, pick-
like (Fig. 92) R. vagrita Milne, p. 35.
Abdomen in area of segments VIII-X with one or more distinct annular swel-
lings (Fig. 88, 102) 16
No such annular swellings present 17
Tergum X clearly sclerotized R. verrula Milne, p. 34.
Tergum X not sclerotized. Spermathecal sclerite spindle shaped in lateral aspect,
with anterior end attenuated (Fig. 102) R. species 2, p. 37.
Spermathecal sclerite spindle shaped in lateral aspect (Fig. 56, 85) 18
Spermathecal sclerite relatively long, tapered posterad in ventral aspect; ante-
rior end cleft, with distinct median fissure (Fig. 99) R. vemna Milne, p. 24.
Spermathecal sclerite with both ends (in lateral aspect) attenuated (Fig. 85)
R. angelita Banks, p. 33.
Spermathecal sclerite (in lateral aspect) sigmoid in outline (Fig. 56)
R. rickeri Ross, p. 28.
The alberta group
Males of this group are characterised by large anal sclerites, simple tenth terga and,
especially, by simple, limnephiloid aedeagi, with simple lateral arms and median shaft. The
group contains four species of which three are found in Alberta.
Rhyacophila alberta Banks, 1918
(Fig. 4a, 4b, 24-27, 104)
Rhyacophila alberta Banks, 191 8; 21. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta). Banks, 1918:3b.
Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Ulmer, 1932:209. Betten, 1934: 135. Milne, 1936:98, 106,
110. Ross, 1944:291. Ross, 1950a:261. Ross, 1956:76, 1 16. Schmid, 1958: 13. Fischer,
1960:70. Ross, 1965:591. Schmid, 1970:55, 124.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the alberta group by
20
Nimmo
dorsal lobe of distal article of clasper directed meso-anterad (Fig. 24). The rounded triangu-
lar lobe on lower posterior edge of segment VIII is characteristic of females of this species
(Fig. 27).
Description. — Antennae very pale yellow. Vertex of head mottled red-brown. Fore wing
length of male 1 1 mm; pale yellowish brown, heavily irrorate, with dark areas concentrated
on veins. Stigma pale, opaque. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 4a, 4b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Segment IX rectangular
dorsally, tapered sharply antero-ventrad to lateral sutures then widened ventrally (Fig. 24).
Claspers each with massive rectangular basal article concave mesally, especially at base.
Distal article with long triangular ventral lobe, and dorsal lobe directed meso-anterad along
mesal face of basal article. Segment X with dorsal portion rather like skull and beak of bird,
with small rounded depressions at peak. Ventral part of segment cleft dorso-ventrally, flank-
ing divided anal sclerite. Aedeagus with median shaft long, thin, bulbous at mid point (Fig.
25); lateral arms long, with large, rounded, ventral lobe distally with five long, curved spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal quarter of segment
VIII sclerotized, proximal edge slightly bulged and divided from distal area by thin annular
line; distal edge produced ventrally as short, stout, triangular tooth (Fig. 26, 27). Cerci
short, hyaline.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species appears to emerge from streams ranging from
small mountain brooks to large, turbulent mountain torrents. The flying season extends
from August 12 to October 9.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Colorado and Utah (Fig. 104) apparently being confined largely to the Rocky Mountain
chain. In Alberta this species is found in the mountains and foothills at altitudes between
4,000’ and 6,500’. Dodds and Hisaw (1925b) recorded it from Colorado, between 9,000’
and 11,000’.
I have examined 174 specimens, 131 males and 43 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophila tucula Ross, 1950
(Fig. 5a, 5b, 28-31, 105)
Rhyacophila tucula Ross, 1950a:261. (Type locality: Gardner River, Yellowstone National
Park, Wyoming). Ross, 1952:45. Ross, 1956: 1 16. Ross, 1965:591. Anderson, 1967:508.
Smith, 196&658, 666-668, 673. Schmid, 1970:55, 124.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other members of the alberta group
by bifid lateral flaps of segment X enclosing anal sclerite, and by long, rectangular dorsal
ridge or fold of distal article of clasper (Fig. 28). The spinate dorsal surface of membranous
portion of segment VIII (Fig. 30) is distinctive of females.
Description. — Antennae pale yellow. Vertex of head red-brown, with distinct cruciform
pattern posteriorly, formed from two intersecting sutures. Thorax straw yellow, to red-
brown dorsally. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of male 9.5 mm; pale red-brown,
irregularly irrorate with no distinct stigma. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 5a, 5b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Sundance Creek, west of Edson, Alberta). Segment IX
laterally rectangular but with large triangular bight in lower half of posterior edge (Fig. 28).
Claspers each with long, rectangular basal article channeled along entire length of mesal face.
Segment X laterally similar to birds head, with two bifid ventral lobes flanking anal sclerite.
Aedeagus with long, slender median shaft; distal portion of shaft very slender tube, basal
portion long slender bulb; lateral arms long, slender, smoothly expanded distally, each with
distal spine, and mesal edge with heavy, dark spines (Fig. 29).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
21
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Alaska; in Illinois Natural History Survey). Segment
VIII with basal half sclerotized, tapered (Fig. 30); proximal half of sclerotized portion light
brown, remainder darker, clearly demarcated. Dorsal surface of membranous portion of
segment VIII minutely spinate. Spermathecal sclerite long, almost hyaline (Fig. 31); distal
end constricted as circular head (ventral aspect); lateral edges darker than remainder.
Notes on biology. — Smith (1968) records the larvae from . . small to medium streams
with mixed rubble bottoms”, in Idaho. My records indicate fairly fast, rock filled streams
to be the habitat of larvae of this species. Smith also records the adult flying season as
September-October. My records indicate a flying season of August 24 to October 12.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Wyoming and Oregon (Fig. 105). It extends east to the Rockies but appears to be centered
primarily in the Coast Ranges. In Alberta the species is known only from one locality in the
low eastern foothills near Edson. The two localities shown in eastern British Columbia are
also at low altitude (under 4,000’).
I have examined six males from the area.
Rhyacophila glaciera Denning, 1965
(Fig. 6a, 6b, 32-34, 106)
Rhyacophila glaciera Denning, 1965a: 263, 265. (Type locality: Glacier National Park, Mon-
tana). Schmid, 1970:55, 124.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the alberta group by
long, deeply cleft distal article of clasper. Females are distinguished by relatively unmodified
segment VIII: posterior rim of sclerotized portion only very shallowly indented laterally.
Description. — Antennae light yellowish brown. Vertex of head deep reddish brown,
except warts paler. Thorax brownish yellow, to red-brown dorsally. Spurs brown. Male fore
wing length 8.8 mm; clear mottled greyish brown; stigma evident but light. Venation of fore
and hind wings as in Fig. 6a, 6b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Segment IX with or
without small dorsal, hyaline fin (Fig. 32). Segment IX strongly pinched in at lateral sutures,
as in R. tucula. Claspers each with short basal article channeled on mesal face; distal article
large, with very deep u-shaped cleft dividing it to rounded, finger-like, dorsal lobe and knife-
like ventral lobe. Segment X with dorsal body only sparsely indented, forming rough semi-
circle. Aedeagus (Fig. 33) with median shaft in two distinct parts; distal part long, very thin;
proximal part much thicker, continued thus to base. Lateral arms clavate in dorsal aspect;
terminated by thick brush of setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Basal part of seg-
ment VIII sclerotized, truncated, cone with slightly sinuate postero-lateral edges (Fig. 34).
No cerci evident.
A note on taxonomy. — In his original description Denning (1965a) states that this species
is not related to any other species of the genus. This may appear to be so, but an examina-
tion of the male genitalia, and a close comparison with the genitalia of R. alberta and tucula
places this species in the alberta group beyond doubt. The virtual identity of the aedeagi of
specimens of these species is of special importance in this connection.
Notes on biology. — This species frequents mountain streams ranging from small, turbu-
lent, rocky creeks, to very small alpine trickles. The adult flying season extends from August
19 to October 7. I have taken specimens of this species crawling about on one to two feet
of snow in October at the Mt. Edith Cavell alpine meadows in Jasper National Park. The
nearby stream was largely frozen, but with occasional open holes in the thin ice.
Nimino
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species is very small. The species
was only recently described from Montana. It is known only from the Rocky Mountains
and Alberta. Altitude range is from 5,000’ to 7,000’.
Eight specimens, six males and two females, were examined from the study area.
The vofixa group
This group, represented here by only one species, is characterised by simple male geni-
talia in which the anal sclerite is divided into two large, ovate, lateral lobes. Aedeagus with
large, finger-like, dorsal process; median shaft flanked by two finely divided lateral lobes
like sheaves of spines. There are only two known species in this group, of which one occurs
in Alberta.
Rhyacophila vofixa Milne, 1936
(Fig. 7a, 7b, 35-38, 107)
Rhyacophila vofixa Milne, 1936:95, 102, 111. (Type locality: Edmonton, Alberta). Ross,
1944:291. Ross, 1956:80, 101, 116. Schmid, 1958:17. Fischer, 1960: 1 52. Smith, 1968:
672-673. Schmid, 1970:67, 126.
Males of this species are recognized by form of distal article of clasper, with acuminate
triangular dorsal lobe and thick, fleshy, triangular ventral lobe (Fig. 35). Females are recog-
nized by hooked spermathecal sclerites (Fig. 38).
Description. - Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head red-brown. Thorax light red-
brown, slightly darker dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 11.1 mm, deep
chocolate-brown with reddish tinge; scattered hyaline irrorations. Stigma dark, opaque,
clothed with fine mat of hairs.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta). Segment IX wide dorsally,
narrower in ventral third of total height. Extreme ventral area segregated by dark suture
lines (Fig. 35). Claspers each with large, trapezoidal, mesally concave, basal article. Distal
article bilobed; dorsal lobe acuminate triangular; ventral lobe triangular, larger than dorsal,
rounded distally, heavy. Segment X with concave dorsal plate; lateral walls sharp edged.
Anal sclerite of two rounded, mesally concave, lateral flaps located ventrad of distal tip of
segment X (Fig. 36). Aedeagus relatively small, with ejaculatory duct terminated on peculiar
pick-like, hyaline, median shaft; median shaft flanked basally by membranous lobes tipped
by numerous long, thin spines. Base of aedeagus surmounted by large, fleshy, dorsal lobe
terminated by dark, folded, sclerotized pocket (Fig. 37).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta). Basal portion of segment
VIII sclerotized in form of truncated cone terminated in two pairs of lateral lobes (Fig. 38).
Segment XI with pair of small, hyaline cerci. Spermathecal sclerites two, parallel to each
other, lightly sclerotized, tapered finely anterad, with heavier, deeply hooked posterior ends.
Notes on biology. - Adults emerge from non-turbulent, smoothly flowing, but swift,
mountain brooks, to smaller, but very turbulent mountain torrents. The flight season ex-
tends from July 15 to August 31.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Idaho and Washington (Fig. 107), apparently ranging throughout the northern Cordillera.
My collecting in Alberta indicates that the species is confined to the mountain and foothill
areas, between 3,000’ and 6,500’. The type locality is given as Edmonton by Milne (1936)
which is at 2,000’.
I have examined 255 specimens, 184 males and 71 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
23
The acropedes group
Males of this group, represented here by two species, are characterised by simple aedeagus
(Fig. 40) with lateral arms in form of membranous, extensible lobes with multi-spinate tips.
One branch of this group has segment X with anteriorly directed basal processes (Fig. 96).
In the second branch segment X is cleft dorsally down the middle. There are eight known
species in this group, of which one is known from Alberta.
Rhyacophila acropedes Banks, 1914
(Fig. 8a, 8b, 39-41, 108)
Rhyacophila acropedes Banks, 1914:201. (Type locality: Deer Creek, Provo Canyon, Utah).
Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig, 1926:176. Betten, 1934: 135. Milne, 1936:93, 102,
110. Ross, 1938b:4. Ross, 1941a:36. Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 87. Leonard and
Leonard, 1949b:3. Morse and Blickle, 1953:69. Ross, 1956:75, 83, 84, 117. Fischer,
1960:69. Flint, 1962:479-480. Denning, 1963:244. Ross, 1965:591. Anderson, 1967:
508, 517. Smith, 1968:658, 660, 667. Schmid, 1970:87, 131.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the acropedes group
by lateral ‘wings’ on median shaft of aedeagus, and by acuminate lobe dorsad of segment X,
attached to segment IX. Females are distinguished by postero-ventral keel of segment VIII.
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head uniformly deep red-brown. Thor-
ax deep yellow-brown, to deep red-brown dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male
10.8 mm; colour grey-brown; costal area hyaline, stigma weak, indistinctly irrorate. Vena-
tion of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 8a, 8b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Creek, Nojack, Alberta). Segment IX essentially
rectangular, with irregular posterior edge (Fig. 39); postero-dorsal edge produced posterad
as broad, triangular plate dorsad of segment X. Claspers each with basal article arcuate; basal
area laterally flattened, distally tubular. Heavy distal article bilobed, with small pyramidal
dorsal lobe, and massive ventral lobe roughly triangular in cross section. Segment X of two
approximately rectangular, vertical plates side by side; base of each plate with broad lateral
flange. Median shaft of aedeagus simple tapered tube (Fig. 40), flanked just distad of base
by two rounded lateral ‘wings’. Lateral arms large, membranous, tubes each terminated by
sheaves of long, dark spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Creek, Nojack, Alberta). Basal portion of segment
VIII heavily sclerotized; antero-lateral edges slightly depressed; ventro-posterior surface
keeled, tapered gradually to sharp posterior edge; membranous remainder of segment emer-
gent only above keel (Fig. 41). Spermathecal sclerites two, indistinct, simple, tapered.
Notes on biology. — This species emerges from a variety of stream types ranging from
torrential, rocky, mountain streams, to swift, smoothly flowing, shallow streams on pebble
beds, to very quiet, sluggish streams on earthen beds. Smith (1968) gives the adult flight
period in Idaho as late July to early August; peak emergence is in late July. My records give
the flight period in Alberta as July 1 to August 22. I have a record from Jaffray, in south
eastern British Columbia, dated May 10; seven of each sex were taken. Smith states that the
species overwinters in Idaho as third or fourth instar larvae; pupation occurs in late May and
June. He also adds that the adults are active in the afternoon, ceasing flight at dusk, and do
not come to light. My own observations confirm this, specimens usually being taken under
bridges or culverts. Both Smith (1968) and Denning (1948a) report that both sexes emit an
unpleasant odour when handled. I have not noticed this phenomenon.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
24
Nimmo
bia in the west to Labrador in the east, and south as far as Colorado (Fig. 108). This is one of
the two transcontinental species of Rhyacophila known to occur in the study area. From the
map there is seen to be a gap in mid-continent; this may be genuine or an artifact of collect-
ing. In Alberta the species seems to be largely confined to the mountain and foothill regions.
However, two localities well away from the main Cordillera are recorded. One, near White-
court (Chickadee Creek), is on the south west edge of the Swan Hills, an isolated rise of land;
the other is at Cold Creek, Nojack, which is quite outside any unusual elevation of land, and
about 50 miles from the eastern extremity of the foothills. This stream is peculiar in afford-
ing a rather large selection of otherwise mountain caddis-flies while, at the same time, af-
fording a selection of plains species. This species ranges between 2,500’ and 7,000’ altitude.
I have examined 698 specimens, 449 males and 249 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophila vemna Milne, 1936
(Fig. 21a, 21b, 96-99, 120)
Rhyacophila vemna Milne, 1936:92, 102, 111. (Type locality: White River, Mt. Rainier,
Washington). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 105-106. Ross, 1956:84. Smith, 1965:
243. Schmid, 1970:86, 131.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species in the acropedes group
by long tuft of setae on posterior edge of tergum IX (Fig. 96), and by long, twisted, distal
article of clasper. Females are distinguished by open-ended, mesally fissured spermathecal
sclerite (Fig. 99).
Description. — Antennae red-brown. Vertex of head red-brown. Thorax light red to
yellow-brown, darker dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 18.1 mm; chocolate-
brown to reddish brown, heavily irrorate, with thick stigma. Hind wings with distal half
stained clear brown. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 21a, 21b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Segment IX with anterior
edges essentially straight, vertical; posterior edges with large, smooth, ventral indentation;
dorsal portion curved antero-dorsad to narrow dorsal ridge (Fig. 96). Clasper with distinct
mesal ledge basally on basal article; distal article twisted as if part of coil, with thick,
rounded, distal lip. Dorsal part of segment X of two thin, short, vertical plates; distally
with darkened, folded, deeply incised plate, denticulate on dorsal surface (Fig. 97). Median
shaft of aedeagus slender, tapered; lateral arms membranous, very thick, terminated by
heavy brushes of long, amber setae; these lobes surmount median shaft (Fig. 98).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal half of segment VIII
simple, tapered, lightly sclerotized tube. Spermathecal sclerite in ventral aspect (Fig. 99)
spanner-like in appearance, with anterior end open; spindle shaped fissure located mesally.
Cerci minute.
Notes on biology. — This species inhabits small, swift, gravel bedded, mountain streams.
The flight period of the adults in Alberta extends from May 17 to July 7.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from the Cascade
Mountains of Washington to the Rockies of Alberta.
I have examined 21 specimens, 12 males and nine females, from the study area.
The invaria group
Members of this group are characterised by essentially simple male genitalia. Anal sclerite
large, with deep root. Aedeagus with two lateral arms, complex median shaft, and specialised
ventral lobes. Tergal strap attached to aedeagal base; expanded into sclerotized apical band.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
25
There are two main branches of this group (Ross, 1956): one is located in eastern North
America, the other in western North America. The western branch includes five species, of
which two are dealt with here.
Rhyacophila bifila Banks, 1914
(Fig. 9a, 9b, 42-46, 109)
Rhyacophila bifila Banks, 1914:201. (Type locality: Vernon, British Columbia). Essig,
1926:176. Betten, 1934:135. Milne, 1936:91, 110. Ross, 1944:291. Ross, 1947:127.
Denning, 1948a:98. Ross, 1952:43. Ross, 1956:88, 118. Fischer, 1960:76. Denning,
1963:244. Smith, 1965:242-243. Denning, 1965b:694. Smith, 1969:658,660-661,673.
Schmid, 1970:60, 125.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species in the invaria group by
long, thin, conical, very dark lateral arms of aedeagus; by heavy, blade-like ventral lobes.
Segment X is divided to two simple, lateral, tergal flaps (Fig. 42, 43). Females are distin-
guished by ventral lobes of segment VIII long, thin, arcuate, in ventral aspect (Fig. 46)
arising from separate bases.
Description. — Antennae brown; each article annulated dark brown distally. Vertex of
head very dark chocolate-brown. Thorax brown, to dark chocolate-brown dorsally. Legs yel-
low, distal ends of articles dark brown. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of males 10 mm; dark
chocolate-brown, irrorate; stigmatic area almost black. Venation of fore and hind wings as
in Fig. 9a, 9b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Canmore, Alberta). Tergum IX projected well posterad;
remainder of segment IX narrow, tapered slightly ventrad (Fig. 42). Clasper short, massive;
basal article roughly trapezoidal, mesal face occupied by two, almost contiguous, short
ridges. Distal article of clasper polygonal, distal edge slightly concave; mesal face ridged,
partly with fine setae. Segment X divided, as pair of flared, dorso-lateral plates; ventro-
laterad of each plate is single, large, rounded lobe which appears as dorsal extension of
tergal strap. Anal sclerite divided mesally (Fig. 43), arched dorsad. Median shaft of aedeagus
thick, with rounded dorsal lobe overhanging tip (Fig. 44); attached ventrad of median shaft
are two massive, folded, sclerotized lobes terminated by short, stout, acuminate plates with
tips directed dorsad. Lateral arms of aedeagus long, conical, attached at aedeagal base, with
distal quarter very finely attenuated as a hair.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Canmore, Alberta). Segment VIII short, sclerotized,
with short, membranous distal portion enclosed by short, widely separated, blunt, dorsal
lobes, and blunt, vertically thin, ventral lobes attached to polygonal sternum (Fig. 45, 46).
Dorsal and ventral lobes connected by thin lateral band anterad of which segment VIII is
weakly sclerotized. Segments IX-XI short, stout. Cerci represented by two minute papillae.
Spermathecal sclerites absent.
Notes on biology. — This species emerges from a great variety of streams and rivers,
ranging from fast and turbulent to slow, from boulder strewn to pebble bottomed. Denning
(1965) records it from clear, cold mountain streams. Smith (1968) records the Idaho flight
period of the adults as late June to early September, peaking in late June. My records give
the Alberta flight period as May 22 to August 23. Smith (1968) states that the species is
crepuscular and its members are attracted to light.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia and Alberta to California and Wyoming (Fig. 109). In Alberta this species is found in the
lower river courses, between 3,000’ and 5,000’, of the mountains and foothills.
I have examined 161 specimens, of which 102 were males, and 59 females.
26
Nimmo
Rhyacophila coloradensis Banks, 1 904
(Fig. 10a, 10b, 47-50, 110)
Rhyacophila coloradensis Banks, 1904a: Plate 1, Fig. 7. (Type locality: Las Vegas, New
Mexico). Banks, 1905:10. Banks, 1907a:41 . Ulmer, 1907a:210. Banks, 1911:354. Dodds
and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig, 1926:176. Muttkowski, 1929:192. Betten, 1934:135.
Milne, 1936:91, 111. Ross, 1938b:5. Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 101. Ross, 1952:
43. Ross, 1956:88. 1 18. Schmid, 1958:12. Fischer, 1960:78. Denning, 1965b:691.
Smith, 1968:658, 661, 663, 673. Unzicker, 1868:4, 18, 44. Schmid, 1970:60, 125.
Rhyacophila stigmatica Banks, 1904a: 108. (Type locality: Las Vegas, New Mexico). Ulmer,
1905a:72. Banks, 1905:10. Fischer, 1960:78.
Rhyacophila anomala Banks, 1924:444. (Type locality: Tolland, Colorado). Dodds and
Hisaw, 1925b:386. Betten, 1934:135. Milne, 1936:111. Fischer, 1960:78.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of R. bifila Banks by bilobed, dorso-
lateral sclerites of segment X (Fig. 47, 48). Females are distinguished by paired ventral
lobes of segment VIII attached to common pedicel (Fig. 50) in R. coloradensis.
Description. — Antennae brown. Vertex of head virtually black. Thorax deep chocolate-
brown, to virtually black dorsally. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of male 10 mm; dark
chocolate-brown, irrorate, stigmatic area solid brown. Hind wings clear, dark brown distally,
stigma slightly darker. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 10a, 10b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Chancellor Peak, Yoho, British Columbia). Segment IX
virtually rectangular laterally, slightly wider dorsally than ventrally (Fig. 47), traversed by
lateral sutures. Basal article of clasper short, stout, almost square; mesal face with short
ventral ridge. Distal article of clasper massive, polygonal, with slightly concave mesal face
with distal half with short setae. Dorso-lateral sclerites of segment X mesally concave, with
dorsal hooks (Fig. 47, 48). Anal sclerite cleft mesally, arched dorsad, paralleling sclerites of
segment X. Tergal strap terminated as two small lobes laterad of anal sclerite. Median shaft
of aedeagus very similar to that of R. bifila Banks (Fig. 44, 49), but ventral lobes massive,
rounded, folded, sclerotized, not acuminate distally; lateral arms rod-like, tipped with mi-
nute spines (Fig. 49).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Chancellor Peak, Yoho, British Columbia). Sclerotized
basal portion of segment VIII similar to that of R. bifila Banks laterally, except ventral
lobes horizontal, not vertical; in ventral aspect both lobes arise from common pedicel
(Fig. 50).
Notes on biology. — This species frequents both the fast, turbulent mountain creeks with
boulder beds, and the slower, smoother flowing, pebble-bottomed creeks. Smith (1969)
gives the Idaho flight period as March, April, May, and September, indicating two peaks of
emergence, one in Spring, the other in Fall. My records indicate only one period of emer-
gence in Alberta, albeit rather an extended one, from May to August, peaking in May (May
7 to August 30). I have one record, from Banff, Alberta, on April 17, 1915, by N. B. Sanson.
Smith (1968) indicates that the adults are most active at dusk in Idaho, but start flying in
the afternoon.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to California, New Mexico, and all intervening states except Nevada (Fig.
1 10). It appears to be truly widespread throughout the Cordillera. In Alberta the species is
found in the foothills, but primarily in the mountains. In altitude it ranges from at least
3,000’ to about 6,000’. Dodds and Hisaw (1925b) recorded it from Colorado at between
6,000’ and 11,000’.
I have examined 268 specimens, 127 males and 141 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
27
The hyalinata group
Males of species in this group are characterised by wide apical band of tergal strap pro-
jecting beyond ventral corner of tergum X (Fig. 51); by truncate anal sclerite with definite
root, and by simple tergum X (Ross, 1956). There are four species in this group of which
one is known to occur in Alberta.
Rhyacophila hyalinata Banks, 1905
(Fig. 11a, lib, 51-53, 111)
Rhyacophila hyalinata Banks, 1905:10. (Type locality: southwestern Colorado). Banks,
1907a:41. Ulmer, 1907a:201. Banks, 1911:354. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig,
1926:177. Betten, 1934: 135. Milne, 1936:96, 104, 111. Ross, 1938b:6. Ross, 1944:291.
Denning, 1948a: 101. Ross, 1956:88, 92, 118. Schmid, 1958:17. Fischer, 1960:96. Smith,
1968:658, 663-664, 673. Schmid, 1970:59, 124.
Males of this species are distinguished from those of other species by dorsally arched
postero-dorsal extension of segment IX; by shape of distal article of claspers, which are
parallel sided but bowed ventrad (Fig. 51), and by complex aedeagus (Fig. 52).
Description. — Antennae red-brown. Vertex of head deep chocolate. Thorax chocolate-
brown, to darker chocolate dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 13.7 mm; dark
purplish-brown, especially on veins; cells lighter, irrorate; stigma very thick. Venation of
fore and hind wings as in Fig. 11a, lib.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Vicary Creek, north of Coleman, Alberta). Segment IX
wide; anterior edges bowed anterad, posterior edges angular. Postero-dorsal edge developed
as triangular, cup-like process overtopping segment X (Fig. 51). Basal article of clasper
short, rectangular. Distal article bowed ventrad; swollen tip with fine hairs. Segment X of
two large, warped, dorsal plates fused diagonally along mesal faces. Anal sclerite long, thin,
angular laterally, apical band of tergal strap engaged distally. Tergal strap horizontal, lateral
edges curled dorsad, apical band in form of recurved distal horn. Median shaft of aedeagus
heavily sclerotized (Fig. 52) with distal tip overhung by dorsally concave lobe; acute tri-
angular plate flanked basally by two lateral pads ventrad to ejaculatory duct. Lateral arms
attached to membranous bases; each clavate, long, terminated by small, acuminate spine.
Median shaft and lateral arms of aedeagus distad of massive membranous base overhung
basally by acuminate, ventrally concave plate.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Vicary Creek, north of Coleman). Basal portions of
segment VIII sclerotized, flanked laterally by pair of lateral flaps, two acute triangular
lobes ventrad (Fig. 53). Two lightly sclerotized, dorso-lateral plates posterad. No evident
spermathecal sclerites, or cerci.
Notes on biology. — This species frequents the faster, more turbulent types of mountain
i stream with rocky beds; it is also, however, found in the faster, smoother flowing, pebble-
bottomed streams. Smith (1968) records the adult flying season as late June to early August
| in Idaho. My records give a total span from July 5 to September 12 in Alberta, with the
peak in later July.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
| British Columbia to California and Colorado. The species is widespread in the Cordillera
(Fig. 111). In Alberta it appears to be confined to the mountain areas. In altitude it ranges
i between 3,500’ and 6,000’. Dodds and Hisaw (1925b) record it from Colorado at 9,000’ to
11,000’.
I have examined 428 specimens, 270 males and 158 females, from the study area.
28
Nimmo
The sibirica group
Males of this group are characterised by ventral fusion of lateral arms, forming ventral
membranous base terminated by ovate or elongate scoop with dorsal brush of hair (Fig. 54,
60) (Ross, 1956). Some species have lost this structure (Fig. 62). There are 26 species in this
group, of which four are known to occur in Alberta.
Rhyacophila rickeri Ross, 1956
(Fig. 12a, 12b, 54-56, 112)
Rhyacophila rickeri Ross, 1956:95, 98, 120. (Type locality: Babine River, 50 miles north
of Hazelton, British Columbia). Schmid, 1970:63, 126.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the sibirica group by
postero-dorsal lobe of tergum VIII, and similar lobe of tergum IX (Fig. 54). Tergal strap
wide, telescoped, with ventral aperture for aedeagus distinctive.
Description. — Antennae brown. Vertex of head dark brown anteriorly, lighter posteri-
orly. Thorax dark yellow-brown laterally, speckled dark brown on lighter ground. Spurs
yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 1 1.2 mm; light greyish brown, transparent. Vena-
tion of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 12a, 12b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Tergum IX with bul-
bous postero-dorsal process dorsad of segment X (Fig. 54). Segment IX rectangular laterally,
with sinuate posterior edge. Basal article of clasper large, thick, directed postero-dorsad;
distal article long, tapered, setose. Segment X with two distinct cerci whose bases pass
mesad to two mesal protrusions (Fig. 55); thin flaps flank three-arched anal sclerite ventro-
laterad of cerci. Tergal strap prominent, dark, sinuate, with ventral aperture for passage of
aedeagus. Median shaft of aedeagus long, thin, with distinct basal piece (Fig. 54); attached
to large flared base, which flanks it; ventral process membranous, highly extensible, with
dorsally concave tip spinate internally.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Proximal third of
segment VIII sclerotized; wide, shallow, longitudinal groove dorsally. Spermathecal sclerite
warped, dorsal surface concave, ventral convex, at posterior end, reversed at anterior end.
Laterally sclerite sigmoid in appearance (Fig. 56).
Notes on biology. — This species inhabits small, very shallow, cold alpine streams, in high
moraine country. These streams are little more than trickles but persist throughout the
year. I have taken specimens at Mt. Edith Cavell, on 1 to 2 feet of fresh snow in early
October.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Alberta and British Columbia (Fig. 1 1 2). I have taken specimens at only two localities, both
at about 7,000’ altitude.
I have examined 23 specimens, 20 males and three females, from the study area.
Rhyacophila vepulsa Milne, 1936
(Fig. 14a, 14b, 57-61, 113)
Rhyacophila vepulsa Milne, 1936:96, 102, 111. (Type locality: Salmon River, Lincoln
County, Oregon). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 106. Ross, 1952:45. Ross, 1956:97,
98, 120. Fischer, 1960:151. Denning, 1963:245. Anderson, 1967:508, 5 17, 5 18. Smith,
1968:658,670, 673. Thut, 1969:895,896, 897, 898. Schmid, 1970:125.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the sibirica group by
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
29
massive segment X (Fig. 57, 58) and by asymmetrical distal cup of ventral process of aedea-
gus (Fig. 60). Females are distinguished by angularly offset dorsal and ventral surfaces of
segment VIII (Fig. 61).
Description. — Antennae uniform chocolate-brown. Vertex of head dark chocolate. Tho-
rax dark reddish-brown dorsally, grey-brown laterally. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length
of male 8.5 mm; uniform dull grey-brown; stigmatic area faint. Venation of fore and hind
wings as in Fig. 14a, 14b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Rowe Creek, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Segment
IX slightly narrower ventrally than dorsally (Fig. 57). Basal article of clasper with straight
dorsal edge, sinuate ventral edge. Distal article polygonal, slightly indented distally, ventral
lobe swollen. Segment X massive plaque (Fig. 57, 58) weakly bilobed distally; dorsal surface
irregular in lateral aspect, with distinct anterior hump; ventral surface concave anteriorly
and posteriorly, convex between. Median lobe of aedeagus long, thin, with thinner distal
quarter directed postero-dorsad (Fig. 59); attached ventrad of dorsally arched basal plate
with disto-ventral surface produced as dorsally directed, slender, rounded, distally spinate,
process. Proximad of basal complex of aedeagus is short, rounded, minutely spinate process
directed anterad above aedeagal base. Ventral process of aedeagus attached to membranous
base on slender pedicel; massive, ladle-like, setose around lateral walls; lateral walls asym-
metrical (Fig. 59, 60).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Rowe Creek, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Basal
half of segment VIII simple, sclerotized, tapered cone; distal edge angular laterally (Fig. 61).
Notes on biology. — I have records of adults of this species taken in the vicinity of large,
turbulent rivers, and from small, pebbly slow streams. Smith (1968) records the larvae from
. . riffles of headwaters streams with compact, pebbly bottoms”, in Idaho. He also gives
the Idaho adult flight season as late July. My records for the study area are few, but they
indicate a flight season in early August (August 1-5). This is not a common species.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
California and Montana (Fig. 1 13). In Alberta my records are too few to state with certainty
the range of the species, but it appears to be confined to the mountains. Altitudinally it
occurs from 4,000’ to 6,000’.
I have examined eight specimens, five males and three females, from three localities in
the study area.
Rhyacophila belona Ross, 1948
(Fig. 15a, 15b, 62-64, 112)
Rhyacophila belona Ross, 1948:19-20. (Type locality: East of Logan Pass, Glacier National
Park, Montana). Ross, 1956:97, 120. Schmid, 1970:65, 125.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the sibirica group by
long, thin, dorsally curved median shaft of aedeagus, with basal two-thirds flanked laterally
by thin up-curved wings (Fig. 62). Females are distinguished by lateral aspect of spermathe-
cal sclerite, which is triangular (Fig. 64).
Description. — Antennae almost black. Vertex of head black. Thorax black-brown, to
black dorsally. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of male 8.4 mm; very deep purplish
brown, with patches of slightly lighter purple-brown. Hind wings transparent chocolate-
brown. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 15a, 15b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Segment IX wide
dorsally, sharply narrowed ventrad (Fig. 62). Basal article of clasper straight, tapered distad;
distal article acute-triangular except for basal constriction, ventral edge thickened. Segment
30
Nimmo
X large, complexly folded, distally bilobed process (Fig. 62, 63) with roots well inside
segment IX. Ventrad of base of segment X is rugose, domed plate. Aedeagus simple, slender,
smoothly up-curved, tapered tube flanked along basal two-thirds by thin, dorsally curved,
lateral wings (Fig. 62).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta). Basal portion of
segment VIII sclerotized, truncated-conical tube (Fig. 64); ventro-posterior edge with two
small processes; dorsad of these are two larger, triangular flaps. Cerci simple, papillate.
Notes on biology. — This species inhabits high alpine brooks in moraine topography.
The flight season of the adults extends from June 1 to July 21.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known only from Alberta and Montana
(Fig. 112). It ranges from 6,000’ to 7,000’.
I have examined 14 specimens, 10 males and four females, from the study area.
Rhyacophila pellisa Ross, 1938a
(Fig. 16a, 16b, 65-68, 114)
Rhyacophila pellisa Ross, 1938a: 118. (Type locality: Cascade Lodge, Rocky Mountain
National Park, Colorado). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 102. Ross, 1956:95, 97, 120.
Fischer, 1960:121. Denning, 1963:244. Anderson, 1967:508. Smith, 1968:666, 673.
Schmid, 1970:64, 125.
Rhyacophila doddsi Ling, 1938:61. (Type locality: Yellowstone Park, Wyoming). Ross,
1944:291.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the sibirica group by
very long claspers, very short segment X and simple aedeagus with long, thin, tapered
median shaft and simple, setose ventral process (Fig. 66). In dorsal aspect segment X is
simple, rounded, bilobed and deeply cleft (Fig. 64); another similar species which may
eventually be found in Alberta has similar segment X but with only very shallow cleft.
Females are distinguished by long, proximally pierced spermathecal sclerite (Fig. 68).
Description. — Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head almost black. Thorax dark choco-
late-brown, to almost black dorsally. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of male 8.4 mm;
uniform deep reddish brown; cells translucent, stigma prominent.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Segment IX with robust,
rectangular dorsal area separated from partially keeled, narrower ventral area by fine suture
(Fig. 66). Basal article of clasper massive, tapered distad, variably channeled on mesal face;
distal article somewhat trapezoidal, with thick ventral lobe, minute ventrally hooked, dorsal
lobe. Segment X small, set dorsally on segment IX, deeply cleft mesally, with short, rounded
lobes (Fig. 64); merged ventrally with flat, square-cut plate dorsad of anus. Tergal strap and
apical band as smoothly curved distal hook. Median shaft of aedeagus long, thin, tapered,
recurved tube (Fig. 67); ventral process long, with membranous base, short sclerotized
pedicel, and slightly wider, setose, distal body.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal half of segment VIII
strongly sclerotized (Fig. 68), dorsal surface slightly shorter than ventral. Spermathecal
sclerite in ventral aspect long, thin, clavate anteriorly; anterior end pierced; posterior end
slightly expanded, darker, with two-arched hyaline line near tip.
Notes on biology. — This species frequents streams ranging from small, pebble-bottomed
brooks, to larger, fast, rocky rivers. The Idaho flight season is given by Smith (1968) as late
July to early August. The Alberta flight season is from July 19 to August 31. Smith states
that daily flight is confined to late morning.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
31
California and Colorado (Fig. 1 14). In Alberta it is largely confined to the mountain areas,
but appears to extend eastward in the foothills. Its altitudinal range is 3,500’ to 6,000’.
I have examined 142 specimens, 98 males and 44 females, from the study area.
The betteni group
This group is characterised, in males, by unusually long lateral arms of aedeagus; these are
ventral in position, and fused in some species. Of the eight known species of this group, two
are known to occur in the study area.
Rhyacophila vaccua Milne, 1936
(Fig. 13a, 13b, 69-74, 116)
Rhyacophila vaccua Milne, 1936:94-95, 102, 111. (Type locality: Cultus Lake, British
Columbia). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a:102. Ross, 1952:45. Schmid and Guppy,
1952:41. Ross, 1956:99, 100, 121. Fischer, 1960:150. Denning, 1963:245. Smith, 1968
658, 668, 673. Thut, 1969:895, 896, 897, 898. Schmid, 1970:68, 126.
Rhyacophila complicata Ling, 1938:60. Ross, 1944:291.
Rhyacophila bruesi Milne and Milne, 1940: 153-156. Ross, 1944:291 .
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the betteni group by
abrupt ventral narrowing of segment IX (Fig. 69), by dorsally curved process of anal sclerite,
and by narrow tenth segment (Fig. 70). As the female of R. chilsia Denning is unknown I
cannot give comparative details within the group. However, females of this species are dis-
tinguished from all others by distinctive sternum of segment VIII (Fig. 73, 74), and by
complex spermathecal sclerites (Fig. 73).
Description. — Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head uniformly very dark brown. Thorax
dark grey-brown, mottled by almost white areas. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of
male 10.4 mm; dark grey -brown interspersed with hyaline areas. Venation of fore and hind
wings as in Fig. 13a, 13b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Red Earth Creek, Banff National Park, Alberta). Segment
IX with distinct, narrow, sternum (Fig. 69); tergum large, widened dorsally, dorsal surface
sloped antero-ventrad. Basal article of clasper rectangular laterally, with mesal shelf at base
joined medially with identical member of opposing clasper. Distal article bifid; dorsal lobe
acuminate, with basal median flange overlapped with basal lateral flange of thumb-like ven-
tral lobe. Segment X small, recessed dorsally into segment IX, channeled longitudinally along
dorsal surface (Fig. 70). Anal sclerite small, bilobed distally, curved dorsad. Tergal strap large,
curved, with apical band horizontal, attached to segment X disto-ventrally. Median shaft of
aedeagus long, thick, distal end cleft horizontally, with rounded dorsal lobe overhanging
ejaculatory duct (Fig. 71); median shaft completely shielded dorsally by thin, arched, dis-
tally acuminate plate (Fig. 71, 72); lateral arms fused except for heavily spinate distal lobes.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal portion of segment
VIII heavily sclerotized, partly free distally from membranous portion, very deeply cleft
dorsally and ventro-laterally (Fig. 73, 74); sternum distinct from tergum, posterior edge
produced posterad as acuminate-triangular lobe, with v-cleft distally. Spermathecal sclerites
two long, slender, ventral rods, slightly bulbous posteriorly, set close together; dorsad of
these rods is located a large, dorsally arched structure tapered anterad; single unit with light
i and dark areas as in Fig. 73.
Notes on biology. — This appears to be rather a ubiquitous species, being taken in the
! vicinity of a great variety of streams. I have collected specimens in the vicinity of large and
32
Nimmo
small, fast and slow, rocky and pebbly streams. Smith (1968) records the larva from small to
medium, clear streams with mixed rubble bottoms, in Idaho. He also gives the adult flight
season in Idaho as September and October. The Alberta flight season is August 19 to
October 4.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to California and Wyoming (Fig. 1 16). In Alberta it is confined largely to
the mountains, with a few records from the foothills. Most records are from south of Banff.
In altitude it ranges between at least 3,500’ and 6,000’.
I have examined 72 specimens, 47 males and 25 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophila chilsia Denning, 1950
(Fig. 75-78, 1 15)
Rhyacophila chilsia Denning, 1950:115-1 16. (Type locality: Maligne Canyon, Jasper, Al-
berta). Ross, 1956:100, 121. Schmid, 1970:68, 126.
Males of this species are distinguished from those of R. vaccua Milne by minute dorsal
lobe of distal article claspers, by segment X well separated dorsally from segment IX, and by
ventrally directed, angular, anal sclerite (Fig. 75).
The only known specimen of this species is a male, from Maligne Canyon, Jasper, Alberta.
Being thus unable to prepare my own drawings, Dr. D. G. Denning very kindly lent me his
original drawings of the species, which I have partly redrawn and present here (Fig. 75-78).
I also present Denning’s original description of the male, altering only his figure numbers to
mine.
Description. - ‘Length [?] 9.5 mm. Fore and hindwing fuscous, veins and pterostigma
somewhat darker. Body, head, palpi and antennae yellowish; legs and spurs luteous. Sixth
and seventh abdominal sternites with a short acute mesal spine.
Genitalia as in Fig. 75-78. Ninth segment gradually widened dorsally, meso-apical margin
of tergum in the form of a sub-acute projection. Tenth tergum narrow plate-like structure;
meso-dorsal margin projected caudad as acute process, pair of small acute mesal projections
close to ventral margin and best discernible from dorso-caudal aspect; mesal surface of
tergum concave; ventral process cleft nearly entire length (Fig. 75), and capable of only
slight dorso-ventral movement; dorsal aspect of tergum as in Fig. 77. Apical segment of
clasper gradually narrowed distally, distal margin cleft to form acuminate digitate process,
setation sparse. Structures in association with aedeagus as in Fig. 78; apex of lateral arms
somewhat asymmetrical, but each divided into four acute projections’ (Denning, 1950).
Notes on biology. — I do not know which part of Maligne Canyon is meant, but the
Maligne River in the area is fast, fairly smooth water on rocky, but not boulder, bottom; in
the canyon itself the river is considerably narrowed, deeper, with frequent pools and cas-
cades. Date of capture of the male was July 23.
Geographical distribution. — The position of the one known locality is indicated in Fig.
1 15. It is at an altitude of 3,800’.
The vobara group
Males of this group are distinguished by apical band of the tergal strap attached directly
to inner ends of anal sclerite (Fig. 79). One of the two known species occurs in Alberta.
Rhyacophila vobara Milne, 1936
(Fig. 17a, 17b, 79-81, 115)
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
33
Rhyacophila vobara Milne, 1936:94, 102, 111. (Type locality: Cultus Lake, British Colum-
bia). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 106. Ross, 1952:45. Ross, 1956:102, 116, 121.
Schmid, 1958:17. Fischer, 1960:152. Smith, 1968:672, 673. Schmid, 1970:67, 126.
Males of this species are distinguished by thin, high segment IX with sinuate edges (Fig.
79), by massive proximo-mesal swelling of basal article of claspers, and by dorsal toothed
plate at aedeagal base (Fig. 80).
Description. - Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head deep chocolate-brown, warts almost
white. Thorax dark brown. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 8.5 mm; pale to dark
chocolate-brown, with large irrorations, primarily at distal ends of peripheral cells. Stigma
weak. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 17a, 17b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Ranger Creek, Jasper Park, Alberta). Segment IX high,
narrow, pinched ventrad of mid-line (Fig. 79). Basal article of clasper sinuate, with massive
bulge on mesal face. Distal article almost square; distal edge irregular, with thick ventral
lobe. Segment X irregular longitudinally folded sclerite. Anal sclerite large, tapered basad,
with dark distal edge; articulated with ventral corner of segment X, which flanks it laterally.
Apical band of tergal strap curved, attached to segment X at ventral edge. Median shaft of
aedeagus short, thin, between two sclerotized, acuminate lateral arms; longer, thin, tubular
process dorsad of shaft (Fig. 80). Aedeagal base roofed over by heavy, dark, flat, plate with
large dorsal thorn; base ventrad of this plate enclosed in lightly sclerotized tube.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Ranger Creek, Jasper Park, Alberta). Basal portion of
segment VIII sclerotized (Fig. 81) with two pairs of disto-lateral lobes; dorsal lobes rounded,
ventral lobes somewhat triangular.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species have been taken in the vicinity of small,
fast, turbulent mountain creeks, small, gravelly alpine trickles, and slow, deep streams
emerging from alpine peat bogs. The flight period of Alberta adults is from July 3 to
September 10.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from the Yukon
Territory to Idaho. In Alberta my records are all from the mountains, except for one
locality in the northern foothills. In altitude this species ranges from at least 3,500’ to over
6,000’.
I have examined 36 specimens, 20 males and 16 females, from the study area.
The angelita group
Males of this group are characterised by large dorsal lobe of segment X (Fig. 82), by deep
root of anal sclerite, and by an extra pair of lateral lobes on aedeagus (Fig. 84). One of the
three known species in this group occurs in Alberta.
Rhyacophila angelita Banks, 1911
(Fig. 18a, 18b, 82-85, 117)
Rhyacophila angelita Banks, 191 1:352, 355. (Type locality: Pasadena, California). Essig,
1926:176. Betten, 1934:135. Milne, 1936:92, 103, 110. Ross, 1944:291. Denning,
1948a:97. Ross, 1952:43. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:41. Ross, 1956:102, 121. Schmid,
1958:12. Fischer, 1960:71. Denning, 1963:244. Smith, 1968:658, 660, 673. Schmid,
1970:62, 125.
Rhyacophila bipartita Banks, 1914:201-202. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta). Betten, 1934:
135. Milne, 1936:110. Fischer, 1960:71.
Rhyacophila species 1, Flint, 1962:478.
34
Nimmo
Males of this species are distinguished by large, elliptical bilobed dorsal lobe of segment X
(Fig. 83), and by structure of aedeagus (Fig. 84).
Description. — Antennae yellow. Vertex of head brownish yellow. Thorax brownish
yellow to straw. Spurs yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 10.1 mm; hyaline, with very
faint yellow-brown pattern; veins dark red-brown. Stigma weak. Venation of fore and hind
wings as in Fig. 18a, 18b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Segment IX very wide dor-
sally; bowed, saddle-like; segment narrowed gradually ventrad; sternum curved anterad at
lateral sutures (Fig. 82). Basal article of clasper long, parallel-sided, sinuate. Distal article
mesally concave, with wide ventro-mesal ledge. Segment X small, enclosed plate, produced
postero-dorsad as massive dorsal plate cleft deeply mesally (Fig. 83). Anal sclerite large, with
deep root, flanking base of segment X. Tergal strap heavy, with laterally triangular apical
band. Median shaft of aedeagus small, tapered, thin (Fig. 84); flanked laterally by pair of
wide, dorsally hooked lobes. Two short, rectangular plates ventrad of median shaft. Lateral
arms long, with membranous, extensible bases and spatulate tips with mesal concavities
setose. Vertically bilobed prominence directed posterad on dorsum of aedeagal base.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal portion of segment
VIII tapered, sclerotized, truncated cone merged distally with membranous portion (Fig.
85). Dorsal surface of segment VIII base with deep channel; distally extended into dorsal
swelling. Spermathecal sclerite simple, folded longitudinally, attenuated at each end.
Notes on biology. — This species appears to be cosmopolitan in its choice of habitat,
specimens being taken near almost every type of water course available in the moun-
tain area. The adult flight season extends in Alberta from July 7 to October 18. I have
records for May 23 and June 20 also, but most of my records are within the range stated
above.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from the Yukon
Territory to California and Colorado (Fig. 1 17). The species has also been recorded from
the northern Appalachians of New Hampshire (Smith, 1968) which, in the present state
of knowledge of this species, is a very isolated record probably representing a post-glacial
remnant of a previously truly transcontinental species.
I have examined 530 specimens, 324 males and 206 females, from the study area.
The verrula group
This group contains only one known species of singular peculiarity. The detailed descrip-
tion following will serve to characterise the group.
Rhyacophila verrula Milne, 1936
(Fig. 19a, 19b, 86-88, 118)
Rhyacophila verrula Milne, 1936:90, 111. (Type locality: Cultus Lake, British Columbia).
Knowlton and Harmston, 1938:286. Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 102. Denning,
1948b:22. Ross, 1952:45. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:41. Ross, 1956:108, 122. Schmid,
1958:12. Fischer, 1960:151. Denning, 1963:245. Smith, 1968:658, 671-672, 673. Thut,
1969:894, 895, 896, 897. Schmid, 1970:65, 126.
Rhyacophila oregonensis Ling, 1938:62. (Type locality: Corvallis, Oregon). Ross, 1944:291.
Males of this species are distinguished by trilobed postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
(Fig. 86), by fused postero-dorsal lobes of segment IX, hooked ventrad (Fig. 86, 87), and by
curious dorsal process of aedeagal base. Females are distinguished by sclerotized tergum X
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
35
and by two annular swellings of segment IX (Fig. 88).
Description. — Antennae dark brown, scapes yellow. Vertex of head dark brown antero-
mesally; remainder, and warts, yellow. Thorax mottled yellow and dark brown. Spur formu-
la of males 2, 4, 5; pro-thoracic spurs short, meso-apical spur of hind legs stout, long, dis-
tally bifid, in form of pincers; remainder normal. Spur formula of females 3, 4, 4; fore leg
spurs short, remainder normal. Fore wing length of male 12 mm; light yellow-brown; pattern
somewhat banded, colour alternated with hyaline areas; stigma opaque white. Venation of
fore and hind wings as in Fig. 19a, 19b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of ter-
gum VIII with projected median lobe dorsad of dorsal strap (Fig. 86, 87); flanked by two
flap-like lateral lobes. Segment IX with narrow, short, dorsal strap ventrad of which postero-
dorsal edges produced as two large, arched lobes fused distally but parted just at tips; each
lobe with blunt, ventral, process basally fused to equivalent member opposite. Postero-
lateral edges of segment IX rolled meso-anterad (Fig. 87). Basal article of clasper massive,
rectangular; distal article small, rounded, concave on mesal face. Segment X small, arched,
dorsal roof with two small distal lobes attached distally to ventral processes of lobes of seg-
ment IX. Anal sclerite as second, internal arch. Median shaft of aedeagus bulbous basally,
thin, tapered distally, in deep, thin walled, sclerotized trough (Fig. 86), connected with
stout, membranous, base; dorsal surface of base with long, slender, finger-like dorsal process,
sinuate, fitted distally with anal sclerite.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Segment VIII long, tap-
ered, dilated annularly at distal extremity, lightly sclerotized for most of length (Fig. 88).
Segments IX and X with annular swelling at point of junction. Segment X with posterior
two-thirds of tergum sclerotized. Cerci small, membranous. No evident spermathecal sclerite.
Notes on biology. — Smith (1968) reports that the larvae of this species are totally phyto-
phagous, which sets the species apart from other species of the genus. He reports larvae from
small, cold, pebbled riffles of clear streams. I have usually taken specimens near larger, swift,
deep, boulder strewn mountain creeks, and occasionally from smaller, shallower, pebbly
creeks. Smith (1968) reports the Idaho adult flight period to be September to October,
peaking in September. My records indicate the Alberta flight season to range from August
20 to October 12.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
California and Colorado (Fig. 118). In Alberta the species is found in the mountains and
high foothills, between 3,500’ and 4,000’.
I have examined 64 specimens, 47 males and 17 females, from the study area.
The vagrita group
Males of this group are characterised by prominent postero-dorsal, strap-like, lobes of
both segments IX and X (Fig. 89, 93), by small, very simple aedeagi (Fig. 91), and by inter-
locking of segment X, anal sclerite, and apical band of tergal strap; anal sclerite encloses
small, spherical, tip of segment X, and is itself flanked laterally by apical band (Fig. 86, 93).
Both species of this group are known from Alberta.
Rhyacophila vagrita Milne, 1936
(Fig. 20a, 20b, 89-92, 119)
Rhyacophila vagrita Milne, 1936:91-92, 105, 111. (Type locality: Cultus Lake, British
Columbia). Ross, 1944:291. Denning, 1948a: 105. Ross, 1950a:264. Ross, 1952:45. Ross,
36
Nimmo
1956:108, 122. Schmid, 1958:12. Fischer, 1960:150. Smith, 1968:658, 668, 670, 673.
Thut, 1969:895, 896, 897, 898. Schmid, 1970:45, 122.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the vagrita group by
distal article of claspers with acuminate dorsal lobe and thick, rounded, fleshy ventral lobe,
and by bilobed postero-dorsal process of segment IX (Fig. 89, 90). Only the female of this
species is known so no comparison can be made.
Description. — Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head dark brown anteriorly, laterally;
postero-mesally light. Thorax dark grey-brown, to richer reddish brown dorsally. Fore wing
length of male 9 mm; light grey-brown with scattered, rectangular, hyaline windows; stigma
distinct, brown. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 20a, 20b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Snaring River, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Segment IX
wide, with narrower dorsal strap peaked along anterior edge (Fig. 89); posterior edge of
dorsal strap developed as long, sinuate, distally bilobed, thin, strap-like process (Fig. 89, 90).
Basal article of clasper with very narrow base, approximately triangular, with mesal ledge
basally. Distal article of clasper lanceolate, curved, acuminate dorsally, rounded and fleshy
ventrally. Segment X with long, sinuate, dark brown dorsal process immediately ventrad of
similar process of segment IX (Fig. 89, 90); ventrad of base of lobe are two small, peg-like
cerci between which is located sclerotized, strap-like body of segment X, terminated be-
tween lateral horns of anal sclerite. Tergal strap sinuate, with apical band terminated at an-
tero-ventral corner of anal sclerite. Aedeagus minute; ejaculatory duct directed dorsad from
dorsal plate; dorsal process short, pick-like laterally; joined to sclerotized base (Fig. 91).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Snaring River, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Segment
VIII with short sclerotized tube at base (Fig. 92), with sigmoid posterior edges. Spermathe-
cal sclerite long, thin, irregular, with minute, pick-like posterior tip; located centrally in
membranous internal tube. No evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Little is known of this species. The one locality at which I have taken
it was adjacent to a wide, swift, smooth-flowing river with pebble and small boulder bottom.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to Utah (Fig. 1 19). In Alberta the two known localities are at the bottoms
of major valleys at about 3,500’.
I have examined one specimen of each sex from the study area.
Rhyacophila milnei Ross, 1950
(Fig. 93-95, 119)
Rhyacophila milnei Ross, 1950a:264. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta). Ross, 1956:108, 122.
Schmid, 1970:45, 122.
Males of this species are distinguished from those of R. vagrita Milne by trilobed postero-
dorsal process of segment IX (Fig. 93, 94), by saddled dorsal area of segment IX, and by
parallelogram shaped distal articles of claspers.
Description. — Antennae brown. Vertex of head very deep brown, almost black. Thorax
deep reddish brown, to very dark brown dorsally. Spurs yellow-brown; spurs of middle and
hind legs long and heavy. Fore wing length of male 8 mm; translucent red-brown. Venation
of fore and hind wings identical to that of R. vagrita Milne.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Banff, Alberta; paratype, in Illinois Natural History Sur-
vey). Segment roughly rectangular laterally (Fig. 93); dorsal surface longitudinally chan-
neled, with posterior edge of two lateral arches over minute, stubby, cerci; postero-dorsal
edge produced posterad as long, curved, trilobed strap; lateral lobes shorter than medial.
Basal article of clasper slightly narrowed basad, with thick, rounded dorsal edge, and thin,
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
37
ledged, ventro-mesal edge. Distal article of clasper fused to basal article; parallelogram-like,
with distinct acuminate dorsal lobe, and thick, rounded ventral lobe. Segment X with long,
thin, sinuate, dorsal process immediately ventrad of that of segment IX (Fig. 93, 94); ventral
surface concave. Ventral body of segment rounded, tubular, semi-circular laterally. Anal
sclerite large, enclosing tip of segment X, open dorsally. Aedeagus minute; ejaculatory duct
minute, directed postero-dorsad from membranous base below evenly rounded dorsal pro-
cess; dorsal groove extended from base of aedeagus to top of dorsal process (Fig. 95).
Female unknown.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is presently restricted to the
type locality, which is simply ‘Banff, Alberta’ (Fig. 1 19).
Only one male of this species, a paratype, has been examined. The date of capture was
September 5.
Unassociated females
Rhyacophila species 1
(Fig. 23a, 23b, 100-101, 121)
Description. — Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head deep reddish brown. Thorax light
red-brown, to dark chocolate dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of female 8.0 mm;
pale, clear brown, veins dark, stigma brown; hind wings much the same colour as fore,
except anal area hyaline. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 23a, 23b.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Lusk Creek, Kananaskis, Alberta). Basal half of seg-
ment VIII sclerotized; posterior edges angular, dorsal edge offset anterad (Fig. 100). Sper-
mathecal sclerite laterally spindle-like with long membranous sack attached anteriorly; distal
end and adjacent edges dark; ventrally tip square-cut; double hook pattern just anterad of
tip of dark coloration (Fig. 101), with shaft of hood faded anterad.
Notes on biology. — The two creeks from which I have taken specimens of this species are
shallow, slow riffled streams on small pebble beds. The dates of capture were May 18 in
southeastern British Columbia, and July 15 at Lusk Creek, in the Kananaskis valley of
Alberta.
Geographical distribution. — Only two records are available for this species at present
(Fig. 121). Both are from low altitudes, about 3,000’
Rhyacophila species 2
(Fig. 22a, 22b, 102-103, 121)
Description. — Antennae pale straw, scapes slightly darker. Vertex of head yellow, to
pale red-brown between ocelli. Thorax reddish straw, to pale red-brown dorsally. Spurs
brown. Fore wing length of female 10.4 mm; pale straw-yellow, no discernible pattern
except for opaque stigmatic area. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 22a, 22b.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta). Basal two thirds of seg-
ment VIII very weakly sclerotized; segment long, tapered, terminated by annular swelling
(Fig. 102). Spermathecal sclerite laterally spindle shaped, with anterior end attenuated
(Fig. 102, 103); main body folded dorsad with thick lateral edges faded anterad.
Notes on biology. — The one known locality for this species is a fast, smooth mountain
creek on a medium sized boulder bed. Date of capture is September 25.
Geographical distribution. — The one locality is Rapids Creek, at the Trans-Canada High-
way, Gap, near Exshaw, Alberta (Fig. 121).
38
Nimmo
Fig. 4-10. Fore (a) and hind (b) wings of males of Rhyacophila. 4. R. alberta Banks. 5. R. tucula Ross. 6. R. glaciera
Denning. 7. R. vofixa Milne. 8. R. acropedes Banks. 9. R. bifila Banks, 10. R. coloradensis Banks.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
39
16a
16b
Fig. 11-16. Fore (a) and hind (b) wings of males of Rhyacophila. 11. R. hyalinata Banks
vaccua Milne. 14. R. vepulsa Milne. 15. R. belona Ross. 16. R. pellisa Ross.
12. R. rickeri Ross. 13.
R.
40
Nimmo
Fig. 17-23. Fore (a) and hind (b) wings of males, except where otherwise stated, of Rhyacophila. 17. R. vobara Milne.
18. R. angelita Banks. 19. R. verrula Milne. 20. R. vagrita Milne. 21. R. vemna Milne. 22. R. species 2, female.
23. R. species 1, female.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
41
Fig. 24-38. Genitalia of Rhyacophila species. R. alberta Banks, 24. Male, lateral aspect. 25. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
26. Female, sclerotized base of segment VIII, lateral aspect. 27. Female, sclerotized base of segment VIII, posterior
edge, ventral aspect. R. tucula Ross, 28. Male, lateral aspect. 29. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 30. Female, sclerotized base
of segment VIII, lateral aspect. 31. Spermathecal sclerite, ventral aspect. R. glaciera Denning, 32. Male, lateral aspect.
33. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 34. Female, sclerotized base of segment VIII, lateral aspect. R. vofixa Milne, 35. Male,
lateral aspect. 36. Segment X, dorsal aspect. 37. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 38. Female, segment VIII, lateral aspect.
A. S. - anal sclerite. Cl. - Clasper. L. A. - lateral arm of Aedeagus. M. S. - median shaft of aedeagus. S. S. - sper-
mathecal sclerite. Scale bar for each species adjacent to lateral aspect of male genitalia; scale uniform for all drawings
of a species. No scale given when only female known.
42
Nimmo
Fig. 39-53. Genitalia of Rhyacophila species. R. acropedes Banks, 39. Male, lateral aspect. 40. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
41. Female, base of segment VIII, lateral aspect. R. bifila Banks, 42. Male, lateral aspect. 43. Segment X, dorsal aspect.
44. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 45. Female, segments VIII-IX, lateral aspect. 46. Sclerotized base of segment VIII, ventral
aspect. R. coloradensis Banks, 47. Male, lateral aspect. 48. Segment X, dorsal aspect. 49. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
50. Female, ventral lobes of segment VIII, ventral aspect. R. hyalinata Banks, 51. Male, lateral aspect. 52. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 53. Female, segment VIII, lateral aspect. A. B. - apical band of tergal strap. T. S. - tergal strap.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
43
Fig. 54-68. Genitalia of Rhyacophila species. R. rickeri Ross, 54. Male, lateral aspect, including aedeagus. 55. Male,
posterior aspect. 56. Female, segments VIII-IX, lateral aspect. R. vepulsa Milne, 57. Male, lateral aspect. 58. Segment X,
dorsal aspect. 59. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 60. Aedeagus, ventral process tip, dorsal aspect. 61. Female, segment VIII,
I base, lateral aspect. R. belona Ross, 62. Male, including aedeagus, lateral aspect. 63. Segment X, dorsal aspect. 64.
Female, segment VIII, base, lateral aspect. R. pellisa Ross, 65. Male, lateral aspect. 66. Segment X, dorsal aspect.
67. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 68. Female, segment VIII, ventral aspect.
44
Nimmo
Fig. 69-85. Genitalia of RhyacophUa species. R. vaccua Milne, 69. Male, lateral aspect. 70. Segment X, dorsal aspect
71. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 72. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 73. Female, segment VIII, lateral aspect. 74. Sclerotized
base of segment VIII, ventral aspect. R. chilsia Denning, 75. Male, lateral aspect (redrawn from Denning). 76. Anal
sclerite, distal edge, dorsal aspect (after Denning). 77. Segment X, dorsal aspect (after Denning). 78. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect (after Denning). No scale given. R. vobara Milne, 79. Male, lateral aspect. 80. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 81. Female,
segment VIII, base, lateral aspect. R. angelita Banks, 82. Male, lateral aspect. 83. Segment X, dorsal aspect. 84. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 85. Female, segment VIII, base, lateral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
45
Fig. 86-103. Genitalia of Rhyacoplnila species. R. verrula Milne, 86. Male, lateral aspect. 87. Segments VIII, and IX,
dorsal aspect. 88. Female, segments VIII-XI, lateral aspect. R. vagrita Milne, 89. Male, lateral aspect. 90. Posterior
lobes, segments IX and X, dorsal aspect. 91. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 92. Female, segment VIII, lateral aspect. R. milnei
Ross, 93. Male, lateral aspect. 94. Posterior lobes, segments IX and X, dorsal aspect. 95. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
R. vemna Milne, 96. Male, lateral aspect. 97. Segment X, dorsal aspect. 98. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 99. Female, segment
VIII, ventral aspect. R. species 1, 100. Female, segment VIII, base, lateral aspect. 101. Posterior end of spermathecal
sclerite, ventral aspect. R. species 2, 102. Female, segment VIII, lateral aspect. 103. Spermathecal sclerite, ventral aspect.
No scale given when only female known.
46
Nimmo
Fig. 104-109. Maps of geographical distribution of Rhyacophila species in Alberta, and North America.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
47
Fig. 110-115. Maps of geographical distribution of Rhyacophila species in Alberta, and North America.
48
Nimmo
Fig. 116-121. Maps of geographical distribution of Rhyacopkila species in Alberta, and North America.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
49
THE FAMILY LIMNEPHILIDAE KOLENATI
This family is represented in Alberta and eastern British Columbia by 9 1 species belong-
ing to 26 genera. The names of the genera are presented in Table 1 according to the scheme
used by Schmid (1955).
The species in the study area are discussed individually in the text. Within genera, divi-
sions to subgenera, or groups, follow Schmid (1955). Immediately following is a synopsis
of familial characteristics translated and greatly condensed from Schmid (1955). The synop-
ses of the subfamilial groups, including genera, are also derived and condensed from Schmid
(1955), as are the keys to all taxa to the generic level. Schmid (1955) should be consulted
for a complete exposition of the family and its constituent taxa. The keys include only
those groups found in the study area. Keys are provided to the males of the species of each
genus and are original unless stated otherwise. In the family as a whole the keys are
applicable primarily to the males, as male genitalic characters are used sufficiently often to
exclude the females. This situation is due to an insufficient knowledge of the females of the
various taxa within the family, only the males being known for many species. The situation
is aggravated by the relatively great homogeneity of body characters within the family,
other than in the genitalia. Keys are provided to the females of some genera, but at present
the best way to identify females is by association with males.
Some species are holarctic in distribution, ranging as far west as Europe. For such species
there is a very large European literature. In this work only the literature pertaining to such
species in North America is given in detail; the reader is referred, at the end of the literature
and synonymy list for each species, to the appropriate volume of Fischer’s ‘Trichopterorum
Catalogus’ for a complete listing.
Character synopsis of the Limnephilidae. — Ocelli three. Antennae as long as, or little
shorter than fore wings; thickened, not fine; scapes generally as long as head, cylindrical,
thickened. Maxillary palpi of straight, sub-cylindrical articles; with three articles in males,
five in females. Pronotum short. Dorsal line (i.e. pale coloured median stripe from inter-
ocellar space of head to metanotum) present or absent. Legs commonly long, heavy, not
hairy or silky but spinate; spines most abundant on the tibiae and tarsi, generally black.
Spurs yellowish, modified or not. Spur formula 1,3,4 to 1,1,1, variable intergenerically and
interspecifically. Femora and tarsi of fore legs of males of certain genera provided with
opposing brushes of short, stout, black spines. Fore wings of some genera basally narrow,
distally expanded at stigma, with widely rounded apex; hind wings much larger, with well
developed anal area (some dicosmoecine genera and all Limnephilinae). In all other genera
the hind wing is reduced to varying degrees of similarity to the fore wing by reduction of
anal area. Venation generally as in Fig. 122. Cross-vein R1-R2 of fore wing absent; f4 absent,
median cell open. R1 of fore wing with distal kink of varied intensity, followed by smooth
curve to encompass stigma, if present. Radial sector four branched, to encompass cells fl
and f2; discoidal cell longer than wide. Median and cubital veins each three branched to
delimit f3 and f5 respectively. Thyridial cell between M and Cul. All veins except Sc and R1
connected by cross-veins to form irregular, dispersed line known as anastomosis or chord.
Venation of hind wing almost identical to that of fore wing, except chord more dispersed.
Anal veins five in number. R1 without distal kink and bow, generally parallel to Sc.
Tergum VIII of male unmodified of variously developed and clothed with spines or hairs.
Segment IX single, rigid, heavily sclerotized tube of fairly uniform width all round, or of
varied widths; ventral area produced posterad to form shelf below aedeagus, or not pro-
duced; dorsal area reduced to strap of varied widths, or obsolete. Postero-ventral edges
recessed, or not. In posterior aspect segment IX divided to dorsal and ventral cavities by
50
Nimmo
mesally directed extensions of lateral walls, or not divided. Claspers movable or fused to
segment IX; composed of one or two articles, horizontal; if of two articles then curved,
pincer-like; if of one article then short, plaque-like. Segment X small or large, with or with-
out many lobes or branches.
Female genitalia less varied than those of males. Segment VIII unmodified or, in some
genera, with slight concavity in sternum. Segment IX short, cylindrical, cleft ventrally, or
lateral walls shortened to isolate ventral angles. In most genera segment IX of distinct terga
and sterna. Segment X more or less incised, sclerotized tube distinct from segment IX, or
fused to it. Supra-genital plate present except in a few genera, dorsad of genital cavity.
Vaginal aperture on sternum IX or between sterna VIII and IX. Vulval scale ventrad of
vaginal aperture, either as simple chitinous pad or strongly sclerotized, trilobed structure.
Key to the Subfamilies and certain Genera of Limnephilidae in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Discoidal cell of hind wing open distally, or R1 of fore wing united to Sc by cross-
vein terminated at wing edge (Fig. 129a) Apataniinae, p. 64.
lb. Discoidal cell of hind wing open basally; i.e. RS divided from wing base; or F3 of
hind wing absent, or both (Fig. 130, 131) Neophylacinae, p. 71.
lc. Discoidal cell of hind wing closed; f3 present 2
2a. (lc) Chord of fore wing a single, irregular line (Fig. 133-135)
Homophylax (Pseudostenophylacinae), p. 78.
2b. Chord of fore wing in two distinct lines (Fig. 138) 3
3a. (2b) Fore wing reddish, narrow. Male maxillary palpus very large
Chyranda (Limnephilinae), p. 143.
3b. Fore wing not narrowed. Maxillary palpus of normal size 4
4a.(3b) Fore wing reddish, large, rounded; fl with long common boundary with discoidal
cell (Fig. 128). Mesal face of male clasper with one or more sclerotized spines
(Fig. 195) Ecclisomyia (Dicosmoecinae), p. 61.
4b. Characters otherwise 5
5a.(4b) Clasper of male two-articled and movable. Vaginal aperture of female on segment
IX Dicosmoecinae, p. 50.
5b. Clasper of male of one article only, and fused to segment IX. Vaginal aperture of
female between segments VIII and IX Limnephilinae, p. 81.
The Subfamily Dicosmoecinae Schmid
Synopsis of characters. — Head very large; eyes large. Pronotum short; macrochaetae
well developed. Spur formula 1,3,3; 1,2,2; or 1,3,4. Fore wings medium to large, para-
bolic. Hind wings much larger than fore wings or only slightly larger; anal edge smoothly
convex. Venation of species in study area as in Fig. 122-128, basically simple and un-
modified.
Male genitalia complex, varied. There is feeble specialization of appendages, or strong
reduction in their numbers in some genera. Segment IX recessed into segment VIII in very
few genera; of fairly uniform width except for dorsal lobes in certain genera, such as
Dicosmoecus. Segment X not projected in most genera; large, roof-like over the aedeagal
recess. There are four pairs of appendages which are reduced or absent in some genera.
Claspers very large, pincer-like, two-articled, as in Dicosmoecus (Fig. 146), or smaller, with
articles tending to fuse, as in Amphicosmoecus (Fig. 164). In certain genera (e.g. Imania )
the claspers are complex, with distal article missing; not fused to segment IX. Aedeagus
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
51
highly varied in form and size; long and slender in some genera.
Segment IX of female genitalia of one piece, or of two distinct parts. Dorsal part well
developed, but reduced in certain genera; in form of long tube; appendages absent. Segment
X well developed, in form of simple cone (e.g. Onocosmoecus Fig. 162), bilobed dorsally
with ventral plate. Supra-genital plate present. Vaginal orifice on segment IX. Vulval scale
similar to that of other subfamilies but formed from posterior edge of segment IX, not VIII;
trilobed.
Key to the Genera of Dicosmoecinae in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Fore wing reddish, large, rounded; fl with long common border with discoidal
cell (Fig. 128a) Ecclisomyia, p. 61.
lb. Fore wing with fl short, common border with discoidal cell (Fig. 122-127) .... 2
2a.(lb) Small insects, fore wing length less than 12 mm; fore wing very dark, brownish
black Imania, p. 56.
2b. Much larger insects, fore wing length over 17 mm; fore wing reddish brown or
grey to grey-black 3
3a.(2b) Clasper of male with both articles fused, not articulated. Lateral lobes of female
vulval scale stout, fleshy, with distal ends concave. Supra-genital plate arched
dorsad, projected prominently posterad, free of remainder of genitalia (Fig. 164,
168, 169) Amphicosmoecus, p. 55.
3b. Clasper of male with both articles articulated (Fig. 146). Median lobe of female
vulval scale projected free, between thin, placoid lateral lobes. Supra-genital plate
not as above; not projected freely and prominently (Fig. 151, 152, 156, 162,
163) 4
4a. (3b) Thorax abundantly clothed with silky hairs; large, black insects
Dicosmoecus, p. 5 1 .
4b. Thorax without many silky hairs; smaller, red-brown insects
Onocosmoecus, p. 53.
The Genus Dicosmoecus McLachlan
This genus is represented in the study area by two species.
Synopsis of characters. — Head very large; ocelli large, close-set. Spur formula 1,3,4.
Pleural sclerites, metanotum, and wing bases clothed with long, fine, silky hairs.
Male genitalia with segment IX narrow throughout, except for meso-ventral tongue which
encloses the clasper bases. Claspers very long, two-articled, in form of semi-circular pincer;
bases of claspers produced mesad as wide ledges divided by vertical ridge (Fig. 147); distal
article tapered sharply. Aedeagus long, thin; lateral arms slender, finely spinate; variably
fused to ensheath median shaft (Fig. 149).
Female genitalia with segment IX of two almost separate parts; tubular piece narrow,
projected. Segment X flared, narrowed basally. Supra-genital plate large, short, thick. Vulval
scale simple, pad-like, trapezoidal and convex (Fig. 151, 152).
Key to the Males of species of Dicosmoecus found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
1 a. Mesal ridge of clasper bases in posterior aspect vertical, roughly rectangular in outline,
with smaller rectangular lateral lobe (Fig. 147) D. jucundus Banks, p. 52.
lb. Mesal ridge of clasper bases in posterior aspect not vertical, only outer edge visible;
long axis oriented obliquely dorso-ventrad ; lateral lobe small, acuminate (Fig. 154)
D. atripes (Hagen), p. 53.
52
Nimmo
Key to the Females of species of Dicosmoecus found in Alberta and eastern British Co-
lumbia
la. Median lobe of vulval scale sub-equal in length to lateral lobes. Segment X projected
posterad, deeply cleft, the two halves thin, plate-like (Fig. 151)
D. jucundus Banks, p. 52.
lb. Median lobe of vulval scale only half as long as lateral lobes. Segment X short, cleft to
two short, rounded, fleshy lobes (Fig. 156) D. atripes (Hagen), p. 53.
Dicosmoecus jucundus Banks, 1 943
(Fig. 122a, 122b, 146-152,593)
Dicosmoecus jucundus Banks, 1943:358-359. (Type locality: Modoc County, California).
Ross, 1944:297. Schmid, 1955:36. Flint, 1966:376. Fischer, 1967:66.
Males of this species (which Flint, 1966, considers to be a synonym of D. atripes ) are
most easily distinguished from males of D. atripes by posterior aspect of basal ridge of
clasper (Fig. 147, 153), as defined in preceding key. Females are distinguished by length of
median lobe of vulval scale relative to lateral lobes (Fig. 151, 156).
Description. - Antennae dark brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes with longitudinal
glabrous, yellowish stripe. Vertex of head dark brown; warts yellowish. Thorax yellowish
laterally, yellow to red-brown dorsally in form of cruciform pattern on nota, with base of
cross directed posterad. Femora yellow, tibiae and tarsi chocolate-brown. Fore wing length
of male 25 mm; dark brownish grey, with prominent, almost black veins; costal area almost
hyaline and a clear area located at divergence of veins Ml+2 and M3. Venation of fore and
hind wings as in Fig. 122a, 122b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen taken 2 miles west of Hinton, Alberta). Segment IX high, very
narrow, of irregular width (Fig. 146). Sternum produced posterad as broad shelf ventrad of
clasper bases. Clasper massive, two-articled; distal article bowed slightly ventrad, with distal
tooth directed postero-ventrad. Basal article with meso-ventral edge developed mesad as
broad shelf (Fig. 147); shelf with two lobed vertical ridge extended meso-laterad; each lobe
rectangular in posterior aspect, lateral lobe smaller, almost at right-angles to mesal lobe (Fig.
148). Median lobes of segment X short, rounded, spinate and semi-membranous. Intermedi-
ate lobes of segment X long, finger-like, each flanked laterally by thin ridge (Fig. 146); lobes
connected by high, thin-ledged bridge with flat, plate-like crown (Fig. 147). Cercus long,
rounded-rectangular, setose distally. Aedeagus long, slender, head little wider than stem.
Lateral arms short, with thick basal half, needle-like distal half; four heavy, dark spines near
middle and tip with two or three spines in tight cluster (Fig. 149, 150). Mesal faces of
clasper bases and base of aedeagus joined by continuous, thin, sclerotized strap, looped
around aedeagal base (Fig. 147).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles west of Hinton, Alberta). Posterior edge of
sternum VII with long, narrow fringe of short, hyaline hairs. Segment VIII with sternum
markedly narrowed by antero-mesal constriction (Fig. 151). Vulval scale massive; lateral
lobes around vaginal aperture; median lobe tapered slightly distad, tip rectangular, attached
completely distad by membrane. Segment IX small, notum massive, connected to vulval
scale by lateral lobes with broad ventral extremities (Fig. 152); lateral lobes darker than
notal area. Supra-genital plate small, membranous, located between vulval scale and segment
IX, in membranous sheet. Segment X of two large, convoluted lobes joined smoothly to
segment IX.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species appear to emerge from small to large,
smoothly flowing, pebbled streams and rivers. I have records of captures made along lake
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
53
edges, but it is possible that these are instances of individuals flying in from nearby streams.
Adults are found from the last week in July to the last week in August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to California (Fig. 593). In Alberta the species is confined to the low
mountain valleys and foothills at altitudes between 3,400’ and 5,450’.
I have examined 27 specimens, 20 males and seven females, from the study area.
Dicosmoecus atripes (Hagen), 1873
(Fig. 153-156, 592)
Platyphylax atripes Hagen, 1 873b:600-601 , 605, 606. (Type locality: Colorado Mountains,
Colorado). Putnam, 1876: 1 13. Banks, 1892:364. Ulmer, 1905a:21.
Dicosmoecus atripes; McLachlan, 1875:113. Banks, 1904a: 107. Ulmer, 1905b: 63-64. Ul-
mer, 1907a:60. Banks, 1907a:38. Martynov, 1914:243. Essig, 1926:176. Betten, 1934:
318. Milne, 1935:36, 50. Goodrich, 1935:57-64. Goodrich, 1937:243-248. Ross, 1938b:
30. Knowlton and Harmston, 1939:285. Goodrich, 1941:134-143. Ross, 1941a: 103.
Banks, 1943:358. Ross, 1944:297. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47. Schmid, 1955:36. Flint,
1960:4. Denning, 1963:259. Flint, 1966:376. Anderson, 1967:508. Fischer, 1967:64-65.
Specimens of this species are essentially identical to those of D. jucundus in the majority
of characters, but differ as outlined below.
Description. — Meso-basal ledge of male clasper with ridge; in posterior aspect (Fig. 154)
this ridge viewed along its crest; bi-partite, with larger lobe set at angle of about 40° along
its long axis; smaller lobe tooth-like, with distinct acuminate tip, located latero-anterad of
larger lobe. Distal article of clasper with distal tooth directed posterad from unbowed finger-
like extension of article (Fig. 153). Lateral arms of aedeagus each tipped by dense cluster of
spines; mid-point with four close-spaced lateral spines; basad with short single spine (Fig.
155).
Female genitalia essentially similar to that of D. jucundus in lateral aspect, but differing
markedly in ventral aspect (Fig. 156). Vulval scale massive, with short, tapered median lobe
square tipped; lateral lobes huge, bulbous, with distinct antero-lateral concavities. Supra-
genital plate minute, triangular, located in sheet of membrane. Vaginal aperture roofed over
by large sclerotized, straight-edged plate. Lateral lobes of segment X thick, fleshy, rounded,
completely separated ventrally.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta (Bea-
ver Creek (Banks, 1943)) and British Columbia to California and New Mexico (Fig. 592).
I have no records from Alberta in my own collections. The drawings were taken from Utah
specimens in Illinois Natural History Survey.
The Genus Onocosmoecus Banks
This genus is represented by one species in the study area.
Synopsis of characters. - Spur formula 1,3,4. Pleural sclerites without silky hairs; macro-
chaetae less developed than in Dicosmoecus. Fore wings large, bluntly parabolic apically;
hind wings larger than fore wings, with posterior edge regularly convex. Chord of fore wing
markedly broken; posterior part slightly oblique to body axis. Chord of hind wing only
slightly disrupted; posterior part oblique to body axis.
Male genitalia much as in Dicosmoecus . Aedeagus relatively shorter; median shaft ex-
panded apically; lateral arms quite large, partly free, armed with few heavy spines (Fig.
159).
54
Nimmo
Female genitalia differing appreciably from Dicosmoecus. Segment IX massive, very
strong, of one piece; ventrally vulval scale flanked by two large lobes (Fig. 162, 163). Seg-
ment X conical. Supra-genital plate small. Vulval scale thick, trilobed; lateral lobes semi-
globose apically; small, tongue-like median lobe enclosed by lateral lobes (Fig. 163).
Onocosmoecus unicolor (Banks), 1897
(Fig. 157-163,594)
Anabolia unicolor Banks, 1897:27-28. (Type locality: Skokomish River, Washington). Ul-
mer, 1905a:20.
Dicosmoecus unicolor ; Banks, 1907a:38. Ulmer, 1907a:60. Essig, 1926:176. Betten, 1934:
318. Milne, 1935:36, 50. Ross, 1938b:30. Knowlton and Harmston, 1939:285. Ross,
1941a: 103. Ross, 1944:297.
Dicosmoecus (Onocosmoecus) unicolor ; Banks, 1943:361-362. Fischer, 1967:68.
Onocosmoecus unicolor\ Schmid, 1955:39. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138.
Specimens of this species are distinguished from other limnephilids in the study area by
large size of body and wings, and by smoothly rounded parabolic form of wing tips. Speci-
mens of this species may be confused with the still larger specimens of Dicosmoecus in the
study area, and may be separated from them by general body coloration, which is red-brown
rather than grey to black as in Dicosmoecus.
Description. — Antennae straw-yellow; antero-mesal face of scapes setaless; each article
with distal half and anterior face depressed. Vertex of head dark straw-yellow. Thorax
generally yellow, to brownish dorsally except for yellowish warts. Spurs dark yellow. Fore
wing length of male 18.4 mm; warm orange-brown except for grey-brown areas at proxi-
mal ends of the four distal radial cells, and at first bifurcation of M. Anal area slightly
darker brown. Venation of fore and hind wings identical to that of Dicosmoecus (Fig.
122a, 122b).
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek, 20 miles west of Turner Valley, Alberta).
Segment IX high, narrow, sinuate (Fig. 157); with sparse fringe of setae round clasper base,
and denser patch ventrad of base. Clasper large, two-articled, with rather spindly distal
article black tipped. Basal article with ventro-lateral band of setae set in lighter coloured
area. Meso-basal ledge of clasper with transverse, rounded, ridge at postero-mesal corner
(Fig. 158). Median lobes of segment X long, narrow, partially fused; separated from ventral
portion of segment by wide membranous area. Ventral portion of segment X truncate-
triangular in dorsal aspect, with high sclerotized ridge on each side. Cercus large, blunt,
lanceolate in lateral aspect, with concave mesal face. Aedeagus large, simple, sinuate (Fig.
159); lateral arms heavy, short, armed with three to five straight, black spines of varied
lengths, with one dominantly large spine basally. Two large, black spines arise from dorsal
membranous area between median shaft and lateral arms of aedeagus (Fig. 160). Aedeagal
base flanked by two twisted, strap-like sclerites attached to antero-mesal edge of claspers
(Fig. 161).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek, 20 miles west of Turner Valley, Alberta).
Posterior edge of sternum VII with wide fringe of fine, hyaline hairs, Vulval scale relatively
small, complex. Median lobe squat, triangular, rounded (Fig. 163); lateral lobes rounded,
spatulate on mesal faces, tending to enclose median lobe. Lateral lobes laterally enveloped
by two folds of membrane. Segment XI massive, tapered ventrad, with large lateral bulges
(Fig. 162, 163). No apparent supra-genital plate. Segment X large, tubular, merged imper-
ceptibly with segment IX; with large, projected, roof-like dorsal area, and shorter, hemi-
cylindrical ventral area with dentate posterior edge.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
55
Notes on biology. — Larvae of this species apparently inhabit streams ranging from very
small to rivers, with no apparent preference as to nature of the bottom. There is some indi-
cation that larvae might also inhabit lakes. The adult flight season extends from early May
to late September, peaking in August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to the
New England states and New Mexico (Fig. 594). In Alberta the species is commonest in the
low mountain valleys, but has been recorded well out in the plains, and is known from
Saskatchewan. In Alberta the known altitudinal range is from around 2,000’ to 5,450’.
I have examined 225 specimens, 154 males and 71 females, from the study area.
The Genus Amphicosmoecus Schmid
The single species of this genus is found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,2,4. Wings very large; fore wings bluntly
rounded apically; hind wings with large anal area and M2 present (Fig. 123b).
Male genitalia with narrow dorsal strap on segment IX; remainder of segment greatly ex-
panded ventrally (Fig. 164). Median lobes of segment X long, dorsally arched blades. Clasper
large, long, blunt, pincer-like (Fig. 165); two-articled, both articles fused. Aedeagus small,
housed in membranous pocket; lateral arms spiniform, armed with short, fine spines (Fig.
166).
Female with segment VIII unmodified. Vulval scale huge, massive; median lobe small,
located in deep cleft between lateral lobes which are fleshy, and enclose vaginal aperture
laterally (Fig. 168, 169). Segment IX large, of one piece, with no central lobes. Supra-genital
plate large, projected well posterad, sclerotized (Fig. 169). Segment X small, recessed into
segment IX; fused to segment IX; with long, thin median lobes.
Amphicosmoecus canax (Ross), 1947
(Fig. 123a, 123b, 164-169,595)
Dicosmoecus canax Ross, 1947:149-150. (Type locality: Logan Canyon, Utah). Fischer,
1967:65.
Amphicosmoecus canax; Schmid, 1955:50. Nimmo, 1965:787. Smith, 1965:243, 244.
Males of this species are distinguished from all others by large, sickle-shaped, median
lobes of segment X, and by claspers with fused articles. Females are distinguished by massive
vulval scale, with small, minutely trilobed median lobe, and by long, slender median lobes of
segment X.
Description. — Antennae orange-brown; scapes dark brown, with yellow, glabrous antero-
mesal faces. Vertex of head dark straw-yellow with light brown areas. Thorax yellow to
light brown especially laterad of terga. Spurs straw-yellow. Fore wing length of male 17.8
mm; pale greyish brown except for hyaline areas at extremity of Cu2, and initial bifurcation
of M. Anal area posterad of Cu2 darker, slightly irrorate. Venation of fore and hind wings as
in Fig. 123a, 123b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Segment IX with large
ventral body; dorsal strap narrow, heavy, bilobed (Fig. 165); slight concavities occur at
ventro-lateral faces of segment. Clasper large, two-articled, with articles fused; sharp, narrow,
ledge along ventro-mesal face, and distinct groove on dorso-lateral face of basal portion
thumb-like (Fig. 164, 165). Median lobes of segment X long, dorsally arched, thin blades;
sickle-like, with acuminate tips. Cercus spatulate, setose, attached to large, bowl-shaped,
lateral plates of segment. Aedeagus very simple (Fig. 166); tip slightly dilated, base slightly
56
Nimmo
wrinkled dorsally. Lateral arms very simple, plain rods with five to six simple, long spines
distally. Aedeagus connected basally to clasper bases by lateral straps bent at angle of about
60° at point of departure from aedeagal base; terminated by large, hollow, spherical struc-
tures (Fig. 167).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Posterior edge of
tergum VII with short, narrow brush of short, yellow hairs. Vulval scale huge, with massive,
fleshy lateral lobes, and small, trilobed median lobe (Fig. 169). Segment IX composed of
single, trapezoidal tergum (Fig. 168). Supra-genital plate large, convoluted, with lateral
edges turned dorsad. Segment X small, complex, with two short, stout, lateral lobes and two
long, thin, hyaline, mesal lobes; bases of lobes produced ventrad as two broad, triangular
flaps fitted loosely into two dorsal channels of supra-genital plate. Segment X recessed into
segment IX.
Notes on biology. - Larvae of this species inhabit a wide variety of streams, from small,
quiet brooks, to large rivers and turbulent mountain streams. The adult flying season ex-
tends from mid-September to late October.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
eastern British Columbia to Utah and California. Records are very scattered however (Fig.
595). In Alberta the species occurs mainly in the mountain and foothill areas. There is one
record from Cold Creek, Nojack, however, which is well outside of this area. My records
indicate an altitude range from at least 2,500’ to 4,200’.
I have examined 67 specimens, 51 males and 16 females, from the study area.
The Genus Imania Martynov
This genus is represented in the study area by four species, one of which is here described
as new. Ross (1950) divided the genus into four species groups, of which the tripunctata and
bifosa groups are known to occur in the area.
Synopsis of characters. — Form of head varied. Spur formula 1,3,4. Macrochaetae poorly
developed. Wings of different lengths; fore wings apically parabolic; hind wings slightly
larger than fore wings, hardly indented posterad of apex (Fig. 124-127). Venation complete;
fore wings unmodified, venation of hind wing slightly reduced. R1 of fore wing arched or
not at stigma, or joined to Sc by cross-vein. Chord of fore wing strongly disrupted, concave
to body. Hind wing with chord only slightly disrupted, posterior part oblique to body; Cula
absent. Frenulum of seven or eight strong, curved spines at costa base.
Male genitalia with segment IX narrow laterally, with wide dorsal process (Fig. 170).
Segment X elongate, slender; of two long, sclerotized, free or fused, portions (Fig. 171).
Clasper large, two-articled; not pincer-like, complex, directed dorso-posterad; basal article
long, subcylindrical, not baso-mesally enlarged, with baso-mesal area in some species devel-
oped as one or more sclerotized spines; distal article short, bilobed, with dorsal lobe with
heavy, short, black teeth. Aedeagus small; lateral arms slender, spiniform, free or basally
fused as sheath to median shaft (Fig. 175).
Female genitalia with segment IX of two parts not entirely separated; dorsal part simple,
narrow, quite long, Segment X of two very large dorsal plates, strongly sclerotized. Vaginal
aperture flanked by ventral lobes of segment X. Supra-genital plate large, not prominent.
Vulval scale reduced to one lobe, membranous, wrinkled (Fig. 176, 177).
Key to the Males of species of Imania found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Basal article of clasper with long, slender, acuminate spine attached to baso-mesal
face (Fig. 171, 174, 184) ( tripunctata group) 2a
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
57
Basal article of clasper without such spine (Fig. 179) /. bifosa Ross, p. 60.
Aedeagus with lateral arm bases fused to form sheath around aedeagal base (Fig.
175) /. cascadis Ross, p. 58.
Aedeagus without basal sheath (Fig. 171, 185) 3a
Median shaft of aedeagus tapered to tip (Fig. 172); segment X deeply cleft, of two
heavy, black, large spiniform lobes (Fig. 171) I. tripunctata (Banks), p. 57.
Median shaft of aedeagus not tapered distally (Fig. 185); segment X not deeply
cleft, with two short, acuminate distal lobes (Fig. 184)
I. hector Nimmo n. sp., p. 59.
Key to the Females of three species of Imania found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Single, median, lobe of vulval scale massive, rectangular, dorsally directed flap
(Fig. 176, 177) /. cascadis Ross, p. 58.
lb. Median lobe of vulval scale small, dorsally directed (Fig. 181, 186) 2a
2a.(lb) Ventral aspect of lateral lobes of segment X triangular; short, wide, rounded in
lateral aspect (Fig. 187) I hector Nimmo n. sp., p. 59.
2b. Ventral aspect of lateral lobes of segment X trapezoidal (Fig. 181); in lateral
aspect long, ventrally curved, slender (Fig. 182) I. bifosa Ross, p. 60.
The tripunctata group
There are three species of this group known from the study area, one of which is new.
Males of species in this group are characterised by long, sinuate, blade-like spines devel-
oped from baso-mesal face of clasper (Fig. 174). Females are recognizable by roughly tri-
angular ventral aspect of lobes of segment X (Fig. 176, 187).
Imania tripunctata (Banks), 1900
(Fig. 126a, 126b, 170-172,596)
Apatania tripunctata Banks, 1900b:472. (Type locality: Yakutat, Alaska). Ulmer, 1905a:
23. Banks, 1907a:41. Martynov, 1914:20. Essig, 1926:176.
Hypnotranus ? tripunctatus’, Ulmer, 1907a:72.
Allomyia tripunctata ; Banks, 1916:120. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925a:386. Ulmer, 1932:216,
217. Betten, 1934:52, 380. Milne, 1935:49. Ross, 1944:297. Denning, 1948c: 120.
Fischer, 1967:71-72.
Imania tripunctata ; Ross, 1950b:41 1, 412, 413. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47. Schmid, 1955:
43. Ross, 1965:590. Schmid, 1968:681.
Allomyia sty lata Denning, 1948c: 1 19-120. (Type locality: Snowy Range Mountains, Albany
County, Wyoming). Ross, 1950b:412. Fischer, 1967:71-72.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the tripunctata
group by massive, spiniform, heavily sclerotized distal lobes of segment X in ventral aspect
(Fig. 171), and by smoothly tapered median shaft of aedeagus (Fig. 172).
Description. — Antennae chocolate-brown. Vertex of head dark chocolate with reddish
tinges laterally. Thorax deep, warm red-brown laterally, darker dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore
wing length of male 1 1.4 mm; dull red-brown, with hyaline areas along veins. Venation of
fore and hind wings as in Fig. 126a, 126b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cascade River, Banff National Park, Alberta). Posterior
edge of sternum VIII with long, single parallel row of heavy, hyaline setae (Fig. 170). Seg-
ment IX with very narrow ventral and lateral walls, broadened dorsad of clasper bases.
lb.
2a.(la)
2b.
3a.(2b)
3b.
58
Nimmo
Clasper massive, with high base, narrowed distad to uniform width along distal half of basal
article. Baso-mesal face of clasper with long, thin, sinuate black spine. Distally basal article
with flared fringe of long, stout setae. Distal article of clasper bilobed, claw-like, with dorsal
lobe flat ventrally, armed with many stout, short, black pegs. Ventral lobe rounded, short,
with some black spines distally. Segment X with median lobes overhung by large, rounded,
dorsal bulge. Median lobes long, thin, acuminate structures curved dorso-laterad distally.
Cercus long, almost rectangular plate (in Fig. 170 they are seen end-on, however, as they
project laterad). Lateral arms of aedeagus sclerotized, finely tapered, with curved base (Fig.
172). Median shaft tapered, with attenuated tip; ejaculatory duct opens on dorsal surface of
tip, between two lateral flanges.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Washington and Colorado (Fig. 596). I have only one record of the species in Alberta, from
an altitude of 6,500’, several miles northeast of Banff, on the Cascade Fire Road.
I have examined a single male of this species, on loan from Illinois Natural History
Survey. The date of collection is May 30.
Imania cascadis Ross, 1950
(Fig. 124a, 124b, 173-177,597)
Imania cascadis Ross, 1950b:41 1, 412, 415. (Type locality: Steven’s Pass, nr. Berne, Wash-
ington). Schmid, 1955:43. Schmid, 1968:681.
Allomyia cascadis', Fischer, 1967:70.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Imania by basal
aedeagal sheath of lateral arm bases (Fig. 175); by foreshortened basal article of clasper
(Fig. 174); and by almost uncleft segment X, each half of which is more or less square cut
distally in ventral aspect. Females are distinguished by very wide, long median lobe of
vulval scale (Fig. 176).
Description. — Antennae reddish chocolate-brown; scapes with antero-mesal faces dark
brown, remainder pale yellow. Vertex of head deep chocolate-brown; warts pale. Thorax
deep red-brown laterally, almost black dorsally; warts pale. Fore wing length of male 10.4
mm; pale red-brown, lightly irrorate. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 124a,
124b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Spray River, at Banff, Alberta). Tergum VIII with single
row of long, thick setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX high, uniformly narrow,
bowed anterad (Fig. 173). Basal article of clasper with massive base and clearly delineated
distal clumps of setae originated from pale surficial areas. Baso-mesal face of clasper with
long, thin, sinuate black spine. Distal article of two short, stout lobes with teeth or pegs
only at distal edges. Segment X of two parallel, concave plates with distal edges thin, sharp,
directed dorsad (Fig. 173, 174). Cercus short, rounded lobe. Lateral arms of aedeagus arched
high over distal portion; attached to massive, plate-like bases (Fig. 175). Ejaculatory duct of
median shaft opening dorsally, well basad of cleft tip.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Spray River, at Banff, Alberta). Tergum VIII with
straight, single row of long, stout setae parallel to posterior edge. Sternum VIII unpigmented
medially. Vulval scale of single, wide, dorsally curved median lobe (Fig. 176). Segments IX
and X imperceptibly fused (Fig. 177) as massive, sigmoid structure in lateral aspect, cleft
medially as two lateral plates abutted dorsally, each at angle of about 45°. Supra-genital
plate semi-circular, hyaline.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Washington to
Rhyacophilidae and Lirnnephilidae
59
Alberta (Fig. 597). In Alberta it is known only from the Spray River, Banff, at an altitude
of about 5,500’.
I have examined two specimens from the study area, one of each sex, in Illinois Natural
History Survey. The date given is May 30.
Imania hector Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 127a, 127b, 183-187, 597)
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Imania by form of
segment X in ventral aspect (Fig. 184); segment cleft distally, two halves spread wide apart,
blade-like and acuminate. Median shaft of aedeagus short, blunt, with distinct distal head
(Fig. 185). Females are distinguishable by triangular form of lateral lobes of segment X
in ventral aspect (Fig. 186), and by long, narrow, dorsally directed median lobe of vulval
scale.
Description. — Antennae dark brown. Vertex of head dark brown to black. Thorax dark
red-brown. Femora of legs dark brown, remainder lighter brown. Fore wing length of male
7.6 mm; uniform dark brown except for slight irrorations along Rl, and three hyaline areas
at bases of F2 and F3, at bifurcation of Ml +2 and M3, and at end of Cu2. Venation of fore
and hind wings as in Fig. 127a, 127b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Sunshine Lodge, Banff National Park, Alberta). Tergum
VIII with single row of long setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX high, narrow,
essentially parallel sided (Fig. 183). Basal article of clasper massive, cylindrical throughout,
armed with long, light brown, sinuate spine on baso-mesal face (Fig. 183, 184). Distal article
bilobed; dorsal lobe parallel sided, moderately toothed ventrally. Segment X fused to seg-
ment IX dorsally. Median lobes fused at bases; distally separate, triangular, spinate. Main
body of segment X folded roof-like over anal aperture. Cercus long, narrow, in dorso-lateral
depression of segment X. Aedeagus with two pairs of lateral arms; dorsal pair short, heavy,
scythe-like; ventral pair long, straight, spatulate, in form of cylindrical sheath to mem-
branous median shaft (Fig. 185). Ejaculatory duct open dorsally between distal flanges.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Sunshine Lodge, Banff National Park, Alberta). Poste-
rior edge of tergum VIII with single line of widely spaced hyaline hairs parallel to edge.
Vulval scale single, long, rectangular median lobe; distal half wrinkled, curved dorsad (Fig.
186, 187). Vulval scale and vaginal aperture flanked by two large, sclerotized bodies. Seg-
ments IX and X fused; comprising two large, rounded lobes with flat mesal faces sloped
meso-dorsad in form of roof-like structure; each lobe in ventral aspect triangular.
Notes on biology. — Individuals of this species appear to emerge from fast, turbulent
mountain creeks with boulder beds. The flight season extends from June 1 to July 9.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species includes three localities
close to the continental divide in Banff National Park, Alberta (Fig. 597). The altitudinal
range extends from around 6,000’ to 7,000’.
I have examined 13 specimens, nine males and four females, from the study area.
Holotype. - Male. Sunshine Lodge, Banff National Park, Alberta; July 9, 1962; W. R. M.
Mason.
Allotype. — Female. Same data as holotype.
Paratypes. — Same data as holotype; four males, one female. Sunshine Lodge, Banff
National Park, Alberta; July 9, 1962; K. C. Herrmann; four males. Hector Creek, at Banff-
Jasper Hwy. north of Lake Louise, Banff National Park, Alberta; June 15, 1967; A. Nimmo;
one female. Moraine Creek at Moraine Lake, Banff National Park, Alberta; June 1, 1958;
W. E. Ricker; one female.
60
Nimmo
All type material is in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (type number 10,583)
with the exception of the female from Hector Creek, which is in the Strickland Museum,
Dept, of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton.
This species is not named for Hector Creek but for the character of the same name in
ancient Greek literature.
The bifosa group
One species of this group is known from the study area.
Males of the group are distinguished by absence of long, blade-like spine at baso-mesal
face of basal article of clasper (Fig. 179); by presence of a short, acuminate extension of
basal article of clasper, at meso-distal edge; and by presence of two pairs of long, curved,
blade-like lateral arms on aedeagus (Fig. 180). Females are distinguished by lack of medial
cleavage of segment X (Fig. 181); by trapezoidal outline in ventral aspect, of lateral bulges
of segment X; and by long, narrow, dorsally curved median lobe of vulval scale.
Imania bifosa Ross, 1950
(Fig. 125a, 125b, 178-182,597)
Imania bifosa Ross, 1950b:412, 415-417. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta). Ross and Spencer,
1952:47. Schmid, 1955:43. Schmid, 1968:681-682.
Allomyia bifosa ; Fischer, 1967:70.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the genus by absence
of baso-mesal spine on clasper base. Females are distinguished by trapezoidal lateral bulges
of segment X.
Description. — Antennae dark brown to black. Vertex of head black. Thorax black to
very dark brown. Fore wing length of male 8.5 mm; uniform dark chocolate-brown, appear-
ing black in living insects. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 125a, 125b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Tergum
VIII with single line of long setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX very narrow, bowed
anterad in lateral aspect. Clasper large, with massive basal article of uniform width (Fig.
178) . Basal article with meso-distal edge produced posterad as short, acuminate spine (Fig.
179) . Distal article bilobed; ventral lobe thin, parallel sided in lateral aspect; dorsal article
irregular, arched dorsad, with heavily toothed ventral surface. Segment X with short, bul-
bous cercus; median lobes triangular in lateral aspect, curved postero-laterad; intermediate
lobes small, located on ventral edges of median lobes. Segment X roof-like, with carinate
dorsal ridge. Aedeagus with median shaft curved ventrad; ejaculatory duct terminated in
dorsal groove. Two pairs of lateral arms; basal pair long, slender, arched dorsad; distal pair
similar but shorter and wider (Fig. 180).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Poste-
rior edge of tergum VIII with single line of well spaced setae. Vulval scale with single,
median lobe originated from fold of membrane, curved dorsad. Segment IX with semi-
cylindrical dorsum almost completely dissociated from two ventro-lateral lobes around
genital cavity (Fig. 182). No evident supra-genital plate. Segment X fused completely with
segment IX and cleft mesally very shallowly (Fig. 181).
Notes on biology. - Individuals of this species emerge from cold, alpine streams which
originate primarily as glacial melt-water and flow over moraine debris. The adult flight
season extends from June 29 to July 22.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species is restricted to southern
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
61
Alberta and British Columbia (Fig. 597). In Alberta the species is known only from high
mountain regions close to the continental divide, at altitudes between 6,000’ and 7,500’.
I have examined 1 16 specimens, 71 males and 45 females, from the study area.
The Genus Ecclisomyia Banks
Three species of this genus are known from the study area. Of these one is unidentified as
only a single female is known.
Synopsis of characters. - Spur formula 1,3,4. Wings of normal size, elongate; fore wing
rather narrowly parabolic; hind wing little larger. Venation complete, almost unmodified.
Fore wing with long, narrow, discoidal cell; chord strongly disrupted, posterior part oblique
to body. Hind wing with very long discoidal cell, chord not so disrupted, and posteriorly
oblique to body (Fig. 128a, 128b).
Male genitalia with lateral walls of segment IX very wide; segment greatly narrowed
dorsally and ventrally (Fig. 188, 194). Cercus very large, long, mesally concave. Median
lobes of segment X fused in form of long process, concave basally, flattened distally. Clasper
small, not recessed into segment IX, of one article, conical, with one or more stout, or long
and thin, spines on baso-mesal face (Fig. 189, 195).
Female genitalia with segment IX very large, massive, of one piece. Segment X conical.
Supra-genital plate short. Vaginal aperture along entire length of segment IX, partially
obstructed by single, median, membranous vulval scale (Fig. 192, 193).
Key to the Males of two species of Ecclisomyia found in Alberta and eastern British Colum-
bia
la. Colour pale yellow-red. Clasper of genitalia with two pairs of long, fine, baso-
mesal spines (Fig. 188, 189). Size smaller E. maculosa Banks, p. 61.
lb. Colour dark purple-brown. Clasper of genitalia with single, massive, black, heavily
sclerotized baso-mesal spine (Fig. 195). Size larger . . . E. conspersa Banks, p. 62.
Key to the Females of species of Ecclisomyia found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Colour pale yellow-red. Single median lobe of vulval scale massive, with distinct
v-notch on distal edge (Fig. 192); supra-genital plate very large, very deeply cleft
mesally. Size smaller E. maculosa Banks, p. 61.
lb. Colour dark red-, or purple-brown. Vulval scale and supra-genital plate not as
above. Size larger 2a
2a.(lb) Vulval scale very wide, long, rectangular, point of origin in membrane between
segments VIII and IX (Fig. 200) E. sp. 1 , p. 63.
2b. Vulval scale with rectangular tip, membranous, originated imperceptibly from
membrane between segments VIII and X (Fig. 199) . . E. conspersa Banks, p. 62.
Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks, 1 907
(Fig. 128a, 128b, 188-193,598)
Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks, 1907a: 123-124. (Type locality: Boulder, Colorado). Banks,
1907b:40. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig, 1926:176. Betten, 1934:356. Milne,
1935:37, 50. Ross, 1938b:31. Ross, 1944:300. Denning, 1948b: 18. Ross, 1950b:423-
425. Denning, 1951:161. Ross and Spencer, 1952:50. Schmid, 1955:59. Anderson, 1967:
508. Fischer, 1967:77-78.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Ecclisomyia by two
62
Nimmo
pairs of long, fine spines on each clasper (Fig. 188, 189). Females are distinguished by large,
distally notched, median lobe of vulval scale. Specimens may be distinguished with the
naked eye simply by their small size, and pale yellowish red coloration with scattered
irrorations.
Description. — Antennae light yellow-brown; antero-mesal face of scapes paler, glabrous.
Vertex of head with antero-mesal area brown bounded by yellow. Thorax pale reddish or
yellowish brown. Lateral faces of maxillary palpi black or otherwise; mesal faces light brown
to yellow. Lateral faces of front and middle tibiae black. Fore wing length of male 7.9 mm;
very light reddish or yellowish brown, uniformly irrorate, except for hyaline costal area.
Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 128a, 128b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lake Agnes, Lake Louise, Alberta). Segment IX with
wide lateral walls, and narrower but strong dorsal strap (Fig. 188, 189). Clasper of one
article, large, longer than thick, with two pairs of long, dark spines on baso-mesal face; basal
pair about three times longer than distal pair (Fig. 188). Median lobe of segment X skittle-
like in dorsal aspect (Fig. 189), with small dilated tip; laterally fringed with sparse, short,
sharp setae. Intermediate lobes short, blunt. Cercus long, rounded, mesally concave. Aedea-
gus very simple, with dorsally directed, scoop-like tip extended over ejaculatory duct as
hood; ejaculatory duct opening in padding of hyaline membrane on ventral surface of dorsal
hood (Fig. 190, 191). Distal edge of hood dark brown, with u-shaped mesal notch.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Lake Agnes, Lake Louise, Alberta). Vulval scale large,
with median ridge between two rounded, ventral concavities; sides roughly parallel, poste-
rior edge with shallow, wide v-notch (Fig. 192). Segment IX high, narrow, of one piece
(Fig. 193). Tufts of long, yellow setae laterally, about mid-point. Supra-genital plate large,
long, rectangular, divided in two rounded, rectangular lobes by very deep v-cleft. Segment X
of two rounded, conical lobes joined dorsally toward base; each lobe with mesally directed
flanges on basal half of ventral edges (Fig. 192).
Notes on biology. — Individuals of this species emerge from small, riffled mountain
creeks, running gently over fine gravel bottoms. The adult flying season extends, in the
study area, from July 14 to August 14.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to Oregon and Colorado (Fig. 598). In Alberta it is confined to the moun-
tains and foothills, ranging in altitude from 4,500’ to 7,000’.
I have examined 59 specimens, 54 males and five females, from the study area.
Ecclisomyia conspersa Banks, 1907
(Fig. 194-199, 599)
Ecclisomyia conspersa Banks, 1907b: 123. (Type locality: Olympia, Washington). Banks,
1907a:40. Essig, 1926:176. Neave, 1929:189. Betten, 1934:356. Milne, 1935:37, 50.
Ross, 1 94 la: 1 14. Ross, 1944:300. Ross, 1950b:423, 425. Denning, 1951:162. Schmid
and Guppy, 1952:42. Ross and Spencer, 1952:50. Schmid, 1955:59. Flint, 1960:24.
Denning, 1963:263. Fischer, 1967:76. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138.
Males of this species are distinguished by massive, black, heavily sclerotized spine on
baso-mesal face of clasper (Fig. 195). Females are distinguished by membranous, tapered,
rectangular tipped median lobe of vulval scale (Fig. 199).
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes dark brown, antero-mesal faces white in female,
pale brown in male. Vertex of head dark brown, posterior edge and angles paler. Thorax
light to dark chocolate-brown; warts of terga yellowish. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length
of male 13.8 mm; dark reddish brown, uniformly coloured costal area. Venation as in E.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
63
maculosa.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Kicking Horse Campground, Yoho National Park, British
Columbia). Segment IX almost equilateral-triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 194). Dorsal
strap wide, short. Basal half of anterior edges banded with light and dark brown; remainder
pale to hyaline. Clasper large, stubby; two articles fused but traces of suture evident. Setae
on ventral, disto-ventral, and distal surfaces. Baso-mesal face occupied by massive, black,
strongly sclerotized spine (Fig. 195), hooked laterad at tip; base of spine hemispherical.
Median lobe of segment X acute-triangular in ventral aspect (Fig. 195), with disto-ventral
hook. Intermediate lobes small, setose, placoid. Cercus large, rectangular, distally rounded,
slightly concave on mesal face. Aedeagus large, with ejaculatory orifice on large, fleshy lobe
between two stout, dark brown, distal spines (Fig. 196). Duct ventral on aedeagus, flanked
by two lateral folds. Aedeagal strap roughly triangular (Fig. 197) at attachment point, with
two thin straps connected to clasper bases.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Kicking Horse Campground, Yoho National Park, Brit-
ish Columbia). Sternum VIII divided mesally by band of membrane of two lateral sternites
(Fig. 199). Vulval scale rectangular distally, with rippled surface; attached to tapered fleshy
extension of sternum VIII. Segment IX massive, trapezoidal in lateral aspect, fused almost
imperceptibly to segment X, except ventrally (Fig. 198). Supra-genital plate cleft distally in
form of two lobes; plate arched laterally, flanged to form partly enclosed passage to vagina.
Segment X large, triangular in lateral aspect, with small notch distally. Ventral edges arched
over and beyond anal aperture.
Notes on biology. — Individuals of this species emerge from small to large mountain
creeks flowing turbulently over small stone or boulder bottoms. I have observed pupae of
this species emerge from Whitehorse Creek, Cadomin, Alberta, at an altitude of about
6,500’, on May 21. The pupae crawled out of the water onto streamside boulders or ice
indiscriminately, remained still for about 10 minutes, then started to emerge as adults from
the pupal skin, which required about 5 minutes. Upon completion of emergence the adults
were active, but did not attempt to fly for about another 10-15 minutes. A total of 33 males
and 17 females were collected on this occasion. The adult flight season extends from May
17 to September 12 in the study area.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
California and New Mexico (Fig. 599). In the study area the species is confined to the
mountain and foothill areas, ranging in altitude from 2,600’ to 7,300’.
I have examined 180 specimens, 131 males and 49 females, from the study area.
Ecclisomyia species 1
(Fig. 200-201, 600)
Only a single female is known to me, which is distinguished from the females of the other
species of Ecclisomyia treated here by very large, rectangular, median lobe of vulval scale.
This lobe has definite point of origin from membrane between segments VIII and IX, and is
concave dorsally, convex ventrally (Fig. 200, 201).
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown; scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces almost
white, glabrous. Vertex of head dark brown centrally, lighter round edges. Thorax deep
yellow-brown laterally, to dark brown dorsally. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of female
15.8 mm; red-brown, heavily irrorate, except for clear costal area. Venation identical to that
of is. maculosa.
Female genitalia. Vulval scale single, large, rectangular, median lobe (Fig. 200), concave
dorsally, convex ventrally, i.e. spatulate. Segment IX massive, trapezoidal in lateral aspect
64
Nimmo
(Fig. 201). Supra-genital plate short, wide, bilobed. Segment X relatively large, closed dor-
sally, deeply cleft ventrally; very slightly bilobed distally, with lateral walls constricted
antero-ventrad.
Geographical distribution. — The single known female specimen was taken under a road
bridge over the Miette River, about 1 mile south of Jasper, Alberta, on highway 93a (Fig.
600), on July 6. It was already dead and trapped in cobwebs.
The Subfamily Apataniinae Ulmer
Head rather long, both sides convex; eyes, ocelli and cephalic warts small. Pronotum
short; macrochaetal development slight. Spur formula varied, identical in both sexes of the
same species. Wings constant, identical in both sexes; fore wing elongate, obliquely para-
bolic; hind wing hardly larger than fore, with convex trailing edge; clearly indented at
termination of Cu2. Frenulum of three strong spines at base of costa of hind wing; spines
curved basally, sharp, flattened distally. Venation complete, somewhat modified. R1 of fore
wing of most species arched distally, united to Sc by cross-vein. Chord single line, irregularly
disposed. Hind wing with distally open discoidal cell, very short f 1 and four anal veins. See
Fig. 129a, 129b.
Male genitalia with segment IX lengthened longitudinally slightly; clasper bases enclosed
or not. Dorsally segment IX only weakly narrowed, with or without two basal lobes. These
lobes various in size, separate or fused together, or fused to median lobes of segment X.
Segment X sclerotized, annular, around anus; slightly developed and inconspicuous; with or
without three pairs of appendages. Clasper always large, two-articled, movable, pincer-like in
certain groups. Distal article various, little reduced. Aedeagus with median shaft and two
lateral arms, freely movable.
Female genitalia with segment IX of one piece; wide dorsally, latero-ventrally attenuated
with large, conical, ventral lobes. Segment X slender, poorly sclerotized; in some taxa long,
tubular, with lateral concavities. Supra-genital plate present in most taxa; membranous or
concave, rigid. Vulval scale membranous lobe of sternum VIII or with small lateral lobes.
Vaginal aperture along length of sternum IX.
In the study area the subfamily Apataniinae is represented by one genus, Apatania
Kolenati, of the tribe Apataniini (Martynov). In consequence, no outline of characters of
the subfamily or genus is given. The species of Apatania are distinguished by the key to sub-
families on page 50. Schmid (1953, 1954a, 1955) presents a detailed account of the sub-
family and its constituent taxa.
The Genus Apatania Kolenati
This genus is represented in the study area by five species belonging to four groups. One
of these species is new.
Key to the Males of species of Apatania found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Intermediate lobes of segment X with tips hooked antero-laterad, darker than
remainder of genitalia (Fig. 206, 207) 2a
lb. Intermediate lobes of segment X not so hooked, not necessarily darker than
remainder of genitalia (Fig. 202, 221) 4a
2a.(la) Lateral arms of aedeagus attached to fleshy dorsal lobes at base; long, laminate
blades (Fig. 208,213) 3a
Attachment of lateral arms not as above; median shaft of aedeagus thick, short,
2b.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
65
with bulbous tip (Fig. 218) A. crymophila McLachlan, p. 69.
3a. (2a) Median shaft of aedeagus strongly curved ventrad to form half circle (Fig. 208)
A. shoshone Banks, p. 68.
3b. Median shaft slightly curved ventrad, of irregular outline (Fig. 213)
A, stigmatella (Zetterstedt), p. 67.
4a.(lb) Clasper very long, slender (Fig. 221) A. alberta Nimmo n. sp., p. 70.
4b. Clasper very short; distal article bilobed (Fig. 202)
A. zonella (Zetterstedt), p. 65.
Key to the Females of species of Apatania found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Segment X separate and distinct from segment IX (Fig. 219, 224) 2a
lb. Segments X and IX fused solidly together (Fig. 204, 210, 214) 3a
2a.(la) Median lobe of vulval scale abruptly widened distally to rectangular tip (Fig. 225)
A. alberta Nimmo n. sp., p. 70.
2b. Median lobe short, simple (Fig. 220) A. crymophila McLachlan, p. 69.
3a.(lb) Segment X large, visible, fused solidly to segment IX; with acuminate distal lobes
(Fig. 204, 214) 4a
3b. Segment X minute, concealed by posterior lobes of segment IX; segment IX
massive, formless, rounded A. shoshone Banks, p. 68.
4a. (3a) Segments IX and X fused (Fig. 214) A. stigmatella (Zetterstedt), p. 67.
4b. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX present, distinct, separated by broad band of
membrane (Fig. 204) A. zonella (Zetterstedt), p. 65.
The fimbriata group
One species of this group is presently known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Fore wing sexual dimorphism strong in certain species; male
fore wing stigma well marked or not; C thickened. R1 of hind wing arched at stigma or not,
in contact with Sc.
Male genitalia with cerci and median lobes only of segment X present, free (except in
A. kyotensis), large in most species. Cerci long, simple, like slender pegs in most species.
Claspers medium sized; distal article distinct; small, bilobed in certain species. Aedeagus
spinate; lateral arms laminate blades.
Female genitalia with dorsum of segment IX not prominent; simple and convex; short-
ened in some species. Supra-genital plate sclerotized, fused solidly to segment X. Segment X
short, small, as large as segment IX.
Apatania zonella (Zetterstedt), 1840
(Fig. 129a, 129b, 202-205, 600)
Phryganea stigmatella var. zonella Zetterstedt, 1840:1066. (Type locality; Lapland).
Apatelia zonella ; (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967: 125-126).
Apatidea zonella’, (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967:126).
Apatania zonella’, Schmid, 1953: Fig. 1. Schmid, 1954a:30-34. Schmid, 1955:82. Flint,
1960:26. Corbet, 1966:981. (For Palaearctic literature see Fischer, 1967:126).
Goniotaulius arctica Boheman, 1865. (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967:127-129).
Goniotaulius arcticus’, (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967: 127).
Apatelia arctica’, (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967:127-128).
Apatidea arctica ; (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967: 129).
66
Nimmo
Radema arctica\ Ross, 1944:297.
Apatidea auricula not Forssiund; (Literature Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1967: 129).
Apatania groenlandica Kolbe, 1912. See Fischer, 1967:129.
Apatelia groenlandica ; See Fischer, 1967: 129.
Radema groenlandica, Ross, 1944:297.
Apatania inornata Wallengren, 1886. See Fischer, 1967:129.
Apatelia inornata-, See Fischer, 1967: 129.
Apatania palmeni Sahlberg, 1894. See Fischer, 1967: 129-130.
Apatidea palmeni-, See Fischer, 1967:130.
Apatelia palmeni-. See Fischer, 1967:130.
Apatania stigmatella not Zetterstedt; See Fischer, 1967:130.
Apatania zonella (Zetterstedt) var. dalecarlica Forssiund; See Fischer, 1967: 130.
Males of this species are distinguishable from males of other species of Apatania by very
short claspers, with bilobed distal article (Fig. 202). Females are distinguishable by acumi-
nate postero-ventral lobes of segment X and presence of ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX
(Fig. 204).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes with antero-mesal faces glabrous. Vertex of
head black. Thorax very dark brown. Femora of legs irregularly patterned with dark and
lighter brown. Spurs yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 8.5 mm; translucent dark
brown, with thick, irregular stigma. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 129a, 129b.
Stigma of female fore wing weaker than male.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lake Hazen, Ellesmere Island, Northwest Territories).
Tergum VIII with irregular single row of long setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX
with narrow dorsal strap pinched in at each side as distinct crown; segment gradually ex-
panded ventrad (Fig. 202). Clasper stout, short, with basal article laterally flattened, nar-
rowed basally, disto-ventrally with long setae. Distal article bilobed; ventral lobe flattened
dorso-ventrally, directed mesad. Segment X with irregularly dentate, pedicilate cerci. Median
lobes large, hooked ventrad distally, with smooth dorsal edges and irregularly dentate ventral
edges. Intermediate lobes fused in form of small, ventrally hooked lobe ventrad of median
lobes. Aedeagus simple, with large, warped, sword-like lateral arms attached to membranous
base dorsad of median shaft (Fig. 203). Median shaft arched dorsad, distally acuminate,
bilobed, with cluster of basally directed spines disto-ventrally.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Vermilion Lakes, Banff, Alberta). Posterior edge of
sternum VII with narrow band of short, hyaline hairs. Vulval scale with single, median lobe
(Fig. 205), slightly rugose distally. Segment IX small, parallel-sided in lateral aspect (Fig.
204); with large, irregular latero-ventral lobes separated by band of membrane. Supra-genital
plate not evident. Segment X larger than IX with wide, smooth, warped ventral surface.
Dorsal surface concave laterally, with median ridge.
Notes on biology. — This, species is known to me in the study area from only two locali-
ties of the most opposite characteristics. The first is Lake Agnes, at Lake Louise, in Banff
National Park, Alberta, at an altitude of 6,885’, in the alpine meadows. The second is
Vermilion Lakes just west of Banff, Alberta, at an altitude of 4,538’. This locality is a dense,
valley bottom swamp in the Bow River valley. The collecting dates were July 21, and July 5
respectively.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is Holarctic, extending in
North America, from northernmost Canada (Ellesmere Island) to British Columbia, Mon-
tana, and Minnesota (Fig. 600).
I have examined three females of this species from the study area, and one male and seven
females from Lake Hazen, Ellesmere Island, Northwest Territories.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
67
The stigmatella group
Two species belonging to this group are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. - Cerci and intermediate lobes of male segment X large, massive,
concave mesally. Median lobes of segment X on mesal faces of intermediate lobes (Fig. 207);
very short and slender. Female genitalia with segment IX very long, without latero-ventral
lobes (Fig. 210). Supra-genital plate poorly developed. Segment X very small.
Ap at ania stigmatella (Zetterstedt), 1840
(Fig. 211-215,602)
Phryganea stigmatella Zetterstedt, 1840:1066. (Type locality: Lapland).
Limnephilus stigmatellus ; Walker, 1852:50.
Apatania stigmatella', Ulmer, 1907a:76. Banks, 1907a:41. Banks, 1908b:61, 64. Dodds and
Hisaw, 1925b:386. Ulmer, 1932:215. Betten, 1934:379-380. Schmid, 1953: Fig. 4m.
Schmid, 1954a: 13-14. Schmid, 1955:82. Flint, 1960:28. Fischer, 1967:1 18-121. Smith,
1969:48.
Parapatania stigmatella ; See Fischer, 1967 : 1 19.
Apatelia stigmatella', Milne, 1935:25, 49. Ross, 1938b:29.
Radema stigmatella', Ross, 1944:297. Kimmins and Denning, 1951:121-122. Unzicker,
1968:4, 20, 54.
Apatania pallida Hagen, 1861:270. Hagen, 1864:805. Banks, 1892:364. Ulmer, 1905a:23.
Ulmer, 1907a:76. Banks, 1907a:41. Thienemann, 1926:274. Betten, 1934:379. Milne,
1935:49. Ross, 1938b:29.
Apatania frigida McLachlan, 1867:57-58. Brauer, 1876:287. Milne, 1935:49. Kimmins and
Denning, 1951:121-122.
Males of this species are distinguished by irregularly sinuate median shaft of aedeagus
(Fig. 213), and by distal tooth set dorsally on intermediate lobes of segment X (Fig. 211).
Females are distinguished by absence of latero-ventral lobes of segment IX, by segment X
visible in lateral aspect (Fig. 214), and by simple, narrow, median lobe of vulval scale (Fig.
215).
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes white, with antero-mesal faces brown, glabrous.
Vertex of head black, warts white. Thorax dark brown to almost black dorsally. Femora
blotchy brown, light brown, hyaline. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 9.6 mm; light,
clear yellow-brown, no pattern. Venation identical with that of A. zonella.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories).
Tergum VIII with single row of long, well spaced setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment
IX roughly rectangular, wider laterally (Fig. 211); dorsal strap segregated by two lateral
grooves, bulged slightly dorsad. Clasper massive, with cylindrical, fluted basal article; distal
article semi-circular, claw-like, fringed internally with long setae (Fig. 211, 212). Segment
X with large, flared, triangular cerci. Median lobes long, thin, merged basally with cerci.
Intermediate lobes complex, dark, with dorsal processes closely associated with cerci and
laterad of them; with distal lateral and dorsal teeth. Aedeagus with median shaft irregularly
sinuate (Fig. 213); aperture of ejaculatory duct disto-dorsad, between lateral flaps; lateral
arms mounted dorsad of median shaft, long, slender, laminate blades.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Terri-
tories). Posterior edge of sternum VII with wide band of short, hyaline hairs. Vulval scale
single, strongly dorsally curved median lobe (Fig. 214, 215). Segment IX large, irregular,
with large postero-ventral cavity. Segment X small, with anterior edges slanted from vertical
68
Nimmo
(Fig. 214); anal cavity distinct.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is Holarctic; in North Amer-
ica it extends from Alaska to Colorado, in the south, and Newfoundland, in the east (Fig.
602). The Colorado record is curious and, I suspect, open to some doubt. The species has
not yet been recorded from Alberta but is included here as there is a high probability of it
occurring in the far north of the province, which is similar to the area surrounding Great
Slave Lake, and less than 100 miles distant.
I have examined a single specimen of each sex, from Great Slave Lake. These were taken
on August 29.
Apatania shoshone Banks, 1 924
(Fig. 206-210, 601)
Apatania shoshone Banks, 1924:442. (Type locality: Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming).
Schmid, 1954a: 15-16. Schmid, 1955:82. Fischer, 1967: 1 17. Smith, 1969:48.
Apatania shoshone ; Betten, 1934:380.
Apatelia shoshone; Milne, 1935:25, 49. Ross, 1938b:29.
Radema shoshone ; Ross, 1944:297.
Males of this species are distinguished by long, slender distal hooks of intermediate lobes
of segment X (Fig. 206), and by strongly ventrally curved median shaft of aedeagus (Fig.
208). Females are distinguished by massive, formless segment IX, and minute segment X
(Fig. 209, 210).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; antero-mesal face of scapes yellow, glabrous. Ver-
tex of head very dark brown. Thorax dark brown, with interspersed lighter areas. Spurs
yellow. Fore wing length of male 8.3 mm; pale, clear brown. Cross-vein Cu-Rl white line
across stigma. Venation identical to that of A. zonella.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton National Park gate, Hwy. 5, Alberta). Tergum
with single line of long, well spaced setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX of roughly
uniform width throughout, sinuate (Fig. 206). Clasper massive, with cylindrical basal article,
and smaller distal article strongly hooked mesad, with ventral tooth (Fig. 206, 207). Seg-
ment X with short, cylindrical median lobes, projecting, triangular cerci, and large, dark,
trifid intermediate lobes hooked antero-laterad distally (Fig. 206, 207). Median shaft of
aedeagus stout, curved strongly ventrad; ejaculatory pore in membranous area between dis-
tal flaps (Fig. 208). Lateral arms long, each laminate blade on single membranous dorsal
process of aedeagal base.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Cameron Lake, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Vul-
val scale of single median lobe; rectangular except for slightly expanded tip; distal end of
lobe rugose ventrally (Fig. 209). Segment IX massive, of indefinite shape (Fig. 210); open
ventrally and posteriorly with two short lateral lobes laterad of segment X and posterior
opening. Supra-genital plate small, membranous, ventrad of postero-dorsal opening of seg-
ment IX. Segment X minute, bilobed, between lateral lobes of segment IX.
Notes on biology. - I am uncertain as to the possible emergence sites of this species. The
single female from the Waterton Park gates may have emerged from the adjacent Waterton
River, or flown in from the nearby Maskinonge Lake. The remainder of my records are from
locations adjacent to large lakes. The adult flight season extends from July 23 to August 19.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Colorado (Fig. 601). In Alberta I have records from the extreme south west corner of the
province, at altitudes between 4,189’ and 5,445’.
I have examined 19 specimens, 14 males and five females, from the study area.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
69
The wallengreni group
One species belonging to this group is known to occur in the study area.
Synopsis of characters. - Fore wing stigma usually weak; costal vein not thickened. Sc
and R1 of hind wing parallel throughout.
Male genitalia with segment IX narrow. Cerci setose, slightly concave mesally; triangular
and projected well posterad (Fig. 216). Median lobes of segment X very slender; separate,
or fused. Claspers unmodified, elongated, not thick, with basal article cylindrical; distal
article as long as basal or shorter, sickle shaped in most species.
Female genitalia with dorsal part of segment IX characteristic, with pits and ridges, large;
ventral lobes prominent <Fig. 219). Segment X long, slender; 1/3-1 /4 times diameter of seg-
ment IX; quite divided to dorsal and ventral parts in certain species. Supra-genital plate tri-
angular, shorter than segment X, weakly sclerotized.
Apatania crymophila McLachlan, 1880
(Fig. 216-220, 601)
Apatania crymophila McLachlan, 1880:44. (Type locality: Northwest Siberia). Ulmer,
1905a:23. Ulmer, 1907a:76. Schmid, 1954a:5-6. Schmid, 1955:81. Fischer, 1967:102-
103. (For references to Palaearctic literature see Fischer, 1967).
Apatelia aenicta Ross, 1 938c: 1 62-163. (Type locality: Churchill, Manitoba). Schmid, 1954a:
5.
Radema aenicta', Ross, 1944:297.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Apatania by dilated,
heavily setose, distal article of clasper (Fig. 216), and by short, crooked, distally bulbous,
median shaft of aedeagus (Fig. 218). Females are distinguished by simple median lobe of
vulval scale (Fig. 220), and segment X distinctly separated from segment IX (Fig. 219).
Description. - Antennae dark brown to almost black. Vertex of head black. Thorax
black. Legs black to deep brown. Spurs red-brown. Fore wing length of male 9.8 mm; uni-
form greyish brown, with large, opaque, stigmatic area. Venation identical to that of A.
zonella.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories).
Postero-dorsal edge with single line of long setae. Segment IX high, narrow (Fig. 216); with
row of about six short, heavy setae near clasper base. Clasper massive, with laterally com-
pressed distal article heavily setose. Median lobes of segment X sinuate, bilobed; cerci at-
tached laterad of median lobes, distally splayed. Intermediate lobes massive, hooked plates
(Fig. 216, 217). Median shaft and lateral arms of aedeagus attached to common base (Fig.
218); lateral arms dorsad of median shaft. Median shaft distally bulbous, tip directed ven-
trad. Lateral arms as long as median shaft, thin, recurved.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Terri-
tories). Sternum VII with posterior edge clothed by broad band of scattered, fine, hyaline
hairs. Vulval scale small, short, rectangular, disto-ventrally rugose, median lobe (Fig. 220).
Segment IX high, narrow, parallel-sided, with broad, short, lateral lobes laterad of segment
X (Fig. 219). No apparent supra-genital plate. Segment X with bilobed portion, and fused,
plate-like, median lobes with common central spur (Fig. 219).
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is Holarctic; in North Amer-
ica it extends from Alaska to Manitoba (Fig. 601). It is not yet recorded from Alberta, but
occurs in Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories, which is so close to the northern bound-
ary of Alberta that it is reasonable to expect that it occurs in the Province.
70
Nimmo
I have examined 71 specimens, 43 males and 28 females, from Simpson Islands, Great
Slave Lake.
The complexa group
One species belonging to this group is known from the study area, and is here described
as new.
Synopsis of characters. — Male genitalia slightly enlarged. Segment IX with very long,
slender, paried, dorsal lobes (Fig. 221); fused with marked median channel or not. Cerci
small, oval. Intermediate lobes of segment X very long, slender. Median lobes varied in size,
small in some species, slender; interlocked with lobes of segment IX, shorter. Claspers varied.
Basal article long, cylindrical. Distal article much shorter, spinate; in some species long,
spiniform. Aedeagus short, stout.
Female genitalia with segment IX long throughout (Fig. 224). Segment X long, divided
to dorsal and ventral parts. Supra-genital plate very short, thick, unsclerotized, fused to
segment IX.
Apatania alberta Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 221-225,602)
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species oi Apatania by aedea-
gus (Fig. 221) with lanceolate lateral arms attached laterad of aedeagal base at point where
aedeagus bends sharply ventrad. Females are distinguished by single, median lobe of vulval
scale abruptly broadened distally into rectangular head (Fig. 225).
Description. — Antennae very dark brown to black. Vertex of head black, setae hyaline.
Thorax quite black. Spur formula 1,2,4; brown. Fore wing length of male 8.5 mm; uniform
black. Cross-vein C-Rl white. Venation identical to that of A. zonella.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta). Tergum VIII with distinct
postero-distal ridge with single row of long setae. Segment IX with high-peaked dorsal strap
(Fig. 221); gradually widened ventrad, with small postero-ventral process. Clasper long,
slender, with tip of distal article with short, stout setae. Base of proximal article with slight
lateral depression; distal portion of article with long, slender setae. Segment IX with paired
postero-dorsal processes, long, tapered, acuminate blades, fused basally. Median lobes of
segment X directed postero-laterad, bilobed, with ventral lobe smaller; dark brown. Inter-
mediate lobes ventrad of median lobes, with bifid base recessed into segment IX, and long,
rounded, distally slightly dilated process in lateral aspect (Fig. 221). Intermediate lobes
acute triangular plates in dorsal aspect (Fig. 223); abruptly pinched off at tip. Cercus small,
dark, triangular, dorso-laterad of median lobe bases. Aedeagus with semi-cylindrical median
shaft; open on dorsal surface (Fig. 221, 222). Lateral arms angular, directed dorso-laterad,
attached laterad of aedeagal base.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta). Sternum VII with poste-
rior edge clothed with short, hyaline hairs. Vulval scale with single, massive, median lobe
(Fig. 224, 225); distal portion abruptly expanded laterally, rectangular, ventrally rugose.
Segment IX large, semi-rectangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 224), with slightly expanded ven-
tral portion. No evident latero-ventral lobes, or supra-genital plate. Segment X distinct from
segment IX, rounded rectangular in lateral aspect, with disto-lateral clefts; with membranous
ventral lobe dorsad of vaginal orifice; segment X completely open ventrally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are usually associated with small, turbulent
creeks, but, on occasion, some are near large, smooth-flowing rivers. A flight season from
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
71
May 5 to June 22 is indicated.
Geographical distribution. — To date this species is known only from the Banff area of
Alberta (Fig. 602). All records are from areas at about 4,250’ to 4,550’ altitude.
I have examined 17 specimens, four males and 13 females, from the study area.
Holotype. - Male. Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta; June 15, 1967; A. Nimmo.
Allotype. — Female. Same data as holotype.
Paratypes. — Same data as holotype; four females. Forty Mile Creek at Trans-Canada
Hwy., Banff National Park, Alberta; June 15, 1967; A. Nimmo; five females. Bow River at
Trans-Canada Hwy., Canmore, Alberta; A. Nimmo; one male, three females. As previous
record; May 23, 1967; A. Nimmo; one male. Road to Sundance Canyon, Banff, Alberta;
June 22, 1962; G. B. Wiggins; one male.
The type series has been assigned the type number 10,584 in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.
The holotype, allotype, and seven female paratypes are in the Canadian National Collec-
tion. One male and two female paratypes are in the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto,
Ontario. One male and two female paratypes are in the United States National Museum,
Washington. The remaining male and female paratypes are in the collection of the Strickland
Museum, Dept, of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
This species is named for the Province of Alberta.
The Subfamily Neophylacinae Schmid
Head short, large, eyes prominent. Ocelli small, placed well anterad. Pronotum short,
chaetose. Spur formula 1,2,2; 1,2,3; 1,2,4; 1,3,3; or 1,3,4. Meso-apical spur of male hind leg
modified in certain taxa. Wings rather variable, not reduced. Fore wings narrow, but greatly
widened at chord in some taxa. Hind wings shorter than fore. Fore wings irrorate in certain
taxa, hind wings darkened. Frenulum large; subcosta of hind wing with three to four very
long, basal spines. Fore wing venation complete; hind wings rather incomplete, with strong
sexual dimorphism. Fore wing R1 strongly arched at stigma, in some taxa united to Sc by
cross-vein. Discoidal cell long, narrow; chord strongly disrupted. Hind wings of Oligophle-
bodes and Neothremma with much reduced but constant venation coupled with sexual
dimorphism.
Male genitalia of short pieces in form of peculiar massive ensemble. Segment VIII seti-
ferous. Segment IX very large, enclosing remainder of genitalia, especially claspers; strongly
convex ventrally in form of plate fused to claspers; segment with pronounced lateral relief
(Oligophlebodes) or large appendage ( Neothremma ); dorsally very narrow, indistinguishable
from segment X. Dorsal lobes absent. Segment X visible only by three pairs of appendages.
Claspers small, not prominent, well recessed into segment IX; two articled, with basal article
reduced. Aedeagus, except in Neothremma, emergent from centre, or higher, of segment IX;
slender, barely movable; lateral arms present or absent.
Female genitalia with segments IX and X very small, closely fused. Segment IX of two
distinct parts; dorsal part short, or vestigial. Segment X fairly large, prominent, of two large,
lateral, quite distinct pieces; narrowly cleft dorsally, quite open ventrally. Vaginal aperture
wide and open on segment IX. Vulval scale simple or bilobed, attached to segment IX.
Ventral lobes of segment IX more or less fused to vulval scale.
Key to the Genera of Neophylacinae in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Segment X of male two blunt lobes and two protuberant appendages (Fig. 226).
Clasper small, recessed into segment IX. Ventral lobes of female segment IX large,
72
Nimmo
fused anterad of vulval scale (Fig. 230) Oligophlebodes, p. 72.
lb. Segment X of male two very long blades strongly hooked ventrad (Fig. 244). Mesal
face of segment IX with long, bilobed spine. Claspers almost entirely fused. Ventral
lobes of female segment IX quite free (Fig. 248) Neothremma, p. 75.
The Genus Oligophlebodes Ulmer
This genus is represented in the study by three species, one of which is described as
new.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,3,3. Apico-mesal spur of hind tibia thickened
basally, bristled on mesal face. Fore wing obliquely parabolic apically; hind wing slightly
larger, notched apically (Fig. 131). Venation constant, sexually dimorphic on hind wings.
R1 of fore wing joined to Sc by short cross-vein; chord disrupted little; posteriorly oblique
to body. R5 absent in male hind wing; only f2 present. Female hind wing with fl, f2, and f5
present.
Male genitalia with segment IX strongly developed, with pronounced lateral process
attached to median lobes of segment X. Median lobes of segment X rounded, concave,
separated by wide space. Aedeagus very small, embedded in membranous mass, very high in
segment IX. Claspers small, recessed in fissure of segment IX.
Female genitalia with ventral lobes of segment IX transverse plates, massive, not prom-
inent, weakly sclerotized, fused to ventral surfaces of vulval scale; also fused to sternum
VIII.
Key to the Males of species of Oligophlebodes found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Distal spine of clasper, short, curved dorsad (Fig. 238)
O. zelti Nimmo n. sp., p. 74.
lb. Distal spine of clasper straight (Fig. 226), or with disto-ventral tooth (Fig. 232)
2a
2a.(lb) Distal spine of clasper long, slender, straight (Fig. 226) . ... O. ruthae Ross, p. 72.
2b. Distal spine of clasper short, stout, with disto-ventral tooth (Fig. 232)
O. sierra Ross, p. 73.
Key to the Females of species of Oligophlebodes found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Segment X in ventral aspect deeply cleft, lateral lobes roughly triangular (Fig.
231) O. ruthae Ross, p. 72.
lb. Segment X in ventral aspect not deeply cleft, or, if so, not widely separated or
triangular (Fig. 237, 243) 2a
2a.(lb) Lateral lobes of segment X closely appressed, vulval scale latero-ventrally exca-
vated (Fig. 237) O. sierra Ross, p. 73.
2b. Lateral lobes of segment X in ventral aspect bilobed (Fig. 243), with semi-circular
dorsal lobes O. zelti Nimmo n. sp., p. 74.
Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross, 1944
(Fig. 130a, 130b, 131a, 131b, 226-231,603)
Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross, 1944:283, 285, 300. (Type locality: Roe’s Creek, Glacier
National Park, Montana). Ross, 1949b: 127-128. Ross and Spencer, 1952:50. Schmid,
1955:99. Fischer, 1967:155. Schmid, 1968:687.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
73
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Oligophlebodes by
long, straight distal spine of clasper (Fig. 226). Females are distinguished by deeply divided,
well separated, triangular lateral lobes of segment X in ventral aspect (Fig. 231).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes somewhat darker. Vertex of head uni-
formly dark brown. Thorax more or less uniform dark brown. Spur formula 1,2,2, in
both sexes in specimens examined here. Male only with mesal spur of hind leg swollen
basally; curved, with short, thin process on inner face of curve. Fore wing length of male
7.4 mm; uniform light yellow to yellow-brown. Venation of male and female wings as in
Fig. 130-131.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cameron Creek, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Ter-
gum and sternum VIII each with single, distinct row of long setae parallel to posterior edge.
Segment IX with high, thin dorsal strap and small, thin, irregular ventral body (Fig. 226).
Ventral area produced posterad as long, narrow, triangular plate, ventrad of claspers (Fig.
227). Clasper fused to segment IX, large, complex, partly recessed into segment IX; with
distinct, basally directed, long, dark, distal tooth; in ventral aspect tooth hooked mesad
(Fig. 226, 227). Segment X with cerci trapezoidal, small. Median lobes well separated, with
setose posterior edges. Lateral arms of aedeagus close to base of ejaculatory duct projected
below them (Fig. 228, 229); distal end of lateral arms curved mesad.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Cameron Lake, Waterton National Park, Alberta).
Posterior edge of sternum VII with narrow fringe of short, fine setae. Vulval scale small,
semi-circular, dark, median lobe partly enclosed ventrally by ventro-lateral lobes of segment
IX (Fig. 231). Segment IX rectangular in ventral aspect, internally hollow, with ventral cleft;
in effect large hood. Supra-genital plate not evident. Segment VIII with simple invagination
on postero-lateral edge. Segment X bilobed (Fig. 231); lobes connected only basally; fused
almost imperceptibly to segment IX (Fig. 230).
Notes on biology. — The adult flight season extends from July 3 to August 29. The adults
appear to emerge from the mountain creek type of stream, ranging from relatively slow,
gentle, gravel-bottomed foothills creeks to the more torrential, boulder strewn creeks.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to Oregon and Utah (Fig. 603). In Alberta it is found only in the mountain
and foothill areas, ranging in altitude from about 5,000’ to 6,000’.
I have examined 52 specimens, 35 males and 17 females, from the study area.
Oligophlebodes sierra Ross, 1944
(Fig. 232-237, 604)
Oligophlebodes sierra Ross, 1944:283, 284-285, 300. (Type locality: Dana Fork, Tolumne
River, Yosemite National Park, California). Ross, 1949b: 127. Ross and Spencer, 1952:50.
Schmid, 1955:99. Flint, 1960:32. Denning, 1963:261-262. Smith, 1965:244. Fischer,
1967:144. Schmid, 1968:685, 687.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Oligophlebodes by
short, stout distal spine of claspers, with disto-ventral tooth (Fig. 232). Females are distin-
guished by closely appressed lateral lobes of segment X, and by ventro-lateral concavities of
vulval scale.
Description. — Antennae light brown. Vertex of head uniform reddish brown. Thorax
uniformly yellow or pale purplish brown. Spur formula 1,3,3; meso-apical spur of male hind
tibia swollen basally, with short, thin process on inner edge of curve. Fore wing length of
male 7.6 mm; uniform pale brown, almost hyaline; no pattern except for pale grey stigma.
Venation identical to that of O. ruthae.
74
Nimmo
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Athabasca River, Entrance, Alberta). Tergum and sternum
of segment VIII with single rows each of setae parallel to posterior edges. Segment IX with
small ventral body; high, very thin dorsal strap (Fig. 232). Clasper relatively large, fused to
segment IX, distally black, with small disto-ventral tooth; with distinct, mesally directed,
horizontal hooks (Fig. 233). Segment X with median lobes well separated, with irregularly
dentate edges, and with distinct medially directed process (Fig. 233). Cercus large, rounded
triangular, attached to horizontal dorsal edge of segment IX. Aedeagus minute; ejaculatory
duct syringe-like, with bulbous inner end at attachment of membranous sperm duct (Fig.
234, 235); otherwise straight tube. Lateral arms dorsad and posterad of duct, overhung by
large fold of hyaline membrane.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Idaho; in Illinois National History Survey). Tergum
VIII very large, separated from small, ventral sternum by wide band of folded membrane
(Fig. 236); with row of strong setae parallel to posterior edge. Vulval scale single, median,
dark, ventro-laterally concave lobe (Fig. 237). Segment IX fused almost indistinguishably to
segment X; antero-laterally invaginated anterad into segment VIII. Segment X of two closely
appressed lateral lobes.
Notes on biology. — My only record of this species in the study area is a single male taken
at black-light about 100’ above the Athabasca River, at the point where the Forestry Trunk
Road crosses, at Entrance, Alberta. At that point the river is quite turbulent, with an obvi-
ously rocky bed. The date was July 25.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to California and Colorado (Fig. 604). The only Alberta record as given
above was at an altitude of about 3,270’.
Oligophlebodes zelti Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 238-243, 604)
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Oligophlebodes by
short, black, dorsally curved distal lobes of claspers (Fig. 238), which are more widely sepa-
rated than in the similar O. sigma (Fig. 239). Also ventral plate of segment IX prominent,
horizontal and projected further posterad than in O. sigma. Females are distinguished by
bilobed lateral lobes of segment X in ventral aspect (Fig. 243).
Description. — Antennae light to dark brown. Vertex of head dark brown. Thorax uni-
form dark reddish brown. Spur formula 1,2,2; meso-apical spurs of male hind legs basally
enlarged, claw-like, with small spine basally, on inside of claw. Fore wing length of male 8.4
mm; pale yellowish brown, no pattern. Venation identical to that of O. ruthae.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from South Creek, Forestry Trunk Road, 20 miles south of
Nordegg, Alberta). Segment VIII with single band of long, fine setae each side of tergum,
parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX with high, narrow dorsal strap, with large, rounded
triangular ventral body, and with short, dark, triangular plate projected posterad, ventrad of
claspers (Fig. 238, 239). Clasper distally black, with distal process curved dorsad; in ventral
aspect tip hooked mesad, otherwise squat triangular. Segment X with membranous median
lobe and large, rectangular, setose, lateral lobes. Cercus small, dark, trapezoidal. Aedeagus
with short, stout ejaculatory tube surmounted by two dark, bowed, lateral arms slightly
bulbous distally (Fig. 240, 241). Median shaft of aedeagus surmounted by rectangular, mem-
branous mass lightly spinate dorsally. Sperm duct passed anterad by way of large, oval aper-
ture situated ventrally on membranous aedeagal sheath.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from South Creek, at Forestry Trunk Road, 20 miles south
of Nordegg, Alberta). Posterior edge of sternum VII with narrow band of short, fine well
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
75
spaced setae. Vulval scale dark, table-like on median stalk (Fig. 243). Segment IX trape-
zoidal, with antero-lateral invaginations hooked ventrad (Fig. 242). Ventro-lateral lobes of
segment IX square in lateral aspect, triangular in ventral aspect. Segment X fused smoothly
to segment IX, except dorsally, where slight demarcation is noticeable; roughly triangular in
lateral aspect; cleft dorsally. Segments IX and X together form large, cavernous hood,
entirely open ventrally.
Notes on biology. — Individuals of this species emerge from small, turbulent, boulder
or coarse gravel mountain streams. The adult flying season extends from July 14 to Au-
gust 19.
Geographical distribution. — This species is presently known only from the mountains
and foothills of Alberta (Fig. 604) between 4,700’ and 5,500’ in altitude.
I have examined 55 specimens, 16 males and 39 females, from the study area.
Holotype. — Male. South Creek, Forestry Trunk Road, 20 miles south of Nordegg,
Alberta; August 8, 1965; A. Nimmo.
Allotype. — Female. Same data as for holotype.
Paratypes. — Same data as for holotype; 36 females. Same data as for holotype, except
July 14, 1967; one male. Red Earth Creek, Trans-Canada Highway, Banff National Park,
Alberta; July 30, 1967; A. Nimmo; one male. Helen Creek, Banff-Jasper Hwy., north of
Lake Louise, Alberta; August 10, 1967; A. Nimmo; one female. Rowe Brook, Waterton
National Park, Alberta; August 19, 1965; A. Nimmo; one male. Lynx Creek, Forestry Trunk
Road, north of Clearwater River, Alberta; July 14, 1967; A. Nimmo; five males, one female.
South Creek, Forestry Trunk Road, 20 miles south of Nordegg, Alberta; August 12, 1968;
A. Nimmo; five males, one female. Wampus Creek, Cadomin, Alberta; August 18, 1967;
K. Zelt; one male.
The type series has been assigned the type number 10,589 in the Canadian National
Collection.
The holotype, allotype, and three male and 36 paratypes are in the Canadian National
Collection. The Lynx Creek paratypes are in the Strickland Museum, Dept, of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. One male and one female paratype are in the
United States National Museum.
This species is named for Ken Zelt, a graduate student in the Dept, of Zoology, University
of Alberta, who collected a single male near Cadomin.
The Genus Neothremma Banks
Two species of this genus are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Lateral ocelli almost immediately posterad of exceptionally
large anterior cephalic warts. Spur formula 1,3,4. Maxillary palpus of male with long brush
of distally hooked setae (Fig. 249). Fore wing venation unmodified; hind wing venation
much reduced, with some sexual dimorphism. Fore w'ing f3 tapered proximally to point;
chord strongly irregular (Fig. 132a). Hind wing with minute discal cell, fl with long proxi-
1 mal stem; male Ml+2, M3+4, Cul , Cu2 all separate; with three anal veins. In the female hind
wing M similar but Cu of three veins.
Male genitalia with segment IX well developed, not enclosing any appendages; laterally
with very long, bifid, sclerotized lobe directed postero-mesad. Segment X much smaller than
IX, well separated; median lobes long, simple, postero-ventrally arched blades, well separated
: basally by membrane of anus (Fig. 244). Clasper along ventral edges of segment IX; two-
| articled, with basal article of each clasper fused mesally as ventral plate; distal article baso-
dorsad on basal article; large, fused to segment IX, covered with distinct tubercles.
76
Nimmo
Female genitalia with segment IX of two pieces (Fig. 247). Segment X of two large dorsal
pieces, and ventral scale. Vulval scale large, bifid (Fig. 248). Ventral lobes of segment IX
large, slightly concave mesally, laterad of vulval scale.
Key to the Males of species of Neothremma found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Distal tooth of second article of clasper dorso-anterad of distal extremity (Fig. 244);
intermediate lobes of segment X roughly rectangular in lateral aspect
N. alicia Banks, p. 76.
lb. Distal tooth of second article of clasper a postero-dorsal continuation of article (Fig.
591a); intermediate lobes of segment X trifid in lateral aspect
N. laloukesi Schmid, p. 77.
Neothremma alicia Banks, 1930
(Fig. 132a, 132b, 244-249, 605)
Neothremma alicia Banks, 1930a: 229-230. (Type locality: Tolland, Colorado). Dodds and
Hisaw, 1925a: 127-129. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Neave and Bajkov, 1929:202.
Betten, 1934:413. Milne, 1936:116, 123. Balduf, 1939:122. Ross, 1944:300. Ross,
1949a:92. Schmid, 1955:101. Flint, 1960:5, 31 . Denning, 1966:233. Fischer, 1967:145.
Unzicker, 1968:4, 20, 52.
Neothremma alicea; Ross, 1938b: 45.
Males of this species are distinguishable by high-arched, blade-like median lobes of seg-
ment X; by lateral processes of posterior edges of segment IX; and by fused basal articles of
claspers. Females are recognizable by massiveness of genitalia (Fig. 247), with huge, rounded,
latero-ventral lobes of segment IX.
Description. — Antennae dark brown, scapes paler, six times longer than pedicel, with
long bunch of hyaline hairs on mesal faces. Vertex of head red-brown. Frons with scattered,
spatulate-tipped hairs. Maxillary palpus of male with article III cylindrical, fringed on poste-
rior face with distinct, even brush of long, black, distally hooked hairs (Fig. 249). Thorax
light yellow to red-brown. Spurs yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 7.7 mm; light red-
brown; no pattern. Venation as in Fig. 132a, 132b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Banff, Alberta). Tergum VIII with single line of long,
slender setae parallel to posterior edge. Segment IX with narrow, distinct, dorsal strap;
wide ventrally, with small, rounded, ventro-posterad process (Fig. 244, 245). Clasper mas-
sive, articulated to segment IX, with disto-dorsal teeth; two-articled, with distal article
dorsad of basal article, rounded, setose. Claspers fused ventrally together at basal articles.
Segment IX with long, distally bifid latero-posterad processes. Median lobes of segment X
long, dorsally arched, acuminate blades. Intermediate lobes roughly rectangular, flared
ventro-laterad. Aedeagus with massive membranous base (Fig. 246) connected to base of
proximal clasper articles; each clasper base with short, stout, black spine at point of fusion.
Median shaft of aedeagus tapered, sclerotized, scoop-shaped structure with ejaculatory duct
projected dorsad as thin, isolated tube.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Bow River, at Trans-Canada Hwy., west of Lake Louise,
Alberta). Tergum VIII with single, dorsal line of long setae. Vulval scale with squat, tapered,
distally bifid median lobe (Fig. 248). Segment IX small, rectangular, with massive, rounded
latero-ventral lobes (Fig. 247). Segment X with large, triangular lateral lobes laterad of mesal
structure like inverted bowl. Vaginal orifice flanked by two lateral plates of segment X.
Notes on biology. - Specimens of this species emerge from small to large mountain
streams, usually of the less turbulent variety. Adult flight season extends from June 22 to
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
77
August 13.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to Oregon, Utah and Colorado (Fig. 605). In Alberta it is restricted to the
mountain areas close to the continental divide, ranging in altitude from 4,500’ to 7,000’.
I have examined six specimens, two males and four females, from the study area.
Neothremma laloukesi Schmid, 1968
(Fig. 591a, 591b, 605)
Neothremma laloukesi Schmid, 1968:692-693. (Type locality: Lake Louise, Alberta).
Males of this species are distinguished from males of N. alicia by the characters presented
in the key to males of Neothremma known from the study area.
The only known specimen of this species is a male, from Lake Louise, Alberta. Being thus
unable to prepare my own drawings, Dr. F. Schmid very kindly lent me his original drawings
of the species, which are presented here (Fig. 591a, 591b). I also present Schmid’s original
description of the male, in translation from the French, altering only his figure numbers to
mine.
Description. — ‘Fore wings uniformly golden brown. Head abundantly clothed by very
long, golden hairs which are slightly denser between the scapes of the antennae. Male maxil-
lary palpi short, thick, with dense clusters of black hairs on mesal faces, as in N. alicia Banks.
Venation similar to alicia. Wing expanse of male 13 mm.
Male genitalia. Very similar to alicia, but basal article of clasper distinctly longer and
narrower (Fig. 591a). Distal article of clasper also longer in lateral aspect, with clear outline
gradually tapered from base to apex; distally curved dorsad at obtuse angle; regularly trape-
zoidal in ventral aspect (Fig. 591b), tapered distad.’
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Notes on biology. — Date of capture of the single known male was June 7.
Geographical distribution. — The single locality is indicated in Fig. 605.
The Subfamily Pseudostenophylacinae Schmid
Head short, very large; eyes large. Ocelli large, protuberant. Thoracic macrochaetae long,
dense. Spur formula 1,2,2; 1,3,3; or 1,3,4. Wings large; fore wing of varied sizes, apically
elliptical. Hind wing not larger than fore wing except when anal area well developed; anal
edge convex or not; anal area sexually dimorphic in some taxa. Certain taxa with fore wings
strongly granular, densely clothed with fine, bristly hairs; hind wings similar. Fore wings
brown, irrorate. Venation complete. R1 of fore wing not arched at stigma; discoidal cell
very long; chord irregularly disrupted, markedly curved in most taxa; f5 and thyridial cell
sessile. Hind wing chord similar, but more oblique to body.
Male genitalia segment VIII with strongly marked, spinate zone, or not. Segment IX very
short in lateral aspect, or longer. Cerci small, lateral, fused to intermediate lobe bases; inter-
mediate lobes large, massive, generally paired, or as single horizontal plate, or paired plates
elongated meso-dorsad. Claspers one-articled, reduced in certain taxa to simple buttons
along edge of segment IX. Aedeagus very large in certain taxa; voluminous but short; mem-
branous or sclerotized. Lateral arms enormous in most taxa, varied, membranous.
Female genitalia well sclerotized, loosely connected. Segment IX of two separate parts;
dorsal part simple, without appendages. Segment X not prominent, of two lateral lobes.
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX small, well sclerotized, well separated; meso-ventral part
small, membranous, attached to lateral lobes. No supra-genital plate. Vaginal aperture be-
78
Nimmo
tween segments VIII and IX. Vulval scale small, strongly sclerotized; lobes lightly connected,
movable; median lobe very small, narrow, very thick in some taxa; lateral lobes strongly
sclerotized, voluminous, very thick.
This subfamily is represented in the study area by one genus, Homophylax.
The Genus Homophylax Banks
This genus is represented in the study area by three species, of which one is described as
new. Females of only two species are known.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,3,4. Wings large; fore wing markedly widened at
chord, bluntly parabolic apically; hind wing blunted apically, scarcely larger than fore wing.
Venation complete, modified, with strong sexual dimorphism in hind wings. Fore wing
chord single line, slightly oblique to body anteriorly, not disrupted. Male hind wing with
small, narrow discoidal cell; R and M crowded toward C; fl petiolate, f2 tapered proxi-
mad to point, f3 with long petiole. Hind wing of female with very large, triangular, dis-
coidal cell.
Male genitalia with sclerotized, smooth, posterior bulge to tergum VIII. Segment IX very
wide laterally, ventrally. Median lobes of segment X in form of two symmetrical, sclerotized
cavities dependent from very thin dorsal strap; fused mesally as strongly sclerotized mesal
ridges with dark, dorsal and ventral paired lobes. Intermediate lobes stout, twisted, lobed
plates fused to segment IX; interlocked with meso-dorsal blades of claspers. Claspers with
small, ventral plates; antero-mesal angles produced postero-dorsally as long, thin, acuminate,
strongly sclerotized, dark blades. Cerci large, somewhat oval lobes in lateral aspect (Fig.
250); fused at bases with sclerotized cavities of intermediate lobes. Aedeagus very small,
stout.
Female genitalia with dorsum of segment IX small. Segment X rather narrow, long tube
(Fig. 253). Ventral lobes of segment IX large, prominent, vertical, separate plates. Vulval
scale blunt, recurved; two or three lobed. Supra-genital plate very small.
Key to the Males of species of Homophylax found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Meso-dorsal lobes of clasper long, narrow (Fig. 250); median processes of segment
X with flat-topped dorsal spines with lateral teeth distally (Fig. 251)
H. crotchi Banks, p. 78.
lb. Meso-dorsal lobes of clasper short, wide, heavy (Fig. 225, 261). Dorsal spines of
median lobe of segment X without disto-lateral tooth 2a
2a. (lb) Median lobe dorsal spines fused basally, parallel sided (Fig. 256), with ventrally
directed distal hook (Fig. 255) H. acutus Denning, p. 79.
2b. Median lobe dorsal spines well separated basally, tapered, directed postero-laterad
(Fig. 262) H. baldur Nimmo n. sp., p. 80.
Key to the Females of two species of Homophylax found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Segment X in ventral aspect (Fig. 254) narrow, with deep ventral cleft, shallow
dorsal cleft H. crotchi Banks, p. 78.
lb. Segment X in ventral aspect (Fig. 258) wide, with dorsal cleft at least as deep as
ventral H. acutus Denning, p. 79.
Homophylax crotchi Banks, 1920
(Fig. 133a, 133b, 250-254, 606)
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
79
Homophylax crotchi Banks, 1920:345-346. (Type locality: Victoria, British Columbia).
Betten, 1934:364. Milne, 1935:23, 51. Ross, 1938b:33. Ross, 1944:300. Ross and Spen-
cer, 1952:50. Schmid, 1955:114. Denning, 1964:253, 254. Fischer, 1967:156.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Homophylax by
small, laterally toothed dorsal spine of median lobes (Fig. 251), and by long, thin meso-
dorsal lobe of clasper. Females are distinguished by narrow segment X in ventral aspect (Fig.
254), with unequal dorsal and ventral clefts.
Description. - Antennae light red-brown. Vertex of head red-brown. Thorax warm light
red-brown. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 16.4 mm; light brownish yellow, in-
terspersed with slightly darker, irregular areas. Venation as in Fig. 133a, 133b. Without
basal fore wing pouch and longitudinal hind wing fold between Rs and M (see Fig. 134,
135).
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Washington State, United States; in United States Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D. C.). Tergum VIII with postero-dorsal area with distinct
tooth close to posterior edge; with distinct lateral concavities (Fig. 250). Segment IX
with dorsal strap narrowed laterally to junction with main body, expanded evenly ventrad.
Claspers with ventral lobes slightly separated (Fig. 251), short, rounded; lateral lobes finger-
like, thick, fleshy; median lobes long, narrow blades with slightly thickened black tips.
Median lobes or plates of segment X large, cupped laterad, with small, spiniform, recurved
ventral lobes, larger, flat-topped, dorsal lobes each with distinct disto-lateral tooth. Inter-
mediate lobes extended laterad from anal membrane, curved posterad above base of clasp-
ers. Cercus large, arched slightly dorsad; short, rounded distally. Aedeagus with large, mem-
branous, dorsal lobe dorsad of median shaft (Fig. 252); like inverted trough, with concave
ventral surface.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Banff, Alberta). Sterna IV, V, and VI each traversed by
thin dark line parallel to posterior edge interrupted mesally by roughly triangular tooth.
Vulval scale with median lobe of two inconspicuous, small protuberances of posterior edge
(Fig. 254). Lateral lobes curved dorsad to enclose two sclerites projected from vagina. Seg-
ment IX with laterally triangular, shell-like lateral lobes suspended from short, narrow
dorsum. No supra-genital plate evident. Segment X long, tubular, of two lateral lobes distally
projected well posterad of all other structures (Fig. 253).
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Vancouver
Island and Washington State to Alberta. In Alberta I have only two records of the species:
I Banff, at about 5,000’ on Sulphur Mountain; and Lost Lake, Waterton National Park, at
! 5,500’.
Dates of capture were September 10 and August 17 respectively. I have not taken any
specimens of this species myself.
I have examined one male and two females of this species; only the females are from the
study area, however.
Homophylax acutus Denning, 1964
(Fig. 134a, 134b, 255-259, 606)
Homophylax acutus Denning, 1964:254, 256-258. (Type locality: Wallace, Idaho). Nimmo,
1965:787.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Homophylax by
short, wide, heavy mesal lobes of claspers, and by large, basally fused, ventrally hooked
dorsal spines of median lobe of segment X (Fig. 255). Females are distinguished by large,
short segment X, with equal dorsal and ventral clefts (Fig. 258).
80
Nimmo
Description. — Antennae brownish yellow. Vertex of head pale yellow. Fore wing length
of male 16.4 mm; dull brownish yellow, with darker areas especially in posterior parts of
wing. Venation as in Fig. 134a, 134b. Hind wing with large, longitudinal fold posterad of
Rs; fold with numerous scales, especially basally. Male fore wing with soft, membranous
fold basally; female without fold.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Segment
IX with thread-like dorsal strap; main body of segment wide ventrally, tapered abruptly
dorsad, with slight concavities ventrad of peak (Fig. 255). Clasper with mesal lobe short,
wide, bowed mesad in dorsal aspect (Fig. 256); lateral lobe bifid distally, separated by deep
mesal cleft. Segment X with median processes of two toothed plates flared laterad in form
of deep, sclerotized concavities; dorsal hooks only slightly parted, square tipped; ventral
hooks directed dorsad, recurved. Intermediate lobes triangular, acuminate in lateral aspect.
Cercus with straight ventral edge, dorsal edge curved gradually ventrad. Aedeagus with
smooth, sclerotized, basal sheath followed by high, peaked dorsal lobe; median lobe sclero-
tized distally.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Moraine Lake, Banff National Park, Alberta; in Cana-
dian National Collection). Similar to H. crotchi, but lateral lobes of vulval scale larger;
median lobe more pronounced (Fig. 259); vaginal sclerites more globose, with concave
mesal faces. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX triangular but more rounded than in H.
crotchi. Segment X heavier, larger, shorter; dorsal cleft deeper than ventral (Fig. 258).
Notes on biology. — This species is recorded from only two localities in Alberta to date.
One locality is a deep, morainic mountain lake; the second is located in high, alpine mead-
ows, with shallow pools and small water trickles. Altitudes are 6,200’ and 7,000’ respective-
ly. Dates of capture were August 6 and 22.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Idaho to
Alberta (Fig. 606). In Alberta it appears to be confined to high altitude creeks or pools.
I have examined two males and one female from the study area.
Homophylax baldur Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 135a, 135b, 260-263, 607)
Males of this species are distinguished by spiniform, widely separated dorsal processes of
median lobes of segment X (Fig. 262) and by small membranous dorsal lobe of aedeagus
(Fig. 263).
Description. — Antennae light yellow-brown; scapes with antero-mesal faces devoid of
long setae. Vertex of head yellowish to reddish brown, with red-brown band between lateral
ocelli. Thorax uniformly reddish yellow. Spurs red-brown. Fore wing length of male 17.3
mm; light yellowish brown, with slightly darker bands mesally and posteriorly. Anal flap of
fore wings with white scales. Venation as in Fig. 135a, 135b. Fore wing with basal flap or
pouch (Fig. 135a, 260). Hind wing with pronounced fold anterad of Cula; fold internally
with hyaline scales; scales commonest in basal area of wing.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cameron Lake, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Postero-
dorsal edge of tergum VIII triangular, raised plaque; in lateral aspect an overhanging tooth
(Fig. 261). Segment IX with anterior edges produced anterad; posterior edge continuous to
peak of dorsal strap. Dorsal strap virtually non-existent. Clasper with heavy, black, meso-
dorsal process directed postero-dorsad; with straight dorsal edges, sinuate ventral edges; base
warped at 90° to meet lateral lobe of clasper (Fig. 262). Median lobe of clasper fused ven-
trally, weakly divided. Segment X with two vertical median plates; plates toothed dorsally
and ventrally; produced laterad as sclerotized concavities; dorsal teeth separated, acuminate;
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
81
ventral teeth small, button-like. Cercus almost triangular, with rounded tips. Aedeagus with
small, membranous, dorsal process originated from membranous middle portion; bilobed in
dorsal aspect.
Female genitalia. Not known.
Notes on biology. - The one Alberta record of this species is a high (5,445’), large moun-
tain lake. The Utah record listed below is situated at 9,700’. Dates of capture were August
19, and September 17 respectively.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is restricted to two localities
(Fig. 607): one in extreme south west Alberta, the other in Utah.
I have examined 23 specimens from the study area, all males, and one other male, from
Utah.
Holotype. — Male. Cameron Lake, Waterton National Park, Alberta; August 19, 1965;
A. Nimmo.
Paratypes. — Same data as for holotype; 22 males. La Baron Lake, Circleville Mountain,
15.9 miles west Junction, Pinto County, Utah, United States; September 17, 1967; G. E.
Ball; one male.
The type series has been assigned the type number 10,585 in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa. The holotype and 19 paratypes are in the Canadian National Collection;
the Utah specimen is in the Strickland Museum, Dept, of Entomology, University of Alberta,
Edmonton, Alberta; and one paratype each are in the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto and
the United States National Museum, Washington.
This species is named for Baldur, a character of Norse mythology encountered in my
reading.
The Subfamily Limnephilinae Ulmer
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,3,4, but the following combinations are also
found: 1,1,1; 0,2,2; 1,2,2; 2,2,2; 0,3,3; or 1 ,3,3. Wings very varied in size, from very large to
little more than scales, dicosmoecine in shape in certain genera; hind wings with well devel-
j oped anal area; fore wing colour highly varied; hind wings hyaline in most genera. Frenulum
barely evident, of some long setae at extreme base of subcosta. Venation complete, only
I feebly varied except in Enoicyla and Phanocelia ; identical in both sexes. Fore wing dis-
coidal cell one to three times longer than its own stem; thyridial cell pedicillate in very
I few taxa. Hind wing chord more or less broken, generally very oblique posterad; with five
; anal veins.
Male genitalia simple, with three pairs of appendages. Tergum VIII with spinate or setose
postero-dorsal process or not. Segment IX constant; more or less elongate laterally, some-
what shortened ventrally; in most genera very reduced dorsally. Segment as whole deeply
recessed into segment VIII. Cerci rounded lobes; concave mesally, unarmed or not, with or
without teeth, ridges, or crenulations; small to very large, strongly sclerotized. Intermediate
lobes of segment X sclerotized, not very varied in form but varied in size; between cerci, not
fused. Lateral angles of segment IX tapered or not, curved mesad to effect a certain amount
of separation between anal and aedeagal cavities. Clasper one-articled, fused to segment IX;
generally comparable in form to very oblique cone, with apex directed dorso-posterad.
Aedeagus highly variable in form and size, long or not, slender, with distal spines; membran-
ous basally or distally; lateral arms generally large, with all degrees of reduction among taxa.
Female genitalia with segment IX of two parts. Dorsal part large or not, conical, tapered
i to segment X. Segment X variable; tubular, cylindrical or conical; cleft dorsally, ventrally,
or even laterally, various parts reduced to independent scales in certain genera. Ventral parts
82
Nimmo
of segment IX of two lobes and median part. Supra-genital plate present or absent. Vaginal
aperture between segments VIII and IX. Vulval scale trilobed or not; thickened, fleshy;
three lobes fused basally or not, but in the Limnephilini lateral lobes not entirely fused to
median; relative proportions of lobes highly variable among taxa.
Following is a key to tribes of Limnephilinae, using males only. The females proved in-
tractable in the attempt to discover cohesive key characters and are best identified in associ-
ation with the male, or by comparison with drawings. This key is good only for the study
area.
Key to the Males of the Tribes of Limnephilinae found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Lateral arms of aedeagus simple, spiniform, or apparently so (Fig. 542), with no
accessory spines or lobes; originated dorsad or ventrad of aedeagal base (Fig. 531,
547, 568, 580), not laterad 2a
lb. Lateral arms clavate, multi-lobate, multi-spinate, parti-membranous, or combina-
tion of these (Fig. 473, 486, 527); or if spiniform (Fig. 367), attached laterad of
aedeagal base Limnephilini, p. 82.
2a.(la) Ejaculatory duct terminated at extreme tip of median shaft of aedeagus, including
lateral lobes or processes, excepting lateral arms (Fig. 531, 536, 547)
Stenophylacini, p. 142.
2b. Ejaculatory duct terminated basad of extreme tip of median shaft, on dorsal
surface of shaft (Fig. 550, 553), or between longer distal lobes (Fig. 565)
Chilostigmini, p. 148.
The Tribe Limnephilini Schmid
Character synopsis of the Limnephilini. — Pronotum more developed than in other tribes
of subfamily. Base of pro-femur and apex of opposing tibia with or without black brushes.
Spur formula varied. Wings medium or small, not reduced, similar in both sexes. Fore wing
evenly strap-like, little wider at stigma, with oblique, truncated apex. Hind wings much
larger than fore. Fore wing coloration strongly contrasted; with large clear streak in mid-
wing, second at proximal end of apical cells, third at distal end of M4+5, and fourth in
thyridial cell. Chord of fore wing very oblique to body, narrowly broken. Hind wing chord
parallel to body, zigzagged regularly, strongly accentuated.
Male genitalia with posterior edge of tergum VIII finely, not densely, spinate. Segment IX
with postero-lateral edges convex or not, as supported to cerci. Cerci very varied in size and
form. Intermediate lobes of segment X varied, pincer-like in opposition to neighbouring
cerci or not; with lateral teeth or not. Claspers varied, base button-like, to almost vestigial;
free part slender, directed almost horizontally. Aedeagus strong, large; median shaft very
simple, unarmed, folded and extensible at base or not. Lateral arms with slender base and
expanded, spinate tip.
Female genitalia with segment IX of two parts in most taxa, well developed, close set.
Dorsal part prominent or not, without prominent lobes. Appendages present or not; large,
free; fused solidly, either to segment IX, or segment X. Segment X much smaller than
segment IX; cylindrical, slender, deeply cleft or not. Segment X large, with thick, fleshy
walls, hardly cleft at all; extended as one piece, not separate scales as in Stenophylacini.
Ventral lobes of segment IX large, convex, in contact ventrally. Supra-genital plate large,
free, prominent, ogival. Vulval scale trilobed, incompletely fused to sternum VIII, inter-
vening sutures clearly visible.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
83
Key to Genera and Subgenera of Liinnephilini found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Apex of fore wing notched (Fig. 141a) . . .Nemotaulius ( Macro taulius), p. 123.
lb. Apex of fore wing smooth, without indentations 2a
2a.(lb) Apical spur of fore tibia large, triangular Philarctus, p. 132.
2b. Spurs normal 3a
3a. (2b) Fore wing with one or more longitudinal, median, silver lines bordered with
black Hesperophylax, p. 139.
3b. Fore wings without such lines 4a
4a. (3b) R4+5 of hind wings strongly tinted brown Gr ammo taulius, p. 122.
4b. R4+5 of hind wing not so coloured. Spur formula 1 ,3,4; 1,2,3; or 1 ,2,2 .... 5a
5a.(4b) Dorsal strap of segment IX well developed 6a
5b. Dorsal strap of segment IX very narrow, recessed into segment VIII 8a
6a.(5a) Wing span less than 20 mm; fore wing weakly irrorate Arctopora, p. 133.
6b. Wing span greater than 25 mm; fore wing strongly irrorate 7a
7a.(6b) Dorsal strap of segment IX of male large plate overhanging remainder of geni-
talia (Fig. 495) Lenarchus (Lenarchus), p. 135.
7b. Dorsal strap of segment IX of male quite short, but prolonged by large plate
formed by fused cerci (Fig. 501) Lenarchus (Paralenarchus), p. 136.
8a.(5b) Cercus of male strongly toothed, segment IX narrow throughout (Fig. 440)
Clistoronia (Clistoroniella), p. 120.
8b. Characters otherwise 9a
9a.(8b) Sc. of hind wing turned sharply anterad distally (Fig. 138b)
Limnephilus, p. 83.
9b. Sc. of hind wing only slightly turned anterad (Fig. 142b) 10a
10a.(9b) Intermediate lobes of male segment X much smaller than cerci, button-like
Asynarchus , p. 128.
10b. Intermediate lobes of male segment X plate-like, spiniform, or reduced ... 11a
1 la.(10b) Fore wing reddish, uniformly irrorate, or with regularly spaced minute patches
of brown Anabolia, p. 124.
lib. Fore wings otherwise colored; patterned with bars or large patches of colour,
ranging from black to almost hyaline Limnephilus, p. 83.
The Genus Limnephilus Leach
This genus is represented in the study area by 33 species, of which two are new, and one
is known only from the female. In 1955 Schmid arranged the species of the genus in species
groups. Sixteen groups are known from the study area. Besides these are three species which
he did not classify, even though he placed other single species in groups of their own. In this
study these three single species are placed in monotypic groups. According to Schmid
(1955) the characters of this genus are the same as for the tribe.
Key to the Males of species of Limnephilus from Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII spinate or setose (Fig. 370, 402) 2a
lb. Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII not spinate or setose (Fig. 309) 23a
2a.(la) Spinate area of tergum VIII produced posterad, or ventrad, to varying degrees
(Fig. 326, 342,385,427) 3a
2b. Spinate area of tergum VIII not produced (Fig. 273, 370, 421) 21a
3a.(2a) Spinate area of tergum VIII light or heavy bulbous lobe projected well posterad
of membranous connection to segment IX (Fig. 291, 390, 402, 408) 4a
84
Nimmo
3b.
4a. (3a)
4b.
5a. (4a)
5b.
6a. (5a)
6b.
7a. (6a)
7b.
8a. (7a)
8b.
9a. (7b)
9b.
10a.(6b)
10b.
1 la.(5b)
lib.
12a.(l lb)
12b.
13a.(4b)
13b.
14a.(13a)
14b.
15a.(14a)
Spinate area of tergum VIII not projected well posterad of membranous con-
nection to segment IX; not bulbous or spinate 18a
Mesal face of cercus with one or more black, strongly sclerotized teeth (Fig.
270b, 292,321) 5a
Mesal face of cercus without such teeth 13a
Teeth basad of distal edge of cercus in single, dorso-ventral row (Fig. 265, 278,
301,320) 6a
Teeth of cercus not arranged thus 11a
Lateral arms of aedeagus distally as acuminate, meso-dorsal, sclerotized teeth
flanked by at least partly membranous, extensible ventro-lateral lobe (Fig. 266,
280, 293) 7a
Lateral arms of aedeagus, if distally divided, with ventro-lateral lobes sclero-
tized, rigid, not membranous or extensible (Fig. 299, 322) 10a
Median lobes of segment X long, laminate, narrow, dorsally curved blades (Fig.
264, 291) 8a
Median lobes of segment X not as above; short, wide basally, tapered distally
(Fig. 270b, 278) 9a
Median lobes of segment X parallel almost to tips (Fig. 264); spinate dorsal
process of tergum VIII large, globose L. sublunatus Provancher, p. 89.
Median lobes of segment X tapered evenly and gradually distad (Fig. 291);
spinate postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII long, tapered, directed ventrad
L. susana Nimmo n. sp., p. 93.
Distal process of clasper long, thin, tapered (Fig. 270a); spinate process of
tergum VIII large, globose L. sansoni Banks, p. 90.
Distal process of clasper short, stout, blunt (Fig. 278); spinate process of
tergum VIII small, thumb-like L. hageni Banks, p. 91.
Tip of clasper black, strongly sclerotized, with dorsally directed tooth (Fig.
320); median lobes of segment X hooked postero-ventrad
L. externus Hagen, p. 99.
Tip of clasper not so armed, blunt (Fig. 298); median lobes of segment X
tapered, directed directly postero-dorsad, with no hook
L. indivisus Walker, p. 95.
Median lobes of segment X directed directly postero-dorsad (Fig. 326); spinate
lobe of tergum VIII directed ventrad, located between cerci
L. sericeus (Say), p. 100.
Median lobes of segment X wide basally, tapered abruptly to thin tooth curved
dorso-anterad (Fig. 385, 402); spinate process of tergum VIII directed back-
wards over genitalia 12a
Clasper with wide base, tapered gradually postero-dorsad (Fig. 385)
-. L. perpusillus Walker, p. 112.
Clasper originated abruptly from base, almost rectangular in lateral aspect,
divided shallowly distally (Fig. 402) L. labus Ross, p. 115.
Median lobes of segment X with distal portion curved dorsad (Fig. 305, 365,
408) 14a
Median lobes of segment X otherwise 17a
Median lobes of segment X long, narrow, evenly tapered throughout length
(Fig. 304, 390) 15a
Median lobes of segment X otherwise 16a
Clasper with wide base, abruptly narrowed to finger-like distal portion (Fig.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
85
15b.
16a. (14b)
16b.
17a. (13b)
17b.
18a.(3b)
18b.
19a.(18a)
19b.
20a.(18b)
20b.
21a.(2b)
21b.
22a. (2 lb)
22b.
23a. (lb)
23b.
24a. (23a)
24b.
25a.(24a)
25b.
26a. (24b)
26b.
27a.(23b)
27b.
28a. (27a)
28b.
304) L. infernalis (Banks), p. 96.
Clasper short, blunt, with short base (Fig. 390) .... I. argenteus Banks, p. 113.
Clasper base very short; cercus narrow, long, dark, strongly sclerotized on distal
edge (Fig. 408, 409) L. minusculus (Banks), p. 116.
Clasper with long base; cercus with wide base, short, rounded (Fig. 365)
L. spinatus Banks, p. 108.
Both cerci and median lobes of segment X short, strongly sclerotized, massive
(Fig. 433, 434) L. canadensis Banks, p. 120.
Both cerci and median lobes of segment X long, slender, tapered, strongly
sclerotized (Fig. 332, 333) L. femoralis (Kirby), p. 102.
Lateral arms of aedeagus distally bilobed (Fig. 286, 429); cercus relatively
short, broad 19a
Lateral arms of aedeagus simple (Fig. 344, 350); cercus very long, slender ....
20a
Cercus long, parallel-sided; clasper short (Fig. 427) . .L. rhombicus (L.), p. 118.
Cercus short, triangular; clasper with long, narrow distal process (Fig. 284). . . .
L. partitus Walker, p. 92.
Postero-dorsal edges of segment IX distinctly concave; clasper long, acuminate
(Fig. 350) L. valhalla Nimmo n. sp., p. 106.
Postero-dorsal edges of segment IX not concave; clasper short, blunt (Fig. 342)
L. moestus Banks, p. 104.
Clasper massive, with distinct dorsal tooth (Fig. 421)
L. nigriceps (Zetterstedt), p. 117.
Clasper otherwise (Fig. 370) 22a
Median lobes of segment X long, with irregular edges; disto-lateral tooth present
(Fig. 273, 274); no teeth on mesal face of cercus. . . L. extractus Walker, p. 91.
Median lobes of segment X short, with smooth edges; directed postero-mesad
to teeth of mesal faces of cerci (Fig. 370, 371) .... L. hyalinus Hagen, p. 109.
Clasper with long, narrow base (Fig. 375, 414) 24a
Clasper with short base (Fig. 337, 355, 360) 27a
Lateral arm of aedeagus expanded distally; blade-like, fringed peripherally with
spines or setae (Fig. 3 1 1 , 3 1 7) 25a
Lateral arm not expanded distally (Fig. 377, 416) 26a
Cercus deeply cleft distally, with distal ends of each lobe black, strongly sclero-
tized (Fig. 309, 310) L. ornatus Banks, p. 97.
Cercus not cleft, trapezoidal in lateral aspect (Fig. 315); meso-distal edge with
distinct, regular, black tooth or spine (Fig. 316)
L. picturatus McLachlan, p. 98.
Lateral arm of aedeagus reduced; simple, distally spinate, membranous lobe
(Fig. 377); cercus triangular, vertically high (Fig. 375)
L. secludens Banks, p. 110.
Lateral arm of aedeagus long, thin, with three or four distal spines across
median shaft (Fig. 416, 417); clasper large, thin plate directed mesad, with
black, dentate, dorsal edge (Fig. 414, 418) L. kennicotti Banks, p. 116.
Tips of median lobes of segment X directed dorso-laterad (Fig. 355, 380). . 28a
Tips of median lobes of segment X not directed dorso laterad (Fig. 337, 347.
360, 395) 29a
Clasper with disto-lateral tooth (Fig. 380) L. janus Ross, p. 111.
Clasper without such tooth; much smaller than median lobes of segment X
86
Nimmo
29a. (27b)
29b.
30a.(29a)
30b.
31a.(29b)
31b.
Key to the
la.
lb.
2a.(la)
2b.
3a.(2b)
3b.
4a.(3b)
4b.
5a. (4a)
5b.
6a. (5a)
6b.
7a. (6a)
7b.
8a. (6b)
8b.
9a. (5b)
L. lopho Ross, p. 107.
Lateral arm of aedeagus curved sharply dorsad; not bilobed (Fig. 347, 398)
30a
Lateral arm of aedeagus straight or, if turned dorsad, not sharply; not bilobed
distally (Fig. 339, 362) 31a
Cercus short, wide, thick (Fig. 395, 396) L. alberta Denning, p. 114.
Cercus long, narrow, thin, with concave mesal face (Fig. 347, 349)
L. cockerelli Banks, p. 105.
Cercus long, narrow, tapered, with meso-distal tooth; median lobes of segment
X set higher than cerci, arched, lyre-shaped in dorsal aspect (Fig. 337, 338)
L. nogus Ross, p. 103.
Cercus short, squat, distally rounded, with concave mesal face; median lobes of
segment X set low, between cercus, lamellar, parallel (Fig. 360, 361)
L. parvulus (Banks), p. 107.
Females of species of Limnephilus from Alberta and eastern British Columbia
Segment X distinct from segment IX, either by distinct suture line or abrupt
decrease in size, or both. Segment X partly recessed into segment IX or not
(Fig. 268, 295, 331, 406, 431) 2a
Segment X fused to segment IX; no suture lines or abrupt decrease in size;
demarcated by slight declivity or not (Fig. 296, 318, 359, 363, 400, 419, 426)
17a
Segment IX with ventro-lateral lobes separate, distinct; demarcated by sutures
(Fig. 271, 290, 324, 431, 438) 13a
Segment IX with ventro-lateral lobes, or not; if present, an integral part of seg-
ment, not separated by sutures (Fig. 268, 331, 340, 369, 388, 406) 3a
Segment IX with distinct dorsal and ventral portions joined by laterally con-
stricted strap; segment X flanked dorsally and ventrally, not laterally (Fig. 268,
295,388) 11a
Segment IX not constricted laterally, or segment X not flanked dorsally, or
ventrally (Fig. 336, 369, 406, 412) 4a
Segment X with dorso-lateral lobes (Fig. 313, 331, 336, 383, 406, 412) ... . 5a
Segment X without dorso-lateral lobes (Fig. 340, 369) 10a
Opposing edges of median and lateral lobes of vulval scale very close, at least at
base; if close only at base, in form of v-pattem (Fig. 330, 384, 407, 413) .. . 6a
Opposing edges of vulval scale lobes markedly separated (Fig. 314, 336). ... 9a
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X tapered in lateral aspect (Fig. 383, 412) ... 7a
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X not tapered; blunt or rounded distally (Fig.
331,406) 8a
Lateral lobes of vulval scale with concave ventral faces in lateral aspect (Fig.
383) L. janus Ross, p. 111.
Lateral lobes of vulval scale in lateral aspect with ventral faces not concave,
median lobe markedly longer than lateral lobes (Fig. 412)
L. minusculus (Banks), p. 116.
Meso-dorsal lobes of segment X, immediately dorsad of anus, black, long, very
thin, acuminate in lateral aspect (Fig. 331) L. sericeus (Say), p. 100.
Meso-dorsal lobes of segment X immediately dorsad of anus short, triangular,
blunt in lateral aspect (Fig. 406) L. labus Ross, p. 115.
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X long, thin, finger-like (Fig. 313)
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
87
9b.
10a.(4b)
10b.
1 la.(3a)
lib.
12a.(l la)
12b.
13a.(2a)
13b.
14a.(13a)
14b.
15a.(14a)
15b.
16a.(14b)
16b.
17a.(lb)
17b.
18a.(17a)
18b.
19a.(18a)
19b.
20a.(19a)
20b.
2 1 a.( 1 9b)
L. omatus Banks, p. 97.
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X short, squat, triangular (Fig. 335, 336)
L. femoralis (Kirby), p. 102.
Segment IX with distinct, trapezoidal, lateral lobes projected postero-laterad of
segment X (Fig. 340) L. nogus Ross, p. 103.
Segment X without such lobes, with minute dorsal portion (Fig. 369)
L. spinatus Banks, p. 108.
Cercus short, squat, rounded, appressed to top surface of segment X (Fig. 295,
388) 12a
Cercus long, lamellar, attached to segment IX basally, otherwise free (Fig. 268)
* L. sublunatus Provancher, p. 89.
Median lobe of vulval scale approximately equal to lateral lobes (Fig. 389);
segment X oriented vertically in lateral aspect (Fig. 388)
L. perpusillus Walker, p. 112.
Median lobe of vulval scale projected well beyond lateral lobes, up to twice
their length (Fig. 294); segment X oriented antero-posterad (Fig. 295)
L. susana Nimmo n. sp., p. 93.
Genitalia with cercus or cercus-like lobes dorsad of segment X (Fig. 271, 290,
324,431) 14a
Genitalia without cerci; segment X conical in ventral aspect (Fig. 437)
L. canadensis Banks, p. 120.
Vulval scale small, shallowly recessed into sternum VIII (Fig. 290, 325); cercus
in lateral aspect not divergent from segment X (Fig. 290, 325) 15a
Vulval scale large, deeply recessed into sternum VIII (Fig. 272, 432); cercus in
lateral aspect divergent widely from segment X (Fig. 271, 431) 16a
Ventro-lateral lobe of segment IX divided as two sclerites (Fig. 290)
L. partitus Walker, p. 92.
Ventro-lateral lobe of segment IX undivided, of one piece (Fig. 324)
L. externus Hagen, p. 99.
Base of cercus dorsad of segment X (Fig. 271), squarely cleft disto-laterally
L. sansoni Banks, p. 90.
Base of cercus antero-dorsad of segment X (Fig. 431); segment X not disto-
laterally cleft L. rhombicus (L.), p. 118.
Ventro-lateral lobe of segment IX separate and distinct from dorsal part of seg-
ment by suture or membrane (Fig. 307, 3 18, 363, 419) 18a
Ventro-lateral lobe of segment IX not distinguished from dorsal part of seg-
ment by suture (Fig. 282, 346, 378, 400) 25a
Segment X with pair of dorso-lateral lobes or cerci (Fig. 302, 307, 318, 374)
19a
Segment X without dorso-lateral lobes (Fig. 363, 394, 419, 426) 22a
Distal end of segment X pair of meso-dorsal lobes or scales and single ventral
lobe (Fig. 308,319) 20a
Distal end of segment X without such lobes (Fig. 303, 373) 21a
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX roughly rectangular in lateral aspect, ori-
ented vertically (Fig. 318), the two lobes meeting but not fused ventrally (Fig.
319) L. picturatus McLachlan, p. 98.
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 307); not
meeting ventrally (Fig. 308) L. infernalis (Banks), p. 96.
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X flanked laterally by rectangular walls (Fig.
88
Nimmo
21b.
22a. ( 18b)
22b.
23a. (22b)
23b.
24a.(23b)
24b.
25a. (17b)
25b.
26a. (25a)
26b.
27a.(26a)
27b.
28a.(26b)
28b.
29a.(25b)
29b.
30a. (29a)
30b.
31a.(29b)
31b.
373, 374) L. hyalinus Hagen, p. 109.
Dorso-lateral lobes of segment X free, not flanked laterally (Fig. 302)
L. indivisus Walker, p. 95.
Segment X composed of massive, mesally completely cleft, postero-dorsal plate
(Fig. 419, 420) L. kennicotti Banks, p. 116.
Segment X otherwise 23a
Segment X indistinguishable from segment IX; massive, blunt, with small, sim-
ple anal aperture at extreme posterior end (Fig. 425, 426)
L. nigriceps (Zetterstedt), p. 117.
Segment X not massive; deeply cleft mesally, tapered posterad in lateral aspect
(Fig. 364, 394) 24a
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX high, narrow, oriented vertically (Fig. 394)
L. argenteus Banks, p. 113.
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX almost as high as wide, with no special
orientation (Fig. 363) L. parvulus (Banks), p. 107.
Ventro-lateral part of segment IX produced posterad as narrow, tapered lobe
(Fig. 282, 296, 346, 353) 26a
Ventro-lateral part of segment IX produced posterad at most as very broad-
based, abruptly tapered lobe (Fig. 276, 359, 378, 400) 29a
Dorso-lateral lobes, or cerci, of segment X long, thin, well separated from
remainder of vulval scale much longer than lateral lobes 27a
Dorso-lateral lobes, or cerci, of segment X short, rounded distally, lamellar (Fig.
346, 354); median lobe of vulval scale no longer than lateral lobes 28a
Segment X cleft laterally (Fig. 296) L. species 1, p. 94.
Segment X not cleft laterally (Fig. 282) L. hageni Banks, p. 91.
Segment X with dorsal lobes located laterally (Fig. 354)
L. valhalla Nimmo n. sp., p. 106.
Segment X with dorsal lobes more mesally located (Fig. 345)
L. moestus Banks, p. 1 04.
Segment X cleft laterally (Fig. 276, 378) 30a
Segment X not cleft laterally (Fig. 359, 400) 31a
Dorso-lateral lobes, or cerci, of segment X small, short, reaching no more than
halfway to extremities of segment (Fig. 378) . . . L. secludens (Banks), p. 110.
Dorso-lateral lobes, or cerci, of segment X large, triangular, equally as long as
segment (Fig. 276) L. extractus Walker, p. 91.
Segment X deeply cleft dorsally (Fig. 401) L. alberta Denning, p. 114.
Segment X not deeply cleft dorsally (Fig. 358) L. lopho Ross, p. 107.
The subcentralis group
Members of this group are recognizable in the field by wing pattern. This consists of a
series of dark brown bars on lighter background; initially with median longitudinal band
in vicinity of subradial cell, terminated at chord; distad of chord are two shorter bands, one
between fl and f2, the other on f4; remainder of wing irrorate to very irregularly patterned.
Males are distinguished by thin, slightly concave mesal cerci, usually with short or long row
of black teeth basad of distal ends; and by lamellate, tapered, median lobes of segment X
(Fig. 273, 278, 291). Females are distinguished by presence of cerci or cercus-like postero-
dorsal lobes of segment X, and by segment X being separated from remainder of genitalia
by suture line (Fig. 268, 271, 290).
Rhyachophilidae and Limnephilidae
89
Limnephilus sublunatus Provancher, 1877
(Fig. 138a, 138b, 264-269, 607)
Limnophilus sublunatus Provancher, 1877:243. (Type locality: Quebec). Provancher, 1878a:
146. Provancher, 1878b: 131-132. Schmid, 1955:135.
Limnephilus sublunatus ; Banks, 1907a:37. Betten, 1926:529. Betten, 1934:333-334. Milne,
1935:44, 52. Milne, 1936:59. Ross, 1938b:34. Betten and Mosely, 1940:129. Banks,
1943:341-342. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Robert, 1960:59. Wiggins,
1961:700-701. Fischer, 1968:331-332.
Limnophilus americanus Banks, 1900a:253. (Type locality: Idaho). Ulmer, 1905a: 19, Ul-
mer, 1907a:43. Essig, 1926:175. Fischer, 1968:331.
Limnephilus americanus Banks, 1907a:36. Betten, 1934:320. Milne, 1935:52. Ross, 1938b:
34. Fischer, 1968:331.
Limnephilus macgillivrayi Banks, 1908a: 263. (Type locality: Axton, New York). Banks,
1930a:226. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Milne, 1936:59. Fischer, 1968:331-332.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the group by long,
smoothly curved, lamellate cerci (Fig. 264), and by similar median lobes of segment X
which are curved dorsad and rather blunt distally. Females are distinguished by thin, deli-
cate cerci of segment X, which are apparently attached to segment IX; segment X recessed
into segment IX, long, tapered, thin walled, in lateral aspect (Fig. 268).
Description. — Antennae pale yellow. Vertex of head brown-yellow, except for paler
warts. Thorax pale yellow, with light brown patches on dorsal areas of pleura. Brush of
anterior femur of male half length of femur; sparse, with short, black spines. Fore wing
length of male 13.9 mm; orange-brown, clear areas hyaline; costal margin clear for two-
thirds of length. Stigma light brown. Venation as in Fig. 138a, 138b.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Canmore, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
produced posterad as large spinate bulb; spines black, sparse. Dorsal strap of segment IX of
uniform width, overhanging main body of segment at angle of about 45° (Fig. 264). Main
body of segment IX almost square; posterior edge directed mesad under postero-dorsal
corner, which has finger-like aspect laterally. Clasper long, with wide base tapered quickly
to finger-like dorsal portion. Segment X with median lobes long, thin, lamellate; distal
third of dorsal edges black; lobes slightly up-turned in lateral aspect, warped in dorsal aspect
(Fig. 265). Cercus long, narrow, of uniform width, with distal end black-toothed; with
slightly darker dentate ridge two-thirds of distance from base (Fig. 265). Lateral arms of
aedeagus bipartite distally; dorsal lobe sclerotized, dorsally directed spine (Fig. 266); ventral
lobe membranous except for clear, sclerotized tip with fringe of brown setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Canmore, Alberta). Vulval scale with slight concavities
at posterior edges of lateral lobes; median lobe distally blunt, longer than lateral lobes (Fig.
269). Segment IX with lateral faces deeply depressed, recessed anterad as flanges. Ventral
area directed posterad under segment X as acuminate plates (Fig. 268). Supra-genital plate
large, semicircular, with hyaline basal area; with rectangular, membranous, basal area. Seg-
ment X very deeply cleft mesally (Fig. 269), with acuminate distal tips to lateral lobes; in
lateral aspect segment tapered gradually posterad to tips. Cercus long, narrow, distal half
clothed with short, fine, hyaline setae; cercus slightly longer than segment X, apparently
attached to segment IX.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species appear to emerge from pools, sloughs or
lakes fringed with horse-tails, or sedges. The flight period extends from July 1 to October 3.
My records are insufficient to define a peak.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Co-
90
Nimmo
lumbia, Idaho and Colorado to New Hampshire and Quebec (Fig. 607), with a large, mid-
continental blank. In Alberta it is confined to the passes, and low valleys, of the mountains
and foothills. In altitude it ranges from about 4,100’ to 6,878’. I have taken specimens at
the upper limit, but on the whole it is usually taken at the lower altitudes.
I have examined 45 specimens, 17 males and 28 females, from the study area.
Limnephilus sansoni Banks, 1918
(Fig. 270a-272, 608)
Limnephilus sansoni Banks, 1918:19. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta). Dodds and Hisaw,
1925b:386. Betten, 1934:337. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Ross, 1938b:39. Ross, 1944:298.
Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Fischer, 1968:295.
Limnophilus sansoni ; Schmid, 1955:135.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species in the group by long,
thin, tapered, dorsal process of clasper; by laterally toothed tip of median lobes of segment
X; and by row of heavy, black teeth on mesal face of cercus (Fig. 270b). Females are dis-
tinguished by large, isolated cerci of segment X, and by segment X cleft squarely on latero-
mesal faces (Fig. 271). Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces pale, gla-
brous. Vertex of head almost black in ocellar triangle; remainder brown, with warts yellow.
Thorax generally dark brown. Body of female generally rich red-brown, with dark brown
only dorso-laterally. Brushes of male anterior femora of strong, black spines on basal half
only. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 14.0 mm; light brown; costal area clear to
distal end of sub-costa. Stigma present. Clear areas other than costal margin slightly cloudy
brown to clear yellow.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Totem Creek area, Banff-Jasper Hwy., north of Lake
Louise, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII prolonged posterad as large, black,
spinate bulb. Segment IX with very narrow dorsal strap directed postero-dorsad at about
45°. Main body of segment square; posterior edge indented at clasper bases as wide, thumb-
like process dorsally (Fig. 270a). Clasper with long, narrow base and long, thin, finger-like
dorsal process. Median lobes of segment X with small disto-lateral tooth; dorso-lateral edges
black, denticulate; attached to mesal edges of small, basal plates. Cercus triangular, with
posterior edges black, dentate; with strongly sclerotized, dorso-ventral, black, dentate ridge
(Fig. 270b). Aedeagus essentially identical to that of L. sublunatus, except for slightly
broader dorsal lobe.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Totem Creek area, on Banff-Jasper Hwy., north of
Lake Louise, Alberta). Vulval scale median lobe blunt, little tapered, longer than lateral
lobes (Fig. 272). Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX square, with acuminate, concave pro-
cess directed posterad (Fig. 271). Supra-genital plate attached ventrad of segment IX, wide,
with slightly flanged lateral edges, flanges folded mesad. Segment X rectangular in lateral
aspect, with square lateral clefts; in ventral aspect wide, triangular basally; cleft ventrally
only slightly; dorsal cleft complete to cereal bases. Cercus located on posterior half of
segment X, projected posterad beyond segment for half its length.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are collected almost exclusively in the vicinity
of sedge ponds or sloughs. The adult flight season extends from July 25 to October 3 with
an apparent peak of emergence from mid-August to mid-September.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Colorado, though records are few (Fig. 608). In Alberta it is confined to the mountain and
foothill areas, ranging in altitude from 3,700’ to 5,350’.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
91
I have examined 276 specimens, 103 males and 173 females, from the study area.
Limnephilus extractus Walker, 1852
(Fig. 273-277, 609)
Limnephilus extractus Walker, 1852:34. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River,
Hudson’s Bay). McLachlan, 1863:157, 161. Hagen, 1864:835. Banks, 1892:363. Banks,
1907a:36. Banks, 1908a: plate 18, Fig. 6-7. Betten, 1934:324. Milne, 1935:44, 51.
Milne (D. J.), 1943:192. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:449. Morse and
Blickle, 1953:98. Fischer, 1968:101-102.
Goniotaulius extractus ; Hagen, 1864:815.
Limnophilus (Goniotaulius) extractus’, Hagen, 1861:260.
Limnophilus extractus’, McLachlan, 1876b:7. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Betten
and Mosely, 1940:135-136. Schmid, 1955:135.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the group by long,
slender, black, median lobes of segment X; by inconspicuous posterior lobe of tergum VIII;
and by short, trapezoidal claspers (Fig. 273). Females are distinguished by almost complete-
ly cleft segment X (Fig. 277); by lack of separate and distinct ventro-lateral lobe of segment
I IX (Fig. 276); and by laterally cleft segment X.
Description. — Antennae yellow to pale brown. Vertex of head yellow, to very pale
brown in patches. Thorax pale yellow with slight local darkenings to pale brown. Male with
brush of fore leg spinate, black, occupying only basal half of mesal face, in narrow band.
Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 12.4 mm; pale brown to yellow; costal margin
clear to wing tip and beyond. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Lake, Alberta). Postero-dorsal margin of tergum
VIII lightly setose; bounded laterally by depressions; setae pale. Segment IX with short
dorsal strap; strap with mesal process directed ventrad (Fig. 273). Main body of segment
abruptly expanded ventrad of dorsal strap, rectangular and featureless. Clasper small, blunt,
I attached to lower half of posterior edge of segment IX; trapezoidal in lateral aspect. Median
lobes of segment X finger-like in lateral aspect; projected well posterad of cerci, black, each
with small, distinct disto-lateral tooth (Fig. 274). Cercus triangular, concave on mesal face,
not projected posterad of segment IX. Aedeagus simple; lateral arms originated dorsad of
; median shaft (Fig. 275); tips fringed with heavy setae along dorsal edges only; setae increase
! in length distally. Median shaft attached to distinct basal, sclerotized collar.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Flatbush, Alberta). Vulval scale large, lobes well spaced;
median lobe longer than lateral lobes, square-tipped, slightly tapered from base (Fig. 277);
lateral lobes curved mesad distally. Segment IX large, higher than wide (Fig. 276); with
i' slight latero-posterior lobes. Supra-genital plate semi-circular. Segment X fused to segment
( IX; of two pairs of lobes; cerci broad, triangular in lateral aspect; main body of segment
cleft completely in vertical plane (Fig. 277); cleft slightly in horizontal plane.
Notes on biology. — This is a lake species. Adults are collected near sedge and other water
weed-choked ponds and lakes. The adult flight period extends from May 22 to July 11.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species is primarily boreal, ex-
; tending from Great Slave Lake and central Alberta to the northern New England States
1 (Fig. 609). In Alberta it is confined to the central and northeast lowlands.
I have examined 27 specimens, 25 males and two females, from the study area.
Limnephilus hageni Banks, 1930
(Fig. 278-283,610)
92
Nimmo
Limnephilus hageni Banks, 1930a:226. (Type locality: Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake).
Betten, 1934:336. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Ross, 1938b:36. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and
Merkley, 1952:448. Fischer, 1968:173.
Limnophilus hageni ; Schmid, 1955:135.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species in the group by high,
narrow clasper bases, with thick, blunt dorsal process (Fig. 278); by row of black teeth ex-
tended only half way across cerci; and by dorso-laterally directed tips of median lobes of
segment X. Females are distinguished by long, thin, cerci extended more than half their
length beyond segment X; by absence of discrete ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX; and by
very long median lobe of vulval scale (Fig. 282, 283).
Description. — Antennae light yellowish brown. Vertex of head with diamond-shaped
black area with two comers occupied by lateral ocelli. Thorax light yellowish brown, with
darker areas on thorax. Brush of male fore leg of single row of black spines extended along
basal half of femur. Spurs yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 1 1.8 mm; light brown,
clear areas hyaline. Costal area quite clear; stigma slight. Venation identical to that of
L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Forestry Trunk Road in area of Kananaskis Lakes, Alber-
ta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII produced as short, black-spinate bulb. Segment IX
with long, tapered dorsal strap; main body of segment stout, rectangular, with postero-
dorsal angle directed mesad, furrowed (Fig. 278). Clasper short, blunt distally; base high,
narrow. Median lobes of segment X short, stout in lateral aspect, black distally, with tips
curved dorso-laterad (Fig. 278, 279). Cercus large, with dorsal edge curved gently distad;
posterior edge black, irregularly dentate; mesal face with short, curved dentate line from
dorsal edge. Median shaft of aedeagus with distinct distal head; opening of ejaculatory duct
at extreme tip. Lateral arms large, each bifid, ventral lobe membranous, extensible, distally
fringed with long setae; dorsal lobe sclerotized, toothed distally, with tooth directed dorso-
mesad (Fig. 281).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Forestry Trunk Road in area of Kananaskis Lakes,
Alberta). Vulval scale with long, narrow, median lobe (Fig. 283); lateral lobes small, widely
spaced, lateral edges slightly flanged. Segment IX large, rectangular, with small ventro-lateral
lobes (Fig. 282). Supra-genital plate large, semi-circular. Segment X indistinct from segment
IX; deeply cleft dorsally. Cerci long, thin, well separated from segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found in smaller ponds or sloughs with
dense sedge and horse-tails present. The adult flight period extends from July 15 to Septem-
ber 22; my records are insufficient to indicate a peak period.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia to Ontario and Great Slave Lake (Fig. 610). In Alberta it is confined to the mountains
and foothills, ranging in altitude from 4,600’ to 5,350’.
I have examined 26 specimens, 16 males and 10 females, from the study area, and one
(male) from Great Slave Lake.
Limnephilus partitus Walker, 1852
(Fig. 139a, 139b, 284-290, 611)
Limnephilus partitus Walker, 1852:32. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River,
Hudson’s Bay). McLachlan, 1863:157, 161. Banks, 1907a:37. Betten, 1934:330. Milne,
1935:20, 47. Milne, 1936:60. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Etnier,
1965:149. Fischer, 1968:252-253.
Limnophilus partitus ; Betten and Mosely, 1940:127-129.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
93
Males of this species are distinguishable by irregular posterior edges of segment IX (Fig.
284); by high, narrow-based claspers, with dorsal process long, thin, directed dorso-posterad;
by very wide dorso-posterior process of tergum VIII (Fig. 285); and by small, sclerotized
ventral lobe of lateral arm (Fig. 286). Females are distinguished by divided ventro-lateral
lobes of segment IX (Fig. 290).
Description. — Antennae black. Vertex of head black, warts dark brown. Thorax black in
male, brown in female. Spurs hght brown. Fore wing length of male 12.3 mm; brown, with
large clear areas. Costal margin clear for about four-fifths of length. Stigma present, with
distinct, white area immediately basad. Venation as in Fig. 139a, 139b; both fore and hind
wings with cell between f2 and f3 pedicellate.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from pond 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Tergum VIII
black with pale ventro-lateral edges; postero-dorsal edge produced posterad as black-spinate
bulge dorsad of genitalia. Dorsal strap of segment IX hyaline, discrete from remainder of
segment (Fig. 284); narrow in posterior aspect (Fig. 285). Main body of segment squat, with
distinct bulge on dorsal edge. Clasper with base coincident with entire posterior edge of
segment IX; dorsal process finger-like. Median lobes of segment X attached to mesal edges
of lateral, concave lobes; massive, directed dorso-posterad; quite black. Cercus with distal
edge black, dentate; with thin, weak line of teeth on mesal face. Lateral arms of aedeagus
bilobed (Fig. 286); dorsal lobe heavily sclerotized, distally spiniform, directed dorsally;
ventral lobe hyaline, spatulate, fringed distally with setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from pond 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Vulval scale
wide (Fig. 289); lateral arms with concave distal faces; median lobe wide basally, gradually
tapered distad, rounded. Segment IX with small dorsal body, divided to ventro-lateral lobes
(Fig. 290). Supra-genital plate large, projected well posterad of vulval scale. Segment X com-
pletely cleft dorsally; anal opening wide, flared. Cerci short, acute-triangular in ventral
aspect, held close to segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are collected near ponds or sloughs thickly
vegetated with sedges, or sedges and horse-tails. The adult flight period extends from August
7 to October 3. Peak emergence appears to be from mid-August to mid-September.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
j bia and Great Slave Lake, to Newfoundland (Fig. 611). In Alberta it is confined to the
mountains and foothills, ranging in altitude from 3,800’ to 5,200’.
I have examined 77 specimens, 49 males and 28 females, from the study area and Great
| Slave Lake.
Limnephilus susana Nimmo, n. sp.
(Fig. 291-295, 612)
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species in the group by evenly
tapered, dorsally directed median lobes of segment X (Fig. 291); and by tapered, ventrally
curved lobe of tergum VIII. Females are distinguished by short, stout cerci closely appressed
to segment X and of equal length (Fig. 295); and by vulval scale median lobe twice as long
as lateral lobes (Fig. 294).
Description. — Antennae red-brown. Vertex of head reddish to yellowish brown except
for dark, chocolate-brown between ocelli, in cruciform pattern in male. Thorax very dark
brown laterally and dorsally. Brush of male fore leg of scattered short, black spines on basal
half of femur. Spurs light red-brown. Fore wing length of male 14.6 mm; chocolate-brown,
with lighter, reddish brown, areas. Costal area almost hyaline. Venation identical to that of
L. sublunatus.
94
Nimmo
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Forestry Trunk Road, at Pembina River, Alberta). Pos-
tero-dorsal lobe of tergum VIII broad, somewhat flattened, tapered, curved ventrad. Seg-
ment IX high, narrow, with main body nearly rectangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 291); with
deep furrow at postero-dorsal angle. Dorsal strap deep, vertical band. Clasper large, with
long, sinuate base; dorsal process of uneven width, directed dorsad distally, twisted slightly
to form ridge at right angles to body axes. Median lobes of segment X long, narrow, evenly
tapered, dorsally upturned blades; with disto-lateral tooth (Fig. 292) and large concave
plates basally. Cercus massive, curved, of approximately uniform width; distally with row of
dark teeth; second series of three to four dark teeth two-thirds of distance from base (Fig.
292) . Median shaft of aedeagus stout, dorsally curved; lateral arms massive, bilobed (Fig.
293) . Dorsal lobe heavy, distally toothed, sclerotized; ventral lobe membranous but with
lightly sclerotized distal edges with long, stout setae dorsally.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Forestry Trunk Road, at Pembina River, Alberta).
Vulval scale large, with long, rectangular, median lobe, rectangular, almost square, lateral
lobes (Fig. 294); all lobes well separated; median lobe twice as long as lateral lobes. Supra-
genital plate large, pentagonal in ventral aspect. Segment IX with two thin, ventral lobes,
and triangular dorsal portion, all connected by narrow lateral straps (Fig. 295). Segment X
robust, terminated distally by two pairs of lobes; dorsal lobes thin, triangular; ventral lobes
vertically thin, wide in lateral aspect. Cerci short, closely attached to dorsal surface of seg-
ment X; rounded, spindle-shaped.
Notes on biology. — Known only from a single slough with thick growth of horse-tails,
and a fine-bladed sedge; water shallow. Date of capture was September 22.
Holotype. — Male. Forestry Trunk Road about 1 mile north of crossing of Pembina River,
Alberta (Fig. 612); September 22, 1968. A. Nimmo.
Allotype. — Female. Same data as holotype.
Paratypes. — Same data as for holotype; one male, two females.
The holotype, allotype, and one female paratype are in the Canadian National Collection,
Ottawa, where they have been assigned the type series number 10,586. The remaining male
and female paratypes are in the Strickland Museum. Dept, of Entomology, University of
Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
This new species is named for my wife, Susan.
Limnephilus species 1
(Fig. 296-297,612)
Females of this species are distinguished from females of other species in the group by
large dorsal body to segment IX, by long, distally up-turned segment X, and by long,
slender, tapered cerci not appressed dorsally to segment X (Fig. 296).
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head deep red-brown. Thorax yellow-
brown. Spurs dark brown; formula 1,3,3. Fore wing length of female 1 1.8 mm; red-brown,
with hyaline areas typical of the pattern for the subcentralis group, except no evident longi-
tudinal bars at wing tip. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. Unknown.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles north of Athabasca Falls, on Hwy. 93a, Jasper
National Park, Alberta). Median lobe of vulval scale much longer than lateral lobes, with
square tip, gradually tapered. Lateral lobes sub-triangular (Fig. 297). Segment IX large, with
two ventro-lateral, rounded, not separate, lobes (Fig. 296). Dorsal portion convex, bounded
by lateral declivities which result in concave sides of segment. Segments IX and X partly
separated by faint suture. Supra-genital plate relatively small, convex ventrally; polygonal in
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
95
ventral aspect. Segment X cylindrical, deeply cleft mesally; not so deeply cleft laterally;
dorsal lobes thus formed small, triangular in lateral aspect; ventral lobes larger, wider. Cerci
long, tapered, thin, free from dorsal surface of segment X.
The single specimen of this species known to me was taken from a small muskeg lake 2
miles north of Athabasca Falls, on Hwy. 93a, Jasper National Park, Alberta, September 10,
1966 (Fig. 612).
The stigma group
Males of this group are characterised by relatively small claspers, with high, ventrally
tapered bases, and short, blunt dorsal processes; by small postero-dorsal lobes of tergum
VIII projected well posterad from membranous connection to segment IX (Fig. 304). Fe-
males are characterised by presence of separate and discrete ventro-lateral lobes of segment
IX (Fig. 302).
Limnephilus indivisus Walker, 1852
(Fig. 298-303, 614)
Limnephilus indivisus Walker, 1852:34. (Type locality: Nova Scotia). McLachlan, 1863:
157, 161. Hagen, 1864:836. Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1899:208. Simpson, 1903:98-100.
Banks, 1907a:36. Lloyd, 1915:205-208. Krafka, 1923: plate 9, Fig. 58. Betten, 1926:
529. Ricker, 1932:132. Ricker, 1934:54. Betten, 1934:325-326. Milne, 1935:46, 51.
Mickel and Milliron, 1939:575-579. Ross, 1941:109. Ross, 1944:5, 185, 186, 189, 191,
298. Proctor, 1946:211. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 18. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42.
Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98.
Flint, 1960:5, 47-49, 51, 53, 57. Robert, 1960:59. Etnier, 1965:149. Fischer, 1968:
196-198. McConnochie and Likens, 1969:150.
Limnophilus indivisus’, Hagen, 1861:260-261. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Siltala,
1907a: 17. Siltala, 1907b:329, 486. Lloyd, 1921 :41, 47-5 1 . Branch, 1922:256, 257, 258,
259, 263, 265, 266, 267, 270. Sibley, 1926:107, 191, 193, 194. Muttkowski and Smith,
1929:259. Handlirsch, 1936: Fig. 1601, 1608. Needham and Lloyd, 1937:345. Balduf,
1939:144, 151, 161, 179. Betten and Mosely, 1940:129-132. Schmid, 1955:136.
| Limnephilus subguttatus Walker, 1852:34-35. Ross, 1944:191, 298. Fischer, 1968:197-198.
ii Limnophilus subguttatus ; Hagen, 1861:261. Hagen, 1873a:295. McLachlan, 1875:59. Pro-
vancher, 1877:243. Provancher, 1 878b: 131. Provancher, 1878a: 146. Betten and Mosely,
1940:129, 132. Ross, 1944:191, 298.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the group and genus
: by distally flared or expanded cerci (Fig. 298); and by short, narrow, tapered, median lobes
of segment X. Females are distinguished by right-angled, ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX
(Fig. 302); and by long, thin, acute-triangular cerci of segment X closely appressed to the
dorso-lateral surface of segment X.
Description. — Antennae pale yellow; scapes darker, with longitudinal band of fine, short
setae on antero-mesal faces. Vertex of head reddish brown, warts paler. Thorax yellow,
tending to light reddish brown dorsally. Spurs dark reddish yellow. Fore wing length of
I male 14.9 mm; yellow to pale brown. Costal area clear to distal end of costa. Venation
identical to that of L. sublunatus ; with short area of short, black hairs on vein R2 of
i male hind wing (as in Fig. 140b); absent in female. Abdominal sterna VI and VII of male
! with short, triangular lobes in middle of posterior edges; similarly in female, but on sterna
V and VI.
96
Nimmo
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek, 20 miles west of Turner Valley, Alberta).
Postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII with short, black spines. Dorsal strap of segment IX
not arched highly, directed postero-dorsad, with distinct, spatulate ventro-mesal process
(Fig. 298, 301) connected to segment X. Body of segment IX wide dorsally, narrowed
ventrad; with distinct black band of varied width along anterior edges. Clasper short, blunt,
with high, narrow base. Median lobes of segment X conical, short, thin, tapered distad,
black; attached to mesal edges of basal plates; directed slightly dorso-laterad. Cercus broad-
ened distad; short, with distal rim black, dentate; with row of heavy, black teeth vertically
on mesal face (Fig. 301); with tufts of black setae at distal corners. Lateral arms of aedeagus
bilobed, with bifid bases (Fig. 299); ventral lobe rounded, spatulate, with fringe of heavy,
dark setae on dorsal edge; dorsal lobe directed dorso-mesad (Fig. 300), with black, spiniform
tip and hyaline lateral flange; posterior edge with four very heavy, black spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek, 20 miles west of Turner Valley, Alberta).
Vulval scale with two triangular lateral lobes, uniformly tapered median lobe. Ventro-lateral
lobes of segment IX distinct, discrete (Fig. 302), bent at right angles around base of segment
X. Dorsal portion of segment IX small, almost indistinguishable from segment X. Supra-
genital plate small, smoothly curved (Fig. 303). Segment X deeply cleft dorsally; conical in
ventral aspect, situated between cerci. Cerci closely appressed to dorso-lateral surfaces of
segment X, tapered to finger-like tips.
Notes on biology. — I have frequently taken adults of this species in the vicinity of small
lakes or sloughs which are thickly bordered by cattail rushes, or coarse sedges. The adult
flight period extends from July 14 to September 30; records are insufficient to determine a
peak.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia to Illinois, Nova Scotia and Quebec (Fig. 614). In Alberta it is found in the plains, foot-
hills, and low mountain passes.
I have examined 25 specimens, 15 males and 10 females, from the study area.
Limnephilus infemalis (Banks), 1914
(Fig. 304-308,613)
Anisogamus infemalis Banks, 1914:154-156. (Type locality: Pinnacle Mountain, Fulton
County, New York).
Stenophylax infemalis ; Betten, 1926:529. Betten, 1934:343-344.
Limnephilus infemalis ; Milne, 1935:46, 51. Milne (D. J.), 1943:192, 194, 195. Ross, 1944:
298. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 18. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Etnier, 1965:149.
Nimmo, 1965:783-786. Fischer, 1968:198. Clifford, 1969:582.
Limnophilus infemalis ; Schmid, 1955:136.
Males of this species are distinguished by antero-dorsally directed median lobes of seg-
ment X (Fig. 304); by large, mesally concave cerci heavily clothed on mesal faces with long
setae; and by meso-ventral process of dorsal strap of segment IX connected to segment X
(Fig. 305). Females are distinguished by large ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 307);
and by large, triangular cerci fused to posterior edges of segment IX.
Description. — Antennae uniformly pale yellow. Vertex of head yellow except for darker
area mesad of lateral ocelli. Thorax pale yellow, to brownish yellow. Brush of male fore leg
extended barely half length of femur; composed of very stout, black spines.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Sturgeon River, St. Albert, Alberta). Postero-dorsal lobe
of tergum VIII small, bulbous distally; with short, stout, sparsely scattered, black spines.
Segment IX with very high, thin dorsal strap; strap with large, ventro-mesally directed horn
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
97
connected to segment X; main body of segment small, irregular (Fig. 304, 305). Clasper
thumb-like, widened slightly at high, very narrow base. Median lobes of segment X attached
to mesal edges of slightly concave, basal plates; curved antero-dorsad, with slight distal
swelling. Cercus very large, concave mesally; mesal face thickly clothed with long setae.
Aedeagus simple; ejaculatory duct terminated at extreme tip, lateral arms attached to dorsal
membranous base of aedeagus, with slightly dilated, setose tips (Fig. 306).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Sturgeon River, St. Albert, Alberta). Vulval scale with
short, tapered, blunt median lobe (Fig. 308); lateral lobes deeply channelled on mesal faces.
Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 307); main body of seg-
ment relatively large, not distinct from segment X. Segment X inconspicuous, ventrad of
massive, triangular cerci; of simple, triangular dorso-lateral lobes fused to ventral surfaces of
cerci (Fig. 308), and ventral, concave, triangular plate ventrad of anal orifice. Supra-genital
plate visor-like, arched dorsad.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species emerge from lakes, sloughs and quiet streams
bordered with thick growths of sedges and cattail reeds. The adult flight period extends
from August 14 to September 22.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
, Alberta, Michigan and Maine (Fig. 613). In Alberta it is confined to the plains, low foothills,
and low mountain passes.
I have examined 256 specimens, 206 males and 50 females, from the study area and
Great Slave Lake.
The ornatus group
Males of the single species of this group are characterised by massive, distally bifid cerci
(Fig. 309); by claspers with high, narrow bases and short, stubby dorsal processes; and by
| simple aedeagus (Fig. 311). Females are characterised by massive segment IX without ventro-
lateral lobes (Fig. 313); by segment X which is discrete from segment IX; and by long,
tapered cerci well separated from segment X.
Limnephilus ornatus Banks, 1897
(Fig. 309-314, 615)
| Limnephilus ornatus Banks, 1897:27. (Type locality: Sherbrook, Canada). Banks, 1899:
208. Banks, 1900b:467. Banks, 1907a:37. Banks, 1908b:63. Betten, 1926:529. Banks,
1930b: 128. Neave, 1934:167. Betten, 1934:329-330. Milne, 1935:46, 51. Ross, 1944:
186, 189-190, 298. Proctor, 1946:21 1 . Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 18. Ross and Merk-
ly, 1952:441. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Robert, 1960:59. Wiggins, 1961:700. Etnier,
1965:149. Nimmo, 1966a:692. Nimmo, 1966b:224. Fischer, 1968:249-250. Lindroth
and Ball, 1969:138. McConnochie and Likens, 1969:150.
Limnophilus ornatus-, Betten, 1901:573. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Nakahara,
1915:95. Sibley, 1926:107, 191.Essig, 1926: 176. Forsslund, 1932:57-59. Mosely, 1932:
573. Ulmer, 1932:213. Carpenter, 1938:530, 534. Henricksen, 1939:23. Fristrup, 1942:
20. Schmid, 1955:136. (See Fischer, 1968:249-250, for Palaearctic literature).
w Limnophilus elegans Mosely (not Curtis), 1929:502, 504, 507. Fischer, 1968:250.
Description. — Antennae yellow. Vertex of head uniformly yellow. Thorax pale yellow to
1 light reddish brown. Brush of male fore leg narrow row of black setae along mesal face of
< basal half of femur. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 14.3 mm; pale yellow to light
reddish brown, with large hyaline areas. Costal area clear except for opaque area in distal
98
Nimmo
third of stigma. Venation identical to that oi L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Indian Head, Saskatchewan). Tergum VIII without poste-
ro-dorsal process. Segment IX with short, thin dorsal strap. Main body with large, blunt lobe
at postero-dorsal angle; with distinct row of heavy setae along ventral half of posterior edge
(Fig. 309). Clasper with high, narrow base and short, blunt, thumb-like dorsal process.
Median lobes of segment X attached to complexly folded baso-lateral plates; ventral edges
and lateral faces minutely dentate; lobes black distally. Cercus large, bifurcated distally;
distal lobes black, heavily sclerotized at tips (Fig. 310). Lateral arms of aedeagus slightly
expanded distally (Fig. 311); distal half warped, concave mesally (Fig. 312) with fringe of
setae along posterior edge.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Indian Head, Saskatchewan). Vulval scale with short,
rectangular median lobe; lateral lobes narrow, distinctly separated distally from median lobe
(Fig. 314). Segment IX without discrete latero-ventral lobes (Fig. 313); curved slightly to
embrace segment X. Supra-genital plate small, rounded, almost elliptical, set into ventral
depression of segment IX. Segment X of inter-leaved dorsal and ventral parts distally; dorsal
lobes darker, fused basally to ventral trough. Cerci long, thin, tapered, well separated from
dorsal surface of segment X.
Notes on biology. — I have not taken individuals of this species in the study area, but the
records available indicate that they inhabit sloughs and small lakes. The adult flight period
extends from July 13 to September 10.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Illinois and Greenland (Fig. 615) in North America. It is actually a Holarctic species with
records extending west to Europe and Iceland. In Alberta it is confined to the plains or long,
low mountain valleys leading to the plains.
I have examined 1 1 specimens, three males and eight females, from the study area.
The picturatus group
Males of the single species are characterised by large, mesally concave claspers with disto-
mesal spine (Fig. 315, 316); by absence of postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII; and by
short, relatively wide dorsal strap dorsad of large, trapezoidal segment IX. Females are dis-
tinguished by massive ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 318); by complete lack of
separation of segments IX and X dorsally; and by minute, triangular cerci closely appressed
to dorso-lateral surfaces of segment X.
Limnephilus picturatus McLachlan, 1875
(Fig. 315-319,616)
Limnophilus picturatus McLachlan, 1875:78-79. (Type locality: Europe). Brauer, 1876:286.
Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:42. Ulmer, 1932:213. Schmid, 1955:136. (See Fischer,
1968:256-259, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus picturatus ; Ross and Merkley, 1952:449, 454-455. Fischer, 1968:256-259.
(See Fischer, 1968:256, 258, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnophilus exulans McLachlan, 1876, (See Fischer, 1968:258).
Limnophilus miyadii Tsuda, 1924, (See Fischer, 1968:258).
Phryganea notatus Zetterstedt, 1840, (See Fischer, 1968:258-259).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes and pedicels black; yellowish brown through-
out in females. Head entirely black. Thorax black; brush of male fore leg on basal two-thirds
of femur; opposing face of tibia minutely spinate. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
99
9.1 mm; pale brownish yellow; costal area clear; not patterned. Venation identical to that of
L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta). Segment IX with
short dorsal strap; main body robust (Fig. 315). Clasper with long, narrow base; dorsal pro-
cess short, with irregular edges, directed dorso-posterad. Median lobes of segment X narrow
basally, widened at mid-point, narrowed distally to dorso-lateral hooks (Fig. 315, 316);
black throughout. Median lobes attached to simple latero-basal plates. Lateral arms of aedea-
gus simple, gradually widened distad to narrow, acuminate tips with several tufts of setae or
spines (Fig. 317).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Sunwapta Pass, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Vulval
scale triangular in general outline (Fig. 319); median lobe blunt, almost rectangular; lateral
lobes semi-triangular, with straight posterior and mesal edges. Segment IX with massive,
rectangular, ventro-lateral lobes (Fig. 318); dorsal body of segment small, indistinguishable
from segment X. Supra-genital plate small, crescentic. Segment X small, with two minute
dorsal lobes and single ventral lobe. Cerci small, triangular, immovable, closely appressed to
dorso-lateral surfaces of segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near shallow, sedge-fringed sloughs
or small pools. The adult flight period extends from August 5 to September 22. There
appears to be a peak at about the end of August and beginning of September.
Geographical distribution. — The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Alaska to Hudson’s Bay, and to Colorado (Fig. 616). In Alberta it is confined to the moun-
tains and foothills, ranging in altitude from about 5,000’ to 6,880’.
I have examined 71 specimens, 42 males and 29 females, from the study area.
The externus group
Males of the single species of this group present in the study area are distinguishable by
small, triangular cerci (Fig. 320); by black-spinate postero-dorsal bulb of tergum VIII; and
by small, vertical, posteriorly hooked median lobes of segment X. Females are distinguished
by massive ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 324); and by large, roughly triangular
cerci of segment X very close to segment X.
Limnephilus externus Hagen, 1861
(Fig. 320-325, 617)
Limnophilus externus Hagen, 1861:257. (Type locality: North Red River, Canada). Ulmer,
1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Ulmer, 1932:212. Schmid, 1955:137. (See Fischer, 1968:
99, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus externus’, Hagen, 1864:835. Banks, 1892:636. Banks, 1907a:36. Betten, 1934:
152. Neave, 1934:167. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Ross, 1938b:36. Knowlton and Harmston,
1939:286. Banks, 1943:342. Ross, 1944:298. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 17. Schmid
and Guppy, 1952:42. Ross and Merkley, 1952:447. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Flint,
1960:5. Wiggins, 1961:701. Denning, 1963:261. Etnier, 1965:149. Fischer, 1968:99-101.
(See Fischer, 1968:99-100, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnophilus congener McLachlan, 1875:56-57. (See Fischer, 1968:100, for Palaearctic
literature).
Limnephilus congener’, (Palaearctic; see Fischer, 1968:100).
Limnephilus luteolus Banks, 1899:207, 208. (Type locality: Washington State). Banks,
1907a:36. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Fischer, 1968:101.
100
Nimmo
Limnophilus luteolus Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Essig, 1926:176.
Limnephilus oslari Banks, 1907b: 121-122. (Type locality: Colorado). Banks, 1907a:37.
Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:286. Betten, 1934:337. Milne, 1935:51. Ross, 1938b:38.
Fischer, 1968:101.
Limnophilus oslari', Essig, 1926:176.
Limnephilus tersus Betten, 1934:334. (Type locality: Old Forge, New York). Milne, 1935:
48, 52. Milne, 1936:62. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:447. Fischer, 1968:
101.
Description. — Antennae uniform yellowish brown. Vertex of head black immediately
mesad of lateral ocelli, otherwise brown. Thorax light reddish brown. Brush of male fore leg
single row of black spines on basal half of mesal face of femur. Spurs hyaline to yellow.
Fore wing length of male 21.6 mm; greyish brown, with hyaline areas. Costal area clear to
distal end of sub-costa. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Wapta Lake, Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park,
British Columbia). Postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII distinctly bulbous, with mesal
band of dark spines. Dorsal strap of segment IX arched posterad, with ventro-mesal process
(Fig. 320). Main body of segment rectangular, slightly curved, with distinct groove at
postero-dorsal angle. Clasper short, slender, with virtually non-existent base; dorsal process
with single, dorsally directed distal tooth. Median lobes of segment X black distally, each
with two small distal teeth, dorsally and ventrally; lobes vertical, hooked posterad; bases
bifid. Cercus triangular, with dorsal angles produced posterad; distal edges with row of
prominent, black teeth (Fig. 321). Lateral arms of aedeagus distally fringed with dorsal row
of setae directed anterad (Fig. 322, 323).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Wapta Lake, Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park,
British Columbia). Vulval scale with evenly tapered median lobe; lateral lobes widely spaced
(Fig. 325). Segment IX with massive, triangular ventro-lateral lobes in contact ventrad of
segment X (Fig. 324, 325); dorsal portion of segment small, triangular in dorsal aspect.
Supra-genital plate straight-edged in ventral aspect, with triangular distal edge. Segment X
small, discrete from segment IX, with deep dorsal cleft, sinuate ventral edge. Cerci large,
triangular, close to segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are associated with smaller, sedge-fringed
ponds and sloughs. The adult flight period extends from July 24 to October 4; I have
one record from June 15, also. The peak appears to occur from mid-August to mid-Sep-
tember.
Geographical distribution. - The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Great Slave Lake to California and Newfoundland in North America (Fig. 617). In Alberta
it occurs in the mountains and plains. It ranges in altitude from 2,000’ to 5,340’.
I have examined 276 specimens, 108 males and 168 females, from the study area.
The sericeus group
Males of species of this group are characterised by high, narrow claspers with little or no
dorsal process; by long, acute-triangular median lobes of segment X; and by meso-ventrally
directed, relatively long, tubular, postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII (Fig. 326). Females
of this group are characterised by segment IX without discrete ventro-lateral lobes; by very
acuminate dorsal blade of segment X; and by rectangular, free cerci (Fig. 330, 331).
Limnephilus sericeus (Say), 1824
(Fig. 326-331,618)
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
101
Phryganea sericea Say, 1824:309. (Type locality: Northwest Territories). Harris, 1835:582.
Say, 1859:207.
Limnophilus sericeus’, Hagen, 1861 :256. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Schmid, 1955:
137.
Limnephilus sericeus ; Hagen, 1864:839. Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1907a:37. Betten, 1934:
337. Milne, 1935:21. Milne, 1936:61. Ross, 1941a: 110. Ross, 1944:186, 192, 298.
Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 19. Ross and Merkley, 1952:443. Ross and Spencer, 1952:
48. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Flint, 1960:51-52. Robert,
1960:59. Etnier, 1965: 149. Flint, 1966:380. Fischer, 1968:297-298.
Anabolia decepta Banks, 1899:208-209. (Type locality: Washington State).
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head dark chocolate-brown, except for
lighter warts. Thorax yellow-brown, with darker areas. Male with very small brushes on ante-
rior femora. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 10.6 mm; light brown, clear areas hya-
line. Costal area clear for most of distance to end of costa. Venation with humeral cross-vein
either missing in both wings or reduced, otherwise as in L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Crimson Lake, Alberta). Postero-dorsal process of tergum
VIII lengthened to cylindrical column directed meso-ventrad between cerci. Dorsal strap of
segment IX narrow, high; main body of segment very slim in lateral aspect, with postero-
dorsal angles blunt, curved mesad (Fig. 326). Clasper very acute-triangular with no dorsal
process. Median lobes of segment X long, narrow, acuminate blades with dorsal edges den-
tate, black; attached to mesal edges of basal, convex plates which extend laterad to cereal
bases. Cercus trapezoidal in lateral aspect; mesal edge massively dentate, black. Median shaft
of aedeagus short, stout, tapered; distal aspect of tip of median shaft as in Fig. 329. Lateral
arm with sclerotized, dorsally rugose base, membranous distal part (Fig. 327); tips lanceo-
late, fringed with short setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Crimson Lake, Alberta). Vulval scale long, tapered,
distally rounded median lobe (Fig. 330); lateral lobes small, with concave ventral faces
(Fig. 331). Segment IX without discrete ventro-lateral lobes; larger ventrally, extending
postero-ventrad under segment X (Fig. 331). Segment X with tubular body; dorsal edge
of anal orifice extended posterad as very thin, black blade (Fig. 331); slightly cleft dis-
tally (Fig. 330). Cerci long, quite free from body of segment X; parallel sided in lateral
aspect.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species emerge from a variety of habitats, ranging from
ponds, lakes or sloughs fringed with sedges, cattail rushes, or horse-tails, to small or large
streams and rivers of a quiet or smooth flowing nature. The flight season extends from June
15 to October 3, with no evident peak.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Oregon, and east to Quebec and the New England States (Fig. 618). In Alberta it is found
indiscriminately in the mountains, foothills and plains. In the mountain areas it is found to
altitudes of 6,675’.
I have examined 8 1 specimens, 44 males and 37 females, from the study area.
The luridus group
Males of this group are characterised by minute claspers; by long, narrow cerci; by
massive postero-dorsal bulbs of tergum VIII; and by ventrally narrow segment IX (Fig. 332).
Females are characterised by massive segment IX without discrete ventro-lateral lobes; by
small segment X; and by small, triangular cerci (Fig. 336).
102
Nimmo
Limnephilus femoralis Kolenati, 1848
(Fig. 332-336, 620)
Limnephilus nebulosus Kirby, 1837:253. (Preoccupied). (Type locality: British America).
Walker, 1852:50. McLachlan, 1863:157, 161. Banks, 1899:208. Banks, 1900b:469.
Banks, 1907a: plate 18, Fig. 9. Banks, 1908b:61, 63. Betten, 1934:327-328. Milne,
1935:46, 51. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448, 453-454. Wiggins, 1961:
701. Fischer, 1968: 1 13-1 15. Lindroth and Ball, 1969: 1 38. (See Fischer, 1968:1 13-115,
for Palaearctic literature).
Limnophilus nebulosus ; Kolenati, 1848:26. Hagen, 1861:259. McLachlan, 1876b:6. Brauer,
1876:286. Meinert, 1897:160-161. Jacobsen, 1898:215. Ulmer, 1905a: 19, 80. Ulmer,
1907a:42, 45. Kolbe, 1912:41. Essig, 1926:176. Mosely, 1929:502-507. Forsslund, 1932:
59. Ulmer, 1932:212, 217. Betten and Mosely, 1940:121-127. Schmid, 1955:138. (See
Fischer, 1968: 113-115, for Palaearctic literature).
Goniotaulius nebulosus ; Kolenati, 1859a: 157, 173. Hagen, 1864:816. Banks, 1892:363.
(See Fischer, 1968:113, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnophilus femoralis Kolenati, 1848:26. Hagen, 1861:260. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1932:
214, 217. (See Fischer, 1968: 1 12-1 13, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus femoralis'. Walker, 1852:50. Hagen, 1864:835. Banks, 1892:363. Ulmer, 1907a:
42, 44. Banks, 1907a:36. Betten, 1934:324. Milne, 1935:20. Milne, 1936:61 . Betten and
Mosely, 1940:121, 122-126. Fischer, 1968:112-1 15. (See Fischer, 1968: 1 12-1 13, for
Palaearctic literature).
Goniotaulius femoralis', Kolenati, 1859a: 157, 173. Hagen, 1864:815. Banks, 1892:863. (See
Fischer, 1968: 1 12, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus perforatus Walker, 1852:33. (Type locality: McKenzie and Slave Rivers area of
Arctic America). Johnson, 1927:49. Betten and Mosely, 1940:121, 123, 126. Fischer,
1968:115.
Limnephilus stipatus Walker, 1852:29. (Type locality: McKenzie and Slave Rivers area).
Betten and Mosely, 1940:121, 123, 126. Ross and Merkley, 1952:448. Fischer, 1968: 115.
Limnophilus stipatus;?ro\anchQT, 1877:243, 244. Provancher, 1878b: 131, 132. Provancher,
1878a: 146. Ulmer, 1907a:42.
Limnophilus subpunctulatus Hagen, 1861:261. (Type locality: Canada). Packard, 1869:161.
Packard, 1876:617-618. Fischer, 1968:1 15.
Description. — Antennae light brown; scapes and pedicels darker. Vertex of head brown,
warts paler. Thorax light to dark brown. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 13.5 mm;
light brown, irrorate, Costal area entirely clear. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories).
Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII developed as massive, globular bulb clothed distally with
small, stout, black spines. Dorsal strap of segment IX short, arched posterad; main body of
segment roughly triangular in lateral aspect, with very narrow sternum (Fig. 332). Clasper
minute, triangular. Median lobes of segment X black, long, acute-triangular, with rugose
lateral faces; intermediate lobes of segment X small, cylindrical, black, rugose pegs laterad of
median lobes (Fig. 333). Cercus long, narrow, distally rounded, with distal half of mesal
faces black, rugose. Lateral arms of aedeagus expanded distally (Fig. 334), with toothed
dorsal edges with four heavy setae; distal part fringed with short, dark setae, with thicker
setae on mesal faces.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Terri-
tories). Vulval scale broad, triangular, with triangular lateral lobes well separated from blunt,
tapered, median lobe (Fig. 335). Segment IX large, curved in lateral aspect; without discrete
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
103
ventro-lateral lobes (Fig. 336). Supra-genital plate short, narrow, lunate in ventral aspect.
Segment X small, with two triangular dorsal lobes well separated from ventral channel of
anal orifice. Cerci short, triangular, closely parallel to dorso-lateral surfaces of segment X;
segment X as a whole discrete from segment IX.
Notes on biology. — The only collection made by myself was at the Vermilion Lakes,
Banff National Park. These lakes are broad, shallow, sedge-fringed, swampy bodies of water.
Adult flight season in July (July 1-19).
Geographical distribution. - The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Alaska to Greenland, Newfoundland, and Washington (Fig. 620), in North America. In
Alberta the species appears to be a plains species found in the mountains only in the larger,
low valleys. However, records are presently too few to allow proper conclusions.
I have examined 1 1 specimens, five males and six females, from the study area.
The nogus group
Males of the single known species of this group are characterised by wide dorsal strap in
lateral aspect (Fig. 337); by narrow ventral region; by median lobes of segment X set dorsad
of cerci; and by short claspers with short bases. Females are characterised by lack of discrete
ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 340); and by curious triangular ventral lobe formed
by fusion of segment IX ventrad of segment X (Fig. 341).
Limnephilus nogus Ross, 1944
(Fig. 337-341, 619)
Limnephilus nogus Ross, 1944:281-282, 298. (Type locality: McMinnville, Oregon). Ross,
1947:152. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Ross and Merkley,
1952:445. Denning, 1963:261 . Fischer, 1968:246-247.
Limnophilus nogus', Schmid, 1955: 139.
Description. — Antennae uniform deep red-brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes without
stout, heavy setae. Vertex of head uniform dark red-brown. Thorax dark chocolate-brown.
Brush of male fore leg on basal third of femur; of short, black spines. Fore wing length of
male 13.3 mm; dark red-brown, irregularly irrorate, with scattered larger hyaline areas.
Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Oregon; Illinois Natural History Survey). Main body of
segment IX robust, narrowed gradually dorsally and ventrally (Fig. 337); dorsal strap very
thin only at meso-dorsal portion (Fig. 338). Clasper small, fused to segment IX; with short
base and body; with disto-mesal tooth. Median lobes of segment X long, parallel-sided in
lateral aspect; lyre-shaped in dorsal aspect, with distal dilations; attached to rectangular,
sclerotized bases dorsad of cerci. Cercus long, narrow, slightly tapered, with disto-mesal
tooth. Lateral arms of aedeagus bilobed distally (Fig. 339); dorsal edges of each lobe setose.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Hosmer, British Columbia). Vulval scale roughly quad-
rangular (Fig. 341); with acute-triangular lateral lobes, long, rectangular median lobe. Seg-
ment IX of single unit; main body vertically narrow; with large, trapezoidal lateral lobes
laterad of segment X (Fig. 340); with large, dorsally curved ventro-mesal processes fused
ventrad in form of large triangular lobe (Fig. 341). Supra-genital plate wide, very small,
short. Segment X massive, with lateral edges folded dorso-mesally to partly enclose dorsal
surface of segment; in ventral aspect broad, rectangular plate with sinuate lateral edges and
short, mesal cleft (Fig. 341) continued as ventro-mesal channel.
Notes on biology. — I have not collected specimens of this species. The only record within
104
Nimmo
the study area is a single female from Hosmer, British Columbia. The other records available
to me from elsewhere indicate a flight season divided into two parts; the earliest flight
occurs in May, the second in September and October.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia to California (Fig. 619). In the study area the single record is from an altitude of about
3,000’.
I have examined 18 specimens, two males and 16 females, from British Columbia. Seven-
teen of these specimens are from southwestern British Columbia and Oregon.
The sitchensis group
Males of this group are characterised by long, narrow cerci (Fig. 342); by short, wide-
based, placoid claspers; by long, wide-based, triangular median lobes of segment X; and by
aedeagi with tips of median shaft and lateral arms curved markedly dorsad; tip of median
shaft flattened ventrally, occupied by ejaculatory duct pore (Fig. 344). Females are charac-
terised by segment IX with ventro-lateral lobes distinct but not discrete from dorsal body;
by large, thumb-like cerci fused solidly to segment IX, directed ventro-posterad along sides
of segment X; and by thin walled, tubular segment X (Fig. 346, 353).
Limnephilus moestus Banks, 1 908
(Fig. 342-346, 621)
Limnephilus moestus Banks, 1908b:61, 62. (Type locality: Grand Lake, Newfoundland).
Johnson, 1927:107. Banks, 1930b: 128. Betten, 1934:327. Milne, 1935:46, 51. Ross,
1938b:37. Ross, 1944:6, 14, 186, 189, 191-192, 298. Proctor, 1946:211. Leonard and
Leonard, 1949a: 18. Ross and Merkley, 1952:445. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Robert,
1960:59. Wiggins, 1961 : 701 . Etnier, 1965: 149. Nimmo, 1966a:692. Nimmo, 1966b:224.
Fischer, 1968:236-237. McConnochie and Likens, 1969:150.
Limnophilus hingstoni Mosely, 1929:502, 504-507. Forsslund, 1932:56. Ulmer, 1932:213,
217. Ross, 1944:191, 298. Fischer, 1968:236-237.
Males of this species are distinguished by exceptionally long cerci (Fig. 342); by massive
claspers deeply indented into segment IX; and by presence of lightly setose, incipient
postero-dorsal process of tergum VIII. Females are distinguished by cerci projected well
posterad of ventral extremity of segment X (Fig. 346); and by short tip to ventro-lateral
extension of dorsal body of segment IX.
Description. — Antennae light brown; scapes dark brown, with antero-mesal faces paler,
glabrous. Vertex of head dark brown. Thorax light brown, darker dorsally. Spurs yellow.
Fore wing length of male 1 1.6 mm; medium brown. Costal area clear to mid-point of wing.
Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lethbridge, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
slightly protuberant, lightly setose. Segment IX overall rather narrow (Fig. 342); dorsal strap
relatively thick, with distinct ventro-mesal process; ventral edge of segment with several
stout setae. Clasper large, fused to posterior edge of segment IX; directed postero-mesad,
with slight basal declivity; with three very distinct, long, black setae on ventral edge. Median
lobe of segment X large, triangular (Fig. 342), with swollen bases (Fig. 343); black distally,
light brown basally; minutely dentate disto-lateraily; attached to mesal edges of basal plates
which fit closely with bases of claspers and cerci. Cercus very long, narrow, tapered very
gradually distad; mesally concave, with narrow meso-basal shelf (Fig. 343); distal half of
mesal surface tuberculate. Median shaft of aedeagus without discrete head (Fig. 344); curved
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
105
dorsad, with three minute spines in orifice of ejaculatory duct. Lateral arms bifid basally;
mesal branches fused together dorsally across base of median shaft; arms dilated slightly dis-
tally, curved dorsad, fringed ventrally and distally with seate.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta). Vulval scale
with short, squat, slightly tapered median lobe; lateral lobes each rectangular (Fig. 345).
Dorsal body of segment IX small, indistinguishable from segment X (Fig. 346); divided by
lateral grooves from much larger, roughly triangular, ventro-lateral processes, with posterior
process short. Supra-genital plate very wide, short, with straight posterior edge. Segment X
small, tubular, darker than remainder of genitalia; deeply cleft ventrally, with short, v-cleft
dorsally (Fig. 345); thin walled. Cerci relatively long, finger-like, dark brown, directed
ventro-posterad, beyond ventral extremity of segment X.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species emerge from ponds or sloughs dominated
by sedges. The adult flight period extends from July 19 to September 12.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia and Utah to Greenland and Newfoundland (Fig. 621). In Alberta most specimens were
collected in the mountains, but I have one record from Lethbridge, well out in the plains.
In the mountains it may attain altitudes of up to 6,878’.
I have examined 44 specimens, 35 males and nine females, from the study area and the
Northwest Territories.
Limnephilus cocker elli Banks, 1900
(Fig. 347-349, 622)
Limnophilus cockerelli Banks, 1900c: 124. (Type locality: Sapello, New Mexico). Ulmer,
1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Essig, 1926:175. Schmid, 1955:137.
Limnephilus cockerelli ; Banks, 1904a: 107. Betten, 1934:335. Milne, 1935:46, 51. Ross,
1938b:34-35. Ross, 1941a: 109. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:445. Fischer,
1968:65.
Males of this species are distinguished by wide dorsal strap of segment IX (Fig. 347); by
short, parallel-sided, bilobed claspers, with dorsal lobe thin, sharp, and ventral lobe thick,
rounded; by short, triangular median lobes of segment X; and by relatively short aedeagus
(Fig. 348).
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes darker except for paler, glabrous antero-mesal
| faces. Vertex of head mottled dark and light brown. Thorax light red-brown; brushes of
male fore leg of thin, black spines along basal third of anterior edge of femur. Spurs brown.
Fore wing length of male 14.9 mm; light yellow brown, irrorate; anterior half of wing
virtually hyaline. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Eisenhower Junction, Banff National Park, Alberta).
Segment IX high, narrow, with wide dorsal strap (Fig. 347); narrow ventrally; postero-
lateral angles of segment folded, directed mesad as finger-like process. Clasper articulated
to segment IX; distally bilobed, with acuminate dorsal lobe, full, rounded, ventral lobe;
setose. Median lobes of segment X black, with dentate disto-lateral faces (Fig. 349); short,
triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 347); attached to lateral edges of two deeply concave
basal plates. Cercus long, narrow, parallel-sided, with concave, dentate mesal face. Median
shaft of aedeagus curved sharply dorsad to large, slanted tip; lateral arms similarly curved,
with slightly expanded tips fringed with setae (Fig. 348) extended part way across lateral
faces.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta, south
106
Nimmo
along the Rocky Mountains to New Mexico. In Alberta it is known from a single locality,
at Eisenhower Junction, Banff National Park, at an altitude of 4,600’ (Fig. 622).
I have examined a single male specimen from the study area, in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.
Limnephilus valhalla Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 350-354, 622)
Males of this species are distinguished by exceptionally long cerci, bowed ventrad half
way from base (Fig. 350); by distinct spinate process of tergum VIII; and by massive, tri-
angular median lobes of segment X. Females are distinguished by distinct posterior process
of ventro-lateral body of segment IX (Fig. 353); and by high, narrow, rectangular dorsal
body of segment IX.
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces lighter, glabrous.
Vertex of head black except for postero-lateral angles. Thorax light red-brown. Brush of
male fore leg of thin, dark spines on basal third of anterior face of femur. Spurs yellow.
Fore wing length of male 1 1.6 mm; dark brown, clear areas hyaline. Costal area clear. Vena-
tion identical to that of L. sublunatus ; costa hyaline basad of humeral cross-vein.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park). Postero-dorsal
process of tergum VIII small, hemispherical, with short black spines. Dorsal strap of segment
IX high, narrow. Main body of segment small, with postero-dorsal angle directed posterad;
with fringe of setae on postero-ventral edge (Fig. 350). Clasper small, fused to segment IX,
with several long, irregular setae on posterior edge. Median lobes of segment X with distal
halves black; massive, triangular, thin plates. Cercus long, narrow, bowed ventrad at mid-
point; slightly concave mesally, with black mesal faces on distal halves (Fig. 351). Median
shaft of aedeagus curved strongly dorsad; lateral lobes similar, with distal portion at right
angles to basal arm, fringed with setae (Fig. 352).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Vulval
scale with very broad, short, slightly tapered median lobe (Fig. 354); lateral lobes rectangu-
lar, with concave distal faces. Segment IX high, narrow, with acute-triangular processes at
postero-ventral angle (Fig. 353). Supra-genital plate short, wide, rectangular. Segment X
relatively large, with scalloped posterior edges; lateral edge with large tooth dorsally; deeply
cleft dorsally and ventrally (Fig. 354). Cerci short, thumb-like, directed postero-ventrad
beside segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species were collected from small, sedge-lined, moun-
tain lakes or pools.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known from only two localities; one in Alber-
ta, at an altitude of 6,800’; the second is in British Columbia, at 5,220’, 1 mile west of the
continental divide (Fig. 622).
Holotype. — Male. First pools on trail to Mt. Edith Cavell alpine meadows, Jasper Nation-
al Park, Alberta; July 25, 1966; A. Nimmo.
Allotype. — Female. Same data as holotype.
Paratypes. — Same data as holotype; one male, one female. Wapta Lake beaver pond,
Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park, British Columbia; August 10, 1967; A. Nimmo;
one female.
The type series is in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and has been assigned the
number 10,587.
This species is named for ‘Valhalla’, home for those fallen in battle, as noted in my read-
ings in Norse mythology.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
107
Limnephilus lopho Ross, 1 949
(Fig. 355-359, 623)
Limnephilus lopho Ross, 1949b: 1 19-120. (Type locality: Hood River Meadows, Mt. Hood,
Oregon). Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Ross and Merkley, 1952:445. Ross and Spencer,
1952:48. Fischer, 1968:201.
Limnophilus lopho \ Schmid, 195 1 : 2-6. Schmid, 1955:137.
Description. - Antennae with basal two-thirds brown; distal third yellow; scapes, pedicels
dark brown except for yellow, glabrous, antero-mesal faces of scapes. Vertex of head dark
brown between lateral ocelli. Thorax black or dark brown; brush of male fore leg of long,
fine, black spines on basal third of femur. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 12.7 mm;
brown to dark reddish brown. Costal area clear. Venation identical to that ofZ,. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Dorsal
strap of segment IX high, thick (Fig. 355). Main body of segment roughly triangular, with
narrow sternum; anterior edges with distinct flanges. Clasper short, broad, thin plate with
rounded tips. Median lobes of segment X large, triangular, black on distal halves, with tips
directed dorso-laterally. Intermediate lobes small, rugose, bulbous pegs; black, heavily sclero-
tized. Cercus thumb-like in lateral aspect, with tip minutely dentate mesally, black (Fig.
356). Median shaft and lateral arms of aedeagus curved sharply dorsad (Fig. 357); lateral
arms fringed distally, with short fringe on meso-ventral edges.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Vulval
scale almost square (Fig. 358); lateral lobes rectangular; median lobe short, narrow, well
separated from lateral lobes. Dorsal body of segment IX small, rectangular, separated dor-
sally from segment X by slight declivity (Fig. 359); ventro-lateral extremities triangular in
lateral aspect, fused ventrally. Supra-genital plate wide, very short, sinuate. Segment X in
lateral aspect plough-like; deeply cleft ventrally; shallowly but widely cleft dorsally (Fig.
358). Cerci short, broad, rounded lobes located baso-laterad to segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found adjacent to small alpine pools or
seepage slopes heavily clothed with sedges. The flight period extends from July 25 to
August 5.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Oregon to
British Columbia and Alberta (Fig. 623). I have taken it at altitudes of 6,600’ and 6,800’, on
the east slope of Tonquin Valley, and at Mt. Edith Cavell, both in Jasper National Park.
The assimilis group
There are two species of this group present in the study area (see Fig. 360, 365). In geni-
talic characters these two species are so divergent that I cannot provide a list of common
characters. Each species is characterised below.
Limnephilus parvulus (Banks), 1905
(Fig. 360-364, 623)
* Stenophylax ? parvulus Banks, 1905:9-10. (Type locality: New Hampshire).
Parachiona parvulus', Banks, 1907a: 39.
Hypnotranus ? parvulus', Ulmer, 1907a:72.
Algonquina parvula', Banks, 1916:121, 122. Betten, 1934:370. Milne, 1935:31,49.
Limnephilus parvulus', Ross, 1938b:39. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:449. Morse
and Blickle, 1953:98. Etnier, 1965: 149. Fischer, 1968:253-254.
108
Nimmo
Limnophilus parvulus ; Schmid, 1955:141.
Apolopsyche pallida Banks, 1924:442. (Type locality: Manitoba). Betten, 1934:370.
Anolopsyche pallida ; Criddle, 1925: 16.
Limnephilus pallida'. Banks, 1930a:226-227. Milne, 1935:49. Ross, 1938b:38-39.
Limnephilus pallidus', Fischer, 1968:254.
Limnephilus roberti Banks, 1930a: 226-227. (Type locality: Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba).
Betten, 1934:337. Neave, 1934:167. Milne, 1935:46, 5 1 . Ross, 1938b:39. Fischer, 1968:
254.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Limnephilus by
massive, distally toothed claspers; by thin-bladed, black median lobes of segment X which
are curved slightly ventrad (Fig. 360); and by lack of postero-dorsal process on tergum VIII.
Females are distinguished by discrete ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX; and by small,
tapered, thin segment X (Fig. 363).
Description. — Antennae light brown; scapes brown, with paler antero-mesal faces. Vertex
of head with two dark areas between lateral ocelli. Thorax medium to light brown. Male
fore leg with very slight brush of short, brown spines at base of femur. Spurs pale yellow.
Fore wing length of male 10.5 mm; light yellowish brown; clear areas smoky white; coloured
areas closely following venation; irrorate. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories). Dorsal strap of
segment IX wide, with acuminate meso-ventral spine (Fig. 360). Main body of segment large,
tapered slightly ventrad, with straight posterior edge, sinuate dorsal edge. Clasper with disto-
dorsal tooth; mesal face of tooth concave, fringed with small, black dentations; base of
clasper short. Median lobes of segment X long, tapered, bowed slightly ventrad; lateral faces
black, ventral edges minutely dentate; lobes thin, with disto-lateral teeth (Fig. 361). Cercus
short, sub-triangular in lateral aspect, fringed distally with long setae. Lateral arms of aedea-
gus hardly expanded distally, fringed along dorsal edges with setae (Fig. 362).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories). Vulval scale
with distinct, straight base (Fig. 364); lateral lobes simple, curved mesad; median lobe rec-
tangular. Dorsal body of segment IX small, tapered abruptly at junction with segment X
(Fig. 363); ventro-lateral lobes large. Supra-genital plate with simple, curved posterior edge;
small. Segment X small, long, tapered; deeply cleft mesally (Fig. 364). Cerci acute-triangular
in lateral aspect; closely appressed to lateral surfaces of segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are associated with lakes and sloughs with a
heavy growth of sedges or Typha. The flight season extends from May 25 to July 5.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
Great Slave Lake to Quebec and New Hampshire (Fig. 623). In Alberta it is found largely in
the plains, and in the low, major mountain valleys.
I have examined 38 specimens, 27 males and 1 1 females, from the study area and Great
Slave Lake.
Limnephilus spinatus Banks, 1914
(Fig. 365-369, 624)
Limnephilus spinatus Banks, 1914: 149-150. (Type locality: Vineyard, Utah). Betten, 1934:
337. Ross, 1938b:40. Ross, 1944:299. Ross and Merkley, 1952:451. Denning, 1963:261.
Fischer, 1968:314.
Limnophilus spinatus\ Essig, 1926: 176. Schmid, 1955:141.
Anabolina spinata; Milne, 1935:41, 49.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Limnephilus by very
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
109
long base of the clasper (Fig. 365); by high, thin, dorso-anteriorly hooked, acuminate median
lobes of segment X; and by presence of small, black-spinate, postero-dorsal lobe of tergum
VIII. Females are distinguished by very massive ventro-lateral lobe of segment IX (Fig. 369);
by minute dorsal body of segment IX; and by postero-ventrally slanted segment X.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes dark chocolate-brown, with antero-mesal
faces lighter, setaless. Vertex of head uniform dark brown. Thorax light brown, with darker
areas. Brush of male fore leg well developed, of short, stout, black spines along entire length
of femur. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 10.8 mm; warm chocolate-brown. Costal
area entirely clear. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Hound Creek, 25 miles southeast of Cascade, Montana).
Tergum VIII with small, black-spinate, postero-dorsal process. Dorsal strap of segment IX
directed postero-dorsad (Fig. 365). Main body of segment of irregular outline, narrowed
ventrad. Clasper with very high, narrow base, with long, thin, dorso-posteriorly directed
dorsal process. Median lobes of segment X square in lateral aspect, with postero-dorsal
angles produced as long, anteriorly curved, acuminate spines; lobes attached to mesal edges
of rectangular, basal plates (Fig. 366). Cercus squat, distally rounded, with concave mesal
face. Lateral arms of aedeagus very long, slender, spiniform (Fig. 367).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Crowsnest Pass, 8 miles west of Coleman, Alberta).
Vulval scale with broad, abruptly tapered median lobe (Fig. 368); lateral lobes with blunt
lateral horns. Segment IX with minute dorsal body (Fig. 369), massive ventro-lateral lobes
of indeterminate form. Segment X large, of two sets of sclerites; basal set longer, rectangu-
lar; distal set short, each roughly triangular in lateral aspect. Supra-genital plate wide, short,
with almost straight posterior edge.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species were found near small ponds or sloughs, and
slow streams. The flight period extends from July 25 to August 30.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
California and Colorado (Fig. 624). In Alberta specimens have been collected in the plains
and low mountain valleys of the southwestern comer of the province.
I have examined 22 specimens, 21 males and one female, from the study area and
Montana (one male).
The incisus group
Four species of this group are known from the study area. As with the assimilis group
there appears to be no significant community of characters to define the group (Fig. 370-
398).
Limnephilus hyalinus Hagen, 1861
(Fig. 370-374, 627)
Limnophilus hyalinus Hagen, 1861:258. (Type locality: North Red River, Canada). McLach-
lan, 1876b:7. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Schmid, 1955:140.
Limnephilus hyalinus ; McLachlan, 1863:157. Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1899:208. Banks,
1907a:36. Betten, 1934:336. Neave, 1934:167. Milne, 1935:5 1 . Ross, 1938b:36. Banks,
1943:342. Ross, 1944:186, 189, 191, 298. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a:18. Ross and
Merkley, 1952:441. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Robert,
1960:59. Wiggins, 1961 : 701. Etnier, 1965: 149. Nimmo, 1966a:692. Nimmo, 1966b:224.
Fischer, 1968:179-180.
Limnephilus species 1; Betten, 1934:335. Ross, 1938b:36. Fischer, 1968:180.
110
Nimmo
Males of this species are distinguished by close conjunction between distal edge of each
median lobe of segment X and black line of teeth on mesal face of each cercus (Fig. 370,
371). Females are distinguished by scoop-shaped ventro-median lobes of segment IX (Fig.
373) , which are discrete from dorsal body of segment; by large, triangular dorsal body of
segment IX; and by long, thin cerci flanked laterally by latero-dorsal lobes of segment X.
Description. — Entire body and wings very pale, straw-yellow; warts, and costal area of
fore wings almost white. Fore wing length of male 9.8 mm. Venation identical to that of
L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Vermilion, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum lightly
setose. Dorsal strap of segment IX relatively short, thick. Main body of segment relatively
narrow, slightly narrowed ventrad (Fig. 370). Clasper short, with wide base; triangular in
lateral aspect. Median lobes of segment X short, distal halves black, tapered slightly distad
(Fig. 371); distal edges vertical, straight, coincident with vertical line of black teeth on mesal
faces of cerci. Cercus widened distad, slightly concave mesally, with vertical row of black
teeth at mid-point of mesal face. Lateral arms of aedeagus long, expanded distad (Fig. 372),
each with dorsal spine basad of membranous, irregular distal half.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Manyberries, Alberta). Vulval scale almost circular,
with curved, parallel-sided lateral lobes (Fig. 373), longer, tapered, median lobe. Segment IX
with large, triangular dorsal body, larger, scoop-shaped, discrete, ventro-lateral lobes (Fig.
374) . Supra-genital plate small, evenly rounded distally. Segment X composed of two dorso-
lateral, rectangular lobes laterad of long, thin cerci, with small ventral lobe.
Notes on biology. - Adults of this species are found near sloughs and lakes which are
thickly vegetated with sedges and cattail rushes. The flight season extends from July 5 to
September 24, with a possible peak in August.
Geographical distribution. — This species is transcontinental, extending from Alaska to
Oregon, Colorado, Illinois, and Newfoundland (Fig. 627). In the study area it occurs
throughout the plains regions, and through the mountains along the low, major valleys
reaching altitudes of 5,200’.
I have examined 91 specimens, 48 males and 43 females, from the study area and Great
Slave Lake.
Limnephilus secludens Banks, 1914
(Fig. 375-379, 625)
Limnephilus secludens Banks, 1914:152. (Type locality: Penticton, British Columbia).
Betten, 1934:337. Milne, 1935:50. Ross, 1938b:39. Ross, 1944:299. Ross and Spencer, 3
1952:48. Ross and Merkley, 1952:436, 450. Denning, 1963:261. Denning, 1965b:697.
Etnier, 1965:149. Fischer, 1968:297.
Limnophilus secludens', Essig, 1926:176. Schmid, 1955:140.
Colpotaulius secludens', Milne, 1936:60. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:48.
Males of this species are distinguishable by very short, membranous, distally spinate
lateral arms of aedeagus (Fig. 377). Females are distinguished by short, tubular segment X
with short, peg-like cerci solidly fused to dorso-lateral surfaces of segment (Fig. 378, 379).
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes lighter, setaless on antero-mesal faces. Vertex of
head dark brown; lighter laterally. Thorax dark reddish brown; brush of male fore leg of
short, black spines along full length of femur; opposing face of tibia with corresponding :
brush. Spurs very long, yellow-brown. Fore wing length of male 14.2 mm; light yellow- d
brown with darker areas; costal area clear except for slight distal darkening. Venation
identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
111
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lethbridge, Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment IX short,
with ventro-mesal process connected to segment X (Fig. 375, 376). Main body of segment
tall, narrow, rectangular in lateral aspect. Clasper high, narrow, tapered, ventrad, acute-
triangular. Median lobes of segment X short, narrow, black; tips directed dorso-laterad.
Cercus short, irregular, deeply concave mesally. Median shaft of aedeagus with straight,
thick basal portion (Fig. 377); distal third turned sharply dorsad, thin, narrow, acuminate.
Lateral arms short, stubby, membranous; each with cluster of short, black spines distally.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Lethbridge, Alberta). Vulval scale with median lobe
longer than lateral lobes, tapered from wide base (Fig. 379); lateral lobes concave ventrally;
Mesal edges sinuate, black. Dorsal body of segment X distinguished from segment X by
posterior declivity (Fig. 378); ventro-lateral lobes almost separated from dorsal body; large,
with straight, angular edges. Supra-genital plate squat, triangular. Segment X large, tubular,
with minor dorsal and ventral projections. Cerci short, finger-like, fused solidly to dorso-
lateral faces of segment X.
Notes on biology. - Adults of this species are found near lakes and sloughs with heavy
growths of sedges and cattail reeds. The flight period extends from June 3 to September 23,
with a possible peak in late July and August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to Wisconsin, New Mexico, and California (Fig. 625). In Alberta it seems to be restric-
ted to the plains, with occasional records from the foothills.
I have examined 372 specimens, 178 males and 194 females, from the study area and
Great Slave Lake.
Limnephilus janus Ross, 1938
(Fig. 380-384, 626)
Colpotaulius minusculus Banks, 1924:439. (Preoccupied). (Type locality: Tolland, Colo-
rado). Betten, 1934:339. Milne, 1935:42, 50. Milne, 1936:60. Ross, 1938b:37. Fischer,
1968:199.
Limnephilus janus Ross, 1938b: 37. (Type locality: Tolland, Colorado). Ross, 1944:299.
Ross and Merkley, 1952:451. Etnier, 1965:1.
Limnophilus janus ; Schmid, 1955:140.
Males of this species are distinguished by high, very thin dorsal strap of segment IX (Fig.
380); by large, relatively long cerci with concave mesal faces and irregular dorso-mesal edges
(Fig. 381); and by long, distally thin and acuminate median lobes of segment X. Females are
distinguished by trilobed dorsal shield of segment X; and by absence of discrete ventro-
lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 383).
Description. — Antennae pale yellow. Vertex of head pale yellow-brown, with dark areas
adjacent to ocelli. Thorax pale yellow with some slightly darker areas. Brush of male fore
leg composed of black spines along basal two-thirds of femur. Spurs pale yellow. Fore wing
length of male 7.2 mm; greyish white, with scattered brown areas tending to follow veins.
Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 6 miles south of Elk Point, Alberta). Dorsal strap high,
narrow, with sharp dorsal edge (Fig. 380). Main body of segment IX wide, with distinct
antero-ventral bulge. Clasper short, with short base; almost rectangular with dorso-distal
tooth. Median lobes of segment X long, thin, each with wide base abruptly narrowed to thin
distal process with tip directed dorso-laterad (Fig. 381). Cercus long, with disto-dorsal edge
curled mesad, irregular, black. Aedeagus simple, with short, tapered median lobe, and long,
dorsally curved, distally expanded, acuminate lateral arms, clothed on ventral edges with
112
Nimmo
setae (Fig. 382).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 6 miles south of Elk Point, Alberta). Vulval scale with
wide based, strongly tapered median lobe (Fig. 384); lateral lobes large, with concave lateral
faces. Segment IX large, with no separate ventro-lateral lobes (Fig. 383). Supra-genital plate
rectangular, set well ventrad of segment IX to which it is connected by band of folded mem-
brane. Segment X large, separate from segment IX, with cylindrical ventral portion sur-
mounted by trilobed dorsal roof, with lateral lobes.
Notes on biology. — I have collected specimens of this species only in the vicinity of large
or small, shallow, sedge-edged lakes, ponds or sloughs. The flight season extends from July
12 to September 13, with peak about mid-August.
Geographical distribution. - This species is known from Alberta, Saskatchewan, Min-
nesota, and Colorado (Fig. 626). In Alberta it is a species of the plains and low foot-
hills.
I have examined 40 specimens, 20 males and 20 females, from Alberta and Saskatchewan.
Limnephilus perpusillus Walker, 1852
(Fig. 385-389, 628)
Limnephilus perpusillus Walker, 1852:35. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River,
Hudson’s Bay). Hagen, 1861:254. Ross, 1941a:107. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley,
1952:436, 450. Etnier, 1965:149. Fischer, 1968:255-256. Clifford, 1969:582.
Colpotaulius perpusillus ; McLachlan, 1863:161. Hagen, 1864:809. McLachlan, 1874:36.
Banks, 1892:363. Ulmer, 1905a: 18. Ulmer, 1907a:37. Banks, 1907a:37. Banks, 1908b:
61. Kolbe, 1912:42. Milne, 1935:42, 50. Milne, 1936:60.
Limnophilus perpusillus', Packard, 1876:617. Schmid, 1955:140.
Anabolina perpusillus ; Betten, 1934:338.
Anabolina perpusilla \ Betten and Mosely. 1940:140-142.
Colpotaulius rhaeus Milne, 1935:42, 50. (Type locality: Guelph, Ontario). Milne, 1936:60.
Ross, 1941a: 107. Ross, 1944:298. Fischer, 1968:256.
Limnephilus merinthus Ross, 1938c: 166. (Type locality: Churchill, Manitoba). Ross, 1941a:
107. Ross, 1944:298. Fischer, 1968:256.
Males of this species are distinguished by small postero-dorsal, spinate lobe of tergum
VIII (Fig. 385); by square median lobes of segment X with postero-dorsal angles developed
as anteriorly hooked spines; and by large, black spine on dorso-mesal edge of cerci (Fig.
285, 386). Females are distinguished by massive, fleshy ventral body of segment IX (Fig.
388); and by vertically oriented segment X.
Description. — Antennae light reddish brown; scapes and pedicels darker, antero-mesal
faces setaless. Vertex of head with circular dark brown area between lateral ocelli. Thorax
light brown, with darker areas. Brush of male fore leg composed of short, fine black spines
along entire length of femur. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 7.9 mm; light yellow-
ish brown; very lightly irrorate in posterior regions. Costal area entirely clear. Venation
identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from camp 3 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Postero-dorsal
edge of tergum VIII with small, free, black-spinate lobe. Dorsal strap of segment IX narrow
(Fig. 385). Main body of segment narrow, tapered ventrad; tapered dorsad to merge gradu-
ally with dorsal strap. Clasper with very long, narrow base produced dorso-posterad as
finger-like dorsal process. Median lobes of segment X with square bases; postero-dorsal
angles produced dorso-anterad as short, slender, hooked spines. Cercus short, triangular in
lateral aspect, with dorso-mesal edge curled ventrad with single large spine (Fig. 385, 386).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
113
Median shaft of aedeagus simple, short, tapered; lateral arms curved dorsad, each with
distally expanded, acuminate tip fringed along ventral edge with setae (Fig. 387).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from pond 10 miles south of McLeod River, Forestry Trunk
Road, Alberta). Vulval scale with squat, short median lobe tapered distad (Fig. 389). Lateral
lobes almost rectangular, with deep channel on mesal edge of each lobe. Dorsal body of
segment IX small; ventro-lateral extensions massive, fused ventrally (Fig. 388, 389). Supra-
genital plate membranous, lunate, of two wide lateral plates fused ventrally to form channel,
with short, narrow, distal extension. Cerci short, thin, almost rectangular lobes attached
between lateral plates of segment X.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species are collected near ponds with large quanti-
ties of sedge or bullrushes, or smaller creeks. The flight season extends from July 2 to
September 6.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Colorado and Newfoundland. In Alberta it occurs primarily in the plains and low foothills
(Fig. 628).
I have examined 1 2 specimens, three males and nine females, from the study area.
The argenteus group
Males of the single species in this group are characterised by presence of spinate postero-
dorsal lobe of tergum VIII; by large segment IX with short dorsal strap; by short, broad
claspers; and by long, narrow, evenly tapered median lobes of segment X (Fig. 390). Females
are characterised by discrete ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX; by segments IX and X being
fused; and by minute, thin cerci (Fig. 394).
Limnephilus argenteus Banks, 1914
(Fig. 390-394, 629)
Limnephilus argenteus Banks, 1914:152. (Type locality: Nipigon, Ontario). Betten, 1934:
320. Milne, 1935:46, 51. Ross, 1938b:34. Ross, 1944:14, 298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:
447. Fischer, 1968:25. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138.
Limnophilus argenteus ; Schmid, 1955:143.
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes with antero-mesal faces lighter, almost glabrous.
Vertex of head with two dark brown areas mesad of lateral ocelli. Thorax brown with
darker areas. Spurs light brown. Fore wing length of male 16.8 mm; light to dark brown,
irrorate, clear areas very pale brown, not hyaline. Costal area sparingly irrorate. Venation
identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Vermilion Lakes, Banff). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum
VIII produced posterad as small, black-spinate bulb. Dorsal strap of segment IX short, with
sharp dorsal edge (Fig. 390). Main body of segment massive, irregular. Clasper short, broad,
very stout, with short base. Median lobes of segment X long, narrow at bases, tapered evenly
to acuminate tips; curved dorso-laterad (Fig. 391). Cercus short, almost square in lateral
aspect, with wide baso-mesal extension dorsally; concave mesally. Median shaft of aedeagus
attached to folded, membranous base, curved dorsad (Fig. 392); lateral arms straight basally,
curved dorsad distally to expanded, flared, mesally concave tips.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Worsley, Alberta). Vulval scale large, trapezoidal in
general outline (Fig. 393); median lobe long, gradually tapered; lateral lobes thin, arched
laterad. Dorsal body of segment IX small, fused imperceptibly to segment X (Fig. 394);
ventro-lateral lobes discrete from dorsal body, high, narrow. Supra-genital plate large, evenly
114
Nimmo
rounded distally. Segment X small, distally dark; deeply narrowly cleft mesally (Fig. 393).
Cerci two minute, thin, papillate structures attached to dorsal surface of segment X.
Notes on biology. — The single record which I have of this species from the study area is
from large, sedge marshes just west of Banff, Alberta. The dates of capture in Alberta range
from July 1 to July 12.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Illinois and Ontario (Fig. 629).
I have examined 10 specimens, two males and eight females, from the study area and
Great Slave Lake.
The alberta group
The single species known in this group is characterised by high, narrow segment IX (Fig.
395), with virtually no dorsal strap; by short, slender, tapered claspers; and by massive,
thick, heavily sclerotized cerci (Fig. 396). Females are characterised by high, narrow seg-
ment IX (Fig. 400); and by vulval scale almost completely demarcated from sternum VIII
(Fig. 401).
Limnephilus alberta Denning, 1958
(Fig. 395-401,629)
Limnephilus alberta Denning, 1958:96. (Type locality: Pipestone River, Lake Louise, Alber-
ta). Denning, 1965b:698.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes with pale, glabrous antero-mesal faces.
Vertex of head very dark brown, warts paler. Thorax dark brown; warts very pale. Spurs
yellow. Fore wing length of male 14.9 mm; light brown, with darker areas; clear areas
mostly hyaline. Costal area clear on basal two-thirds. Venation identical to that of L.
sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 1 1 miles west of Banff, on Trans-Canada Hwy.). Dorsal
strap of segment IX virtually non-existent (Fig. 395). Main body of segment sinuate,
widened gradually dorsad from narrow ventral area. Clasper small, narrow, tapered, finger-
like, with very short base. Median lobes of segment X small, trapezoidal, slanted dorso-
mesad (Fig. 396). Cercus rectangular in lateral aspect, tapered basad from flat, black distal
face, in dorsal aspect (Fig. 397). Median shaft of aedeagus short, stout, with large, discrete,
distal head (Fig. 398). Lateral arms curved smoothly dorsad, not widened, each fringed
along mesal face with long setae (Fig. 398, 399).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 1 1 miles west of Banff, on Trans-Canada Hwy.). Vulval
scale with angular anterior edge, almost separate from sternum VIII (Fig. 401); median lobe
long, acute-triangular; lateral lobes stout, close to median lobe. Segment IX high, narrow,
with slightly wider ventroTateral area (Fig. 400). Supra-genital plate short, broad, suspended
from segment IX by wide, wrinkled membrane. Segment X with hemi-cylindrical ventral
portion short, and dorsal, mesally flattened, dorsally deeply cleft portion (Fig. 401) much
longer, tapered. No evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Specimens of this species are found near sedge lakes, ponds, and
sloughs. The flight period extends from July 5 to September 10.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is restricted largely to the
continental divide area of Alberta and British Columbia (Fig. 629). In altitude it ranges from
about 3,700’ to 5,350’.
I have examined 28 specimens, eight males and 20 females, from the study area.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
115
The asiaticus group
Males of this group are characterised by presence of postero-dorsal lobe on tergum VIII;
by large, smooth tooth on dorso-mesal edge of cercus; and by wide-based claspers, with
short, stout dorsal processes (Fig. 402). Females are distinguished by massive segment IX of
single piece, without ventro-lateral lobes; and by massive, short lobed vulval scale (Fig. 406,
407).
Limnephilus labus Ross, 1941
(Fig. 402-407, 630)
Limnephilus labus Ross, 1941a: 105-106. (Type locality: Wood Lake, Boulder, Colorado).
Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:436, 451. Flint, 1960:5. Fischer, 1968:200.
Limnophilus labus\ Schmid, 1955:141.
Description. — Antennae reddish brown, scapes darker. Vertex of head dark brown
between ocelli and posterad to posterior edge of cranium. Thorax reddish brown; brush
of male fore leg composed of dense, stout, black setae along entire length of femur.
Spurs reddish. Male fore wing length 9.5 mm; grey-brown, with darker areas close to
posterior edge. Costal area clear to distal end of subcosta. Venation identical to that of
L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
with small, thin, spinate lobe. Dorsal strap of segment IX short, wide (Fig. 402); main body
of segment high, narrow, with anterior lobes; with short, blunt peg at postero-dorsal angles.
Clasper with rectangular dorsal process and high, narrow base. Median lobes of segment X
with broad bases tapered abruptly to small, acuminate postero-dorsal hooks. Cercus with
very concave mesal face, with dorsal edge arched meso-ventrad (Fig. 403); with large,
smooth, black spine. Median shaft of aedeagus long, irregular, curved dorsad (Fig. 404);
lateral arms long, each curved sharply dorsad at mid-point, with expanded, acuminate distal
lobe fringed ventrally with long setae (Fig. 404, 405).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton, Alberta). Vulval scale with massive, short
lobes (Fig. 407); lateral lobes rectangular; median lobe very broad, blunt, with very little
space between it and lateral lobes. Segment IX massive, of one rectangular piece (Fig. 406);
segment X completely enclosed. Supra-genital plate very wide, short. Segment X distinct
from segment IX; dorsal surface steep, terminated in two small, black-tipped dorsal lobes.
Cerci large, stout, attached to dorsal surface of segment X; short, blunt.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near sedge or cattail ponds, lakes or
sloughs. A very few (three) records indicate that this species may also inhabit rivers and
smaller creeks. The flight season extends from July 25 to September 13, with a possible
peak in late August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
Saskatchewan to Idaho and Colorado (Fig. 630). In Alberta it is confined to the southern
and central plains and lower foothills.
I have examined 40 specimens, 23 males and 17 females, from the study area.
The fenestratus group
Diagnostic genitalic characters are not available because of a too great diversity. Two
species of the group are known from the study area.
116
Nimmo
Limnephilus minus cuius (Banks), 1907
(Fig. 408-413, 631)
Stenophylax minusculus Banks, 1907b: 120. (Type locality: Olympia, Washington). Banks,
1907a:39.
Apolopsyche minusculus ; Banks, 1916:121. Betten, 1934:370.
Algonquina minuscula ; Milne, 1935:31, 49.
Limnephilus minusculus ; Ross, 1938b:37. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:445.
Fischer, 1968:234. Clifford, 1969:582. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138.
Limnophilus minusculus’, Schmid, 1955:139.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Limnephilus by
presence of postero-dorsal lobe of tergum VIII; by warped cerci with mesal projection and
cross-axial ventral ridge (Fig. 408, 409); and by form of aedeagus. especially lateral arms
(Fig. 410). Females are distinguished by single unit segment IX; by discrete segment X; and
by double-lunate groove ventrad of segment X as seen in ventral aspect (Fig. 412, 413).
Description. — Antennae very dark brown; scapes darker. Vertex of head black. Thorax
very dark brown; brush of male fore leg sparse, only on basal third of femur. Spurs dark
yellow. Fore wing length of male 8.4 mm; pale chocolate-brown; costal area clear. Venation
identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Flatbush, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
with prominent, lightly spinate lobe. Dorsal strap of segment small, relatively narrowed,
especially ventrally. Clasper short, with very short base; tapered evenly to rounded tip;
directed postero-dorsad. Median lobes of segment X small, thin plates, with black tips; with
wide bases, narrowed abruptly to small dorsal hooks; basal plates square, concave (Fig. 409).
Cercus small, slender in lateral aspect, with tip at right angles, directed mesad, with black,
dentate ventral edge (Fig. 409). Median shaft of aedeagus short, stout, tapered, with slightly
dilated tip (Fig. 410, 411); lateral arms long, with very slender, sclerotized basal halves;
distal halves membranous, extensible, with zigzag at bases; fringed distally, mostly on dorsal
edges, with long setae (Fig. 410).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Flatbush, Alberta). Vulval scale large, with short, stout
median lobe, rectangular lateral lobes with groove along each median face (Fig. 413). Seg-
ment IX of one piece, roughly rectangular (Fig. 412); with slight postero-ventral lobes.
Supra-genital plate membranous, wide, short, rectangular except for posteriorly indented
edge. Segment X very small, discrete from segment IX in lateral aspect; tubular, short. Cerci
short, dorso-ventrally flattened, rounded in ventral aspect; fused solidly to segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found associated with sedge or cattail
reed sloughs or small lakes, and small streams or rivers on gravel beds. The flight season
extends from May 25 to July 16, with peak in late June and early July.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Washington, Colorado, New York, and Labrador (Fig. 631). In Alberta it is confined to
the plains, low foothills, and major, low mountain valleys, up to about 4,500’ altitude.
I have examined 106 specimens, 93 males and 13 females, from the study area.
Limnephilus kennicotti Banks, 1920
(Fig. 414-420, 632)
Limnephilus kennicotti Banks, 1920:344. (Type locality: Great Slave Lake, Northwest
Territories). Betten, 1934:336. Milne, 1935:44, 5 1 . Milne (D. J.), 1943:298. Ross, 1944:
298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:441. Ross, 1953: 155. Wiggins, 1961 : 70 1 . Ross, 1965:593.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
117
Fischer, 1968:199.
Limnophilus kennicotti; Schmid, 1955: 139.
Males of this species are distinguished by massive claspers with very long bases (Fig. 414).
mesally directed, thin, body (Fig. 418), and black-toothed dorsal edges. Females are distin-
guished by massive, mesally cleft dorsal body of segments IX and X combined (Fig. 419,
420).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes darker, with pale, setaless, antero-mesal
faces. Vertex of head very dark brown, warts paler. Thorax very dark brown, warts paler.
Spurs brownish yellow. Fore wing length of male 8.9 mm; light brown; costal margin clear
to end of subcosta; clear areas white. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Canmore, Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment IX equal in
height to main body; wide. Main body of segment very wide dorsally, narrowed ventrad
(Fig. 414); with slight concavities at postero-ventral margins. Clasper massive, thin, directed
mesad; with dorsal edges black-toothed (Fig. 418). Median lobes of segment X large, long,
with wide bases tapered distad to rounded tips; very wide in dorsal aspect, with low, black-
toothed ridge just basad of tips (Fig. 415). Cercus large, long, arched dorsad in lateral aspect;
with slight declivity on mesal face, produced mesad as triangular ledge (Fig. 415). Median
shaft of aedeagus long, slender; lateral arms shorter, slender, sclerotized, attached to dorsal
surface of aedeagus; each with cluster of three spines distally, spines crossed over dorsal
surface of aedeagus (Fig. 416, 417).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Lethbridge, Alberta). Vulval scale small, with short,
distally rounded median lobe (Fig. 420); lateral lobes very small, irregular, narrow, directed
postero-laterad. Segment IX with discrete ventro-lateral lobes (Fig. 429); dorsal body in-
distinguishable from segment X. Supra-genital plate large, rectangular, visor-like in lateral
aspect. Segment X massive, solidly fused to segment IX; rectangular in lateral aspect, with
meso-dorsal hooks distally; in ventral aspect of two large, quite separate plates (Fig. 420).
Notes on biology. - Adults of this species are found near lakes and rivers. The flight
period extends from June 24 to October 3, with a possible peak in August and September.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Co-
lumbia to Newfoundland, and north to Greenland (Fig. 632). In Alberta it is found both on
the plains, and in the foothills and mountains, to altitudes of about 6,675’.
I have examined 45 specimens, 10 males and 35 females, from the study area.
The nigriceps group
Males of the single species of this group are characterised by massive segment IX with
short, narrow, dorsal strap (Fig. 421); by massive claspers with large, heavily sclerotized,
black, dorsal tooth; and by small, light-coloured median lobes of segment X (Fig. 422).
Females are characterised by discrete ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 426); and by
solid, large segment X and dorsal body of segment IX fused.
Limnephilus nigriceps (Zetterstedt), 1840
(Fig. 140a, 140b, 421-426,633)
Phryganea nigriceps Zetterstedt, 1840: 1066. (Type locality: Lapland).
Limnophilus nigriceps', Ross and Merkley, 1952:443, 453. Schmid, 1955:142. (See Fischer,
1968:237, 245, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus nigriceps', Betten, 1934:56, 87. Fischer, 1968:237-246. (See Fischer, 1968:
238, for Palaearctic literature).
118
Nimmo
Limnophilus affinis Hagen (not Curtis), 1858. (See Fischer, 1968:245, for Palaearctic liter-
ature).
Limnephilus affinis ; Fischer, 1968:245.
Pryganea pilosula (See Fischer, 1968:245).
Limnephilus pilosulus', (See Fischer, 1968:245).
Chaetotaulius striola Kolenati. (See Fischer, 1968:245, 246, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnophilus striola', (See Fischer, 1968:246, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus striola ; (See Fischer, 1968:245-246, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus forcipatus Banks, 1924:439-440. Criddle, 1925:16. Betten, 1934:336. Milne,
1935:46, 51. Milne (D. J.), 1943:192, 194, 195. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley,
1952:443. Fischer, 1968:139.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes black in males, pale yellow in females;
antero-mesal faces paler, setaless. Vertex of head black except for paler warts. Thorax deep
black; brush of male fore leg composed of short, stout, black spines on basal half of femur.
Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 1 1.6 mm; pale brown; anterior half of wing clear,
posterior half irrorate. Venation of fore and hind wings as in Fig. 140a, 140b; R2 of hind
wing with row of short, black hairs on ventral surface.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Exshaw, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
lightly setose. Dorsal strap of segment IX short, curved posterad (Fig. 421). Main body of
segment massive, widened ventrad, with postero-dorsal angle rounded, large. Clasper massive,
short, wide, with large, black, heavily sclerotized disto-dorsal tooth. Median lobes of seg-
ment X small, directed dorso-posterad, with slight lateral hooks at tips (Fig. 422). Cercus
large, parabolic, with large, black, heavily sclerotized disto-mesal tooth (Fig. 422, 423).
Lateral arms of aedeagus long, slender, sclerotized, spinate distally, curved sharply dorsad
(Fig. 424); large, wing-like, spinate, lobe on disto-ventral margin.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Exshaw, Alberta). Vulval scale relatively small, with
short, slender, tapered median lobe (Fig. 425); lateral lobes large, roughly triangular. Ventro-
lateral lobes of segment IX discrete, large, irregular in outline (Fig. 426). Dorsal body of
segment indistinguishable from massive segment X. Supra-genital plate triangular, large. No
evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near small sedge ponds or sloughs.
The flight season is from August 23 to September 22.
Geographical distribution. — The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Alaska to Alberta and Manitoba (Fig. 633). In Alberta I have collected specimens in the
foothills and mountains, in the low valleys.
I have examined 20 specimens, 15 males and five females, from the study area.
The rhombicus group
Males of this group are characterised by postero-dorsal lobe on tergum VIII; by large,
curved claspers with black, heavily sclerotized distal teeth; and by relatively small median
lobes of segment X. Females are characterised by long distinct cerci; discrete ventro-lateral
lobes of segment IX; and by separate segment X.
Limnephilus rhombicus (L.), 1758
(Fig. 427-432, 634)
Phryganea rhombica Linnaeus, 1758:548. (Type locality: Sweden). (See Fischer, 1968:
270-294, for Palaearctic literature).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
119
Phryganea rhomboides', (See Fischer, 1968:271).
Friganea rhomboea', (See Fischer, 1968:271).
Chaetotaulius rhombicus ; (See Fischer, 1968:272-273, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephila rhombica ; (See Fischer, 1968:272).
Limnophila rhombica ; (See Fischer, 1968:282, 283).
Leimnephila rhombica ; (See Fischer, 1968:274).
Limnophilus rhombicus', Hagen, 1861:254. Kolbe, 1912:41. Sibley, 1926:107, 191, 194.
Ulmer, 1932:212. Betten and Mosely, 1940:132-134. Schmid, 1955:134. (See Fischer,
1968:270-294, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus rhomnicus; (See Fischer, 1968:278).
Limnephilus rhombicus ; Walker, 1852:22. Vorhies, 1909:661-666. Betten, 1926:529. Raw-
son, 1930:46. Betten, 1934:331-333. Ross, 1944:8, 14, 185, 186, 189, 190, 198. Leon-
ard and Leonard, 1949a: 19. Flint, 1960:5, 49. Robert, 1960:59. Wiggins, 1961:701.
Denning, 1965b:698. Etnier, 1965:149. Fischer, 1968:270-294. (See Fischer, 1968:270-
294, for Palaearctic literature).
Goniotaulius combinatus Walker, 1852:28-29. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany
River, Hudson’s Bay). Hagen, 1864:815, 834. Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1899:208. Banks,
1907a:36. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Lloyd, 1915:203-205. Johnson, 1927:49. Brues, 1930:393.
Banks, 1930b: 128. Milne, 1935:44, 47, 51. Elkins, 1936:668-669. Betten and Mosely,
1940:132, 134. Ross, 1944:190, 298. Proctor, 1946:211. Fischer, 1968:294.
Limnophilus combinatus', Hagen, 1861:255. McLachlan, 1875:50. Ulmer, 1905a: 19. Lloyd,
1921:44-47. Muttkowski and Smith, 1929:259. Balduf, 1939:172, 174, 178. Pennak,
1953: Fig. 361b, 36 Id. Fischer, 1968:294.
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head uniformly deep red-brown. Tho-
rax uniform reddish brown; brush of male fore leg composed of fine, reddish hairs along
basal half of anterior face of femur. Fore wing length of male 17 mm; reddish brown, partly
irrorate, with large, irregular, hyaline areas. Vein A3 of fore wing dark brown, with heavy
vestiture of stout, brown setae. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles west of Lake Louise, Alberta). Postero-dorsal
edge of tergum VIII extended sharply ventrad as rectangular, slightly bulbous, black-spinate
screen (Fig. 427, 428). Dorsal strap of segment low, wide vertically; main body of segment
stout, narrowed ventrad. Clasper small, with high, narrow base; dorsal process triangular.
Median lobes of segment X small, short, black, with square-cut tips directed postero-laterad.
Cercus massive, long, arched dorsad, with parallel sides; distal edge straight in lateral aspect,
with ventral edge black, heavily sclerotized, dentate (Fig. 428). Lateral arms attached dorsal-
ly on aedeagal base; distally bifid; ventral lobe large, flap-like, fringed dorsally (Fig. 429)
with long spines; dorso-median lobes folded mesad, armed with several stout, black, distal
teeth (Fig. 429, 430).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Whitehorse. Yukon; in Canadian National Collection,
Ottawa). Vulval scale large, deeply imbedded in sternum VIII (Fig. 432); median lobe short,
truncate-triangular; lateral lobes clavate in ventral aspect. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX
large, roughly triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 431), discrete from dorsal body of segment;
dorsal body small, triangular in dorsal aspect. Supra-genital plate large, semi-circular, hya-
line. Segment X separable from segment IX; long, tubular, shallowly cleft mesally; with
shallow groove on dorso-lateral surfaces, ventrad of cereal bases. Cerci long, with wide bases
each abruptly tapered at mid-point.
Notes on biology. — The single male specimen examined was probably taken in the sedge
sloughs just west of Lake Louise townsite, in Banff National Park. Date of capture was July
20.
120
Nimmo
Geographical distribution. — The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Yukon Territory to Colorado, Illinois, Newfoundland and Greenland (Fig. 634).
The diver sus group
Males of this group are characterised by black-spinate, postero-dorsal lobes of tergum
VIII; by short, stout, triangular, thick cerci and median lobes of segment X; and by wide-
based claspers with long, distally heavily sclerotized, black-toothed tips (Fig. 433). Females
are characterised by discrete, ventro-lateral lobes of segment X; and by segment X separate
from segment IX (Fig. 438).
Limnephilus canadensis Banks, 1908
(Fig. 433-438, 635)
Limnephilus canadensis Banks, 1908a:264. (Type locality: Laval County, Canada). Betten,
1934:321. Ross, 1938b: 34. Denning, 1941b:201-202. Milne (D. J.), 1943:192, 193, 194,
195. Ross, 1944:299. Ross and Merkley, 1952:450. Flint, 1960:5. Etnier, 1965:148.
Fischer, 1968:53. Clifford, 1969:582.
Anabolina canadensis’, Milne, 1935:41, 49. Denning, 1937:23.
Limnophilus canadensis', Schmid, 1955:142.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces yellow,
glabrous. Vertex of head dark brown, faded to brownish yellow laterad of lateral ocelli.
Thorax dark brown; brush of male fore leg along entire length of femur; anterior tibiae with
similar brushes on opposing faces. Spurs yellow, to brown. Fore wing length of male 7.0
mm; light reddish brown; costal area clear to end of subcosta; clear areas white; dark areas
irrorate. Venation identical to that of L. sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Nordegg, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII
with slender, prominent, black-spinate lobe. Dorsal strap of segment IX short, sharp edged
dorsally (Fig. 433); main body of segment wide, narrowed ventrad, with sinuate dorsal
edges. Clasper with high, narrow base; dorsal process long, directed dorsad, with distal edge
black, heavily sclerotized, with two distinct teeth. Median lobes of segment X small, short,
triangular, wide (Fig. 433, 434). Cercus similar, with dorsal angle setose, with long setae.
Median shaft of aedeagus long, tapered, with distinct head; lateral arms shorter, expanded
distally, acuminate, with disto-ventral edges fringed with short setae (Fig. 435, 436).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Athabasca River, Grosmont, Alberta). Vulval scale rec-
tangular (Fig. 437); median lobe short, tapered from wide base; lateral lobes longer, rectan-
gular, each with slight distal widening. Dorsal body of segment IX small, high, narrow, with
postero-dorsal process (Fig. 438); ventro-lateral lobes discrete, large, irregular. Supra-genital
plate roughly rectangular, with squat triangular distal edge. Segment X large, tubular, coni-
cal in ventral aspect (Fig. 437), black disto-dorsally. No evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near lakes, and slower, smoothly
flowing rivers. The flight period extends from June 9 to August 12.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Maine (Fig. 635). In Alberta it is confined to the plains or low foothills.
I have examined 12 specimens, five males and seven females, from the study area.
The Genus Clistoronia Banks
One species of this genus is known from the study area; it belongs to the subgenus
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
121
Clistoronia Banks.
Synopsis of characters. — Cephalic macrochaetae short, fine, sparse; pronotal macrochae-
tae very strong, abundant. Spur formula 1,3,3. Wings large; fore wings clearly widened at
chord, truncated apically; hind wings rather narrow. Fore wing coloration varied, quite
patchy. Fore wing venation much as in Limnephilus spp. but chord weakly disrupted,
almost straight, oblique anteriorly; f3 narrowed basally. Hind wing chord strongly disrupted,
distinctly concave to body.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII non-spinate. Segment IX very short, high (Fig. 439);
postero-lateral angles prominent, support to segment X mesally. Cerci large, strong, heavily
sclerotized; in lateral aspect triangular, bilobed distally. Median lobes of segment X spur-
like, horizontal. Clasper weakly developed; distal portion long, conical, simple, directed
mesad. Aedeagus large; median shaft much folded basally (Fig. 442); lateral arms spinate,
each simple or bilobed.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX vestigial. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment
IX quite large, convex plates, in close contact ventrally (Fig. 443, 444). Supra-genital plate
large, ogival, prominent. Segment X varied, short, long, slender. Cerci or cercus-like lobes
large, strongly flattened dorso-ventrally, fused to segment IX, or segment X, which is imme-
diately ventrad. Median lobe of vulval scale varied in size; lateral lobes sub-quadrangular or
rounded (Fig. 444).
Qistoronia magnifica (Banks), 1899
(Fig. 439-444, 635)
Halesus magnifica Banks, 1899:209. (Type locality: Olympia, Washington). Banks, 1907a:
38.
Halesus magnificus’, Ulmer, 1905a:21. Ulmer, 1907a:56. Essig, 1926:176.
Clistoronia magnus\ Banks, 1916: 1 19.
Qistoronia magnifica, Betten, 1934:371. Banks, 1943:343. Ross, 1944:297. Ross and Merk-
ley, 1952:436. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Schmid, 1955:156. Fischer, 1969:55-56.
Stenophylax magnificus’, Milne, 1935:32, 52.
Limnephilus magnificus ; Ross and Merkley, 1952:441 , 45 1 .
Anabolia caroli Denning, 1941b: 196-197. (Type locality: Robson, British Columbia).
Limnephilus caroli ; Ross, 1944:298.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Limnephilidae by
large, triangular cerci (Fig. 439); by fused median lobes of segment X (Fig. 440); and by
mesally directed black teeth on mesal faces of cerci. Females are distinguished by long, thin,
acuminate dorsal lobes of segment X, ventro-mesad of cerci (Fig. 443).
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes with few setae.
Vertex of head deep red-brown. Thorax deep reddish brown. Fore wing length of male 18.1
mm; light chocolate-brown, irrorate, with larger hyaline areas. Venation identical to that of
Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton, Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment IX very slim,
incomplete dorsally (Fig. 439). Main body of segment vertically narrow, moderately ex-
panded laterally, with postero-dorsal angles produced mesad as long, narrow processes. Clas-
per with narrow base, dorsal process long, tapered, acute-triangular in lateral aspect. Median
lobes of segment X fused throughout length (Fig. 440), conical, rounded. Cercus massive,
thick, triangular in lateral aspect, with short ventral tooth; mesal face with black, heavily
sclerotized tooth. Median shaft of aedeagus short, stout, curved gently dorsad (Fig. 442);
lateral arms parallel to median shaft, greatly widened distally; each distally bilobed, with
122
Nimmo
dorsal lobe longer, narrower, more acuminate than ventral. Both lobes fringed with setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton, Alberta). Vulval scale with squat, conical
median lobe; lateral lobes triangular distally, well clear of median lobe (Fig. 444). Dorsal
body of segment IX small, fused to segment X (Fig. 443); ventro-lateral lobes large, triangu-
lar in lateral aspect, fused ventrad of segment X; not discrete from dorsal body. Supra-
genital plate small, semi-circular. Segment X large, tubular, deeply cleft laterally, not so
deeply in vertical plane; dorsal lobes long, narrow; ventral lobes shorter, wide, darker. Cerci
short, acuminate in lateral aspect, wide in ventral aspect.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are collected near sedge lakes or ponds.
The flight period extends from June 11 to August 16, with a peak in mid-July.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to Utah (Fig. 635). In Alberta it is confined strictly to the area of the
continental divide, but in the lower major valleys.
I have examined 17 specimens, 13 males and four females, from the study area.
The Genus Grammotaulius Kolenati
This genus is represented in the study area by a single species.
Synopsis of characters. — Head somewhat elongated, eyes small. Posterior cephalic warts
very large, oval. Posterior ocelli surrounded by many hairs. Spur formula 1,3,4. Pronotum at
least half as long as head. Wings large; fore wings uniformly, or patchily coloured. R5 of fore
wing darkened in some species; always so on hind wing. Chord of fore wings very oblique
anteriorly to body, not strongly disrupted. Hind wing chord parallel to body, strongly
disrupted.
Male genitalia rigid, very large. Tergum VIII not spinate. Segment IX long longitudinally
and vertically. Cerci very thick, to very large, slender; in some species short, massive, thick;
dentate. Claspers poorly developed, not projected. Aedeagus very thick, similar to that of
Limnephilus', lateral arms not erectile or setose, but simple or bilobed.
Female genitalia without discrete ventro-lateral lobes; dorsal body of segment IX narrow,
elongated, with two free appendages. Segment X tubular, very large, short, sclerotized,
barely cleft mesally. Supra-genital plate small. Vulval scale large, with three large, sub-equal,
projected lobes in most species.
Grammotaulius in terregationis (Zetterstedt), 1840
(Fig. 445-450, 636)
Phryganea interregationis Zetterstedt, 1840:1063-1064. (Type locality: Greenland). Kolen-
ati, 1848:25, 26, 30, 40-41. (See Fischer, 1967:212-213, for Palaearctic literature).
Limnephilus interregationis', Walker, 1852:19.
Limnophilus interregationis', Hagen, 1861:254-255. (See Fischer, 1967:213, for Palaearctic
literature).
Grammotaulius interregationis', Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1907a:36. Ulmer, 1907a:38. Mose-
ly, 1929:502, 507, 508-509. Ulmer, 1932:212, 217. Betten, 1934:316. Milne, 1935:27,
50. Denning, 1941a:232-233. Ross, 1944:185, 297. Schmid, 1950a:348-35 1 . Ross and
Spencer, 1952:47. Schmid, 1955:145. Schmid, 1964:914, 917.Etnier, 1965: 148. Fisch-
er, 1967:212-214. Clifford, 1969:582. (See Fischer, 1967:213, for Palaearctic literature).
Grammotaulius praecox Hagen, 1873c:45 1-452. (Type locality: British America). Banks,
1892:363. Jacobson, 1898:215. Ulmer, 1905a: 18. Ulmer, 1907a:39. Banks, 1907a:36.
Kolbe, 1912:42. Betten, 1934:316. Milne, 1935:50. Ross, 1938b: 32. Fischer, 1967:214.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
123
Limnophilus praecox ; Ross, 1941a: 1 10.
Grammotaulius sibiricus Mosely, 1929:502, 507.
Description. — Antennae light brown; scapes cream-white with glabrous antero-mesal
faces. Vertex of head with black mesal diamond limited by lateral ocelli and median warts;
remainder cream-white. Thorax black, shaded in areas to dark brown. Spurs brown. Fore
wing length of male 20.9 mm; chocolate-brown to light reddish brown. Hind wing stigma
light brown; R5 set in light brown band. Venation essentially identical to that of Limne-
philus sublunatus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Wapta Lake, Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park,
British Columbia). Segment IX massive, rectangular; dorsal strap short, narrow to point of
extinction dorsally (Fig. 445). Clasper small, blunt, short. Median lobes of segment X very
small, short, with meso-dorsal black edges (Fig. 446). Cercus huge, thick, armed with heavily
sclerotized teeth along distal edge; with ventral, black tooth directed postero-mesad. Median
shaft of aedeagus simple. Lateral arms long, expanded slightly distally, each with two distal
lobes (Fig. 447, 448); basal or dorsal lobe minute, with distal tuft of spines; ventral lobe
large, lanceolate, fringed dorsally with short spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Banff, Alberta). Vulval scale massive, triangular (Fig.
450); median lobe short, parallel-sided, lateral lobes with narrow bases, widened distally.
Segment IX large, inseparably fused to segment X dorsally; ventral lobes much larger, with
straight edges (Fig. 449). Supra-genital plate short, broad, with evenly curved posterior
edge. Segment X relatively small, short, with pair of meso-lateral lobes. No evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near sedge ponds, lakes or sloughs,
and mountain streams of a turbulent and rocky nature. Flight season of the adults extends
from July 4 to September 27.
Geographical distribution. — The nearctic range of this holarctic species extends from
Yukon Territory to British Columbia, Minnesota, Nova Scotia, and Greenland (Fig. 636). In
Alberta it is confined to the foothills and mountains, ranging in altitude from 4,500’ to
6,800’.
I have examined 25 specimens, 13 males and 12 females, from the study area.
The Genus Nemotaulius Banks
A single species, of the subgenus Macrotaulius, is known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Eyes quite small. Head quite elongate, with toothed ridge along
occipital border. No cephalic warts present. Pronotum twice length of head in certain spe-
cies. Spur formula 1,3,4. Fore wings coriaceous, apically indented (Fig. 141a). Hind wings
very large, slightly indented. Fore wings very reddened, not irrorate. Venation of fore wings
with very large discoidal cell; chord feebly disrupted, hardly oblique to body; hind wings
similar.
Male genitalia with postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII developed as large, black-spinate
bulb. Segment IX usually large, well developed laterally. Claspers of medium size, massive in
appearance, thick, concave, unarmed, not close to border of segment IX. Aedeagus large,
strong, similar to that of Limnephilus spp.; lateral arms non-erectile, simple, fringed distally
with setae or spines.
Female genitalia with dorsal part of segment IX narrowed, triangular, weakly developed;
no free appendages. Segment X continuous with segment IX, tubular; short, massive, poorly
cleft mesally. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX huge, largely continguous ventrally. Supra-
genital plate small. Vulval scale very large, plate-like, entirely flanked by sternum VIII;
median lobe very small, sunk between two sub-quadrangular lateral lobes.
124
Nimmo
Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen), 1873
(Fig. 141a, 141b, 451-455,637)
Glyphotaelius hostilis Hagen, 1873c:444-446. (Type locality: Saskatchewan). Banks, 1892:
363. Ulmer, 1905a: 18. Ulmer, 1907a:40. Banks, 1907a:36. Lloyd, 1921:41, 43-44.
Dodds and Hisaw, 1925a: 124-125. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Betten, 1926:529.
Sibley, 1926:107, 193. Berry, 1927:3. Banks, 1930b: 127. Betten, 1934:313. Milne,
1935:28, 50. Ross, 1938b:32. Balduf, 1939:122. Ross, 1941a: 1 13. Ross, 1944:183, 297.
Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 16. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47. Morse and Blickle, 1953:
97. Pennak, 1953:580. Robert, 1960:59. Wiggins, 1961:700. Etnier, 1965:148.
Nemotaulius ( Macro taulius) hostilis; Schmid, 1952a:229-23 1 . Schmid, 1955:149. Flint,
1960:5, 54, 55-56. Nimmo, 1966a:691. Fischer, 1967:250-251. Clifford, 1969:583.
Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138.
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces pale, almost
glabrous. Vertex of head deep red-brown; flat, evenly covered with large pustulate bumps.
Thorax pale yellow, with slightly darker areas laterally; dorsal areas flat, pustulate. Spurs
yellow. Fore wing length of male 22.8 mm; grey-brown to almost black in mixture of solid
blocks of colour, and irrorate areas. Costal area hyaline except for slight basal irroration.
Venation as in Fig. 141a, 141b; distal edge of fore wing crenulate.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge
of tergum VIII developed as large, black-spinate bulb. Dorsal strap of segment IX short;
complex, of sclerotized flanges merged gradually with main body (Fig. 451). Main body of
segment high, spindle-shaped, not wide. Clasper with long, narrow base; dorsal process
massive, short, thick; claw-like distally. Median lobes of segment X small, short, dorso-
laterally hooked spines (Fig. 451, 452). Cercus small, wide, lobe without mesally concave
face. Aedeagus large, with simple median shaft (Fig. 453); lateral arms long, with wide
bases and distal tips; tips acuminate, fringed on edges with long setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Vulval scale rela-
tively small, with very short, rounded, median lobe, massive, triangular lateral lobes (Fig.
455). Dorsal body of segment IX and segment X solid tapered tube, deeply cleft dorsally
(Fig. 454). Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX huge, discrete from dorsal body, irregular,
fused solidly ventrally. Supra-genital plate small, triangular, membranous with sclerotized
edges.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near lakes and sloughs overgrown
with sedges or, particularly, cattail reeds. The flight period extends from June 3 to August
10.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Colorado and Newfoundland (Fig. 637). In Alberta it is confined to the plains region.
I have examined 39 specimens, 28 males and 1 1 females, from the study area.
The Genus Anabolia Stephens
This genus is represented in the study area by three species.
Synopsis of characters. — Cephalic warts small, pronotum somewhat elongate. No dorsal
line. Spur formula 1,3,4. Fore wings large, slightly truncated, rounded, or parabolic apically;
hind wings variable in size. Coloration of wings characteristic, fairly constant; fore wings
reddish brown, with no hyaline or darker areas; uniformly coloured or minutely irrorate.
Venation somewhat variable; chord rectilinear, anteriorly oblique, weakly disrupted, con-
cave to body; hind wing chord posteriorly oblique, disrupted.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
125
Male genitalia with tergum VIII non-spinate. Segment IX generally well developed later-
ally, rigid, sclerotized; dorsal strap slender, with blunt elongate, median process in some
species, dentate in most species. Median lobes of segment X more or less triangular, sclero-
tized lamellae. Claspers with slender, pad-like basal part fused to segment IX, sometimes
twisted helically; dorsal process horizontal, slender, cylindrical. Aedeagus large; median
shaft short, thick, folded at base; lateral arms slender, normally bilobed, spinate.
Female genitalia very stubby, not projected. Segment IX of two pieces in lateral aspect;
dorsal part small, with appendages which are free, or fused at base of segment X. Segment X
small, conical, cleft vertically. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX very large, massive, con-
tiguous or separated ventrally. Supra-genital plate small. Vulval scale variable.
Key to the Males of species of Anabolia found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Median shaft of aedeagus very short, stubby, with distal head recessed into basal
part (Fig. 458) A. consocia (Walker), p. 125.
lb. Median shaft of aedeagus long, slender (Fig. 463, 468) 2a
2a.(lb) Clasper with minute dorsal process and high, very slender base (Fig. 461 )
A. ozburni (Milne), p. 126.
2b. Clasper with large, conical, black-tipped dorsal process (Fig. 466)
A. bimaculata (Walker), p. 127.
Key to the Females of species of Anabolia found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Segment X with cerci or cercus-like lobes; vulval scale with median lobe longer
than lateral lobes (Fig. 459, 460, 469, 470) 2a
lb. Segment X without such lobes; median lobe of vulval scale not longer than lateral
lobes (Fig. 464, 465) A. ozburni (Milne), p. 126.
2a.(la) Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX massive, fleshy, with triangular posterior edge
(Fig. 459) A. consocia (Walker), p. 125.
2b. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX small, roughly rectangular in lateral aspect,
except for triangular postero-ventral lobe projected well posterad under segment
X (Fig. 469) A. bimaculata (Walker), p. 127.
Anabolia consocia (Walker), 1852
(Fig. 456-460, 638)
Limnephilus (Goniotaulius) consocius Walker, 1852:33. (Type locality: North America).
Limnephilus consocius ; Ross, 1944:185, 186, 189, 190-191, 298. Sprules, 1947:30, 78.
Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 17. Ross and Merkley, 1952:449. Morse and Blickle, 1953:
98. Pennak, 1953: Fig. 361. Etnier, 1965:148. McConnochie and Likens, 1969:150.
Stenophylax consocius ; Hagen, 1859:134. Hagen, 1864:885. Ulmer, 1905a:21.
Goniotaulius consocius-, Hagen, 1864:815.
Anabolia consocia ; Hagen, 1861:264. McLachlan, 1863:157, 161. Hagen, 1864:803. Banks,
1892:363. Banks, 1897:28. Banks, 1905:9. Ulmer, 1905a:20. Schmid, 1950b:3 19-322.
Schmid, 1955:150. Flint, 1960:5, 56, 58. Fischer, 1969:13-15.
Limnephilus consocia', Proctor, 1946:211. Wray, 1950:21.
Colpotaulius consocia; Banks, 1905:9. Banks, 1907a: 37. Martynov, 1914:221. Banks, 1916:
122. Johnson, 1927:49.
Arctoecia consocia-, Ulmer, 1907a:47. Lloyd, 1921:53-56. Banks, 1923:146. Betten, 1926:
528. Sibley, 1926:190. Berry, 1927:3. Banks, 1930b: 127. Ulmer, 1932:214. Betten,
1934:90, 91, 314-315. Milne, 1935:39-49. Balduf, 1939:152. Betten and Mosely, 1940:
126
Nimmo
111-113. Proctor, 1946:210.
Arctocia consocia; Sibley, 1926: 107.
Arctoecia consicia', Muttkowski and Smith, 1929:259.
Colpotaulius medialis Banks, 1905:8. (Type locality: Ontario). Banks, 1907a: 37. Banks,
1908c: 154. Martynov, 1914:221. Brimley, 1938:253.
Arctoecia medialis', Ulmer, 1907a:47. Krafka, 1915: plate 7. Lloyd, 1921:42. Krafka, 1923:
plate 31. Milne, 1935:49.
Limnephilus medialis', Ross, 1938b:36. Ross, 1944: 190, 298.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of the genus by short,
blunt median shaft of aedeagus (Fig. 458) with distal head recessed into basal portion; by
distally flared, black-edged claspers with deeply concave mesal faces (Fig. 456, 457); and by
rectangular median lobes of segment X. Females are distinguished by massive, fleshy, ventro-
lateral lobes of segment IX (Fig. 459), with triangular posterior edge; by minute dorsal body
of segment IX; and by median lobe of vulval scale slender, tapered, much longer than lateral
lobes (Fig. 460).
Description. — Antennae yellowish brown. Vertex of head red-brown, with mesal longi-
tudinal stripe of dark brown. Thorax pale yellow; with mesal longitudinal stripe of dark
brown along terga. Thoracic warts fragmented to individual setal bases in some specimens.
Male anterior femur without brush. Spurs pale yellow. Fore wing length of male 14.1 mm;
light brownish yellow; faintly irrorate basally; veins irregularly darkened. Venation identical
to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Creek, Nojack, Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment IX
with dorso-mesal process lightly setose (Fig. 456). Main body of segment wide dorsally,
tapered gradually ventrad. Clasper small, with high, narrow base; dorsal process short, origi-
nated gradually from base, with distally black, clawed tip. Median lobes of segment X large,
rectangular in lateral aspect, thick in dorsal aspect (Fig. 457), with distal third black; basal
plates large, complexly folded. Cercus massive, distal edge black, with disto-ventral angle
attenuated as black tooth (Fig. 457). Median shaft of aedeagus short, stout, with wrinkled
base (Fig. 458); distal head recessed into basal body. Lateral arms stout, curved dorsad,
tapered slightly distad; distally fringed on dorsal and ventral edges with short setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Chicago, Illinois; in Illinois Natural History Survey).
Vulval scale large; median lobe longer than lateral lobes (Fig. 460), narrow, evenly tapered
distad; lateral lobes curved, widened distad, with concave mesal faces. Dorsal body of seg-
ment IX minute, narrow, strap-like (Fig. 459); ventro-lateral lobes massive, fleshy, with tri-
angular posterior edges, discrete from dorsal body. Supra-genital plate small, wide, tapered
posterad, truncated distally; convex ventrally. Segment X completely cleft ventro-mesally,
dorsally two edges joined by sheet of membrane (Fig. 460); triangular in lateral aspect. Cerci
roughly triangular, held closely to dorso-lateral faces of segment X; fused solidly to segment
X.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Virginia and Quebec (Fig. 638). The two records from Alberta available to me are from the
plains region, at about 2,100’.
I have examined two specimens of this species from the study area, one adult and one
pupal male. I have also examined a female from Illinois.
Anabolia ozbumi (Milne), 1935
(Fig. 142a, 142b, 461-465, 639)
Arctoecia ozbumi Milne, 1935:39, 49. (Type locality: Guelph, Ontario).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
127
Anabolia ozburni', Ross, 1944:298. Schmid, 1950b:325-327. Schmid, 1955:151. Nimmo,
1966a:692. Nimmo, 1966b:224. Fischer, 1969:34-35.
Limnephilus ozburni ; Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 18. Leonard and Leonard, 1949b:6.
Ross and Merkley, 1952:450. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Etnier, 1965:149.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Anabolia by massive,
thick cerci (Fig. 461); by minute dorsal process of claspers; and by dorso-mesal process of
dorsal strap large, projected well posterad (Fig. 462). Females are distinguished by large seg-
ment IX fused solidly to segment X dorsally (Fig. 464); and by lack of cerci or cercus-like
lobes.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; scapes very dark, with antero-mesal faces lighter,
glabrous. Vertex of head very dark brown. Thorax dark to very dark brown. Spurs yellow.
Fore wing length of male 10.8 mm; light reddish brown, irrorate; costal area clear. Venation
as in Fig. 142a, 142b; leading edge of fore wing truncate and R1 straight to edge, not bowed.
Hind wing with deep indentation at Cu.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Lake, Cold Lake, Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment
IX laterally narrow, dorsally expanded to large triangular, horizontal plate with single seta
in distal clear area. Main body of segment robust, narrowed abruptly ventrad (Fig. 461).
Clasper with high, very narrow base surmounted by minute dorsal process. Median lobes of
segment X massive, triangular, with distal halves black; tips hooked laterad as small teeth
(Fig. 462). Cercus massive, rectangular in lateral aspect, with distal face wide, black, fringed
with setae; attached to wide internal bases. Median shaft of aedeagus long, narrowed slightly
at mid-point (Fig. 463), expanded to folded distal head. Lateral arms each of uniform width
for two-thirds length, then widened slightly to thin, spatulate tip cleft distally as two acumi-
nate spines; dorsal and ventral edges of tips setose; mesal faces with pair of heavy spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Michigan; in Illinois Natural History Survey). Vulval
scale small, with rectangular median lobe (Fig. 465); lateral lobes with concave mesal edges
curved, lateral edges distinctly angular. Dorsal body of segment IX large, wide, fused to seg-
ment X dorsally, but divided from it ventrally by suture (Fig. 464). Ventro-lateral lobes of
segment IX massive, almost square in lateral aspect, discrete from dorsal body of segment.
Supra-genital plate minute, short, not projected laterally beyond distal extremities of lateral
lobes of vulval scale. Segment X cylindrical internally, triangular in lateral aspect, with
dorsal edges of mesal cleft sinuate; median cleft deep, with dorsal cleft angular, ventral cleft
rounded (Fig. 465).
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Quebec, New Hampshire and Michigan (Fig. 639). In Alberta it is known only from Edmon-
ton and Cold Lake to the northeast; both are plains localities, and Cold Lake is in the boreal
forest region.
I have examined two males from the study area, and one female from Michigan. Dates of
capture of the Alberta specimens were July 1 1 and 17.
Anabolia bimaculat a (Walker), 1852
(Fig. 466-470, 640)
Limnephilus (Goniotaulius) bimaculatus Walker, 1852:30. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls,
Albany River, Hudson’s Bay). Ross, 1941a: 110. Milne (D. J.), 1943:192, 194, 196. Ross,
1944:186, 189, 298. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 17. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Ross
and Merkley, 1952:449. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Pennak, 1953: Fig. 362R. Robert,
1960:59. Etnier, 1965:148.
Limnephilus (Desmotaulius) bimaculatus ; Hagen, 1861 : 263.
128
Nimmo
Anabolia bimaculata', McLachlan, 1863:157, 161. Hagen, 1864:803. Banks, 1892:363.
Banks 1897:28. Ulmer, 1905a:20. Ulmer, 1905b:61-62. Ulmer, 1907a:46. Banks, 1907a:
37. Martynov, 1914:209. Krafka, 1923: plate 8. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925a: 124. Dodds
and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Betten, 1926:529. Banks, 1930b: 128. Ricker, 1932:132. Ricker,
1934:54. Betten, 1934:353-354. Neave, 1934:167. Milne, 1935:43, 49. Denning, 1937:
34-37. Betten and Mosely, 1940:142-144. Denning, 1941b: 195. Schmid, 1950b:88-95.
Schmid, 1955:151. Flint, 1960:5, 56, 57, 114. Fischer, 1969:4-5.
Desmotaulius bimaculatus ; Hagen, 1864:81 1.
Anabolia maculata\ Dodds and Hisaw, 1925a: Fig. 1. Balduf, 1939:121.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Anabolia in the
study area by conical dorsal processes of claspers with black tips; by dorsal strap of segment
IX without dorso-mesal process; and by small, triangular median lobes of segment X (Fig.
466). Females are distinguished by relatively small ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX with
small, triangular ventro-posterior lobes; by ventro-lateral lobes in contact mesally (Fig. 470);
and by small, low, dorsal body of segment IX (Fig. 469).
Description. — Antennae brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes paler, glabrous. Vertex of
head dark brown. Thorax dark brown dorsally but with paler meso-longitudinal line; lateral-
ly pale yellow. Spurs pale brown. Fore wing length of male 15.8 mm; deep chocolate-brown
to pale yellowish brown; lightly irrorate; costal area clear, pale yellow. Venation not signifi-
cantly different from that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Dorsal strap of seg-
ment IX short, slender, directed anterad (Fig. 466). Main body of segment roughly inverted-
triangular. Clasper with long, narrow base; dorsal process short, conical, heavily sclerotized,
black distally. Median lobes of segment X short, triangular, black distally, each with minute
disto-lateral tooth (Fig. 467). Cercus of medium size, rounded-triangular distally; with con-
cave mesal face, thick base. Median shaft of aedeagus slender, tapered evenly distad, with
distinct distal head small (Fig. 468); lateral arms shorter than median shaft, each basally
curved sharply dorsad, divided distally to long, acuminate dorsal lobe and small, triangular
ventral lobe; short setae located only along edge between lobes.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Vulval scale with
three lobes well separated (Fig. 470); median lobe longer than laterals, conical in ventral
aspect, rugose at base; lateral lobes with channelled mesal faces. Dorsal body of segment IX
small, with short, triangular, dorsal extension; main part of dorsal body fused to segment X
(Fig. 469). Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX relatively small, rectangular in lateral aspect
except for triangular postero-ventral angles; discrete from dorsal body. Segment X of irregu-
lar outline in lateral aspect; distally acuminate, deeply cleft mesally. Cerci short, fused at
bases to dorso-lateral surfaces of segment X. Supra-genital plate small, rectangular.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near cattail sloughs, lakes, or ponds,
or smaller, quietly flowing, rivers and creeks. The flight period extends from June 1 1 to
August 29 with a possible peak at end of July and beginning of August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to British Columbia, New Mexico, Michigan, and Maine (Fig. 640). In Alberta it is
fairly ubiquitous throughout the plains and lower major mountain valleys.
I have examined 417 specimens, 274 males and 143 females, from the study area.
The Genus Asynarchus McLachlan
This genus is represented in the study area by three species belonging to two groups.
Synopsis of characters. — Head slightly elongate; eyes not prominent. Dorsal line barely
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
129
visible. Spur formula 1,3,4. Pronotum short. Wings of normal size, shortened in female of
some species and cold adapted forms. Fore wings much as in Limnephilus spp. but more ex-
panded at chord; hind wings somewhat larger than fore. Fore wings basically brown, with
small irrorations and larger clear areas at thyridial cells, chord, and distally along M4+5.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII non-spinate. Segment IX laterally strongly convex and
sclerotized. Cerci medium to large, varied; in certain species slender, strongly concave; distal
edge heavily sclerotized, mesal faces with massive tooth or ridge in some species. Median
lobes of segment X small, ventrad of cerci. Claspers with prominent basal pieces fused to
segment IX; distal processes bifid, pincer-like, black. Aedeagus large, quite similar to that of
Limnephilus spp.; lateral arms slender, bilobed.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX short, inconspicuous; with two large,
laterally flattened, appendages fused basally to each other in some species. Segment X ven-
trad of these appendages; with thin, hardly cleft walls. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX
huge, high, massive; in most species contiguous meso-ventrally. Supra-genital plate large.
Vulval scale partly recessed into sternum VIII; lateral lobes long, oblique straps.
Key to the Males of species of Asynarchus found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Clasper very large, blade-like, triangular (Fig. 471); median lobes of segment X
large, triangular; dorsal strap relatively wide A. mutatus (Hagen), p. 129.
lb. Claspers small, distally bifid (Fig. 476, 482); median lobes of segment X small
hooks; dorsal strap very narrow 2a
2a.(lb) Cercus hooked meso-ventrad distally, with second, ventral, black tooth distinct
(Fig. 482) A. aldinus (Ross), p. 131.
2b. Disto-dorsal angle of cercus triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 476), not divided
from disto-ventral angle A. curtus (Banks), p. 130.
Key to the Females of species of Asynarchus found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Segment IX a single, massive unit, grossly enlarge ventrad (Fig. 474)
A. mutatus (Hagen), p. 129.
lb. Segment IX with clear, almost discrete ventro-lateral lobes (Fig. 480)
A. curtus (Banks), p. 130.
A. aldinus (Ross), p. 131.
The contumax group
A single species of this group is known in the study area.
Males of this group are distinguished by short, thin-walled, mesally concave cerci; and by
massive median lobes of segment X. Females are distinguished by very large ventro-lateral
lobes of segment IX; and by narrow, oblique lateral lobes of vulval scale.
Asynarchus mutatus (Hagen), 1861
(Fig. 471-475, 641)
Hallesus mutatus Hagen, 1861:267. (Type locality: Labrador). Hagen, 1864:818. Banks,
1892:364. Ulmer, 1905a:21. Ulmer, 1907a:56. Banks, 1907a:38. Ross, 1938b:32.
Stenophylax mutatus ; Betten, 1934:345.
Anabolia mutata ; Milne, 1935:43, 49.
Limnephilus mutatus ; Ross, 1938b:37-38. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:449.
Etnier, 1965:149.
130
Nirnmo
Asynarchus mutatus ; Schmid, 1954b:65-67. Schmid, 1955:153. Fischer, 1969:50-51.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Asynarchus by large,
triangular, blade-like claspers (Fig. 471); by high, short, triangular median lobes of segment
X; and by short, irregular cerci. Females are distinguished by massive, unit segment IX (Fig.
474) which completely encircles segment X (Fig. 475).
Description. — Antennae brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes darker, glabrous. Vertex of
head dark brown, warts yellowish. Thorax warm yellowish brown. Brush of fore leg of male
slight, on basal third of femur only. Spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of male 15.0 mm;
dark brownish grey, irrorate, with larger patches of solid colour; two major areas of clear
membrane just distad of chord and immediately anterad of Cul+2; veins of chord darker
than others. Venation identical to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Dorsal strap of seg-
ment IX simple, broad; main body of segment almost elipsoidal. Clasper long, thin, triangu-
lar blade with black tip (Fig. 471). Median lobes of segment X short, with denticulate dorsal
edges; distal areas black, each with distinct disto-lateral tooth (Fig. 472). Cercus short, with
cup-like disto-mesal faces, black, toothed posterior edges. Median shaft of aedeagus tapered
slightly distad; directed postero-dorsad from base (Fig. 473); lateral arms curved in semi-
circle, each with lanceolate, spinate distal lobe; two small, spatulate lobes on ventral edge of
each arm; each lobe distally fringed with stout spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Indian Head, Saskatchewan). Vulval scale with short,
conical median lobe (Fig. 475); lateral lobes long, narrow, tapered, directed postero-laterad,
well separated from median lobe. Segment IX massive, of one piece; dorsal portion slightly
narrowed; ventral portion swollen, fused ventrad of segment X (Fig. 474, 475). Supra-genital
plate very wide, short, hyaline. Segment X very short, tubular, not cleft. Cereal lobes not
evident.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near sedge and cattail sloughs and
lakes. The flight season extends from June 3 to July 23.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia to Great Slave Lake, Minnesota and Ontario (Fig. 641). In Alberta it is confined to the
plains and eastern edges of the foothills in the lower valleys.
I have examined 1 1 males of this species from the study area and Great Slave Lake, and
a female from Saskatchewan.
The lapponicus group
Two species of this group are known from the study area.
Males of this group are distinguished by large, projected, lanceolate cerci; and by small
median lobes of segment X. Females are distinguished by discrete ventro-lateral lobes of
segment IX; and by large, triangular lateral lobes of vulval scale.
Asynarchus curtus (Banks), 1920
(Fig. 476-481,642)
Anabolia curta Banks, 1920:345. (Type locality: Massachusetts). Betten, 1934:354. Ross,
1938b:28.
Limnephilus curtus\ Ross, 1938b:35. Ross, 1944:298. Ross, 1947:152. Ross, 1950b:428.
429, Fig. 18, 18a. Ross and Merkley, 1952:443. Etnier, 1965:148. Ross, 1966:592.
Limnephilus curtis\ Milne (D. J.), 1943:192, 194. Morse and Blickle, 1953:58.
Asynarchus curtus\ Schmid, 1954b: 60, 81-84, 85, 86. Schmid, 1955:154. Fischer, 1969:
44-45. Flint, 1960:60, 104, 114.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
131
Anabolia planifrons; Milne, 1935:43, 44, 49. Schmid, 1954b:60.
Limnephilus batchewana Denning, 1 949b : 90-9 1 . (Type locality: Batchewana Bay, Lake
Superior). Ross, 1950b:426. Ross and Merkley, 1952:443. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48.
Schmid, 1954b:60. Ross, 1965:592.
Limnephilus conerus Ross, 1950b: 426, 428-429. (Type locality: Thunder Bay, Ontario).
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Asynarchus by short,
distally bifid claspers; by massive, disto-ventrally toothed claspers (Fig. 476); and by uncleft
distal edge of claspers. Females are distinguished by partially separate ventro-lateral lobes of
segment IX (Fig. 480); and by laterally cleft segment X, with wide, triangular dorsal cerci.
Females of this species are, however, inseparable from those of A. aldinus, except by associ-
ation with the male in the field.
The males are of the form batchewana Denning (syn., conerus Ross) and differ consistent-
ly from the eastern curtus as illustrated by Ross (1950b). The synonymy followed here is
that of Schmid (1952c), although Ross and Denning still consider batchewana a distinct
species (in lift.).
Description. — Antennae clothed with black hairs, of overall dark brown colour; scapes
clear yellow, glabrous. Vertex of head dark brown except for narrow area mesad of com-
pound eyes. Thorax reddish brown, with intermixed darker areas. Brush of male fore leg
sparse, pale, confined to basal quarter of femur. Spurs reddish yellow. Fore wing length of
male 14.8 mm; red-brown, irrorate, with very few larger areas clear. Costal area also irrorate.
Venation identical to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek beaver pond, 20 miles west of Turner Valley,
Alberta). Dorsal strap of segment IX short, narrow (Fig. 476). Main body of segment mas-
sive, with narrow sternal area. Clasper short, stout, distally bifid, black. Median lobes of
segment X small, distally hooked dorsad, black. Cercus massive, with heavy longitudinal
ridge along mesal face (Fig. 477); distally black. Median shaft of aedeagus long, curved
dorsad from base (Fig. 478); lateral arms shorter, with disto-dorsal lobe long, scythe-like,
curved dorso-anterad; with small ventral lobe setose (Fig. 479).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Gorge Creek beaver pond, 20 miles west of Turner
Valley, Alberta). Vulval scale large, with narrow median lobe slightly longer than large, tri-
angular, lateral lobes (Fig. 481). Dorsal body of segment IX small, wide, partially separated
from segment X (Fig. 480); ventro-lateral lobes large, rectangular, partially discrete from
dorsal body. Supra-genital plate wide, incised on posterior edge, partly sunken in ventral
depressions of segment IX. Segment X small, shallowly incised laterally, deeply incised
dorsally; tubular. Cerci massive, set well dorsad of segment X, blunt distally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found in a wide variety of habitats, from
small plains sloughs and lakes, to high mountain pass bogs, and smaller, quieter creeks. The
flight period extends from July 5 to Sept. 25, with peak about the beginning of September.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Colorado and Labrador (Fig. 642). In Alberta it is found throughout the plains, foothills,
and mountains, to altitudes of around 7,350’.
I have examined 246 specimens, 96 males and 150 females, from the study area and Great
Slave Lake.
Asynarchus aldinus (Ross), 1941
(Fig. 482-483, 643)
Limnephilus aldinus Ross, 1941b: 19. (Type locality: Rowe Lakes, Waterton National Park,
Alberta). Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:443.
Asynarchus aldinus', Schmid, 1954b:84-86. Schmid, 1955:154. Nimmo, 1965:786-787.
Fischer, 1969:42.
132
Nimmo
Males of this species are distinguishable from males of A. curtus by lateral aspect of cerci,
with meso-distal angle separated from ventral tooth by lunate cleft, in form of distinct,
postero-ventrally hooked tooth (Fig. 482). Females can only be determined in association
with males.
Description. — Antennae light brown, with yellow, glabrous stripe along antero-mesal
faces of scapes. Vertex of head dark brown, with lighter mesal band joining area between
compound eyes with postero-mesal warts. Thorax warm reddish brown; terga lighter dorsal-
ly. Brush of male fore leg of short, black spines in narrow band on basal third of femur.
Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 1 1.2 mm; brownish grey, sparsely irrorate. Venation
identical to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff-Jasper Hwy., Alberta). Dorsal strap of
segment IX very narrow, short. Main body of segment large, angular, almost trapezoidal
(Fig. 482). Clasper large, short, stout; distal extremity black, bifid; base long, tapered ven-
trad. Median lobes of segment X small, hooked dorsad distally. Cercus massive, with large
ventro-distal tooth produced basad along mesal face (Fig. 483); in lateral aspect dorso-mesal
extremity separated from ventral tooth as postero-ventrally curved hook (Fig. 482). Aedea-
gus essentially identical to that of A curtus.
Female genitalia. This sex is known (Nimmo, 1965), but is indistinguishable from female
of A. curtus.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found in high alpine meadow and mountain
pass areas, emerging from shallow, quiet pools or streams in sedge meadows. The flight
period extends from July 25 to August 27.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to Idaho (Fig. 643). In Alberta it attains altitudes of up to 7,000’.
I have examined 16 specimens, eight males and eight females, from the study area.
Asynarchus lapponicus Zetterstedt, 1840
This species has been reported recently from the study area (Clifford, 1969), but I have
been unable to confirm the record as the specimens involved are missing. Therefore I do not
include full details on this species, but draw the reader’s attention to the above record, and
refer to Schmid (1954b: 78-81) for figures and full description.
The Genus Philarctus McLachlan
A single species of this genus is known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Head rather elongate, eyes and cephalic warts small. Antennae
thick, shorter than wings. Anterior femora of male very thick; anterior tibiae equally thick,
slightly flattened, each terminated by ridge; both clothed with brushes of stout spines along
opposing faces; apical spur short, flat, triangular. Spur formula 1,3,4. Wings various in size;
some species with Limnephilus- like wings; others quite shortened, apically parabolic. Color-
ation dark brown. Venation of fore wing with chord weakly disrupted, slightly oblique; hind
wing chord strongly disrupted, parallel to body.
Male genitalia with well developed segment IX; dorsal strap short, wide, setose. Cerci very
large, bulky, strongly sclerotized, fused ventrad of anal aperture and located laterad of it.
Intermediate lobes of segment IX triangular or horizontal discs, ventrad of cerci. Claspers
well developed, with long, slender dorsal process. Aedeagus similar to Limnephilus spp.;
lateral arms very slender, expanded distally, finely spinate.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX short, blunt, projected, expanded laterad
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
133
at base; ventro-lateral lobes quite small, not contiguous ventrally. Supra-genital plate large,
short. Segment X large, blunt, thick, weakly sclerotized, pilose; deeply cleft tube, more or
less open ventrally. Cerci large, prominent, free. Median lobe of vulval scale long, narrow;
lateral lobes short, thick, sub-quadrangular.
Philarctus quaeris (Milne), 1935
(Fig. 484-489, 644)
Colpotaulius quaeris Milne, 1935:41, 45. (Type locality: Quesnel Lake, British Columbia).
Milne, 1936:60.
Limnephilus quaeris’, Ross, 1944:298. Etnier, 1965:149.
Philarctus quaeris’, Ross and Merkley, 1952:436. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47. Schmid, 1955:
158. Wiggins, 1963: 103-105. Clifford, 1969:583. Fischer, 1969:58.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes yellow-brown, glab-
rous. Vertex of head dark reddish brown in triangular area between three ocelli; lighter
peripherally. Thorax light brown laterally, dorsally. Brush of male fore leg confined to distal
three-quarters of femur; anterior tibia also with brushes on entire length of opposite face.
Spurs reddish brown. Fore wing length of male 8.7 mm; dark chocolate-brown, heavily
irrorate; costal area hyaline throughout. Venation identical to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 17 miles north of Langdon Corner, on Hwy. 9, Alberta).
Dorsal strap high, wide (Fig. 484); heavily setose. Main body of segment irregular in lateral
aspect, with low, triangular postero-dorsal angles. Clasper with parallelogram-like base sur-
mounted by short, thin, acuminate dorsal process. Median lobes of segment X not evident.
Ventrad of dorsally fused cerci are two placoid lobes which appear to be intermediate lobes
(Fig. 484, 485). Cercus large, fused at base to segment IX; distally acuminate plate fused
dorsally as roof to anal passage. Median shaft of aedeagus long, very slender, with distinct,
long distal head (Fig. 486, 487); lateral arms shorter, slightly expanded from narrow bases
to shovel-like distal blades concave on mesal faces.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 17 miles north of Langdon Corner, on Hwy. 9, Alberta).
Vulval scale with roughly rectangular median lobe; lateral lobes triangular, close to median
(Fig. 489). Dorsal body of segment IX high, narrow, distinct from segment X (Fig. 488);
ventro-lateral lobes small, irregular, flap-like. Supra-genital plate trapezoidal. Segment X
tubular, with lateral bulges; slightly cleft mesally; recessed slightly into segment IX. Cerci
short, narrow, fused at base, projected clear of remainder of segment X.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near sedge and horse-tail sloughs or
lakes of the plains or low mountain valleys. The flight period extends from June 18 to
September 13, with a peak toward the end of August.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to Oregon, Colorado, and Minnesota (Fig. 644). In Alberta it is known from the plains
and low mountain valleys.
I have examined 142 specimens, 69 males and 73 females, from the study area.
The Genus Arctopora Thomson
Schmid (1952c) erected the genus Lenarchulus to contain two species, with Phryganea
trimaculata Zetterstedt as type species. Fischer (1966) pointed out that in fact Thomson
(1891) erected the genus Arctopora to contain the single species Phryganea trimaculata
Zetterstedt. Arctopora is therefore used here as the correct name for this genus which
contains three species, one of which is known from Alberta.
134
Nimmo
Synopsis of characters . — Head rather elongated. Pronotum short. Spur formula 1,3,3.
Wings quite large, fore wings large, truncated apically; hind wings not large, indented
postero-apically. Fore wings with large brown patches; chord weakly disrupted, concave,
slightly oblique to body posteriorly.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII setose at postero-dorsal edge. Segment IX elongated
laterally, about as wide as sides dorsally. Cerci small, heavily sclerotized, thick, rounded.
Median lobes of segment X small, blunt, heavy. Aedeagus of average size; median shaft
slender; lateral arms similarly very slender except for widened tips.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX well developed, prominent, almost
entirely overhanging small, inconspicuous, collar-like segment X. Ventro-lateral lobes of
segment IX large, ovoid, closely contiguous ventrally. Supra-genital plate large, inconspicu-
ous. Vulval scale large, partly flanked by sternum VIII; median lobe long, narrow; lateral
lobes sub-quadrangular, divergent.
Arctopora pulchella (Banks), 1908
(Fig. 490-494, 645)
Limnephilus pulchellus Banks, 1908b: 63. (Type locality: Grand Lake, Newfoundland).
Betten, 1926:529. Betten, 1934:331. Milne, 1935:44, 51. Ross, 1938b:39. Ross, 1944:
298. Robert, 1960:59.
Limnophilus pulchellus-, Sibley, 1926:107, 191,216-217.
Limnephilus ( Goniotaulius) Pulchellus ; Milne, 1935:44, 5 1 .
Lenarchus pulchellus ; Ross and Merkley, 1952:438.
Lenarchulus pulchellus ; Schmid, 1952c: 165, 167-169. Schmid, 1955:160. Flint, 1960:61,
62, 104, 106. Smith, 1969:50.
Arctopora pulchella ; Fischer, 1969:59-60.
Males of this species are distinguished by massive, dorsal lobes of dorsal strap of segment
IX (Fig. 490, 491); and by short, rounded, blunt median lobes of segment X. Females are dis-
tinguished by fused, inseparable segments IX and X (Fig. 493); by discrete ventro-lateral lobes
of segment IX fused ventrally; and by minute segment X recessed into segment IX (Fig. 494).
Description. — Antennae dark brown, to dark reddish brown. Vertex of head very dark
brown to black. Thorax deep red brown to black. Spurs red-brown. Fore wing length of male
9.5 mm; grey-brown, with large hyaline areas. Venation identical to that of Limnephilus.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Wapta Lake, Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park,
British Columbia). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII slightly bulbous, sparsely setose (Fig.
490). Dorsal strap of segment IX massive, thick, projected well posterad over remainder of
genitalia; distally narrowed, bilobed (Fig. 491); each lobe supported by only very slight
antero-lateral straps to main body of segment. Main body of segment roughly rectangular,
narrowed ventrad, curved slightly posterad. Clasper small, triangular, mesally concave. Lobes
of segment X short, blunt, rounded distally; median lobes closely appressed along mesal
edges (Fig. 491); intermediate lobes attached to lateral extensions of median lobes; cerci
small, peg-like. Median shaft of aedeagus long, straight, hardly tapered, with slight, distinct
distal head (Fig. 492); lateral arms longer, thinner, each expanded distally to clawed tip,
with short, lightly spinate baso-dorsal lobe, and long, curved tapered distal lobe.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Wapta Lake, Kicking Horse Pass, Yoho National Park,
British Columbia). Vulval scale large, with median lobe basally narrow, expanded distally to
slightly bilobed tip (Fig. 494); lateral lobes triangular, well separated. Dorsal body of seg-
ment IX large, high, rectangular, fused to segment X which it partly overshadows (Fig. 493);
ventro-lateral lobes discrete, polygonal, fused ventrad of segment X. No apparent supra-
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
135
genital plate. Segment X minute, difficult to distinguish from segment IX; cleft ventrally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near sedge sloughs or ponds and
quiet streams. The flight period extends from June 28 to September 25.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from British Colum-
bia to Newfoundland (Fig. 645). In Alberta it is confined largely to the mountains and foot-
hills, to altitudes of 6,675’, it is however also found well away from the mountains, at
Edmonton (2,000’), and at the Hay River, in northern Alberta.
I have examined 90 specimens, 47 males and 43 females, from the study area.
The Genus Lenarchus Martynov
Four species belonging to this genus, in two subgenera, are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Head short, in most species large, with prominent eyes. Spur
formula 1,3,4. Wings large or of average size; fore wings clearly widened at chord; hind wings
much larger. Fore wings strongly irrorate, brown or red; venation with chord strongly dis-
rupted, somewhat concave, anteriorly oblique to body. Hind wing chord strongly disrupted,
concave, parallel to body.
Male genitalia with segment IX elongate laterally, robust; short ventrally, produced dorsad
as equally wide dorsal strap, developed posterad as massive, wide lobe over rest of genitalia
(Fig. 495); lobe in some species formed from dorsal strap, but in others formed from fused
cerci. Cerci large, thick, heavily sclerotized, dentate, when free. Median lobes of segment
X elongate plates in most species. Claspers not prominent, fused so solidly to segment IX
that suture not easily seen; dorsal process very slender in some species, long, horizontal.
Aedeagus long, strong; median shaft folded basally; lateral arms slender, distally bilobed.
Female genitalia various. Segment IX of some species of two distinct parts. Ventro-lateral
lobes very large, blunt, ventrally contiguous, or long, slender, not contiguous. Supra-genital
plate large, short. Segment X tubular, variously cleft. Cerci long, slender, or fused to seg-
ment X. Vulval scale quite large; lateral lobes somewhat quadrangular; oblique, divergent.
Key to the Males of species of Lenarchus known from Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Dorsal plate formed of posterior process of dorsal strap of segment IX (Fig. 495)
L. (Lenarchus) crassus (Banks), p. 136.
lb. Dorsal plate formed from fused cerci (Fig. 501) 2a
2a.(lb) Clasper with long, very thin dorsal process (Fig. 504)
L. (Paralenarchus) vastus (Hagen), p. 137.
2b. Clasper otherwise (Fig. 501, 510) 3a
3a.(2b) Dorsal plate with rectangular median cleft (Fig. 502)
L. (Paralenarchus) fautini (Denning), p. 136.
3b. Dorsal plate with narrow, v-shaped, median cleft (Fig. 511)
L. (Paralenarchus) brevipennis Banks, p. 138.
Females of only two species are known, so that a key to the females of the species
present in the study area is impracticable at present.
The Subgenus Lenarchus Martynov
This subgenus, of which one species is known from the study area, is characterised by
large, irrorate fore wings; by dorsal plate formed from dorsal strap of segment IX of male;
and by median lobes of segment X of male well developed.
136
Nimmo
Lenarchus crassus (Banks), 1920
(Fig. 495-500, 646)
Limnephilus crassus Banks, 1920:343. (Type locality: Massachusetts). Betten, 1934:321.
Milne, 1935:46, 51. Ross, 1944:298.
Lenarchus crassus ; Ross and Merkley, 1952:438. Flint, 1960:62.
Lenarchus (Lenarchus) crassus ; Schmid, 1952c: 177, 181-183. Schmid, 1955:163. Fischer,
1969:62-63.
Males of this species are distinguished from other species of Lenarchus by dorsal plate
formed from dorsal strap of segment IX (Fig. 495); and by long, irregularly dorsally direc-
ted, black spine attached to dorso-mesal faces of claspers. Female unknown.
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown. Vertex of head red-brown, to dark brown mesal-
ly. Thorax dark yellowish brown to red-brown. Spurs red-brown. Fore wing length of male
15.1 mm; warm chocolate-brown, irrorate, with larger hyaline areas. Venation identical to
that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Eisenhower Junction, Banff National Park, Alberta).
Segment IX massive, of roughly equal width throughout, curved anterad in lateral aspect
(Fig. 495). Postero-dorsal edge produced posterad as wide, thick plate dorsad of remainder
of genitalia, and weakly bilobed on posterior edge (Fig. 496). Clasper high, narrow, partly
fused to segment IX; dorsal extremity with long, thin, heavily sclerotized spine attached to
mesal face, curved angularly dorsad. Median lobes of segment X high, thin, polygonal, dark
plates set vertically laterad of anus, connected ventrally by small sub-anal plate (Fig. 496,
497). Cercus rounded-triangular, fused to postero-ventral edges of dorsal plate of segment
IX. Median shaft of aedeagus slender, tapered (Fig. 498), with tip deeply cleft (Fig. 499);
lateral arms with long, narrow bases each abruptly widened to distal, spatulate tip fringed
on dorsal edge with long setae; with small, spiniform, meso-dorsal lobe visible in dorsal
aspect (Fig. 500).
Female genitalia. Not known.
Geographical distribution. - This species is known from few, widely separated localities in
Alberta, Quebec, and New Hampshire (Fig. 646). In Alberta the single record is from a point
along the Bow River Valley in the mountains, in an area of valley-bottom sedge marshes.
I have examined a single male of this species from Alberta; in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.
The Subgenus Paralenarchus Schmid
This subgenus, three species of which are known from the study area, is characterised in
males by clear discontinuity between segment IX and dorsal plate, formed from fused cerci
(Fig. 501); median lobes of segment X very long, or reduced.
Lenarchus fautini (Denning), 1949
(Fig. 501-503, 647)
Limnephilus fautini Denning, 1949a:46-47. (Type locality: Libby Flats, Albany County,
Wyoming).
Lenarchus fautini', Ross and Merkley, 1952:439. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47.
Lenarchus (Paralenarchus) fautini', Schmid, 1952c: 204, 205-201. Schmid, 1955:164. Fischer,
1969:65.
Males of this species are distinguished from males of other species of Lenarchus by short,
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
137
blunt, rounded claspers (Fig. 501); and by dorsal plate, attached to fused cerci, with deep,
rectangular median cleft (Fig. 502). The female is unknown.
Description. — Antennae dark brown, joints yellow; scapes very dark, with slightly lighter,
glabrous antero-mesal faces. Vertex of head uniformly black. Thorax dark brown to almost
black. Spurs reddish brown. Fore wing length of male 8.6 mm; dark chocolate-brown;
irregularly irrorate, especially along anterior edge. Venation identical to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta). Segment IX
high, narrow, except for large, rounded, latero-anterior lobes (Fig. 501); dorsal strap hardly
narrower than remainder. Clasper scoop-like, with concave mesal face; rounded-rectangular
in lateral aspect. Median lobes of segment X minute, short, hooked ventrad (Fig. 501, 502).
Intermediate lobes massive, each bilobed; mesal lobes heavily sclerotized, dorsally curved,
acuminate, black teeth; lateral lobes placoid, curved latero-dorsad to flank cereal bases
laterally. Cercus massive, thick, long, fused mesally for half length (Fig. 502); decreased in
width, directed weakly postero-laterad distad of fused bases. Median shaft of aedeagus long,
slightly narrowed distad, with distinct, discrete distal head (Fig. 503); lateral arms sinuate,
of uniform width to widened, bilobed, distal tips; dorso-mesal lobe curved, acuminate;
latero-ventral lobe spatulate, fringed distally with short setae.
Female genitalia. Not known.
Notes on biology. — I have collected a single specimen from a small, sedge-fringed, peat-
based, alpine pool at 6,878’. Flight season extends from July 17 to August 10.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to Alberta and British Columbia (Fig. 647). In Alberta it appears to be confined to
alpine situations, but records are too scanty to be certain.
I have examined two males of this species from the study area, and one from farther west
in British Columbia.
Lenar chus vastus (Hagen), 1861
(Fig. 504-509, 646)
Limnophilus vastus Hagen, 1861:257-258. (Type locality: Kenai Peninsula, Alaska). Ulmer,
1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Essig, 1926:176. Ulmer, 1932:213, 217.
Limnephilus vastus ; Hagen, 1864:840. Banks, 1892:363. Banks, 1907a:37. Banks, 1918:19.
20. Betten, 1934:337. Milne, 1935:45, 52. Ross, 1938b:40. Ross, 1944:298. Schmid and
Guppy, 1952:42.
Lenarchus vastus ; Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Ross and Merkley, 1952:439. Schmid, 1952c:
193, 194, 199-201. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Schmid,
1955:164. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138. Fischer, 1969:67.
Limnephilus intermedius Banks, 1918:20. (Type locality: Olympia, Washington). Betten,
1934:336. Ross, 1944:298. Ross and Merkley, 1952:439.
Males of this species are distinguished by very wide dorsal strap (Fig. 504); by long, very
thin, tubular dorsal process of claspers; and by long, tapered blades of segment X median
lobes. Females are distinguished by almost entirely separated dorsal body and ventro-lateral
lobes of segment IX (Fig. 508); and by large, pedicellate, trapezoidal cerci (Fig. 508, 509).
Description. — Antennae brown; scapes darker, with lighter, glabrous, antero-mesal faces.
Vertex of head dark brown to black. Thorax dark brown dorsally; laterally reddish brown.
Tibiae with alternating dark and light bands. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 18.7
mm; dark brown, heavily irrorate; some darker bars posterad of Cul, with colour intensified
by localised patches of black hairs. Venation identical to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Eisenhower Junction, Banff National Park, Alberta; in
138
Nimmo
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa). Segment IX massive, sub-rectangular in lateral as-
pect, with large, rounded lobes on antero-lateral edges (Fig. 504); posterior edges sinuate.
Clasper at ventral angle of segment IX (Fig. 505), triangular, with long, very narrow dorsal
extension with long, thin, tubular dorsal process. Median lobes of segment X long, narrow,
tapered blades curved gently dorsad, each with black, minutely dentate dorsal edges (Fig.
504); intermediate lobes massive, thick, twisted plates ventrad of fused cerci (Fig. 504, 505).
Cerci massive, fairly short, fused along most of mesal edges (Fig. 506); directed slightly
postero-ventrad, with black extremities; somewhat concave on ventral surfaces. Median
shaft of aedeagus stout, with wrinkled basal portion (Fig. 507); with distinct, discrete distal
head partly recessed into basal part. Lateral arms longer, each of even width, narrow, with
cleft tips.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Eisenhower Junction, Banff National Park, Alberta; in
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa). Vulval scale large, triangular in general outline (Fig.
509); with large, rectangular median lobe; lateral lobes with long, rectangular bases, rounded-
triangular lobes on distal three-quarters of mesal edges. Segment IX with small, triangular,
ventro-lateral lobes connected to acute-triangular (in lateral aspect) dorsal body by very
narrow lateral bands (Fig. 508). Supra-genital plate wide, short, rounded. Segment X of two
major parts, ventral part wide basally, tapered slightly posterad; posteriorly bilobed (Fig.
509); with ventral carina; dorsal part narrow strap of varied width, bent at right angles,
widened laterad; black, pointed distally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near smaller mountain or alpine
sloughs or ponds fringed with sedges. They have also been collected from low, major
valley systems of the Cordillera. The flight season extends from June 6 to August 24.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Alberta, Idaho, and California (Fig. 646). In Alberta it is confined to the mountain areas,
ranging in altitude from about 3,000’ to about 6,800’.
I have examined 28 specimens, nine males and 19 females, from the study area. I have
never taken males myself, but many females; all males recorded are in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.
Lenarchus brevipennis (Banks), 1899
(Fig. 510-514, 647)
Stenophylax brevipennis Banks, 1899:209. (Type locality: Colorado). Ulmer, 1905a:21.
Ulmer, 1907a:50. Ross, 1938b:41.
Anabolia brevipennis ; Banks, 1907a:37. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig, 1926:176.
Betten, 1934:356.
Arctoecia brevipennis ; Milne, 1935:39, 49.
Limnephilus brevipennis ; Ross, 1938b:34. Ross, 1944:298.
Lenarchus brevipennis ; Schmid, 1950b:301. Ross and Merkley, 1952:439. Smith, 1965:244.
Lenarchus (Paralenarchus) brevipennis ; Schmid, 1952c:201-205, 207. Schmid, 1955:164.
Fischer, 1969:65.
Males of this species are distinguishable from males of other species of Lenarchus by
dorsal plate formed of fused cerci; by dorsal plate with v-shaped median cleft (Fig. 5 1 1); by
small, pale, thin-bladed, median lobes of segment X (Fig. 510); and by orbicular, distal con-
cavities of cereal mesal surfaces. Females are distinguished by massive vulval scale with
short, thin, median lobe (Fig. 514); by discrete, trapezoidal ventro-lateral lobes of segment
IX (Fig. 513); and by acute-triangular cerci.
Description. — Antennae brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes lighter, glabrous. Vertex of
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
139
head very dark brown, except lighter laterally. Thorax very dark brown throughout. Spurs
brown. Fore wing length of male 11.2 mm; pale chocolate-brown; densely and minutely
irrorate; costal area clear. Venation not differing significantly from Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lewis Lake, Wyoming; in Illinois Natural History Survey).
Segment IX high, relatively narrow, except widened laterally (Fig. 510). Ventro-lateral angles
with tapered suture. Clasper small, with large, triangular ventral lobe, small, acuminate, dor-
sal lobe. Median lobes of segment X small, digitate, thin blades (Fig. 510). Intermediate
lobes of segment X massive, folded plates; each meso-distal lobe short, thick, distally black-
toothed spike; each latero-basal lobe rectangular in lateral aspect, curved dorsad. Cerci mas-
sive, fused along mesal edges for two-thirds of length (Fig. 511); with mesal carina, and
orbicular distal concavities. Two short, thin, clavate papillae (Fig. 510, 51 1) baso-dorsad of
cerci. Median shaft of aedeagus massive, thick throughout, with discrete distal head recessed
into basal portion (Fig. 512); lateral arms attached to median shaft, not tapered distad,
with disto-dorsal lobe curved, spiniform; disto-ventral lobe blunt, fringed with long setae.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Waterton, Waterton National Park, Alberta). Vulval
scale huge; median lobe long, thin, shorter than lateral lobes (Fig. 514); lateral lobes massive,
almost trapezoidal. Dorsal body of segment IX high, narrow, merged indistinguishably to
acute-triangular cereal lobes (Fig. 513); ventro-lateral lobes discrete, trapezoidal in lateral
aspect; small. Supra-genital plate large, slightly angular laterally. Segment X small, recessed
into segment IX; essentially cylindrical, with lateral edges incised, ventral surface flat, plate-
like.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from southern
Alberta to Oregon and Colorado (Fig. 647). In Alberta it is known from a single female
taken in the far southwest corner of the province.
I have examined two specimens of this species; one male from Wyoming, and a female
from the study area.
The Genus Hesperophylax Banks
Three species of this genus are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Head short, very large, eyes large. Spur formula 1,2,2. Wings
large, similar to Limnephilus spp. except hind wings rather narrow, not indented postero-
apically. Fore wings densely pilose, patterned; sub-radial cell with silvered line; distad of cell
line trebles in width, tapered gradually to wing tip, silver line bordered with grey or black.
Venation of fore wings with weakly disrupted chord, concave, anteriorly oblique to body;
hind wing similar.
Male genitalia with narrow segment IX. Cerci very large, blunt, thin, weakly sclerotized.
Median lobes of segment X fused as single lobe over membranous anal orifice. Claspers fairly
large, not prominent; with long bases narrow; dorsal processes long, slender. Aedeagus fairly
large, short, curved dorsad; median shaft slender, simple; lateral arms much shorter, each
with short, thick base with two bundles of slender, sclerotized blades.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX short, weakly developed; ventro-lateral
lobes very small, inconspicuous, fused to lateral edges of very large, thick, supra-genital
plate. Segment X short, tubular, finely pilose. Cerci long, thin, fused to dorsal surfaces of
segment X. Median lobe of vulval scale long, narrow; lateral lobes large, triangular.
Key to the Males of the species of Hesperophylax found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Clasper long, narrow, acute triangular (Fig. 515, 525); median lobe of segment X
140
Nimmo
with distinct dorso-anterad hook acuminate 2a
Clasper with truncate tip, dorsal portion of uniform width (Fig. 520); median
lobe of segment X not acuminately hooked, clavate. . . H. incisus (Banks), p. 142.
Disto-dorsal edge of cercus with slight indentation (Fig. 515); clasper base wide
throughout entire height H. occidentalis (Banks), p. 140.
Cercus without distal indentation (Fig. 525); clasper base evenly tapered ventrad
H. consimilis (Banks), p. 141.
Key to the Females of species of Hesperophylax found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Median lobe of vulval scale narrow; at least as long as lateral lobes (Fig. 523, 529)
2a
lb. Median lobe of vulval scale very short, wide, with truncate tip (Fig. 519)
H. occidentalis (Banks), p. 140.
2a.(la) Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX large, irregular, prominent (Fig. 524)
H. incisus (Banks), p. 142.
2b. Ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX small, barely evident (Fig. 528)
H. consimilis (Banks), p. 141.
Hesperophylax occidentalis (Banks), 1908
(Fig. 515-519, 648)
Platyphylax designata var. occidentalis Banks, 1908a:265. Ross, 1938b:41. Flint, 1960:64.
Platyphylax designatus var. occidentalism Betten, 1934:363.
Hesperophylax occidentalism Banks, 1916:118. Banks, 1918:21. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:
386. Neave, 1929:189. Brues, 1930:394. Knowlton and Harmston, 1938:286. Ross,
1938b:33. Banks, 1943:348-349. Ross, 1944:297. Ross, 1947:151. Ross and Spencer,
1952:47. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Schmid, 1955:169. Flint, 1960:64. Denning,
1963:261. Fischer, 1969:86-87.
Hesperophylax designata (Walker) form occidentalism Milne, 1935:26.
Platyphylax designata var. alaskensis Banks, 1908a:265. Ross, 1938b:41.
Hesperophylax alaskensis ; Ross, 1938b: 32.
Hesperophylax designata (Walker) form alaskensis ; Milne, 1935:26.
Grammotaulius designatus (Walker) form occidentalism Milne, 1935:26, 51.
The major distinguishing characters of the two sexes of this species are given in the above
keys.
Description. — Antennae brownish yellow; antero-mesal faces of scapes glabrous. Vertex
of head yellow-brown. Thorax reddish orange. Spurs yellow-brown. Fore wing length of
male 14.8 mm; pale yellow, with longitudinal silver line. Venation as in Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Logan, Utah; in Illinois Natural History Survey). Postero-
dorsal edge of tergum VIII minutely spinate. Dorsal strap of segment IX thin, warped
antero-mesally round cereal bases (Fig. 515). Main body of segment spindle-like in lateral
aspect. Clasper with high, wide base; large, acute-triangular. Median lobe of segment X in
lateral aspect widened distally, tapered abruptly to dorso-anterad directed, acuminate tip;
posterior aspect as in Fig. 516. Cercus large, concave on mesal face, with distinct indentation
on distal edge. Median shaft of aedeagus bent dorso-posterad at mid-point, at about 45°;
lateral arms with dorsal cluster of close-packed spines curved dorso-anterad (Fig. 5 17), each
with two small, separate groups of ventral spines; the whole attached to wide, membranous
base.
lb.
2a.(la)
2b.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
141
Female genitalia. (Specimen from High River, Alberta). Vulval scale equilateral-triangular
in ventral aspect (Fig. 519); median lobe shorter than large triangular lateral lobes. Dorsal
body of segment IX high, thin, indistinguishable from segment X; ventro-lateral lobes small,
irregular, setose ventrally (Fig. 518). Supra-genital plate large, with rectangular base, triangu-
lar posterior edge. Segment X cylindrical, deeply cleft ventrally, with disto-dorsal angles
flanged laterally. No evident cereal lobes.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
British Columbia to California and New Mexico (Fig. 648). It is known from a single locality
in the plains of southwestern Alberta.
I have examined two specimens of this species, one of each sex.
Hesperophylax consimilis (Banks), 1900
(Fig. 525-529, 648)
Limnophilus consimilis Banks, 1900a:253. (Type locality: South Park, Colorado). Ulmer,
1905a: 19. Ulmer, 1907a:44. Essig, 1926:175.
Limnephilus consimilis', Ross, 1938b:35. Banks, 1907a:36. Betten, 1934:336.
Hesperophylax consimilis', Milne, 1935:26, 51. Knowlton and Harmston, 1938:286. Ross,
1938b:32. Ross, 1944:297. Ross, 1947:152. Schmid, 1955:169. Fischer, 1969:82.
Grammotaulius consimilis', Milne, 1935:5 1 .
The major distinguishing characteristics of each sex of this species are outlined in the keys
above.
Description. — Antennae yellow; scapes slightly darker with glabrous, antero-mesal faces.
Vertex of head reddish yellow. Thorax light reddish yellow, with mesonotum flanked by
dark brown bars. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 8.1 mm; light reddish yellow, with
longitudinal silver line. Venation identical to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Little Bow Creek, High River, Alberta). Postero-dorsal
edge of tergum VIII sparsely clothed with short setae. Dorsal strap of segment IX very thin,
incomplete dorsally; main body of segment spindle-shaped (Fig. 525). Clasper with wide
base tapered evenly ventrad; dorsal process long, thin, tapered distad, acuminate. Median
lobe of segment X with dorso-anterad process acuminate; with membranous folds about
anus; high, narrow, triangular in posterior aspect (Fig. 526). Cercus large, polygonal, with
concave mesal face. Median shaft of aedeagus much longer than lateral arms (Fig. 527),
curved gently dorsad; lateral arms of dorsal sheaf of spines, several separate ventral spines;
spines long, lamellar; attached to membranous base.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Little Bow Creek, High River, Alberta). Vulval scale
equilateral-triangular (Fig. 529); median lobe long, narrow, tapered evenly distad, rounded;
lateral lobes acute-triangular, with carinae bisecting anterior angles. Dorsal body of segment
IX small, high, narrow, separated from segment X by posterior declivity (Fig. 528); ventro-
I lateral lobes barely visible in lateral aspect, small. Segment X large, plate-like over anal aper-
ture, bilobed, rounded, with distinct lateral lobes. No evident cerci. Supra-genital plate semi-
pi circular.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are collected near creeks of varied velocities,
I from mountain streams to sedge-choked plains streams. Flight season ranges from June 10
! to August 15.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Nevada (Fig. 648). In Alberta it is found primarily in the plains region, but has been taken
at 5,000’ altitude at Cameron Creek, Waterton National Park.
I have examined 24 specimens, 18 males and six females, from the study area.
142
Nimmo
Hesperophylax incisus (Banks), 1943
(Fig. 520-524, 649)
Hesperophylax incisus Banks, 1943:348. (Type locality: Wallace, Idaho). Ross, 1944:297.
Ross, 1947:151. Ross and Spencer, 1952:47. Schmid, 1955:169. Flint, 1960:64. Den-
ning, 1963:260. Fischer, 1969:85-86.
The major distinguishing characters are outlined in the keys to the species of Hespero-
phylax.
Description. — Antennae light yellow-brown; each article with distinct brown band dis-
tally; scapes darker, antero-mesal faces lighter, glabrous. Vertex of head light to dark brown;
warts lighter. Thorax reddish brown, with darker brown laterally on mesonotum. Spurs yel-
lowish brown. Fore wing length of male 12.7 mm; light brown, darker postero-basally; with
longitudinal, silver line. Venation as in Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories).
Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII lightly setose. Dorsal strap not developed, replaced by
web of membrane (Fig. 520); main body of segment narrow, spindle-shaped. Clasper long,
slender, of uniform width distally, with rectangular tip. Median lobe of segment X blunt,
rounded distally; tripod-like in posterior aspect, high, narrow (Fig. 521). Cercus large, with
disto-dorsal indentation; tip curved mesad (Fig. 521). Median shaft of aedeagus straight,
thin basally, turned abruptly dorsad at 45° for final third of length; lateral arms each of
single, large cluster of lamellate spines curved dorsad (Fig. 522).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Simpson Islands, Great Slave Lake, Northwest Terri-
tories). Vulval scale with long, rectangular median lobe (Fig. 523); lateral lobes directed
postero-laterad, each triangular, narrow. Dorsal body of segment IX high, narrow, tapered
ventrad; ventro-lateral lobes large, prominent (Fig. 524). Supra-genital plate large, square,
rounded distally. Segment X large, separated from segment IX by shallow declivity; with
ventrad curtains lateral of anal aperture; laterally with warped, large, rounded lobes (Fig.
523, 524). No evident cerci.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are collected near lakes, and occasionally slow,
gravelly streams. The flight dates extend from June 30 to August 30.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from Great Slave
Lake to California and Colorado (Fig. 649). In Alberta it is confined to the mountains and
foothills, ranging in altitude to 6,450’. An outlying population is found in the Cypress Hills
in southeastern Alberta.
I have examined 165 specimens, 113 males and 52 females, from the study area and
Great Slave Lake.
The Tribe Stenophylacini Schmid
Synopsis of characters. — Head short, very large, with large, prominent eyes. Pronotum
short; macrochaetae fine. Spur formula 1,2,2; 1,3,3; or 1,3,4; and 0,3,4 in males of some
species. Male anterior femur of most species with brushes. Wings very varied; sexually di-
morphic. Fore wings apically truncated; hind wings somewhat indented postero-apically,
with large anal areas. Venation constant in most taxa. Fore wing chord only slightly dis-
rupted, concave and posteriorly oblique to body. Hind wing chord markedly disrupted, very
oblique posteriorly.
Male genitalia less massive than in Limnephilini; more varied. Tergum VIII finely spinate.
Segment IX slightly enlarged laterally, tapered dorsad. Cerci with little ventral support.
Intermediate appendages not large, spur-like in most species, directed dorsad; paired except
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
143
in Clostoeca Banks. Claspers varied in size; rarely armed or toothed; not as prominent as in
Limnephilini. Aedeagus very varied, median shaft long, simple, non-membranous. Lateral
arms simple filaments to spinate, dentate plates.
Female genitalia with segment IX composed of two quite distinct parts in most species;
dorsal body large, without appendages; ventro-lateral lobes prominent, produced laterad or
posterad. Segment X simple, continuous prolongation of segment IX; entirely cleft to two
lateral, ventral, and dorsal parts, or not. Supra-genital plate present or absent. Vulval scale
medium or small, variable; three lobes often of different sizes; lateral lobes fused to sternum
VIII.
Key to the Males of genera of Stenophylacini found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Maxillary palpus very long Chyranda Ross, p. 143.
lb. Maxillary palpi normal 2a
2a.(lb) Clasper ventrad on segment IX, projected (Fig. 545) .... Philocasca Ross, p. 147.
2b. Clasper long, projected little, vertical (Fig. 535, 540)
Pycnopsyche Banks, p. 144.
The Genus Chyranda Ross
One species of this genus is known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Antennae fine, longer than fore wings in male; much shorter in
female. Maxillary palpi of male remarkably long, with very small basal article; female palpi
normal. Spur formula 1,3,3. Male wings narrow, long; female wings wide, short.
Male genitalia with short segment IX. Cerci, median lobes of segment X of average size;
thin, vertically oriented to form deep cavities. Claspers very large, fused to segment IX, not
projected. Aedeagus very small; lateral arms spiniform, asymmetrical.
Female genitalia with dorsal body of segment IX short. Segment X small, produced as
two large, dorsal, and one very small, ventral, lobes. Supra-genital plate small. Vulval scale of
two lateral lobes separated by median cleft.
Chyranda centralis (Banks), 1900
(Fig. 530-534, 650)
Asynarchus centralis Banks, 1900a:253-254. (Type locality: South Park, Colorado). Ulmer,
1905a:20. Ulmer, 1907a:48. Ross, 1938b:29. Knowlton and Harmston, 1939:285. Ross,
1941a: 1 1 1 .
Parachiona centralis ; Banks, 1907a:39. Dodds and Hisaw, 1925b:386. Essig, 1926:176.
Algonquina centralis ; Milne, 1935:30, 49.
Chyranda centralis ; Ross, 1944:283, 299. Denning, 1948c: 121. Ross, 1949b: 123. Schmid,
1951:223-226. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Ross and Spencer, 1952:48. Schmid, 1955:
190. Denning, 1963:259. Wiggins, 1963:105-107. Lindroth and Ball, 1969:138. Fischer,
1969:221-223.
Chyranda cordon Ross, 1949b: 122-124. (Type locality: Oregon). Schmid, 1951:224-226.
Asynarchus pallidus Banks, 1903:242. (Type locality: South Park, Colorado). Ulmer, 1905a:
20. Ulmer, 1907a:48. Ross, 1938b:29.
Parachiona pallidus-, Banks, 1907a:39. Essig, 1926:176.
Algonquina pallida-, Betten, 1934:370.
Chyranda pallida-, Milne, 1935:49. Ross, 1944:299.
Chyranda parvula Denning, 1948c: 121. (Type locality: Quebec). Schmid, 1951:224, 226.
144
Nimmo
Parachiona signata Banks, 1907b: 120-121. (Type locality: Idaho).
Parachiona signatus', Banks, 1907a:39. Essig, 1926:176.
Algonquina signata; Betten, 1934:370.
Chyranda signata', Milne, 1935:49. Ross, 1944:299.
Males of this species are distinguished by short, high, mesally directed claspers (Fig. 530);
by left lateral arm of aedeagus corkscrewed dorsally over aedeagal tip (Fig. 531); and by
cereal bases very little in contact with segment IX. Females are distinguished by segment X
well separated from segment IX (Fig. 533); and by massive, bilobed vulval scale (Fig. 534).
Description. — Antennae warm reddish brown; scapes banded vertically, alternately black
and yellow; scapes with antero-mesal faces very dark brown, glabrous. Vertex of head dark
brown, except for warts. Thorax bright yellowish brown. Spurs light brown. Fore wing
length of male 12.9 mm; pale yellow to light brown. Venation identical to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Sunwapta Pass, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Dorsal
strap of segment IX very thin, almost to point of extinction dorsally (Fig. 530); main body
of segment high, narrow, trapezoidal in lateral aspect. Clasper short, parallelogram-like in
lateral aspect, with thin, acuminate dorsal angle; directed mesad (Fig. 532). Median lobes of
segment X short, slightly tapered, blunt, rounded, with concave lateral faces. Cercus large,
rounded, mesally concave flap. Median shaft of aedeagus short, stout, attached to mem-
branous base (Fig. 531); lateral arms asymmetrical; left arm in form of corkscrew, curved
dorsad over aedeagal tip.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Sunwapta Pass, Jasper National Park, Alberta). Vulval
scale massive, angular, with only two lobes, both lateral (Fig. 534). Dorsal body of segment
IX large, high, narrow, curved (Fig. 533), of uniform width; ventro-lateral lobes distinct, but
fused to dorsal body, triangular. Supra-genital plate semi-circular, hyaline, membranous,
small. Segment X of two lateral, ear-like flaps; open dorsally; connected ventrally by warped
plate with semi-circular projection between lateral plates.
Notes on biology. - Adults of this species are found near mountain ponds with heavy
sedge growth, and occasionally mountain streams of some rapidity. They are also taken on
seepage slopes on valley sides. Flight dates range from July 19 to October 8.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Oregon, Colorado, and Quebec (Fig. 650). The Quebec record is curiously isolated, and may
be of interest. In Alberta the species occurs in the mountains, foothills, and the Cypress
Hills. Specimens have been found at altitudes as high as 6,880’.
I have examined 220 specimens, 1 18 males and 102 females, from the study area.
The Genus Pycnopsyche Banks
Two species belonging to this genus are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. - Spur formula 1,2,2; 1,3,3; 1,3,4. Wings not very large, variable
in shape. Chord in both fore and hind wings markedly concave.
Male genitalia tergum VIII with posterior edge produced as two dorsal lobes, as two
lateral lobes parallel to cerci, or as two dorso-lateral lobes; these lobes are specifically
characteristic. Segment IX short, rather attenuated dorsally. Cerci varied, enclosing anal
aperture to form horizontal platform. Median lobes of segment X conical or spiniform, or
small to vestigial. Claspers vertical, not projected, with high bases fused to segment IX, and
well developed dorsal processes. Aedeagus small; median shaft large, membranous; lateral
arms each with bulbous base and group of fine spines or hairs distally.
Female genitalia with ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX large, blunt, fused to ventral
surfaces of segment X. Vulval scale rather conspicuous, single fleshy lobe.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
145
Key to the Males of species of Pycnopsyche found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Tergum VIII with large, black-spinate, ventro-lateral lobes on posterior edge (Fig. 540);
clasper without lamellate dorso-mesal process P. guttifer (Walker), p. 146.
lb. Tergum VIII without ventro-lateral lobes of any kind on posterior edge (Fig. 535);
clasper with high, thin lamellar process at meso-dorsal edge
P. subfasciata (Say), p. 145.
Key to the Females of species of Pycnopsyche found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Segments IX and X solidly fused as simple tube without lobes or processes (Fig. 543)
P. guttifer (Walker), p. 146.
lb. Segments IX and X distinctly separate (Fig. 538) with dorso-lateral cereal lobes
P. subfasciata (Say), p. 145.
Pycnopsyche subfasciata (Say), 1824
(Fig. 535-539, 651)
Phryganea subfasciata Say, 1824:308. Say, 1825: plate 44. Harris, 1835:582. Say, 1859:97.
Neuronia ? subfasciata ; Walker, 1852:1 1.
Enoicyla subfasciata ; Hagen, 1861 :269. Hagen, 1864:813.
Platyphylax subfasciatus’, McLachlan, 1871:110. Hagen, 1873a:296. Provancher, 1878a:
146. Ulmer, 1905a:21. Ulmer, 1907b:25-26. Ulmer, 1907a:54. Vorhies, 1909:678-681.
Muttkowski, 1918:404, 475, 478, 480. Betten, 1926:529. Betten, 1934:351-352.
Platyphilax sub fascia tus; Provancher, 1877:259-260. Provancher, 1878b: 135.
Platyphylax subfasciata ; Banks, 1892:364. Smith, 1900:62. Banks, 1 904b: 2 1 1 . Banks,
1907a:39. Snodgrass, 1909:565. Essig, 1926:176.
Allegophylax subfasciata ; Banks, 1916:118. Betten and Mosely, 1940: 153, 157.
Stenophylax subfasciata’, Milne, 1935:32, 52. Elkins, 1936:669-670.
Stenophylax subfasciatus ; Milne, 1935:52.
Pycnopsyche subfasciatus’, Ross, 1941a: 1 13. Ross, 1944: 194-195, 299.
Pycnopsyche subfasciata’, Leonard and Leonard, 1949a:20. Betten, 1950:510, 51 1, 512,
522. Wray, 1950:21. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Schmid, 1955:200. Flint, 1960:6,75.
Etnier, 1965:150. Unzicker, 1968:4, 20, 54. Fischer, 1969:307-309.
The major distinguishing characters are given in the keys above.
Description. - Antennae brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes slightly lighter, with fewer
setae than remainder. Vertex of head red-brown, warts paler; dark brown spots mesad of
each lateral ocellus. Thorax red-brown. Spurs yellow. Fore wing length of male 18.7 mm;
light yellow-brown, with distinct darker areas between f2 and f3, and in middle of discoidal,
sub-radial and thyridial cells. Venation almost as in Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Lethbridge; in Illinois Natural History Survey). Posterior
edge of tergum VIII warped, with minute, hyaline spines (Fig. 535); small, acute-triangular
lobes ventrad of spinate area. Dorsal strap thread-like in dorsal aspect (Fig. 537); main body
of segment IX spindle-shaped with narrow ventral area. Clasper with high, thick base;
postero-mesal edge with dorsal process long, lamellar, thin, tapered dorsad, with anteriorly
directed distal hook. Median lobes of segment X minute spikes; intermediate lobes smaller,
on bases of medians (Fig. 537). Cercus long, thin, narrow, with irregular dorsal edge. Median
shaft of aedeagus of varied widths, abruptly narrowed to very thin distal stem (Fig. 536);
lateral arms each with swollen base, and single, very slender distal spine.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Illinois: in Illinois Natural History Survey). Vulval scale
large, semi-circular except doubly-indented distally (Fig. 539); single lobe. Dorsal body of
146
Nimmo
segment IX high, narrow, abruptly declivous posteriorly to segment X (Fig. 538); ventro-
lateral lobes minute, rounded. Supra-genital plate large, triangular, with sinuate edges. Seg-
ment X tubular, with rounded disto-lateral edges, with small, plate-like dorsal lobe. Cerci
small, on dorso-lateral surfaces of segment IX.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Illinois and New Hampshire (Fig. 651). It is known from only one locality in Alberta.
I have examined a single male from Alberta, and a single female from Illinois.
Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker), 1852
(Fig. 540-544, 652)
Halesus guttifer Walker, 1852:16. (Type locality: North America). Hagen, 1861:266. Mc-
Lachlan, 1863:162. Hagen, 1864:8 17. Hagen, 1878:295. Banks, 1892:364. Smith, 1900:
62. Ulmer, 1905a:21. Ulmer, 1906:24-25. Ulmer, 1907a:56. Lloyd, 1921:42, 67-68.
Sibley, 1926:107, 191, 194, 218. Betten, 1926:529. Muttkowski and Smith, 1929:259.
Rawson, 1930:46. Ricker, 1932:88. Ricker, 1934:24-26, 54, 58-59, 61-62, 64-65. Need-
ham and Lloyd, 1937: Fig. 104. Balduf, 1939:153.
Pycnopsyche guttifer ; Banks, 1907a: 38. Banks, 1907b: plate 9. Dohler, 1915:408-409.
Johnson, 1927:49. Banks, 1930b: 129. Betten, 1934:309, 348. Ross, 1938b:41. Betten
and Mosely, 1940:150-153. Ross, 1941a: 113. Ross, 1944:194, 196, 299. Proctor, 1946:
212. Hyland, 1948:39. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 19. Betten, 1950:510, 51 1, 512,
516-518. Morse and Blickle, 1953:98. Schmid, 1955:200. Flint, 1960:6, 71, 76, 108,
116. Robert, 1960:59. Wiggins, 1961:700. Etnier, 1965:150. McConnochie and Likens,
1969:150. Fischer, 1969:301-303.
Stenophy lax guttifer; Milne, 1935:33, 52. Sprules, 1947:78.
Pychnopsyche guttifer; Milne (D. J.), 1943: 192.
Pycnopsyche similis Banks, 1907b: 122. (Type locality: Michigan). Banks, 1907a:38. Ross,
1938b:41. Betten and Mosely, 1940: 1 50. Ross, 1944:196, 299.
Halesus similis ; Betten, 1926:529. Betten, 1934:349-350.
Halesus species no. 2; Betten, 1901:568-569.
The major distinguishing characters are given in the keys to species above.
Description. — Antennae reddish brown. Vertex of head reddish brown. Thorax yellow to
light reddish brown. Spurs darker. Fore wing length of male 17.2 mm; dull greyish brown;
distal and anal edges, chord area, and area of bifurcation of M all darker than remainder.
Venation identical to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from La Biche River, Charc.on Bridge, Alberta). Postero-dorsal
edge of tergum VIII thinly spinate; postero-lateral angles developed as black-spinate pads
laterad of segment IX (Fig. 540, 541). Dorsal strap of segment IX very fine; main body of
segment very narrow, high-, spindle-shaped. Clasper with high, relatively wide base; pro-
longed dorsad as thin, acuminate, dorsally directed blade. Median lobes of segment X
minute, peg-like, attached well dorsad of anal aperture, to mesal processes of cerci (Fig.
541). Cercus large, almost square in lateral aspect; mesally concave. Median shaft of aedea-
gus ventrally straight, dorsally sinuate, with abruptly tapered distal quarter recurved dorsad
(Fig. 542); lateral arms attached dorsad of median shaft, each with short basal section
terminated in sheaf of four or five fine spines.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Blindman River, Hwy. 2, Alberta). Vulval scale simple,
trapezoidal plate (Fig. 544). Segments IX and X fused, demarcated by slight dorsal declivity
(Fig. 543); no ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX. Supra-genital plate triangular, with warped
latejal extremities, attached to invagination dorsad of vulval scale (Fig. 544). Segment X
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
147
simple, tubular, with slight disto-lateral clefts.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near larger, fast flowing rivers with
pebble bottoms. Flight dates range from August 23 to October 3.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from Washington
to Newfoundland, North Carolina, and possibly Georgia (Fig. 652). In Alberta it is found in
the plains regions.
I have examined a total of one male and six females from the study area.
The Genus Philocasca Ross
A single species of this genus is known from the study area; it is here described as new.
Synopsis of characters. — Wings large, rounded; hind wings with very large anal area,
R1 fused to Sc. Spur formula 1,3,4; 1,2,4; or 1,2,2.
Male genitalia with very short segment IX not attenuated dorsally. Cerci very large, hori-
zontal plates. Median lobes of segment X ventrad of cerci; large, thick. Claspers blunt, pro-
jected, without free parts. Aedeagus entirely membranous, with internal sclerites; lateral
arms spiniform.
The following characterisation of the females is derived from an examination of the draw-
ings of females of the various species of Philocasca given by Wiggins and Anderson (1968).
Segment IX of two parts; dorsal body tapered ventrad; ventro-lateral lobes large, blunt, not
projected or contiguous ventrally. Segment X small, bilobed, lobes tapered. Supra-genital
plate parabolic, distinct. Vulval scale with short, stubby lateral lobes; no median lobe; two
small lobes laterad of lateral lobes.
Philocasca thor Nimmo n. sp.
(Fig. 143a, 143b, 545-547, 653)
Males of this species are similar to those of Philocasca antennata Banks (see Fig. 17,
Wiggins, 1968), but differ in smaller, more tapered cerci (Fig. 545); in wider median lobes
of segment X arched dorsad, evenly tapered; in wider ventral area of segment IX; in longer,
slightly tapered claspers; and in larger lateral plates between median lobes and cerci (Fig.
546).
Description. — Antennae pale straw-yellow; scapes dark reddish-brown, with antero-mesal
faces pale, setaless. Vertex of head uniform red-brown; all setae hyaline, except for intense
black setae of warts at posterior edge of compound eyes. Thorax pale yellow laterally; red-
brown dorsally, with slight mesal stripe. Spur formula 1,2,4; spurs red-brown. Fore wing
length of male 16.7 mm; pale greyish brown, uniformly and densely irrorate except for
much paler costal area. Venation as in Fig. 143a, 143b; quite similar to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from alpine meadows east of Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National
Park, Alberta). Segment IX high, almost acute-triangular as dorsal strap and main body
merge almost imperceptibly (Fig. 545). Clasper small, distally triangular, blunt, fused to
segment IX, with two distinct tufts of setae. Median lobes of segment X smoothly arched,
tapered disto-dorsad; attached to posterior edge of large, hemi-spherical cup in segment VIII
(Fig. 546), from which large, short, rounded, slightly tapered cerci arise laterally. Median
shaft of aedeagus short, stubby; ejaculatory duct terminated between two smooth, rounded,
distal valves (Fig. 547); lateral arms short, stout, black, acuminate, spiniform; aedeagal base
surmounted by heavy, black, sclerotized hood. Aedeagal straps from claspers triangular,
with meso-ventral interconnection small, hook-like in lateral aspect.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known from a single locality (Fig. 653).
148
Nimmo
Holotype. - Male. Alpine meadows, east of Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National Park,
Alberta; July 4, 1965; A. Nimmo. Type number 10,588 in the Canadian National Collection.
This species is named for Thor, a character encountered in my reading of Norse myth-
ology.
The Tribe Chilostigmini Schmid
Synopsis of characters. — Head of most species rather short, large, with very prominent
eyes. Pronotum short, with relatively thin macrochaetae. Anterior femora of males with or
without brushes. Spur formula 1,1,1; 1,2,2; 1,3,3; or 1,3,4. Wings varied, not sexually di-
morphic. Fore wings quite narrow basally, with expanded, rounded, truncated, indented
tips. Hind wings much larger than fore wings, indented posterad of apex or not. Venation of
fore wings with large, coriaceous stigma in both sexes. R1 strongly arched, connected to Sc
by cross-vein or not. R2 arched, parallel to Rl. Chord anteriorly oblique to body, disrupted,
or almost rectilinear. Posterior wing chord strongly disrupted, very oblique to body posteri-
orly.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII finely spinate posteriorly or not. Segment IX lengthened
laterally; concave in some species. Ventrally produced as plaque ventrad of claspers and
aedeagus; dorsally narrow, developed anterad as two lateral, internal cavities. Cerci varied in
size; large, sclerotized, or small, flexible, bilobed, and largely fused to bases of intermediate
lobes of segment X. Claspers simple, conical, more or less concave on mesal faces; or
bipartite, with prominent external lobe, and internal lobe.
Female genitalia with segment IX devoid of appendages; composed of one piece, or with
poorly developed ventro-lateral lobes evident. Segment X short, tubular, or composed of
two dorsal scales and ventral lobe. Supra-genital plate present or absent. Vulval scale varied
in size, but usually very large; trilobed; triangular or quadrangular, concave or thick; lateral
lobes large, fused to median basally; median lobe very small.
Key to the Genera of Chilostigmini found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. f3 petiolate on fore and hind wings Phanocelia Banks, p. 155.
lb. f3 sessile 2a
2a. (lb) Chord of fore and hind wings with regular, pronounced zigzag. Apical area very
short Chilostigmodes Martynov, p. 150.
2b. Chord of both wings with irregular, weak zigzag. Pronotum sparsely setose. ... 3a
3a.(2b) Fore wing dusky brown, irrorate, with hyaline patches
Glyphopsyche Banks, p. 148.
3b. Fore wing reddish, with longitudinal white or silver line
Psychoglypha Ross, p. 151.
The Genus Glyphopsyche Banks
A single species of this genus is known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,2,2. Wings very large; much larger in male than
female. Hind wings very large. Fore wing chord virtually rectilinear, parallel to body or
slightly oblique anteriorly; incomplete cross-vein between Rl and R2, at apex of discoidal
cell.
Male genitalia with postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII trilobed, densely spinate. Cerci
small, bilobed, fused to segment X. Median lobes of segment X fused, curved dorsad.
Claspers quadrangular, very prominent. Aedeagus of average size, robust, sclerotized; lateral
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
149
arms small, thick.
Female genitalia with dorsal portion of segment IX very short. Ventro-lateral lobes scarce-
ly discernible. Segment X short, tubular, as large as segment IX; segments IX and X indistin-
guishable. Vulval scale small, quite thick with lateral lobes massive, large; median lobe
slender.
Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius), 1781
(Fig. 551-556, 654)
Phryganea irrorata Fabricius, 1781:389. Fabricius, 1787:245. Fabricius, 1793:77.
Enoicyla irrorata ; Hagen, 1.864:812.
Glyphotaelius ? irrorata', McLachlan, 1864:657-658.
? irrorata', McLachlan, 1 87 1 : 1 1 0.
Platyphylax irroratus', Hagen, 1873a:296.
Ecclisopteryx irrorata', Banks, 1892:364.
Glyphopsyche irrorata', Ulmer, 1906:7-9. Ulmer, 1907a:71. Banks, 1907a:38. Martynov,
1914:257, 260, 263, 265, 266, 267. Betten, 1926:530. Essig, 1926:176. Betten, 1934:
365-366. Betten and Mosely, 1940:171-174. Ross, 1944:200, 299. Leonard and Leonard,
1949a:20. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42. Schmid, 1952b:20-29. Ross and Spencer, 1952:
48. Lepneva, 1953:418. Morse and Blickle, 1953:99. Schmid, 1955:217. Flint, 1960:84,
110, 116. Robert, 1960:59. Denning, 1963:261. Fischer, 1969:314-315.
Glyphopsyche irroratus', Milne, 1935:24, 50. Ross, 1 938b : 3 1 .
Glyphopsyche bryanti Banks, 1904b: 141-142. (Type locality: British Columbia). Ulmer,
1905a: 19. Martynov, 1914:264, 265, 267. Milne, 1935:50. Ross, 1938b:31.
Limnephilus (Goniotaulius) intercissus Walker, 1852:30-31 . (Type locality: Canada).
Enoicyla intercissa', Hagen, 1861 : 268. McLachlan, 1863:158, 162.
Chilostigma intercissa', McLachlan, 1 876a: 1 88.
Ecclisopterix intercissa', Provancher, 1877:259. Provancher, 1878a: 146.
Ecclisopteryx in tercissa ; Provancher, 1 878b : 1 34- 1 3 5 .
Chilostigma intercisum \ Ulmer, 1905a: 22.
Glyphopsyche intercissa', Milne, 1935:50. Betten and Mosely, 1940: 171-174.
Males of this species are distinguished by peculiar aedeagus (Fig. 553, 554); by trilobed
postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII; and by very prominent claspers (Fig. 551). Females are
distinguished by virtual absence of ventro-lateral lobes of segment IX; and by massive unit
formed by fused segment IX and X (Fig. 555, 556).
Description. — Antennae light reddish brown; scapes dark brown, with yellow, glabrous,
antero-mesal faces. Vertex of head dark brown, posterior edge yellow. Thorax brown to
light brown laterally, very dark brown dorsally, with reddish yellow median band except on
metathorax. Spurs brown. Fore wing length of male 16.6 mm; greyish chocolate-brown,
irrorate, with larger, hyaline patches scattered throughout; costal area lighter. Venation not
significantly different from that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Creek, Nojack, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge of
tergum VIII with fine, short, black spines arranged in rough triangle (Fig. 551, 552). Dorsal
strap of segment IX high, narrow, folded anterad; main body of segment irregular, with
pyramidal peak, ventral area segregated by lateral folds. Clasper columnar in posterior
aspect, with concave distal face flanked by small, semi-circular, knife-like ridge on mesal
edge. Median lobes of segment X almost completely fused, black, each set high, hooked
anterad; produced ventro-laterad as two lateral straps terminated just dorsad of clasper bases
(Fig. 552). Cercus bilobed, smoothly rounded. Large, rectangular, concave shelf with flanged
150
Nimmo
edges ventrad of anal aperture. Median shaft of aedeagus large, distally cleft, ventrally black
plate with lateral edges folded dorsad (Fig. 553, 554); membranous hood dorsad of base
with small, short, conical, setose lateral arms.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Cold Creek, Nojack, Alberta). Vulval scale large, with
short, wide median lobe; lateral lobes roughly rectangular, slightly sinuate distally (Fig.
556). Segment IX relatively small, with antero-dorsal prolongation (Fig. 555); channelled
ventrally as two ventro-lateral bulges. Supra-genital plate semi-circular, traversed dorsally by
fold of membrane. Segment X fused to segment IX, large, with concave depressions dorso-
laterally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found in a variety of habitats, including
small, slow streams, but primarily sedge or cattail sloughs, ponds and lakes. The flight dates
extend from September 9 to October 4. I also have records from March, April, and May,
which, I suspect, represents adults which have overwintered to emerge in periods of warm
spring sunlight.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
California in the west, and New Hampshire in the east (Fig. 654). In Alberta it is found in
the plains, foothills, and mountains, but at low altitudes, in the low valleys and passes.
I have examined 37 specimens, 19 males and 18 females, from the study area.
The Genus Chilostigmodes Martynov
One species of this genus is known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula, 1,1,1. Wings quite large; fore wings with quite
large, rounded apex; hind wings strongly indented. Fore wing chord close to apex, parallel
to body, strongly disrupted; apical cells short. Chord of hind wing clearly disrupted, even
closer to apex than in fore wing.
Male genitalia with segment IX elongate laterally. Cerci large, very prominent, convergent,
pincer-like; fused basally to segment X. Claspers conical, lanceolate. Aedeagus long, thin;
median shaft without basal tubercles; lateral arms very slender.
Female genitalia unknown.
Chilostigmodes areolata (Walker) 1852
(Fig. 548-550, 655)
Limnephilus areolatus Walker, 1852:35. (Type locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River,
Hudson’s Bay).
Enoicyla areolata', Hagen, 1861:267. McLachlan, 1863:162. Hagen, 1864:812. McLachlan,
1876a:207. Banks, 1892:364.
Enoecy la areolata', McLachlan, 1871:110. Banks, 1892:364.
Chilostigma areolatum', McLachlan, 1 880 : xliii. Ulmer, 1905a:22. Ulmer, 1907a:70. Betten,
1934:366. Betten and Mosely, 1940:164-165. Ross, 1944:299. Schmid, 1952b:94. Kriv-
da, 1961:68-70.
Platyphylax areolata', Banks, 1907a: 39.
Chilostigma areolaris'. Banks, 1943:353.
Glyphopsyche areolatus', Milne, 1935:24, 50.
Chilostigmodes areolatus', Fischer, 1969:3 16-3 17.
Chilostigmodes areolata', Schmid, 1952b:96-97. Schmid, 1955:218.
Description. — Antennae dark brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes almost white, glabrous.
Vertex of head totally black. Thorax very dark brown to black. Spur formula 1,1,1; brown.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
151
Fore wing length of male 12.7 mm; membrane hyaline with scattered patches of light grey-
brown; veins brown, narrowly flanked by brown membrane. Venation not different from
Limnephilus spp. except for chord advanced somewhat apically.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from George Lake, near Busby, Alberta). Segment IX large,
produced well posterad (Fig. 548); with suture located just below cerci, as continuation of
posterior edge. Dorsal strap very low, thread-like (Fig. 549). Clasper with wide base, nar-
rowed rapidly to mid-point, with finger-like distal portion. Median lobes of segment X
minute, vertically oriented hooks directed posterad. Horizontal, concave plates laterad of
median lobes fused laterally to cereal bases. Cercus large, widened distally, with finger-like
disto-ventral process, with concave baso-mesal face. Aedeagus delicate, hyaline; median
shaft simple, of uniform width, curved slightly ventrad; orifice of ejaculatory duct in disto-
dorsal channel (Fig. 550); lateral arms long, very slender, each tapered distad, with ventrally
directed distal spine; attached to dorsal surface of aedeagal base.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Notes on biology. - This species is known from one locality in the study area which is a
large Typha lake. Flight dates range from April 27 to May 13, with one record from October
25. It seems that this species emerges in late fall, overwinters, and reappears in early spring.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is represented by scattered
records from Alaska to Alberta to Labrador (Fig. 655). In Alberta it appears to be confined
to the northern plains and boreal forest.
I have examined 10 males from the study area.
The Genus Psychoglypha Ross
Four species of this genus are known from the study area.
Synopsis of characters. — Cephalic and pronotal warts densely hirsute. Spur formula
1,2,2; 1,3,3. Wings quite large; fore wings narrow, truncated, or indented apically; costal
area cleft basally. Hind wings fairly large, variously indented. Fore wings characteristically
yellowish red with longitudinal silver line along sub-radial and fourth apical cells. Chord of
fore wings oblique anteriorly to body, strongly disrupted.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII with one or two black-spinate zones along posterior edge.
Segment IX laterally elongate as large, distinct cavity in conjunction with claspers; ventrally
segment produced posterad as large shelf. Cerci not large, with two well separated lobes.
Median lobes of segment X fairly well sclerotized, of varied size, concave dorsally; fused or
connected by membrane; flared dorso-laterad of anal aperture; produced laterad to walls of
segment IX. Claspers prominent, concave plates, fused to edges of segment IX with line of
fusion indistinct; bilobed, laterally large, mesally small. Aedeagus very long, thin; lateral
arms very thin, spiniform; median shaft bilobed distally, bulbous, spinate basally.
Female genitalia with segment IX large; dorsal part large, bilobed, segment X almost com-
pletely enclosed; ventro-lateral lobes small, fused to dorsal part as simple lateral flaps. Supra-
genital plate large. Vulval scale large, thick, quadrangular, with two large, lateral lobes, and
very small, median lobe.
Key to the Males of species of Psychoglypha found in Alberta and eastern British Columbia
la. Disto-dorsal portions of median lobes of segment X longitudinally oriented plates
(Fig. 572, 578) 2a
lb. Disto-dorsal portions of median lobes of segment X cross-axially oriented, anteri-
orly concave plates (Fig. 563, 567) 3a
2a.(la) Disto-dorsal portions of median lobes of segment X smoothly rounded (Fig. 562);
152
Nimmo
claspers convergent toward median lobes; pattern of spines of tergum VIII as in
Fig. 563 P. prita (Milne), p. 152.
2b. Disto-dorsal portions of median lobes acuminate in lateral aspect (Fig. 566);
claspers parallel to median lobes; pattern of spines of tergum VIII as in Fig. 567
P. schmidi Nimmo, p. 153.
3a.(lb) Median lobes of segment X small; segment IX high, narrow (Fig. 572); lateral arms
of aedeagus short, thick, asymmetrical (Fig. 575) . . P. alaskensis (Banks), p. 153.
3b. Median lobes huge (Fig. 578); segment IX short, wide; lateral arms of aedeagus
very long, thin, symmetrical (Fig. 580, 581) P. ulla (Milne), p. 155.
Key to the Females of two species of Psychoglypha found in Alberta and eastern British
Columbia
la. Segment X small, bell-shaped in lateral aspect (Fig. 570), little projected; lateral
lobes of vulval scale in ventral aspect very large, square (Fig. 571)
P. schmidi Nimmo, p. 153.
lb. Segment X larger, acute-triangular in lateral aspect (Fig. 576), well projected
posterad; lateral lobes of vulval scale smaller, almost triangular, with sinuate
posterior edges in ventral aspect (Fig. 577) P. alaskensis (Banks), p. 153.
Psychoglypha prita (Milne), 1935
(Fig. 562-565, 657)
Glyphopsyche pritus Milne, 1935:25, 50. (Type locality: Banff, Alberta).
Psychoglypha prita; Ross, 1944:299. Fischer, 1969:324.
Psychoglypha prithus ; Schmid, 1952b: 121-123. Nimmo, 1965:783. Denning, 1970:16, 17,
119.
Psychoglypha pritus; Schmid, 1955:222. Smith, 1965:244-245.
Males of this species are distinguishable from males of other species of Psychoglypha in
the study area by realtively orbicular segment IX in lateral aspect (Fig. 562); by pattern of
spines on posterior edge of tergum VIII (Fig. 563); and by cross-axially oriented, anteriorly
concave, distally rounded median lobes of segment X. The female is unknown, but probably
similar to that of P. schmidi Nimmo (Fig. 570, 571).
Description. — Antennae dark brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes yellow, glabrous.
Vertex of head almost black, with paler posterior warts. Thorax dark brown. Spur formula
1,2,2; dark reddish brown. Fore wing length of male 18.3 mm; pale orange-brown, irrorate;
longitudinal silver line faint, merged with background; costal area clear. Venation not signifi-
cantly different from Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from alpine meadows, east of Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper National
Park). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII with short, stout, black spines; less dense anteri-
orly (Fig. 562, 563), mesally. Dorsal strap of segment IX wide, high, irregular, projected
posterad over segment X. Main body of segment curved ventro-posterad, with deep notch
on postero-lateral edges. Clasper small, fused to segment IX; directed dorsad toward median
lobes of segment X; lateral lobe acuminate in lateral aspect; median lobe short, rounded.
Median lobes of segment X directed dorso-posterad ; oriented cross-axially, with concave
anterior faces, rounded tips. Cercus small, with lanceolate ventral lobe; dorsal lobe simple,
lightly setose. Median shaft of aedeagus long, curved dorsad, with distal lobes one-third of
length (Fig. 564, 565); ventral surface of shaft minutely spinate; lateral arms each shorter,
also curved slightly dorsad, long, thin, tapered to acuminate tips.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
153
Notes on biology. — The single locality in which I collected adults of this species is a very
small, shallow, alpine pool at about 6,800’, surrounded by sparse, short sedges. The speci-
mens were all taken on October 3, crawling about on about 2 to 3 feet of fresh snow.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta to
Idaho (Fig. 657).
I have examined 17 males from the study area.
Psy choglypha schmidi Nimmo, 1965
(Fig. 566-571,658)
Psy choglypha schmidi Nimmo, 1965:781-783. (Type locality: Kicking Horse Camp, Yoho
National Park, British Columbia). Denning, 1970:17, 20.
Males of this species are distinguishable from males of P. prita (Milne) by pattern of spines
on posterior edge of tergum VIII (Fig. 567); by claspers parallel to median lobes of seg-
ment X (Fig. 566); and by median lobes of segment X with acuminate tips in lateral aspect.
Females are distinguishable from those of other species of Psychoglypha by small, bell-
shaped segment X (Fig. 570); and by large, square, lateral lobes of vulval scale (Fig. 571).
Description. — Antennae orange-brown; scapes dark brown, with creamy, glabrous antero-
mesal faces. Vertex of head orange-brown. Thorax dark reddish brown laterally, with pale
yellow mesal stripe dorsally. Spur formula 1,2,2; spurs dark orange-brown. Fore wing length
of male 20.3 mm; pale to dark orange-brown, faintly irrorate; stigmatic area grey-brown,
costal area clear. Venation identical to Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta). Postero-dorsal
edge of tergum VIII very densely clothed with short, black spines; depressed slightly, with
two lateral protrusions (Fig. 566, 567). Segment IX relatively small, trapezoidal in lateral
aspect. Clasper acute-triangular in lateral aspect, parallel to median lobes of segment X.
Median lobes of segment X oriented cross-axially, with concave anterior faces, acuminate
disto-anterad hook. Cercus bilobed; ventral lobe thumb-like; dorsal lobe inconspicuous,
setose. Aedeagus very similar to that of P. prita, above, but lateral arms darker; base of
median shaft pinched in (Fig. 568, 569).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Bow Pass, Banff National Park, Alberta). Vulval scale
very large, with massive, almost square lateral lobes (Fig. 571); median lobe very small,
conical. Segment IX relatively small, irregular in outline, with ventro-lateral spines internal-
ly, directed anterad (Fig. 570); without ventro-lateral lobes. Supra-genital plate inconspicu-
ous, with two median extensions directed posterad; very small. Segment X small, dark
brown, bell-shaped in lateral aspect, open ventrally, with short, dorsal strap.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near small mountain and alpine
streams ranging from trickles in alpine meadows to boulder strewn torrents. Flight dates
range from September 10 to October 30.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species is in the western mountains
of Alberta, close to the continental divide, and in British Columbia (Fig. 658). It ranges in
altitude from 3,500’ to 6,870’.
I have examined 31 specimens, 18 males and 13 females, from the study area.
Psychoglypha alaskensis (Banks), 1908
(Fig. 572-577, 659)
Platyphylax alascensis Banks, 1908a:265. (Type locality: Alaska). Betten, 1934:363. Milne,
1935:26,51.
154
Nimmo
Psychoglypha alascensis; Schmid, 1952b: 1 18-121. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:42.
Psychoglypha alaskensis', Schmid, 1952b: 1 18-121. Schmid, 1955:222. Flint, 1960:82, 83,
110, 116. Denning, 1963:261. Anderson, 1967:508, 510-512, 520. McConnochie and
Likens, 1969:150. Fischer, 1969:322-323.
Chilostigma subborealis Banks, 1924:441. (Type locality: Alaska). Criddle, 1925:16. Betten,
1934:369. Ross, 1938b:29.
Chilostigma subboreale, Ulmer, 1932:215. Milne, 1935:35,50.
Glyphopsyche subborealis ; Knowlton and Harmston, 1938:285.
Glyphopsyche subboreale, Ross, 1 938b : 3 1 . Schmid, 1952b: 121.
Psychoglypha subborealis', Ross, 1944:202, 299. Leonard and Leonard, 1949a: 20-21. Ross
and Spencer, 1952:50. Morse and Blickle, 1953:99. Denning, 1970: 17, 18.
Males of this species are distinguishable by short, thick, asymmetrical lateral arms of
aedeagus (Fig. 574, 575); and by segment IX high, narrow in lateral aspect (Fig. 572).
Females are distinguishable by long, projected, acute-triangular segment X (Fig. 576); by
vulval scale massive, high, in lateral aspect; and by larger triangular lobes of segment IX
laterad of segment IX.
Description. - Antennae pale yellow-brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes glabrous. Ver-
tex of head pale yellow-brown. Thorax straw, to dark brown; dorsum of mesothorax with
median, reddish yellow band. Spur formula 1,2,2; spurs dark brown. Fore wing length of
male 16.6 mm; pale reddish brown. Venation essentially as in Limnephilus spp.; with large,
pink stigmatic area.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Wrigley Harbour, Mackenzie River, Northwest Territories).
Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII with short, fine, dark brown setae dispersed in pattern
shown in Fig. 572. Dorsal strap of segment IX narrow; main body of segment roughly
rectangular in lateral aspect; high, narrow. Clasper short, flat posteriorly, fused to segment
IX, short, high. Median lobes of segment X small, oriented longitudinally, directed meso-
dorsad (Fig. 573). Cercus bilobed, ventral lobe large, rectangular, slightly widened distally,
setose; dorsal lobe small, bulbous. Median shaft of aedeagus thickset, minutely spinate baso-
ventrally, with short, membranous distal lobes (Fig. 574, 575); lateral arms short, thick,
asymmetrical in dorsal aspect (Fig. 575).
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Wrigley Harbour, Mackenzie River, Northwest Terri-
tories). Vulval scale large, truncate-triangular in ventral aspect; lateral lobes with lateral
angles turned slightly dorsad, rounded, clothed with short setae; median lobe very short,
triangular (Fig. 577). Segment IX quite small, sheathed laterally by rounded, triangular
cerci (Fig. 576). Supra-genital plate short, very wide, crescentic in ventral aspect; with short
setae. Segment X acute-triangular in lateral aspect; deeply incised dorsally; open ventrally.
Notes on biology. — Adults of this species are found near every sort of aquatic habitat
from small, slow creeks to very large mountain rivers, and from sedge fringed ponds or
sloughs. Flight dates range from September 10 to May 23 of the following year. I have
records from the months of September, October, November, January, March, April and
May, from the Banff area, collected by N. B. Sanson. Adults probably overwinter. The win-
ter records presumably represent specimens emerging from hiding places in warm weather.
Geographical distribution. - The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
Nevada and Michigan (Fig. 659). In Alberta it is found primarily in the mountains, but is
also known from a very few localities well east of the mountains, which seem to contain a
partly mountain fauna intermixed with a plains fauna. It has been recorded at altitudes up
to 5,600’.
I have examined 51 specimens, 18 males and 33 females, from the study area and North-
west Territories.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
155
Psychoglypha ulla (Milne), 1935
(Fig. 578-581, 660)
Glyphopsyche ullus Milne, 1935:24, 50. (Type locality: Wellington, British Columbia).
Psychoglypha ulla\ Ross, 1944:299. Ross and Spencer, 1952:50. Schmid and Guppy, 1952:
42. Fischer, 1969:324.
Psychoglypha ullus\ Schmid, 1952b: 129-132. Schmid, 1955:223.
Psychoglypha alascensis; Denning, 1970: 17, 20-22.
Males of this species are distinguished by massive, dorsally directed, longitudinally ori-
ented, median lobes of segment X (Fig. 578); by setose postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII;
and by lateral arms of aedeagus attached well dorsad of median shaft, on membranous base
(Fig. 580). Female unknown.
Description. - Antennae yellow; scapes slightly darker, with glabrous antero-mesal faces.
Vertex of head red-brown, with yellow posterior warts. Thorax reddish, pale yellow lateral-
ly, to red-brown dorsally. Spur formula 1 ,3,3; dark reddish brown. Fore wing length of male
17.7 mm; stigmatic area pale rose; area anterad of longitudinal silver line pale yellow, with
slightly darker areas between veins; immediately posterad of silver line is an area of choco-
late brown posterad of which is an area of reddish brown to pale yellow. Venation identical
to that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from Kicking Horse Camp, Yoho National Park, British Colum-
bia). Postero-dorsal edge of tergum VIII protuberant, with mesal notch; with short, silky,
somewhat hyaline setae. Dorsal strap of segment IX complex, with blunt, posteriorly direc-
ted process mesally (Fig. 578, 579); markedly truncate on ventral area. Clasper short, blunt,
with concave inner face; with slight lateral flange. Median lobes of segment X large, distally
black, oriented in vertical, longitudinal plane. Cercus distinctly bilobed; ventral lobe long,
thin, clavate; dorsal lobe thumb-like, setose. Median shaft of aedeagus long, slender, widened
slightly from very thin base; distal lobes long, membranous, held close together (Fig. 580,
581); lateral arms very long, thin, each of almost uniform thickness except for acuminate
tip; black, attached well dorsad of base of median shaft.
Female genitalia. Unknown.
Notes on biology. — Adults are found near mountain creeks and rivers, with gravel beds.
Flight dates of adults range from August 19 to October 3, with one record from May 23,
which may be indicative of adult overwintering.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alaska to
California, and east to Alberta, where it appears to be confined to the vicinity of the conti-
nental divide (Fig. 660).
I have examined five males from the study area.
The Genus Phanocelia Banks
There is a single species in this genus, which is here recorded from Alberta.
Synopsis of characters. — Spur formula 1,2,2. Wings large, narrow, elongate; fore wing
rounded apically; hind wing not so large, clearly indented postero-apically. R1 of fore wing
poorly arched, united to Sc by cross vein; chord zigzag as in Chilostigmodes. Hind wing
chord less disrupted than in fore wing.
Male genitalia with tergum VIII slightly cleft mesally, clothed with fairly large spines.
Segment IX well developed. Cercus cup-like, horizontal. Median lobes of segment X long,
vertical, fused at bases to cerci. Clasper large, massive, concave mesally. Aedeagus large;
median shaft thin, unarmed; lateral arms very slender.
156
Nimmo
Female genitalia with very large vulval scale; median lobe minute; lateral lobes large, trian-
gular, suspended laterally by tapered lateral strap to segment IX. Segment IX large; ventro-
lateral lobes evident, fused to dorsal body. Segment X small, recessed into segment IX.
Phano celia canadensis (Banks), 1924
(Fig. 557-561,656)
Apatania canadensis Banks, 1924:442. (Type locality: Manitoba). Criddle, 1925: 16. Neave,
1934:168. Betten, 1934:380. Ross, 1938b:28. Schmid, 1952b: 135.
Glyphopsyche canadensis ; Milne, 1935:24, 50. Ross, 1 938b : 3 1 .
Phanocelia canadensis'. Banks, 1943:354. Ross, 1944:201, 300. Schmid, 1952b: 136-138.
Morse and Blickle, 1953:99. Schmid, 1955:223. Schmid, 1968:693-694. Fischer, 1969:
324-325.
Description. — Antennae dark brown to almost black; scapes short, swollen, with antero-
mesal faces lighter, especially in females. Vertex of head black. Thorax very dark brown to
black. Spurs almost black, shorter, stouter than usual in Limnephilidae. Fore wing length of
male 11.2 mm; clear, tinted dark brown; veins dark brown. Venation not significantly
different from that of Limnephilus spp.
Male genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Postero-dorsal edge
of tergum VIII minutely spiculate on two rectangular, lateral areas. Segment IX narrow,
bowed anterad (Fig. 557); dorsal strap narrow, tapered dorsad. Claspers large, each triangu-
lar in lateral aspect, with large lateral lobes and minute mesal lobes; fused together at mid-
line of body (Fig. 558). Median lobes of segment X short, rectangular processes curved
dorsad from posterior edges of concave basal plates which are partly fused mesally. Cercus
small, triangular, fused to segment X (Fig. 557). Median shaft of aedeagus long, thick, of
roughly uniform width except for slight distal widening, curved strongly ventrad (Fig. 559);
lateral arms attached to membranous pouch dorsad of aedeagal base; long, very slender,
curved ventrad, distally acuminate.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 2 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Vulval scale with
minute, triangular median lobe; lateral lobes massive, triangular (Fig. 561) suspended from
segment IX by tapered lateral strap (Fig. 560). Dorsal body of segment IX large, trapezoidal;
ventro-lateral lobes discernible, not entirely discrete; trapezoidal also, fitted at right angles
to base of dorsal body; fused ventrally. No evident supra-genital plate. Segment X of two
distal lobes of posterior edges of segment IX, and ventral median lobe connected by lateral
flanges to lateral lobes.
Notes on biology. — I have taken adults of this species at one locality: a deep, man-made
swamp with thick growths of horse-tails ( Equisetum ) throughout, except at deepest parts,
and with thick growths of sedges around edges. Dates of capture are September 22 and
October 9.
Geographical distribution. — The known range of this species extends from Alberta and
Northwest Territories to New Hampshire (Fig. 656). In Alberta it is known only from near
Nordegg, at 4,470’ altitude.
I have examined seven specimens, four males and three females, from the study area.
Unidentifiable Species of Limnephilidae
Under this title are described the females of five species of Limnephilidae for which no
certain identity can be given, even to genus. The males are, of course, unknown, or at least
unassociated.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
157
Limnephilidae species 1
(Fig. 582-583,661)
Description. — Antennae yellow-brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes glabrous. Vertex of
head deep red-brown. Thorax deep brownish yellow laterally, deep red-brown dorsally.
Spur formula 1,2,4; spurs brown. Fore wing length of female 19.5 mm; light brown, evenly
and minutely irrorate; costal area clear. Venation similar to Limnephilus spp.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Rapids Creek, Gap, Alberta). Vulval scale massive,
parallelogram-like (Fig. 583); lateral lobes rounded-triangular; median lobe shorter, blunt,
rounded distally. Segment IX large dorsally, with ventro-lateral lobes evident but imper-
ceptibly fused to dorsal portion (Fig. 582). Supra-genital plate of medium size, slightly bi-
lobed distally. Segment X deeply cleft mesally, with lateral lobes curved slightly ventrad,
rounded dorsally.
Notes on biology. — The single specimen was taken at a concrete culvert over a rocky,
fast, smoothly flowing mountain stream on May 7.
Geographical distribution. — The only known locality of this species is at Gap, Alberta,
at about 4,250’ (Fig. 661).
Limnephilidae species 2
(Fig. 584-585,661)
Description. — Antennae brown. Vertex of head deep brown. Thorax dark red-brown, to
almost black dorsally. Spur formula 1,3,4; spurs brown. Fore wing length of female 13.1
mm; pale greyish brown, faintly irrorate; costal area clear. Venation essentially identical to
Limnephilus spp.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Blindman River, at Hwy. 2, Alberta). Vulval scale with
median lobe projected well posterad of laterals; strongly tapered distally, with truncate tip;
lateral lobes triangular, concave ventrally (Fig. 585). Segment IX high, narrow, spindle-
shaped in lateral aspect (Fig. 584); no evident ventro-lateral lobes. Supra-genital plate wide,
high, arched dorsad, hyaline. Segment X cylindrical, with black, deeply divided dorsal arch,
and clear, bilobed ventral trough which is recessed into dorsal arch.
Notes on biology. — The single female was taken under a concrete bridge over a small,
slow, mud-bottom river on August 29.
Geographical distribution. - The locality at which this species was collected is well east
of the foothills, in the plains (Fig. 661).
Limnephilidae species 3
(Fig. 144a, 144b, 586-587, 662)
Description. - Antennae light brown, scapes chocolate. Vertex of head deep chocolate-
brown. Thorax chocolate-brown, darker dorsally. Spurs pale yellow. Fore wing length of
female 6.9 mm; pale grey-brown, with distinct hyaline areas. Venation as in Fig. 144a,
144b.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 26 miles south of Teepee Creek, Forestry Trunk Road,
north of Hinton, Alberta). Vulval scale with median lobe much longer than angular lateral
lobes; parallel-sided, rounded distally (Fig. 587). Segment IX high, parallel-sided in lateral
aspect (Fig. 586); bowed anterad; without discrete ventro-lateral lobes. Supra-genital plate
minute, short, hyaline, Segment X small, cylindrical, fused to segment IX but distinct due to
pronounced declivity; cerci long, acute-triangular, fused at bases to dorso-lateral faces of
158
Nimmo
segment X.
Notes on biology. — The single female specimen was obtained by sweeping long, dense
Equisetum stands in shallow water of a small swamp, on July 3.
Geographical distribution. — The locality at which this species was taken is in the north-
western foothills of Alberta (Fig. 662).
Limnephilidae species 4
(Fig. 145a, 145b, 588-589,662)
This species bears a strong resemblance to the females of some species of Lenarchus as
illustrated by Schmid (1952c), as does the species following (Fig. 590, 591).
Description. — Antennae brown, scapes darker, with antero-mesal faces paler, glabrous.
Vertex of head dark chocolate-brown. Thorax dark brown dorsally, slightly lighter laterally.
Spur formula 1,3,4; spurs brown. Fore wing length of female 14.1 mm; chocolate-brown,
heavily irrorate, with larger areas of hyaline membrane. Costal area hyaline. Venation as in
Fig. 145a, 145b.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from Amethyst Lakes, Jasper National Park; collected by
H. Goulet). Vulval scale with massive, irregularly rounded lateral lobes (Fig. 589); median
lobe short, rounded-rectangular. Segment IX high, wide dorsally, separated from segment X
dorsally by weak declivity (Fig. 588); ventro-lateral lobes large, polygonal, not delimited
from dorsal body. Supra-genital plate wide, lunate, membranous. Segment X bilobed; rough-
ly triangular in lateral aspect, held roof-like dorsad of anal aperture.
Notes on biology. — The single specimen was taken under a rock close by the sedge pools
just east of Amethyst Lakes, in near-alpine meadow, on July 7.
Geographical distribution. — The locality at which this specimen was taken is at 6,450’
altitude (Fig. 662).
Limnephilidae species 5
(Fig. 590a-590b, 663)
As with species 4 above, the female described here bears a strong resemblance to females
of certain species of Lenarchus.
Description. — Antennae red-brown; antero-mesal faces of scapes lighter, glabrous. Vertex
of head dark red-brown. Thorax dark red-brown dorsally, lighter laterally. Spur formula
1,3,4; spurs brown. Fore wing length of female 15.0 mm; chocolate-brown, distinctly irro-
rate, with larger hyaline areas; costal area clear. Venation essentially identical to that of
Limnephilus spp.
Female genitalia. (Specimen from 3 miles east of Nordegg, Alberta). Vulval scale large,
triangular; median lobe slightly tapered, thin, recurved distally (Fig. 590a, 590b); later-
al lobes roughly triangular. Segment IX large, wide dorsally; separated from segment X
by shallow declivity; ventro-lateral lobes large, triangular, not discrete from dorsal body.
Supra-genital plate short, wide, evenly semi-circular. Segment X small, cylindrical at base,
surmounted by two large, triangular, roof-like distal lobes held roof-like over anal aper-
ture.
Notes on biology. — The single female was taken from a large man-made pond thick
with Equisetum, and fringed with thick growths of sedges. Date of capture was August
8.
Geographical distribution. — The species is known from a single locality at Nordegg,
Alberta, at 4,470’ altitude on the eastern edge of the Rocky Mountains (Fig. 663).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
159
123 Amin' FOre <a> a"d Wnd <b> ™gS °f maleS °f SPedeS °f Lta“>ephilid<ie. 122. Discomoecus fucundm Banks
, tr M (ROSS)' *24' ,mank mdh Ro- '■ W- Ross. 126. /. tripuncL (Banks, 127
. hector Nimmo n. sp. 128. Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks. 129. Apatanla zonellu (Zetterstedt).
160
Nimmo
137b
it*?"' r“ « '.,“ "zr.1-. .... ~~ «— > » »—
canadensis (Banks).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
161
Fig. 138-145. Fore (a) and hind (b) wings of males, and females where indicated, of species of Limnephilidae 138
Limnephilus sublunatus Provancher. 139. L. partimz Walker. 140. L. nigriceps (Zetterstedt). 141. Nemaaulim hostiUs
Hagen,. 142^ Anabolu, ozburni (Milne). 143. Philocazca t her Nimmo n. sp. 144. Limnephilidae species 3 (female)
145. Limnephilidae species 4 (female).
Fig. 146-169. Dicosmoecus jucundus Banks, 146. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 147. Male genitalia, posterior aspect
(partial). 148. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 149. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 150. Aedeagus, lateral arm, dorsal
aspect. 151. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 152. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. D. atripes (Hagen), 153. Lateral
aspect, distal article of clasper, male genitalia. 154. Mesal face of clasper base, posterior aspect. 155. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 156. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Onocosmoecus unicolor (Banks), 157. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 158.
Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 159. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 160. Aedeagus, lateral arm, dorsal aspect. 161.
Aedeagal straps and clasper bases, dorsal aspect. 162. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 163. Female genitalia, ventral
aspect. Amphicosmoecus canax (Ross), 164. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 165. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
166. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 167. Right aedeagal strap and clasper base, lateral aspect. 168. Female genitalia, lateral
aspect. 169. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Ce. - Cercus. Cl. - Clasper. Scale bar for each species adjacent to lateral
aspect of male genitalia; scale uniform for all drawings of a species. No scale given when only female known.
Nimmo
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
163
Fig. 170-187. Imania tripunctata (Banks), 170. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 171. Male genitalia, ventral aspect (partial).
172. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. I. cascadis Ross, 173. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 174. Male genitalia, ventral aspect
(partial). 175. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 176. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 177. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
I. bifosa Ross, 178. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 179. Male genitalia, ventral aspect (partial). 180. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 181. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 182. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. I. hector Nimmo n. sp., 183. Male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 184. Male genitalia, ventral aspect (partial). 185. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 186. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect. 187. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
164
Nimmo
Fig. 188-205. Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks, 188. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 189. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 190.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 191. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 192. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 193. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. E. conspersa Banks, 194. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 195. Male genitalia, ventral aspect. 196. Aedeagus,
dorsal aspect. 197. Aedeagal strap, ventral aspect. 198. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 199. Female genitalia, ventral
aspect. Ecclisomyia species 1, 200. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 201. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. Apatania zonella
(Zetterstedt), 202. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 203. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 204. Female genitalia, lateral aspect
205. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
165
Fig. 206-225. Apatania shoshone Banks, 206. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 207. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
208. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 209. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 210. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. A. stigmatella
(Zetterstedt), 211. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 212. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 213. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
214. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 215. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. A. crymophila McLachlan, 216. Male genitalia,
lateral aspect. 217. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 218. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 219. Female genitalia, lateral
aspect. 220. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. A. alberta Nimmo n. sp. 221. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 222. Aedeagal
tip, dorsal aspect. 223. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 224. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 225. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect.
166
Nimmo
Fig. 226-249. Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross, 226. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 227. Male genitalia, ventral aspect. 228.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 229. Aedeagus, ventral aspect. 230. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 231. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect. O. sierra Ross, 232. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 233. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 234. Aedeagus,
ventral aspect. 235. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 236. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 237. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
O. zelti Nimmo n. sp., 238. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 239. Male genitalia, ventral aspect. 240. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 241. Aedeagus, ventral aspect. 242. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 243. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Neo-
thremma alicia Banks, 244. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 245. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 246. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 247. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 248. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 249. Maxillary palpus of male.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
167
Fig. 250-269. Homophylax crotchi Banks, 250. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 251. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 252.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 253. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 254. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. H. acutus Denning,
255. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 256. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 257. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 258. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect. 259. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. H. baldur Nimmo n. sp., 260. Basal flap and scaled pocket at base
of wing, male. 261. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 262. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 263. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
LimnephUus sublunatus Provancher, 264. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 265. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 266.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 267. Right lateral arm, dorsal aspect. 268. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 269. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect. Ce. - Cercus. CL - Clasper.
168
Nimmo
Fig. 270a-290. Limnephilus sansoni Banks, 270a. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 270b. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect
(partial). 271. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 272. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. extractus Walker, 273. Male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 274. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 275. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 276. Female genitalia, lateral
aspect. 277. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. hageni Banks, 278. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 279. Male genitalia,
posterior aspect (partial). 280. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 281. Right lateral arm, dorsal aspect. 282. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 283. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. partitus Walker, 284. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 285. Male
genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 286. Right lateral arm of aedeagus, lateral aspect. 287. Right lateral arm, dorsal
aspect (partial). 288. Tip of aedeagus, dorsal aspect 289. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 290. Female genitalia, lateral
aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
169
Fig. 291-308. Limnephilus susana Nimmo n. sp., 291. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 292. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect
(partial). 293. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 294. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 295. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
L. species 1, 296. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 297. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. No scale given. L. indivisus
Walker, 298. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 299. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 300. Right lateral arm of aedeagus, dorsal
aspect 301. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 302. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 303. Female genitalia, ventral
aspect L. infemalis (Banks), 304. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 305. Male genitalia, posterior aspect. 306. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 307. Female genitalia, lateral aspect 308. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
170
Nimmo
Fig. 309-331. Limnephilus ornatus Banks, 309. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 310. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial).
311. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 312. Right lateral arm of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 313. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
314. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. picturatus McLachlan, 315. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 316. Male genitalia,
posterior aspect (partial). 317. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 318. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 319. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect. L. externus Hagen, 320. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 321. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial).
322. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 323. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial). 324. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 325. Female
genitalia, ventral aspect. L. sericeus (Say), 326. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 327. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 328. Left
clasper, posterior aspect. 329. Aedeagal tip, distal aspect. 330. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 331. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
171
Fig. 332-349. Limnephilus femoralis (Kirby), 332. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 333. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
334. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 335. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 336. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. L. nogus Ross,
337. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 338. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 339. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 340. Female
genitalia, lateral aspect. 341. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. moestus Banks, 342. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
343. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 344. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 345. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 346. Female
genitalia, lateral aspect. L. cockerelli Banks, 347. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 348. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 349. Male
genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
172
Nimmo
Fig. 350-369. Limnephilus valhalla Nimmo n. sp., 350. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 351. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect
(partial). 352. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 353. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 354. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
L. lopho Ross, 355. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 356. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 357. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 358. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 359. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. L. parvulus (Banks), 360. Male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 361. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 362. Right lateral arm of aedeagus, lateral aspect.
363. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 364. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. spinatus Banks, 365. Male genitalia,
lateral aspect. 366. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 367. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 368. Female genitalia, ventral
aspect. 369. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
173
Fig. 370-389. Limnephilus hyalinus Hagen, 370. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 371. Right cercus and median lobe of
segment X, posterior aspect. 372. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 373. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 374. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. L. secludens Banks, 375. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 376. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial).
377. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 378. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 379. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. janus Ross,
380. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 381. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 382. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 383. Female
genitalia, lateral aspect. 384. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. perpusillus Walker, 385. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
386. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 387. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 388. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 389.
Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
174
Nimmo
Fig. 390-413. Limnephilus argenteus Banks, 390. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 391. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
392. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 393. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 394. Female genitalia, lateral aspect L. alberta
Denning, 395. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 396. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 397. Male genitalia, dorsal
aspect (partial). 398. Aedeagus, lateral aspect 399. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial). 400. Female genitalia, lateral aspect
401. Female genitalia, ventral aspect L. labus Ross, 402. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 403. Male genitalia, posterior
aspect (partial). 404. Aedeagus, lateral aspect 405. Right lateral arm, dorsal aspect. 406. Female genitalia, lateral aspect
407. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. minusculus (Banks), 408. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 409. Male genitalia,
posterior aspect (partial). 410. Aedeagus, lateral aspect 411. Tip of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 412. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect 413. Female genitalia, ventral aspect
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
175
Fig. 414-438. Limnephilus kennicotti Banks, 414. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 415. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 416.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 417. Tip of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 418. Clasper of male, posterior aspect. 419. Female
genitalia, lateral aspect. 420. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. nigriceps (Zetterstedt), 421. Male genitalia, lateral
aspect. 422. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 423. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 424. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 425. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 426. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. L. rhombicus (L.), 427. Male geni-
talia, lateral aspect. 428. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 429. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 430. Right lateraL
arm of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 431. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 432. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. L. canadensis
Banks, 433. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 434. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 435. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
436. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 437. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 438. Female genitalia, lateral aspect.
176
Nimmo
Fig. 439-460. Clistoronia magnified (Banks), 439. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 440. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
441. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 442. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 443. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 444.
Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Grammotaulius interregationis (Zetterstedt), 445. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 446.
Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 447. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 448. Right lateral arm, dorsal aspect of tip.
449. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 450. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen), 451. Male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 452. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 453. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 454. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 455. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Anabolia consocia (Walker), 456. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
457. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 458. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 459. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 460. Female genitalia,
ventral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
177
Fig. 461-481. Anabolia ozburni (Milne), 461. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 462. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
463. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 464. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 465. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. A. bimaculata
(Walker), 466. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 467. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 468. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
469. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 470. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Asynarchus mutatus (Hagen), 471. Male
genitalia, lateral aspect. 472. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 473. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 474. Female geni-
talia, lateral aspect. 475. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. A. curtus (Banks), 476. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 477.
Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 478. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 479. Right lateral arm of aedeagus, dorsal aspect
480. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 481. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
178
Nimmo
487
Fig. 482-500. Asynarchus aldinus (Ross), 482. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 483. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial).
Philarctus quaeris (Milne), 484. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 485. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 486. Aedeagus, lateral
aspect. 487. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial). 488. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 489. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
Arctopora pulchella (Banks), 490. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 491. Male genitalia, posterior aspect. 492. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 493. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 494. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Lenarchus crassus (Banks),
495. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 496. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 497. Male genitalia, ventral aspect.
498. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 499. Tip of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 500. Tip of left lateral arm of aedeagus, dorsal aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
179
Fig. 501-519. Lenarchus fautini (Denning), 501. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 502. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 503.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. L. vastus (Hagen), 504. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 505. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
506. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 507. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 508. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 509. Female
genitalia, ventral aspect. L. brevipennis Banks, 510. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 511. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect.
512. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 513. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 514. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Hesperophylax
occidentalis (Banks), 515. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 516. Segment X, posterior aspect. 517. Aedeagus, lateral aspect.
518. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 519. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
180
Nimmo
Fig. 520-539. Hesperophylax incisus (Banks), 520. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 521. Male genitalia, posterior aspect
(partial). 522. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 523. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 524. Female genitalia, lateral aspect
H. consimilis (Banks), 525. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 526. Male genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 527. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. 528. Female genitalia, lateral aspect 529. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Chyranda centralis (Banks),
530. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 531. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 532. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 533. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 534. Female genitalia, ventral aspect Pycnopsyche subfasciata (Say), 535. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
536. Aedeagus, lateral aspect 537. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 538. Female genitalia, lateral aspect 539.
Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
181
Fig. 540-561. Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker), 540. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 541. Male genitalia, posterior aspect
(partial). 542. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 543. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 544. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
Philocasca thor Nimmo n. sp., 545. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 546. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 547. Aedeagus,
lateral aspect. Chilostigmodes areolata (Walker), 548. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 549. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect
(partial). 550. Aedeagus, lateral aspect Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius), 551. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 552. Male
genitalia, posterior aspect (partial). 553. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 554. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 555. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 556. Female genitalia, ventral aspect Phanocelia canadensis (Banks), 557. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
558. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial). 559. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 560. Female genitalia, lateral aspect 561.
Female genitalia, ventral aspect
182
Nimmo
Fig. 562-581. Psychoglypha prita (Milne), 562. Male genitalia, lateral aspect 563. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 564.
Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 565. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial). P. schmidi Nimmo, 566. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
567. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 568. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 569. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial). 570. Female
genitalia, lateral aspect. 571. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. P. alaskensis (Banks), 572. Male genitalia, lateral aspect.
573. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 574. Aedeagus, lateral aspect. 575. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 576. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 577. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. P. ulla (Milne), 578. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 579. Male geni-
talia, dorsal aspect. 580. Aedeagus, lateral aspect 581. Aedeagus, dorsal aspect (partial).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
183
Fig. 582-591b. Limnephilidae species 1, 582. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 583. Female genitalia, ventral aspect.
Limnephilidae species 2, 584. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 585. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Limnephilidae
species 3, 586. Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 587. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Limnephilidae species 4, 588.
Female genitalia, lateral aspect. 589. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. Limnephilidae species 5, 590a. Female genitalia,
lateral aspect. 590b. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. No scale given when only females known. Neothremma laloukesi
Schmid, 591a. Male genitalia, lateral aspect. 591b. Male genitalia, ventral aspect. (From Schmid, 1968).
184
Nimmo
Fig. 592-597. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 592. Dicosmoecus atripes (Hagen). 593. D. jucundus
Banks. 594. Onocosmoecus unicolor (Banks). 595. Amphicosmoecus canax (Ross). 596. Imania tripunctata (Banks).
597. I. bifosa Ross, I. cascadis Ross, and I. hector Nimmo n. sp.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
185
Fig. 598-603. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 598. Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks. 599. E. con-
spersa Banks, 600. E. species 1, Apatania zonella (Zetterstedt). 601. A. crymophila McLachlan, A. shoshone (Banks).
602. A. stigmatella (Zetterstedt), A. alberta Nimmo n. sp. 603. Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross.
186
Nimmo
Fig. 604-609. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 604. Oligophlebodes sierra Ross, O. zelti Nimmo
n. sp. 605. Neothremma alicia Banks and Neothremma laloukesi Schmid. 606. Homophylax crotchi Banks, H. acutus
Denning. 607. H. baldur Nimmo n. sp., Limnephilus sublunatus Provancher. 608. L. sansoni Banks. 609. L. extractus
Walker.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
187
Fig. 610-615. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 610. Limnephilus hageni Banks. 611. L. partitus
Walker. 612. L. susana Nimmo n. sp., L. species 1. 613. L. infemalis (Banks). 614. L. indivisus Walker. 615. L. ornatus
Banks.
188
Nimmo
Fig. 616-621. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 616. Limnephilus picturatus McLachlan. 617.
L. extemus Hagen. 618. L. sericeus (Say). 619. L. nogus Ross. 620. L. femoralis (Kirby). 621. L. moestus Banks.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
189
Fig. 622-627. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 622. Limnephilus cockerelli Banks, L. valhalla
Nimmo n. sp. 623. L. lopho Ross, L. parvulus (Banks). 624. L. spinatus Banks. 625. L. secludens (Banks). 626. L. janus
Ross. 627. L. hyalinus Hagen.
190
Nimmo
Fig. 628-633. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 628. Limnephilus perpusillus Walker. 629. L.
alberta Denning, L. argenteus Banks. 630. L. labus Ross. 631. L. minusculus (Banks). 632. L. kennicotti Banks. 633.
L. nigriceps (Zetterstedt).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
191
Fig. 634-639. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 634. Limnephilus rhombicus (L.). 635. L. cana-
densis Banks, Clistoronia magnifica (Banks). 636. Grammotaulius interregationis (Zetterstedt). 637. Nemotaulius hostilis
(Hagen). 638. Anabolia consocia (Walker). 639. A. ozbumi (Milne).
192
Nimmo
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
193
Fig. 646-651. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 646. Lenarchus crassus (Banks), L. vastus (Hagen).
647. L. brevipennis Banks, L. fautini (Denning). 648. Hesperophylax occidentalis (Banks), H. consimilis (Banks). 649.
H. incisus (Banks). 650. Chyranda centralis (Banks). 651. Pycnopsyche subfasciata (Say).
194
Nimmo
Fig. 652-657. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 652. Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker). 653. Philo-
casca thor Nimmo n. sp. 654. Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius). 655. Chilostigmodes areolata (Walker). 656 .Phanocelia
canadensis (Banks). 657. Psychoglypha prita (Milne).
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
195
Fig. 658-663. Maps of distribution in Alberta and North America of: 658. Psychoglypha schmidi Nimmo. 659. P.
alaskensis (Banks). 660. P. ulla (Milne). 661. Limnephilidae species 1, Limnephilidae species 2. 662. Limnephilidae
species 3, Limnephilidae species 4. 663. Limnephilidae species 5.
196
Nimmo
ORIGINS AND RELATIONSHIPS OF THE FAUNA
Aims of the study. — The putative origins and relationships of the fauna of Rhyacophili-
dae and Limnephilidae, represented by 22 and 91 species respectively, of Alberta and
eastern British Columbia, are described. Dispersal into the study area from unglaciated
areas, or.refugia, after the last major glaciation of North America, the Wisconsin, is dis-
cussed, and an attempt is made to determine the contributions of the glacial faunas of
possible source areas to the present day fauna.
At the glacial peak the study area was, to all intents and purposes, a slate wiped clean by
total ice cover. There was at least one minor exception to this, mentioned below. Such
faunal movements should be amenable to clarification to a greater extent than pre-Wisconsin
faunas at the species level and provide a very convenient unit with which to work due to the
essentially clean sweep of the study area by the ice.
Procedures employed. — I shall attempt to arrive at a reasonable answer to the problem
thus stated by an examination of a variety of factors. Firstly, the Wisconsin and post-
Wisconsin history of North America is reviewed, especially the full extent of the ice sheets
and major outliers, the locations of possible refugia, the subsequent retreat of the ice fronts,
and the major post-glacial lakes and river systems and their development to the present.
Secondly, a brief review of the major weather systems at the Wisconsin peak and at the
present time is presented. Thirdly, an examination is made of the ranges of the Alberta and
eastern British Columbia Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae, and of Alberta’s position with
respect to the range areas, and each species is relegated to the range pattern which it best
fits. Also, the species are examined as to groupings by similar habitats, to determine how
this may be instructive. Lastly, an examination is made of the range relationships of each
species to the remainder of its genus, or species group within a genus.
Literature on aquatic orders of North American insects. — While there have been many
major faunal works on the wholly aquatic orders of North American insects, such as Betten
et al. (1934), Milne (1934, 1935, 1936), Ross (1944), Flint (1960), and Denning (1963)
on Trichoptera, Needham and Heywood (1929), Needham and Westfall (1955), and Walker
(1953, 1958) on Odonata, Needham and Claassen (1925), and Frison (1935) on Plecoptera,
and Burks (1953) on Ephemeroptera, none has attempted to elucidate the zoogeography or
origins of the fauna dealt with.
Ross (1967) presented a study of evolution and dispersal of the world Trichoptera as a
whole. In 1956 he dealt more fully with three families of Trichoptera. He also dealt (1953,
1958, 1965) with the effects of the Pleistocene and subsequent events on various nearctic
insect groups, utilising primarily members of the wholly aquatic orders.
Various smaller papers dealing with members of discrete groups within wholly aquatic
orders in North America also exist, such as those by Ross (1951, 1959) on Trichoptera,
Ricker (1963), and Ross, Rotramel, Martin, and McAlpine (1967) on Plecoptera. But there
is none, so far as I am aware, which deals with the aquatic fauna, or part of it, of a distinct
geographical area such as I deal with here.
While reference is made in the following to papers which deal with non-aquatic groups of
insects, where appropriate, in the elucidation of the problem before us, I make no reference
to any such papers at this point. In dealing with fresh water insects, more especially the
wholly aquatic orders, one is dealing with insects of a distinctly circumscribed habitat, at
least in the immature stages, which would seem to set distinct Emits to their dispersal
patterns and pose problems peculiar to such groups. Ross (1956) mentions this especially
with reference to the cool-adapted Trichoptera.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
197
Synopsis of the glacial history of North America from
the peak of the Wisconsin glaciation to the presnt
Extent of Wisconsin glaciation. — Figure 664 (from Flint, 1957 and Prest, 1969) outlines
the maximum extent of ice cover at the peak of the Wisconsin glaciation in North America.
While the continental ice cover originated from several centers to form a series of coalescing
ice fields, in effect the land mass of northern North America appears to have been under a
single mass of ice which connected, by way of the Arctic archipelago, to the still extant
Greenland ice cap. In the west the southern ice margin closely but irregularly paralleled the
Canada-United States boundary. South of this margin were located many ice fields (as many
as 70 according to Flint, 1957) of varied extents scattered throughout the Cordillera. In the
east the ice margin extended further south. Both coasts and their outlying islands were
apparently icebound, as was also the Arctic archipelago. Alaska was only partly glaciated,
most of the Yukon valley being ice free; this condition extended over into north east
Siberia. The line passing north west from southern Alberta to the Arctic Ocean is the loca-
tion of the line of coalescence between the Laurentide ice sheet to the east and the Cordil-
leran ice sheet to the west, the eastern edge of which flowed east through the Rocky Moun-
tains to the Great Plains, there to be forced south east by the Laurentide sheet.
The time of initiation of final degradation of the Wisconsin ice is uncertain, and could
have varied from place to place, but evidence suggests an average value of about 10,000
B. P., despite at least some readvances in certain areas. Gravenor and Bayrock (1961) esti-
mate the final recession, or melting back, of the Wisconsin ice from southern Alberta to
have started about 1 1,000 years B. P. In that area they consider the ice to have receded in
a northerly or north easterly direction. This refers to the Laurentide ice sheet retreating
from the line of coalescence with the Cordilleran ice sheet of the Rocky Mountains. The
Laurentide sheet is now extinct but the Cordilleran sheet still exists in the scattered glaciers
and ice fields of the Rocky Mountains, and can be assumed to have melted much more
slowly than the Laurentide, presumably due to higher altitudes and location in deeper
valleys which might be supposed to provide some protection from ablation processes. Pre-
sumably, also, the ice would be deeper in the major valleys and simply take longer to melt.
It is interesting to speculate on the possibility that, at the time of general recession, while
the greater part of Canada may still have been under ice, a corridor of deglaciated territory
may have opened between the northwestern United States, western Canada, and the Arctic
Ocean, possibly even through to the unglaciated part of Alaska, as this was relatively
close to the line of coalescence (Fig. 664). Such a corridor would, in all probability,
permit biotic interchange between Alaska and southern North America prior to complete
deglaciation, possibly with results different from those that might be expected if the ice
were to disappear uniformly, leaving the northern half of North America open to un-
impeded colonisation. I have been unable to discover any record of such a corridor in
the literature.
Locations of possible unglaciated areas. — A.reas which were unglaciated during the Wis-
consin, or any other glaciation, are of prime interest to the biogeographer, as they may have
acted as refugia or foci of redispersal for plants and animals at a later date. In Fig. 664
roman numerals indicate the locations of known, or postulated, unglaciated areas and, there-
fore, possible refugia.
The Beringian refugium (I) is known definitely to have existed and includes the unglaci-
ated areas of Alaska and northeast Siberia (Ball, 1963; Munroe, 1956). Prest, Grant, and
Rampton (1968) in their ‘Glacial map of Canada’, and Prest (1969), show the western
areas of the Yukon to have been unglaciated also. As Pewe, Hopkins, and Giddings (1965),
198
Nimmo
in their Fig. 2, show the unglaciated area of central Alaska to have extended widely to the
Alaska-Yukon boundary, to coincide at least approximately with the unglaciated portion
of the western Yukon, this area must have formed part of the Beringian unglaciated area
and, therefore, of the Beringian refugium. Flint’s map of Eurasia (1957: Fig. 24-1, and
plate 3) shows a large unglaciated area between northeast Siberia and the remainder of
Eurasia. From his map, however, it also appears that, at least in the Wisconsin glaciation,
corridors may have existed to north or south of the glaciated area of Siberia, by which
biotic movements may have occurred.
Flint (1957) shows all of northern Canada under ice, but three areas are thought to have
been unglaciated and acting as refugia, at least for plants, at the time of the Wisconsin peak
(Ball, 1963). There is some doubt as to the existence of the Mackenzie refugium (II) which,
if it existed, was small. A refugium has been postulated for the western Arctic islands (III)
but Savile (1961) and Munroe (1956) both express doubt on this point, for rather different
reasons. Savile believed the islands to have been unglaciated but covered with snow for too
long periods to permit survival. However, Leech (1966) does not believe that periods of
snow cover, of one or more years, necessarily eliminate life. Munroe states that the islands
were under such a load of ice that they were very largely submerged, as evidenced by pro-
nounced emergence from the sea in recent times. Prest (1969) shows areas II and III to have
been unglaciated. Leech (1966) is of the opinion that a refugium existed in northern Elles-
mere Island, having investigated the spider fauna of the Lake Hazen area. The third possible
refugium of the high Arctic is Peary Land in northern Greenland (IV), which seems defi-
nitely to have been unglaciated and to have acted as a refugium, for plants at least (Savile,
1961). Leech (1966), without limiting his statement to any one part of the biota, upholds
the existence of the Peary Land refugium. As he decides that adjacent northern Ellesmere
Island was a refugium for spiders, it is logical to assume that Peary Land would have been
capable of supporting other animal life also.
One or more unglaciated areas have been postulated for eastern North America (V)
(Femald, 1925; Munroe, 1956; Lindroth, 1963) but, again it is uncertain whether they
existed at all and, if so, where.
One other area within the ice sheet is known to have been unglaciated. This is the height
of land of the Cypress Hills of southeastern Alberta and southwestern Saskatchewan (VI)
(Westgate, 1964; Gravenor and Bayrock, 1961). The remaining unglaciated area, undoubt-
edly a refugium, is the entire southern half of North America (VII), except for the highland
glaciers of the Cordillera.
Ross (1965) surmises that small, very local, refugia may have existed within the Cordil-
leran ice mass, on the higher mountain peaks rising above the ice.
Ball (1963) states that the distributions of most of the northern biota are explainable by
dispersal from the two major unglaciated areas of central Alaska (I) and the area south of
the main ice sheet (VII).
The distribution of the present day nearctic glaciers is given in Fig. 665.
Lakes of Wisconsin and post-Wisconsin time. — As an aid to understanding present
distributions and dispersal routes of aquatic insects, the distribution and drainage patterns
of the lakes of North America during the Wisconsin glaciation and after are examined.
The information presented is derived from Flint (1957), Elson (1967), and Prest, Grant,
and Rampton (1968). Figure 666 outlines the major lakes of North America during and
after Wisconsin time. Lakes Lahontan and Bonneville lay south of the ice sheet. The re-
mainder were covered by ice at the peak of the Wisconsin and formed along the southern
edges of the ice as it retreated northward. In most cases each lake is reduced in size at the
present time but only Lakes Ojibway-Barlow and Lahontan have essentially disappeared.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
199
There were multitudes of small lakes, then and now, but they do not concern us here.
The outlets of each lake are indicated, each having had several over a period of time as
the ice edge retreated or readvanced.
Flint (1957) presents a history of the Great Lakes. Briefly, they drained south to the
Mississippi River by various routes until eventually they were allowed to take their natural
course east to the St. Lawrence River by the final recession of the ice. Lake Ojibway-Barlow
was relatively small and drained south and east via the Ottawa valley. It was at one time
joined to Lake Agassiz.
A history of Lake Agassiz is given by Elson (1967) in some detail. The lake varied greatly
in size and position, draining first to the south and the Mississippi, then through several out-
lets, to the south as before, to the Great Lakes via Lake Nipigon, and to the north west and
the Athabasca River. Finally, as the ice receded, it drained northeast to Hudson Bay and
shrank to the present Lake Winnipeg. The Saskatchewan River drained eastward to Lake
Agassiz and may at various times, though Elson does not provide information on this, have
successively formed part of the Gulf of Mexico, Arctic, and finally the Hudson Bay water-
sheds. Prest, Grant, and Rampton (1968), in their ‘Glacial map of Canada’, show all western
Canada, virtually to the western mountains, to have been under lake water at one time or
the other since Wisconsin time. Presumably, apart from Lake Agassiz, small lakes or sloughs
were involved.
Lake Lahontan apparently had no outlet. Lake Bonneville at one stage in its history
drained north west to the Columbia River and the Pacific Ocean.
The study area of Alberta and eastern British Columbia embraces the headwaters of large
rivers important to each of the major watersheds of North America except the Atlantic (Fig.
666; the darkened rivers). This curious juxtaposition of major watersheds seems to provide
ideal conditions for dispersal of those aquatic organisms which, having their immature stages
in aquatic habitats are, nevertheless, able to fly between neighbouring bodies of water as
adults.
The large post-glacial lake system of North America, temporary though some of its con-
stituents may have been, probably provided very suitable pathways for dispersal of aquatic
organisms from east to west and vice versa, more particularly for still water forms. The
entire system stretching from Alberta to Ontario, Quebec, and the northeastern United
States has, at various times since the last glaciation, formed a gigantic, shifting network of
waterways. It seems possible that the distribution patterns of Trichoptera may at least
partially reflect this, and the point is examined below.
Synopsis of climatic history of North America
from Wisconsin time to the present
Bryson and Wendland (1967) proposed a sequence of weather pattern shifts from the
peak of the Wisconsin glaciation to the present. They describe the effects of the shrinking
Laurentian ice mass on air masses and the subsequent effects on weather. They consider the
effects of climatic changes on the biota, largely the forest and grassland biotas along the
southern edges of the ice sheet as it contracted. They do not consider it reasonable to regard
vegetation zones to be controlled and located where they are simply by single factors, no
matter how closely the boundaries of the zone and any value of the factors may coincide.
The control must be the result of a variety of factors acting as annual, or at least seasonal,
means. They utilise the mean positions of the various frontal zones and determine the pos-
sible past positions by an examination of what is known about former and present vegeta-
tion zones. I summarize their plotting of the postulated winter and summer mean positions
200
Nimmo
of the Arctic frontal zones for the period about 10,000-13,000 years B. P., and for the
present time (Fig. 667). The general trend towards the present was for the frontal zones to
migrate north as the ice sheet dwindled. In the period 3,500-5,000 years B. P. they estimate
that the fronts were actually further north of their present positions, but have readvanced
slightly southward.
The Arctic frontal means are used as indicators of cooler areas of the continent, and
hence of increasing warmer conditions south of the mean frontal zones as they tended
northward. The result, as shown in Bryson and Wendland, has been a shift northward of the
North American biotic zones, more particularly, for the central plains of North America,
of the boreal forest, and the grasslands. At about the time of retreat of the glaciers from
Alberta the area was under boreal forest, which has since moved northward to make way for
the present day grasslands of the southern part of the province. A similar effect can be
expected in the mountains, except that it would be an altitudinal shift. Bryson and Wend-
land indicate that there was essentially no tundra belt between the receding ice front and
the encroaching boreal forest belt; that, in fact, the forest may have established itself imme-
diately icebound moraine was uncovered. Exactly where tundra may have survived as such
is not indicated, but it may reasonably be expected to have existed in the various far north-
ern unglaciated areas, or refugia. The overall result was a general shift of the various floras
and faunas northward, and upward in the Cordillera, with subsequent isolation of at least
some species on scattered mountain ranges.
As to the speed with which the biota responded to climatic shifts, Bryson and Wendland
indicate that deglaciation is due to climatic changes and lags behind these changes. The
result is that the areas beyond, and close to the edges of the ice sheet, were climatically
suitable for vegetation prior to removal of the ice. That is, there is no reason to doubt that,
for example, there could be forest right up to the edges of the ice (see preceding paragraph).
Lindroth (1965), investigating the vegetated area of Skaftafell adjacent to a receding glacier
in Iceland, concludes that there is nothing unusual in vegetation occurring in immediate
proximity to glacial ice, whether advancing or receding. Presence or absence of vegetation in
such a situation is dependent on macro-climate rather than on the presence of the ice itself.
A superb example of dense Nothofagus forest in Argentina within feet of an active glacier is
given in plate 14 of Tilman (1957). Westgate (1964) presents evidence of ponds with vege-
tation and animals not only at the ice edge, but on the ice itself, wherever debris was suffi-
ciently accumulated to provide a substrate for the biota.
In the west the mean frontal zones clearly trend north west toward Alaska or the Macken-
zie delta area (Fig. 667). This is true of both the ancient and modern frontal zones, and for
the zones of intermediate periods postulated by Bryson and Wendland. This appears prob-
ably to be due to the presence of the western Cordillera, which acts as a barrier, preventing
the fronts from extending westward to the coast. Bryson and Wendland show the remaining
ice mass (at about 8,000 years B. P.) to be located between Great Slave Lake and Labrador,
and between northern Baffin Island and northern Ontario. It is reasonable then to suppose
that the ice tended, at least at its southern and western boundaries, to retreat along the
frontal zones. Here is some support for the corridor between Alaska and the unglaciated
portion of North America, east of the mountains, and right through the study area, as
postulated above.
Distribution of the Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
of Alberta and eastern British Columbia
The species of Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae known from the study area have been
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
201
found to fall into 12 basic distribution patterns. These are outlined in Fig. 668 and 669. 1
have grouped them into two primary types for convenience. The first type comprises those
species which are confined strictly to western North America, tending generally to follow
the various ranges of the western Cordillera (Fig. 668). The second type comprises those
species which extend beyond, or exist only east of the Cordillera (Fig. 669). The patterns as
illustrated outline the general area occupied by the species from which they are drawn. They
are not exact delineations of species ranges.
The ranges of Trichoptera in North America are, as yet, relatively poorly known, and
much intensive collecting is required before accurate statements can be made about range
patterns. However, for the present study, current knowledge will have to suffice. The
species ranges used in determining these range patterns do not necessarily extend through-
out the full extent of the patterns to which they belong. The boundaries are really com-
posites of species ranges which appear to follow a common pattern, however incom-
pletely.
Table 2 lists the range patterns in numerical order, giving the species known from each,
and the range map number of each species in the taxonomic portion of this study. Follow-
ing is presented a brief outline of each range pattern, in numerical order.
Range pattern 1. This pattern extends from central Alaska south, embracing the enitre
western Cordillera, as far south as the southwestern United States. The Alberta species
included are mostly mountain stream species, but a few are usually found at higher alti-
tudes, in the bogs or pools of the high passes and alpine meadows. This pattern is equivalent
to Munroe’s (1956) type W5.
Range pattern 2. This pattern extends from central Alaska to Colorado, along the eastern
ranges of the Cordillera. Only three Alberta species are included, two of which are species
of the lower mountain streams; the third, Imania tripunctata, is found at higher altitudes
and is rather uncommon.
Range pattern 3. This pattern is similar to type 1, but without the extension to the
Yukon and Alaska. It contains a large number of species, most of which are inhabitants of
mountain streams of varying degrees of rapidity and turbulence. This pattern is equivalent
to Munroe’s type W3.
Range pattern 4. This pattern extends from the Alberta Cordillera to California, via
Idaho, Washington, and the Cascade ranges. It contains a small selection of species which
inhabit the lower mountain streams and lakes.
Range pattern 5. Species included in this pattern follow the eastern ranges of the Cordil-
lera from Alberta to Colorado, and inhabit mountain streams. This pattern is equivalent to
Munroe’s type W2.
Range pattern 6. This pattern embraces species which are either very restricted in range,
largely to the Cordillera of Alberta, or are known only from the type localities; several are
described above as new. It is not so much a pattern as a collection of species which cannot
yet be assigned to any of the other patterns. Specimens of several of the species may simply
be rarely taken, and thus are poorly known. The range pattern embraces the Cordillera of
Alberta, British Columbia, Washington, and Idaho. The great majority of included species
are found near mountain creeks or ponds ranging to the higher alpine meadows, and largely
comprise members of genera which are reputedly rare (Ross, 1950b; Denning, 1964; Wiggins
and Anderson, 1968).
Range pattern 7. This pattern embraces the greater part of North America, extending
from Alaska east to Newfoundland and Greenland, and south east to New Mexico. In the
United States it is restricted largely to the eastern ranges of the Cordillera. The species
included in this pattern inhabit streams and rivers.
202
Nimmo
Fig. 664-669. 664. Maximum distribution of glacial ice in North America at the peak of the Wisconsin glaciation,
showing locations of known and suspected unglaciated areas (roman numerals), and line of coalescence between the
major ice masses (toothed line). Compiled from Flint (1957), Westgate (1964), and Prest, Grant, and Rampton (1968).
665. Present day distribution of nearctic glaciers. From Flint (1957). 666. Composite map of major periglacial and
pluvial lakes of North America (black areas) and present major lakes (hatched areas), showing various drainage patterns
which existed post-glacially and which are now extinct (arrows). A - Lake Aggasiz; B - Lake Bonneville; G - Great
Lakes; L - Lake Lahontan; O-B - Lake Ojibway-Barlow. Compiled from Flint (1957), and Elson (1967). 667. Map
of North America showing the mean positions of the Arctic frontal zone 10,000-13,000 years B. P. in summer (B. P. -
S.) and winter (B. P. - W.). Derived from Bryson and Wendland (1967). 668. Range patterns 1-6 exhibited by Alberta
species of Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae. 669. Range patterns 7-12 as exhibited by Alberta species of Rhyacophilidae
and Limnephilidae.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
203
Table 2. Species of Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae from the study area listed under
the range pattern to which each belongs.
Pattern Map Pattern Map
no. Species Fig. no. Species Fig.
1 Rhyacophila vobara Milne 115
Rhyacophila rickeri Ross 1 1 2
Rhyacophila vepulsa Milne 1 1 3
Rhyacophila tucula Ross 105
Rhyacophila vofixa Milne 107
Rhyacophila verrula Milne 1 1 8
Psychoglypha ulla (Milne) 660
Ecclisomyia conspersa Banks 599
Lenarchus brevipennis Banks 647
Lenarchus fautini Denning 647
Lenarchus vastus (Hagen) 646
Asynarchus aldinus (Ross) 643
Hesperophylax incisus (Banks) 649
2 Rhyacophila alberta Banks 104
Limnephilus sansoni Banks 608
Imania tripunctata (Banks) 596
3 Rhyacophila hyalinata Banks 1 1 1
Rhyacophila vaccua Milne 1 1 6
Rhyacophila pellisa Ross 1 1 4
Rhyacophila bifila Banks 109
Rhyacophila coloradensis Banks 1 1 0
Dicosmoecus atripes (Hagen) 592
Oligophlebodes sierra Ross 604
Oligophlebodes ruthae Ross 603
Limnephilus spinatus Banks 624
Neothremma alicia Banks 605
Hesperophylax occidentalis (Banks) 648
Ecclisomyia maculosa Banks 598
Amphicosmoecus canax (Ross) 595
Clistoronia magnifica (Banks) 635
4 Limnephilus nogus Ross 619
Limnephilus lopho Ross 623
Dicosmoecus jucundus Banks 593
Hesperophylax consimilis (Banks) 648
5 Limnephilus cockerelli Banks 622
Homophylax baldur Nimmo 607
Rhyacophila vagrita Milne 119
Apatania shoshone Banks 60 1
6 Rhyacophila vemma Milne 1 20
Rhyacophila belona Ross 1 1 2
Rhyacophila glaciera Denning 1 06
Rhyacophila milnei Ross 1 1 9
Rhyacophila chilsia Denning 1 1 5
Rhyacophila species 1 121
Rhyacophila species 2 121
Homophylax crotchi Banks 606
Homophylax acutus Denning 606
Oligophlebodes zelti Nimmo 604
Neothremma laloukesi Schmid 605
Limnephilus susana Nimmo 6 1 2
Limnephilus valhalla Nimmo 622
Limnephilus alberta Denning 629
Limnephilus species 1 612
Philocasca thor Nimmo 653
Apatania alberta Nimmo 602
Psychoglypha prita (Milne) 657
Psychoglypha schmidi Nimmo 658
Ecclisomyia species 1 600
Imania bifosa Ross 597
Imania cascadis Ross 597
Imania hector Nimmo 597
Limnephilidae species 1 661
Limnephilidae species 2 661
Limnephilidae species 3 662
Limnephilidae species 4 662
Limnephilidae species 5 663
7 Limnephilus infernalis (Banks) 613
Limnephilus ornatus Banks 6 1 5
Limnephilus ex ternus Hagen 617
Limnephilus femoralis (Kirby) 620
Limnephilus minusculus (Banks) 63 1
Limnephilus hyalinus Hagen 627
Limnephilus rhombicus (L.) 634
Limnephilus sublunatus Provancher 607
Limnephilus perpusillus Walker 628
Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker) 652
Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen) 637
Asynarchus curtus (Banks) 642
Anabolia bimaculata (Walker) 640
Apatania stigmatella (Zetterstedt) 602
Nimmo
204
Table 2 (continued)
Range pattern 8. This pattern comprises an eastern and a western region. The western
region extends from Alaska to California and Colorado, and eastward almost to Manitoba.
The eastern region extends from Manitoba eastward to Newfoundland. There are no records
known, for any of the species which are included within this pattern, for the intermediate
area, which variously includes all or parts of at least Saskatchewan and Manitoba. The
species included here variously inhabit, in the study area, mountain creeks, the swamps of
the lower mountain valleys, and the higher passes.
Range pattern 9. This pattern extends from Alaska southeastward, in a widening belt, to
Colorado and Ontario. In the United States Cordillera it is confined to the eastern ranges
south of Idaho. The included species inhabit primarily lakes, sloughs, or streams in low
mountain valleys.
Range pattern 10. This pattern embraces the great central plains of North America and
includes only two species. The pattern is equivalent to Munroe’s (1956) type C4.
Range pattern 1 1 . This pattern extends from the eastern edges of the Cordillera in Alber-
ta, to the Great Lakes states of the United States, Labrador, and Newfoundland. Alberta
represents the western limits for all the included species of this type. These species occur in
lakes, sloughs, and slower streams. This pattern coincides with Munroe’s (1956) type B.
Range pattern 12. This pattern embraces virtually all of Canada, with its southern bound-
ary extending into the United States south of the Great Lakes. At least one species, Apa-
tania zonella, is known to extend northward to the Arctic archipelago. The included species
emerge from lakes, sloughs and, perhaps, the slower rivers.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
205
Distributional relationships of Alberta species of Rhyacophilidae and
Limnephilidae to the remainder of their respective genera or species group
In this section are examined the spatial relationships of the Alberta Trichoptera dealt
with in this study to other species of their respective genera, or species groups within genera.
The purpose in so doing is to determine whether it is possible to educe the provenance of
the Alberta species after the Wisconsin glaciation.
The Rhyacophilidae. - None of the North American species of Rhyacophila is known to
be holarctic. With the exception of two transcontinental species, the Alberta species are
restricted to the western Cordillera.
The alberta group. Of the four species known to belong to this group, kincaidi , alberta,
tucula, and glaciera, the last three are represented in the study area; kincaidi is known only
from the Cascade ranges of Washington (Ross, \956), glaciera is known only from Montana
and Alberta (Fig. 106). The two species alberta and tucula are known from Alaska to the
Rocky Mountains of the United States (Fig. 104, 105). These two species are very similar
and occupy somewhat mutually exclusive ranges, tucula to the west, alberta to the east;
there are no records from the Yukon.
The vofixa group. Of the two very similar species of this group only vofixa is known from
the study area; its range extends from Alaska and the Yukon to Idaho (Fig. 107). The
other species, harmstoni, is known only from Colorado and Utah.
The acropedes group. Ross (1956) lists 11 species in this group, three of which are
eastern Asiatic. According to Ross (1956) the seven North American species are confined
to the western Cordillera, except for acropedes , which is also known from eastern North
America. Ross considers that the group originated in eastern Asia, spread to western North
America, whence a second, reverse, interchange occurred, back to Asia, to give the present
set of species. As this undoubtedly occurred prior to the Wisconsin glaciation it is of little
interest at present. According to Ross the North American species of the group are re-
stricted to the western coastal ranges, except for acropedes (Fig. 108). Smith (1968) records
vao from as far east as Idaho. I record vemna from Alberta; Smith records it from Idaho
(Fig. 120). Thus these two species are not as restricted as Ross supposed. Ross derives
acropedes from vao as the result of an eastward spread, after which acropedes spread west
to coincide with vao. Thus the origin of the North American species of this group is
apparently located in the coastal mountain ranges. It may be supposed that the ranges of
the species prior to the Wisconsin glaciation were much as they are today, south of the
southern limit of ice.
The invaria group. This group has an Appalachian branch of six species, and a Cordilleran
branch of five species. Two of the western species, bifila and coloradensis , are known from
the study area (Fig. 109, 1 10) and are general throughout the Cordillera. Two other species,
amabilis and kemada, are known only from southern California, and the fifth, insularis, is
known only from Vancouver Island.
The hyalinata group. This group, comprising four species, is of peculiar distribution; three
species are located in western North America, while the fourth is known from the Caucasus.
Ross (1956) cannot be certain that this European species belongs to this group, as he has
seen only drawings. Only one North American species, hyalinata , is known from the study
area; it is widely distributed in the Cordillera as a whole (Fig. 111). Of the remaining two
species, sonoma is known only from California, and vocala from the Cascade ranges from
Oregon to British Columbia.
The sibirica group. This is a large group of 26 species, four of which are known from the
study area. These four species are rather dissimilar belonging to different lineages within the
206
Nimmo
group (Ross, 1956:95). One species is known from Europe, several more from eastern Asia,
and the greater number from North America, being divided into eastern and western groups.
Ross (1956) postulates a western North American origin for the group, with dispersal in
time to Asia and eastern North America. There are no holarctic species. Of the Alberta
species, two, vepulsa and pellisa, are widespread; vepulsa ranges from Alaska to California
(Fig. 113 ), pellisa appears to be limited to Alberta in the north, is not recorded from
British Columbia, though it almost certainly occurs there, and extends south by both the
coastal and eastern ranges of the Cordillera (Fig. 1 14). Of the other two species, belona is
restricted to the Idaho-Alberta area, and rickeri extends from the Alberta-British Columbia
Cordillera to Alaska.
The betteni group. This group comprises eight species, all confined to the Cordillera of
western North America. All but the two species known from the study area are confined to
the Cascade ranges of California and Oregon. Of the two known from Alberta one, chilsia,
is known only from the Alberta Cordillera (Fig. 115); the second, vaccua, is widespread,
but barely extends south along the eastern ranges of the Cordillera (Fig. 1 16). Ross (1956)
is of the opinion that the group originated in the coastal ranges and has spread eastward
from there.
The vobara group. Two species comprise this group, iranda and vobara, of which the
latter is known from the study area. The other species is known from the coastal ranges of
Oregon.
The angelita group. This group contains three species, two of which, perplana and vuzana,
are known only from the Cascade ranges of the coast; the third species, angelita, is wide-'
spread throughout the Cordillera, from the Yukon to California and Colorado (Fig. 117).
It is also recorded from the northern Appalachians, in what must surely be an isolated
population; it seems reasonable to suppose that isolation occurred post-glacially.
The verrula group. Only one species, verrula, is known in this group. It ranges widely
from Alaska to California and Colorado (Fig. 118).
The vagrita group. The two very similar species of this group are both known from the
study area. These are vagrita and milnei (Fig. 1 19). Only vagrita is widespread, extending to
Utah; milnei is known only from the type locality at Banff, Alberta.
The Limnephilidae. — The 91 species known from the study area are not distributed so
narrowly as the Alberta Rhyacophilidae. Some species are known only from the western
Cordillera of North America; others are widespread transcontinental^, and from north to
south; others are holarctic, if not circumpolar.
The genus Dicosmoecus. Of the 10 species of Dicosmoecus (Schmid, 1955), two are
known from the study area. Of these two, atripes is widespread throughout the Cordillera,
from Alberta and British Columbia to California and New Mexico (Fig. 592); jucundus
(Fig. 593) has a similar distribution except that it is unknown from the eastern ranges.
The remainder of the genus is distributed between eastern Asia (two species) and western
North America (eight species). Of the North American species, the general distributional
pattern is centered on the coastal ranges from California to British Columbia, with one
species known only from Alaska.
The genus Onocosmoecus. Of the eight species of Onocosmoecus (Schmid, 1955) only
one is known from the study area {unicolor). This species is distributed from Alaska
to California, New Mexico (Fig. 594), and eastern North America, with a large gap be-
tween the eastern and western ranges. As this species is known from streams of the plains
regions of Alberta the gap must be viewed with suspicion, as being due to insufficient
collecting. One species of Onocosmoecus is known from eastern Asia, the remainder be-
ing North American and confined to the Cordillera with the exception of quadrinotatus,
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
207
which ranges from Newfoundland to Michigan and the White Mountains of New Hamp-
shire.
The genus Imania. Of the 10 known species of Imania, Schmid (1955) lists eight; the
ninth is described above as new; the tenth is described by Schmid (1968) as new. Four
species are known from the study area: bifosa, cascadis, tripunctata, and hector. Of these,
hector is known only from Alberta (Fig. 597); bifosa is known only from Alberta and
British Columbia; cascadis from Washington, Oregon, and Alberta (Fig. 597); and tripunc-
tata is widespread from Colorado and Washington to Alaska (Fig. 596). Ross (1950b) refers
to tripunctata as occurring as isolated, higher altitude, populations, particularly in the
southern extremities of its range. Of the genus as a whole one species is known from eastern
Asia; the remaining four species are known from isolated localities in Colorado ( gnathos ),
Nevada ( renoa ), and Washington (acanthis and cidoibes).
The genus Amphicosmoecus . This genus is represented by a single species, canax, which
is widespread from Alberta and British Columbia to California and Utah (Fig. 595).
The genus Ecclisomyia. Of the six species of this genus (Schmid, 1955), two are known
from the study area {maculosa and conspersa)', a third, undescribed species is represented
by a single female. Both Alberta species are widespread in the Cordillera. The species
conspersa , which ranges from Alaska to California and New Mexico (Fig. 599), has a more
extensive known range than maculosa. The latter ranges from Alberta and British Columbia
to Colorado (Fig. 598). Of the remaining four species two, digitata and kamtshatica, are
known only from eastern Asia, and the other two, scylla and bilera, are known only from
British Columbia to Oregon, and California respectively.
The genus Apatania. This genus contains 50 species, five of which are known from
the study area; one is described above as new. Twelve species are recorded from North
America; of these, three are holarctic and known from Alberta or just north of Alberta.
The remaining species of the genus are widespread through Eurasia. The species known
from the study area, or closely adjacent areas, are zonella, stigmatella, shoshone, crymo-
phila, and alberta. Of these species zonella (Fig. 600), stigmatella (Fig. 602), and crymo-
phila (Fig. 601) are northern in distribution in North America, and holarctic in total.
A. stigmatella has been recorded from Colorado; this is either an error, or represents a pe-
culiarly isolated population. Of the remaining two species shoshone is known from Alberta
south, along the eastern Cordillera, to Colorado; alberta is known only from around Banff,
Alberta.
The genus Oligophlebodes. Of the seven species of Oligophlebodes three are known from
the study area, one being described above as new. Of the Alberta species zelti is known only
from several localities in Alberta (Fig. 604); sierra is widespread from Alberta and British
Columbia to Colorado and California (Fig. 604); and ruthae is confined to the eastern
ranges of the Cordillera, from Alberta and British Columbia to Oregon and Utah (Fig. 603).
Of the four remaining species of the genus one is known only from Colorado ( ardis ),
another is known only from New Mexico and Utah (sigma), the third is widespread from
New Mexico to Wyoming and South Dakota, and is the most easterly species of Oligophle-
bodes ( minuta ), and the fourth (mostbento) is known only from Oregon.
The genus Neothremma. Of the four species of Neothremma (Schmid, 1955; 1968) two,
alicia and laloukesi, are known from the study area; the total known range of alicia extends
from Alberta and British Columbia to Oregon and Colorado (Fig. 605). At present laloukesi
is known only from Alberta. The other two species (didactyla and galena) are known only
from Washington.
The genus Homophylax. Denning (1964) revised this genus, and listed eight species.
One further species was described above as new, raising the total to nine. Three species are
208
Nimmo
known from the study area ( crotchi , acutus, and baldur ). Of these crotchi is known only
from a very small range, from southern Alberta to Vancouver Island and Washington (Fig.
606); acutus is known only from Idaho and Alberta (Fig. 606) but, being only recently
described by Denning (1964) will almost certainly be found to extend further; and baldur
is known only from Utah and far southwestern Alberta (Fig. 607). Of the remaining six
species andax is known from southeast Alaska to Oregon; flavipennis is known from Colo-
rado to Montana; insulas is known only from California; rentzi only from California; neva-
densis from California and Nevada; and adriana only from New Mexico. More so than other
rare genera, Homophylax appears to be divided into distinct eastern and western species
groups. Much more almost certainly remains to be known of the range of species of Homo-
phylax. The genus is rarely represented in collections and appears to be rare in nature. This
apparent rarity may, however, be due to secretive habits and high altitude distribution, thus
making collection difficult.
The genus Limnephilus. This is one of the larger genera of Trichoptera, and the largest of
the Limnephilidae. Schmid (1955) lists 140 species in the genus of which seven are incertae
sedis. In this study two new species of Limnephilus are described, raising the total to 142.
Of this number of species one is listed from South America, 63 from North America only,
and seven are holarctic. Of the 33 species known to occur in the study area one is un-
described (the female only is known), and six are holarctic.
Of the rhombicus group only one species, rhombicus , is known from the study area.
This species is holarctic in distribution with an extensive North American range (Fig. 634);
the remaining four species are variously known from Asia and eastern Europe, but one is
known from Spain (Schmid, 1955). This group would appear to be decidedly Eurasian in
origin.
Of the 1 1 species of the subcentralis group six are known from the study area, including
one new species. These species are sansoni, extractus, hageni, sublunatus, partitus, and
susana. One other species is undescribed as only the female is known. None of the Alberta
species are holarctic; sansoni extends from Alaska to Colorado, along the eastern ranges of
the Cordillera (Fig. 608); extractus extends from Alberta and Great Slave Lake to New
Hampshire (Fig. 609); sublunatus extends from British Columbia to Colorado and Quebec
(Fig. 607); partitus extends from British Columbia to the Northwest Territories and New-
foundland (Fig. 611); and susana is known only from the type locality in Alberta (Fig. 612).
The remaining five species are known variously from Europe to Siberia, with one species,
elongatus, from the Northwest Territories.
Of the seven species of the stigma group two, infernalis and indivisus, are known from
the study area. Both are distributed in a northern transcontinental pattern, infernalis from
Alaska to New Hampshire (Fig. 613), and indivisus from British Columbia to Illinois and
Nova Scotia (Fig. 614). The remaining five species are variously known from Europe to
eastern Siberia.
Only one species, ornatus, is known in the ornatus group. Its range in North America is
northern transcontinental, from Alaska to Illinois, Newfoundland and Greenland (Fig. 615).
Schmid (1955) also reports it from Japan.
One of the two species of the picturatus group is known from the study area. This
species, picturatus, is holarctic, ranging from Sweden to North America, where it extends
from Alaska to Colorado and Hudson Bay (Fig. 616). The second species is known only
from British Columbia.
Of the two species of the externus group, like the picturatus group, one, thorns, is
isolated in North America, in Utah; the second species, externus, is holarctic, ranging from
Europe to North America. In North America it ranges from Great Slave Lake to California
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
209
and Newfoundland (Fig. 617).
The sericeus group, with two species, is limited to North America. The species known
from the study area, sericeus, is northern transcontinental in range, from Alaska to Oregon
and Maine (Fig. 618) with an apparent mid-continental gap. The second species, fagus, is
known only from Oregon.
Of the three species of the morrisoni group one, lopho, is known from the study area.
This species is restricted to Oregon, British Columbia, and Alberta (Fig. 623). The re-
maining two species, castor and morrisoni, are restricted to the western ranges of the
Cordillera.
The sitchensis group contains seven species, of which three are known from the study
area. These are moestus, cockerelli, and valhalla. The group is restricted to North America.
With the exception of moestus, all are restricted to the western Cordillera. Of the Alberta
species moestus is most widespread, ranging from British Columbia to Colorado, Newfound-
land, and Greenland (Fig. 621); cockerelli is restricted to the eastern ranges of the Cordillera
(Fig. 622); and valhalla is known only from the area of the Albertan continental divide
(Fig. 622).
The single species of the luridus group known from the study area,/<?raora//s, is holarctic
in distribution, ranging from Europe to North America. It ranges from Alaska to Washing-
ton, Maine, and Greenland (Fig. 620) in North America. The other known species, luridus,
is known only from northwest Europe.
Of the six species of the fenestratus group two, minusculus and kennicotti, are known
from the study area. Of these two minusculus is widespread, ranging from Alaska to Colo-
rado and Labrador (Fig. 631); kennicotti ranges from British Columbia to Newfoundland
(Fig. 632), with records from Greenland, so it is probably also present in northern Canada,
though there are no records known to me. The remaining four species are palaearctic
(dispar), known only from Oregon (sylviae), restricted to the eastern ranges of the Cordillera
( coloradensis ), or holarctic (fenestratus ).
The nogus group contains one species, nogus. It is not known from Alberta, but has been
taken at Hosmer, British Columbia, only 30 miles from Alberta, and within the study area.
Its known range extends from southern British Columbia south, along the western coastal
ranges of the Cordillera (Fig. 619).
Of the nine species of the incisus group four, secludens, janus, hyalinus, and perpusillus,
are known from the study area. Of these four secludens ranges from Great Slave Lake to
Wisconsin, New Mexico and California (Fig. 625); janus ranges across the central plains of
North America, from Alberta to Wisconsin and Colorado (Fig. 626 );hyalinus is transconti-
nental, ranging from Alaska to Colorado and Newfoundland (Fig. 627); and perpusillus is
distributed through the central plains (Fig. 628). Of the remaining five species in the group
two are European, one is known only from Colorado (tarsalis), one from New Brunswick
(ademus), and the last from California ( acnestus ).
The asiaticus group contains 1 2 species, of which eight are known variously from Europe
and different parts of Asia, and four are North American. None are holarctic. Of the four
North American species only one, labus, is known from the study area. It ranges from
Alberta to Idaho and Colorado (Fig. 630). The remaining three species are restricted to the
western ranges of the Cordillera (lunonus), to the southwestern United States and Mexico,
and, according to Schmid (1955), has been reported from Oregon and Washington (frijole ),
and to Alaska and the Northwest Territories (pallens ).
The four species of the diversus group are restricted to North America. The single species
known from the study area, canadensis, is known only from scattered records from Alberta
to Maine (Fig. 635). Of the remaining species in the group, diversus is known only from
210
Nimmo
Arizona and Colorado, productus from California and Utah, and acula simply from the
western United States (Schmid, 1955).
Of the seven species of the assimilis group two are known from the study area. Of these
two parvulus ranges from Alberta and Great Slave Lake to Quebec and New Hampshire
(Fig. 623); spinatus is strictly western, ranging from Alberta to California and Colorado
(Fig. 624). The remaining five species are restricted to North America; assimilis is known
only from Arizona and California; taloga from Oklahoma and Utah; acrocurvus from Minne-
sota; arreto from the western ranges of the Cordillera in California, Oregon and Washington;
and occidentalis from Oregon, Washington and British Columbia.
Of the nigriceps group one species, nigriceps, is known, ranging from Alaska to Manitoba
(Fig. 633).
Only one species, alberta, is known for the alberta group. This species is known only
from the Cordillera of Alberta and adjacent areas of British Columbia.
Again only one species, argenteus, is known in the argenteus group, ranging from Alberta
and Great Slave Lake to Illinois (Fig. 629).
The genus Grammotaulius. Of the nine species of Grammotaulius only three are known in
North America. The remainder are known variously from Europe and Asia. Of the North
American species only one, interregationis, is known from the study area. This species
ranges throughout northern North America (Fig. 636), from the Yukon to Nova Scotia
and Greenland. Of the other two species lorettae is known only from Colorado, and betteni
from Oregon and British Columbia. Schmid (1955) queries a record of betteni from Shang-
hai, as would I.
The genus Nemotaulius. Of the six species of Nemotaulius only one, hostilis, is known
from North America, and the study area. It ranges across central North America from
British Columbia to Newfoundland, and from Great Slave Lake to Colorado (Fig. 637).
The remaining species are European or Asian in distribution.
The genus Anabolia. Of the three groups, and series of ungrouped species in this genus,
members of only two groups are known from the study area, totalling three species. There
are 15 species in Anabolia (Schmid, 1955) of which only four are nearctic. The remainder
are Eurasian species. Two species, consocia and ozburni, are known from the study area;
the remaining two species are palaearctic. A. consocia ranges from Alberta to South Dakota,
Maine, and Quebec (Fig. 638); ozburni ranges throughout the same area but is less well
recorded (Fig. 639). One species, bimaculata, of the bimaculata group, is known from the
study area; it ranges extensively throughout North America (Fig. 640). The second species
of the group, sordida, is very similar to bimaculata and ranges throughout central North
America (Schmid, 1955).
The genus Asynarchus. Of the 17 species of Asynarchus (Schmid, 1955) two are incertae
sedis, from North America, eight are strictly North American, and two are holarctic. The
five strictly palaearctic species are variously distributed from northern Europe to Japan
and Siberia. Of the species known from North America three, aldinus, mutatus, and curtus,
are known from the study area. Of these three aldinus ranges from Great Slave Lake
to Idaho (Fig. 643); curtus is northern transcontinental, from Alaska to Labrador and
Colorado (Fig. 642); and mutatus ranges from British Columbia to Great Slave Lake and
Ontario (Fig. 641). The remaining seven North American species are variously known from
Utah, Michigan, British Columbia, the western Cordillera, Washington, or are northern
holarctic.
The genus Clistoronia. All four species of Clistoronia are strictly North American; only
one species, magnifica, is known from the study area, ranging from British Columbia and
Alberta to Oregon and Utah (Fig. 635). Of the remaining three species flavicollis is known
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
211
only from Alaska and British Columbia; formosa from Utah and Idaho; and maculata from
Arizona and New Mexico.
The genus Philarctus. This genus appears to be definitely Oriental in origin; of the seven
species (Schmid, 1955) six are known from various parts of Siberia, central Asia, China,
and the Himalaya. The seventh species, quaeris, is known only from North America, rang-
ing from Great Slave Lake to Oregon, Colorado, and Minnesota (Fig. 644).
The genus Arctopora. The three species of Arctopora are known from North America.
One, trimaculata, is northern holarctic, and unknown from the study area. The second
species, pulchella, limited to North America, is known from the study area, and ranges from
British Columbia to Michigan, Maine, and Newfoundland (Fig. 645). The third species,
salmon Smith (1969), is known only from Iadho.
The genus Lenarchus. Three subgenera, Prolenarchus , Lenarchus, and Paralenarchus , are
recognized by Schmid (1955). The second and third are represented in the study area
by four species. The subgenus Prolenarchus contains two species, one northern European,
the other known only from Michigan and Ontario. The subgenus Lenarchus contains six
species, one of which, expansus, is known from Siberia and Alaska; three others are known
from various parts of Eurasia; and two, crassus and rho, are known only from North
America. Of these two rho is known only from the coastal ranges from Oregon to British
Columbia; crassus is known from the study area, ranging from Alberta to Quebec and
Maine (Fig. 646). The nearctic Paralenarchus contains five species, three of which, fautini,
brevipennis, and vastus, are known from the study area. L. fautini ranges from Great Slave
Lake to Wyoming (Fig. 647); brevipennis is widespread from Alberta to Oregon and Colo-
rado (Fig. 647); and vastus ranges from Alaska to Alberta and California (Fig. 646). The
remaining two species of the subgenus are known from California (gravidus) and Oregon
and Montana ( rillus ).
The genus Hesperophylax. This genus contains six species, three of which, occiden-
tals, consimilis, and incisus, are known from the study area. H. occidentals ranges from
Alberta and British Columbia to California and New Mexico, but intermediate records
are poor (Fig. 648); consimilis is known only from Alberta and Utah (Fig. 648); and
incisus is widespread from Great Slave Lake to California and Colorado (Fig. 649). Of
the remaining three species designatus is known from central and southern North America,
magnus from Arizona and Mexico, and minutus from the coast ranges of California and
Oregon.
The genus Chyranda. Only one species, centralis, is known in this genus; it is known
from the study area and ranges from Alaska south to Oregon and Colorado (Fig. 650) and
has also been recorded from Quebec.
The genus Pycnopsyche. The 14 species are arranged in five species groups (Schmid,
1955). Two groups and two species are represented in the study area: guttifer, of the
guttifer group, and subfasciata of the lepida group. With the exception of these two species
the genus is restricted to northeastern North America: subfasciata ranges from New Hamp-
shire to Alberta (Fig. 651), and guttifer is transcontinental, ranging from Washington to
Georgia and Newfoundland (Fig. 652). The origin of this group appears to center on north-
eastern North America.
The genus Philocasca. Six species of Philocasca are known of which one occurs in the
study area. This species, thor, is known only from a single male taken at the alpine meadows
of Mt. Edith Cavell, Jasper, Alberta (Fig. 653). Wiggins (1968) revised the genus, listing five
species which are known only from scattered localities in the Alberta-Washington-northem
California area.
The genus Glyphopsyche. Two species of Glyphopsyche are known, irrorata and missouri.
212
Nimmo
Only irrorata is known from the study area, ranging from Alaska and California to New
Hampshire, but with a gap in Saskatchewan (Fig. 654). The second species, missouri, is
known from a single area in Missouri.
The genus Chilostigmodes. Only two species of Chilostigmodes are known, areolata and
forcipata. Only areolata is known from the study area, ranging from Alaska to Labrador
(Fig. 655); forcipata is known only from Siberia.
The genus Psychoglypha. This genus contains eight species of which four are recorded
from the study area. Of these four (prita , schmidi, alaskensis, and ulla ) prita is known
only from Alberta and Idaho (Fig. 657); schmidi is known only from the area of the
continental divide of Alberta and British Columbia (Fig. 658); alaskensis is widespread
from Alaska to Utah and Michigan (Fig. 659); and ulla ranges throughout the Cordillera
from Alaska to California (Fig. 660). Of the remaining four species of the genus, avigo
and ormiae are known only from Utah and Oregon; rossi is known only from British
Columbia; bella is known from British Columbia and California. With the exception of
alaskensis, which is transcontinental, the genus is confined to the western Cordillera of
North America.
The genus Phanocelia. The one species of this genus, canadensis, is known from the study
area, at a single locality (Nordegg, Alberta). It ranges from Alberta and the Northwest
Territories to Maine (Fig. 656) but is poorly known.
Altitudinal distribution of the Alberta species
of Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
The purpose of this section is to examine the altitudinal distributions of the Alberta
species of the two families dealt with, and to relate this information in some manner to
their geographical distributions. Table 3 presents a list of the Alberta species in order of
increasing lower altitudinal limits. The altitudes given apply only to the study area, and are
derived from adult records.
The species of range patterns 7-12 (more extensive ranges) occur primarily at the lower
altitudes, and the species of range patterns 1-6, which are confined to the Cordillera, are
found at the higher altitudes. Also, the species of range patterns 7-12 have a much greater
altitudinal range, and many attain similar altitudes to the species of range patterns 1-6.
However, as the lower altitudinal limit of a species is raised, the total range tends to
decrease; similarly with the altitudinal range. It is of interest that those species of range
patterns 7-12 which are found only at higher altitudes tend to have more northern total
ranges.
The conclusion to be drawn from the above would appear to be that, under present
ecological conditions, the high altitude species of range patterns 1-6 occupy relatively
narrow zones. These zones are presently found only in the mountains. At the last glaciation
(Wisconsin), their altitudinal distribution was probably greater, extending to lower altitudes.
Probably some species extended to lower altitudes of the study area. Some, in fact, did and
spread eastward across North America, south of the ice sheets. Post-glacial warming forced
these species upward into the mountains, some so high that they are represented by what
appear to be isolated relict populations. The species presently restricted to the Cordillera
are so restricted simply because it is the only area which is capable of satisfying their
ecological requirements. Many of the Cordilleran species inhabit turbulent, cold, glacial-
melt streams; other, still-water forms, are restricted by undetermined factors. It should
also be pointed out that the species which extend from the lower to the higher altitudes
are still-water forms which inhabit lakes, ponds, or sloughs.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
213
Table 3. Altitudinal distribution of the Alberta species of Rhyacophilidae and Limne-
philidae based on adult records.
o
o
o
00
214
Nimmo
Table 3 (continued)
Species Range
Pattern
R. pellisa 3
R. hyalinata 3
R. chilsia 6
L. brevipennis 1
L. sansoni 2
R. vobara 1
L. partitus 12
L. alberta 6
P. schmidi 6
L. crassus 8
L. spina tus 3
C. centralis 8
H. occidental is 3
C. magnifica 3
A shoshone 5
P. vepulsa 1
P. alberta 6
P. canadensis 1 1
A alberta 6
P. milnei 6
Z,. rhombicus 7
P sub fas data 1 1
Z,. sublunatus 7
JV. laloukesi 6
L. cockerelli 5
L. nigriceps 9
H. incisus 1
G. interregationis 12
A zonella 1 2
TV. alicia 3
£. maculosa 3
//. acutus 6
ZZ baldur 5
Z,. hageni 1 2
O. ze/rt 6
H. crotchi 6
P. ulla 1
0. ruthae 3
L. picturatus 9
R. glaciera 6
L. valhalla 6
Z cascadis 6
I. hector 6
P. belona 6
1. bifosa 6
L. /op/zo 4
Z tripunctata 2
P. pnta 6
P. rickeri 1
P. f/zor 6
Altitude
8000’
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
215
Discussion
Introduction. - The problem now presented is to elucidate the source areas of the present
Alberta fauna of Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae after the essentially clean sweep of the
study area by the Wisconsin ice sheets. By ‘source areas’ I refer to those areas outside the
study area in which populations of Alberta species survived the glaciation, and from which
they were able to re-disperse at dissipation of the ice, to wider distributions, including the
study area. I examine below the origins of the Alberta species in the sense of relationships in
space with closest relatives, usually to the other species of their respective genera, or to the
remaining species of their species groups in genera which are too large and diverse to be
treated as single units.
Given above are data concerning the maximum extent of the Wisconsin ice; the possible
unglaciated areas, or refugia, from which the fauna may have dispersed post-glacially, of
which there are only two of any consequence; the retreat of the ice sheets; the locations
and extent of glacial and post-glacial lakes and rivers; the possible effects of post-glacial
climates on biotic movements and retreat of the ice sheets; the common range patterns
exhibited by groups of species of the two families; and, finally, the relationships of each
species known from the study area to the remaining species of their respective genera or
species groups within genera.
It only remains to examine this information, in toto , and to determine, as far as possible,
whence the present Alberta fauna of the two families dispersed into the study area post-
glacially, and to examine briefly their broader relationships in space to their presumed
closest relatives. The purpose in examining these spatial relationships is to attempt to educe
the pre-glacial sources, or origins of the fauna. Are there, for example, Eurasian, Cordilleran,
or eastern North American elements in the Alberta fauna, and what are they? The basis of
decision in this matter is simply that a genus, or species group, is presumed to have ori-
ginated in the geographical area which harbours the greater number of species of the group
in question. In the context of this study this appears to be the only reasonable course. As
has been stated elsewhere this study is not a revision and it is simply impossible to critically
examine here the total of all species of all higher taxa represented in Alberta with a view to
determining dispersals and phylogeny within each taxon. The foregoing presumption is
based on the idea that the longer the period of time during which representatives of a group
occupy a given geographical area the greater the amount of diversity, or speciation, which
may occur. Thus, if a supraspecific taxon is represented in North America by fewer species
than occur in Asia, it is presumed that the fewer North American species indicate that the
taxon in question has been present in North America for a shorter time than in Asia, hence
it originated in Asia. Undoubtedly this argument will prove to be incorrect in at least some
cases, but it should be adequate for a broad general outline of pre-glacial faunal origins.
In certain cases, however, studies on the phylogeny and distribution of discrete taxa are
available, with conclusions regarding geographical affinities or origins. These conclusions are
used here.
Pre-Wisconsin affinities of the Alberta fauna. — The relationships of the Alberta species,
or genera, of the two families are examined here by a consideration of the distribution of
species related to the Alberta species. The ground has already been prepared above (pp. 205-
212) and it only remains to condense the information presented to more manageable form.
The family Rhyacophilidae is represented in the study area by 1 1 species groups of the
genus Rhyacophila. The family Limnephilidae is represented by 26 genera and 91 species.
Eight of these species are represented by unidentifiable females and are not considered
further. The distribution of the species in each genus or species group, and the putative
216
Nimmo
geographical area of origin of each genus or group is given in Table 4. From this table it
would appear that the relationships of the Alberta fauna of Rhyacophila are primarily with
North American groups, especially with western North American groups, and with one
group of Asian ancestry.
Table 4. Geographical distribution of the higher taxa of the Alberta fauna of Rhyaco-
philidae and Limnephilidae and their probable source areas.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
217
Table 4 (continued)
(?)- Ross (1956).
* Ross (1956).
** Schmid (1955)
218
Nimmo
The affinities of the Alberta species of Limnephilidae are varied and complex. Most of
the taxa appear to be of western North American origin, with some elements from eastern
North America, North America generally, Eurasia, and some indefinite.
Post-Wisconsin sources of the Alberta Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae. - There are
several possible routes whereby the study area may have been reinvaded post-glacially by
species of the two families considered here. These routes are suggested both by the dis-
tribution patterns as set forth in Fig. 667, 668, and by the spatial relationships or affinities
of the Alberta species to their respective genera or species groups as described above.
These routes are examined below and an attempt made to fit each of the 1 1 3 Alberta
species of the two families to them. Some species fall easily and convincingly into their
allotted route of post-glacial dispersal; others do not, and impart a measure of uncertainty
to the conclusions.
As mentioned earlier, the range patterns of the Alberta species are grouped into two
major classes. Those species belonging to the first major class are restricted entirely to the
Cordillera, and those belonging to the second class range throughout North America in a
variety of patterns, the only common feature of which is that each pattern embraces the
study area.
The nine possible routes of post-glacial dispersal of species into the study area are as
follows:
a) . From the entire Cordillera, south of the ice.
b ) . From the coastal ranges of the Cordillera only.
c ) . From the eastern ranges of the Cordillera only.
d) . From the area immediately south of, and adjacent to, the Cordilleran ice sheet.
e) . From all of North America south of the ice sheets.
f) . From the central plains of North America.
g) . From eastern North America, to the northwest.
h) . From Alaska, to the south and east.
i ) . From Alaska and the southern, unglaciated, portion of North America simul-
taneously, provided that the species involved maintained populations in both areas through-
out the Wisconsin.
Dispersal route i is not seriously considered here, as the end result would be distributions
similar to those which could result from any of the other eight routes, and intensive investi-
gations, which are beyond the scope of this study, would be required to detect such a dis-
persal route. In any such investigations a first step would be intensive collecting in Alaska,
the Yukon, and northern British Columbia, as records are very poor from these areas. In
conjunction with, and following such collecting, morphological variation, possibly indicative
of prolonged isolation of two populations from each other, would have to be searched for
and examined in detail. If any species did in fact disperse post-glacially from the two foci,
such an investigation might provide supporting evidence.
Prior to attempting to determine the dispersal routes of the Alberta species, several
points of interest to the inquiry require examination. Habitat preferences of each species
are important in elucidating past dispersal patterns. Suitable climatic conditions are incon-
sequential to individuals of a species if the habitat which they require is missing, for what-
ever reason. This is especially so in the Trichoptera, due to the very restricted habitat of the
larvae: fresh water. Fresh water abounds in most of the area under consideration but in
different forms: it may be fast and turbulent, fast and smooth flowing, slow flowing,
standing, as in lakes, ponds, and sloughs, and it may be deep or shallow, permanent or
intermittent, cold or warm. All types of fresh water bodies have their particular complement
of trichopteran species.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
219
The distribution of the various types of fresh water bodies has undoubtedly changed
greatly since the beginning of the Wisconsin glaciation. While I can find no specific refer-
ence, it seems reasonable to assume that the area south of, but adjacent to, the southern
edges of the ice sheets was occupied by lakes, creeks, and rivers sustained by glacial melt-
water. This would result in cold water streams which, in all probability, were swift and
turbulent. South of this band, in non-glacial drainage systems, were warmer bodies sustained
by precipitation alone. Farther south still, conditions were different again, and so on. As
the ice sheets melted and the southern edges retreated northward, the various types of
fresh water habitats would alter and assume the character of the next southern type. In
effect I propose that the water habitat types appeared to migrate northward behind the
retreating ice sheets, just as the various biota are believed to have done. As the Laurentian
ice sheet is now quite extinct, and retreated in a northerly direction, it follows that some of
the water habitat types which followed behind it are now found only in the far north or are
extinct, except in mountainous areas to east or west. This point is raised, as the transconti-
nental belt of cold water stream habitats created during glaciation would provide a means of
dispersal of mountain species from west to east, or from east to west, with the possible
result of isolated populations of species with large range gaps between the populations.
There are in fact some such species known from the study area.
The post-glacial lakes and drainage patterns have altered greatly since the retreat of the
ice and, in total, must have acted as a great network, in time, throughout central North
America. This system is now essentially defunct, as glacial control has ceased and each
watershed is now distinct and well separated from the next, with minimal, if any, variation.
This post-glacial network of lakes and streams extended, in time, as well as space, from the
Great Lakes to Great Bear Lake (Fig. 665), and probably provided an open road from
eastern and central North America to the north west and northern North America, and
possibly from Alaska to the south east. Such a ‘road’, consisting largely of lakes, ponds, and
sloughs, but with streams of unknown character surrounding them, would probably be of
greatest assistance to lake and pond species, of which there are many known from the study
area. These species have range patterns which belong to the second major division of the
range pattern series (Fig. 668).
The western Cordilleran species exhibit two dispersal routes. Species isolated south of
the ice advanced northward, ultimately to Alaska, and the species isolated in the Alaska-
Yukon refugium spread southward. Ordinarily the species spreading south from Alaska
would be low altitude forms or, at least, forms which would not be forced to retreat upward
to higher, colder, mountain areas to form isolated populations as the climate warmed
following glacial retreat. High altitude forms would be isolated in the Alaskan highlands
instead. Present day high altitude forms which, during the glacial maximum, would be
enabled to survive at low altitudes south of the ice sheets, and form continuous populations,
would advance northward behind the retreating glaciers, but would also advance, at the
southern extremities of their ranges, higher into the mountains. Eventually they would
attain such altitudes, at least in the south, so that isolated populations would result. Species
exhibiting such isolated distributions can generally be assumed to have advanced from the
south of the ice sheets. However, some present day high altitude forms may have dispersed
from Alaska south, along the eastern slopes of the Cordillera. This is barely conceivable if
one considers the slower disappearance of the Cordilleran ice sheet from southern British
Columbia, and the presence of a corridor between northwestern United States and Alaska,
along the eastern face of the Cordillera as the Laurentian ice sheet retreated to the north
east. This dispersal would occur at low altitudes initially, and in a narrow band of suitable
territory. As the Cordilleran ice sheet vanished, dispersal would then occur upward into the
220
Nimmo
high mountains, again resulting in isolated populations. At the present time, however, I can-
not provide evidence of such a dispersal route.
To begin the detailed examination of the post-glacial origins of the Alberta Rhyacophili-
dae and Limnephilidae I shall first examine the groups of species included in range patterns
1-6 (Fig. 667). Table 2 (pp. 203-204) lists the species in each range pattern.
The species of range patterns 1-6 are confined to the Cordillera. They are largely fast,
cool, mountain stream species, whose members would find it difficult, if not ecologically
impossible, to disperse beyond the Cordillera post-glacially. Despite the limitations imposed
by present knowledge of species ranges it seems reasonable to assume that the species be-
longing to range patterns 3-6 were confined to the Cordillera south of the Cordilleran ice
sheet in British Columbia, and that they spread northward post-glacially, reaching their
northern limits in the southern half of British Columbia and the Cordillera of Alberta. The
species of range pattern 3 are widespread throughout the Cordillera, on both sides of the
Great Basin of Utah and Nevada and northward. Despite the inclusion of that area within
the pattern, in fact very few species are recorded therefrom. It may be they extended into
the area during the Wisconsin pluvial and have since been driven out by increasingly drier
conditions (see Ricker, 1963). This also applies to the species of range pattern 1. The spe-
cies of range pattern 3 belong to dispersal route a.
The four species of range pattern 4 are confined to the coastal Cordillera, attaining the
same northern limits as those of range pattern 3; they belong to dispersal route b.
The four species of range pattern 5 are confined to the eastern ranges of the Cordillera,
with similar northern limits; they belong to dispersal route c.
The 28 species of range pattern 6 are known only from the very restricted area which
includes Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, southern British Columbia, and western
Alberta. Many of these species are described as new, or are represented only by unidenti-
fiable females. Others belong to genera which are rare, either because of intrinsic rarity, or
difficulty in collecting specimens. Still others are restricted to isolated high altitude popu-
lations; these are species which were apparently unable to migrate northward post-glacially.
It seems reasonable to suppose that many, at least, of these species have dispersed very
little since retreat of the ice, simply moving northward into southern British Columbia and
Alberta. They belong to dispersal route d.
The species included in range patterns 1 and 2 present greater difficulty as they could
represent examples of dispersal patterns a, h , and i (range pattern 1) or c, h, and i (range
pattern 2). For reasons given above the postulated dispersal pattern i is omitted from further
consideration at this time. I. tripunctata, of range pattern 2 may represent an example of
dispersal south of the Cordilleran ice sheet south of Alaska along the north-south corridor
prior to melting of the Cordilleran ice sheet. In the study area it is now found isolated only
at high altitudes, and does not extend south of Alberta. However, it might also represent
dispersal from south to north, and upward, as the ice retreated. The remaining two species
of range pattern 2 are low altitude forms and certainly belong to dispersal route c.
The 13 species of range pattern 1 exhibit a variety of altitudinal ranges but none could be
referred to as high altitude isolates. All are known from the southern extremities of the
Cordillera to, or almost to, Alaska. As most of the close relatives of each species are found
largely in the area south of the former ice sheets it is reasonable to assume that the species
of range pattern 1 belong to dispersal route a.
The species of range patterns 7-12 present greater problems for which less clear cut
answers are available. They belong variously to dispersal routes e-i.
Many of the species included in these range patterns have far northern distributions in
conjunction with southern extensions. Several are holarctic. Ross (1965) states that it
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
221
would be difficult to elucidate the loci of post-glacial dispersal of these species.
The species of range pattern 7 are the most widespread of the Alberta species. They are
still water forms. Of these, four (L. extemus, L. femoralis, L. rhombicus, and A. stigmatella )
are holarctic, and can reasonably be assumed to have dispersed south and east from Alaska.
While about half of the other species involved are recorded from Alaska, they are all very
well represented from the southern limits of the pattern. Of particular interest is the heavy
representation in the western Cordillera. This would be difficult territory to disperse into or
through, and the process would indubitably take longer than in the plains. Also of interest
is the fact that these species are found on both sides of the now arid Great Basin. It is most
probable that at least the greater number of these species were well established, transconti-
nental^, south of the ice sheets, and spread northward behind the ice. With the exceptions
of the four holarctic species, which appear to belong to dispersal route h, the species
included in range pattern 7 appear to belong to dispersal route e.
The species included in range pattern 8 are a curious mixture of fast and still water
forms. The fast water forms belong to R. acropedes, R. angelita, and O. unicolor. This
pattern comprises two separate ranges for each included species, one eastern, the other
western. The dispersal route involved here would appear to be e. Apparently the ice sheets
created conditions along their southern edges which were suitable for these species and
they were enabled to migrate eastward and become transcontinental in distribution (Ross,
1956). Ross (1958) mentions such a possibility in the Pleistocene as a whole. On recession
of the ice these conditions became more and more restricted to the highlands of the east
and west, and an intervening range gap resulted. Ricker (1963) proposes a similar situation
for Plecoptera and also mentions, as is the case here, the few species which exhibit this
distribution.
The seven species included in range pattern 9 are primarily low mountain valley forms of
marshes or slow streams in Alberta. These conditions extend beyond the mountains to the
plains in the east, however. These species, with the exception of the holarctic species L.
picturatus and A. crymophila, appear to belong to dispersal route /. L. picturatus and A.
crymophila may have followed dispersal route h.
The two species of range pattern 10 evidently belong to dispersal route /. Either their
restricted ranges are due to incomplete knowledge of their distribution, or they are restric-
ted ecologically.
The species included in range pattern 1 1 are primarily centered in northeastern North
America; Alberta apparently represents the western extremities of their ranges. On the
whole they appear to belong to dispersal route g, and to have spread both west and north
from the eastern United States.
The six species included in range pattern 12 are still or slow water forms, transcontinen-
tal, and restricted almost entirely to Canada, with the exception of A. zonella which is cir-
cumpolar, though unknown from the western Arctic and Alaska at present. L. kennicotti
and G. interregationis are also known from Greenland. A. zonella is known from the high
Arctic Islands and Greenland, to British Columbia, but is primarily a far northern species.
The post-glacial source of this species is uncertain, but it may well have spread from several
foci, one of which is northern Ellesmere Island, and Peary Land. It may also have survived
south of the ice sheets and spread north. The remaining species, on the whole, appear to
have survived south of the ice sheets and spread northward; they belong to dispersal route e.
None attain the high latitudes of A. zonella.
On a percentage basis the probable post-glacial sources of the Alberta fauna of Rhyaco-
philidae and Limnephilidae are as follows: from the western Cordillera south and west of
the study area — 61%; from Alaska — 5%;. from eastern North America — 8%; from trans-
222
Nimmo
continental species south of the ice — 18%; and from the central plains - 7%.
While certain of the preceding conclusions, with regard to some species, are doubtful,
one species is more dubious than any other — A. zonella. This species is not included in any
of the preceding figures but represents less than 1% of the total.
Four transcontinental species of range pattern 8 are nonetheless considered to be of
western Cordilleran provenance. They are represented in the east in relatively isolated high-
land areas and are thought to have dispersed eastward during the Wisconsin glaciation itself,
when suitable ecological conditions prevailed just south of the ice sheets, and to have been
isolated there post-glacially.
The total of 33% of species thought to have dispersed into and through Alberta from the
central plains, eastern North America, and southern transcontinental localities, are essen-
tially all still water forms which almost certainly utilised the myriad lakes, ponds, and
sloughs created during deglaciation, and as they exist at present.
In conclusion, only 5%, or possible 6%, of the Alberta fauna of the two families is derived
from northern glacial refugia. The remaining 95 (94)% is derived from south of the major
ice sheets, the greater portion being indubitably western Cordilleran.
While it is not part of the stated objectives of this study, it seems appropriate to examine
briefly the broader implications of the data presented here, for the post-glacial recolonisa-
tion of northern North America as a whole. Ross (1965) examines this problem in detail.
The holarctic species of Limnephilidae seem, on the whole, to have dispersed east and south
from Alaska, or other possible far northern refugia. All other species appear to have redis-
persed northward post-glacially, from south of the ice sheets. There is a distinct western
Cordilleran element which has remained restricted to the Cordillera. The eastern areas of
North America also have a distinctive endemic fauna. There has been little interchange
between the two areas, especially in the montane elements. What interchange there has been
is restricted to west to east dispersals (Ross, 1956, 1965) when glacially imposed ecological
factors were suitable. The remainder of the fauna has shuttled back and forth in a north-
south pattern, with perhaps some northwestward dispersal by the eastern lowland fauna, to
the northern Great Plains.
Conclusions
1. The affinities of the Alberta species of Rhyacophila are primarily with the western
Cordillera of North America. One species group, while with a large North American comple-
ment, is apparently Asian in origin.
2. The affinities of the Alberta species of Limnephilidae are varied and complex. Regard-
ing genera and species groups within larger genera indiscriminately, 21 taxa have their
closest affinities with western North America, two with eastern North America, five with
North America, but indefinite within the area, 12 with Eurasia, and three are indefinite
between Eurasia and North America. The greater part, then, of the Alberta fauna appears
to be North American in origin.
3. The post-glacial source of the Alberta fauna of the two families studied is almost
entirely from the southern half of North America south of the former ice sheets, with a
minor Beringian, or Alaskan, element. The greater part of the southern element is derived
from the western Cordillera.
4. The western element is composed largely of cool stream species, which largely pre-
cludes their post-glacial dispersal eastward. The remainder are plains lake, pond, or slough
forms, which were undoubtedly assisted in their northward dispersal by the great network
of post-glacial lakes, ponds, and sloughs created by the retreating glaciers, and which are
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
223
now much diminished in size, and altered in drainage patterns. However, the remnants
still provide a multitude of areas in which these species thrive.
Acknowledgements
I wish to extend my sincerest thanks to the following persons and institutions for their
assistance in bringing this study to completion.
G. E. Ball, acting in the capacity of my thesis supervisor, has read and criticised the
manuscript most constructively, and has provided many helpful suggestions prior to final
writing. Not a few of the specimens examined in the course of this study were collected by
him, and they have provided many useful records. B. Hocking, H. Clifford, and D. A. Craig,
of the University of Alberta, and H. H. Ross, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, United
States, acting as members of my committee, have also read, and commented most usefully
on, the manuscript.
I also wish to acknowledge the varied contributions of my wife, Susan, who proofread
certain parts of the manuscript, and provided moral support in the long months of writing,
and was more than patient with a house full of thesis, truly a housewife’s nightmare!
Also most gratefully acknowledged are the contributions of the University of Alberta in
various ways to my support and transportation costs during the course of the investigations,
and similar support provided through National Research Council of Canada grant No.
A. 1399, held by G. E. Ball.
F. Schmid, of the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, very kindly checked certain
identifications for me, lent me the original drawings of one species, and arranged for me to
examine, and borrow material from, the collections of the Entomology Research Institute.
I wish also to acknowledge the cooperation of G. B. Wiggins, and T. Yamamoto, of the
Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, for access to collections, loan of material, and checking
of certain identifications. D. G. Denning very kindly lent me the original drawings of
Rhyacophila chilsia Denning, and compared some of my material with his types. H. H. Ross
gave me access to the collections of the Illinois Natural History Survey, and loaned much
interesting material. O. S. Flint, Jr., United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.,
forwarded on loan certain specimens required in the study. S. D. Smith, of Central Washing-
ton State College, Ellensburg, Washington, very kindly agreed to my use of certain distribu-
tional records from Idaho, as yet unpublished. The assistance of F. C. J. Fischer, Amster-
dam, Holland, in obtaining full citations for several obscure papers for my bibliography is
greatly appreciated.
D. R. Whitehead cooperated in checking certain of my keys, and D. J. Larson, K. W.
Richards, R. E. Leech and P. Graham, all of the University of Alberta, very kindly passed on
to me any Trichoptera which they acquired in the course of their own work. Graduate
students of the Department of Zoology, University of Alberta, too numerous to mention,
also provided me with many interesting records when they requested assistance in identify-
ing material for their own work.
N. F. Novakowski of the Canadian Wildlife Service, Edmonton, arranged accomodation
and transport in Wood Buffalo National Park in northern Alberta; and the staffs of certain
of the western National Parks allowed me access to fire roads to remote areas of the parks.
I appreciate very much the cooperation of the Superintendent of Banff National Park, in
arranging for me to borrow a small collection of Trichoptera, formed in the early 1 900’s
by N. B. Sanson, from the Banff Museum.
224
Nimmo
REFERENCES
Anderson, N. H. 1967. Biology and downstream drift of some Oregon Trichoptera. Can.
Ent. 99:507-521.
Balduf, W. V. 1939. The bionomics of entomophagus insects. Part 2, 384 pp. St. Louis.
Ball, G. E. 1963. The distribution of the species of the subgenus Cryobius (Coleoptera,
Carabidae, Pterostichus ) with special reference to the Bering land bridge and Pleistocene
refugia. In Gressitt, J. L. (ed.). Pacific Basin Biogeography. Tenth Pacific Science Con-
gress. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu, pp. 133-151.
Banks, N. 1892. A synopsis, catalogue, and bibliography of the neuropteroid insects of
temperate North America. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 19:327-373.
Banks, N. 1897. New North American neuropteroid insects. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 24:21-31.
Banks, N. 1899. Descriptions of new North American neuropteroid insects. Trans. Am. ent.
Soc. 25:199-218.
Banks, N. 1900a. New genera and species of nearctic neuropteroid insects. Trans. Am. ent.
Soc. 26:236-260.
Banks, N. 1900b. Papers from the Harriman Alaska expedition. Entomological results 4:
Neuropteroid insects. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 2:465-476.
Banks, N. 1900c. Some insects of the Hudsonian zone in New Mexico: Arachnida, Neurop-
tera. Psyche, Camb. 9:123-126.
Banks, N. 1903. Some new neuropteroid insects. J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 1 1 :236-243.
Banks, N. 1904a. Neuropteroid insects from New Mexico. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 30:97-1 10.
Banks, N. 1904b. Two new species of caddice-flies. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6:140-142.
Banks, N. 1905. Descriptions of new nearctic neuropteroid insects. Trans. Am. ent. Soc.
32:1-20.
Banks, N. 1907a. Catalogue of the neuropteroid insects (except Odonata) of the United
States. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 33:1-53.
Banks, N. 1907b. Descriptions of new Trichoptera. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 8:117-133.
Banks, N. 1908a. Neuropteroid insects — notes and descriptions. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 34:
255-267.
Banks, N. 1908b. Some Trichoptera, and allied insects from Newfoundland. Psyche, Camb.
15:61-67.
Banks, N. 1908c. A list of neuropteroid insects from North Carolina. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
9:149-156.
Banks, N. 1911. Descriptions of new species of North American neuropteroid insects. Trans.
Am. ent. Soc. 37:335-360.
Banks, N. 1914. American Trichoptera — notes and descriptions. Can. Ent. 46:148-156;
201-205; 252-258; 261-268.
Banks, N. 1916. A classification of our limnephilid caddice flies. Can. Ent. 48:117-122.
Banks, N. 1918. New neuropteroid insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62:3-22.
Banks, N. 1919. The neuropteroid insects of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.
In Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-18. Vol. Ill, Insects, part b. Neurop-
teroid insects, pp. 3b-5b
Banks, N. 1920. New neuropteroid insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64:297-362.
Banks, N. 1923. Trichoptera, p. 146. In A biological survey of the Pribilof Islands, North
American fauna, No. 46, iv + 255 pp. U. S. Dept. Ag., Bureau of Biological Survey.
Banks, N. 1924. Descriptions of new neuropteroid insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
65:419-455.
Banks, N. 1930a. New neuropteroid insects from the United States. Psyche, Camb. 37:
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
225
223-233.
Banks, N. 1930b. Trichoptera from Cape Breton, Nova Scotia. Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc.
25:127-132.
Banks, N. 1943. Notes and descriptions of nearctic Trichoptera. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool.
Harv. 92:341-369.
Berry, E. W. 1927. A new type of caddis case from the lower Eocene of Tennessee. Proc.
U. S. natn. Mus. 71:1-4.
Betten, C. 1901. Trichoptera. In Needham’s Aquatic insects of the Adirondacks. Bull. N. Y.
St. Mus. 47:561-573.
Betten, C. 1926. Trichoptera. In A list of insects of New York. Mem. Cornell Univ. agric.
Exp. Stn. 101:522-531.
Betten, C. 1950. The genus Pycnopsyche (Trichoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 43:508-522.
Betten, C. and M. E. Mosely. 1940. The Francis Walker types of Trichoptera in the British
Museum. British Museum (Natural History), pp. 1-248.
Betten, C., B. L. Kjellgren, A. W. Orcutt and M. B. Davis. 1934. The caddis-flies, or Tri-
choptera of New York State. Bull. N. Y. St. Mus. 292:1-576.
Branch, H. E. 1922. A contribution to the knowledge of the internal anatomy of Trichop-
tera. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 15:256-272.
Brauer, F. 1876. Die Neuropteren Europas und insbesondere Oesterreichs mit Rucksicht
auf ihre geographische verbreitung. Festschr. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 1876:265-300.
Brimley, C. S. 1938. Insects of North Carolina, North Carolina Dept, of Agriculture, Raleigh.
560 pp.
Brues, C. T. 1930. Jewelled caddis-worm cases. Psyche, Camb. 37:392-394.
Bryson, R. A. and W. M. Wendland. 1967. Tentative climatic patterns for some late glacial
and post-glacial episodes in central North America. In Mayer-Oakes, W. J., (ed.) Life,
Land, and Water, pp. 271-298. Univ. Manitoba Press, Winnipeg, Canada.
Burks, B. D. 1953. The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. nat. Hist.
Surv. 26:1-216.
Carpenter, G. D. H. 1938. Notes on insects collected in west Greenland by the Oxford
University Greenland Expedition, 1936. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 1:529-553.
Clifford, H. F. 1969. Limnological features of a brown-water stream, with special reference
to the life histories of the aquatic insects. Am. Midi. Nat. 82:578-597.
Corbet, P. S. 1966. Parthenogenesis in Caddisflies (Trichoptera). Can. J. Zool. 44:981-982.
Criddle, N. 1925. The entomological record, 1924. Ann. Rep. ent. Soc. Ontario, Toronto.
55:89-108.
Denning, D. G. 1937. The biology of some Minnesota Trichoptera. Trans. Am. ent. Soc.
63:17-43.
Denning, D. G. 1941a. The genus Grammotaulius in North America with the description
of a new species (Trichoptera, Limnephilidae). Can. Ent. 73:232-235.
Denning, D. G. 1941b. Descriptions and notes of new and little known species of Tri-
choptera. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 34:195-203.
Denning, D. G. 1948a. A review of the Rhyacophilidae (Trichoptera). Can. Ent. 80:97-1 17.
Denning, D. G. 1948b. New and little known species of nearctic Trichoptera. Psyche, Camb.
55:16-27.
Denning, D. G. 1948c. Descriptions of eight new species of Trichoptera. Bull. Brooklyn
ent. Soc. 43:119-129.
Denning, D. G. 1949a. New species of nearctic Caddis flies. Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc. 44:
37-48.
Denning, D. G. 1949b. A new genus and five new species of Trichoptera. J. Kans. ent. Soc.
226
Nimmo
22:88-93.
Denning, D. G. 1950. Records and descriptions of nearctic Caddis flies. Part II. J. Kans.
ent. Soc. 23:115-120.
Denning, D. G. 1951. Records and descriptions of nearctic Caddis-flies. III. J. Kans. ent.
Soc. 24:157-162.
Denning, D. G. 1958. New western Trichoptera. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 34:93-98.
Denning, D. G. 1963. Trichoptera. In Usinger, R. L., (ed.), Aquatic insects of California,
pp. 237-270. Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles.
Denning, D. G. 1964. The genus Homophylax (Trichoptera; Limnephilidae). Ann. ent. Soc.
Am. 57:253-260.
Denning, D. G. 1965a. New Trichoptera from United States and Mexico. Pan-Pacif. Ent.
41:262-272.
Denning, D. G. 1965b. New rhyacophilids and limnephilids (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae
and Limnephilidae). Can. Ent. 97:690-700.
Denning, D. G. 1966. New and interesting Trichoptera. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 42:228-238.
Denning, D. G. 1970. The genus Psychoglypha (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Can. Ent. 102:
15-30.
Dodds, G. S. and F. L. Hisaw. 1925a. Ecological studies of aquatic insects: adaptations of
Caddis fly larvae to swift streams. Ecology 6: 123-137.
Dodds, G. S. and F. L. Hisaw. 1925b. Ecological studies on aquatic insects. IV. Altitudinal
range and zonation of Mayflies, Stoneflies, and Caddisflies in the Colorado Rockies.
Ecology 6:380-390.
Dohler, W. 1915. Die ausereuropaischen Trichopteren der Leipziger Universitats-Sammlung.
Dt. ent. Z. 1915:397-412.
Elkins, W. A. 1936. The immature stages of some Minnesota Trichoptera. Ann. ent. Soc.
Am. 29:656-681.
Elson, J. A. 1967. Geology of glacial Lake Agassiz. In Mayer-Oakes, W. J., (ed.), Life,
Land, and Water, pp. 37-95. Univ. Manitoba Press, Winnipeg, Canada.
Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of Western North America. Macmillan, New York. 1035 pp.
Etnier, D. A. 1965. An annotated list of the Trichoptera of Minnesota with description of
a new species. Ent. News 74: 141-152.
Fabricius, J. C. 1781. Species Insectorum. 1:1-552. Hamburg.
Fabricius, J. C. 1787. Mantissa Insectorum: Trichoptera. pp. 245-246. Copenhagen.
Fabricius, J. C. 1793. Entomologica Systematica: Trichoptera. 2:75-81. Copenhagen.
Fernald, M. L. 1925. Persistence of plants in unglaciated areas of boreal America. Mem.
Am. Acad. Art. Sci. 15:237-342.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1960. Trichopterorum Catalogus: 1. Necrotauliidae, Prosepididontidae,
Rhyacophilidae. 168 pp. Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Amsterdam.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1966. Drei notwendige Namensanderungen von Genera der Goeridae und
Limnephilidae (Trichoptera). Ent. Ber. Amst. 26:131.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1967. Trichopterorum Catalogus: 8. Goeridae, Limnephilidae pars 1. 263
pp. Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Amsterdam.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1968. Trichopterorum Catalogus: 9. Limnephilidae pars 2. 363 pp. Neder-
landsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Amsterdam.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1969. Trichopterorum Catalogus: 10. Limnephilidae pars 3. 332 pp. Neder-
landsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Amsterdam.
Flint, O. S., Jr. 1960. Taxonomy and biology of nearctic Limnephilid larvae (Trichoptera)
with special reference to species in eastern United States. Ent. Am. 40:1-117.
Flint, O. S., Jr. 1962. Larvae of the caddis fly genus Rhyacophila in eastern North America
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
227
(Trichoptera, Rhyacophilidae). Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 1 13:465-493.
Flint, O. S., Jr. 1966. Notes on certain nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 1 18:373-390.
Flint, R. F. 1957. Glacial and Pleistocene geology. John Wiley, New York and London.
553 pp.
Forsslund, K. H. 1932. Zur Kenntniss der Trichoptera Gronlands. Ent. Tidskr. 53:56-59.
Frison, T. H. 1935. The stone-flies, or Plecoptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. nat. Hist. Surv.
20:1-471.
Fristrup, B. 1942. Neuroptera and Trichoptera. Zoology Iceland 3 (43-44): 1-23.
Goodrich, A. L. 1935. The thoracic sclerites of a trichopterous pupa, Dicosmoecus atripes
Hagen (Limnophilidae). Trans. Am. microsc. Soc. 54:57-64.
Goodrich, A. L. 1937. The head capsule of a trichopterous pupa, Dicosmoecus atripes Hagen
(Limnophilidae). Trans. Am. microsc. Soc. 54:243-248.
Goodrich, A. L. 1941. The external anatomy of the pupal abdomen in Dicosmoecus atripes
Hagen (Trichoptera, Limnephilidae). J. Kans. ent. Soc. 14: 134-143.
Gravenor, C. P. and L. A. Bayrock. 1961. Glacial deposits of Alberta. Research Council of
Alberta contribution 151. In Soils of Canada, pp. 33-50. Special Publication of the
Royal Society of Canada, number 3.
Hagen, H. A. 1859. Die Phryganiden Pictets nach Typen bearbeitet. Stettin ent. Ztg. 20:
131-170.
Hagen, H. A. 1861. Synopsis of the Neuroptera of North America, with a list of the South
American species. Smithson, misc. Colins., 347 pp.
Hagen, H. A. 1864. Phryganidarum synopsis synonymica. Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien 14:
799-890.
Hagen, H. A. 1873a. Report on the pseudo-Neuroptera and Neuroptera of North America
in the collection of the late Th. W. Harris. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 15:263-301.
Hagen, H. A. 1873b. Report on the pseudo-Neuroptera collected by Lieut. W. C. Carpenter
in 1873 in Colorado. Rep. U. S. geol. Surv. 571-606.
Hagen, H. A. 1873c. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Phryganiden. Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien
23:377-452.
Hagen, H. A. 1878. New York Commissioner of Fisheries, 10th report. Appendix.
Handlirsch, A. 1936. Neunte Ueberordnung der Pterygognea: Neuropteroidea oder Plani-
pennia. Handb. Zool. 4:1437-1466.
Harris, T. W. 1835. Insects. In Hitchcock’s Report on the Geology, Botany and Zoology
of Massachusetts, second edition, p. 582.
Henricksen, K. L. 1939. A revised index of the insects of Gr0nland containing a supplement
to the insect list in Kai L. Henricksen and Will. Lundbeck: Gr0nlands Landarthropoder.
Meddr. Gr^nland 1 19(10): 1-1 12.
Henricksen, K. L. and W. Lundbeck. 1917. Landarthropoda. Meddr. Gr0nland 22:703-705.
Hyland, K., Jr. 1948. New records of Pennsylvania caddis flies (Trichoptera). Ent. News
59:38-40.
Jacobson, G. C. 1898. Zoologische Untersuchungen auf Nowaja Semlja, 1896. Die Insekten
von Nowaja Semlja. Ezheg. Zool. Mus. 8: 171-244.
Johnson, C. W. 1927. Biological survey of the Mt. Desert region, Part 1. The insect fauna with
references to the flora and other biological features. Mem. Wistar Inst. Anat. Phila. 1-247.
Kimmins, D. E. and D. G. Denning. 1951. The McLachlan types of North American Tri-
choptera in the British Museum. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 44:1 H-140.
Kirby, W. 1837. Fauna Boreali-Americana, Part 4: Insects. Trichoptera. p. 253. London.
Knowlton, G. F. and F. C. Harmston. 1938. Notes on Utah Plecoptera and Trichoptera.
228
Nimmo
Ent. News 49:284-286.
Kolbe, H. J. 1912. Glacialzeitliche Reliktenfauna in hohen Norden. Dt. ent. Z. 7:33-63.
Kolenati, F. 1848. Genera et species Trichop terorum. 1:1-108. Moscow.
Kolenati, F. 1859a. Genera et species Trichopterorum. 2:143-296. Moscow.
Kolenati, F. 1859b. Systematisches Verzeichniss der dem Verfasser bekannten Phryganiden
und deren synonomik. Wien. ent. Mschr. 3:15-23.
Krafka, J. 1915. A key to the families of trichopterous larvae. Can. Ent. 47:217-225.
Krafka, J., Jr. 1923. Morphology of the head of trichopterous larvae as a basis for the
revision of the family relationships. J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 31:31-52.
Krivda, W. V. 1961 . Notes on the distribution and habitat of Chilostigma areolatum (Walker)
in Manitoba (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 69:68-70.
Leech, R. E. 1966. The spiders (Araneida) of Hazen camp 81°48’N, 71°18’W. Quaest.
ent. 2:153-212.
Leonard, J. W. and F. A. Leonard. 1949a. An annotated list of Michigan Trichoptera. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 522: 1-35.
Leonard, J. W. and F. A. Leonard. 1949b. Noteworthy records of caddis flies from Michigan,
with descriptions of new species. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 520: 1-8.
Lepneva, S. G. 1953. Trichoptera. In Animal World of the U.S.S.R. Moscow.
Lindroth, C. H. 1963. The fauna history of Newfoundland. Opusc. ent. Supplement 23:1-112.
Lindroth, C. H. 1965. Skaftafell, Iceland, a living glacial refugium. Oikos. Supplement 6:
1-142.
Lindroth, C. H. and G. E. Ball. 1969. An annotated list of invertebrates of the Kodiak
Island refugium. In Karlstrom, T. N. V. and G. E. Ball, (eds.), The Kodiak Island refugi-
um, pp. 122-155. Ryerson Press, Toronto, for The Boreal Institute, University of Alberta.
Ling, S. 1938. A few new caddis flies in the collection of the California Academy of
Sciences. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 14:59-69.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae. 10th edition. 826 pp. Stockholm.
Lloyd, J. T. 1915. Notes on the immature stages of some New York Trichoptera. J. N. Y.
ent. Soc. 23:201-212.
Lloyd, J. T. 1921. The biology of North American caddis fly larvae. Bull. Lloyd Libr.
21:1-124.
Martynov, A. V. 1914. Die Trichopteren Siberiens und der angrenzenden Gebeite, III.
Apataniinae (Fam. Limnophilidae). Ezheg. zool. Muz. 19:1-87; 221.
McConnochie, K. and G. E. Likens. 1969. Some Trichoptera of the Hubbard Brook Experi-
mental Forest in central New Hampshire, Can. Field-Nat. 83: 147-154.
McConnochie, K. and G. E. Likens. 1969. Some Trichoptera of the Hubbard Brook Experi-
mental Forest in central New Hampshire. Can. Field-Nat. 83: 147-154.
McLachlan, R. 1863. Notes on North American Phryganeidea, with special reference to
those contained in the collection of the British Museum. Ent. Ann. 1863:155-163.
McLachlan, R. 1864. On the types of the Phryganeidae described by Fabricius from the
Banksian collection. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 1:656-659.
McLachlan, R. 1867. Bemerkungen tiber europaische Phryganiden, nebst Beschreibungen
einiger neuer Genera und Species. Stettin, ent. Ztg. 28:50-63.
McLachlan, R. 1871. On new forms, etc., of extra-European trichopterous insects. J. Linn.
Soc. 11:98-141.
McLachlan, R. 1874. A monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the Euro-
pean fauna. Part 1 : 1-46. London.
McLachlan, R. 1875. A monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the Euro-
pean fauna. Part 2:47-108. London.
McLachlan, R. 1876a. A monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the
European fauna. Part 4:145-220. London.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
229
McLachlan, R. 1876b. A monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the Euro-
pean fauna. Supplement 1:1-76. London.
McLachlan, R. 1880. A monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the Euro-
pean fauna. Supplement 1, part 2:21. London.
Meinert, F. 1897. Neuroptera, Pseudoneuroptera, Thysanopoda, Mallophaga, Collembola,
Suctoria, Siphunculata, Groenlandica. Vidensk. Meddr. dansk naturh. Faren. pp. 154-177.
Michel, C. E. and H. E. Milliron. 1939. Rearing the caddis fly, Limnephilus indivisus Walker,
and its hymenopterous parasite Hemiteles biannulatus Grov. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 32:
575-580.
Milne, D. J. 1943. The distribution and life histories of the caddis flies of Waskesiu Lake,
Saskatchewan. Can. Ent. 75:191-198.
Milne, L. J. 1934. Studies in North American Trichoptera. 1:1-19. Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Milne, L. J. 1935. Studies in North American Trichoptera. 2:20-55. Cambridge, Massachu-
setts.
Milne, L. J. 1936. Studies in North American Trichoptera. 3:56-128. Cambridge, Massachu-
setts.
Milne, M. J. and L. J. Milne. 1940. A new species of Rhyacophila described from meta-
morphotypes (Rhyacophilidae: Trichoptera). Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc. 35:153-156.
Morse, W. J. and R. L. Blickle. 1953. A check list of the Trichoptera (Caddis flies) of
New Hampshire. Ent. News 64:68-73, 97-102.
Morse, W. J. and R. L. Blickle. 1957. Additions and corrections to the list of New Hamp-
shire Trichoptera. Ent. News 68:127-131.
Mosely, M. E. 1929. Trichoptera and Ephemeroptera of Greenland. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.
Series 10, 4:501-509.
Mosely, M. E. 1932. Oxford University Greenland expedition, 1928: a correction. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist. 9:573-574.
Mosely, M. E. 1939. The British caddis-flies (Trichoptera). 320 pp., 4 plates. Routledge,
London.
Mosely, M. E. and D. E. Kimmins. 1953. The Trichoptera (Caddis-flies) of Australia and
New Zealand. 550 pp. British Museum (Natural History).
Munroe, E. G. 1956. Canada as an environment for insect life. Can. Ent. 88:372-476.
Muttkowski, R. A. 1918. The fauna of Lake Mendota: A qualitative and quantitative sur-
vey with special reference to the insects. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 19:374-482.
Muttkowski, R. A. 1929. The ecology of trout streams in Yellowstone National Park.
Roosevelt Wild Life Ann. 2:155-240.
Muttkowski, R. A. and G. M. Smith. 1929. The food of trout stream insects in Yellowstone
Nationa Park. Roosevelt Wild Life Ann. 2:241-263.
Nakahara, W. 1915. The Caddis-flies (Trichoptera) of Japan. Can. Ent. 47:90-96.
Neave, F. 1929. Reports of the Jasper Park lakes investigations 1925-1926, IV, Aquatic
insects. Contr. Can. Biol. Fish. 4:187-195.
Neave, F. 1934. A contribution to the aquatic insect fauna of Lake Winnipeg. Int. Rev.
Hydrobiol. 31:157-170.
Neave, F. and A. Bajkov. 1929. Reports on the Jasper Park lakes investigations, 1925-1926.
V. Food and growth of Jasper Park fishes. Contr. Can. Biol. Fish. 4:197-219.
Needham, J. G. and P. W. Claassen. 1925. A monograph of the Plecoptera or Stoneflies of
America north of Mexico. The Thomas Say Foundation of the Entomological Society of
America, Lafayette, Indiana. Vol. 2, 397 pp.
Needham, J. G. and H. B. Heywood. 1929. A handbook of the dragonflies of North
America. 378 pp. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, and Baltimore, Maryland.
230
Nimmo
Needham, J. G. and J. T. Lloyd. 1937. Life in inland waters. Third edition, 438 pp.
Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N. Y.
Needham, J. G. and M. J. Westfall. 1955. A manual of the dragonflies of North America
(Anisoptera). 615 pp. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles.
Nimmo, A. P. 1965. A new species of Psychoglypha Ross from western Canada, with notes
on several other species of Limnephilidae (Trichoptera). Can. J. Zool. 43:781-787.
Nimmo. A. P. 1966a. A list of Trichoptera taken at Montreal and Chambly, Quebec, with
descriptions of three new species. Can. Ent. 98:688-693.
Nimmo, A. P. 1966b. The arrival pattern of Trichoptera at artificial light near Montreal,
Quebec. Quaest. ent. 2:217-242.
Packard, A. S. 1869. Case worms. Am. Nat. 3:160-161.
Packard, A. S. 1876. Guide to the study of insects. Fifth edition, 715 pp. Holt and Co.,
New York.
Pennak, R. W. 1953. Fresh-water invertebrates of the United States. 769 pp. Ronald Press,
New York.
Pewe, T. L., D. M. Hopkins, and J. L. Giddings. 1965. The Quaternary geology and archae-
ology of Alaska. In Wright, H. E., Jr. and D. G. Frey, (eds.), The Quaternary of the
United States, pp. 355-374. Princeton University Press.
Prest, V. K. 1969. Retreat of Wisconsin and Recent ice in North America. Map number
1257a, Geological Survey of Canada. Dept, of Energy, Mines and Resources. Queen’s
Printer, Ottawa.
Prest, V. K., D. R. Grant and U. N. Rampton. 1968. Glacial map of Canada. Map 1253a
of the Geological Survey of Canada. Dept, of Energy, Mines and Resources. Queen’s
Printer, Ottawa.
Proctor, W. 1946. Biological survey of the Mt. Desert region, VII. Mem. Wistar Inst. Anat.
1-566.
Provancher, L. 1877. Petite faune entomologique du Canada. Naturaliste Can. 9:241-244.
Provancher, L. 1878a. Additions et corrections aux Neuropteres de la Province de Quebec.
Naturaliste Can. 10:124-147.
Provancher, L. 1878b. Petite faune entomologique du Canada. Pet. Faune ent. Can. 2:57-
157.
Putnam, J. D. 1876. Report on the insects collected by Captain Jones’ expedition to
northwestern Wyoming in 1873. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 1:187-192.
Rawson, D. S. 1930. The bottom fauna of Lake Simcoe and its role in the ecology of the
Lake. Univ. Toronto Stud. biol. ser. 34: 1-183.
Ricker, W. E. 1932. Studies of Trout producing Lakes and Ponds. Univ. Toronto Stud,
biol. ser. 36:111-167.
Ricker, W. E. 1934. An ecological classification of certain Ontario streams. Univ. Toronto
Stud. biol. ser. 37:1-114.
Ricker, W. E. 1963. Distribution of Canadian Stoneflies. M. S. report number 770 of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo, British Columbia. 24 pp., 46 plates.
Presented at the third International Symposium on Plecoptera, Plon/Holstein, Germany,
in 1963.
Robert, A. 1960. Les Trichopteres de la region du lac Munroe, Parc du mont Tremblant,
Que. Ann. ent. Soc. Queb. 4:47-61.
Ross, H. H. 1938a. Descriptions of new North American Trichoptera. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
40:117-124.
Ross, H. H. 1938b. Lectotypes of North American caddis flies in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology. Psyche, Camb. 45:1-61.
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
231
Ross, H. H. 1938c. Descriptions of nearctic caddis flies (Trichoptera) with special reference
to the Illinois species. Bull. 111. St. nat. Hist. Survey. 21:101-183.
Ross, H. H. 1941a. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera. Trans. Am.
ent. Soc. 67:35-126.
Ross, H. H. 1941b. New species of Trichoptera from Canada and northern United States.
Can. Ent. 73:15-19.
Ross, H. H. 1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. nat. Hist. Surv.
23:1-326.
Ross, H. H. 1947. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera, with synoptic
notes. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 73: 125-168.
Ross, H. H. 1948. New nearctic Rhyacophilidae and Philopotamidae (Trichoptera). Ann.
ent. Soc. Am. 41:17-26.
Ross, H. H. 1949a. The caddisfly genus Neothremma Banks (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae).
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39:92-94.
Ross, H. H. 1949b. Descriptions of some western Limnephilidae (Trichoptera). Pan-Pacif.
Ent. 25:119-128.
Ross, H. H. 1950a. New species of nearctic Rhyacophila (Trichoptera, Rhyacophilidae).
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 40:260-265.
Ross, H. H. 1950b. Synoptic notes on some nearctic limnephilid caddisflies (Trichoptera,
Limnephilidae). Am. Midi. Nat. 43:410-429.
Ross, H. H. 1951. Phylogeny and biogeography of the caddisflies of the genera Agapetus
and Electragapetus (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 41:347-356.
Ross, H. H. 1953. On the origins and composition of the nearctic insect fauna. Evolution,
Lancaster, Pa. 7:145-158.
Ross, H. H. 1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain caddisflies. 213 pp. Univer-
sity of Illinois Press, Urbana.
Ross, H. H. 1958. Affinities and origins of the northern and montane insects of western
North America. In Zoogeography. Publication no. 50, Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Washing-
ton, pp. 231-252.
Ross, H. H. 1959. The relationships of three new species of Triaenodes from Illinois and
Florida (Trichoptera). Ent. News 7:39-45.
Ross, H. H. 1965. Pleistocene events and insects. In Wright, H. E., Jr., and D. G. Frey, (eds.),
The Quaternary of the United States, pp. 583-595. Princeton University Press.
Ross, H. H. 1967. The evolution and past dispersal of the Trichoptera. A. Rev. Ent. 12:
169-206.
Ross, H. H. and D. R. Merkley, 1952. An annotated key to the nearctic males of Limne-
philus (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Am. Midi. Nat. 47:435-455.
Ross, H. H., G. L. Rotramel, J. E. H. Martin and J. F. M. McAlpine. 1967. Postglacial
colonisation of Canada by its subboreal winter stoneflies of the genus Allocapnia. Can.
Ent. 99:703-712.
Ross, H. H. and G. J. Spencer. 1952. A preliminary list of the Trichoptera of British
Columbia, Proc. ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 48:43-51.
Rowe, J. S. 1959. Forest regions of Canada. Forestry Branch, Department of Northern
Affairs and National Resources, Bulletin 123:1-71. Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada.
Savile, D. B. O. 1961. The botany of the northwestern Queen Elizabeth Islands. Can. J. Bot.
39:909-942.
Say, T. 1824. From the narrative of the expedition to the source of the St. Peter’s River,
etc., under the command of Stephen H. Long, Major U. S. T. E. 2:268-378.
Say, T. 1825. American entomology. A description of the insects of North America. Three
232
Nimmo
volumes, unpaged; 54 plates.
Say, T. 1859. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the entomology of North America.
Ed. J. L. LeConte, Boston. Vol. 1.
Schmid, F. 1950a. Monographic du genre Grammotaulius Kolenati (Trichoptera, Limno-
philidae). Revue suisse Zool. 57:317-352.
Schmid, F. 1950b. Le genre Anabolia Steph. (Trichoptera, Limnophilidae). Schweiz Z.
Hydrol. 12:300-339.
Schmid, F. 1951. Quelques nouveaux Trichopteres nearctiques. Bull. Acad. r. Belg. A. Sci.
27(7): 1-16.
Schmid, F. 1952a. Les genres Glyphotaelius Steph. et Nemotaulius Bks. (Trichopt., Limno-
phil.). Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 65:213-244.
Schmid, F. 1952b. Le group de Chilostigma (Trichoptera, Limnophilidae). Arch. Hydrobiol.
47:75-163.
Schmid, F. 1952c. Le group de Lenarchus Mart. (Trichopt., Limnophil.). Mitt. Schweiz,
ent. Ges. 25:157-216.
Schmid, F. 1953. Contribution a l’etude de la sous-famille des Apataniinae (Trichoptera,
Limnophilidae), I. Tijdschr. Ent. 96:109-167.
Schmid, F. 1954a. Contribution a l’etude de la sous-famille des Apataniinae (Trichoptera,
Limnophilidae), II. Tijdschr. Ent. 97:1-74.
Schmid, F. 1954b. Le genre Asynarchus McL. (Trichopt., Limnoph.). Mitt. Schweiz, ent.
Ges. 27:57-96.
Schmid, F. 1955. Contribution a l’etude des Limnophilidae (Trichoptera). Mitt. Schweiz,
ent. Ges. 28:1-245.
Schmid, F. 1958. A propos de deux recents ouvrages sur la phylogenie et la zoogeographie
des Trichopteres. Miscelanea zool. 1 : 1-27.
Schmid, F. 1964. Some nearctic species of Grammotaulius Kol. (Trichoptera: Limnophili-
dae). Can. Ent. 96:914-917.
Schmid, F. 1968. Quelques Trichopteres nearctiques nouveaux ou peu connus. Naturaliste
Can. 95:673-698.
Schmid, F. 1970. Le genre Rhyacophila et la famille des Rhyacophilidae (Trichoptera).
Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 66:1-230. 52 plates.
Schmid, F. and R. Guppy. 1952. An annotated list of Trichoptera collected on southern
Vancouver Island. Proc. ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 48:41-42.
Sibley, C. K. 1926. Trichoptera. In A preliminary biological survey of the Lloyd-Comell
Reservation. Bull. Lloyd Libr. 27:102-108, 185-221.
Siltala, A. J. 1907a. Uber die nahrung der Trichopteren. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 29:
1-34.
Siltala, A. J. 1907b. Trichopterologische Untersuchungen, II. Uber die postembryonale
Entwicklung der Trichop terenlarven. Zool. Jb. Supplement 9:309-626.
Simpson, C. B. 1903. The log-cabin builder ( Limnophilus indivisus Walk.). Proc. ent. Soc.
Wash. 5:98-100.
Simpson, G. G. 1961. Principles of animal taxonomy. Columbia Univ. biol. ser. 20:xii +
247 pp.
Smith, J. B. 1900. Insects of New Jersey.
Smith, S. D. 1965. Distributional and biological records of Idaho caddisflies (Trichoptera).
Ent. News 76:242-245.
Smith, S. D. 1968. The Rhyacophila of the Salmon River drainage of Idaho with special
reference to larvae. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 61:655-674.
Smith, S. D. 1969. Two new species of Idaho Trichoptera with distributional and taxonomic
Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae
233
notes on other species. J. Kans. ent. Soc. 42:46-53.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1909. The thorax of insects and the articulation of the wings. Proc. U. S.
natl. Mus. 36(No. 1687):5 1 1-595.
Sprules, W. M. 1947. An ecological investigation of stream insects in Algonquin Park,
Ontario. Univ. Toronto Stud. biol. Ser. 56:1-81.
Thienemann, A. 1926. Hydrobiologische Untersuchungen an den kalten Quellen und Bachen
der Halbinsel Jasmund auf Riigen. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17:221-336.
Thienemann, A. 1950. Binnengewasser. In Verbreitungsgeschichte der Siisswassertierwelt
Europas, part 18, pp. 1-809. Stuttgart.
Thomson, C. G. 1891. Bidrag till phryganeernas systematik och synonomi. Opusc. ent.
15:1537-1600.
Thut, R. N. 1969. Feeding habits of larvae of seven Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophili-
dae) species with notes on other life-history features. Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 62:894-898.
Tilman, H. W. 1957. Mischief in Patagonia. Cambridge University Press, England. 185 pp.,
16 plates.
Ulmer, G. 1905a. Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Trichopteren. Zeitschr. Wiss.
Insekt Biol. 1:68-80.
Ulmer, G. 1905b. Neue und wenig bekannte aussereuropaische Trichopteren, hauptsachlich
aus dem Wiener Museum. Annin, naturh. Mus. Wien 20:59-98.
Ulmer, G. 1906. Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntnis aussereuropaischer Trichopteren. Notes Leyden
Mus. 28:1-116.
Ulmer, G. 1907a. Trichoptera. Genera Insec. 60: 1-259.
Ulmer, G. 1907b. Trichopteren. Cat. Coll. Zool. du Baron Edm. de Selys Longchamps
6:1-102.
Ulmer, G. 1932. Die Trichopteren, Ephemeropteren und Plecopteren der arktischen gebeits.
Fauna arct. 6:207-226.
Unzicker, J. D. 1968. The comparative morphology and evolution of the internal female
reproductive system of Trichoptera. Illinois biol. Monogr. 40:1-72.
Vorhies, C. T. 1909. Studies on the Trichoptera of Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts
Lett. 16:647-738.
Walker, E. M. 1953. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska, 1. 292 pp. University of Toronto
Press.
Walker, E. M. 1958. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska, 2(1). 318 pp. University of
Toronto Press.
Walker, F. 1852. Catalogue of the specimens of neuropterous insects in the collections of
the British Museum. 1:1-192. London.
Westgate, J. A. 1964. The surficial geology of the Foremost-Cypress Hills area, Alberta,
Canada. 208 pp. PhD thesis at Dept, of Geology, University of Alberta, Edmonton.
Wiggins, G. B. 1961. The rediscovery of an unusual North American Phryganeid, with
some additional records of caddisflies from Newfoundland (Trichoptera). Can. Ent. 93:
695-701.
Wiggins, G. B. 1963. Larvae and pupae of two North American Limnephilid caddisfly
genera (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc. 58:103-112.
Wiggins, G. B. and N. H. Anderson. 1968. Contributions to the systematics of the caddisfly
genera Pseudostenophylax and Philocasca with special reference to the immature stages
(Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Can. J. Zool. 46:61-75.
Wray, D. L. 1950. Insects of North Carolina. Supplement 2. 59 pp. North Carolina Dept, of
Agriculture, Raleigh.
Zetterstedt, J. W. 1840. Insecta Lapponica, Neuroptera. 5:1025-1074. Leipzig.
234
Nimmo
Vingt-deux especes de Rhyacophilidae et 91 especes de Limnephilidae, faisant un total de
113 especes, sont rapportees pour cette region. Chaque espece est decrite et accompagnees
de clefs permettant d’identifier les specimens adultes par rapport aux especes.
Dans les Lymnephilidae sept especes sont decrites comme nouvelles: Imania hector;
Apatania alberta; Homosphylax baldur; Oligophlebodes zelti; Limnephilus susana; Limne-
philus valhalla; et Philocasca thor.
L’origine postglaciaire de cette faune est etudiee, considerant les effets probables des
sys femes climatiques presents et passes, Vetendue des masses glaciaires et la position des
refuges probables, et la position et le systeme de drainage des principaux lacs glaciaires et
postglaciaires. De plus 12 modeles de distribution demontres par les especes, et la distri-
bution de chaque espece en relation a d’autres especes dans leur genre et dans leur group e,
sont etudies. Les 12 modeles de distribution se divisent en deux sections principales: la
premiere, composee de six modeles, est entierement limitee a la cordillere occidentale de
VAmerique du nord; et les six dernier s sont transcontinentalement distribues. La distribu-
tion en fonction de V altitude est brievement examinee.
Les conclusions demontrent, dun c6te, que 5% de la faune contemporaine provient du
refuge de Beringia apres les glaciations, et dun autre cote, que 95% provient de regions de
VAmerique du nord au sud de la limite sud des glaces. En divisant davantage cette derniere
portion, 61%) provient de la cordillere occidentale de VAmerique du nord, 8% de Vest de
VAmerique du nord, 7% du centre des grandes plaines, 18% de toute VAmerique du nord au
sud des glaces, i.e. d' especes transcontinen tales, et 1% demeure incertain.
.
Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part
of a memorial project for Professor E. H. Strickland, the founder of the
Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton
in 1922.
It is intended to provide prompt low-cost publication for accounts of
entomological research of greater than average length, with priority
given to work in Professor Strickland’s special fields of interest including
entomology in Alberta, systematic work, and other papers based on work
done at the University of Alberta.
Copy should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals
published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second
Edition, 1964, except as regards the abbreviations of titles of periodicals
which should be those given iii the World List of Scientific Periodicals,
1964 Edition. The appropriate abbreviation for this journal is Quaest. ent.
An abstract of not more than 500 words is required. All manuscripts will
be reviewed by referees.
Illustrations and tables must be suitable for reproduction on a page
size of 9% X6% inches, text and tables not more than 73/4X4% inches,
plates and figures not more than 8^X5 inches. Reprints must be ordered
when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates
are the same for institutions, libraries, and individuals, $4.00 per
volume of 4 issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single
issues $1.00. An abstract edition is available, printed on one or both
sides (according to length) of 3X5 inch index cards (at $1.00 per
volume) or on 5X8 inch standard single row punched cards ($1.50 per
volume) .
Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be
addressed to the Subscription Manager and regarding manuscripts to:
The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae,
Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
<LD- 9 °» ~]A
Quacstiones
MUS. COMP- ZOOU
library.
Jlllt 1W1
entomologicae
HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VII
NUMBER 2
APRIL 1971
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 7 Number 2 10M>ay 1971
CONTENTS
Editorial - Publish or Perish? 235
Frank - Carabidae (Coleoptera) of an arable field in central Alberta 237
Chance - Correction for drag of a flight mill, with an example for
Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lep. Noctuidae) 253
Sehgal — Biology and host-plant relationships of an oligophagous leaf miner
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel (Diptera:Agromyzidae) 255
Erwin — Notes and corrections to a reclassification of
bombardier beetles (Carabidae, Brachinida) 281
Book Review 282
Book Review 283
Book Review 284
Editorial — Publish or Perish?
The admonition to publish or perish, with its oral equivalent: present a paper or stay at
home, may be of value to the occasional administrator who has no better device for allo-
cating travel monies, increments, or other rewards of virtue, but has certainly had some
unhappy consequences. All of us, I am sure can recall more than one occasion when, sitting
through some usually duller than normal submitted paper, the feeling has come over us that
we have heard it all before. Anybody who has ever really tried to keep up with the literature
will know of many frustrating examples of related one or two page papers, published in
several usually obscure journals, by the same author (or authors in varied sequence) under
different titles. When assembled through due process of inter-library loan or microfilm and
subjected to critical comparative study, such papers often prove to say exactly the same
thing. Often it wasn’t worth saying anyhow. Then there are the papers, often longer, which
appear in the proceedings of a meeting, and again in a regular journal, with no great change.
There are also coherent theses which are decimated for publication in a diversity of peri-
odicals; for this the blame is also diverse: the facile acceptance of long lists of publications
as an index of merit in both the papers and their author, editorial boards with a terror of
long papers, and authors with an inordinate love for every word they have ever drafted.
But all of this is at the personal level; the current Canadian wave of nationalistic or per-
haps we should call it tribalistic fervour, since our aboriginal peoples appear to be speci-
fically excluded, has expanded the publish or perish dictum to the level of national publish-
ing houses. These must be helped, maintained, kept Canadian, cherished, and above all kept
uncontaminated by any other funds than Canadian dollars.
The first requirement for a Canadian publishing house to flourish, however, is that Cana-
dians buy, even if they do not read them, Canadian books, because there are obstacles of
various kinds, all unjustifiable, to the passage of books across many international bounda-
ries. Canadians do neither of these things; at least not on the scale of most progressive
peoples. Some 10 years ago I lived for a while in an African town of some 15,000 souls,
more than half of them black or brown, which supported as many shelf-feet of bookshops
as a Canadian city of 350,000.
236
Per million of population, Canada publishes one third of the average number of books
published by western European countries and only about half the number published in the
U.S.S.R. Some 10 years ago we could at least take comfort in the thought that we pub-
lished nearly twice as many books per million people as our neighbours to the South, but
their production is now well ahead of that of Canada. It is a strange fact that the more
books per head a country publishes, the more copies of each it prints. This leaves Canada
still further behind in numbers of copies of books printed, so that while bookish Britain
prints a book per head in about 16 months, it takes Canada over six years to achieve this.
Business men tell me that Canadian publishers lack business ability; this may well be true.
At the receiving end 1 know them to be slow, inaccurate, and expensive. It is almost always
both quicker and cheaper to buy a British book from a British retailer than from a Canadian
distributor, who is usually also a Canadian publisher. Prices may be as much as 65 per cent
above British retail prices, and I am told that the average price increase is 30 per cent. But
this money buys little service; from the consumer’s viewpoint it would be hard to imagine a
commercial group less interested in his needs than Canadian publishers. Telegraphic en-
quiries get surface mail replies if any, letters may languish for weeks. Foreign publishers
have similar and more serious complaints about Canadian businesses which claim to act as
distributors for them. Neither principal nor client is served. If and when books from a
foreign publisher eventually arrive through a Canadian distributor they may be the wrong
edition or the wrong book or both, they may be so damaged that they must be returned,
they will probably be too few and too late for the purpose for which they were ordered,
and the price will certainly be an anti-educational shock. Such businesses should be investi-
gated, not subsidized. In respect of many one wonders, not that they go out of business,
but that they have managed to stay in it for so long.
In most countries most of those who deal in books have an interest in education and take
pleasure in the contributions they can make to it. In Canada this attitude is rare, though it
pays no less than elsewhere; more often, distributors here prove to be inhibitors. The book
trade should be cooperating with librarians to, in three words, make Canadians read: surely
our climate is favourable. Clearly, until this is done it will remain possible, both at the
personal and at the public level, for a nationalistic Canadian to both publish and perish.
Brian Hocking
CARABIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF AN
ARABLE FIELD IN CENTRAL ALBERTA
J. H. FRANK
Sugar Manufacturers ’Association
Research Department
Mandeville P. O. , Jamaica
Quaestiones entomologicae
7: 237-252 1971
Sixty-three species of carabid beetles were collected in pitfall traps in an arable field in
central Alberta. Data on life histories or biology are given for 26 of the more abundant
species and discussed, and population densities are estimated for several of these. Six spe-
cies of staphylinid beetles and 12 of spiders also taken in the study are listed. The spider
species included Xysticus californicus Keys, a first record in Canada.
Dreiundsechzig Arten von Laufkafern (Carabidae) wurden in Fallen auf einem Ackerland
in Mittelalberta gesammelt. Angaben iiber die Leben oder Lebensgewohnheiten wurden fur
26 der haufigeren Arten angegeben und erlautert; ausserdem wurde die Populationsdichte
fur verschiedene von ihnen geschdtzt. Sechs Arten von Kurzfiuglern und 12 Spinnenarten
wurden ebenso in die Studie einbezogen und aufgefuhrt. Die Spinnenarten schlossen Xysti-
cus californicus Keys, eine Art, die zum ersten Mai in Kanada entdeckt wurde, ein.
Larvae and adults of most species of Carabidae prey upon other insects. As part of a
study of the economic importance of Carabidae as predators of cutworms, a study was made
of the species inhabiting an arable field in Central Alberta. Mention is made of Staphylinidae
and of spiders from the same habitat.
This was selected following a report of a cutworm attack on a field of barley near
Calahoo, Alberta. The designation of the site is: section SW8, township 55, range 27,
meridian W4, which is roughly 32 km (20 miles) northwest of Edmonton. The area is
mapped as a mixture of three soils: two formed on fine-textured, stone-free lacustrine
sediments (these are Mico silty clay loam, comprising 50% of the area and Maywood clay
loam, comprising 20%); the other on a loam-textured, stony glacial till (this is Cooking Lake
loam and comprises 30% of the area).
The species of cutworm was determined as Euxoa ochrogaster Guenee (Lep; Noctuidae),
the red-backed cutworm.
A study area of about 0.2 hectare (0.5 acre) was used, near the centre of the field. Partly
because of its smallness and partly because of agricultural practices, which inhibit growth of
other than the crop plant, the area was very uniform. The duration of the study was the
frost-free periods of 1967 and of 1968, from June 1967. In 1968 a crop of oats was grown
in the field.
Frost occurred from early November 1967. In 1968 thawing was during the first week of
May with more or less permanent frost from the first week in October. Frost limited the
movement of Carabidae severely, so that the operation of pitfall traps during frost periods
THE STUDY AREA
THE CLIMATE
238
Frank
was unproductive. Meteorological information was supplied by the Weather Office, Inter-
national Airport, Edmonton. Maximum temperatures occurred in September 1967 (max.
33.6 C, 92.5 F), but in July 1 968 (max. 3 1 .0 C, 87.8 F). Minimum temperature of the study
period was -32.3 C (-26.1 F), in January 1968. This air temperature range of 65 C (over
118 F), although modified by the field crop, must impose severe restrictions on the move-
ment of surface active insects. Refuge from temperature extremes is provided by the ability
of the adult and larval carabids to burrow into the soil. From the temperature aspect the
season was more ‘advanced’ in 1968 than in 1967.
The rainfall patterns were similar over the two years, with July and August being the
wettest months (total 120-145 mm, 5-6 inches, for the two months together) but September
1967 was an extremely dry month (0.76 mm, 0.03 inch) compared with September 1968
(37.34 mm, 1.47 inches).
METHODS
The principal means of capturing beetles was a grid of 10 x 10 unbaited pitfall traps
spaced at 1 m intervals. This was in place throughout the study period except when
agricultural operations (ploughing, seeding, and harvesting) were in progress, at which times
it was taken up, to be replaced as soon as possible. The traps were of high impact poly-
styrene plastic and were 10.2 cm in height, 8.7 cm (O.D.) at top and 7.2 cm (O.D.)
at base. The shape allowed stacking for transportation and the light weight also facili-
tated this. Individual traps which had become soiled while in use were replaced by clean
traps as necessary, although the plastic resisted adherence of mud. A vinyl square 10.8
x 10.8 cm (quarter of a 9 inches x 9 inches floor tile) was supported on four small
wooden stakes of length about 10 cm, at a height of about 2.5 cm above each trap
to keep it dry. Insects caught in the pitfall traps were removed from the study area
for identification and were not returned unless they were to be used for mark, release,
and recapture studies. Those not returned were used to establish and maintain cultures,
or were dissected.
Population estimates were made in a way similar to that described by Frank (1967).
Released beetles had been marked by cutting a minute notch in the right elytron with spring
scissors instead of marking with paint.
Larvae taken in pitfall traps were reared individually, at first in plaster of Paris blocks,
later in 60 x 15 mm plastic petri dishes contained in a glass battery jar to maintain an
adequate level of humidity. Entomophagous larvae were fed larvae of Musca or pieces yof
Periplaneta, and phytophagous larvae (species of Amara and of Harpalus would not survive
for long on a diet of insects) were fed pieces of maize (corn) kernel. An identification label
was attached to the inside cover of each petri dish with a smear of vaseline. Food had to be
replaced daily to prevent growth of mould.
Cultures of adults were maintained on a damp peat substrate in 8 x 17.5 x 4.5 mm
transparent plastic boxes and were fed in much the same way as were the larvae. Eggs and
larvae, when found, were removed from these cultures and treated as were the pitfall-
trapped larvae.
THE CARABIDAE
Names of the 63 species collected arranged according to Lindroth (1961), with data on
those less frequently collected, are given in Table 1. Data on the more abundant species
follow.
Carabidae of an arable field
239
Table 1. A list of names of carabid species collected in the study area near Calahoo, Alberta,
with notes, numbers, and dates for the less frequently encountered species (mature adults
except where otherwise noted).
Name of species
Notes
Cicindela limbalis Klug
Carabus maeander Fischer von Waldheim
Carabus taedatus Fabricius
Carabus serratus Say
Calosoma calidum Fabricius
Notiophilus semistriatus Say
Notiophilus aquaticus Linnaeus
Loricera pilicornis Fabricius
Patrobus lecontei Chaudoir
Bembidion nitidum Kirby
Bembidion grapei Gyllenhal
Bembidion bimaculatum Kirby
Bembidion rupicola Kirby
Bembidion obscurellum Motschoulsky
Bembidion nudipenne Lindroth
Bembidion rapidum LeConte
Bembidion versicolor LeConte
Bembidion quadrimaculatum
oppositum Say
Bembidion mutatum Gemminger and
Harold
Bembidion canadianum Casey
Pterostichus lucublandus Say
Pterostichus corvus LeConte
Pterostichus adstrictus Eschscholtz
Pterostichus femoralis Kirby
Calathus ingratus Dejean
Synuchus impunctatus Say
Agonum quadripunctatum DeGeer
Agonum retractum LeConte
Agonum cupripenne Say
Agonum cupreum Dejean
Agonum placidum Say
Amara lacustris LeConte
2 - 31.VII.1967 & 20.V.1968
3 - 30.VI. 1 967 & TT.VI. 1 968
5 - VIII-IX.196Z; 1 1 - V-VIII.1968
few - VII-VIII. 1967 & 1968; 1 instar III -
12.VII.1968
text p. 241
1 - 18.X. 1967
29 - X-XI.1967; 2 - VII. 1968
2 — VII. 196^
infrequently; 4 gravid 99 — 18. VII, 24. VII, &
21 .VIII.L968
text p. 241
3 - between X& XI. 1967
text p. 241
text p. 243
text p. 243
1 - 1967; 12 - VI. 1968; 7 - VII. 1968;
gravid 9 — 26.IX.1968
2- VI. 1968
text p. 243
text p. 243
text p. 244
text p. 244
text p. 245
text p. 245
text p. 245
1 - 30.IX.1968
text p. 246
few, all brachypterous; 9 — 17.VII.1967 with
43 well-developed eggs; 9 - 21. VIII. 1967
with 40 eggs; 9 - 21. VIII. 1967 with
tachinid larva parasite
1 - 26.X. 1967
1 - 18.X. 1967; 2 — VI. 1968
2- 17.VII. 1967 &5.VII. 1968
text p. 246
text p. 246
few - VII & VIII. 1967 & 1968; gravid 9 -
3.VIII.1968
text p. 246
Amara torrida Panzer
240
Frank
Table 1 (continued)
Name of species
Amara latior Kirby
Amara apricaria Paykull
Amara avida Say
Amara obesa Say
Amara quenseli Schonherr
Amara sinuosa Casey
Amara farcta LeConte
Amara patruelis Dejean
Amara laevipennis Kirby
Amara ellipsis Casey
Amara littoralis Mannerheim
Amara cupreolata Putzeys
Amara convexa LeConte
Amara pallipes Kirby
Harpalus amputatus Say
Harpalus funerarius Csiki
Harpalus uteanus Casey
Harpalus pleuriticus Kirby
Harpalus desertus LeConte
Harpalellus basilaris Kirby
Trichocellus cognatus Gyllenhal
Brady cellus lecontei Csiki
Brady cellus congener LeConte
Brady cellus species ?
Stenolophus comma Fabricius
Badister obtusus LeConte
Chlaenius alternatus Horn
Metabletus americanus Dejean
Cymindis planipennis LeConte
Cymindis cribricollis Dejean
Notes
text p. 247
text p. 247
text p. 247
1 gravid 9 - 28.VIII. 1967
30; gravid 99 - 28.VIII.1967 & 24.VII-
30.VIII. 1968; 7 parasitised each by single
dipterous larva — V-VIII.1968
4 - 23 .VIII & 27.IX.1968 including 2 gravid
99
31 - V-VIII.1968; gravid 99 - V &
3.VII.1968; immature adults - 30. VIII.
1968; 2 66 each with 1 parasitic dipterous
larva - 10&20.V.1968
text p. 248
1 - 1967; 2 - 1968, 1 immature (30.VIII)
text p. 248
text p. 248
few - 30. VI & 5. IX. 1967 & VIII. 1968;
gravid 9- 12.VII.1968
3
1 - X.1967; 4 - VII-VIII. 1968; gravid 9 -
24.VII.1968; 2 immature 99 - 30.VIII.
1968
text p. 249
few - VI-VIII; immature adult - 9.VIII.1968
few - IX. 1967 & VII. 1968; gravid 9 -
18.VII.1968
text p. 249
d- 18.VII.1968
6 — VI-VII.1968
text p. 249
1 - 2.XI.1967
5 - VI-VII.1968; 2 gravid 99 - 26.VII.1968
2 99, elytra iridescent — 27.X.1967 &
23.IX.1968
1 - 17.VI.1968
1 -VI. 1968
1 - 18.IX.1968
text p. 249
1 - 18.X. 1967
6 - 17.VII. 1967; gravid 9 - 31. VII. 1968
63 species
Carabidae of an arable field
241
Calosoma calidum Fabricius
No trace of this species was seen at Calahoo in 1967, but several examples were captured
in 1968, with immature adults found on 16 and 26 August. Two eggs were laid by a captive
9 on 20 June 1968 and one of these was reared to the third instar. A few living larvae were
taken in pitfall traps (between 5 July and 3 August) and reared to the adult state. The aver-
age length of each stage was: egg 4 days, instar I 5 days, instar II 8 days, instar III 14 days,
pupa 8 days. The life cycle is therefore complete in 5 to 6 weeks. No evidence suggests that
there is more than one generation per year or that any larvae overwinter.
Bembidion nitidum Kirby
Specimens were trapped in June, September, and October 1967, and in May-July and
again in late September-October 1968. The population density was estimated for 1968 as
<1.0/m2.
A final instar larva, found in a culture of adults in the laboratory, on 2 January 1968,
pupated on 6 January, but became infected with a fungal growth by the middle of the
following month and died. Nineteen other larvae were taken from the same culture which
was replenished by the addition of newly-trapped adults, in summer 1968. These appeared
between 24 and 28 May and then not again until the end of July. None was reared to the
adult; one, taken as an instar I larva on 24 May, underwent ecdysis on 28 May and again
on 31 May, but the instar III larva was unable to pupate successfully and died on 10 June.
Of the larvae which appeared at the end of July, some had reached instar III by 19 August.
An instar II larva was trapped on 23 August.
Lindroth (1963) recorded immature beetles from early August and stated that hiberna-
tion is probably imaginal i.e. that larval growth takes place in the summer. However, there
seem to be two breeding periods indicated first by peaks in number or activity (i.e. pitfall
trap catches) in early May and late June (Fig. 1) and second by instar I larvae produced in
culture only in late May and in late July. If this interpretation is correct, the immature
adults recorded by Lindroth were probably from the second generation. The larva found in
culture in January 1968 was perhaps properly from the first annual generation which had
been produced early because of warm temperatures in the laboratory. Likewise the number
or activity peak of September-October is possibly an early manifestation of that of the
following May which is interrupted by freezing temperatures. A situation in some ways the
reverse of this is discussed by Mitchell (1963) where a few adults of Trechus quadristriatus
(Schrank) (which is stated to breed in September) overwinter and breed in the following
spring. The development period of the supposed second annual larval generation is not
necessarily of the same length as that of the first and if a third takes place during the winter,
this last would obviously be much lengthened.
Bembidion bimaculatum Kirby
Many more specimens of this species were taken in August than in any other month and
it appeared to have a single peak of numbers or activity (Fig. 1). Captured 99 contained
eggs between the end of July and early September, when as many as 17 mature eggs were
contained in the abdomen of a single 9. Larvae were taken from a laboratory culture on
4 November 1967. Lindroth (1963) considered the larva to hibernate.
The population size was estimated at <0.8/m2 in 1968. The related species B. sordidum
Kby. was not recognised from Calahoo.
242
Frank
Bembidion
nitidum
A
Agonum
placidu m
2 n
I -
O ^
Bembidion
bimaculatum
2 -|
Amara
torrida
3 1
2 H
I
O
Bembidion
\ rupicola
~I
2 -
I -
o-l-
Amara
latior
Amara
apricaria
Amara
avida
2 -i
I _ r \ Amara
0J J V_Patruelis.
Amara
ellipsis
2 -
I -
o-*
Bembidion
mutatum
2 -j
I _ Amara
littoralis
Q J
2 n
I
Bembidion
\ canadianum
Harpalus
amputatus
Pterostichus
lucublandus
Harpalus
pleuritic us
2 n
0 -
2
1 -
O -
ASONDJ FMAMJ J A SON ASONDJ FMAMJ JASON
1967 1968 1967 1968
Fig. 1. Pitfall catches of Carabidae over fortnightly periods (log. scale) x time.
Carabidae of an arable field
243
Bembidion rupicola Kirby
A common species at Calahoo, with an estimated population size (1968) of 2.6/m2.
Adults showed a very similar pattern of numbers or activity to that shown by B. nitidum,
with peaks in early May, late June, and October.
Several pairs of adults were observed mating in pitfall traps on 10 May 1968. Larvae
were taken from a culture of adults in the laboratory at various dates between 24 May and
10 June 1968, but none was reared successfully, so that the duration of the larval instars
cannot be given. However, an instar III larva, taken at Worsley, Alberta, on 11 July 1967,
pupated on 14 July and the adult emerged on 20 July. Lindroth (1963) recorded immature
beetles between 22 July and 3 August and stated that adults hibernate.
If an analogy is drawn with B. nitidum and B. quadrimaculatum , below, it would seem
likely that the numbers or activity peaks of early May and late June (Fig. 1) correspond to
two separate breeding periods. The first generation reaches the adult state in late June.
Either these adults and their parents, or both, then breed giving rise to the second genera-
tion which reaches the adult state at the end of July and beginning of August. This second
generation may normally overwinter and perhaps breed in May of the following year, but a
certain number of larvae may be produced in October and may overwinter.
A single instar III larva trapped at Calahoo on 11 September 1968, pupated in the
laboratory on 16 September and the adult emerged on 28 September. This raises the pos-
sibility of a third generation in the year, but because of the absence of a peak in numbers
or activity in early August, it seems more probable that the occurrence of this larva was
exceptional.
Bembidion obscurellum Motschoulsky
Far fewer adults of this species were trapped in late 1967 than of B. rupicola, but the
former were more numerous at the beginning of 1968. Either B. obscurellum adults were
not influenced so greatly to activity by the warm autumn of 1967, or they survived the
winter better. Population size between June and August 1968 was estimated at 3.9/m2.
The pattern of activity appears to be identical to that of B. rupicola, with three peaks in
numbers or activity, one in early May, the second in late June and a smaller third in October
(Fig. 1). Like B. rupicola, adults were found mating in pitfall traps on 10 May 1968. Larvae
and eggs were taken from a culture of adults on 24, 25 and 26 May and not again until
26-31 July. Lindroth (1963) recorded immature adults in late July in Alberta.
Bembidion versicolor LeConte
This species had a rather similar pattern of numbers or activity (Fig. 1) to that of B.
nitidum. It showed a peak in early May, a second in late June and a third in November.
The third peak had its beginning earlier in 1967 than in 1968. Gravid 99 were taken on 19
and 26 July 1968. No larvae were obtained.
The species is somewhat hygrophilous. Specimens of the related species B. timidum
LeConte were not collected at Calahoo.
Bembidion quadrimaculatum oppositum Say
By far the most numerous carabid at Calahoo, its population size was estimated to
be 20/m2 in 1968 with a pattern of numbers or activity (Fig. 1) similar to that of B.
244
Frank
nitidum.
Several pairs of a laboratory culture were observed mating in late May 1968. Instar HI
larvae were recovered from this culture on 13 June and one of these pupated on 20 June
and the adult emerged on 1 July. A 9 taken in a pitfall trap on 26 July was found to be
gravid. Larvae were again taken from culture between 26 and 31 July of which one pupated
on 5 August but subsequently died.
Rivard (1964) has indicated for the subspecies a breeding period extending from May
until July in eastern Ontario. This was based on dissection of 72 females captured between
May and November 1963, of which 24 were gravid. During most of this May-July period,
according to Rivard’s Fig. 1 , no more than 50% of the female beetles dissected were gravid,
except in early July when approximately 100% were gravid. In Rivard’s Fig. 1, a line is
drawn through 10 points on a graph which relate to the 24 gravid beetles and a similar
number of non-gravid ones. Thus a difference of one or two gravid beetles at any date could
make a large difference to the shape of the graph line.
The numbers of individuals taken in pitfall traps at Calahoo (Fig. 1) are based upon
the summation of pitfall trap catches over fortnightly periods. The number taken in early
May was 924; in late May 769; in early June 294; in late June 1234; in early July 872
and in late July a mere 66. Unless the substantial drop in numbers in early June and
substantial increase in late June are related to breeding activity they are difficult to ac-
count for; the explanation is hardly to be sought in direct temperature or rainfall variation
effects.
If no significant drop in numbers occurs, but merely a period of quiescence, then the
second peak must represent a resumption of breeding activity by the same generation of
adults. Thus a single generation would have two temporally (at least partially) separated
breeding periods.
If a real drop in numbers occurs, then the second peak must be associated with an
increase in the adult population by the metamorphosis of pupae — but the continuance
of breeding activity after this date is not disputed — and this suggests true bivoltinism.
On this basis, because adults of this new generation must outnumber adults of the pre-
vious generation by at least four to one (Fig. 1) in late June and thereafter, then no
more than 20% of trapped females should be gravid from late June onwards, if there
is no bivoltinism. Rivard found 100% of females captured to be gravid only in early
July.
The evidence points to the existence of two breeding periods at Calahoo. Several other
species of Bembidion show a very similar pattern of numbers or activity.
Bembidion mutatum Gemminger and Harold
Less numerous than the similar B. quadrimaculatum . The numbers trapped were small
particularly in 1968, but indicate numbers or activity peaks (Fig. 1) similar to those of
the above species, perhaps slightly delayed. A gravid 9 was captured on 9 August 1968.
Bembidion canadianum Casey
As frequently trapped in late 1967 as B. rupicola, this species was only as numerous in
1968 as B. mutatum. The numbers taken in pitfall traps decreased from May 1968 until
June, after which there was no activity until October (Fig. 1). The absence of a second
summer peak in 1968 may indicate that the species is univoltine, if meaning can be inferred
from the small numbers of individuals trapped.
Carabidae of an arable field
245
Pterostichus lucublandus Say
The population size of this species was estimated at <0.7/m2 in the study area in 1968.
The adults were active only during May-July of 1968, but in the milder autumn of 1967
there was another peak of numbers or activity in late September (Fig. 1). Approximately
equal numbers were caught during each half-month period between early May and early
July and there is no evidence to suggest that there are two activity peaks with the corollary
of bivoltinism. Rivard (1964) also arrived at this conclusion of univoltinism for this species
and his Fig. 1 indicated that the breeding period extends from May into September in
eastern Ontario.
Females dissected on 20 May 1968 and 17 July 1967 contained large eggs. Mating of pairs
caught in pitfall traps was observed on 21 May 1968 as well as in laboratory cultures during
the last week of May. Eggs were produced by these cultures from 23 May until 5 June and
from 8-16 July. The egg stage lasted 4-7 days, instar I 6-7 days, instar II 6-1 1 days, instar III
14-21 days and the pupa 8-10 days. Towards the end of July and in early August larvae were
taken in pitfall traps frequently and one of these was reared to produce an adult on 23 Au-
gust (pupal stage 7 days). Immature adults were taken in pitfall traps on 5 September 1968.
Larvae (apparently instar III) were described briefly by Schaupp (1881), one of which
pupated on 26 August and the adult emerged on 5 September; another pupated on 18
August and the adult emerged on 29 August.
Pterostichus corvus LeConte
Not a single example of this species was taken in the study area in 1967, but 16 were
taken in May-July 1968. By analogy with the related P. lucublandus , the population size
may have been of the order of 0.07/m2 in 1968.
Eggs were obtained from a laboratory culture on 30 June, 14, 15 and 26 July and 3
August 1968. The average duration of each stage was as follows: egg 6 days, instar I 6 days,
instar II 6 days, instar III 16 days, pupa 7 days.
Because of the small numbers trapped it is not possible to specify the breeding period or
periods with any certainty. The northernmost locality given by Lindroth (1966) for the
occurrence of this species in Alberta is Morin, some 150 miles SSE of Calahoo.
Pterostichus ads trie tus Eschscholtz
More than twice as numerous at Calahoo as P. lucublandus (estimated population size in
1968 1.8/m2), but apparently with a very similar life cycle. The second numbers or activity
peak of late September 1967 shown by P. lucublandus was even more marked in this species
and was repeated to some extent the following year (Fig. 1). There was a very slight diminu-
tion in numbers trapped from late May until June.
Gravid 99 were found as early as 10 May and as late as 17 July, while immature adults
were trapped from 21 August until 5 September. Adults in a laboratory culture produced
eggs between 23 May and 26 July and the resultant larvae were reared in the same manner
as those of P. lucublandus. The egg stage lasted 4-8 days, instar I larva 4-6 days, instar II
larva 4 days, instar III 17-18 days and pupa 6-7 days. Adults reared from instar III larvae
taken in pitfall traps emerged at the end of July and beginning of August.
The related P. pennsylvanicus LeC., although abundant at George Lake, Alberta, a marshy,
wooded locality little more than 16 km (10 miles) NNW of Calahoo, was never found in the
study area.
246
Frank
Calathus ingratus Dejean
A few individuals only were taken, in June-August of both 1967 and 1968; the normal
habitat is wooded localities.
Two 99 (with very reduced wings) were trapped on 17 July 1967, one of which contained
eight large eggs, the other five. Another 9, taken on 24 July 1968, was also gravid. A
(macropterous) 9, taken on 21 August 1967, contained no eggs, neither did brachypterous
99 taken at Scandia and at Tofield, Alberta in April 1968.
Agonum cupreum Dejean
Estimated to have a population size of 1.0/m2 in 1968 at Calahoo, this species seemed to
be less abundant than during the previous year. All examples from Calahoo, in which the
wings were examined, proved to be macropterous.
None of the 99 caught at various states between 21 April (1968) and 17 July (1967)
contained mature eggs (though one contained the pupa of a parasitic hymenopteron), but a
9 taken on 21 August (1967) contained (only) two eggs, perhaps indicating the approaching
end of the breeding season. An instar III larva, trapped on 30 August 1968, pupated on
15 September and the adult emerged on 21 September. An immature adult was taken in a
pitfall trap on 16 September 1968. A pair was observed in copula, in the laboratory, on
20 November 1967. Lindroth (1966) recorded immature adults at the end of July and in
August.
The graph of numbers or activity (Fig. 1) is difficult to interpret and it may be that there
is a single breeding period extending from May into July, but numbers trapped are too small
for certainty. The September- October peak possibly represents early incidence of the ac-
tivity of the following year. If breeding occurs from May to July, immature adults would be
expected from late July until late September. The apparent decline in numbers between
1967 and 1968 might be the result of unsuccessful overwintering possibly as a result of the
high and perhaps untimely level of activity in late 1967.
Agonum placidum Say
Less frequently captured in 1967 than was A. cupreum , the situation was reversed in
1968, when A. placidum was more often captured and its population size was estimated at
<1.5/m2.
Females with eggs were taken on 17 July 1967, the maximum number of eggs recorded
per 9 being 20. Of 20 99 captured on 14 April 1968 at Scandia, Alberta, none contained
eggs, but one contained two nematode parasites. Eight instar III larvae caught between 23
August and 9 September 1968 produced adults between 4 Sept, and 17 Sept., the average
time for the pupal stage being 6 days.
A numbers or activity peak in July is well marked in this species (Fig. 1) and there is
some evidence of a minor peak in the year (October 1967 and September-October 1968).
The breeding period seemed to be restricted to July in 1968 at Calahoo. Rivard (1964)
found gravid 99 between June and September in eastern Ontario. Lindroth (1966) quoted
records of gravid 99 from June to August in southern Ontario.
Amara torrida Panzer
Lindroth (1968) wrote that the habitat of this species was similar to that of Pterostichus
Carabidae of an arable field
247
adstrictus. Certainly both species were common at Calahoo. The population density of A.
torrida was estimated by the mark, release and recapture technique as <0.6/m2 in 1968. In
the same year, numbers taken in pitfall traps gradually rose to a single peak in early August
and then declined more rapidly (Fig. 1).
Gravid 99 were trapped in 1967 on 17 July, 21 August, 24 August and 1 September,
while in 1968 gravid 99 were taken on 19 July and 9 August, but 99 trapped on 20 May and
30 September were not gravid. The maximum number of eggs contained by a single 9 was
20 (24 August 1967). Pairs were observed in copula on 6 August 1967 and 16 August 1968.
A pitfall trap emptied on 21 August 1968 contained a single adult 9 A torrida together with
two eggs (no other beetles present) which, unfortunately, did not prove to be viable. Five
eggs were removed from a culture of adults in the laboratory, between 30 July and 2 August
1968, but these too were not viable. An immature adult was trapped on 17 July 1968.
This bears out the suggestion by Lindroth (1968) of larval hibernation and indicates a
lengthy larval growth period. The single peak in numbers trapped, in early August, may w^ll
indicate the coincidence of the peak of the breeding period with the peak period of emer-
gence of the new generation of adults.
Adults, each with a single parasitic dipterous larva, were captured on 10 May 1968
(1 example); 20 May 1968 (1 example); 9 August 1968 (3 examples). A male captured on
9 August 1968 was the host of a nematode.
Amara latior Kirby
Only a few individuals of this species were trapped in either year at Calahoo, the greatest
number appearing in early July (Fig. 1). A gravid 9 was taken on 5 September 1967. A larva,
taken from soil on 1 1 July 1967 at Worsley, Alberta, pupated the same day and the adult
emerged on 17 July. Lindroth (1968) recorded gravid 99 in September and October in
Ontario, while Rivard (1964) recorded others during August-October in eastern Ontario.
Amara apricaria Paykull
This species was commoner at Calahoo than species of Amara previously discussed, but
numbers trapped were still too low to allow interpretation of the pattern of numbers or
activity (Fig. 1). A single gravid 9 was taken on 17 July 1968. The larva was described
briefly by Schi^dte (1867) but the date of capture was not given.
An individual parasitised by a dipterous larva was captured on 10 May 1968.
Amara avida Say
This species was apparently commoner at Calahoo in 1968 than was A torrida (<0.9/m2)
and like that species with a single peak in numbers or activity (Fig. 1). The peak, however,
occurred in early July, a month earlier than the A. torrida peak. Some evidence of a second
peak in September-October was seen in 1967 but not in 1968.
Gravid 99 were taken on 17 July, 21 August and 24 August 1967 and 9 August 1968. As
many as 1 1 eggs were dissected from a single 9. Several eggs were laid singly by a 9 in a
laboratory culture on 3 August 1 968 and some of these hatched between 9 and 1 2 August,
but none of the resultant larvae survived instar I. A single immature individual was taken
among 17 mature adults on 10 July 1968. Lindroth (1968) noticed immature adults in June
in British Columbia and Alberta.
Two individuals, each parasitised by a dipterous larva, were captured on 9 August 1968.
248
Frank
Amara patruelis Dejean
Specimens of this species were most frequently taken in late September and early Octo-
ber. Two gravid 99 were taken at Calahoo on 17 July 1967 and two others on 21 April 1968
at Mill Creek, Edmonton. A pair was found in copula on 6 June 1968 and an immature
adult was taken in a pitfall trap on 16 August 1968. Lindroth (1968) described A. patruelis
as “a pronounced spring species” and stated that adults hibernate. It appears as if the larvae
have a summer development period in contrast to the foregoing species of the subgenera
Curtonotus C Amara aulica group Lth.) e.g. A. torrida , and Brady tus {Amara apricaria group
Lth.) e.g. A. avida , but the pattern of numbers or activity (Fig. 1) is difficult to interpret
because of the small numbers trapped.
Three 66, the first captured on 20 May 1968. the others on 1 1 September 1968, each
contained a single parasitic dipterous larva.
Amara ellipsis Casey
Not uncommon at Calahoo. The greatest number of individuals to be taken in a two-
week period was in early October 1967 and a peak at this time of year was repeated in 1968
(Fig. 1). This late-year peak is a possible forerunner of the small peak of early May. There
appears to be a second peak in July. There is similarity in this to the condition shown in the
Bembidion species and on the basis of this and the following evidence two breeding periods
per year are suggested.
An overwintering 9, hand collected on 3 April 1968, contained eggs which were not fully
developed. Pitfall trapped 99 yielded eggs on 10 May and on 3 and 15 July 1968; none was
trapped between the middle of May and the end of June; no 9 trapped later in the year than
July was gravid. An adult emerged successfully on 19 July 1967 from a pupa which had
been collected as a larva on 22 June, the date of pupation being 7 July. An immature adult
was taken at Calahoo on 24 July 1968. Lindroth (1969) found immature adults at the end
of July.
Three 66 captured on 26 July 1968, 21 August and 30 September each contained a single
parasitic dipterous larva.
Amara littoralis Mannerheim
Present and active in largest numbers in July at Calahoo, the commonest species of sub-
genus Amara {Amara lunicollis group Lth.). It seems to have a life cycle similar to that of
A. ellipsis , with a peak in numbers or activity (Fig. 1) in early May and a second one in July.
A decline in numbers trapped in early August is not accounted for unless the peak of late
August is the result of the emergence of adults of the second generation. Two breeding
periods per year are suggested.
Dissected 99 contained eggs on 10 May and on 20 May 1968; none was trapped thereafter
until early July. In the latter month 99 contained eggs on 3, 10, 12, 15, 18, 24, 26 and 31
July, but not thereafter. Lindroth (1968) found immature adults in July and at the begin-
ing of August.
A 9 taken on 17 July 1967 contained a larva of an unidentified tachinid, which occupied
about half the volume of the host’s abdomen. The empty chorion of the tachinid egg lay
under the right elytron of the host. Four 66, captured on 24 July 1968, 31 July (2 ex-
amples) and 3 August each contained a single parasitic dipterous larva.
Carabidae of an arable field
249
Harpalus amputatus Say
According to Lindroth (1968) a xerophilous species, the most abundant of the large
carabids at Calahoo in 1968, when its population size was estimated at 4.2/m2. The pattern
of numbers or activity probably indicates a single peak in early June (1968) and extending
from May until July, with slight fluctuation. A slight autumnal peak was seen in 1967 (Fig.
1), but the species was not trapped in that year until early September.
Dissected 99 contained eggs on 8 May 1968, 17 July 1967, 9 August 1968 and 21 August
1967. Unfortunately no females captured in June 1968 were put aside for dissection, but all
were used to establish cultures or in population estimations. The presence of gravid 99 in
June would have established the existence of a single breeding period as indicated by the
pitfall trap captures.
Harpalus pleuriticus Kirby
The population size of this species at Calahoo in 1968 was of the order of 1.0/m2. The
species is thus not only of smaller size but was of smaller population size than H. amputatus.
It reached the zenith of what may be a single extensive peak in numbers or activity in July
(Fig. 1). If this is, in fact, a single peak, then the breeding period may extend from May
until August, as seems to be indicated with H. amputatus. An autumnal peak was seen in
late September 1967.
Dissected 99 contained mature eggs on 17 July 1967, 12, 15, 17, 18, 19 and 24 July and
9 August 1968, but not thereafter and not in May 1968. As with H. amputatus , no 99
captured in June were set aside for dissection. A pair was observed mating in a laboratory
culture on 8 July 1968. Immature adults were taken in pitfall traps on 18 and 24 July, 9
and 16 August 1968.
Adults captured on the following dates in 1968 contained parasitic dipterous larvae:
20 May (1 example); 9 July (1 example); 24 July (2 examples each with 2 parasites);
9 August (1 example with 2 parasites).
Trichocellus cognatus Gyllenhal
The adults of this species were taken at Calahoo only in late September-November, when
large numbers (387 during October 1967, 465 during October 1968) were caught in pitfall
traps. Freezing interfered with assessment of population size.
A pair was found mating in a pitfall trap on 2 October 1968. Lindroth (1968) stated that
immature beetles are abundant from mid-July to the end of August, but this was not so at
Calahoo. Larvae were taken from culture between 1 and 17 October 1968. Oviposition
might well take place in October and November when temperatures allow, and larvae may
overwinter.
Metabletus americanus Dejean
Adults of the species were present and active in May to mid-July and late September to
November only (Fig. 1). None was captured between mid-July and late September, but a 9
taken on 19 July 1968 was gravid. In the laboratory six instar I larvae were taken from a
culture of adults between 10 and 18 July 1968, but none was reared successfully. Several
instar I larvae were taken from culture on 20 November 1968, of which two underwent
ecdysis to instar II on 5 December.
250
Frank
There was a decline in pitfall trap captures in early June, similar to that of some Bem-
bidion species, so that two generations per year may be indicated. Some larvae may be pro-
duced in May and early June.
Other Arthropods
The following species of Staphylinidae were captured in the study area: Leptacinus
batychrus Gyll., Philonthus occidentalis Horn, P. concinnus Grav., P. furvus Nordm., Que-
dius spelaeus Horn, Tacky porus sp. The third, fourth, and fifth of these were trapped only
occasionally.
Spiders taken in the study area were: Trochosa terricola Thor., Pardosa groenlandica
(Thor.), P. mackenziana Keys, P. moesta Banks, Pardosa sp. nr. saxatilis (Htz.), Pardosa sp.
of metlakatla complex, Gnaphosa sp. nr. muscorum (Koch), G. parvula Banks, Micaria sp.
nr. alberta Gertsch, Xysticus californicus Keys (1 9, 21 June 1968, first Canadian record),
Paraphidippus marginatus (Walck.). Pardosa groenlandica was the most frequently trapped
of these.
DISCUSSION
Life cycles
Perhaps more ecological studies of Carabidae have been made than of any other family of
Coleoptera, but the volume of knowledge of their life cycles is slender.
Rivard (1964) concluded that for 13 species studied in eastern Ontario, each had only
a single generation per year, based on occurrence of mature eggs in the ovaries of adult 99.
He classified them into two major groups, spring breeders and autumn breeders, with a small
third group overlapping the two periods. Greenslade (1965) arrived at similar conclusions in
a study of 26 species of Carabidae in England, based on observations of activity periods of
adults and larvae through numbers of individuals caught in pitfall traps and the association
of these activity periods with breeding activity. However, Heydemann (1963) considered a
number of species of carabids in maritime Germany to have more than one breeding period
per annum. He cited some species of Bembidion and observed that (apparently in respect of
insects in general) while carnivorous forms are mostly univoltine, saprophagous forms are
frequently bivoltine or polyvoltine.
Rivard’s (1964) assumption that the breeding periods are coincident with the presence
of mature eggs in [a high percentage of] 99, with perhaps a 2-3 weeks delay between
the maturity of the eggs and the onset of oviposition, is doubtless a good approxima-
tion for the population as a whole; but no allowance is made for periods of inactivity
e.g. if gravid 99 are inactive over the winter before oviposition. Nor is distinction made
between different generations present in the population. Thus if the premise be expanded
(beyond Rivard’s statements) one is led to infer that adult generation I breeds, producing
eggs, larval instars, pupae and thus the resultant adult generation II. The fate of adult
generation I is ignored, but possibly a considerable number of adults of generation I may
survive and may breed again (at a time not necessarily coincident with the breeding pe-
riod of generation II). This possibility is higher in species of lower reproductive potential
or lower survival rate. The survival of these adults depends upon the combined effects
of parasitism (including disease), predation, inter- and intraspecific competition, climatic
factors and ‘natural senescence’.
Lack of information on ‘natural senescence’ is a result of the difficulty of observing
individuals in the field over long periods of time. Conditions in the laboratory must pro-
Carabidae of an arable field
251
duce anomalous results. No individual beetle in the present study survived in the lab-
oratory for much more than 1 year. However, an adult 6 and 9 of Omophron americanum
Dejean (for which Rivard (1964) gives the breeding period as May to June) were cap-
tured at Chappice Lake, Alberta, on 29 May 1967, along with five other adults, and
survived in captivity until May 1969. These individuals must have been produced, as eggs,
not later than the summer before capture (on Rivard’s evidence) and so their total life
span was at least 3 years. The ‘culture’ of seven adults produced eggs in June 1967 (the
resultant larvae subsequently died) but none thereafter. This, however, is no proof that
the normal life span approaches (or exceeds) 3 years, nor that each generation of adults
breeds only once. It merely shows that adults of generation I could still form part of
the population at the breeding period of adults of generation II and even of generation
III.
Breeding periodicity in different parts of the geographical range of a species may differ
and may or may not be directly influenced by climatic conditions. Heydemann (1963)
(following Lindroth, 1945) remarked upon the different percentages of species with a sum-
mer larval growth period or with a winter larval growth period between habitats with a
maritime climate and with a continental climate. The implication was that in a harsher
(continental) climate, a greater percentage of species has a winter larval growth period.
Populations
The principal interest of the present study lies in the observed dominance of Carabidae
among the larger soil-surface inhabiting insects of the study area and in the large number of
species apparently coexisting in an apparently very uniform habitat.
On the assumption that there is at least some similarity of requirements between the
Bembidion species, then there must be interspecific competition (Odum, 1959). If popula-
tion size is taken as a measure of success in this competition, then B. quadrimaculatum, with
a population size about double that of all other Bembidion species combined, must be seen
as the most successful species. Similarity of requirements may not be unconnected with
accepted taxonomic relationship. Nine of the 1 1 species belonging to different species
groups of Bembidion (Lindroth, 1963) where there might be expected to be greater differ-
ences in requirements, but B. rupicola and B. obscurellum belong to the same species group,
as do B. quadrimaculatum and B. mutatum. Bembidion rupicola and B. obscurellum were of
comparable abundance in the study area in 1968, not so with B. quadrimaculatum and
B. mutatum.
Few genera of Carabidae have been recorded in the literature as having restricted food
preferences. It is to be expected that those species which were not merely stragglers into the
area would have some food-chain relationship to the crop plant. Carabids might eat the crop
plant or its seeds or stages of its decomposition, or they might be predators of other animals
which do so.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Gratitude is due to G. E. Ball, T. L. Erwin, and D. R. Whitehead for assistance in the
identification of Carabidae and to R. E. Leech for the identification of spiders. Carl and
Henry Bergstreiser of Calahoo kindly allowed the study to be carried out in their field.
Technical assistance from A. C. Schaaf, B. M. Rolseth, and Mrs. T. L. Erwin is gratefully
acknowledged. The study was financed by a grant to R. H. Gooding from The Alberta
Agricultural Research Trust (grant No. A. R. 67-31).
252
Frank
REFERENCES
Frank, J. H. 1967. The insect predators of the pupal stage of the winter moth, Operophtera
brumata (L.) (Lepidoptera: Hydriomenidae). J. Anim. Ecol. 36:375-389.
Greenslade, P. J. M. 1965. On the ecology of some British carabid beetles with special
reference to life histories. Trans. Soc. Br. Ent. 16:149-179.
Heydemann, B. 1963. Die biozonotische Entwicklung vom Vorland zum Koog. Vergleich-
end-okologische Untersuchungen an der Nordseekuste. 2. Kafer (Coleoptera). Akad. Wiss.
Lit. Mainz; Abh. math, naturwiss. (1962) 1 1 : 173-370 + pis. I-III.
Kryger, J. P. and H. P. S. S0nderup. 1945. Biologiske Iagttagelser over 200 Arter af danske
Billelarver. Ent. Medd. 24:175-261.
Lindroth, C. H. 1945-49. Die fennoskandischen Carabiden. Eine tiergeographische Studie.
I-III. Goteborgs k. Vetensk.-o. Vitterh. Samh. Handl., (B)4( 1-3): 1-709, 1-227, 1-911.
Lindroth, C. H. 1961. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska, 2. Opusc. ent., Suppl. 20,
200 pp.
Lindroth, C. H. 1963. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska, 3. Opusc. ent., Suppl. 24,
208 pp.
Lindroth, C. H. 1966. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska, 4. Opusc. ent., Suppl. 29,
240 pp.
Lindroth, C. H. 1968. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska, 5. Opusc. ent., Suppl. 33,
295 pp.
Mitchell, B. 1963. Ecology of two carabid beetles, Bembidion lampros (Herbst) and Trechus
quadristriatus (Schrank). I. Life cycles and feeding behaviour. J. Anim. Ecol. 32:289-299.
Odum, E. P. 1959. Fundamentals of ecology. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, Saunders XVII + 546 pp.
Rivard, I. 1964. Observations on the breeding periods of some ground beetles (Coleoptera:
Carabidae) in Eastern Canada. Can. J . Zool. 42:1081-1 084.
Schaupp, F. G. 1881. Description of the larvae of Pterostichus lucublandus and Pt. mutus.
Say. Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc. 3:88-89 + pi.
Schi0dte. J. C. 1867. De metamorphosi eleutheratorum observationes: Bidrag til insekternes
Udviklingshistorie (Fortsaettelse). Naturhist. Tiddskr. (3)4:415-552 + pis. 15-22.
CORRECTION FOR DRAG OF A FLIGHT MILL, WITH AN EXAMPLE
FOR AGROTIS ORTHOGANIA MORR. (LEP. NOCTUIDAE)
MARTIN A. CHANCE
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta Quaestiones entomologicae
Edmonton 7, Alberta 7 : 253-254 1971
A method of measuring the drag-speed relationship for an insect flight mill system is
reviewed. Compensated free flight speeds and ranges for Agrotis orthogonia Morrison are
given for Jacobson's (1965) data.
Compte rendu du rapport resistance-vitesse pour insectes montes sur un manege. De plus,
je propose pour les donnees de Jacobson (1965) un facteur de correction pour la vitesse de
vol en liberte et pour les distances de Agrotis orthogonia Morrison.
The use of insect flight mills as described by Hocking (1953) necessitates a consideration
of mill drag. The additional drag of the device substantially lowers flight speed, and should
be corrected for as follows.
The difference between power required to maintain a mill alone, and a mill loaded with
a dead insect at a constant speed, is the power required to overcome drag on the insect alone
at that speed. Free flight speed would be the speed at which power to overcome drag on the
insect alone would equal power to overcome drag on the mill-insect combination at the
observed mill speed. Correction for this requires the measurement of drag-speed relation-
ships for the mill itself and for the insect.
I tested the mill used by Jacobson (1965). It is similar to those described by Hocking
(1953), but gives a flight circumference of 0.893 meters. With the mill pivoted on a steel
needle, the mill tip sweeps out a horizontal circle. Following Hocking’s (1953) procedure,
about the glass stem I wound two natural silk threads, passed these over light weight pulleys
on either side of the glass stem, and attached a series of weights to their opposite ends. By
measuring the terminal tip speed for each pair of weights the drag at this speed can be
obtained from the following relationships:
, 2Wrg , „ dc 2Wgrc
d = — - — and P = — = — - —
Rt
where,
d = equivalent drag on the system at the arm tip at terminal speed (kg m sec-2 )
W = weight on each thread (kg) r = radius of the glass stem (m)
g = acceleration due to gravity (9.8 m sec"2) R = length of the mill arm (m)
P = power to maintain a terminal tip speed (Joules sec'1 )
c = circumference swept out by the insect mount on the mill arm (m)
t = time for one revolution (sec)
I used the means of two readings taken in each direction of rotation at each loading to
plot drag-speed relationships (Fig. 1). For speeds too high for counting by eye I used
Hocking’s photocell system.
I plotted power against terminal speed for the insect and for the mill with a dead insect,
without wings or legs, mounted on it in flight attitude. The appropriate drag value, i.e. that
on the insect alone or that on the insect plus ‘tip equivalent drag’ for the mill, multiplied
by the tip speed gives the power values. As suggested by Hocking (1953) by comparison of
the mill mounted insect speed to the free insect speed at equal power, the free flight speed
can be estimated. The dotted lines on Fig. 1 illustrate this procedure. Free flight speeds
estimated, a proportional correction can also be made to equivalent flight ranges. An ex-
ample using Jacobson’s (1965) data follows.
254 Chance
LINEAR SPEED m sec'1
Fig. 1. The drag-speed relationships for A. orthogonia and Jacobson’s (1965) flight mill.
The maximum mill speed of male Agrotis orthogonia Morrison is given at 4.5 mph or
2.01 m sec'1 . From Fig. 1 the equivalent free speed is found by the projection at equal drag
from the insect-mill curve to the free flight curve (dotted lines). The equivalent free flight
speed is 2.47 m sec'1 or 5.5 mph. The mean free flight speed of the male is 20% faster than
the mill speed, and the equivalent flight range is then 17.6 miles.
Equivalent Free Flight Speeds and Ranges of A. orthogonia
Mill values Free flight values
REFERENCES
Hocking, B. 1953. The intrinsic range and speed of flight of insects. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 104:223-345.
Jacobson, L. A. 1965. Mating and oviposition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis ortho-
gonia Morrison (Lepidopera: Noctuidae), in the laboratory. Can. Ent. 97:994-1000.
BIOLOGY AND HOST-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS OF AN OLIGOPHAGOUS
LEAF MINER PHYTOMYZA MA TRICARIAE HENDEL (DIPTERA:AGROMYZIDAE)
VINOD K. SEHGAL
Department of Entomology
Un i versi ty of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
Quaestiones entomologicae
7 : 255-280 1971
The members of this species feed in nature only on representatives of the plant genera
Achillea, Chrysanthemum, Matricaria and Tanacetum belonging to the tribe Anthemideae,
family Compositae. Natural incidence, mating, adult and larval feeding, oviposition, life
cycle and immature stages on Tanacetum vulgare L. were observed. Thirty-eight plant
species belonging to 17 families were tested for acceptability to gravid females for feeding
and oviposition. Comparison of index of acceptability for feeding and oviposition with an
index of plant relationship show that only plants closely related phylogenetically to the
natural host-plant were acceptable for feeding and oviposition. This ovipositional preference
by adult females is probably due to host-specific substances present only in selected plants.
Studies on feeding and ovipositional preference by adult females when offered a choice of
six acceptable plants show that maximum numbers of feeding punctures were on the plant
from which flies were bred. Other preferred plants also served as hosts in nature. Two
genera, Artemisia and Helianthus, though acceptable but not preferred in these studies do
not serve as hosts in nature. The larva being a completely internal plant feeder is unable
to select a more suitable food plant which might be available in its range. First instar
larvae were manually transferred from the natural host-plants in various test plant species.
Comparison of the success index for larval development with the index of plant relationship
show that some plants widely removed phylogenetically but presumably lacking toxic or
inhibitory substances were nutritionally adequate for completion of larval development.
Die zu dieser Art gehorenden Insekten ernahren sich unter naturlichen V erhaltnissen nur
von Pflanzen der Gattungen Achillea, Chrysanthemum, Matricaria und Tanacetum die zu
der Familie Compositae, Tribus Anthemideae gehoren. Vorkommen, Paarung, Nahrung der
Imagines und der Larven, Eiablage, und Entwicklungsstadien einschliesslich der Larven und
Puppen, wurde unter naturlichen Bedingungen an Tanacetum vulgare L. beobachtet. Bezu-
glich ihrer Eignung fur Nahrungsaufnahme und Eiablage wurden 38 Pflanzenarten von 17
Familien fur ihre Anziehungskraft auf das Trachtige Weibchen untersucht. Ein Vergleich des
Indexwertes der Anziehungskraft fur Frass und Eiablage mit dem des Verwandtschaftsgrades
der Pflanzen zeigt, dass nur solche Pflanzen fur Nahrungsaufnahme und Eiablage angenom-
men werden, die phylogenetisch mit der Wirtpflanze nahe verwandt sind. In Hinsicht auf die
Eiablage ist diese Bevorzugung durch das Weibchen wahrscheinlich in wirtspezifischen Sub-
stanzen zu suchen, die nur in ausgesuchten Pflanzen vorhanden sind. Wenn eine Wahl von 6
bekommlichen Pflanzen fur Nahrungsaufnahme und Eiablage geboten wurde, zeigte es sich
in der folgenden Untersuchung, dass die grosste Anzahl von Einstichen in den Pflanzen
gefunden wurde, auf denen die Fliegen vorher herangezogen worden waren. Andere bevor-
zugte Pflanzen dienten in naturlicher Umgebung auch als Wirte. Zwei Gattungen, Artemisia
und Helianthus, zwar geeignet aber nicht bevorzugt in den Versuchen, dienen in der Natur
nicht als Wirtpflanzen. Da die Larve ausschleisslich im Inneren der Pflanze Nahrung sucht,
kann sie nicht einen anderen, in der nahe vorhandenen, besser geeigneten Wirt aussuchen.
Larven die sich im ersten Stadium vefanden, wurden manuell vom naturlichen Wirt auf die
Versuchspflanze ubertragen. Ein Vergleich der Erfolgszifferwerte der Larvenentwicklung mit
denen des Verwandtschaftsgrades der Pflanze, zeigte, dass einige phylogenetisch nicht sehr
nahe Pflanzen nahrungsmassig bekommlich genug waren, um eine voile Entwicklung der
256
Sehgal
Larven herbeizufuhren. Es ist anzunehmen, dass in diesem Falle toxische oder hemmende
Substanzen nicht vorhanden waren.
Most of our knowledge of the biology of agromyzid flies is due to the late Professor E. M.
Hering who in 1951 reviewed all existing information and compiled an extensive bibliogra-
phy on this subject. Numerous other workers have studied the biology of many leaf mining
species in detail (Webster and Parks, 1913; Smulyan, 1914; Cohen, 1 936; Ahmad and Gupta,
1941; Allen, 1956; Oatman and Michelbacher, 1958, 1959; Tauber and Tauber, 1968).
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel is an oligophagous species whose members feed in nature
around Edmonton, Alberta, Canada, only on the representatives of the tribe Anthemideae,
family Compositae. The plant species attacked are Achillea millefolium Michx. (Fig. 1),
Achillea sibirica Ledeb. (Fig. 2), Achillea sp. (cultivated variety), Chrysanthemum sp. (culti-
vated soft leaf variety), Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter (Fig. 3), and Tanacetum vul-
gare L. (Fig. 4). Hering (1957) lists Achillea, Anacyclus, Anthemis, Cotula and Matricaria
as European hosts for the members of this species. However, the identity of flies bred from
some of these hosts probably needs confirmation by examination of the male genitalia.
Spencer (1969) lists Tanacetum also as a European host.
Literature on various aspects of host selection, feeding, and host preference in phyto-
phagous insects has been reviewed by many authors (Lipke and Fraenkel, 1956; Friend,
1958; Thorsteinson, 1960; Kennedy, 1965; Dethier, 1966, 1970; Schoonhoven, 1968).
Verschaffelt (1910) for the first time demonstrated that host selection in Pieris brassicae
and P. rapae is determined by mustard oil glucosides in cruciferous and related plant
families. Since then the food ranges of many oligophagous insects have been explained by
the botanical distribution of secondary plant chemicals (Fraenkel, 1959). Feeding or token
stimuli which evoke special feeding responses in phytophagous insects have been investi-
gated (Thorsteinson, 1953; Sugiyama and Matsumoto, 1959; Nayar and Fraenkel, 1962,
1963; Harris and Mohyuddin, 1965; Keller and Davich, 1965; Stride, 1965) and together
with deterrents play an important role in determining the selection of host-plants (Thor-
steinson, 1960; Jermy, 1961, 1964). Many recent studies on the host range of oligophagous
species have shown that plants not closely related to natural host-plants may be acceptable
for normal growth and development (Jermy, 1961, 1966; Hsiao and Fraenkel, 1968). The
association between insects and their host-plants has been shown to be the consequence of
the interaction of two independently mutating systems (Dethier, 1970), and of the evolu-
tionary coadaptations to chemical interactions between them (Whittaker and Feeny, 1971).
Most research in the field of insect host-plant relationships has been on external plant
feeders. Agromyzids having evolved as exclusively internal plant feeders are more closely
bound to plants than any group of external feeders and are therefore ideal for the study of
insect-food plant relationships. The female agromyzid deposits an egg individually inside the
tissue of a selected plant. The emerging larva, unlike that of external plant feeders, is unable
to select a more suitable food plant which might be available in its ecological range. The
larva either feeds on the plant tissue selected for it by its mother or dies. Although an
agromyzid larva is not concerned with the selection of a suitable food plant, it is directly
involved with its acceptance. These larvae are therefore most suitable for the study of then-
potential to use various food plants for their development.
Host-plant relationships in Agromyzidae have been discussed by Hering (1951), Nowa-
kowski (1962), Spencer (1964) and Sehgal (1971). Among Agromyzidae, monophagy and
oligophagy are both of common occurrence. Strict monophagy is rare outside of monotypic
genera. Extreme polyphagy is also rare; all known polyphagous species are restricted in then-
range of food plants. Most species therefore feed in nature on related plants.
Biology of Phytomyza
257
Fig. 1-4. Leaf mines on natural host plants of Phytomyza matricariae. 1. Achillea millefolium Michx. 2. Achillea
sibirica Ledeb. 3. Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter. 4. Tanacetum vulgare L.
258
Sehgal
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Observations on biology, and host-plant relationships of adult females and larvae were
made under laboratory conditions of 70 ± IF and 1 2 hours of daily illumination maintained
inside a growth chamber. The flies used in these experiments were bred from Tanacetum
vulgare L. Both greenhouse and field grown plants were used. Small cuttings from the test
plants were kept in Sach’s culture solution for flowering plants. By changing the solution it
was possible to keep the cuttings healthy during the test period.
Biology of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel
Observations on mating, oviposition, feeding habits, and life cycle, were made on Tana-
cetum vulgare L. In order to determine the incubation period, individual leaves were caged
with a large population of flies. After six hours the leaves were removed, examined for eggs,
and the positions of individual eggs marked. The leaves were then observed at 12 hour
intervals. The progress of larval mines was marked with different water soluble colors every
12 hours and the mine examined for moulted mouth hooks, which can be seen inside the
mine by transmitted light under a binocular microscope. Duration of larval stadia was esti-
mated from the positions of moulted mouth hooks. The time of moulting during any 12
hour period was estimated by measuring the relative length of leaf mine before and after the
position of moulted mouth hooks. This method of recording larval activity has been used by
Allen (1956) and Tauber and Tauber (1968). It was thus possible to estimate the duration
of larval stadia, length of leaf mine excavated by different instars, and observe the mining
habits of the larva. Leaf mines were fixed in ‘Formal Acetic Alcohol’ (F.A.A.) for micro-
tomy.
Host-plant relationship in adult females
Range of food plants. - Small twigs of various plant species, bearing young leaves, were
exposed individually to five gravid females inside a muslin cage, for a period of 24 hours.
At the end of the experiment, flies were removed from the cages and the leaves examined
for feeding punctures and punctures with eggs.
Feeding and oviposition preference by gravid females. — A circular plastic petri dish 5 Vi
inches in diameter was used as a choice chamber to test the feeding and oviposition prefer-
ence of adult females. The young leaves of six different plants, grown under greenhouse
conditions, were placed around the periphery of the dish equidistant from one another.
The petioles of leaves were pulled out through small holes in the periphery of the dish and
wrapped with cotton kept moist with distilled water. The plants used in this experiment
were Tanacetum vulgare L., Achillea sibirica Ledeb ., Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter,
Artemisia sp., Chrysanthemum sp., (cultivated variety) and Helianthus annuus L. Five gravid
females from a laboratory culture maintained on Tanacetum vulgare L. were used in each
test after being isolated from their food plant for one hour. They were anesthetized with
C02 and then introduced at the centre of the petri dish.
Host-plant relationships of the larva
Transfers of larvae from natural host-plants to test plants. - First instar larvae normally
less than 24 hours old were used in these experiments. The supply of healthy first instar
larvae was from plants in which eggs were laid in the laboratory. Field collected larvae were
not used in order to avoid any early parasitization by braconids or chalcidoids.
Only young and tender leaves which are easier to handle than the mature leaves were
used in these experiments. A small slit was made in the leaf of a test plant, using fine insect
Biology of Phytomyza
259
pins under a binocular microscope. It is normally easier to make the slit near the base of the
leaf or near the mid rib, more so on one side of the leaf than the other, depending on the
test plant. A first instar larva was then removed by opening its mine on the natural host-
plant and transferred with a fine tip of a soft brush into the slit made on the leaf of the test
plant. The larva was pushed inside the slit so that it was completely surrounded by the tissue
of the test plant. The leaf of the test plant along with a small portion of petiole or twig was
then enclosed inside a square plastic petri dish containing moist filter paper in order to
prevent any sudden drying of the tissue around the slit. Two small holes were cut in upper
corners of the petri dishes and covered with thin muslin cloth to permit transpiration and
to prevent excessive condensation. The larva inside the test plant can be observed by trans-
mitted light, moving its mouth hooks in an attempt to eat the new tissue. Leaves of the test
plants were checked within a couple of hours of making the transfers. If the larva was still
moving its mouth hooks, the transfer was considered successful; if the larva did not show
any movement it was assumed to have been injured and the transfer was rejected. With
patience and experience with particular test plant, it was possible to make good transfers of
larvae, except to Artemisia because of the very woolly surface of the leaf. The transferred
larva usually ended up inside the fibres on the leaf, rather than inside the leaf tissue.
Observations were made every 12 hours on larval feeding and pupation, if any, during
the previous 12 hour period. The pupae obtained were kept individually in small vials con-
taining moist sand, for emergence of adults. The emergence of adults was also checked
every 12 hours.
BIOLOGY OF PHYTOMYZA MATRICARIAE HENDEL
Natural incidence
The adults of this species appear around Edmonton, Alberta during the first week of
June. The leaf mines and larvae start appearing on various host-plants by the second week
of June. There are numerous overlapping generations during July, August, and up to mid-
September, when numbers start declining. At this time the host-plants also decline in vigor
due to shorter days and lower temperatures. Towards the end of September, puparia go
into winter diapause.
Mating
Mating was observed in the laboratory and it occurs many times in the life of both sexes,
usually on the leaves of the food plant. The mating posture in a superimposed position is
typical of other agromyzid flies. Its duration as in other agromyzid flies varies greatly, from
Vi hour to approximately 2 hours.
Adult feeding
The flies feed upon plant exudates soon after emergence. The female selects a suitable
spot on the leaf tissue, bends the tip of her abdomen vertically downwards, pierces the
epidermis and then rotates the tip of her ovipositor within the leaf tissue. She then with-
draws her ovipositor, turns around and imbibes the sap exuding from the wound. The
puncture thus made is almost conical in shape. This method of feeding among agromyzid
flies is of wide occurrence and has been described for many species.
The female spends most of her lifetime making punctures in leaf tissue. These punctures
are made both on upper and lower surfaces of the leaf, but are usually more numerous on
the upper surface. The males, which are incapable of making such punctures, feed on the
sap from punctures made by females or on natural plant exudates and probably also on
260
Sehgal
nectar of flowers. Pollen grains could not be found in the guts of about 10 field collected
males examined for this purpose.
Plants normally survive the injury made by feeding punctures on the leaf, but under
severe laboratory infestations they become greatly etiolated and sometimes collapse.
Oviposition
The eggs are laid singly inside the leaf parenchyma in punctures made in a similar way
to feeding punctures. The egg punctures, like feeding punctures, were found both on upper
and lower surfaces of the leaf, but unlike feeding punctures were usually more common on
the lower surface. Feeding punctures always greatly outnumber oviposition punctures. This
method of oviposition is general among the leaf mining agromyzid flies and has been de-
scribed in many species.
Incubation period
The incubation period (Table 1) ranged from 90-102 hours, with an average of approxi-
mately 91 hours or 3.8 days. The egg, originally translucent, becomes opaque white within
the first 24 hours. The cephalopharyngeal skeleton appears as a darkly sclerotized structure
at the end of 72 hours. At this time the embryo is almost fully developed and the mouth
hooks can sometimes be seen to move horizontally.
Table 1 . Duration of life history of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel on its natural host-plant
Tanacetum vulgare L.
*The values of 40 observations were 90.0 hours and four 102.0 hours.
Larval activity
The average duration of first, second, and third instars (Table 1) was 64.2, 45.0 and 56.4
hours respectively. The total larval period was 165.6 hours or 6.9 days on an average.
From hatching to shortly before pupation, the larva is completely endophagous. This
results in the excavation of a linear leaf mine. The mine starts from the upper or lower
surface of the leaf depending upon the site of oviposition and may terminate on either
surface, when the larva leaves by cutting a small crescent shaped slit. The larva then falls
to the ground and pupates. The larva like most other agromyzid larvae (Hering, 1951)
Biology of Phytomyza
261
seems unable to re-enter the leaf once it is removed from it. The ability of the larvae of
‘ Liriomyza pusilla Meigen’ (Tilden, 1950) and at least some members of the Agromyza
rufipes group (Nowakowski, 1964; Griffiths, verbal communication) to re-enter the leaf
seems very unusual.
The mouth hooks can be seen cutting through the leaf tissue in a lateral and semicircular
motion. The larvae, like those of other agromyzids (Hering, 1951), mine the leaf while lying
on their sides and they alternate from one side to the other. The frass is deposited in discrete
granules along the sides of the mine alternately as the larva turns from side to side. Many
larvae may start mining the same leaf simultaneously resulting in numerous mines crossing
each other, however, every mine remains distinct and contains only one miner. The larvae
normally feed only on the leaf tissue, but in heavy infestations also migrate to the petiole
or mine under the epidermis of the stem.
Transverse sections of the mined leaves (Fig. 5, 6) show that larvae feed indiscriminately
on the palisade and spongy mesenchymatous tissue between the two epidermal layers of
the leaf. The larvae only consume the entire tissue between upper and lower epidermis when
this is very heavily infested. Thus the leaf mine is normally more visible from one side of
the leaf. The larvae are capable of crossing the leaf veins but the vascular bundles are not
consumed, as also reported in some other agromyzid species (Trehan and Sehgal, 1963;
Tauber and Tauber, 1968).
The lengths of mines excavated by first, second and third instar are given in Table 2.
The total length of 142.0 mm is much shorter than 273.0 mm for “ Phytomyza lanati
Spencer” (Tauber and Tauber, 1968). Although the duration of the third larval instar is
approximately the same as that of the first instar, the major portion of the mining activity
was done by the third instar.
Table 2. Lengths of leaf mines excavated by different larval instars of Phytomyza matri-
cariae Hendel in Tanacetum vulgar e L.
Pupation
The mature larva when ready to pupate leaves the leaf mine and falls to the ground,
where it seeks a suitable site for pupation. Often the larva remains sticking to the exit slit
in the mine and there forms the puparium. Duration of the puparium averages 13.7 days
but varies considerably. The pupae from the fall generation undergo winter diapause.
262
Sehgal
Fig. 5-6. Transverse sections of leaf mines of Phytomyza matricariae.
mine on Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter.
5. leaf mine on Achillea sibirica Ledeb. 6. leaf
Biology of Phytomyza
263
DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES
Egg
The egg (Fig. 7) when freshly laid is translucent white, smooth, elongate, ovo-cylindrical,
slightly broader at the posterior end, and with a small, almost indistinguishable micropyle
at the anterior end. The eggs of the members of the Phytomyza syngenesiae group have a
similar micropyle (see Smulyan, 1914, ‘ Phytomyza chrysanthemi Kowarz’ and Cohen, 1936,
‘ Phytomyza atricornis Meigen’). The egg dimensions are given in Table 3.
Table 3. The dimensions in mm of egg, larva, cephalopharyngeal skeleton*, and puparium of
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel. All measurements based on 10 observations.
* includes mouth hooks, labial sclerite and paired paraclypeal phragma.
Larva
There are three larval instars which can be easily recognised by the sizes of their cephalo-
pharyngeal skeletons (Table 3). The first instar larva when freshly hatched is translucent
white, but soon becomes greenish due to the ingested leaf tissue. The second and third
instar larvae are yellowish green in colour. The first instar larva is metapneustic, while the
second and third instar larvae are amphipneustic. The anterior spiracles (Fig. 8) of the
mature third instar larva have 7-9 small oval bulbs, while the posterior ones (Fig. 9) have
19-21 small oval bulbs. De Meijere (1926) illustrated the anterior and posterior spiracles
in the European members of this species bred from Matricaria chamomilla L. He reported
about 12 bulbs on the anterior and 18 bulbs on the posterior spiracles. The head (Fig. 10)
bears two small longitudinal sclerites just above the mouth hooks, small but conspicuous
maxillary palps, a pair of small antennae and numerous sense papillae. The muscle scars on
the intersegmental membrane (Fig. 11) are small, oval and transversely elongated. The
tubercle bands (Fig. 11) consist of small conical processes irregularly scattered along the
intersegmental membrane. The tubercle bands as in other agromyzid larvae (Allen, 1957)
are best developed along lateral portions of intersegmental membrane.
The cephalopharyngeal skeletons of the first, second, and third instar are illustrated in
Fig. 12-14. They consist of paired mouth hooks or mandibles, labial sclerite, and paired
paraclypeal phragma. The mouth hooks in the first instar larva are small, simple and sickle
264
Sehgal
12-14
Fig. 7-14. Phytomyza matricariae. 7. egg. 8. anterior spiracle. 9. posterior spiracles. 10. facial mask of third instar
larva. 11. muscle scars and tubercle band from a lateral portion of first abdominal segment of larva. 12. cephalo-
pharyngeal skeleton of first instar larva. 13. cephalopharyngeal skeleton of second instar larva. 14. cephalopharyngeal
skeleton of third instar larva.
0. 1MM
Biology of Phytomyza
265
shaped; while in second and third instars they are well developed with two teeth each,
alternating with one another. The right mouth hook is higher than the left and both mouth
hooks are joined at the base (Fig. 10). Labial sclerite and paraclypeal phragma are smaller
in first and second instars, but are well differentiated in the third instar. The dorsal process
of the paraclypeal phragma consists of a long, single, slender and darkly sclerotized arm;
the ventral arm is short, lightly sclerotized, and has a conspicuous foramen towards its
posterior end.
Puparium
The puparium dimensions are given in Table 3; it is conspicuously segmented and shining
black in colour.
The hardening of the third larval skin is due to the deposition of the calcospherites
(Frick, 1952; Allen, 1957) so that it can be softened by treatment with dilute hydrochloric
acid and can be cut open for detailed examination. Although the puparium preserves the
external morphology of the third instar, this is best studied in the larva itself.
HOST-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS OF ADULT FEMALES
The ovipositing female comes across numerous other plants besides those normally at-
tacked in nature. In order to test the specificity of feeding and oviposition a selection of a
wide range of plants was exposed to a batch of five gravid females, for a period of 24 hours.
Plants used in this study included some common plants, which the female would encounter
in the field, as well as some plants which are known for certain secondary substances like
alkaloids, glycosides, etc. A total of 38 plant species belonging to 17 families were tested
for feeding and oviposition. Feeding and oviposition preference of females when offered a
choice of acceptable plants was also studied. Degree of phylogenetic relationship of the test
plant to the natural host -plant was compared with the index of acceptability for feeding
and oviposition.
Index of plant relationship
Botanical relationship of the test plant species, used in experiments on feeding and ovi-
position by adult females and transfers of larvae, to one of the natural food plants of P.
matricariae was examined.
The phylogenetic relationships between plant families and orders is still a matter of con-
troversy. Most plant classifications fall into two groups depending on the supposed nature
of primitive angiosperm flowers (Davis and Heywood, 1965). One system is based on the
assumption that the earliest angiosperms were wind-pollinated and that the monocotyledons
and dicotyledons have arisen independently from hypothetical gymnosperms. According to
the second system dicotyledons and monocotyledons were both derived from primitive an-
giosperms which were insect-pollinated. The second system has the support of most recent
botanists (Eames, 1961 ; Hutchinson, 1964; Takhtajan, 1969). Hutchinson (1964) has main-
tained a basic division of dicotyledons into woody “Lignosae” and herbaceous “Herbaceae”,
a system which allegedly leads to the wide separation of certain plant families which other-
wise seem closely related in the structure of their flowers. The arrangement of plant families
used in this study is after Takhtajan (1969), which is considered to reflect more closely the
phylogenetic relationships between plant families. An index of plant relationship from 1 to
10 was used as follows:
Relationship of the test plant species to natural host-plant Index of plant relationship
1 . Same species 1 0
266
Sehgal
Acceptability index for feeding and oviposition
Acceptability index (A. I.) of a test plant for feeding and oviposition relative to that of
the natural food plant from which flies were obtained was calculated for comparison with
the index of plant relationship. In experiments with feeding and oviposition studies, females
used were obtained from the natural host-plant Tanacetum vulgare L. Data given in Tables 4
and 5 were used to calculate the acceptability index. In order to give a theoretical maximum
value of 1 to the acceptability index, the sum of the components was divided by 2; thus:
A. I.
Feeding punctures
Feeding punctures in T. vulgare
Oviposition punctures
Oviposition punctures in T. vulgare
Range of food plants
Data on the acceptability of plants for feeding and oviposition by gravid females is sum-
marized in Table 4. Indices of plant relationship and of acceptability for feeding, and ovipo-
sition are given for each plant species. Of the 38 plant species tested only seven belonging to
the family Compositae tribes Anthemideae and Heliantheae were acceptable both for feed-
ing and oviposition. Among these Artemisia, Helianthus and Zinnia were not found attacked
in nature. The acceptability index for feeding and oviposition based on the data in Tables 4
and 5 is plotted against the index of plant relationship in Fig. 15. Indices of acceptability
were very low for most species of test plants, but high for indices of plant relationship of 8
or over.
Feeding and oviposition preference by gravid females
The preference of gravid females for feeding and oviposition when offered a choice of
six acceptable plants was examined. The plants used in this study were Achillea sibirica
Ledeb., Artemisia sp., Chrysanthemum sp., Helianthus annuus L., Matricaria matricarioides
(Less.) Porter and Tanacetum vulgare L. belonging to the family Compositae. Results of
this experiment are summarized in Table 5.
The number of feeding punctures on Tanacetum was significantly higher than on other
plants tested. The numbers of feeding punctures on Chrysanthemum, Achillea, Matricaria
and Helianthus were not significantly different from each other, but were significantly
lower than on Tanacetum. The numbers of punctures with an egg on Tanacetum, Chrysan-
themum, Achillea and Matricaria were not significantly different from each other, but were
significantly higher than on Helianthus and Artemisia. No relationship was found between
the numbers of oviposition punctures and the numbers of feeding punctures.
Feeding preferences by freshly emerged females
Feeding preference by freshly emerged females, which had not been exposed to any food
plant, was examined in a similar experiment the results of which are summarized in Table 6.
The only difference from Table 5 is that the numbers of feeding punctures on Achillea,
Matricaria and Chrysanthemum were significantly higher than on Helianthus and Artemisia.
Biology of Phytomyza
267
Table 4. Feeding and oviposition by females of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel on various
plant species.
268
Sehgal
Table 4 (continued)
Table 5. Feeding and oviposition preferences of female Phytomyza matricariae Hendel from
a culture raised on T. vulgare.
* Averages are based on six replicates.
** Treatments which are not significantly different from each other have the same letter
opposite; as calculated by Duncan’s multiple range significance level test.
Biology of Phytomyza
269
Fig. 15. Graph showing the index of acceptability of test plant for feeding and oviposition, and the index of plant
relationship.
Table 6. Feeding preferences of freshly emerged (<24 hours) females of Phytomyza matri-
cariae Hendel from T. vulgare.
Test plant Average number of feeding punctures*
* Based on six tests.
** Treatments which are not significantly different from each other have the same letter
opposite; as calculated by Duncan’s multiple range significance level test.
270
Sehgal
HOST-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS OF LARVAE
In nature the larvae feed only on the plants accepted for oviposition by the female.
Being completely internal plant feeders, they cannot select a more suitable food plant
which might be available in its geographical range. In order to test the ability of larvae
to use different plants as food which may be available in their geographical range, the
first instar larvae obtained from the natural food plant were transferred into the tissue
of the test plant. An index of success for larval development based on larval feeding,
pupation, and emergence of imago was calculated for comparison with the index of plant
relationship.
Index of success for larval development
An index of success (S. I.) for larval development was calculated from results obtained
in the transfers of larvae from natural host-plant into recipient plant species, for comparison
with the index of plant relationship. This calculation was based on three components as
follows:
\. Duration of larval survival in recipient plant. — This was expressed in half days; the
12 hours immediately preceding the finding of a non-feeding larva was included since
observations showed that the average survival time after the cessation of feeding was
about 12 hours. Studies on the life history as summarized in Table 1 show that the
average duration of a larval stage in P. matricariae on T. vulgare is 6.9 days. The first
instar larvae used in transfer experiments were about 1 day old. Therefore under normal
conditions the remainder of larval feeding time should average 5.9 days. Success in
larval feeding was expressed as the ratio of the duration of feeding of larva on test
plant to 5.9 days.
2. Pupation. — This is considered as successful termination of larval development. Success
was expressed as the proportion of the transferred larvae pupating successfully on the
test plant.
3 . Emergence. — In most plants the larvae which pupated also emerged as adult flies. The
emergence was given one-fourth as much weight as pupation in calculation of success
index, that is, it was expressed as one quarter of the proportion of transferred larvae
which yielded adult flies.
In order to give a theoretical maximum value of 1 to the Success Index (S. I.) the sum
of these components was divided by 2.25; thus:
Survival time (days) Pupations Emergences
5.9 Transfers 4 x Transfers
Transfers of larvae from natural host-plant to test plant
The number of larvae transferred individually from the natural host-plant to inside the
tissue of recipient plant species was 20, except in two species where it was 10. Results of
the transfers of larvae are summarized in Tables 7 and 8. Values for the success index and
the index of plant relationship are also given graphically in Fig. 16.
Among Pteridophyta, only the greenhouse fern Nephrolepis sp. tested for transfers of
larvae from Tanacetum, could not be used by larvae as food for completing their develop-
ment indicating the plant to be toxic or otherwise unacceptable.
Among dicotyledons, 28 plants belonging to 10 plant families were tested for transfers
of larvae from Tanacetum (Table 7) and Achillea (Table 8). One larva at least completed
its development on 16 plant species belonging to 5 families. Leaf mines formed after trans-
fer of larvae from Tanacetum into four of the test plants are shown in Fig. 17-20.
Biology of Phytomyza
271
Table 7. Results of transfers of larvae of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel from Tanacetum
vulgare L. to other plant species. 20 transfers except where indicated. Note that transfers to
T. vulgare represent a control.
272
Sehgal
Table 7 (continued)
* mean ± S. D. * ** all emerged unless otherwise indicated,
(range)
Biology of Phytomyza
273
Table 8. Results of transfers of larvae of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel from Achillea
sibirica Ledeb. to test plants. 20 transfers except where indicated. Note that transfers to
A. sibirica represent a control.
mean ± S. D.
(range)
** all emerged unless otherwise indicated.
274
Sehgal
Fig. 16. Graph showing the success index of test plant for larval development against index of plant relationship.
Transfers from Tamcetum vulgare L. ■ Transfers from Achillea sibirica Ledeb.
On the basis of available data, although it is not possible to make statistical comparisons
of the relative success of larval development on these plants, nevertheless some of these
plants were clearly more suitable for larval development than others. Two species outside
the Compositae, Pisum sativum L. and Galeopsis tetrahit L., were at least as good as Tana-
cetum, their natural food plant, if not better, in their suitability for larval development.
Brassica spp. tested were quite resistant to larval development; besides others, one reason
was the formation of callus in the injured area of the young leaf. Among other plants tested,
the formation of callus in the punctures made for feeding and oviposition, and in other
small injuries, was very frequent in the young leaf of Helianthus.
Twelve dicotyledons were not used by larvae as food for complete development, though
they did survive for a certain length of time in most of these plants. Among these plants
the failure of larvae to mature in Artemisia sp. was probably due to the fact that they would
bite their way out into the woolly fibres of the leaf. In all other plants the experimental
larva died inside the tissue of the recipient plant.
Among three monocotyledons, two species, Allium cepa L. and Hordeum vulgare L. were
used by larvae to complete development to adult flies. The failure to use the third species
Typha latifolia L. was, besides other factors, probably also due to the presence of large air
spaces in the leaf tissue.
Biology of Phytomyza
275
Fig. 17 20. Leaf mines formed after transfers of larvae of Phytomyza matricariae from Tanacetum vulgare to various
recipient species. 17. leaf mine on Brassica oleracea L. 18. leaf mine on Pi sum sativum L. 19. leaf mine on Sonchus
uliginosus Bieb. 20. leaf mine on Zinnia sp. (cultivated).
276
Sehgal
DISCUSSION
Host-plant relationships of adult female
Range of food plants. - Even though females made varying numbers of feeding punctures
on many plants, eggs were only deposited in members of the family Compositae belonging
to the tribes Anthemideae and Heliantheae. Plants which are not accepted for both feeding
and oviposition are considered as non-hosts. The physical characteristics of the plant do not
seem to be important, although they may play some role in host preference. The accepta-
bility of closely related plants for both feeding and oviposition indicate that chemical
factors are involved in the very high degree of host-plant specialization. That many plants
are not acceptable as hosts by P. matricariae is indicative of deterrent effects in the plants.
Plants acceptable for feeding must therefore have stimulating substances and at the same
time lack deterrent substances. Since the females oviposited only on closely related mem-
bers of the family Compositae, the plants accepted for oviposition must also have substances
which provide adequate stimuli for egg laying and these are not necessarily the same sub-
stances as those which stimulate feeding. Hsiao and Fraenkel (1968) working with Colorado
potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say), suggested that host specific stimuli from
some solanaceous plants were required in the oviposition behavior of this species.
When the index of success in feeding and oviposition was compared with the index of
plant relationship (Fig. 15), only plants most closely related to natural food plants were
acceptable for feeding and oviposition, thus confirming the observed oligophagy of P. matri-
cariae in nature.
Hering (1951) pointed out numerous species of mining insects in which the ovipositing
females committed errors in their choice of host-plants and concluded that such instances
of erroneous oviposition were quite common and yet escaped our attention. Later Nowa-
kowski (1962) examined such known instances in the family Agromyzidae and found that
these were mainly due to misidentifications of the insects. The results of the experiments
on the host range of P. matricariae indicate that the females are unlikely to make the mis-
take of ovipositing on the wrong host under normal circumstances.
Feeding and oviposition preference of females. — When females were offered a choice of
six acceptable plants for feeding and oviposition, Tanacetum, from which the flies used
were obtained, was most preferred for feeding (Table 5); however, the numbers of eggs laid
were not significantly higher than on some other plants in the test. In another experiment
in which freshly emerged females obtained from pupae bred on Tanacetum were used,
Tanacetum was still most preferred (Table 6) in number of feeding punctures. The prefer-
ence for feeding on Tanacetum may either be explained by the preconditioning of the fe-
males in their own life, or by preconditioning in their larval life as defined by Hopkins’
(1917) host selection principle, or by the greater quantity of substances which stimulate
feeding, or just by the taste preference of the females. This however, cannot be clarified at
present and would need further detailed studies. However, behavior in which insects prefer
the plant species previously eaten is in agreement with the observations of Jermy, Hanson
and Dethier (1968) on Manduca sexta (Johanssen) and Heliothis zea (Boddie). It may be
pointed out that Tanacetum appeared to be more heavily attacked in nature than other
host-plants. This, however, may also be due to various other factors like greater abundance
of this plant in the habitat.
Among other plants used in the study Achillea, Chrysanthemum, and Matricaria were
almost equally preferred, while Helianthus and Artemisia were least preferred for both feed-
ing and oviposition (Tables 5, 6). The first three plants belong to the same tribe Anthe-
mideae as Tanacetum and also serve as host-plants in nature. In Chrysanthemum only the
Biology of Phytomyza
277
soft leaf variety was found to be attacked in nature. This suggests some importance of
physical characteristics of plants in their selection. Artemisia , although closely related to
Tanacetum, was not preferred, probably because the leaves used had a thick covering of
woolly fibres on their lower surfaces, which may act as a physical barrier for females of
this species. Helianthus which was also not preferred, is not as closely related to Tanacetum.
It was also not found to be attacked in nature.
Hussey and Gurney (1962) suggested the use of feeding punctures to egg ratio as a
method of assessing host preference in agromyzid species. The most ‘preferred’ host plant
would have the lowest feeding puncture to egg ratio. They worked with a polyphagous
species ‘‘Phytomyza atricornis Meigen’ which was later shown by Griffiths (1967) to consist
of two distinct species, Phytomyza syngenesiae (Hardy) feeding predominantly on compo-
ses and Phytomyza horticola Goureau feeding on composits and other families so that their
results cannot be properly evaluated. In the populations used they found that feeding punc-
ture to egg ratio was lower on preferred plants and concluded that preferred plants are
nutritionally superior. It appears that the differential feeding and oviposition in their ex-
periments with different varieties of Chrysanthemum was due to chemical factors which
act as stimulants or deterrents rather than to nutritional differences.
Host-plant relationships of larvae
The ability of the larva to use 16 plants belonging to five different families for its devel-
opment clearly shows that it is far less sensitive to deterrents than the adults which would
only feed and oviposit on certain members of the family Compositae. The larvae having
evolved a completely internal parasitic mode of life have reduced or poorly developed
sense organs, which in turn reduces their ability to discriminate between various plant
species. This is further supported by the observation that the larva starts feeding almost as
soon as it is transferred to the test plant. The act of feeding was inferred from the move-
ment of larval mouth hooks inside the test plant. However, the larva is capable of distin-
guishing between various kinds of tissue within the leaf, as only the mesenchymatous tissue
is eaten. It is apparent that plants widely separated phylogenetically are nutritionally ade-
quate for the completion of larval development, if they lack substances which are toxic or
inhibitory.
Buhr (1937) was the first to carry out transplantation experiments with agromyzid
larvae. He found that among the plants tested, the transferred larvae developed only on
plants phylogenetically related to their natural food plant and died on plants not related to
the normal host-plant. Liriomyza eupatorii (Kaltenbach) was exceptional, but it was already
known to feed on Eupatorium (Compositae) and Galeopsis (Labiatae). He also succeeded
in transferring larvae of Liriomyza cannabis Hendel from Cannabis (Urticaceae), to Eupa-
torium and Galeopsis. However it is not known whether these two “species”, Liriomyza
eupatorii (Kaltenbach) and L. cannabis Hendel, represent host races or sibling species, as
was considered by Nowakowski (1962), since there is no clear morphological distinction
between them.
Admittedly, the possibility that the agromyzid female would oviposit in nature on plants
not closely related to the natural host-plant is very small. But, if the female did oviposit on
plants outside the normal range, there is a good possibility that the larva would complete
development, if the plant is not toxic or inhibitory. This is contrary to Nowakowski’s
(1962) suggestion that the probability of larval survival is very small.
This ability of the larvae to use successfully certain plants outside the range of normal
host-plants of the ovipositing female in P. matricariae , can explain observed patterns in
agromyzids and also in external feeders. Liriomyza eupatorii (Kaltenbach) normally feeds
278
Sehgal
in nature on Eupatorium, family Compositae and Galeopsis , family Labiatae. Liriomyza
brassicae (Riley), an oligophagous species feeding on Cruciferae and related families, has
also been reported to feed on Pisum, family Leguminosae (Spencer, 1964; Sehgal, 1965).
Gupta and Thorsteinson (1960) showed that the leaves of non-cruciferous plants were
normally accepted by the caterpillars of Plutella maculipennis , which normally feed on
cruciferous plants. Jermy (1961) showed that Colorado potato beetle, normally a solana-
ceous feeder, accepted the leaves of Asclepias syriaca L., family Asclepiadaceae and Allium
cepa , family Liliaceae. He later (1966) suggested that in these plants some other substances
replace the specific phagostimulants. Hsiao and Fraenkel (1968) working on Colorado
potato beetle found the leaves of Asclepias (Asclepiadaceae) and Lactuca (Compositae) to
be the most suitable non-solanaceous plants and these plants could support reproduction
and continuous culturing. They further reported that these plants were not fed upon in
the presence of normal solanaceous hosts. They therefore concluded that host selection in
this species was determined not only by the presence of adequate feeding stimuli and nutri-
ents, but also by the presence of host specific substances which induce the initial feeding
behavior. In P. matricariae such host specific substances could be important in the speci-
ficity of oviposition on certain members of the family Compositae, but not in the larval
feeding on various test plants.
Jermy (1966) suggested that certain plants like Pisum sativum L. and Malva sylvestris L.
seem to be in general free of strong feeding inhibitors, while others like Solidago are strongly
deterrent. Results of transfers of larvae of P. matricariae support this view, as Pisum sativum
was quite suitable for larval development while Solidago was not. Galeopsis tetrahit prob-
ably also belongs to a similar category of non-inhibitory plants.
The majority of species in the family Agromyzidae are restricted feeders, being mono-
phagous or oligophagous (Sehgal, 1971). This study of insect host-plant relationships of
adults and of larvae of P. matricariae , as well as recent studies involving other oligophagous
species have shown that botanically unrelated plants can also serve as adequate food plants
for normal development. However, in nature an oligophagous species normally selects bo-
tanically related plants for feeding and oviposition. Restricted feeding in nature on botani-
cally related plant species or on unrelated plant species having similar secondary substances
is probably the result of numerous evolutionary coadaptations of the phytophagous insect
to the allelochemics (Whittaker and Feeny, 1971), allomones and kairomones, of the host-
plants).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to B. Hocking, Chairman, Department of Entomology, University of Al-
berta, for providing the opportunity and support for this project and for his supervision,
criticism of manuscript, and keen interest throughout this study. I am grateful to G. E.
Ball, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, for advice and valuable criticism
of the manuscript. I am also grateful to K. A. Spencer, London, England and G. C. D.
Griffiths, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, for numerous useful discus-
sions and valuable suggestions. I would like to thank D. A. Craig and W. G. Evans, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Alberta and G. Pritchard, Department of Biology,
University of Calgary for numerous suggestions and helpful criticism of the results. I thank
J. G. Packer, Department of Botany, University of Alberta for help in identification of
host-plants, H. S. Welling for help in greenhouse culturing of plants, J. S. Scott for help
in preparing photographs and J. Rickert for help in translating the abstract into German.
Biology of Phytomyza
279
REFERENCES
Ahmad, T. and R. L. Gupta. 1941. The pea leaf-miner, Phytomyza atricornis (Meigen), in
India. Indian J. Ent. 3:37-49.
Allen, P. 1956. Observations on the biology of some Agromyzidae (Diptera). Proc. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. (A) 31:117-131.
Allen, P. 1957. The larval morphology of Agromyzidae (Diptera). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
(A) 32:59-66.
Buhr, H. 1937. Parasitenbefall und Pflanzenverwandtschaft. Botan. Jahrb., 68:142-198.
Cohen, M. 1936. The biology of the Chrysanthemum leaf -miner, Phytomyza atricornis Mg.
(Diptera : Agromyzidae). Ann. appl. Biol. 23:612-632.
Davis, P. H. and V. H. Hey wood. 1965. Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy. Oliver and
Boyd. 558 pp.
Dethier, V. G. 1966. Feeding behavior, In insect behavior. Symp. R. ent. Soc. London.
3:46-58.
Dethier, V. G. 1970. Chemical interactions between plants and insects. In Chemical Ecology,
E. Sondheimer and J. B. Simeone (eds.). Academic Press, New York. 83-102.
Eames, A. J. 1961. Morphology of the Angiosperms. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Fraenkel, G. S. 1959. The raison d’etre of secondary plant substances. Science. 129:1466-70.
Frick, K. E. 1952. A generic revision of the family Agromyzidae (Diptera) with a catalogue
of New World species. Univ. Calif. Pubis ent. 8:339-452.
Friend, W. G. 1958. Nutritional requirements of phytophagous insects. Ann. Rev. Ent.,
3:57-74.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1967. Revision of the Phytomyza syngenesiae group (Diptera: Agromy-
zidae), including species hitherto known as “ Phytomyza atricornis Meigen”. Stuttg. Beitr.
Naturk. 177:1-28.
Gupta, P. D. and A. J. Thorsteinson. 1960. Food plant relationships of the diamond-back
moth [Plutella maculipennis (Curt.)] 1. Gustation and olfaction in relation to botanical
specificity of the larva. Ent. exp. & appl. 3:241-250.
Harris, P. and A. I. Mohyuddin. 1965. The bioassay of insect feeding tokens. Can. Ent.
97:830-833.
Hering, E. M. 1951. Biology of the leaf miners, ’s-Gravenhage: 1-420.
Hering, E. M. 1957. Bestimmungstabellen der Blattminen von Europa. ’s-Gravenhage, 3 vol.,
I: 1-648, II: 649-1185, III: 1-221.
Hopkins, A. D. 1917. A discussion of C. G. Hewitt’s paper on “Insect Behavior”. J. econ.
Ent. 10:92-93.
Hsiao, T. H. and G. Fraenkel. 1968. Selection and specificity of the Colorado potato beetle
for solanaceous and nonsolanaceous plants. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 61:493-503.
Hussey, N. W. and Gurney, B. 1962. Host selection by the polyphagous species Phytomyza
atricornis Meigen (Dipt., Agromyzidae). Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 98:42-47.
Hutchinson, J. 1964. The families of flowering plants. Oxford University Press.
Jermy, T. 1961. On the nature of the oligophagy in Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say (Cole-
optera: Chrysomelidae). Acta Zool. Acad. Sci. Hung. 7:119-132.
Jermy, T. 1964. The role of rejective stimuli in the host selection of phytophagous insects.
Proc. XII Int. Congr. Ent. London. 1964 (1965) p. 547.
Jermy, T. 1966. Feeding inhibitors and food preference in chewing phytophagous insects.
Ent. exp. & appl. 9:1-12.
Jermy, T., F. E. Hanson and V. G. Dethier. 1968. Induction of specific food preference
in Lepidopterous larvae. Ent. exp. & appl. 11:21 1-230.
280
Sehgal
Keller, J. C. and T. B. Davich. 1965. Response of five species of insects to water extracts
of their host plants. J. econ. Ent. 58:164.
Kennedy, J. S. 1965. Mechanisms of host plant selection. Ann. appl. Biol., 56:317-22.
Lipke, H. and G. Fraenkel. 1956. Insect nutrition. Ann. Rev. Ent. 1:17-44.
Meijere, J. C. H. de. 1926. Die Larven der Agromyziden. Tijdschr. Ent. 69:227-317.
Nayar, J. K. and G. Fraenkel. 1962. The chemical basis of host plant selection in the silk-
worm Bombyx mori L. J. Insect. Physiol. 8:505-525.
Nayar, J. K. and G. Fraenkel. 1963. The chemical basis of host selection in Mexican bean
beetle Epilachna verivestis (Muls). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 56:174-178.
Nowakowski, J. T. 1962. Introduction to a systematic revision of the family Agromyzidae
(Diptera) with some remarks on host-plant selection by these flies. Ann. zool., Warszawa
20(8): 67- 183.
Nowakowski, J. T. 1964. Studien liber Minierfliegen (Dipt. Agromyzidae) 9. Revision der
Artengruppe Agromyza reptans Fall. - A. rufipes Meig. Dt. Ent. Z. (N.F.)l 1 : 1 75-21 3.
Oatman, E. R. and A. E. Michelbacher. 1958. The melon leaf miner, Liriomyza pictella
(Thomson) (Diptera: Agromyzidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 51:557-566.
Oatman, E. R. and A. E. Michelbacher. 1959. The melon leaf miner, Liriomyza pictella
(Thomson) (Diptera: Agromyzidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 52:83-89.
Schoonhoven, L. M. 1968. Chemosensory bases of host plant selection. Ann. Rev. Ent.
13:115-136.
Sehgal, V. K. 1965. Studies on Indian Agromyzidae (Diptera). Beitr. Ent. 15:3-10.
Sehgal, V. K. 1971. (in press). A taxonomic survey of the Agromyzidae (Diptera) of Alberta,
Canada, with observations on host-plant relationships. Quaest. ent.
Smulyan, M. T. 1914. The Marguerite fly or Chrysanthemum leaf miner. Bull. Mass. agr.
Exp. Sta. No. 157:21-52.
Spencer, K. A. 1964. The species-host relationship in the Agromyzidae (Diptera) as an aid
to Taxonomy. Proc. 12th int. Congr. Ent. (London 1964) 1:101.
Spencer, K. A. 1969. The Agromyzidae of Canada and Alaska. Mem. ent. Soc. Can., 64:
311 pp.
Stride, G. O. 1965. Studies on the chemical basis of host-plant selection in the genus
Epilachna (Coleoptera, Coccinellidea). J. Insect Physiol., 1965:21-32.
Sugiyama, S. and Y. Matsumoto. 1959. Olfactory responses of the vegetable weevil larvae
to various mustard oils. Nogaku kenkyu 46:150-157.
Takhtajan, A. 1969. Flowering plants, origin and dispersal, Oliver and Boyd, 205-239 pp.
Tauber, J. M. and C. A. Tauber. 1968. Biology and leaf-mining behaviour of Phytomyza
lanati (Diptera: Agromyzidae). Can. Ent. 100:341-357.
Thorsteinson, A. J. 1953. The chemotactic basis of host plant selection in an oligophagous
insect. ( Plutella maculipennis Curt.). Can. J. Zool. 3 1 : 52-72.
Thorsteinson, A. J. 1960. Host selection in phytophagous insects. Ann. Rev. Ent. 5: 193-218.
Tilden, J. S. 1950. Oviposition and behavior of Liriomyza pusilla (Meigen) (Diptera: Agro-
myzidae). Pan-Pacif. Ent., 26:1 19-121.
Trehan, K. N. and V. K. Sehgal. 1963. Range of host plants and larval feeding in Phytomyza
atricornis (Meigen) (Dipt., Agromyzidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 99:1-3.
Verschaffelt, E. 1910. The cause determining the selection of food in some herbivorous
insects. Proc. Acad. Sci. Amsterdam 13:536-42.
Webster, F. M. and T. H. Parks. 1913. The serpentine leaf-miner. J. Agric. Res. 1:59-87.
Whittaker, R. H. and P. P. Feeny. 1971. Allelochemics: chemical interactions between
species. Science. 171, No. 3973:757-770.
NOTES AND CORRECTIONS TO A RECLASSIFICATION OF
BOMBARDIER BEETLES (CARABIDAE, BRACHINIDA)
TERRY L. ERWIN
Division of Cole op ter a
Department of Entomology
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, D. C. 20560
Quaestiones entomologicae
7 : 281 1971
Since publishing my “A reclassification of bombardier beetles and a taxonomic revision
of the North and Middle American species (Carabidae:Brachinida)” (Quaest. ent. 6:4-215,
1970) a number of points have come to my notice. These follow seriatim , page numbers
and references are to that paper.
Page 17, line 29: Read uniperforate for uniporforate.
Pages 34-37: Jeannel (1949:1084) designated Brachinus senegalensis Dejean (1825:308) as
type of Pheropsophus Solier (1833:463). Unfortunately, I followed his designation and
failed to see Hope’s previous designation of Carabus complanatus Fabricius (1775:242)
in his Coleopterist’s Manual (1838:99). Since P. complanatus Fab. is a New World species
(type from Santo Domingo) Pheropsophus Solier is the generic name for all the New
World species and Pheropsophidius Hubenthal (191 1 : 547) is a synonym ( Pheropsophidius
Hubenthal, type Cicindela aequinoctialis Linne 1763:395 . . . aequinoctialis L. = compla-
natus F. according to Castelnau 1835:51). Thus, Pheropsophus is not available for the
Old World species as they represent a genus different from the New World group. The
first available name is Stenaptinus Maindron (1906: 15), type species S. krichna Maindron
(1906: 15) designated by Jeannel (1949: 1084). The following list summarizes the correct
names of the subtribe Pheropsophina:
Genus Stenaptinus Maindron
Subgenus Stenaptinus s. str.
Subgenus Parapheropsophus Hubenthal (= Pheropsophus auct.)
Subgenus Aptinomorphus Jeannel
Genus Pheropsophus Solier
Subgenus Pheropsophus s. str. (= Pheropsophidius auct.)
Subgenus Protopheropsophus Hubenthal
The name Parapheropsophus Hubenthal must be raised from synonymy (Darlington,
1968:234) to become available for the taxon called Pheropsophus by Jeannel (1949),
myself (1970), and others. The above was drawn to my attention by Basilewsky (in litt.)
and I thank him kindly.
Page 38: The type species of Aptinus was designated by Hope (1838:99) not Jeannel.
Page 41: The type species of Aptinoderus Hubenthal (1919:332) is Aptinus cyaneus Mot-
schulsky (1864:214) designated by Jeannel (1949:1110).
Pages 59, 81, 108, 153, 155: The following species were described by me in Opusc. ent.
34(3):287-288, cf. 1969b in the list of references: Brachinus microamericanus , B. adusti-
pennis , B. kavanaughi, B. fulminatus, and B. vulcanoides.
Page 164, line 42: Read extant for extent.
Page 211, line 30: Read 21(2) for 1(2).
282
Book Review
LOVELAND, R. P. 1970. Photomicrography. A Comprehensive Treatise, Vol. I & II. John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Vol. I., vi + 1-526 + xii, Vol. II, vi + 527-1039 + xii.
Cloth bound. Can. $34.50.
Loveland, a former research associate of the Kodak Research Laboratories, has produced
a book that is indeed a comprehensive account of photomicrography. He deals with all the
major aspects of the subject without neglecting the more recent developments in this field.
In Volume I he gives a general consideration of the compound microscope, photomacro-
graphy, the optics of illuminating lamps, the quality of illumination, image contrasts and
finally the eyepiece and roll-film cameras. This is followed by the appendices where depth
of field, focal length of lenses and illumination for photomacrography are considered fur-
ther; by a list of equations used in the text; and by the index which includes the subjects in
Volume II. Loveland believes illumination to be very important and he pursues this subject
further in Volume II where he considers special methods of illumination, flash photo-
micrography and the photographic spectrum. Consideration is then given to the selection
of photographic materials, the determination of exposure, and processing and printing. He
also deals with the advantages and problems of color photomicrography, with fluorescence
micrography and cinemicrography. This is followed by appendices where he deals, with
exposure formulas, special immersion fluids and an illuminator for far-ultraviolet photo-
micrography, the equations used in the text, and an index as in Volume I.
In the foreword, Loveland indicates that the book has been written not only for the
professional but also for the “neophyte” and he never loses sight of this. Ample warnings of
the difficulties and disadvantages of various techniques are given and in some cases neo-
phytes are warned off certain techniques. Each chapter is begun with a general consideration
of the topic and then moves rapidly into the theoretical aspects. Loveland never neglects
the practical problems and he always gives a good account of the various instruments avail-
able from the major manufacturers. He has obviously had much experience for when there
is not a commercially manufactured piece of equipment to solve a problem, he gives photo-
graphs or line diagrams of the equipment he had built.
Loveland’s style of writing is good; even in the more technical portions of the text it is a
pleasure to read. The book’s usefulness as a reference text is much enhanced by the printing
of important sections of the text in italics or bold face type. These two volumes will be a
very useful teaching aid for photomicrography and should be in every laboratory where
photomicrography is practised.
D. A. Craig
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
283
Book Review
ARNETT, R. H., JR. 1970. Entomological Information Storage and Retrieval. The Bio-Rand
Foundation, Inc., Baltimore, xii + 210 pp., 1 plate, 10 text Fig., c. 237 refs. $7.95.
This interesting little book is a guide to sources of entomological information, and an
introduction to current information storage and retrieval theories, problems, and accom-
plishments as they relate to entomology. The book is intended not only as peripheral
reading material, but as a student text. Accordingly, each chapter except the first contains
suggested assignments, optional assignments, and a series of review questions. The writing
is clear, the printing quality is good, and the illustrations are pertinent and well reproduced.
Arnett’s book has a rather complex organization, with 1 1 text chapters, a glossary, four
appendices, and subject and author indices, in addition to preface, postface, and colo-
phon. Chapter one contains introductory observations, chapters two through eight deal
with original information, and the closing three chapters deal with secondary information.
Chapter two is of particular importance, since it concerns information storage and retrieval
theory, the main subject of the book. In chapters three, four, and five Arnett discusses
stored information, and original documents and their preparation for storage. Chapter six
concerns the preparation of these documents for information retrieval. The remaining five
chapters, which are more general and to some extent superficial, concern search resources,
abstracts and indices, synthetic literature, popular literature, and societies, institutions, and
personnel. The four appendices are: a bibliography of basic types of entomological litera-
ture; a selected list of commercial publishers and dealers in this literature; a list of entomo-
logical equipment and supply companies; and a list of major North American entomological
libraries.
The arrangement of the references, or bibliography, is unfortunate. This bibliography
contains 237 entries, at least one being a repetition. As a key to various types of literature,
its organization by chapter and subject headings is quite suitable. Perhaps, though, the many
additional text references to serials, and to other works such as the Zoological Record,
should be included in it. As a key to references cited, however, this bibliography leaves
much to be desired. Some citations repeated in two or more text chapters are not listed
accordingly in the bibliography, and thus are not readily located (retrieved?). For example,
there is in chapter four a reference to the Conference of Biological Editors, but this is listed
in the bibliography under the heading of chapter five. I suggest that, if a second edition of
this book is published, there should be a separate section for references cited.
Several acronyms used repeatedly in the text add to the complexity of the book, and
any reader unfamiliar with these acronyms should turn first to the glossary and learn their
various meanings. The information boxes used in numerous places are useful to summarize
main points and to supply ancillary information, but some seem to me to detract from
the book. I wonder, for instance, if the list of purposes of publication on page 66 is really
needed; if this list is to be included, then I think each of its elements needs further dis-
cussion.
These criticisms are minor, but relate to the information storage and retrieval features of
the book itself!
I strongly recommend that student entomologists, in particular, acquire and use this
book as a guide. Many will find that the last several chapters will help reduce the time
required for, and increase the efficiency of, any literature searches they may need to do.
Regrettably, the book is somewhat regional in scope, and as a guide will be of limited use
outside of North America.
284
However, the book is especially timely and pertinent to the information explosion prob-
lems of the present decade. Chapters two through six are of especially great importance to
all entomologists, since procedures for the preparation and dissemination of entomological
information are already beginning to undergo some radical changes and will continue to do
so in the near future. Indeed, in terms of its information storage and retrieval concerns,
Arnett hopes that his book will introduce entomologists to those changes now in progress,
and that by so doing it will help accelerate its own obsolescence. For the professional ento-
mologist, therefore, the time to read this book is now.
Donald R. Whitehead
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
Book Review
MATSUDA, R. 1970. Morphology and Evolution of the Insect Thorax. Memoirs of the
Entomological Society of Canada. Ottawa. No. 76. 431 pp., 172 Fig., 24 tables, 744
references, subject and author indices. (Memoirs are included in the subscription price
for the Canadian Entomologist.)
This is the second in a series of monographs by Matsuda analyzing structural evolution
in insects. He began this project to organize the large quantity of published information
which had accumulated since the appearance of Snodgrass’ textbook on the subject in 1935.
Perusal of the bibliography supports his rationale: of 744 references only 186 appeared
before 1935. There are 424 references in English, 180 in German, 79 in French and 61 in
other languages chiefly Russian and Italian. As the German and French contributions have
importance out of proportion to their numbers the appearance of a review in English is of
great value to English-speaking entomologists.
This book deals with the thorax but considers the wings and legs only briefly. Matsuda’s
conclusions are based largely on his reading, interpretation, and digestion of published
works although he contributes original information where required to fill in gaps.
The book is divided into two parts: a discussion of general topics on 87 pages, and a
discussion on 314 pages which treats in detail selected representatives of each insect order.
For most biologists the first part is of greater use. In it Matsuda establishes the primitive
organization of the pterygote thorax. This necessitates a summary of his conclusions from
part II. He discusses the neck, tergum, sternum, intersegmental regions, pleuron and aspects
of the wings, coxae and spiracles, comments on their embryological and evolutionary ori-
gins, analyzes the various theories proposed to explain their evolution, and emphasizes the
strengths and weaknesses of each theory. Finally, he presents his own conclusions, synthe-
sizing a theory of homology from descriptive and experimental embryology, postembryonic
development, genetics, comparative morphology, paleontology and phylogeny.
In his discussion of wings Matsuda concentrates on their origin, a subject which has in-
trigued many workers as evidenced by the plethora of theories published to explain then-
presence. His most interesting discussion here concerns the validity of separating the ptery-
gotes into the Paleoptera and Neoptera. Matsuda concludes that this separation is phylo-
genetically unsound since the wing mechanism of the Ephemeroptera is very much like that
of most neopterous pterygotes, while that of Odonata is not.
285
In the second half of part I, Matsuda considers the thoracic musculature. First, he pre-
sents an illustrated and tabulated description of the musculature of the apterygote Lepisma
saccharina L. based on the work of Barlet. This serves as a standard of reference for his
general discussion of pterygote musculature which follows. Here, he introduces a system of
abbreviations used in part II for naming muscles.
The final section of part I (Major evolutionary features of thoracic musculature) is the
strongest section in the book. Matsuda concludes that the predominant evolutionary trend
of the adult thoracic muscles in insects has been a reduction in number. At the same time
however, some muscles have been added and in their turn these secondary muscles have
decreased in number also in the higher pterygotes. Thus, the thoracic musculature includes
two kinds of muscles of different evolutionary origin: (i) those inherited from a wingless
antecedant and (ii) those which have arisen de novo in the Pterygota. The former Matsuda
calls paleogenetic muscles; the latter neogenetic muscles. A third group, the caenogenetic
muscles, are those which have developed exclusively in the immature stages and which have
no recognizable homologues in the adults.
Matsuda discusses the gross developmental pattern of the thoracic muscles. There are few
if any caenogenetic muscles in paurometabolous insects, but in holometabolous insects these
tend to increase. Also, the time of appearance of imaginal muscles and degeneration of larval
muscles during metamorphosis varies from one order to another (heterochrony). Immature
pterygote insects tend to preserve muscles present in the Apterygota whereas the adults of
these insects lack them. There is also a tendency for nymphal and larval insects to preserve
muscles present in the adults of related but less derived groups. This last observation, as
emphasized by Matsuda, accords with the biogenetic law of Muller-Haeckel i.e. that onto-
geny recapituales phylogeny.
Matsuda closes part I with a discussion of the underlying developmental mechanisms for
production of new muscles. Differences in the growth rate of epidermal cells and differences
in times of connection between muscles and the epidermal cells in various insects result in
the production of homologous muscles with new points of attachment and hence new func-
tions. The development of ectodermal parts is often dependent on muscles after the connec-
tion of the two is established but not before. Here, Matsuda should have cited the work of
Sahota and Beckel (1967. Can. J. Zool. 45:407-434) who showed experimentally that in
Galleria mellonella L. the topographic relationships between flight muscle myoblasts and the
epidermis is the causative factor in determining the orientation of developing flight muscles.
Homologous muscles may be inserted on the cuticle in Pterygota and on the epidermis in
Apterygota and larval Pterygota. Some muscles are replaced by ligamentous structures
which are ectodermal in origin.
The flight muscles have been derived differently in different orders. Fibrillar and close-
packed types of flight muscles are specializations of the normal, non-flight muscles which
are tubular. Much of this argument is based on Tieg’s (1955) classic study of flight muscles,
a paper which, in this book, finally receives the recognition it deserves.
In part II, each account of an order is illustrated with fully-labelled drawings. Most of
these are modified from other works, but some are based on Matsuda’s own observations.
Many of the copied illustrations are not of the quality of the originals but all of them show
clearly what they are intended to show. Most of the analyses are accompanied by a table
providing a uniform system of designation for the muscles found by different investigators
in different species. Each table is followed by a list of remarks muscle by muscle. Where
information is available both adult and larval musculature and its metamorphosis are dis-
cussed. The structural basis for flight is summarized and alary polymorphism is referred to
if it occurs in the group under discussion.
286
Matsuda’s phylogenetic conclusions, which are highly controversial, are derived with an
appreciation for Hennig’s (1966) principles and terminology. He suggests that Embioptera
and Phasmida are derived sister groups of Plecoptera. His belief that the Blattaria, Isoptera,
Mantodea, Grylloblattodea, and Orthoptera belong together is evidenced by his tabular
comparisons of the thoracic muscles of individuals in these different orders. He supports
Crampton’s (1918) idea that the Dermaptera and Coleoptera are closely related to each
other and thus implies that the beetles are only distantly related to the other holometa-
bolous orders. Zoraptera are related both to the hemipteroid orders and to the Isoptera and
Plecoptera and Matsuda proposes that the hemipteroids were derived from the same protor-
thopteroid ancestry as Isoptera. Suprisingly, Matsuda does not discuss the relationships of
the panorpoid complex but in grouping most of these orders (Mecoptera, Diptera, Lepidop-
tera, Trichoptera) together he implies support for Hinton’s (1958. A Rev. Ent. 3: 181-206)
interpretation. Hymenoptera he considers to be a sister group of the Mecoptera and the
placing of Strepsiptera, he says, requires further study.
In leaving consideration of Odonata to the end of the book, Matsuda underlines his belief
that these insects are only distantly related to the other pterygotes. He proposes that this
order could have arisen from a machilid- or japygid- like ancestor and intimates that odonate
peculiarities have been derived in such a way as to obscure this order’s relationships with
the Machilidae and Diplura. I am not convinced by Matsuda that the ectognathous Odonata
are closely related to entognathous Diplura.
As the structures comprising the thorax of insects form a functional complex, they are
liable to change with changes in the mode of life of the organisms. Thus, insects in different
orders with similar methods of locomotion could have similar thoraces arising through con-
vergence. Adaptive features often are of limited value in phylogenetic hypothesizing if they
are not used in conjunction with many other characters of different functional significance.
I suggest that phylogenies erected on the basis of thoracic structure alone will not persist for
very long.
I respect this author for his ability at synthesis. Some workers have criticized Matsuda for
relying too heavily on the work of others. Nevertheless Matsuda’s conclusions are his own
and could only be arrived at by one who has a comprehensive appreciation of thoracic com-
plexity in the whole of the Insecta. To have mastered this amount of information and still
found time for original investigation is a remarkable accomplishment.
The book reveals that insect morphology is an active field of investigation, points out
that a great amount of information remains to be obtained particularly in the develop-
mental area, and hopefully, shows non-morphologists that this is not the dull subject that
many of them believe it to be. I am looking forward to the appearance of future volumes
by Matsuda.
Bruce S. Heming
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta
Edmonton 7, Alberta
Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part
of a memorial project for Professor E. H. Strickland, the founder of the
Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton
in 1922.
It is intended to provide prompt low-cost publication for accounts of
entomological research of greater than average length, with priority
given to work in Professor Strickland’s special fields of interest including
entomology in Alberta, systematic work, and other papers based on work
done at the University of Alberta.
Copy should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals
published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second
Edition, 1964, except as regards the abbreviations of titles of periodicals
which should be those given in the World List of Scientific Periodicals,
1964 Edition. The appropriate abbreviation for this journal is Quaest. ent.
An abstract of not more than 500 words is required. All manuscripts will
be reviewed by referees.
Illustrations and tables must be suitable for reproduction on a page
size of 93/4x63/4 inches, text and tables not more than 73/4X43/4 inches,
plates and figures not more than SV2 X5 inches. Reprints must be ordered
when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates
are the same for institutions, libraries, and individuals, $4.00 per
volume of 4 issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single
issues $1.00. An abstract edition is available, printed on one or both
sides (according to length) of 3X5 inch index cards (at $1.00 per
volume) or on 5X8 inch standard single row punched cards ($1.50 per
volume) .
Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be
addressed to the Subscription Manager and regarding manuscripts to:
The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae,
Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
t D- Q i
Quaestiones
entomologicae
LIBRARY
AUG 20 1971
HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VII
NUMBER 3
JULY 1971
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 7 Number 3 23 July 1971
CONTENTS
Guest Editorial — Excellence has no Nationality 287
Sehgal - A Taxonomic Survey of the Agromyzidae (Diptera) of Alberta, Canada, with
Observations on Host-Plant Relationships 291
Nimmo - Corrigenda on the Adult Rhyacophilidae and Limnephilidae (Trichoptera) of
Alberta and Eastern British Columbia and their Post-Glacial Origin 406
Thomas - An Apparatus and Method for the Field Separation of Tabanid Larvae (Dipteral
Tabanidae) from Moss 407
Announcement - 409
Guest Editorial
A committee has been established in the Province of Alberta to enquire into non-
Canadian influence in post-secondary education in the province. There is a non-Canadian
component in this university and especially in the distribution list of Quaes tiones entomo-
logicae. To these people among others both the existence of this committee and the follow-
ing statement of the president of the university will be of interest:
Excellence has no Nationality
Let me begin by making it clear to members of the Committee that I appear before you as
one person, not as a representative of The University of Alberta. Although I am aware that
other people and other groups from The University of Alberta will present ideas to you, no
consensus of opinion has been sought, and there will be no opinion given by anyone or any
group which might be interpreted as the official opinion of The University of Alberta.
It is also important for me to say that I am aware of the unemployment situation in
Canada, and that the possibility of high unemployment at all levels is of major concern to
me. The University of Alberta employs several thousands of people, both with and without
university degrees. It therefore goes without saying that our University must adopt employ-
ment procedures which will help to alleviate the high incidence of unemployment among
Canadian citizens, and among those to whom our government has granted the right to live
and work in Canada.
However, the purpose of your inquiry is not economic in nature, and I mention employ-
ment procedures for the sole purpose of saying that universities are aware that their situ-
ation in the 1970’s will be far different from what it was in the 1960’s.
The question of “who should teach at The University of Alberta” is not new. Let me
quote from the minutes of a meeting of a governing body of this University:
“Dr. Jenkins expressed his disapproval of the idea of appointing all the professors and
assistants outside of the province. He was strongly in favor of utilizing the material available
in the province and he felt sure that many men now engaged in educational work were emin-
ently qualified to undertake the higher branches of learning and he felt an injustice would
be done the whole of the teaching profession of the province if only outsiders were ap-
pointed.”
288
The sentiment was expressed at the first meeting of the Senate of The University of Al-
berta on March 30, 1908. This was before a single member of the staff, other than the
President, had been appointed to The University of Alberta. Fortunately the matter was not
taken further. I say “fortunately” because I feel strongly that this University would not
enjoy the respect it has today if Dr. Jenkins had had his way sixty-three years ago.
Since you are a Committee of Inquiry into non-Canadian Influence in Alberta Post-
Secondary Education, sooner or later you will have to define what will be meant by a
“non-Canadian influence,” and to propose the procedures by means of which such an in-
fluence can be measured. Presumably you will have to be able to identify a good “non-
Canadian influence” from one that, by some means or other, will be deemed to be bad.
Your task will not be easy because in a rather restricted sense one might say that there is no
real Canadian content in the science and mathematics courses taught in Canada today. Let
me explain what I mean.
Education generally, and higher education particularly, is a world of ideas. If one traces
the sources of the big ideas of science and mathematics, they will not be found to be
Canadian, nor, in fact, were they discovered in the United States. Up until the middle of the
present century, these ideas came from Great Britain, France, Germany, Switzerland, Italy,
and even smaller countries like Denmark made major contributions to the world of ideas.
During the first fifty years of the present century, it was common practice for the men and
women of Canada and the United States to go abroad for post-graduate education. Indeed,
these people coupled with the thousands of people who were brought to this continent from
abroad developed the educational systems of Canada and the United States.
Who were the people who dominated the world of scientific ideas during the first half of
the twentieth century? As illustration only, there was Einstein of Germany, Fermi of Italy,
Weyl of Switzerland, Dirac of England, Bohr of Denmark, Wigner and Von Neumann of
Hungary, and De Broglie of France. Even if the list were complete, no Canadian and few
Americans would be contained among those who contributed to the world of big ideas up
till 1950. Since that time the United States and Russia have come to the fore. The ideas that
led to the development of computer technology, to the exciting ideas being developed in
genetics and the life sciences, to laser technology, and to transportation and communications
technologies, to name but a few, should make us aware that the time has not yet come when
Canadians can arrogantly say that we shall lock out the world of ideas that exists beyond our
borders, and go the rest of the way by ourselves.
How does one classify the study of arithmetic, dependent as it is on the Arabic number
system? Is this a non-Canadian influence? How does one classify the study of geometry,
dependent as it is on the ideas of Euclid and Pythagoras? Is this a non-Canadian influence?
I do not envy you the task that has been placed into your hands, and do not know how
you will accomplish it.
It is my fear however that groups are raising the '"non-Canadian influence” issue on a
meaningless statistical basis, and that conclusions will be drawn, and, indeed, have already
been drawn, which are not warranted by the statistics. If these issues develop into a witch-
hunt in Canada, then I want no part of it. I lived through the McCarthy era, and friends of
mine were made uncomfortable and unwelcome at their universities. Some were dismissed
and some went to jail, not because they were Communists, but because they chose to fight
for academic freedom, the right to seek truth as they saw fit and the right to teach and
publish the truth as they saw it.
During the 1 960’s, Canada sought and brought men and women from the four corners of
the world to help us solve what then seemed to be an insoluble problem: the problem of
expanding enrolments with too few people qualified to teach. If, after making a major con-
289
tribution to our country, such men and women are made to feel uncomfortable and unwel-
come, then this will indeed be a sorry way to show our gratitude.
There is no reason to believe that the search for truth will ever end at the borders of
Canada. We are a young country and a small nation. There is every reason to believe that
the majority of the big ideas of science, by means of which scientific knowledge is acquired,
will come from outside our borders for many years to come. But Canada must pursue excel-
lence, and it must pursue excellence wherever excellence exists. Therefore, Canadians must
continue to go outside of our country for study, and leaders of excellence must be brought
to Canada to teach their ideas on Canadian soil.
Although I have nothing but respect and admiration for the accomplishments of Canadian
universities during recent years, we have no Harvards nor Oxfords in our midst. Banting and
Best shared the Nobel Prize for their discovery of insulin about half a century ago. No othei
Nobel Prize in science has been awarded to a Canadian nor have we been able to attract such
people to work in and for Canada.
As I said at the beginning, concern over unemployment in Canada is genuine, and univer-
sities must help our people to find interesting and rewarding work. However, we must not
adopt a policy which will give a short-term gain but will turn into a long-time evil. It will be
a tragedy if ever Canada posts signs, or enacts legislation, which will tell the members of the
world of ideas they are not welcome here. Excellence attracts excellence, and such a policy
will discourage desirable people from coming to Canada, and may, in the long run, encourage
desirable Canadians to leave Canada.
Max Wyman
University of Alberta
A TAXONOMIC SURVEY OF THE AGROMYZIDAE (DIPTERA) OF ALBERTA,
CANADA, WITH OBSERVATIONS ON HOST-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS
VINOD K. SEHGAL
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta Quaestiones entomologicae
Edmonton 7, Alberta 7 : 291-405 1971
Thirty-one new species are described and eleven further are recorded from Alberta for the
first time . This brings the total of Albertan Agromyzidae to 170 and that for Canada and
Alaska to 321 species. Genitalia of all males representing new species are illustrated. Keys to
Albertan genera and species, diagnostic characters and data on larval host-plants are given.
Host-plant relationships are discussed.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit einunddreizig neu Agromyzid Arten sind beschrieben und
weitere elf von Alberta sind zum erstemal aufgefiihrt. Das bringt die gesamte Zahl von
Alberta auf 170 und diese von Kanada und Alaska auf 321 Arten. Die mannliche Genitalien
alle neue Arten sind abgebildet. Die Bestimmungsschliissel fur die Gattungen und Arten von
Alberta, ihre Bezeichnungen den Merkmale und Einzelhalten iiber Raupenfutter sind
angegeben. Die Angaben zur Bionomie sind besprochen.
This survey of the family Agromyzidae in Alberta was started in the summer of 1966,
when this was one of the most poorly known families of cyclorrhaphous Diptera in Canada.
Strickland (1938, 1946) listed 20 species as occurring in Alberta. The onlv comprehensive
treatment for North American Agromyzidae was by Frick (1959) who included those
known from Canada. Since the publication of Frick’s synopsis, the concept of certain genera
of Agromyzidae has been revised by Nowakowski (1962) on the basis of his studies of male
genitalia. As new characters of male genitalia were discovered, it became necessary to con-
firm all determinations of species, which were previously based on external morphology and
sometimes only on female specimens. One of my main objectives was to collect, determine,
and describe as many species as possible in order to assess the family Agromyzidae in
Alberta and in Canada, and to provide keys for the determination of genera and species.
This investigation in Alberta was started parallel to Spencer’s 1969 synopsis of the Agro-
myzidae of Canada and Alaska. As a preliminary report on these investigations I described
13 new species from Alberta (Sehgal, 1968). Spencer examined all previously known records
of Canadian and Alaskan Agromyzidae and confirmed a total of 290 species.
Among the Canadian species Spencer (1969) recorded 128 described species as occurring
in Alberta. As a result of this study 3 1 new species are described from Alberta and 1 1
further species have been recorded for the first time as occurring in Alberta. This brings the
total of Albertan Agromyzidae to 170 and that of Canadian and Alaskan Agromyzidae to
321 described species (Table 1). The male genitalia of almost all Albertan species have been
examined. Any record of Albertan Agromyzidae outside the present work must be con-
sidered tentative, until confirmed on the basis of male genitalia.
292
Sehgal
Table 1. Distribution among genera of new species, new Alberta records, and all known
species of Agromyzidae from Alberta, and Canada and Alaska.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
As a part of this study I made intensive collections of agromyzid specimens from the
province of Alberta, Canada, including the Alberta Rockies. Some specimens collected by
others, especially G. C. D. Griffiths, K. A. Spencer, the late Professor E. H. Strickland, and
B. Hocking, from Alberta localities were also examined and are acknowledged in the list of
material.
Attempts were made to rear adults from immature stages as far as possible. This per-
mitted me to clarify the biology of many species. I studied approximately 1 200 specimens
and examined genitalia preparations of 620 specimens. Genitalia of all males representing
new species and a few other species where necessary for their specific determination have
been illustrated. Reference is made to good earlier illustrations of male genitalia. The holo-
types and allotypes of all new species will be deposited in the Canadian National Collection,
Ottawa.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
293
The terminology used in describing new species is that employed by Spencer ( 1 969) and
other workers in Agromyzidae. The frons width and eye width are measured at the level of
the median front ocellus from above. The term gena here means the area below the eyes
including the lower orbits. The ratio of genal and eye heights are measured mid-way be-
tween vibrissal and posterior margins. The terminology of the aedeagus is that used by Frick
(1952) and Spencer (1969).
Abbreviations
acr, arcostichal hair; Adap, aedeagal apodeme; Ar, arista; As3, third antennal article;
Bsph, basiphallus; C, costa; dc, dorsocentral bristles; Dph, distiphallus; Ejap, ejaculatory
apodeme; Ejb, ejaculatory bulb; Ejd, ejaculatory duct; Hypa, hypandrium; m-m, medial
crossvein; M1+ 2 and M3 + 4, median veins; Mph, mesophallus; oc, ocellar bristles; Orijower
orbital bristles; Ors, upper orbital bristles; os, orbital setulae; Pgo, postgonites; Phph, phallo-
phore; Prgo, pregonites; Pvt, postvertical bristles; Rl5 R2+ 3 and R4+ 5 , radial veins; r-m,
radiomedial crossvein; Sc, subcosta; Vi, Vibrissa; Vte, outer vertical bristle; Vti, inner verti-
cal bristle.
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY AGROMYZIDAE
The main distinguishing characters of the members of this family are as follows:
Head. — Postvertical bristles divergent; distinct orbital bristles present, normally two
strong upper orbital bristles, Ors, directed upwards and two lower orbital bristles, Ori,
directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae present; distinct vibrissal hair present, repre-
sented by a bunch of fused hairs or ‘vibrissal horn’ in some males of the genus Ophiomyia
Braschnikov; centre of frons without bristles or setulae.
Mesonotum. — Distinct dorsocentral bristles present, normally 3+1, sometimes a few
anterior bristles are reduced or lost; variable number of acrostichals present; scutellum
normally with four scutellar bristles, two in subgenus Cerodontha Rondani.
Wing. — Costa broken at end of subcosta, extended to apex of vein R4+5 or M1+2; sub-
costa weakly developed distally, adjacent to, and either joined to or independent from Rx
distally; crossvein r-m present; anal vein shortened, not extended to the wing margin.
Male genitalia. — Hypandrium large and well developed; pregonites and postgonites normal-
ly well differentiated, former sometimes fused with hypandrium; epandrium large and con-
spicuous; surstyli and cerci normally well developed and with characteristic setae or setulae;
aedeagus complex; aedeagal apodeme large and darkly sclerotized; aedeagal hood conspicu-
ous; aedeagus with distinct basal section consisting of basiphallus and phallophore and
distal section consisting of various sclerites forming mesophallus, paraphallus, and disti-
phallus; terminal section of ejaculatory duct inside distiphallus normally bifid; ejaculatory
apodeme normally well developed, sometimes reduced, bulb conspicuous.
Female postabdomen. — Seventh segment completely sclerotized, forming a conical ovi-
positor sheath; eighth segment elongate, retractible into seventh, bearing numerous anteri-
orly directed denticles; pair of egg guides around gonopore; anus well beyond gonopore;
two spermathecae.
Larvae. — Anterior spiracles on first abdominal segment approximate; posterior spiracles
on last or eighth abdominal segment approximate or widely separated; mouth hooks well
developed and almost vertical in relation to labial sclerite; paraclypeal phragma normally
with dorsal and ventral arms; muscle scars and tubercle bands strongly developed along
lateral portions of abdominal segments.
294
Sehgal
Biology. — Larvae feed inside the living tissue of angiosperms (except those of Pterido-
myza Nowakowski, Liriomyza felti (Mall.) and Phytomyza scolopenderii R.-D. v/hich feed
on ferns and few representatives of the genus Liriomyza Mik feeding on horsetails and
liverworts). Larvae show varying host-plant specificity, but normally feed on one plant
organ. Most species feed as leaf miners, some feed inside the stems, seeds, and other parts of
plants; a few cause galls ( Hexomyza Enderlein).
TAXONOMIC TREATMENT
The generic concept used in this study is the one which has come to be generally accepted
(Spencer, 1969), but is certainly not final in agromyzid classification. As recent studies pro-
gress on the male genitalia, the need for defining some of the larger genera on a monophy-
letic basis becomes more apparent. No attempt is made in this study to undertake any
generic revision of the existing classification.
According to the biological species concept (Mayr, 1963), species are defined to be groups
of actually or potentially interbreeding natural populations, which are reproductively iso-
lated from other such groups. I accept this species definition. The application of this species
concept presents many practical difficulties and some of these have been discussed by Mayr
(i969). The reproductive isolation of a population is usually inferred indirectly from com-
parisons of external morphology. In Agromyzidae, besides the evidence of external mor-
phology, various other evidences are helpful. The majority of agromyzid species are restric-
ted feeders, either monophagous or oligophagous, confined to botanically related plant
species. It seems highly unlikely that significant gene interchange occurs between popula-
taions restricted to unrelated host-plants, even if the morphological differences between
them are minor. Such populations can be assumed to represent distinct species, so long as
the observed differences are shown consistently. Often other evidence such as larval mor-
phology’ or shape of mine is available to support this assumption.
Spencer (1969) discussed briefly the significance of various taxonomic characters current-
ly in use in agromyzid taxonomy; the same criteria have been accepted here. The characters
of male genitalia have been used as far as possible in order to provide a basis for more
accurate determination of species. Information on Albertan host-plants and biology, wher-
ever available, has been included. The following key represents a further development of
that originally produced by Hendel (1931) and modified by Frick (1952, 1959) and Spencer
(1969).
Key to genera of Albertan Agromyzidae
1(0). Subcosta developed throughout its length, coalesced with Rj before contact with
costa 2
Subcosia weakly developed distally, joined with costa independent of Rj .... 5
2(1). Prescutellars absent; dorsocentrals, two, three or four pairs, if three or four pairs
halteres black 3
Prescutellars present; at least three pairs of dorsocentrals; halteres yellow
Agromyza Fallen, p.296
3(2). Mesonotum or abdomen normally with greenish, bluish or coppery metallic sheen;
antennae not separated by conspicuous keel; aedeagus with basiphalius U-shaped;
larvae normally with conspicuous horn in centre of posterior spiracles; larvae feed
inside stems or seeds Melanagromyza Hendel, p.303
Mesonotum and abdomen black; aedeagus with basiphalius with long side arms;
posterior spiracles of larva without central horn 4
Agromyzidae of Alberta
295
4(3).
5(1).
6(5).
7(6).
8(7).
9(8).
10(9).
11(10).
12(11).
13(12).
14(7).
15(14).
16(15).
17(6).
18(5).
Antennae separated by conspicuous raised facial keel (absent from pulicaria
group); male with or without distinct vibrissal horn; larval posterior spiracles with
more than three bults; larva feeds below stem epidermis or as leaf miner
Ophiomyia Braschnikov, p. 3 10
Antennae approximate; male without vibrissal horn; larval posterior spiracles v/ith
three bulbs; larva gall producer Hexomyza Enderlein, p. 309
Orbital setulae erect or reclinate, rarely absent 6
Orbital setulae distinctly proclinate .18
Costa extended to apex of vein M1+2, if only to R4+5 then either crossvein m-m
absent ( Phytobia confessa Spencer) or lunule broad, distinctly higher than semi-
circle ( Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) frankensis Spencer) 7
Costa extended to apex of vein R4+5 17
Scutellum normally dark, concolourous with mesonotum 8
Scutellum yellow; vein Mj +2 ending nearest wing tip 14
Halteres with knob white or yellow 9
Halteres with knob black or partially darkened, if yellow distiphallus with numer-
ous spinules Amauromyza Hendel, p.326
Crossvein m-m absent Haplomyza Hendel, p. 344
Crossvein m-m present 10
Vein R4+s ending nearest wing tip; larvae cambium miners
Fhy to bia Lioy , p . 3 1 6
Vein Mj +2 ending nearest wing tip 11
Third antennal article with conspicuous spine anterodorsally, scutellum with only
two bristles; or lunule higher than semicircle, narrow or triangular; or lunule
broad, antennal bases widely separated, third antennal article in male distinctly
enlarged Cerodontha Rondani, p.317
Not so 12
Fore-tibia with lateral bristle; abdomen in male yellowish; larva makes character-
istic blotch mine with concentric rings on Aster and Solidago in Nemorimyza
posticata (Meigen) Nemorimyza Frey, p. 327
Fore-tibia without lateral bristle; leaf mine not as above 13
Frons dark; orbits raised above plane of frons .... Praspedomyza Hendel, p. 343
Frons yellow, orbits in same plane as frons Calycomyza Hendel, p. 325
Frons yellow; orbits in plane of frons 15
Frons dark; orbits raised above plane of frons Metopomyza Hendel, p. 342
Crossvein m-m absent; one Ors Haplomyza Hendel, p. 344
Crossvein m-m present (absent in Liriomyza singula Spencer); twro Ors 16
Prescutellar area yellow; orbital setulae normally 'erect; aedeagus with sclerotized
paired tubules in the distiphallus, epandrium with conspicuous black spines ....
Lemurimyza Spencer, p. 341
Prescutellar area normally dark, sometimes yellow; orbital setulae reclinate; aedea-
gus variable in form, but not as in the genus Lemurimyza Spencer
. Liriomyza Mik, p. 328
Crossvein m-m either absent, or if present well beyond r-m
Paraphytomyza Enderlein, p. 345
Crossvein m-m basal to r-m Pseudonapomyza Hendel, p. 345
Crossvein m-m basal to or at same level as r-m Napomyza Westwood, p. 349
Crossvein m-m absent Phytomyza Fallen, p. 350
296
Sehgal
Genus Agromyza Fallen
Agromyza Fallen 1810:21.
The main distinguishing characters of this genus are subcosta developed throughout its
length and coalesced with Rj before contact with costa; at least three pairs of dorsocentrals;
prescutellars present and halteres yellow.
This genus is represented in Alberta by 17 species, of which two are described as new.
The species in this genus form a very diverse assemblage of many groups. The species in the
ambigua group, albertensis Sehgal, aprilina Malloch and kincaidi Malloch; as well as species
in the nigripes group, albipennis Malloch, brevispinata new species, hockingi Spencer and
nigripes Meigen; like other members of the ambigua /nigripes groups (Griffiths, 1963) form
a single group of grass mining species with similarity in shape of the distiphallus. Members
of the ambigua group differ from those of the nigripes group only by a shortened costa,
not extended beyond the apex of vein R4+5, and longer distiphallus. The Urtica miner,
pseudoreptans Nowakowski, belongs to the reptans group, while the Mertensia miner, cana-
densis Malloch, belongs to the rufipes group.
The species in the spiraeae group, populoides Spencer, vockerothi Spencer, fragariae
Malloch, masculina Sehgal and spiraeae Kaltenbach, are believed to be closely related due
to similarities in the male genitalia. This concept was first proposed by Sasakawa (1961).
The species in this group have asymmetric sclerotization of the basiphallus and mesophallus.
A. aristata Malloch, whose larvae mine the leaves of Ulmus americana L., family Ulma-
ceae, is probably close to the rubi /spiraeae group of Sasakawa (1961). Another group of
species whose members are characterized by 3+1 strong dorsocentrals and yellow frons is
represented in Alberta by nearctica new species. Three further females belonging to this
group cannot be identified in the absence of males. The leaf mines on members of Geum
allepicum Jacq., Potentilla sp., and Rosa acicularis Lindl., of the family Rosaceae probably
represent those of the members of the spiraeae group, but no flies have been bred from
these hosts.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Agromyza Fallen
1(0). Dorsocentrals 3-6, decreased significantly in size anteriorly; presuturals as well as
anterior postsutural dorsocentrals usually not distinguishable from acrostichals
2
Dorsocentrals 3+1 , strong and distinct 12
2( 1 ). Wing tip near apex of vein M x +2 sulfuriceps Strobl, p. 303
Wing tip near apex of vein R4+5 or midway between R4+5 and Mx +2 3
3(2). Legs largely yellowish 4
Legs largely black or brown 5
4(3). Antennae yellow, smaller specimens, wing length 2.2 to 2.7 mm; larvae leaf miner
on Ulmus americana L aristata Malloch, p.298
Antennae dark brown; larger specimens, wing length about 3.0 mm
canadensis Malloch, p. 299
5(3). Costa extended to apex of vein R4+5 6
Costa extended to apex of vein M j +2 .• 8
6(5). Squamal fringe brown or black; larger specimens, wing length about 2.7 to 3.5
mm kincaidi Malloch, p300
Squamal fringe pale or whitish, smaller specimens 7
7(6). Third antennal article with distinct angle or point anterodorsally; eyes upright,
normal albertensis Sehgal, p. 297
Agromyzidae of Alberta
297
8(5).
9(8).
10(9).
11(9).
12(1).
13(12).
14(13).
15(14).
16(15).
Third antennal article rounded at end; eye distinctly slanted
aprilina Malloch, p. 298
Mesonotum at least weakly shining black; mesophallus and distiphallus single
S-shaped sclerotization 9
Mesonotum distinctly mat black; mesophallus and distiphallus separate scleroti-
zations pseudoreptans Nowakowski, p. 302
Third antennal article with distinct angle anterodorsally 10
Third antennal article rounded at tip 11
Squamal fringe pale or whitish; ejaculatory bulb very broad
albipennis Meigen, p.297
Squamal fringe dark or brown; ejaculatory bulb narrower
nigripes Meigen, p. 302
Surstyli with 3-6 distinctly large spines (Fig. 6) hockingi Spencer, p. 300
Surstyli with smaller spines (Fig. 5); aedeagus as in Fig. 3,4
brevispinata n. sp., p. 298
Frons reddish yellow; orbits black; second and third antennal articles black;
aedeagus as in Fig. 10 nearctica n. sp.,p. 301
Frons dark, brown or black 13
Squamal fringe pale populoides Spencer, p. 302
Squamal fringe darker, brown or black 14
Mid-tibia with a strong bristle posteriorly vockerothi Spencer, p. 303
Mid-tibia without a distinct bristle . 15
Frons distinctly brown fragariae Malloch, p. 300
Frons distinctly mat black 16
Gena narrow one-eighth to one-tenth eye height; basiphallus and mesophallus
with sclerotized strips masculina Sehgal, p301
Gena broader, about one-fifth eye height; distiphallus separated from basiphallus
by long membranous section spiraeae Kaltenbach, p.302
Agromyza albertensis Sehgal
Agromyza alber tensis Sehgal 1968:57; Spencer, 1969:32.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a similar species, kincaidi Malloch, in smaller size, wing length 2. 0-2. 7 mm and in having
pale squamal fringe, and from those of ambigua Fallen in having frons less projected above
eyes in profile. The main distinguishing characters are the conspicuous angle on the third
antennal article and distinct male genitalia. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and
male genitalia characteristic of this species. Spencer (1969) also figured the aedeagus.
Biology. — Not confirmed, but larvae probably mine leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta, from the following localities:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff, Blairmore, Elkwater.
Agromyza albipennis Meigen
Agromyza albipennis Meigen 1830: 171 ; Spencer, 1969:32.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species may be recognised by the combina-
tion of characters given in the key. The distinctive aedeagus and ejaculatory bulb are as
illustrated (Fig. 1, 2). Sasakawa (1961) and Griffiths (1963) described in detail and illus-
trated significant diagnostic characteristics of this species.
298
Sehgal
Biology \ — Larvae are known to mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae) (Sasakawa, 1961 ;
Griffiths, 1963).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
known from numerous localities in Europe (Griffiths, 1963), Japan (Saskawa, 1961) and
Canada (Spencer, 1969). I have examined three specimens from the following localities:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Cypress Hills, near Elkwater Lake, 24.vi.1966; 1 6 Devon,
University of Alberta botanical garden, 22.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, Rainbow Valley, 14.vi.
1968.
Agromyza aprilina Malloch
Agromyza aprilina Malloch 191 5b: 35 9; Spencer, 1969:36.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of A. kincaidi Malloch and can be reliably separated only by examination of the
characters of male genitalia. Other external differences are pale squamal fringe, smaller size
and distinctly slanting eyes. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this
species.
Biology. — Not confirmed, but the larvae probably mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are Nearctic in distribution and
are known from United States and Canada. The known Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff (Spencer, 1969).
Agromyza aristata Malloch
Agromyza aristata Malloch 1915a: 13; Spencer, 1969:38.
Agromyza ulmi Frost 1924:54; Frick, 1957:199.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species may be recognized by the combina-
tion of characters given in the key. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae make elongated blotch mines on the upper surface of the leaves of
Ulmus americana L., family Ulmaceae. The leaf mines appear in great numbers around
Edmonton during the second week of June. The members of this species have only one
generation a year in Alberta.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are widespread in United States
(Frick, 1959) and are also known from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I have examined the fol-
lowing material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 99 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus from leaf mines on
Ulmus americana L., coll. 6.vi. 1968, emerged 2-27. v. 1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 9 same
locality, swept over same host, 3.vi.l969; Numerous leaf mines on Ulmus americana L., same
locality, 9.vi.l966, 5.vi.l967, lQ.vi.1968.
Agromyza brevispinata new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The male of this species differs from those of
the similar species hockingi Spencer and lucida Hendel in having a weakly shining or some-
what mat mesonotum and distinct male genitalia. This species is included in Spencer’s
(1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Agromyza Fallen by amending and extending
the couplet as follows:
26. Third antennal segment distinctly cut away below (Spencer, 1969, Fig. 5)
nigripes Meigen
Agromyzidae of Alberta
299
Third antennal segment rounded at tip 26a
26a. Mesonotum somewhat mat or weakly shining black; surstyli with 8-10 small
spines; aedeagus as in Fig. 3, 4 brevispinata n.sp.
Mesonotum entirely shining black 27
Description. — Head. Frons slightly wider than width of eye at level of front ocellus, not
projected in front of eye margin in profile; two strong Ors directed upwards; two Ori direc-
ted inwards and upwards; orbital setulae reclinate; eyes oval, approximately 1 .3 times higher
than their length; gena deepest at rear, approximately one-fifth eye height midway between
vibrissal and posterior margins; third antennal article rounded at tip; arista long and pubes-
cent.
Mesonotum. Two strong dorsocentrals; acr in about nine irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male about 2.8 mm; costa extended to apex of vein M1+2; wing tip
nearest to vein R4 +5 ; crossvein r-m approximately at centre of discal cell.
Male genitalia (Fig. 3-5). Hypandrium with short apodeme and broad pregonites; surstyli
(Fig. 5) with 8-10 small spines; aedeagus as illustrated (Fig. 3, 4).
Colour. Frons and orbits mat black; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; mesonotum
weakly shining mat black; squamae yellow, fringe dark brown.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name brevispinata is given in view of the small
spines on surstyli.
Biology. — Not confirmed, but larvae probably mine leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution — This species is known from a single male collected at the
following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 St. Albert near Edmonton, 18.vi.1967.
Agromyza canadensis Malloch
Agromyza canadensis Malloch 19 13a: 299; Spencer, 1969:39.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species are large flies, wing
length approximately 3.0 mm and are distinctive in having yellowish brown legs and dark
antennae.
They have male genitalia which appear indistinguishable from those of A. pseudonifipes
Nowakowski. The two previously known Canadian specimens of this species are brownish
flies (Shewed, 1953) while the members of European A. pseudonifipes are darker in colour.
This was the basis of Spencer’s (1969) accepting them as different species. The bred male
from Yukon Territory, Canada, however, is darker in colour. The discovery of this dark
specimen casts doubt on the separation of these two species on the basis of colour. The
name A. pseudonifipes Nowakowski will probably prove to be a junior synonym of A. cana-
densis Malloch.
Biology. — Larvae make blotch mines on the leaves of Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) G. Don,
family Boraginaceae. Pupation takes place outside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Western and
Eastern Canada (Frick, 1959; Spencer, 1969). I have examined the following material refer-
able to this species:
CANADA. Alberta: Numerous leaf mines on Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) G. Don, Edmon-
ton, river bed near University of Alberta campus; White Mud Creek park, July to September
1968; Yukon Territory: 1 6 Dawson City, from leaf mines on Mertensia paniculata (Ait.)
G. Don, 5 .viii. 1 968, emerged 22.vi.1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
300
Sehgal
Agromyza fragariae Malloch
Agromyza fragariae Malloch 19 13a: 307; Spencer, 1969:42.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of A. spiraeae Kaltenbach and A. masculina Sehgal but differ in having distinctly
brownish frons and distinctive aedeagus. The aedeagus has a characteristic sclerotization in
the mesophallus as illustrated by Spencer (1969).
Biology. — Larvae are known to mine the leaves of Fragaria virginiana Duchesne, family
Rosaceae in United States.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
and Canada (Spencer, 1969). From Alberta, Canada they are known from the following
localities:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore; Onefour (Spencer, 1969).
Agromyza hockingi Spencer
Agromyza hockingi Spencer 1969:44.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are small shining black flies, having
pale or slightly brownish squamal fringe and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustra-
ted the aedeagus. The number of bristles on surstyli (Fig. 6) is variable, from three to six.
One male collected from Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 1 3.vi. 1 966 is tentatively
referred here as it has the aedeagus very similar to that of hockingi Spencer, but has distinc-
tive surstyli (Fig. 7) with two very long spines and a small indistinguishable bristle. This
probably represents a further species, but more material is necessary to confirm this opinion.
Biology. — Larvae probably mine leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alberta, New Brunswick, Ontario and Quebec
(Spencer, 1969). I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 6.vii.l966; 1 6 same locality,
viii.1968; 2 99 same locality, 29.vi.1966; 1 6 Elk Island park, 2.viii. 1966; 1 9 same locality,
3 1 vii. 1 966; 1 6 George Lake near Busby, 21 .viii.1966.
Agromyza kincaidi Malloch
Agromyza kincaidi Malloch 1913a:285; Spencer, 1969:45.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are large shining
black flies, wing length about 3.0 mm, with costa extended to vein R4+5 and dark squamal
fringe. The aedeagus (Fig. 8, 9) and surstyli are also very distinctive.
Hendel (1931) synonymised the name kincaidi Malloch with ambigua Fallen. Frick (1952,
1959) also accepted it synonymous with ambigua Fallen. Spencer (1965d) concluded that
specimens of ambigua Fallen sensu Hendel represented nigrella Rondani and not the true
ambigua Fallen. He later (1969) rejected Hendel’s synonymy and re-established this species.
Biology. — Larvae probably mine leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alaska and widespread in Canada (Spencer,
1969. I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Cypress Hills, Elkwater Lake, 24.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, White
Mud Creek park, 10.vi.1966, 1 6 same locality, 6.vii.l966; 1 6 same locality, viii. 1968; 1 6
Edmonton, 1 10 St. 84 Ave., 15.vi.1968; 1 <J, 2 99 Jasper, 17.vi.1966.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
301
Agromyza masculina Sehgal
Agromyza masculina Sehgal 1968:59.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble exter-
nally those of spiraeae Kaltenbach and vockerothi Spencer and can be reliably recognized
by examination of the male genitalia. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and aedeagus
characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta from the following localities:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore, Okotoks.
Agromyza nearctica new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The specimen of this species is distinctive in
having reddish frons and 3+1 strong dorsocentrals. It is distinguished in Spencer’s (1969)
key to Canadian species of the genus Agromyza Fallen by amending and extending couplet
29 as below:
29. Third antennal segment yellow 30
Third antennal segment black 29a
29a. Second and third antennal segments completely black; orbits black; frons distinct-
ly projected in projected in profile; aedeagus as in Fig. 10 nearctica n. sp.
Third antennal segment black sp. indet. (Spencer)
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus
distinctly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Two strong Ors directed upwards;
three Ori directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae numerous, reclinate. Orbits broad,
each approximately one-fifth frons width. Eyes oval, 1.2 times higher than their length,
bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately one-fourth eye height. Third antennal
article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr numerous, approximately in six rows;
strong prescutellars present.
Wing. Length in male approximately 2.5 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in the ratio of 1 : 0.22 : 0.21; crossvein m-m present; basal portion of M3+4
slightly longer than distal (1 : 0.9).
Male genitalia (Fig. 10-12). Hypandrium (Fig. 12) V-shaped, with narrow side arms and
short but distinct apodeme; pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli with approxi-
mately 8 spinules placed anteriorly; cerci long; aedeagus (Fig. 10) characteristic with bag of
spinules between two arms of basiphallus as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 1 1 ) small
and narrow, bulb small, membranous.
Colour. Frons reddish; orbits black; gena paler; lunule reddish; ocellar triangle weakly
shining black; both Vt’s on dark ground; first antennal article reddish; second and third
antennal articles black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat black; legs black, only distal
tips of femora yellow; squamae yellow, fringe light brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name nearctica indicates that the known member
of this species is from the Nearctic.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known from a single male from the following
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, Mayfair park, l.vi.1969.
302
Sehgal
Agromyza nigripes Meigen
Agromyza nigripes Meigen 1830: 1 70; Shewell, 1953:462; Spencer, 1969:50.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of A. albipennis Meigen and are separated reliably by examination of the characters of
male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. - In Europe the larvae are known to mine the leaves of various genera belonging
to the tribes Glycerieae, Aveneae and Agrosteae of the family Gramineae (Griffiths, 1963).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe and
Canada (Spencer, 1969). From Alberta, Canada they are known from the following locali-
ties:
CANADA. Alberta: Red Deer; St. Albert near Edmonton, Spencer (1969).
Agromyza populoides Spencer
Agromyza populoides Spencer 1969:52.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are very distinctive in having pale
squamal fringe, characteristic aedeagus (Spencer, 1969, Fig. 53) and biology.
Biology. — Larvae make large black blotch mines on Populus spp., family Salicaceae.
Geographical distribution. — Known from United States, and Alberta, Ontario, Quebec
and Saskatchewan in Canada. I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Paratype 1 6 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, near Aber-
hart Hospital, l.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on Populus
tremuloides Michx., coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 15.iii.1969; 1 9 same data, emerged 3.vi. 1969.
Agromyza pseudorep tans Nowak ow ski
Agromyza urticae Nowakowski 1964: 192 (Preoccupied).
Agromyza pseudoreptans Nowakowski 1967:658; Spencer, 1969:54.
Agromyza rep tans', Frick, 1952:373 (not Fallen 1823a).
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species had previously been confused with
reptans Fallen, but possess very distinct male genitalia. Nowakowski (1964) illustrated the
distinctive male genitalia of a specimen of this species under the name urticae Nowakowski.
Frick (1952) also illustrated the characteristics of this species under the name reptans.
Biology. — Lar/ae make irregular blotch mines on the leaves of Urtica spp., family
Urticaceae.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Europe, Japan, United States and Canada
(Spencer, 1969). I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Blairmore, 4.ix.l966, det. K. A. Spencer
Agromyza spiraeae Kaltenbach
Agromyza spiraeae Kaltenbach 1867:104; Spencer, 1969:55.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The diagnostic characters of the members of
this species are: frons mat black, not projected in front of eye margin in profile; mesonotum
and scutelium weakly shining black; wing length approximately 2.4 mm; costa extended to
vein M, +2 ; Spencer (1969) figured the distinctive aedeagus.
The adults resemble those of A. vockercthi Spencer and A. masculina Sehgal and are
separated by characteristics of male genitalia. The description of A. spiraeae Kaltenbach
Agromyzidae of Alberta
303
from Japan indicates a probable further species because of slight differences in the structure
of distiphallus as figured by Sasakawa (1961).
Biology. — Larvae mine leaves of various members of the subfamily Rosoideae, family
Rosaceae (Hering, 1954).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are widespread in North Amer-
ica and Central Europe (Hering, 1954; Spencer, 1969). I have examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6, 1 9 Jasper, 19.vi.1966.
Agromyza sulfuriceps Strobl
Agromyza sulfuriceps Strobl 1898:270; Spencer, 1969:58.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are small flies, wing length approxi-
mately 2.4 mm (Spencer, 1969). The main distinguishing characters are: antennae yellow,
frons yellowish below and darker above, orbits black; mesonotum mat grey, legs black, costa
extended to vein M x +2 , wing tip near apex of vein Mj +2 ; aedeagus as illustrated by Spencer
(1969).
Biology. — Larvae mine leaves of various members of the family Rosaceae in Europe and
United States.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution
and are known from North America, Europe and Mongolia (Spencer, 1969). From Alberta,
Canada they are known from the following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Wabamun (Spencer, 1969).
Agromyza vockerothi Spencer
Agromyza vockerothi Spencer 1969:60.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species resemble those in
the spiraeae group and differ only in having a mid-tibial bristle. The examination of male
genitalia is necessary for correct identification. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus,
characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alberta, British Columbia, Ontario and Nova
Scotia (Spencer, 1969). I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Paratypes 2 66 Elk Island park, 31.vii.1966.
Genus Melanagromyza Hendel
Melanagromyza Hendel 1920:126.
The distinguishing characters of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel are: subcosta developed
throughout its length and coalesced with Rj before contact with costa; normally two to
three pairs of dorsocentrals, four only in setifrons (Melander); halteres black; prescutellars
lacking; antennal bases approximate; conspicuous facial keel lacking; aedeagus with basi-
phallus U-shaped; posterior puparial spiracles normally with black horn or scar in centre.
This genus is represented in Alberta by nine species. Three new species are described in
this treatment. The members of this genus are mostly stem borers as shown by the known
life histories of four Albertan species: achilleana n. sp. and bidenticola n. sp. feed on Com-
positae; martini Spencer on Urticaceae, and actaeae n. sp. on Ranunculaceae. Three further
males tentatively discussed here as Melanagromyza sp. might represent a new species. But
as the males of a closely related species actaeae n. sp. have not been bred these specimens
304
Sehgal
cannot be definitely determined for the time being.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel
1(0). Squamal fringe pale or white 2
Squamal fringe dark, black or brown 5
2(1). Orbits distinctly projected above eyes in profile 3
Orbits not significantly projected above eyes in profile 4
3(2) Posterior puparial spiracles widely separated, each with approximately 30 bulbs;
larva stem borer inActaea actaeae n. sp., p. 305
Posterior puparial spiracles approximate, each with 15-18 bulbs; larva stem borer in
Urtica martini Spencer, p. 308
4(2). Orbits about one-fourth width of frons, not projected above eyes in profile; orbital
setulae numerous, in three irregular rows; aedeagus as in Fig. 27
bidenticola n. sp., p. 306
Orbits about one-fifth width of frons, slightly projected above eyes in profile; orbital
setulae fewer, in two rows; aedeagus as in Fig. 14 achilleana n. sp., p. 304
5(1). Dorsocentrals 3 or 4; larger specimens, wing length 3.2 mm
setifrons (Melander), p. 308
Dorsocentrals 2, at most 3; smaller specimens 6
6(5). Frons strongly projected 7
Frons not significantly projected occidentalis Spencer, p.308
7(6). Abdomen greenish, broad, low keel separating base of antennae
shewelli Spencer, p. 309
Abdomen black, facial keel normal 8
8(7). Orbits and ocellar triangle distinctly shining black fastosa Spencer, p. 307
Orbits and ocellar triangle not shining black laetifica Spencer, p. 308
Melanagromyza achilleana new species
Comparisons . — The members of this species differ from those of a similar species,
M. matricarioides Spencer, in having proclinate orbital setulae and distinct male genitalia
(Fig. 14). M. achilleana and M. bidenticola n. sp. described below are distinguished in
Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel by amending
and extending the couplet 8 as below:
8. Orbits conspicuously broad, each almost one-third width of frons 9
Orbits narrower, at most one-quarter width of frons 8a
8a. Orbital setulae proclinate, with few reclinate hairs below 8b
Orbital setulae erect or reclinate, not proclinate above 10
8b. Orbits about one-quarter width of frons, not projected above eyes in profile; orbital
setulae numerous, in three irregular rows, aedeagus as in Fig. 27 . . .bidenticola n. sp.
Orbits about one-fifth width of frons, slightly projected above eyes in profile; orbital
setulae fewer, in two rows; aedeagus as in Fig. 14 achilleana n. sp.
Description. — Head (Fig. 13). Frons slightly broader than width of eye (1.0 : 0.9) at level
of front ocellus, slightly projected above eye margin in profile; orbits broad, approximately
one-fifth of frons width; ocellar triangle small; lunule almost semicircular above; eyes oval
approximately 1.3 times higher than their length, hairy; gena deepest at middle, approxi-
mately one-fifth of eye height; two strong Ors directed upwards; two Ori directed inwards;
distance between Ori approximately three times distance between upper Ori and lower Ors;
orbital setulae numerous, in two irregular rows, largely proclinate, with few reclinate hairs
Agromyzidae of Alberta
305
below; antennal bases approximate; third antennal article rounded at tip; arista long and
pubescent.
Mesonotum. Two strong postsutural dc; acr numerous, in 10-1 1 irregular rows.
Leg. Mid-tibia with two strong bristles medially.
Wing. Length 2.2 mm in 66, 2.6 mm in 99; costa extended strongly to vein M1+2;wing
tip nearest to apex of vein R4+5 ; crossvein r-m beyond middle of discal cell; distal section
of M3t4 approximately 0.7 times basal section.
Male genitalia (Fig. 14-17). Hypandrium (Fig. 16) with distinct apodeme, side arms and
pregonites broad; surstyli (Fig. 17) with group of conspicuous spines anteriorly; aedeagus
(Fig. 14) with basiphallus U-shaped and close to distiphallus complex; ejaculatory apodeme
(Fig. 15) broad, bulb small and well sclerotized.
Colour. Frons mat black; orbits and ocellar triangle weakly shining black; antennae black;
mesonotum, scutellum and abdomen shining black with greenish lustre; halteres and legs
black; squamal fringe and margin pale or white.
Description of immature stages. — Puparium creamish yellow, elongate and cylindrical in
shape, measures 3.0 x 1.3 mm.
Larval mouth parts obtained from puparium are illustrated (Fig. 18). Mandibles sickle-
shaped, left larger than right, each with large apical and small second tooth; short U-shaped
sclerite present above mandibles; lateral sclerites at base of mandibles well developed; labial
sclerite short and darkly sclerotized; paraclypeal phragmata approximately 2.5 times length
of labial sclerite, weakly sclerotized.
Muscle scars on abdominal segments elongate anteroposteriorly; tubercles small and
scattered.
Anterior spiracles (Fig. 19) short, with eight small bulbs arranged in two rows; posterior
spiracles (Fig. 20) widely separated, with almost complete circlet of 10-1 1 bulbs; small black
horn present in centre of posterior spiracles.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the genus of its larval food
plant, Achillea sibirica Ledeb.
Biology. — Larva feed inside the stem of Achillea sibirica Ledeb., family Compositae.
Pupation occurs inside the stem during August-September.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Elk Island park, from stems of Achillea sibirica Ledeb.,
emerged 12.viii. 1967; Paratypes 2 99 same data.
Melanagromyza actaeae new species
Comparisons. — The members of this species resemble those of M. martini Spencer in
external morphology, but have distinct biology and larval morphology. This species is dis-
tinguished in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel
by amending and extending couplet 6 as below:
6. Orbits shining black, very strongly projected; large species, wing length 3.4 mm in
male miranda Spencer
Orbits weakly shining; smaller species, wing length 2. 5-3.0 mm 6a
6a. Posterior puparial spiracles widely separated, each with approximately 30 bulbs;
larva stem borer in Actaea actaeae n. sp.
Posterior puparial spiracles approximate, each with 15-18 bulbs; larva stem borer in
Urtica martini Spencer
Description. — Head (Fig. 21). Frons broad, approximately twice width of eye at level of
306
Sehgal
front ocellus, distinctly projected in front of eye margin in profile; orbits narrow, each
about one-sixth of frons width; ocellar triangle small; lunule higher than semicircle along
upper margin; eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than their length, almost bare or
with very fine pubescence; gena deepest at middle, approximately one-fourth eye height;
two Ors directed upwards; 3 Ori directed inwards; distance between lower and middle Ori
about three times distance between middle and upper Ori; orbital setulae numerous, in two
to three rows, erect or reclinate below and proclinate above; antennal bases approximate;
third antennal article rounded at tip.
Mesonotum. Two distinct postsutural dc; acr numerous, in 10-12 irregular rows.
Leg. Mid-tibia with one or two small bristles medially.
Wing. Length 3.0 mm in 99, costa extended to vein Mj +2 ; apex of vein R4+5 nearest wing
tip; crossvein r-m slightly beyond middle of discal cell; distal portion of M3 +4 approximately
0.7 times basal portion.
Colour. Frons mat black, orbits and ocellar triangle weakly shining black; lunule and
antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and abdomen shining black with slight greenish
lustre; legs and halteres black; squamal margin and fringe pale or white.
Description of immature stages. — Puparium yellow, elongate and cylindrical in shape,
measures 4.0 mm x 1.5 mm.
Larval mouth parts obtained from puparium are illustrated (Fig. 22). Mandibles sickle-
shaped, left larger than right, each with large apical and small lower tooth; short U-shaped
sclerite present above the mandibles; labial sclerite small and darkly sclerotized; paraclypeal
phragmata approximately 3.0 times labial sclerite, weakly sclerotized.
Muscle scars (Fig. 23) on abdominal segments elongate anteroposteriorly; tubercles small
and scattered.
Anterior spiracles (Fig. 24) short with 16 small bulbs arranged in two rows; posterior
spiracles (Fig. 25) widely separated, each with approximately 30 small scattered bulbs, dis-
tinct horn present in the centre of each spiracle.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the genus of its larval food
plant.
Biology. — The larvae feed inside the stems of Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd, family Ranun-
culaceae. The host plant, commonly known as Red and White Baneberry, is fairly common
in moist places in forests near Edmonton. This is the first Melanagromyza species to be
recorded whose members feed on plants of the family Ranunculaceae.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from the locality of type specimens as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from stems of Actaea
rubra (Ait.) Willd., coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 27.x. 1968; Paratypes 3 99 same data, coll.
4-6.ix.1968, emerged 18-23.X. 1968. One paratype female presented to K. A. Spencer.
Melanagromyza bidenticola new species
Comparison. — The members of this species differ from those of a similar species M.
virens (Loew) in having narrower orbits and distinct male genitalia. This species is distin-
guished in Spencer’s ( 1 969) key to Canadian species of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel as
shown earlier at the beginning of the description of M. achilleana n. sp.
Description. — Head (Fig. 26). Frons slightly broader than width of eye (1 : 0.9) at level
of front ocellus, not projected in front of eye margin in profile; orbits broad, approximately
one-fourth of frons width; ocellar triangle small; lunule higher than semicircle along upper
margin; eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than their length, hairy; gena deepest at
middle, approximately one-seventh of eye height; two strong Ors directed upwards; two Ori
Agromyzidae of Alberta
307
directed inwards; orbital setulae numerous, in about three irregular rows, largely proclinate,
with erect or reclinate hairs below; antennal bases approximate; third antennal article
rounded at tip, arista pubescent.
Mesonotum. Two strong postsutural dc; acr numerous, in 12-15 irregular rows.
Leg. Mid-tibia with two strong bristles medially.
Wing. Length 2. 5-2. 8 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; wing tip near the apex of vein
R4+5; crossvein r-m slightly beyond middle of discal cell; distal portion of M3+4 approxi-
mately 0.7 times basal portion.
Male genitalia (Fig. 27, 28). Hypandrium (Fig. 28) with short, broad apodeme, side arms
and pregonites broad; surstyli with small spines at base; aedeagus (Fig. 27) with basiphallus
U-shaped and close to distiphallus complex; distiphallus as illustrated, ejaculatory apodeme
broad, bulb small and well sclerotized.
Colour. Frons and orbits mat black; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; lunule and
antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and abdomen shining black with distinct greenish
and coppery lustre; halteres and legs black; squamal margin and fringe pale or white.
Description of immature stages. — Puparium pale yellow, elongate and cylindrical in
shape, measures 3.4 mm x 1.3 mm.
Larval mouth parts obtained from puparium are illustrated (Fig. 29). Mandibles sickle-
shaped, left larger than right, each with large apical and small lower tooth; short U-shaped
sclerite present above mandibles; labial sclerite short and more darkly sclerotized along
lower margins; paraclypeal phragmata approximately 3.0 times length of labial sclerite, weak-
ly sclerotized.
Muscle scars on abdominal segments elongate anteroposteriorly; tubercles small and
scattered.
Anterior spiracles (Fig. 30) short with about 10-11 bulbs arranged in two rows; posterior
spiracles (Fig. 31) widely separated, each with almost complete circlet of 15-17 small bulbs,
small distinct horn present in centre of each spiracle.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the genus of its larval food
plant.
Biology. - Larvae feed and pupate inside the stems of Bidens cernua L., family Composi-
tae. Puparia are found inside the stems during August-September. Puparia remain inside the
stems during winter and the flies emerge towards the end of June. Specimens of Bidens
cernua L. are fiarly abundant around Edmonton along stream banks.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, Rainbow Valley, from stems of Bidens
cernua L., coll. 9.x. 1967, emerged 25.xi.1967; Allotype 9 same locality and host, coll.
9.x. 1967, emerged 22.xi.1967; Paratypes 21 66 and 9 99 same locality and host, coll.
9.x. 1967, emerged 1 6-25 .xi. 1 967 ; 3 66 and 1 9 same data, emerged x.1967.
Melanagromyza fastosa Spencer
Melanagromyza fastosa Spencer, 1969:67.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a similar species, laetifica Spencer, in having shining black orbits and ocellar triangle and
deep gena, about one-fourth to two-fifths eye height. Spencer (1969) has figured the dis-
tinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta and Quebec. Known Alberta
locality is as follows:
308
Sehgal
CANADA. Alberta: Onefour (Spencer, 1969)
Melanagromyza laetifica Spencer
Melanagromyza laetifica Spencer, 1969:68.
Diagnostic characters. - The main diagnostic characters of the members of this species
are: strongly projected frons, dark squamal fringe and abdomen. Spencer (1969) has illus-
trated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Alberta
and" Manitoba in Canada (Spencer, 1969). Alberta localities are:
CANADA. Alberta: Manyberries, Mountain View.
Melanagromyza martini Spencer
Melanagromyza martini Spencer, 1969: 70.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble those of
M. actaeae n. sp. but have different biology and larval morphology as shown in the key.
Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae feed inside the stems of Urtica, family Urticaceae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta,
British Columbia, Ontario and Saskatchewan in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I have examined
the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Paratype 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 1 9 same data; 1 6 and 1 9
Edmonton, Rainbow Valley, from stems of Urtica gracilis Ait. (Urticaceae), emerged 24.iii.
1968; 1 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 23.vi.1966; Paratype 1 6 George Lake, near
Busby, l.vii. 1966; 2 99 same locality, l-5.vii.1966.
Melanagromyza occidentalis Spencer
Melanagromyza occidentalis Spencer, 1969:73.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are dark squamal fringe, frons normally not projected, mat black mesonotum and greenish
abdomen. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Alberta,
British Columbia and Saskatchewan in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta localities are:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff, Elkwater and Jasper
Melanagromyza setifrons (Melander)
Agromyza setifrons Melander, 1913: 260.
Melanagromyza setifrons (Melander) Frick, 1959:366; Spencer, 1969:75.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are dark squamal fringe and three or four dorsocentrals. Spencer (1969) illustrated the
aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States,
and Alberta and British Columbia in Canada. The Alberta locality is as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Spencer, 1969).
Agromyzidae of Alberta
309
Melanagromyza shewelli Spencer
Melanagromyza shewelli Spencer, 1969:75.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are: dark squamal fringe, distinctly projected orbits, facial keel and deep gena. Spencer
(1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Alberta and
British Columbia in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta localities are:
CANADA. Alberta: Frank and Mountain View.
Melanagromyza sp.?
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The males resemble externally those of M.
actaeae n. sp., but as the males of the latter species have not been bred, these males cannot
be definitely associated. The aedeagus (Fig. 32) has a characteristic gap between basiphallus
and distiphallus. Such a gap is also characteristic of Melanagromyza sp. (Steyskal) (Spencer,
1969) and M. angelicae (Frost), but the adults differ from them in having narrower orbits
and smaller size. The wing length in male is about 2.5 mm.
Geographical distribution. — I examined three males from the following localities:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, Emily Murphy park, 1 1 .vi. 1 968 ; 2 66 George Lake,
near Busby, 22.V.1968.
Genus Hexomyza Enderlein
Hexomyza Enderlein, 1936: 182.
The members of this small genus are similar to those of the genus Melanagromyza Hendel
in external morphology. Hendel (1931) included all known species in the genus Melanagro-
myza Hendel. Frick (1952) combined the members of the genus Hexomyza Enderlein with
those of the large genus Melanagromyza Hendel. Later Spencer (1966a) in view of distinct
male genitalia and larval biology resurrected this genus to include gall causing species.
Of the two species known in Canada only one, H. schineri (Giraud), has been confirmed
in Alberta. The other species, H. albicula Spencer, gall producer on Salix twigs, probably
also occurs in Alberta.
Hexomyza schineri (Giraud)
Agromyza schineri Giraud, 1861:484.
Melanagromyza schineri (Giraud), Hendel, 1920:128; Frick, 1952:379.
Hexomyza schineri (Giraud), Spencer, 1966a: 42, 1969:81.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
H. albicula Spencer in having costa extended to apex of vein M1+2, and distinct male geni-
talia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae produce twig galls on Populus tremuloides Michx., family Salicaceae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Western
Europe, U. S. A. and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Empty galls on Populus tremuloides Michx. Edmonton, August-
September 1967; 1 larva, Elk Island park, same host, November 1969, coll. G. C. D.
Griffiths; 1 larva, George Lake, from same host, 29.iv.1967.
310
Sehgal
Genus Ophiomyia Braschnikov
Agromyza Fallen, subgenus Ophiomyia Braschnikov, 1897:40.
Ophiomyia Braschnikov; Hendel, 1920:128.
The main distinguishing characters of the genus Ophiomyia Braschnikov are: subcosta
developed throughout its length and coalesced with Rj before contact with costa; two to
three pairs of dorsocentrals; halteres black; prescutellars lacking; antennal bases usually
separated by distinct, bulbous facial keel; aedeagus with basiphallus elongate, with two
distinct side arms.
The species in this genus are extremely difficult to separate on the basis of external
morphology alone. Recent examination of characters of the male genitalia of most of North
American species (Spencer, 1969) has greatly facilitated the identification of closely related
species. The species in the pulicaria group, decima Spencer, pulicaria (Meigen) and pulicari-
oides Sehgal, resemble externally those in the genus Melanagromyza Hendel, but possess
aedeagus typical of the genus Ophiomyia Braschnikov. Spencer ( 1 964c) transferred species
in the pulicaria group from the genus Melanagromyza Hendel to the genus Ophiomya
Braschnikov due to similarities in the characters of the male genitalia.
The genus is represented in Alberta by 17 species. The members of this genus usually
mine below the stem epidermis of various herbaceous plants, but a few mine the tissue in
the leaf. Biology of most species in Alberta remains to be determined as information is
available about host-plants of only four species.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Ophiomyia Braschnikov
1(0). Antennal bases separated by distinct, swollen facial keel or male with vibrissal
horn or both 4
Antennal bases not separated by distinct keel; vibrissa normal; aedeagus with
basiphallus elongate, with two distinct side arms 2
2(1). Peristomal hairs long, conspicuous decima Spencer, p. 3 1 1
Peristomal hairs normal 3
3(2). Aedeagus as in Fig. 35 pulicaria (Meigen), p. 3 14
Aedeagus as illustrated (Fig. 12, Sehgal, 1968) pulicarioides Sehgal, p. 3 14
4(1). Orbital setulae proclinate, upper orbital bristles lacking in male; three pairs of
postsutural dorsocentrals nasuta (Melander), p. 3 1 2
Orbital setulae reclinate 5
5(4) Costa extended to apex of vein R4+5 , male without vibrissal fasciculus 6
Costa extended to apex of vein Mj +2 , male with vibrissal fasciculus. 7
6(5). Squamae pale, margin slightly darker, facial keel narrow
banffensis Spencer, p. 3 1 1
Squamae darker grey, margin dark brown; facial keel broader
monticola Sehgal, p. 3 12
7(5). Vibrissal angle at most 60° 8
Vibrissal angle between 70° and 90° 13
8(7). Gena deep, one-fourth to one-third eye height 9
Gena narrower, one-tenth to one-sixth eye height 10
9(8). Vibrissal fasciculus broad at base incompletely fused . . . praecisa Spencer, p. 3 13
Vibrissal fasciculus long and compact stricklandi n. sp., p. 3 1 5
10(8). Large specimens, wing length 2.5 mm; aedeagus as illustrated by Spencer (1 969)
secunda Spencer, p. 3 14
Smaller specimens, wing length 2.2 mm or less 11
Agromyzidae of Alberta
3 i 1
11(10). Squamal fringe brownish, last and penultimate segments of M3 +4 equal
undecimci Spencer, p. 3 1 5
Squamal fringe black 12
12(11). Facial keel broad, aedeagus as illustrated by S pencer ( 1 969)
riona Spencer, p. 3 13
Facial keel narrow, aedeagus as illustrated by Spencer (1969)
septima Spencer, p. 3 14
13(7). Frons conspicuously projected above eyes in profile, gena deep approximately
one-third eye height, 3 Ori sexta Spencer, p. 314
Frons not projected, gena narrower at most one-fifth eye height, 2 Ori 14
14(13). Gena one-fifth eye height, vibrissal fasciculus with distinct curvature at end
labiatarum Hering, p. 3 1 1
Gena narrower one-sixth to one-eight eye height 15
15(14). Facial keel conspicuously raised below antennae, broader, aedeagus as in Fig. 34
maura (Meigen), p. 312
Facial keel narrower 16
16(15). Mesonotum mat greyish wabamunensis Spencer, p. 3 1 6
Mesonotum shining black prima Spencer, p. 313
Ophiomyia banffensis Spencer
Ophiomyia banffensis Spencer, 1969:83.
Comparison and diagnostic characters . — The members of this species resemble closely
those of O. monticola Sehgal, but differ in having narrower facial keel, pale squamae and
distinctive aedeagus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the
locality of the type specimens as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia decima Spencer
Ophiomyia decima Spencer, 1969: 85.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble those in
the pulicaria group in lacking a distinct vibrissa in male and distinct facial keel. The facial
keel is only weakly developed. The main distinguishing characters are the conspicuous
peristomal hairs and distinctive aedeagus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Cypress Hills (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia labiatarum Hering
Ophiomyia labiatarum Hering, 1937:509; Spencer, 1964c:793, 1969:87.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are dark squamal fringe, broad gena, reclinate orbital setulae and a distinct curvature in
the vibrissal fasciculus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Not confirmed in Alberta, but larvae are known to mine belowr the stem
epidermis of various genera of Labiatae in Europe and United States (Spencer, 1969).
Geographical distribution. - Members of this species are known in Europe, United States
and Alberta, Ontario and Quebec in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta localities are:
312
Sehgal
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, White Mud Creek park; Elk Island park; George Lake near
Busby; Wabamun Lake near Sundance.
Two additional Alberta specimens listed below are only provisionally referred here as
they are not separable externally, but the aedeagus (Fig. 33) has slight differences in the
shape of the distiphallus.
CANADA. Alberta: 1 <3 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, viii. 1968; 1 6 George Lake
near Busby, 7.vi.l968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Ophiomyia maura (Meigen)
Agromyza maura Meigen, 1838:399
Ophiomyia maura (Meigen); Hendel, 1920:129, 1931:188; Sasakawa, 1961:358.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The adults of this species differ from those of a
similar species, O. labiatarum Hering, having narrower gena and distinct aedeagus. The
aedeagus of this species (Fig. 34) resembles that of O. asterivora Spencer and differs only
in very minor details as the central circular area and deeper concavity on dorsal side. O.
asterivora Spencer has a different larval mine. Sasakawa (1961) illustrated this species in
detail. Spencer (1964c, 1969) also discussed this species and illustrated the aedeagus.
Biology. — The larvae make long, narrow linear mines with widely spaced frass granules
on Aster and Solidago, family Compositae. Sasakawa (1961) illustrated the characteristic
leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
known from Japan (Sasakawa, 1961), Europe, North America and Canada (Spencer, 1964c,
1969). I have examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 16.vii.1966; Leaf mines on
Solidago around Edmonton, ix.1968.
Ophiomyia monticola Sehgal
Ophiomyia monticola Sehgal, 1968:60.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a closely related species, O. banffensis Spencer, in having darker squamae and broad
facial keel. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and male genitalia characteristic of this
species. Spencer (1969) also illustrated the aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Members of this species are known from numerous localities
in western Canada and also from Alaska (Sehgal, 1968). The Alberta localities are:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff; Cypress Hills, Elkwater; Jasper.
Ophiomyia nasuta (Melander)
Agromyza maura var. nasuta Melander, 1913:260.
Agromyza youngi Malloch, 191 4a: 3 1 2.
Ophiomyia madizina Hendel, 1920: 130.
Tylomyza madizina (Hendel); Hendel, 193 1 : 185; Frick, 1952:385; Sasakawa, 1961:359.
Siridomyza madizina (Hendel); Enderlein, 1936: 179.
Tylomyza nasuta (Melander); Frick, 1957:201, 1959:372.
Ophiomyia nasuta (Melander); Spencer, 1964c:798.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a closely related Palaearctic species, O. pinguis (Fallen), by having three dorsocentrals
Agromyzidae of Alberta
313
and absence of upper orbital bristles in male. The proclinate orbital setulae are numerous in
males, few in females. Frick (1959) illustrated the characteristic head and wing of this spe-
cies as Tylomyza nasuta (Melander). Sasakawa (1961) illustrated this species as Tylomyza
madizina (Hendel). Spencer (1964c, 1969) illustrated the .aedeagus characteristic of this
species.
Biology. — Not confirmed in Alberta, but larvae are known to mine the leaves of Taraxa-
cum officinale Weber, family Compositae, in United States (Frick, 1959).
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution
and are known from numerous localities in Europe (Spencer, 1964c), Japan (Sasakawa,
1961), North America (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 3 66, 2 99 Blairmore, 26-27.vi.1966; 6 66, 5 99 Cypress Hills, Elk-
water Lake, 24.vi.1966; 2 66 Edmonton, Parliament grounds, 19.vi.1967; 1 6 Edmonton,
Rainbow Valley, 14.vi, 1968; 1 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 20.viii.1966; 1 9 same
locality, 8.vi.l967; 1 9 same locality, 30.viii.1968 coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 9 Edmonton,
University of Alberta campus, ll.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, 26.V.1946 coll. R. M. Mason;
1 6 Elk Island park, 31.vii.1966; 3 99 George Lake, near Busby, 21.vi. 1966; 8 66, 5 99
Jasper, 16-19.vi.1966.
Ophiomyia nona Spencer
Ophiomyia nona Spencer, 1969 :92.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are acute vibrissal fasciculus, narrow gena, dark squamal fringe and broad facial keel. Spen-
cer ( 1 969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Cypress Hills, Elkwater (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia praecisa Spencer
Ophiomyia praecisa Spencer, 1969:92.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
having acute vibrassal angle and deeper gena. They differ from those of a similar species,
O. stricklandi n. sp., in having broad and incompletely fused vibrissal fasciculus. Spencer
(1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from the localities
of their type specimens as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff-Jasper Highway, 13 miles North of Banff; Cypress Hills, Elk-
water.
Ophiomyia prima Spencer
Ophiomyia prima Spencer, 1969:93.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are the vibrissal angle of about 80°, frons not projected, narrow facial keel and shining black
mesonotum. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Elk Island park (Spencer, 1969).
314
Sehgal
Ophiomyia pulicaria (Meigen)
Agromyza pulicaria Meigen, 1830: 170.
Melanagromyza pulicaria (Meigen); Hendel, 1 920: 127, 1 93 1 : 1 7 1 .
Ophiomyia pulicaria (Meigen); Spencer, 1964c:802, 1969:93.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble exter-
nally those of O. decima Spencer and O. pulicarioides Sehgal, and are reliably separated
only by characteristics of male genitalia. The aedeagus of an Alberta specimen has been
illustrated (Fig. 35). Spencer (1969) also illustrated the aedeagus.
Biology. — Not confirmed in Alberta, but larvae are known to mine along the leaf midrib
of various Compositae in Europe (Spencer, 1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are widespread in Europe and
are known from Alberta and British Columbia in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the
following further material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Wabamun, l.vii. 1940, coll. £. H. Strickland.
Ophiomyia pulicarioides Sehgal
Ophiomyia pulicarioides Sehgal, 1968:61.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble exter-
nally those of O. decima Spencer and O. pulicaria (Meigen), and are separated reliably only
by examination of the characters of the male genitalia. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head,
wing and male genitalia. Spencer (1969) also figured the aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Cypress Hills, Elkwater (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia secunda Spencer
Ophiomyia secunda Spencer, 1969:96.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a closely related species, O. septima Spencer, in having larger size, wing length 2.5 mm,
and distinct aedeagus. Spencer ( 1 969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from type locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Elk Island park (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia septima Spencer
Ophiomyia septima Spencer, 1969:96.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are acute vibrissal angle of about 45°, narrow gena, wing length about 1.9 mm and narrow
facial keel. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta and
Ontario in Canada. The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Jasper (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia sexta Spencer
Ophiomyia sexta Spencer, 1969:98.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
315
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are vibrissal angle of about 80°, wing length about 2.3 mm in male, conspicuously projected
frons and three lower orbital bristles. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic
of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta, North-
west Territories, Manitoba and Quebec in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Cypress Hills (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia stricklandi new species
Comparison. — The members of this species differ from those of a similar species, O.
praecisa Spencer, in having long and compact vibrissal fasciculus and distinct aedeagus. They
may be included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Ophiomyia
Braschnikov by extending couplet 10 as below:
10. Lower orbits conspicuously projected above eyes in profile 10a
Orbits not projected 11
10a. Vibrissal fasciculus broad at base, incompletely fused; aedeagus as illustrated
(Spencer, 1 969) praecisa Spencer
Vibrissal fasciculus long and compact; aedeagus as in Fig. 37 . . . stricklandi n. sp.
Description. — Head (Fig. 36). Frons approximately 1.5 times width of eye at level of
front ocellus; lower orbits strongly projected in front of eye margin in profile; ocellar tri-
angle small; facial keel broad; eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than their length,
bare; gena strongly projected anteriorly, approximately one-fourth eye height; vibrissal angle
acute; vibrissal fasciculus strong, compact and with normal curvature; two strong Ors direc-
ted upwards; two Ori directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae few, reclinate; third
antennal article rounded at tip.
Mesonotum. Two strong postsutural dc; acr numerous, in six rows.
Wing. Length 1.6 mm in male; costa extended strongly to vein +2 ; costal segments 2-4
in ratio of 1 : 0.3 : 0.22; wing tip between R4+5 and Mj +2 ; crossvein r-m beyond middle of
discal cell; distal section of M3+4 approximately equal to its basal section.
Male genitalia (Fig. 37-39). Hypandrium (Fig. 39) with narrow side arms and short apo-
deme, darkly sclerotized; surstyli with very small spinules anteriorly; aedeagus (Fig. 37)
with basiphallus elongate and more sclerotized towards its base, distiphallus elongate, well
sclerotized, with conspicuous bulb below; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 38) broad, bulb small
and darkly sclerotized.
Colour. Frons mat black; lunule, facial keel and lower orbits dark brown; mesonotum,
scutellum and abdomen shining black; legs and halteres black; squamae pale, margin and
fringe brown.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named in honour of the late Professor
E. H. Strickland, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
Geographical distribution. — I examined one specimen trom the following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype o Medicine Hat, 8.viii. 1 939, coll. E. H. Strickland.
Ophiomyia undecima Spencer
Ophiomyia undecima Spencer, 1969:99.
Diagnostic characters. - The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are acute vibrissal angle of about 60°, narrower gena, wing length about 2.2 mm, last and
penultimate sections of M3+4 equal and slightly brownish squamal fringe. Spencer (1969)
316
Sehgal
illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff, 20 miles towards Calgary (Spencer, 1969).
Ophiomyia wabamunensis Spencer
Ophiomyia wabamunensis Spencer, 1969: 101.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of the similar species, O. maura (Meigen) and O. prima Spencer, in having mat greyish meso-
notum and distinct aedeagus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Wabamun Lake (Spencer, 1969).
Genus Phftobia Lioy
Phytobia Lioy, 1864:1313.
Dizygomyza (Dendromyza) Hendel, 193 1:22.
Phytobia (Phytobia) Frick, 1952:390, 1959:374.
Shizukoa Sasakawa, 1963:38; Spencer, 1965a:8.
The main distinguishing characters of the members of this genus are: subcost fold-like
distally, joined to costa independent of R, ; orbital setulae erect or reclinate; costa normally
extended to apex of vein Mj +2 , if only to R4+5 (P. confessa Spencer) then notopleural areas
dark, larger specimens wing length at least 3.0 mm, scutellum dark, concolorous with meso-
notum; halteres with knob white or yellow; second crossvein normally present and wing tip
near the apex of vein R4 +5 .
Nowakowski (1962) on the basis of his studies on the male genitalia restricted the genus
Phytobia Lioy to the species placed in the subgenus Dendromyza Hendel and in the sub-
genus Phytobia Lioy.
The larvae of various members of this genus bore inside the cambium of many trees. Of
the three species known in Alberta information about biology is available of only one,
amelanchieris (Greene).
Key to Alberta species of the genus Phytobia Lioy
1(0). Costa extended to apex of vein R4+;5 confessa Spencer, p. 317
Costa extended to apex of vein +2 2
2(1). Mesonotum with humeral and notopleural areas partly yellow; four orbital bristles,
upper two reclinate flavohumeralis Sehgal, p. 317
Sides of thorax black; five or six orbital bristles, only one upper orbital bristle
reclinate amelanchieris (Greene), p. 3 16
Phytobia amelanchieris (Greene)
Agromyza amelanchieris Greene, 1917:314.
Phytobia (Phytobia) amelanchieris (Greene); Frick, 1952:390, 1959:375.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are mesonotum, scutellum and pleura distinctly mat grey and five or six orbital bristles, only
upper one reclinate. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
317
Biology. — Not confirmed in Alberta, but larvae are known to mine the cambium of
Amelanchier canadensis (L.), family Rosaceae (Frick, 1959).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
and British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec and Saskatchewan in Canada (Spencer,
1969). I examined single male from the following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 6.V.1969.
Phytobia confessa Spencer
Phytobia confessa Spencer, 1969: 105.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are costa extended to apex of vein R4+5 ; conspicuously projected frons; shining black gena
and orbits; gena deep, about one-third to one-fifth eye height and wing length about 3.3 mm
in male. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta,
Manitoba and Saskatchewan in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta localities are as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Jumping Pond Creek, 20 miles west of Calgary; Medicine Hat.
Phytobia flavohumeralis Sehgal
Phytobia flavohumeralis Sehgal, 1968:62.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are yellow ring around humeral areas on mesonotum; mat greyish black mesonotum and
four orbital bristles, two upper orbital bristles reclinate. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head,
wing and male genitalia characteristic of this species. Spencer (1969) also figured the
aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta,
British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario and Saskatchewan in Canada. I examined the following
additional material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 George Lake, near Busby, University of Alberta, Department of
Entomology, 22.V.1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 6 same locality. 22.V.1968.
Genus Cerodontha Rondani
Cerodontha Rondani, 1861 : 10; Hendel, 1932:265; Frick, 1952:397, 1959:395; Nowakows-
ki, 1962:100, 1967:633-661 ; Spencer, 1969:109.
This genus was previously restricted to a small group of species having two scutellar
bristles and a conspicuous spine on the third antennal segment anterodorsally. Nowakowski
(1961) on the basis of his studies of the genitalia discovered marked similarities between
the genus Cerodontha Rondani sensu stricto and Hendel’s subgenera Dizygomyza, Poemyza
and Icteromyza. He proposed the enlarged concept for the genus Cerodontha Rondani and
included above-mentioned subgenera. Spencer (1963, 1969) and other workers in the family
Agromyzidae accepted this concept. Nowakowski (1967) in his recent revision of the genus
Cerodontha Rondani proposed two new subgenera: Butomomyza and Crastemyza. The
characters used to define these subgenera overlap with those in the subgenus Dizygomyza
Hendel. Spencer (1969) included the species belonging to these subgenera in the subgenus
Dizygomyza Hendel. The Albertan species falling in Nowakowski’s subgenus Butomomyza
are angulata (Loew), eucaricis Nowakowski, gibbardi Spencer, scirpi (Karl) and in the sub-
genus Crastemyza, frankensis Spencer. The above-mentioned species are included here in
318
Sehgal
the subgenus Dizygomyza Hendel, pending further clarification of Nowakowski’s subgenera
Butomomyza and Crastemyza.
The members of this genus feed exclusively on monocotyledons: Gramineae, Cyperaceae,
Juncaceae and Iridaceae.
The main distinguishing characters of this genus are: subcosta joined to costa independent
of ; costa normally extended to apex of vein M1+2, if only to R4+5 then lunule broad
and higher than semicircle ( Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) frankensis Spencer); vein M1+2 usu-
ally near wing tip; crossvein m-m normally present, halteres with knob white or yellow;
scutellum dark and concolorous with mesonotum. Either third antennal article with con-
spicuous spine anterodorsally and scutellum with only two bristles (subgenus Cerodontha
Rondani); or frons normally yellow and prescutellars absent (subgenus Icteromyza Hendel);
or lunule broad, in form of semicircle or slightly higher, but still broad, prescutellars usually
present, antennal bases widely separated, third antennal article normally greatly enlarged in
male (subgenus Dizygomyza Hendel); or lunule substantially higher than semicircle, but con-
spicuously narrow (subgenus Poemyza Hendel).
This genus is represented in Alberta by 16 species, two in the subgenus Cerodontha
Rondani, seven in the subgenus Dizygomyza Hendel, five in the subgenus .Poemyza Hendel
and two in the subgenus Icteromyza Hendel.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Cerodontha Rondani
1(0). Third antennal article with conspicuous spine anterodorsally; scutellum with two
bristles (subgenus Cerodontha Rondani) 2
Third antennal article without such spine; scutellum with four bristles 3
2(1). Scutellum and adjoining mesonotum with variable yellow spot; aedeagus with dis-
tiphallus comparatively short, but with elongated apical bulbs (Fig. 18c, Sehgal,
1968) dorsalis (Loew), p.324
Scutellum and adjoining mesonotum mat black; aedeagus with long distiphallus,
but with short apical bulbs (Fig. 18a, Sehgal, 1968)
occidentalis Sehgal, p.324
3(1). Lunule broad, in form of semicircle, or slightly higher but still broad 4
Lunule conspicuously higher than semicircle (subgenus Poemyza Hendel) .... 11
4(3). Frons normally yellow; prescutellars absent (subgenus Icteromyza Hendel). ... 15
Frons normally dark; prescutellars usually present (subgenus Dizygomyza Hendel)
5
5(4). Lunule broad, in form of semicircle; third antennal article in male enlarged. ... 6
Lunule broad, but conspicuously higher 7
6(5). All femora distally yellow; frons not projected; smaller specimens, wing length
about 2.2 mm ultima Spencer, p321
Only fore femora yellow distally; frons at most slightly projected; orbits and
lunule yellowish chaixiana (Groschke), p3 19
7(5). Costa extended to apex of vein R4+5 frankensis Spencer, p320
Costa extended to apex of vein M1+2 8
8(7). Frons conspicuously projected above eyes gibbardi Spencer, p.320
Frons not projected 9
9(8). Squamal fringe dark; lower Ors incurved scirpi (Karl), p.320
Squamal fringe yellow; Ors parallel or lower one directed slightly outwards. ... 10
10(9). Ors parallel; wing length 2. 4-3.0 mm; aedeagus with distiphallus short and less
sinuate angulata (Loew), p.319
Lower Ors directed slightly outwards; wing length 3. 0-3. 2 mm; aedeagus with
Agromyzidae of Alberta
319
11(3).
12(11).
13(12).
14(11).
15(4).
distiphallus long and more sinuate eucaricis Nowakowski, p. 3 20
Orbits or frons yellow 12
Orbits and frons dark 14
Femora yellow only distally; notopleural area yellow
superciliosa (Zetterstedt), p.323
Femora yellow, at least in apical one-third; notopleural areas dark 13
Aedeagus short and rotated muscina (Meigen), p.322
Aedeagus with long and thread-like distiphallus
calamagrostidis Nowakowski, p. 32 1
All femora yellow distally inconspicua (Malloch), p.322
Only fore femora yellow distally incisa (Meigen), p.321
Palpi black; larger specimens, wing length up to 3.5 mm
capitata (Zetterstedt), p.323
Palpi yellow longipennis (Loew), p.324
Subgenus Dizygomyza Hendel
Dizygomyza Hendel, 1920:130.
Phytobia (Dizygomyza) Frick, 1952:396, 1959:383.
Cerodon tha (Dizygomyza) Nowakowski, 1962:102, 1967:638.
This subgenus is represented in Alberta by seven known species. Biology of various spe-
cies have not been confirmed in Alberta, but some information about host-plants is known
for five Albertan species
Cerodon tha (Dizygomyza) angulata (Loew)
Agromyza angulata Loew, 1869:47.
Phytobia (Poemyza) angulata { Loew), Frick, 1957:202, 1959:380.
Cerodontha (Butomomyza) semiposticata (Hendel), Nowakowski, 1967:634.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) angulata (Loew), Spencer, 1969: 1 13.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a closely related species, eucaricis Nowakowski, in having upper orbital bristles parallel, and
short and less sinuate distiphallus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of
this species.
Biology. - Larvae are known to mine the leaves of Carex spp., family Cyperaceae, in
Europe. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, United
States and Alberta and Ontario in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following materi-
al from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Vegreville, 22.vi.1968.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) chaixiana (Groschke)
Phytobia (Dizygomyza) chaixiana Groschke, Hering, 1956:264.
Phytobia (Dizygomyza) chaixiana Groschke, 1 957: 1 1 6.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) chaixiana (Hering), Nowakowski, 1967:643.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) chaixiana (Groschke), Spencer, 1969: 1 15.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are the enlarged third antennal articles, yellowish orbits and lunule and distally yellow fore
320
Sehgal
femora. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species. The distiphal-
lus has a characteristic swelling distally.
Biology. - The members of this species are known to mine the leaves of Poa sp., family
Gramineae, in Europe. Hering (1956) described the larval morphology.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Europe, and
Alberta and Ontario in Canada. I examined the following additional material from Alberta :
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, 20.viii.1936, coll. E. H. Strickland; 1 6 Edmonton,
White Mud Creek park, 6.vi. 1966; 3 66 same locality, 28.v.-19.vi.l967; 1 6 same locality,
lO.vi. 1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 6 same locality, 7.V.1969.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) eucaricis Nowakowski
Cerodontha (Butomomyza) eucaricis Nowakowski, 1967:636.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) eucaricis (Nowakowski), Spencer, 1969: 1 16.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are the larger size, wing length about 3.0 mm; prescutellars present, yellow squamal fringe
and lower Ors directed slightly . outwards. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus character-
istic of this species.
Biology. — The members of this species are known to mine the leaves of Carex sp., family
Cyperaceae, in Europe.
Geographical distribution. —The members of this species are known from Europe, Alaska,
and Alberta, Manitoba and Ontario in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The known Alberta locality
is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff (Spencer, 1969).
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) frankensis Spencer
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) frankensis Spencer, 1969: 1 19.
Comparison and diagnostic characters *. - The members of this species are distinctive in
having costa extended to apex of vein R4+s. They resemble externally those of C. (Dizygo-
myza) flavocingulata (Strobl), but differ in having darker squamal fringe. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Alberta, British
Columbia and Yukon Territory in Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 (Paratype) Banff, 28.vi.1966, coll. V. K. Sehgal.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) gibbardi Spencer
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) gibbardi Spencer, 1 969: 1 1 9.
Diagnostic characters. - The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are broad lunule, distinctly higher than semicircle and conspicuously projected frons. Spen-
cer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus and head characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta, British
Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan in Canada. The known Alberta locality is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Onefour (Spencer, 1969).
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) scirpi (Karl)
Dizygomyza scirpi Karl, 1926: 137.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
321
Cerodontha (Butomomyza) scirpi (Karl), Nowakowski, 1967:638.
Cerodontha ( Dizygomyza ) scirpi (Karl), Spencer, 1969:123.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having incurved
lower Ors, and slightly darker squamal fringe. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus
characteristic of this species. There is no membranous gap between meso- and distiphallus.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Scirpus spp., family Cyperaceae, in Europe. Pupa-
tion occurs towards the base of the leaf sheath. Similar mines seen around Edmonton
probably were made by members of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, and
British Columbia and Quebec in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material
from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Edmonton, Rainbow Valley, 14.vi. 1968; 3 66 Edmonton, White
Mud Creek park, lO.vi. 1968.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) ultima Spencer
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) ultima Spencer, 1969: 125.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having enlarged
third antennal article and all femora distally yellow. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus
characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of family Cyperaceae, Scirpus or Carex sp. (Spencer,
1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Ontario,
Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta.
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 8.vi.!967 and ll.v.1969;
1 6 Glynde, 30.iv.1946, E. H. Strickland.
Subgenus Poemyza Hendel
Dizygomyza (Poemyza) Hendel, 1931:35.
Phytobia (Poemyza) Frick, 1952:391, 1959:379.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) Nov/akowski, 1962:102, 1967:645.
This subgenus is represented in Alberta by five species.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) calamagrostidis Nowakowski
Cerodontha (Poemyza) calamagrostidis Nowakowski, 1967:648.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species can only be reliably
separated from those of C. (Poemyza) muscina (Meigen) by examination of the characters
of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Calamagrostis spp., family Gramineae, in Europe.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, and
Alberta in Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 23 .vi. 1966.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen)
Agromyza incisa Meigen, 1830:182.
Dizygomyza (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen), Hendel, 1931:38.
322
Sehgal
Phytobia (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen), Frick, 1959:381.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen), Nowakowski, 1967:651.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of C. (Poemyza) inconspicua (Malloch) in having slightly higher lunule and only fore femora
distally yellow. The distiphallus is long and narrow with apical bulb. Spencer (1969) illus-
trated the aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of plants belonging to various genera in the family
Gramineae. The known genera from Canada are Agropyron, Phalaris, Phleum and Zizania.
Several larvae mine and pupate together inside the leaf.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
being known from Europe, Asia, United States and Canada. I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 <3, 1 9 Edmonton, 114 Street, 76 Avenue, from leaf mines on
Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv., coll. 21.vii.1966, emerged 19-24.ii.1967; 1 6 Edmonton,
river bank near University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on grass, coll. 26.vi.1966,
emerged 5 .viii. 1 966; 2 66, 2 99 same locality, from leaf mines on grass, coll. 22.vi.1968,
emerged 4.vii. 1968; 1 6 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on
Phalaris arundinacea L., coll. 24. ix. 1966, emerged 15.i.l967; 3 99 same locality and host,
coll. 10.x. 1966, emerged 1 1 .iii. 1 967 ; 1 9 same locality and host, coll. 24.ix.1966, emerged
1 1. hi. 1967; 1 9 Elk Island park, 7.vi.l966.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) inconspicua (Malloch)
Agromyza inconspicua Malloch, 191 3a: 3 10.
Phytobia (Poemyza) inconspicua (Malloch), Frick, 1959:381.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) inconspicua (Malloch), Spencer, 1969:129.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having all femora
yellow on distal tips, both sections of M3 ^ almost equal and dark frons and orbits. Spencer
(1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus. The distal tips of distiphallus are slightly dilated
at apex.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Agropyron, family Gramineae.
Geographical distribution ; — The members of this species are known from United States
and Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66, 3 99 Banff, 28.vi.1966; 2 66, 3 99 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 3 66,
6 99 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 6-29.vi.1966; 1 6 same locality, 16.vii.1966; 266
same locality, viii. 1968 and 31.V.1969; 2 66, 2 99 same locality, 1 0-1 8.vi. 1968, coll. G. C.
D. Griffiths; 1 6, 3 99 Elk Island park, 3 1 .vii. 1 966 ; 1 6 same locality, 2.viii.l966; 3 66, 2 99
George Lake near Busby, 21.vi.1966; 1 9 same locality, 5 .vii. 1 966 ; 1 9 same locality, 7.vi.
1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 3 66, 4 99 Jasper, 1 6- 1 9.vi. 1 966 ; 1 6 St. Albert, 14.vi.1966;
2 66 same locality, 18.vi.1967; 1 6, 4 99 Vegreville, 22.vi.1968; 2 99 Vermilion, 22.vi. 1968.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) muscina (Meigen)
Agromyza muscina Meigen, 1830: 177.
Dizygomyza (Poemyza) muscina (Meigen), Hendel, 193 1 :44.
Phytobia (Poemyza) muscina (Meigen), Frick, 1959:382.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) muscina (Meigen), Nowakowski, 1967:649.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a closely related species, C. (Poemyza) calamagrostidis Nowakowski, only in having short
Agromyzidae of Alberta
323
and twisted distiphallus. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae mine leaves of many Gramineae. Known host genera in North America
are Agropyron, Ehrharta and Hordeum.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, United
States and Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Edmonton, Parliament Hill, 19.vi.1967; 1 9 Edmonton, Rainbow
Valley, 14.vi. 1968; 4 99 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 6-23. vi. 1966; 1 d, 1 9 same
locality, 16.vii.1966; 1 9 same locality, 16.viii.1966; 1 d same locality, from leaf mine on
grass, coll. 7.viii.l966, emerged 5.iii.l967; 1 d, 3 99 same locality, 28.vi.1967; 1 d same
locality, 8.vi.l967; 1 d same locality, 10.vi.1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths, 2 <5c3 Elk Island
park, 31.vii.1966; 1 9 same locality, 4.vi.l967; 1 9 George Lake near Busby, 7.vi.l968, coll.
G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 9 Red Deer, 28.vi. 1966; 1 d Vegreville, 22.vi. 1968.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) superciliosa (Zetterstedt)
Agromyza superciliosa Zetterstedt, 1860:6455.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) superciliosa (Zetterstedt), Nowakowski, 1967:650.
Cerodontha (Poemyza) lateralis (Macquart), Spencer, 1969: 131.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having yellowish
frons, orbits and notopleural areas. All femora are also yellow on distal tips.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of various Gramineae. Known host genera are Agro-
pyron, Avena, Elymus, Hordeum, Triticum and Zea.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
being known from United States, Europe, Japan, Canada and Alaska. I examined the follow-
ing material from Alberta.
CANADA. Alberta: 1 d Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 23.V.1967; 1 9 Edmonton,
1 14 Street, 76 Avenue, from leaf mine on Triticum aestivum L., coll. 13.viii.1966, emerged
23.viii.1966.
Subgenus Icteromyza Hendel
Dizygomyza (Icteromyza) Hendel, 1 93 1 : 5 1 .
Phytobia (Icteromyza) Frick, 1952:392, 1959:385.
Cerodontha (Icteromyza) Nowakowski, 1962: 102, 1967:654.
This subgenus is represented in Alberta by only two species discussed below.
Cerodontha (Icteromyza) capitata (Zetterstedt)
Agromyza capitata Zetterstedt, 1848:2750.
Dizygomyza (Icteromyza) capitata (Zetterstedt), Hendel, 193 1 : 52.
Phytobia (Icteromyza) capitata (Zetterstedt), Frick, 1959:386.
Cerodontha (Icteromyza) capitata (Zetterstedt), Nowakowski, 1967:654.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having larger size,
wing length 2. 5-3. 5 mm and black palpi. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae feed inside the stems of Juncus spp., family Juncaceae (Spencer, 1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, United
States, Alaska and Canada. Known Alberta localities are:
CANADA. Alberta, Banff, Jasper, Mount Eisenhower, near Banff, Nordegg (Spencer,
1969).
324
Sehgal
Cerodontha (Icteromyza) longipennis (Loew)
Agromyza longipennis Loew, 1 869:48; Shewell, 1953:46.
Phytobia (Icteromyza) longipennis (Loew), Frick, 1959:386
Cerodontha (Icteromyza) longipennis (Loew), Spencer, 1969: 140.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having yellow
palpi, yellow femora distally and bare eyes. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedea-
gus.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Juncus spp., family Juncaceae in United States.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
and Canada. The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Lethbridge (Spencer, 1969).
Subgenus Cerodontha Rondani
Cerodontha Rondani, 1861:10.
Cerodontha ( Cerodontha) Nowakowski, 1962: 100, 1967:656.
This subgenus is represented in Alberta by two species, dorsalis (Loew) and occidentalis
Sehgal. Sehgal (1968) and Spencer (1969) discussed the male genitalia differences between
these two species.
Cerodontha (Cerodontha) dorsalis (Loew)
Odontocer a dorsalis Loew, 1863:54.
Cerodontha dorsalis (Loew), Melander, 1913:249; Frick, 1959:396.
Cerodontha (Cerodontha) dorsalis (Loew), Spencer, 1969: 143.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
bers of this species are scutellum and adjoining mesonotum with variable yellow spot and
slightly smaller size. The aedeagus (Fig. 18c, Sehgal, 1968) is two-thirds the size of that of
a closely related species, occidentalis Sehgal, and has distinctly elongated apical bulbs.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaf sheaths of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Mongolia,
South America, United States and Canada. Material examined is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Banff, 3.ix.l966; 2 66 Blairmore, 4.ix.l966; 1 6 Crowsnest,
5.ix.l966; 1 9 Medicine Hat, 16.vi.1928, coll. F. S. Carr, British Columbia: 1 6 Chilliwack,
14.x. 1938, coll. J. K. Jacob; 1 6 Crowsnest, 26.ii.1926, coll. A. A. Dennys; 1 6 Shuswap
Lake, 22.vii.1926, coll. J. M. Dunnough. Manitoba: 1 6 Aweme, 17.viii.1917, coll. N. Criddle.
UNITED STATES: Indiana: 1 6 Lafayette, date ?, coll. J. M. Aldrich.
Cerodontha (Cerodontha) occidentalis Sehgal
Cerodontha (Cerodontha) occidentalis Sehgal, 1968:64; Spencer, 1969: 144.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species can be reliably
separated from those of a similar species, dorsalis (Loew), only by examination of the
characters of male genitalia. The aedeagus (Fig. 18a, Sehgal, 1968) is about 1.5 times as
long as in dorsalis (Loew). The apical bulbs on distiphallus are relatively short.
Three males collected from Banff, Alberta on June 28, 1966, are only tentatively re-
ferred here, as these most likely represent a further species. They are not separable exter-
nally from those of occidentalis, but the aedeagus (Fig. 40) shows conspicuous differences
Agromyzidae of Alberta
325
in the shape of mesophallus. Since these specimens are collected from the same locality
as for occidentalism I prefer not to treat them as distinct species, until the range of variation
in the aedeagus is more clearly defined for occidentalis.
Biology. — Larvae probably mine the leaves of Gramineae.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from United States,
Alaska and Canada. Known Alberta localities (Sehgal, 1968) are as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Canmore, near Banff; Blairmore (Sehgal, 1968).
Genus Calycomyza Hendel
Dizygomyza ( Calycomyza) Hendel, 1931:65.
Phytobia (Calycomyza) Frick, 1952:394, 1956:284, 1959:387.
Calycomyza Hendel, Nowakowski, 1962:97; Spencer, 1969:144.
The main distinguishing characters of this genus are subcosta joined to costa independent
of Rj ; costa extended to apex of vein Mj +2 ; vein Mj +2 near wing tip; crossvein m-m present,
halteres with knob white or yellow; scutellum dark and concolorous with mesonotum;
lunule and antennae normal; orbital setulae erect or reclinate; orbits in same plane as frons;
frons yellow; notopleural areas yellow; presutural dorsocentral absent and mid-tibia in some
members with a lateral bristle.
The members of this genus are difficult to separate, because of variations in colour
characters. Recent studies by Spencer (1969) have indicated constant differences in male
genitalia.
This genus is so far represented in Alberta by two species, menthae Spencer and sonchi
Spencer. I am aware of two further species: one mines the leaves of Solidago and the other
of Artemisia. These probably represent solidaginis (Kaltenbach) and artemisiae (Kaltenbach)
respectively, but this would need confirmation by examination of male genitalia.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Calycomyza Hendel
1. Orbits shining black sonchi Spencer, p. 325
Orbits paler at least in lower areas menthae Spencer, p. 325
Calycomyza menthae Spencer
Calycomyza menthae Spencer, 1969: 152.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of althaeae Spencer and cynoglossi Frick and can be reliably separated only by exami-
nation of characters of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
The colour of squamal fringe is from pale to dark brown.
Biology. - Larvae make brownish blotch mines on the leaves of Mentha and Monarda,
family Labiatae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Ontario and
Alberta. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6, 1 9 Edmonton, Fort Road, from leaf mines on Mentha arvensis
L., coll. 9-viii. 1969, emerged 22-25.viii.1969; 1 6 Edmonton, Mayfair park, 17.V.1969.
Calycomyza sonchi Spencer
Calcomyz a sonchi Spencer, 1969:155.
Diagnostic characters. - The members of this species are distinctive in having shining
326
Sehgal
black orbits and pale squamal fringe. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Sonchus and Taraxacum , family Compositae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta and
Manitoba in Canada. Known Alberta localities are as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, Red Deer.
Genus Amauromyza Hendel
Dizygomyza (Amauromyza) Hendel, 193 1:59.
Phytobia (Amauromyza) Frick, 1952:393, 1959:377.
Amauromyza Hendel; Nowakowski, 1962:97.
Dizygomyza (Cephalomyza) Hendel; Spencer, 1969: 157.
The main distinguishing characters of the members of this genus are subcosta joined to
costa independent of Rj ; costa extended to apex of vein M1+2; orbital setulae reclinate;
mesonotum and scutellum black; halteres with knob black or partially paler or whitish, if
yellow, aedeagus with numerous spinules on distiphallus.
This genus is represented in Alberta by two new species, riparia and shepherdiae, de-
scribed below. Three species known from eastern Canada (Spencer, 1969) have not been
discovered from the west.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Amauromyza Hendel
1. Two lower orbital bristles; gena approximately one-third eye height; aedeagus as in
Fig. 43, 44 shepherdiae n. sp., p327
Three lower orbital bristles; gena approximately one-fourth eye height; aedeagus as in
Fig. 41 riparia n. sp., p. 326
Amauromyza riparia new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a similar species, subinfumata (Malloch), in having smaller size and distinct male genitalia.
They may be included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Amauro-
myza Hendel as shown below at the beginning of the description of shepherdiae n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. Three strong Ori directed inwards and up-
wards, two Ors directed upwards; orbital setulae few, approximately eight, reclinate. Eyes
oval, 1.1 times higher than their length. Gena approximately one-fourth eye height. Vibrissa
normal. Third antennal article rounded at tip; arista short, thickened at base.
Mesonotum. Three strong dc; acr in about five irregular rows.
Wing. Length 1 .5 to 1 .6 mm in d<5; costa extended to apex of vein Mj +2 ; costal segments
2-4 in the ratio of 1.0 : 0.3 : 0.2; crossvein m-m present; last section of M3+4 approximately
twice length of penultimate.
Male genitalia. Hypandrium without apodeme, postgonites elongate; aedeagus and ejacu-
latory apodeme as illustrated (Fig. 41, 42). Ejaculatory bulb large.
Colour. Frons, gena and face dark brown; orbits and ocellar triangle weakly shining black.
Mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat black, squamae grey, fringe black; halteres with stalk
black, and knob distinctly whitish or paler.
Derivation of the specific name. — The members of this species are named riparia as the
type specimens were caught along the river bank in Edmonton.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
Agromyzidae of Alberta
327
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, river bank near University of Alberta cam-
pus, 18.v. 1969; Paratypes 4 66 same locality, 18-24.V.1969; 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud
Creek park, along river bank, 23.V.1967.
Amauromyza shepherdiae new species
Comparisons. — The members of this species differ from those of rip aria n. sp. in having
only two lower orbital bristles and distinct male genitalia. This species and riparia n. sp. are
distinguished in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Amauromyza Hendel,
by extending his key as shown below:
2. Halteres entirely black; larger specimens, wing length 2.2 to 3.2 mm
abnormalis (Malloch)
Halteres with stalk black, knob whitish or yellowish grey; smaller specimens 3
3. Three lower orbital bristles 4
Two lower orbital bristles; larvae leaf miner on Shepherdia shepherdiae n. sp.
4. Larger specimens, wing length 1.9-2. 2 mm subinfumata (Malloch)
Smaller specimens, wing length 1 .5-1 .6 mm in male riparia n. sp.
Description. - Head. Frons almost equal to width of eye at level of front ocellus, not
projected in front of eye margin in profile. Two strong Ors directed upwards, two Ori
directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae few, approximately nine to ten reclinate hairs.
Eyes oval, approximately 1.1 times higher than their length. Gena deep, approximately one-
third eye height. Vibrissa normal. Third antennal article rounded at tip, arista conspicuously
thickened at base, bare.
Mesonotum. Three strong dc; acr in five to six irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male 1.5 mm; costa extended to apex of vein M} +2 ; costal segments 2-4
in the ratio of 1.0 : 0.3 : 0.3; crossvein m-m present; last section of M3+4 approximately
twice penultimate.
Male genitalia. Hypandrium without distinct apodeme; postgonites elongate; aedeagus as
illustrated (Fig. 43, 44); ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 45) with large bulb.
Colour. Frons, gena and face dark brown; orbits and ocellar triangle weakly shining black;
mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat black, weakly shining; antennae black; squamae grey,
fringe dark brown; legs black; haltere with stalk black, knob whitish.
Derivation of the specific name. — The members of this species are named after the
generic name of their food plant Shepherdia.
Biology. — Larvae make blotch mines (Fig. 46) on the leaves of Shepherdia canadensis
(L.) Nutt., family Elaeagnaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from the type
locality:
CANADA: Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf
mines on Shepherdia canadensis (L.) Nutt., coll. 5.vii.l968, emerged 25. v. 1969; Numerous
leaf mines, same data.
Genus Nemorimyza Frey
Nemorimyza Frey, 1946:42.
Nemorimyza Frey was erected as a monotypic subgenus of a large genus Dizygomyza
Hendel sensu lato. Frick (1952) synonymized Dizygomyza Hendel with Phytobia Lioy
sensu lato. Later (1953, 1959) he treated Nemorimyza Frey as a subgenus of Phytobia
328
Sehgal
Lioy. Nowakowski (1962) in view of differences in the structure of male genitalia and
larval biology restricted Phytobia Lioy to cambium miners and raised Nemorimyza Frey
to full generic rank.
Nemorimyza posticata (Meigen)
Agromyza posticata Meigen, 1830:172; Frost, 1924:50.
Dizygomyza (Dendromyza) posticata (Meigen); Hendel, 1931:30.
Dizygomyza (Nemorimyza) posticata (Meigen); Frey, 1946:42.
Phytobia (Phytobia) posticata (Meigen); Frick, 1952:390.
Phytobia (Nemorimyza) posticata (Meigen); Frick, 1953:69, 1959:377.
Nemorimyza posticata (Meigen); Nowakowski, 1962:97; Spencer, 1969:161..
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are large shining black flies, wing
length approximately 3.0 mm. Other diagnostic characters are: orbits in the same plane as
frons; mesonotum shining black; dorsocentrals 3+0; acrostichals approximately in six rows;
prescutellars present; squamal fringe pale whitish; fore-tibial bristle present and abdomen
yellowish in male. Sasakawa (1961) and Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus character-
istic of this species.
Biology. — The larvae make blotch mines on the leaves of Solidago spp. in Alberta. The
larvae are also known to mine the leaves of Aster spp. in United States (Frick, 1959). Frost
(1924) and Sasakawa (1961) illustrated the leaf mine characteristic of this species. The leaf
mine is characteristic in having concentric feeding marks. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution
and are known from Japan (Sasakawa, 1961), Europe (Hendel. 1931), United States and
Canada (Frick, 1959; Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Edmonton, river bank, near University of Alberta campus, from
leaf mines on Solidago sp., coll. 26.vii. 1966, emerged 20.viii. 1 966; 1 9 same locality and
host, coll. 15.vi.1969, emerged 8.vii. 1969; numerous leaf mines around Edmonton; 1 9
Jasper, 18.vi.1966.
Genus Liriomyza Mik
Liriomyza Mik, 1894:289.
The main distinguishing characters of the genus Liriomyza Mik are: subcosta fold-like
distally, joined to costa independent of R2 ; orbital setulae erect or reclinate; costa extended
to vein Mt +2 ; vein Mj +2 nearest wing tip; scutellum yellow at least centrally; orbits largely
in plane of frons; frons usually yellow; crossvein m-m normally present, but absent in L.
singula Spencer; aedeagus variable in shape, without sclerotized paired tubules as in the
genus Lemurimyza Spencer.
The genus is represented in Alberta by 27 species. The species in this genus are extremely
difficult to separate from external characteristics alone. The characters of male genitalia are
necessary ior confirmation of the specific identity of most of the species. Many species very
similar in external adult characteristics often belong to very different groups when their
male genitalia are studied; e.g., L. taraxaci Hering, L. veluta Spencer and L. lathyri new
species are extremely similar in external characters; but the structure of their male genitalia
suggests that they belong to entirely different groups.
Six new species described in this treatment are: L. balcanicoides, L. bifurcata, L. lathyri,
L. senecionivora, L. sinuata and L. sylvatica. Necessary amendments to include these species
in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik are given.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
329
Key to Alberta species of the genus Liriomyza Mik
1(0). Mesonotum with yellow central area adjoining scutellum 2
Mesonotum without such yellow area 3
2(1). Larger specimens, wing length 2. 8-3. 5 mm; acr in about five irregular rows, scutel-
lum with dark areas laterally conspicua Sehgal, p. 332
Smaller specimens, wing length approximately 2.0 mm; acr in two rows; scutellum
entirely yellow viciae Spencer, p. 341
3( 1 ). Crossvein m-m present 4
Crossvein m-m absent singula Spencer, p. 338
4(3). Femora mostly dark 5
Femora mostly yellow, some specimens with dark spots or streaks 9
5(4). Third antennal article black 6
Third antennal article yellow or slightly darkened at base of arista 7
6(5). Antennae entirely black; acr in four rows baptisiae (Frost), p. 331
First and second antennal article yellow; acr in two rows
eboni Spencer, p. 333
7(5). Mesonotum shining black; acr in four rows; femora black with yellow distal tips
8(7).
9(4).
10(9).
11(10).
12(9).
13(12).
14(13).
15(13).
16(15).
17(16).
18(16).
Mesonotum black grey; acr in two rows; femora with some yellow spots or lines
socialis Spencer, p. 339
Orbits mostly yellow; aedeagus with ejaculatory duct conspicuously swollen be-
tween basiphallus; distiphallus lightly sclerotized
septentrionalis Sehgal, p.337
Orbits slightly darkened; aedeagus with ejaculatory duct not so swollen, distiphal-
lus darkly sclerotized cordillerana Sehgal, p. 332
Third antennal article with conspicuously long pubescence 10
Third antennal article with normal pubescence 12
vte on black and vti on margin of black and yellow areas on vertex
sinuata n. sp., p. 338
vte and vti both on yellow areas 11
Surstyli long and narrow; larva leaf miner on Achillea
millefolii Hering, p. 335
Surstyli shorter and broader pilosa Spencer, p. 336
Squamal fringe pale yellow lima (Melander), p. 335
Squamal fringe brown or black 13
Mesonotum brilliantly shining black. 14
Mesonotum dull or mat, black or grey 15
vte and vti on yellow areas on vertex, separated by narrow dark band
montana Sehgal, p. 336
vte on dark and vti on margin of dark and yellow areas; aedeagus as illustrated
(Fig. 55, 56) eupatorii (Kaltenbach), p. 333
vte on black and vti on margin of dark and yellow areas on vertex . 16
vte and vti both on yellow areas 21
Upper orbits partially darkened 17
Orbits yellow 18
Distiphallus with two circular lobes in ventral view
edmontonensis Spencer, p. 333
Distiphallus as illustrated (Fig. 68, 69) sylvatica n. sp., p. 339
Acrostichals in four rows 19
330
Sehgal
19(18).
20(18).
21(15).
22(21).
23(21).
24(23).
25(23).
26(25).
Acrostichals in two rows 20
Femora blackish nordica Spencer, p. 336
Femora normal yellow; aedeagus as in Fig. 60, 6L . . . senecionivora n. sp., p. 336
Aedeagus with distal processes divergent as in Fig. 52, 53
bifurcata n. sp., p. 331
Aedeagus without such distal processes kenti Spencer, p. 334
Acrostichals in two rows 22
Acrostichals in three to four irregular rows 23
Aedeagus with distiphallus oval, disc-shaped in ventral view
fricki Spencer, p. 333
Aedeagus as in Fig. 47, 48 balcanicoides n. sp., p. 330
One Ors and two to three Ori 24
Two Ors and two Ori 25
Last section of M3+4 approximately two times the penultimate; larva leaf miner
on Smilacina smilacinae Spencer, p. 339
Last section of M3 +4 two and a half to three times the penultimate; aedeagus with
long undulating process distally undulata Spencer, p. 340
Mesonotum black, not grey taraxaci Hering, p. 340
Mesonotum grey 26
Frons slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile
veluta Spencer, p. 341
Frons not projected in front of eye margin in profile lathyri n. sp., p. 334
Liriomyza balcanicoides new species
Comparisons. — A member of this species resembles that of L. fricki Spencer in external
characteristics and can be reliably separated only by examination of male genitalia. The
aedeagus (Fig. 47, 48) characteristic of this species is of same general type as that of the
Palaearctic species L. balcanica (Strobl) as figured by Spencer (1966c), but is quite distinc-
tive. Besides, the adult differs in having crossvein m-m present. This species may be included
in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik by amending and
extending couplet 39 as below:
39. acr in two rows 39a
acr in three to four rows 40
39a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) fricki Spencer
Aedeagus as in Fig. 47, 48 balcanicoides n. sp.
Description. - Head. Frons approximately one and a half times width of eye at level of
front ocellus, projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, 1.25 times higher than
their length; gena little less than one-third of eye height midway between vibrissal and pos-
terior margins; ocellar triangle small; lunule high; two strong Ors directed upwards; two Ori,
lower one directed inwards, upper one directed upwards; orbital setulae few, three to four,
reclinate; third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in two rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 1.5 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in the ratio of 1 : 0.27 : 0.3; crossvein m-m present; last segment of M3+4 approx-
imately two and a half times the penultimate.
Male genitalia (Fig. 47-50). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms; pregonites
broad; postgonites elongated; surstylus (Fig. 50) with characteristic spine placed anteriorly
and a small spine dorsally on epandrium; aedeagal apodeme darkly sclerotized; phallophore
Agromyzidae of Alberta
331
small; basiphallus with swollen ejaculatory duct; distiphallus as illustrated with two charac-
teristic processes at distal end; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 49) broad, with darkly sclerotized
stem, bulb small, sclerotized along lower margin.
Colour. Frons, orbits, lunule, gena and antennae yellow; vte and vti on yellow areas;
mesonotum mat greyish black; humeral area yellow, with a dark spot anteriorly; notopleural
area yellow; scutellum yellow, with dark areas at its basal corners; mesopleuron yellow with
slight dark area anteroventrally; pteropleuron yellow; sternopleuron black, with a narrow
yellow band dorsally; femora essentially yellow; tibiae and tarsi brown; squamal fringe dark
brown, halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name balcanicoides is given in view of the fact
that this species belongs to the same group as L. balcanica (Strobl).
Geographical distribution. - A male of this species is known only from type locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 St. Albert, near Edmonton, 18.vi.1967.
Liriomyza baptisiae (Frost)
Agromyza baptisiae Frost, 1931:275.
Liriomyza baptisiae (Frost), Frick, 1952:402, 1959:402; Spencer, 1969:169.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are small black
flies, approximately 1.7 mm in wing length. The adults resemble closely those of L. quadri-
setosa (Malloch) in external morphology but differ in having only four orbital bristles. The
adults differ from those of another similar species, L. eboni Spencer, in having all three
antennal articles black. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — The larvae form linear blotch mines on leaves of Baptisia tinctoria (L.), family
Leguminosae, in Pennsylvania, U. S. A. (Frick, 1959). The larvae probably have some other
food plant in Alberta.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Pennsylvania,
U. S. A. (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 4 dd, 3 99 Cypress Hills, near Elkwater Lake, 24.vi. 1966.
Liriomyza bifurcata new species
Comparisons. — A member of this species resembles closely that of L. kenti Spencer in
external characteristics and can be separated reliably only by the examination of male
genitalia. It differs from those of similar species, L. nordica Spencer and L. senecionivora
new species, in having two rows of acrostichals and distinct male genitalia. L. bifurcata is
included in Spencer’s (1969) key to the Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik as
shown at the beginning of the description of L. senecionivora new species described later
in this treatment.
Description. — Head (Fig 5 1 ). Frons wide, approximately two times width of eye at level
of front ocellus, slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, approximate-
ly 1.3 times higher than their length; gena approximately one-fifth of eye height midway
between vibrissal and posterior margins; ocellar triangle small, lunule almost semicircular
above; two strong Ors directed upwards, one Ori directed inwards; orbital setulae three,
reclinate; antennal bases approximate; third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal
pubescence; arista long and pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in two rows.
Wing. Length in male 1.25 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal segments 2-4 in the
332
Sehgal
ratio of 1 : 0.4 : 0.24; wing tip at M1+2; last segment of M3+4 approximately three times
penultimate.
Male genitalia (Fig. 52-54). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms, pregonites
small; postgonites elongated; surstylus small, with a short spine anteriorly and a cone-like
projection dorsally on epandrium; aedeagal apodeme lightly sclerotized; phallophore small;
basiphallus with a thick swollen ejaculatory duct; hypophallus small narrow process; disti-
phallus with two divergent tubules distally and small filamentous hair ventrally; ejaculatory
apodeme broad, bulb small and sclerotized along the lower margin.
Colour. Frons, orbits, lunule, gena and antennae yellow; ocellar triangle black; vte and vti
on dark areas; mesonotum greyish black; humeral area yellow, with dark spot anteriorly;
notopleural area yellow; scutellum yellow with lateral dark areas, mesopleuron yellow with
small dark area anteroventrally; sternopleuron dark, with narrow yellow band along upper
margin; femora yellow, slightly brownish at base; tibiae and tarsi brownish; squamal fringe
brown, squamae yellow; halteres yeliow.
Derivation of the specific name. - The name bifurcata is given in view of two divergent
tubular processes on the distiphallus.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 29.vi.1966.
Liromyza conspicua Sehgal
Liriomyza conspicua Sehgal, 1968:66.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are large flies, wing length 2. 8-3. 5
mm, with characteristic prescutellar yellow, yellow third antennal segment, scutellum slight-
ly darkened at basal corners and distinct male genitalia. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head,
wing and male genitalia characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution . — The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties in Alberta, Manitoba, Ontario and Saskatchewan in Canada (Sehgal, 1968). I examined
the following- further material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66, 3 99 Vegreville, 22.vi.1968.
Liriomyza cordillerana Sehgal
Liriomyza cordillerana Sehgal, 1968:69.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. septentrionalis Sehgal in external morphology and can be reliably separated only
by the examination of the characters of the male genitalia. The colour of third antennal
article is variable from complete yellow to slightly darkened at base of arista; orbits are
usually darkened. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and the distinctive aedeagus.
Spencer (1969) also figured the aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Deschampsia caespitosa (L.) Beauv., family Gra-
mineae.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties in the Rockies in Alberta, Canada (Sehgal, 1968). I examined the following further
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Banff, from leaf mine on grass, 13-23.ix.1966; 1 6 Blairmore,
26. vi. 1966; 1 6 Jasper, from leaf mines on Deschampsia caespitosa (L.) Beauv., family
Gramineae; 1 6 same locality, l.ix.l966.,A\>>
Agromyzidae of Alberta
333
Liriomyza eboni Spencer
Liriomyza eboni Spencer, 1969:173.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of the similar species, L. baptisiae (Frost), in having first and second antennal article yellow
and acrostichals in two rows. The aedeagus has been illustrated by Spencer (1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Alberta,
from the type locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Spencer, 1969).
Liriomyza edmontonensis Spencer
Liriomyza edmontonensis Spencer, 1969: 174.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. sylvatica new species in external morphology and can be reliably separated only
by comparison of the characters of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus
characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Alberta and
British Columbia in Canada. Known Alberta locality is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, University of Alberta campus (Spencer, 1969).
Liriomyza eupatorii (Kaltenbach)
Agromyza eupatorii Kaltenbach, 1874:320.
Liriomyza eupatorii (Kaltenbach), Hendel, 1920: 143; Spencer, 1969: 174.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are very close to
those of L. montana Sehgal in external characteristics and are reliably separated only by
examination of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) figured the distinctive aedeagus of this spe-
cies. The aedeagus of a caught specimen from Alberta is illustrated in Fig. 55, 56. The disti-
phallus of this species is very close to that of L. pictella (Thompson) and L. munda Frick,
from which it differs only in minor details. Spencer (1965c) illustrated the aedeagus charac-
teristic of L. pictella (Thompson) and of L. munda Frick.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of members of the genera Solidago, Helianthus, Eupa-
torium, Aster , and Lampsana, family Compositae, and Galeopsis, family Labiatae, in Europe
(Hering, 1957).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are widespread in Europe and
are known from Canada (Spencer, 1969). Frick’s (1953, 1959) description of L. eupatorii
(Kaltenbach) refers to L. munda Frick (Stegmaier, 1966, 1968). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, Aberhart Hospital lawns, 13.vi. 1967.
Liriomyza fricki Spencer
Liriomyza trifolii Frick, 1959:410 (not Burgess, 1879).
Liriomyza fricki Spencer, 1965c:35.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are very close to
those of L. balcanicoides new species in external characteristics, but the male genitalia are
very different. Spencer (1965c, 1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus of this species.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of various species of the genera Medicago, Melitotus,
334
Sehgal
Trifolium and Vigna , of the family Leguminosae (Stegmaier, 1968). The flies were also bred
from two other genera Lathyrus and Vicia of the family Leguminosae. The leaf mine is a
small blotch with a short linear beginning.
Geographical distribution. - L. fricki Spencer is a Nearctic species whose members are
known from Northern United States and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 d Banff, 28.vi.1966; 1 d Edmonton, 12.vi.1937, coll. E. H. Strick-
land; 1 d, 1 9 Elk Island park, from leaf mines on Trifolium repens L., coll. 3 1 .vii. 1 966,
emerged 1 4-1 5.viii. 1966; 2 66 same locality, from leaf mines on Vicia americana Muhl.,
3 1 .vii.-l 1 .viii. 1 966; 1 9 same locality, from leaf mines on Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook.,
viii. 1 967 ; 5 66 same locality, 31. vii. 1966; 2 66 same locality, 7.vi. and 2.viii. 1 966; 2 66
Jasper, 18.vi. and 23 .vii. 1966.
Liriomyza kenti Spencer
Liriomyza kenti Spencer, 1969: 176.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. bifurcata new species and are separated reliably only by examination of the
characters of male genitalia. The adults differ from those of similar species, L. senecionivora
new species and L. nordica Spencer, in having only two rows of acrostichals. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the locali-
ties of its type series (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, Emily Murphy park, 1 l.vi.
1968; 1 6 Edmonton, Mayfair park, 17.V.1969; Paratype 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek
park, 13.vi.1966; 2 66 same locality, 19.V.1968; 1 d same locality; 1 0.vi. 1 968 ; 10 66 same
locality, 25.v. 1969; 5 66 Jasper, 19.vi.1966.
Liriomyza lathy ri new species
Comparisons. - The members of this species resemble closely those of L. veluta Spencer,
L. trifolii (Burgess) and L. taraxaci Hering in external morphology and can be separated
reliably only by examination of the characters of the male genitalia. This species is included
in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik by amending
couplet 43 and adding couplet 44 as below:
43 Aedeagus as in Fig. 57, 58 lathyri n. sp.
Aedeagus not so 44
44. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) trifolii (Burgess)
Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) veluta Spencer
Description. — Frons approximately 1.8 times width of eye at level of front ocellus, not
projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, approximately 1.25 times higher than
their length; gena approximately one-fifth of eye height midway between vibrissal and pos-
terior margins; ocellar triangle small; two Ors directed upwards; two Ori directed inwards;
orbits narrow; orbital setulae approximately six, reclinate; third antennal article rounded
at tip, with normal pubescence; arista pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in three irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 1.7 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in the ratio of 1 : 0.27 : 0.27; crossvein m-m present; last segment of M3+4
approximately 2.5 times the penultimate.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
335
Male genitalia (Fig. 57-59). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms; pregonites
broad; postgonites elongated; surstylus typical with a conspicuous spine placed anteriorly;
small cone-like projection present on epandrium; phallophore and aedeagus (Fig. 57, 58)
as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 59) broad, darkened at its stem, bulb small, sclero-
tized along lower margin.
Colour. Frons, orbits, lunule, gena and antennae all yellow or reddish; vte and vti on
yellow areas; mesonotum mat greyish black; humeral area yellow, with a dark spot anteri-
orly; notopleural area yellow; mesopleura essentially yellow, with dark area centrally and
along ventral half; sternopleura black, with a narrow yellow band along its dorsal margin,
femora essentially yellow; tibiae and tarsi brownish; squamal fringe dark brown; halteres
yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named lathyri after the generic name of
its larval food plant.
Biology. — Larvae make large blotch mine with a small linear beginning on the leaflets
of Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook., family Leguminosae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the locali-
ties of its type species:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from blotch mines on
leaflets of Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook., coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 7.ii. 1969; Paratypes 13 66
Elk Island park, 31.vii.-2.viii.1966.
Liriomyza lima (Melander)
Agromyza lima Melander, 1 9 1 3 :265 .
Liriomyza lima (Melander), Frick, 1952:404, 1959:406.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters are mat black mesonotum,
yellow femora and third antennal article. The pale squamal fringe differentiates this from
other species in this group. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Members of this species are known from United States and
Canada. The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton (Spencer, 1969).
Liriomyza millefolii Hering
Liriomyza millefolii Hering, 1927:185; Spencer, 1969: 1 78.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species can be easily recog-
nised by the presence of conspicuously long whitish pubescence on the third antennal article
and the presence of vertical bristles on yellow areas. The adults resemble closely those of
L. sinuata new species in external morphology, but the male genitalia are distinct, Spencer
(1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Achillea millefolium L. and A. sibirica Ledeb.,
family Compositae. Larvae also mine the leaves of Tanacetum vulgare L. in the laboratory.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Germany (Hen-
del, 1931) in Europe, and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66, 3 99 Edmonton, river bed near University of Alberta campus,
from leaf mines on Achillea sibirica Ledeb., coll. 26.vii.1966, emerged 1 0-1 3.viii. 1966; 3 66,
1 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, same host, 6-20.X.1968; 6 66, 3 99 Elk Island park,
same host, coll. 31.vii. 1966, emerged 1 5-20. viii. 1966; 3 66 same locality, 31.vii. 1966; 1 6
336
Sehgal
same locality, viii. 1 967
Liriomyza montana Sehgal
Liriomyza montana Sehgal, 1968:67.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. eupatorii (Kaltenbach) in external morphology. The position of vertical bristles
on yellow areas used to differentiate the adults of this species from those of L. eupatorii
(Kaltenbach) is variable as the area of vertical bristles in some specimens is darkened. The
male genitalia are, however, quite distinct. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and male
genitalia characteristic of this species. Spencer ( 1 969) also figured the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae probably mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties in the Rockies in Alberta, Canada (Sehgal, 1968).
Liriomyza nordica Spencer
Liriomyza nordica Spencer, 1969: 179.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are very similar to
those of L. senecionivora new species and differ only in having femora blackish. The male
genitalia are, however, very distinct. The adults differ from those of other similar species,
L. bifurcata new species and L. kenti Spencer, in having darker mesopleura and distinct male
genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the
locality of its type series from Canada. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, Rainbow Valley, 31.V.1969; 2 66 Edmonton, White
Mud Creek park, 25.V.1969.
Liriomyia pilosa Spencer
Liriomyza pilosa Spencer, 1969: 182.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. millefolii Hering in having long pubescence on third antennal article and can be
reliably separated only by examination of male genitalia. Surstyli in this species are shorter
and broader than in millefolii Hering. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic
of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Alberta
from the locality of the type specimen as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, University of Alberta campus (Spencer, 1969).
Liriomyza senecionivora new species
Comparisons. - The adults of this species resemble closely those of L. nordica Spencer
in external characteristics and can be reliably separated only by the examination of male
genitalia. L. senecionivora and L. bifurcata new species described earlier are included in
Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik by amending and
extending the couplet 38 as below:
38. acr in four rows 38a
acr in two rows 38b
Agromyzidae of Alberta
337
38a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) nordica Spencer
Aedeagus as in Fig. 60, 61 senecionivora n. sp.
38b. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) kenti Spencer
Aedeagus as in Fig. 52, 53 bifurcata n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons wide, approximately 1.8 times width of eye at level of front
ocellus, slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, 1.3 times higher than
long; gena approximately one-fifth of eye height midway between vibrissal and posterior
margins; ocellar triangle small; lunule high, almost flat above; two strong Ors directed up-
wards, three Ori directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae few, approximately seven,
reclinate; antennal bases approximate; third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal
pubescence; arista long and pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in four irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male 2.0 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.23 : 0.26; wing tip at vein Mj +2 ; crossvein m-m present; last segment of M3 +4
approximately three times penultimate.
Male genitalia (Fig. 60-63). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms; pregonites
broad and membranous; postgonites long and narrow; surstyli (Fig. 63) small, with two
spines placed anteriorly, small spine on epandrium anteriorly also present; phallophore
small and darkly sclerotized; basiphallus and distiphallus lightly sclerotized; ejaculatory duct
swollen between basiphallus; distiphallus small; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 62) narrow and
darkly sclerotized at base, bulb membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits, lunule, gena and antennae all yellow; ocellar triangle black; vte on
black and vti on margin of black and yellow areas; mesonotum mat black; humeral area
yellow, with a dark spot anteriorly; notopleural area yellow; scutellum yellow with dark
areas at its basal corners; mesopleuron and sternopleuron black with narrow yellow band
along upper margins; femora mainly yellow, with slight brownish area towards their base;
tibiae and tarsi dark brown; squamal fringe brown, squamae slightly dark; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named senecionivora after the name of
its food plant.
Biology. - The larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Senecio pauciflorus Pursh. Pupa-
tion occurs outside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
localities:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype <5 Jasper National park, near Medicine Lake, from leaf
mines on Senecio pauciflorus Pursh, coll. 16.vii.1969, emerged 30.vii.1969, coll. G.C. D.
Griffiths. Paratype 1 <3 Blairmore, 26.vi. 1966.
Liriomyza septentrionalis Sehgal
Liriomyza septentrionalis Sehgal, 1968:70.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. cordillerana Sehgal in external morphology, and can be reliably separated only
by the examination of the characters of male genitalia.
The third antennal article is variable in colour from complete yellow to slightly darkened
at the base of arista; orbits are usually yellow. Sehgal (1968) figured the head, wing and the
characteristic aedeagus.
Biology. - Larvae mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties in the Rocky Mountains and Cypress Hills in Alberta and from British Columbia (Sehgal,
338
Sehgal
1968).
Liriomyza singula Spencer
Liriomyza singula Spencer, 1969: 184.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinct in the absence of cross-
vein m-m; the third antennal article is only lightly darkened at the base of arista. Spencer
(1969) figured the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from its type
species in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Paratype 1 6 Blairmore, 20.vi. 1966.
Liriomyza sinuata new species
Comparisons. — The members of this species resemble those of L. millefolii Hering in
having long pubescence on third antennal article but differ in having both vertical bristles
on dark areas and distinct male genitalia. This species is included in Spencer’s (1969) key
to Canadian species of the genus Liriomyza Mik by amending and extending the couplet
26 as below:
26. Orbits shining black; mesopleura black in lower three-quarters; femora distinctly
darkened sp. (Constance Bay)
Orbits yellow; femora yellow 26a
26a. vte on black and vti on margin of black and yellow ground sinuata n. sp.
Both vt on yellow ground 27
Description. — Head. Frons wide, approximately twice width of eye at level of front
ocellus, projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, slightly slanted, 1 .25 times
higher than their length; gena deep, approximately one-third of eye height midway between
vibrissal and posterior margins; ocellar triangle small; lunule high, narrow at top; two strong
Ors directed upwards; two Ori, lower one "directed inwards and upper one directed upwards;
orbital setulae one to two, reclinate; antennal bases approximate; third antennal article
rounded at tip, with conspicuous pubescence; arista pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in two rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 1.5 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in the ratio of 1 : 0.35 : 0.25; wing tip at M1+2 ; crossvein m-m present; last seg-
ment of M3+4 approximately 2.5 times penultimate.
Male genitalia (Fig. 64-67). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms; pregonites
broad; postgonites elongated; surstylus (Fig. 67) small with short spine anteriorly and small
spine dorsally on epandrium; aedeagal apodeme darkly sclerotized; phallophore small; ejacu-
latory duct swollen between basiphallus; distiphallus two long tubular S-shaped processes;
ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 66) broad, bulb small and sclerotized along lower margin.
Colour. Frons, orbits, lunule, gena and antennae all yellow; vte on black and vti on the
margin of dark and yellow areas; mesonotum mat black; humeral area yellow, with a dark
spot anteriorly; notopleural area yellow; scutellum yellow, with dark area along its basal
corners; mesopleuron yellow with slight dark area anteroventrally; sternopleuron black,
with a narrow yellow band dorsally; femora mainly yellow; tibiae and tarsi brown, squamal
fringe dark brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name sinuata is given in view of the sinuate or
wavy distiphallus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the locali-
Agromyzidae of Alberta
339
ties of its type specimens:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Banff, 28.vi.1966; Paratype 1 6 Cypress Hills, Elkwater,
24.vi.1966.
Liriomyza smilacinae Spencer
Liriomyza smilacinae Spencer, 1969:186.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species are close to those
of L. undulata Spencer in external morphology and are separated only by examination of
the characters of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the characteristic aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae form linear leaf mines on the leaves of Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf.,
family Liliaceae. Spencer (1969) illustrated the leaf mine characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the local-
ities of its type series in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Paratype 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 1 3 .vi. 1 966; 1 6
same locality, 18.vi.1968, leg. G. C. D. Griffiths; 4 66, 5 99 same locality, from leaf mines
on Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf., coll. 10.vi.1968, leg. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 6 same locality
and host, 1 0.vi.l 968-2. ii. 1969; 1 6, 1 9 same locality and host, 28.vi.-14.vii. 1968.
Liriomyza socialis Spencer
Liriomyza socialis Spencer, 1969: 186.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are mat grey mesonotum and two rows of acrostichals. The colour of third antennal article
varies from pale to dark brown (Spencer, 1969). Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive
aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Alberta,
Canada. The Alberta localities are as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore, Elk Island park, Jasper (Spencer, 1969).
Liriomyza sylvatica new species
Comparisons. — A male of this species is very similar to that of L. edmontonensis Spencer
in external characteristics and is reliably separated only by examination of male genitalia,
which, however, are very distinct. This species is included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Cana-
dian Liriomyza species by amending and extending the couplet 37 as below:
37. Femora partially darkened 37a
Femora almost entirely bright yellow arcticola Spencer
37a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) edmontonensis Spencer
Aedeagus as in Fig. 68, 69. sylvatica n. sp.
Description. - Head. Frons approximately 1.3 times wider than the width of eye at level
of front ocellus; slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, 1.4 times
higher than their length; gena little less than one-fourth of eye height midway between
vibrissal and posterior margins; ocellar triangle small; lunule high; two Ors directed upwards;
two Ori directed inwards and upwards; orbital setulae three to four, reclinate; antennal
bases approximate; third antennal article with a slight angle anterodorsally, with normal
pubescence; arista pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr in four irregular rows.
340
Sehgal
Wing. Length in male 1.7 mm; costa extended to vein M1+2; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.26 : 0.18; wing tip at vein M! +2 ; crossvein m-m present; last segment of M3+4
approximately three and a half times the penultimate.
Male genitalia. (Fig. 68, 69). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms; pregonites
broad; postgonites elongated; surstylus small and lightly sclerotized; aedeagal apodeme dark-
ly sclerotized; phallophore elongate; ejaculatory duct swollen between basiphallus; distiphal-
lus as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme broad, bulb small and sclerotized along lower margin.
Colour. Frons, gena, lunule and antennae yellow; upper orbits partially darkened up to
lower Ors; vte on black and vti on the margin of dark and yellow areas; mesonotum mat
greyish black; humeral area yellow, with a dark spot anteriorly; notopleural area yellow;
scutellum yellow, with slight dark at its basal corners; mesopleuron black with a narrow
yellow band dorsally; sternopleuron black; femora yellow, darkened towards base, tibiae
and tarsi dark brown; squamal fringe brownish; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name sylvatica indicates that the species is
woodland-inhabiting.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known only from the type locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 St. Albert, near Edmonton, 18.vi. 1967.
Liriomyza taraxaci Hering
Liriomyza taraxaci Hering, 1927: 184; Spencer, 1969: 188.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. veluta Spencer, L. trifolii (Burgess), L. lathyri new species, and differ only in
having mesonotum black and not grey. The male genitalia are, however, entirely different.
Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus distinctive of this species.
Biology. — Larvae form elongate blotch mines on the leaves of Taraxacum officinale
Weber, family Compositae. Hering (1927) illustrated the characteristic leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties in Europe (Hendel, 1931) and from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Banff, 28.vi. 1966; 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 1 9 Edmonton,
110 Street, 84 Avenue, from leaf mines on Taraxacum officinale Weber, 1 5-29. vi. 1968;
2 66 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, same host, 27.vii.-l 1 .viii. 1 966; 1 6 Edmon-
ton, White Mud Creek park, 28.V.1967.
Liriomyza undulata Spencer
Liriomyza undulata Spencer, 1969: 190
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. smilacinae Spencer in external morphology, but have distinct male genitalia.
Spencer (1969) illustrated the characteristic aedeagus. The distiphallus is distinctive in
having a long undulating process distally.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the local-
ities of its type series from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; Paratype 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud
Creek park, 23.vi.1966, coll. V. K. Sehgal, 11 66 same locality, 23-29.vi. 1966.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
341
Liriomyza veluta Spencer
Liriomyza veluta Spencer, 1969: 190.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. lathyri new species and L. trifolii (Burgess) in external morphology and can be
separated only by examination of the characters of male genitalia. The adults differ from
those of another similar species, L. taraxaci Hering, in having mesonotum grey and not
black. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from various locali-
ties of its type series from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.19 66; 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park,
viii.l968;2 66, 1 9 George Lake, near Busby, 21.vi.1966.
Liriomyza viciae Spencer
Liriomyza viciae Spencer, 1 969: 191.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble closely
those of L. melampyga (Loew) in external morphology and differ only in having acrostichals
in two rows and distinctive male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus charac-
teristic of this species as well as that of L. melampyga (Loew).
The adults are small flies, wing length approximately 2.0 mm, with characteristic prescu-
tellar yellow and yellow antennae.
Biology. — Larvae form blotch mines on the leaflets of Vicia americana Muhl., family
Leguminosae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
series from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Banff, 28.vi.1966; Paratype 1 6 Blairmore, 27.vi.1966; 1 9
Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on Vicia americana Muhl., 21.ix.
1 968-13. ii. 1969; 1 6 Elk Island park, 3 l.vii. 1966; 3 99 Jasper, 1 7-23 .vi. 1 966.
Genus Lemurimyza Spencer
Lemurimyza Spencer, 1965b:26.
The main distinguishing characters of the genus Lemurimyza Spencer are: subcosta weak-
ly developed distally, joined to costa independent of Rx ; costa extended to vein M1+2;
orbital setulae normally erect or slightly proclinate; scutellum yellow; mesonotum with
yellow central area adjoining scutellum, epandrium normally with comb-like arrangement
of dark spines; aedeagus typical of the genus, with paired sclerotized tubules.
The genus Lemurimyza Spencer is represented in Alberta by only one species, L. pallida
Sehgal. The members of this genus are extremely similar to those of the genus Liriomyza
Mik in external characteristics, but possess very distinct male genitalia.
Lemurimyza pallida Sehgal
Lemurimyza pallida Sehgal, 1968:72.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of two other species, L. dorsata (Siebke) and L. pacifica (Melander), known from Canada
(Spencer 1969), in having third antennal article yellow and distinctive male genitalia. Sehgal
342
Sehgal
(1968) illustrated the head, wing and male genitalia characteristic of this species. Spencer
(1969) also illustrated the aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff (Sehgal, 1968).
Genus Metopomyza Enderlein
Metopomyza Enderlein, 1936: 180.
The main distinguishing characters of this genus are subcosta fold-like distally and joined
to costa independent of ; orbital setulae reclinate; costa extended to apex of vein Mj +2 ;
scutellum yellow; orbits broad and raised above plane of frons; aedeagus typical of genus.
The members of this genus are very similar to those of the genus Liriomyza Mik in ex-
ternal morphology, but the male genitalia are very distinct.
This genus is represented in Alberta by two species, interfrontalis (Melander) and grif-
fithsi new species.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Metopomyza Enderlein
1 . Squamal fringe yellow; larger specimens, wing length 2. 0-2-3 mm
interfrontalis (Melander), p. 343
Squamal fringe brown, smaller specimens, wing length 1.5 mm in male
griffithsi n. sp., p. 342
Metopomyza griffithsi new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — A member of this species differs from that of
interfrontalis (Melander) in having smaller size and brown squamal fringe. It resembles that
of a Palaearctic species, flavonotata (Haliday), but possesses distinct male genitalia. This
species is distinguished in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Metopo-
myza Enderlein by amending and extending the couplet 1 as below:
1. Notopleural area black la
Notopleural area yellow 2
la. Larger specimens, wing length 2. 0-2. 3 mm; squamal fringe yellow
interfrontalis (Melander)
Smaller specimens, wing length 1 .5 mm in male; squamal fringe brown
griffithsi n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately 1 .8 times width of eye at level of front ocellus,
slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile; orbits broad, slightly raised above the
plane of frons; eyes oval, strongly slanted along posteroventral margin, vertical height is
almost equal to their length; ocellar triangle small; gena deep, approximately 0.3 times ver-
tical height of eye. Two strong Ors directed upwards; two strong Ori directed inwards ;orbital
setulae numerous, reclinate; third antennal article slightly angulate antero-dorsally and
rounded below, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 decreased in length anteriorly, acr in three to four irregu-
lar rows.
Wing. Length in male 1.5 mm; costa extended to vein M! +2 ; costal segments 2-4 in ratio
of 1 : 0.33 : 0.26; vein M1+2 at the wing tip; crossvein m-m present; last segment of M3+4
approximately 0.4 times penultimate.
Male genitalia (Fig. 70-72). Hypandrium with narrow side arms; surstyli (Fig. 70) with
Agromyzidae Of Alberta
343
two rows of conspicuous spines as illustrated; phallophore long; aedeagus (Fig. 71) typical
of genus; basiphallus broad and sclerotized; mesophallus long and slender; distiphallus as
small divergent tubules distally; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 72) small and narrow, bulb small,
membranous.
Colour. Frons darker below and yellowish above, orbits black; lunule dark; gena greyish
black; antennae black; mesonotum mat black, slightly brownish; scutellum almost entirely
yellow; mesopleura, sternopleura and pteropleura all black; femora black, with distal tips
yellow; tibiae and tarsi brownish black; squamae pale, fringe brownish; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named in honour of G. C. D. Griffiths
of the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Canada.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 18.vi.1968, coll.
G. C. D. Griffiths.
Metopomyza interfrontalis (Melander)
Agromyza interfrontalis Melander, 1913:263.
Liriomyza interfrontalis (Melander), Frick, 1952:403.
Metopomyza interfrontalis (Melander), Frick, 1957:204, 1959:41 2; Spencer, 1969:198.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of griffithsi new species in having larger size and pale squamal fringe. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Canada and
United States. The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Elkwater (Spencer, 1969).
Genus Praspedomyza Hendel
Dizygomyza (Praspedomyza) Hendel, 1 93 1 : 77.
Phytobia (Praspedomyza) Frick, 1952:395, 1959:394.
Praspedomyza Hendel, Spencer, 1966b: 146.
Nowakowski (1962) on the basis of his studies on male genitalia proposed that this genus
should be merged with the genus Liriomyza Mik. Later Spencer (1966b, 1969) in view of
the dark colouration, raised orbits and distinct male genitalia justified the retention of
Praspedomyza Hendel as a distinct genus.
This genus is represented in Canada by only one species, galiivora Spencer, the common
leaf miner on Galium.
Praspedomyza galiivora Spencer
Praspedomyza galiivora Spencer, 1969:199.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are quite distinctive in having yellow
third antennal article and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus
characteristic of this species. The colour of third antennal article varies slightly from bright
yellow to reddish.
Biology. - Larvae mine the leaves of Galium boreale L., family Rubiaceae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe and
Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
344
Sehgal
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Banff, 28.vi. 1966; 1 <3, 3 99 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park,
1 3-23 .vi. 1 966; 3 99 same locality, from leaf mines on Galium boreale L., coll. 28.vi. 1968,
emerged 1 l-12.vii.1968; 1 6 same locality and host, coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 16. ix. 1968,
coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 6 Edmonton river bank near University of Alberta campus, 14.vi.
1 969; 4 66, 1 9 Elk Island park, 3 1 .vii.-2.viii. 1 966.
Genus Haplomyza Hendel
Antineura Melander, 1912:219.
Haplomyza Hendel, 1914:73, new name for Antineura Melander, not Osten Sacken 1881.
The members of this genus resemble externally those of the large genus Liriomyza, but
possess distinct male genitalia. They are represented in Alberta by only one species, togata
(Melander).
Haplomyza togata (Melander)
Antineura togata Melander, 1913:250.
Haplomyza togata (Melander); Frick, 1953:73, 1959:413; Spencer, 1969:201.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are wing length 1.75-2.2 mm, costa extended to vein M1+2; crossvein m-m absent; one Ors
and three Ori; eyes slanted; frons, gena, face and antennae yellow; mesonotum mat grey,
few acrostichals and distinct male genitalia. The ninth sternite is greatly elongate.
Biology. — Larvae are known to make irregular blotch mines on the leaves of Amaranthus
spp., family Amaranthaceae, in United States (Frick, 1959).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States,
and Alberta and Saskatchewan in Canada (Spencer, 1969). The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Drumheller.
Genus Phytoliriomyza Hendel
Liriomyza (Phytoliriomyza) Hendel, 1921:203.
Phytoliriomyza Hendel; Frey, 1941 : 19: Frick, 1952:410; Spencer. 1964b:662.
Xyraeomyia Frick, Spencer, 1964b: 662.
The members of this genus differ from those of the genus Liriomyza Mik in having dark
scutellum and proclinate orbital setulae. They are represented in Alberta by only one
species, arctica (Lundbeck).
Phytoliriomyza arctica (Lundbeck)
Agromyza arctica Lundbeck, 1900:304.
Odinia immaculata Coquillett, 1902:185.
Agromyza formosensis Malloch, 191 4b: 3 1 5 .
Dizygomyza (Icteromyza) arctica (Lundbeck), Hendel, 1931:57.
Phytoliriomyza arctica (Lundbeck); Shewell, 1953:469; Frick, 1959:414.
Diagnostic characters. - The main distinguishing characters of the members of this species
are: eyes oval, slanted, slightly pilose; acrostichals present; wing length approximately 2.0
mm; costa strongly extended to vein M1+2; crossvein m-m present; and aedeagus with
characteristic two long, membranous coiled tubules. Spencer (1963, 1964b, 1969) discussed
in detail and illustrated the male genitalia of members of this species.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
345
Biology. - Larvae feed as stem miners on Sonchus asper L., family Compositae in
Germany (Spencer, 1963). No host plant is yet known in North America.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are most widely distributed
being known from Europe, Formosa, Canada, United States and South America (Spencer,
1963). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 4 66 Cypress Hills, near Elkwater Lake, 24.vi.1966.
Genus Pseudonapomyza Hendel
Pseudonap omyza Hendel, 1920: 1 15.
The members of this genus differ from those in the genus Phytomyza Fallen in having
crossvein m-m basal to r-m and reclinate orbital setulae. They are represented in Alberta by
two species, atra (Meigen) and lacteipennis (Malloch).
Key to Alberta species of the genus Pseudonapomyza Hendel
1 . Mesonotum weakly shining black; tarsi dark brown; wings normal
atra (Meigen), p. 345
Mesonotum mat grey; tarsi yellow; wings whitish lacteipennis (Malloch), p. 345
Pseudonapomyza atra (Meigen)
Phytomyza atra Meigen, 1830:191.
Pseudonapomyza atra (Meigen); Hendel, 1 932:302; Spencer, 1969:209.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are quite distinctive
in having angulate third antennal articles. The adults differ from those of similar species,
P. lacteipennis (Malloch), in having dark tarsi and weakly shining black mesonotum.
Biology. - Larvae mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
known from Europe (Hendel, 1932), United States (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer,
1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Edmonton, 26.v. 1946, coll. W. R. M. Mason; 1 9 Edmonton,
University of Alberta campus from leaf mine on grass; coll. 22.vi.1968, emerged 1 2 .vii. 1 968.
Pseudonapomyza lacteipennis (Malloch)
Phytomyza lacteipennis Malloch, 1913b: 152.
Pseudonapomyza lacteipennis (Malloch); Frick, 1952:419, 1959:419; Spencer, 1969:210.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters are mat greyish mesonotum,
yellow tarsi and whitish wings.
Biology. - Larvae probably mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
and Canada. The Alberta localities are as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Elkwater; Medicine Hat; Orion (Spencer, 1969).
Genus Paraphytomyza Enderlein
Paraphytomyza Enderlein, 1936: 180; Nowakowski, 1 962: 1 02; Spencer, 1969:203.
Rubiomyza Nowakowski, 1962:102.
The name Phytagromyza Hendel which has long been used (Hendel, 1920, 1932; Frick,
346
Sehgal
1952, 1959) for members of this genus, cannot be used now as its type, P. flavocingulata
(Strobl), is now referred to the genus Cerodontha Rondani (Nowakowski, 1962, 1967).
The main distinguishing characters of the genus Paraphytomyza Enderlein are: subcosta
weakly developed distally, joined to costa independent of Rj ; orbital setulae erect or re-
clinate or absent; costa extended to vein R4+5; crossvein m-m usually absent, if present,
always beyond crossvein r-m.
This genus is represented in Alberta by five species. All Alberta species discussed here
probably form a single group within the genus Paraphytomyza Enderlein, whose members
feed on the representatives of the family Caprifoliaceae and other related families of the
order Rubiales. Nowakowski (1962) proposed a new genus, Rubiomyza , for this group of
flies. The name proved to be synonymous with Paraphytomyza Enderlein.
Another group of leaf miners on Salicaceae is probably also represented in Alberta. Linear
leaf mines on the under surface of the leaves of Populus tremuloides Michx., quite common
around Edmonton, are very similar to those of Paraphytomyza tremulae (Hering) in Europe
on Populus tremula L. Since no flies have yet been bred, their identity cannot be confirmed.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Paraphytomyza Enderlein
1(0). Crossvein m-m present 2
Crossvein m-m absent 4
2(1). Dorsocentrals two; mouthparts elongate nitida (Malloch), p. 347
Dorsocentrals three or more; mouthparts normal 3
3(2). Notopleural area yellow plagiata (Melander), p. 347
Notopleural area brownish black lonicerae (Robineau-Desvoidy), p. 346
4(1). Small specimens, wing length 1.6-1. 8 mm in males; aedeagus as illustrated (Fig. 76)
spenceri n. sp., p. 348
Larger specimens, wing length 2.0 to 2.4 mm orbitalis (Melander), p. 347
Paraphytomyza lonicerae (Robineau-Desvoidy)
Phytomyza lonicerae Robineau-Desvoidy, 1851:396.
Phytagromyza lonicerae (Robineau-Desvoidy); Hering, 1951:36; Frick, 1953:74.
Paraphytomyza lonicerae (Robineau-Desvoidy); Spencer, 1969:205.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are very close to
those of P. orbitalis (Melander) in the general shape of aedeagus, but differ in lacking cross-
vein m-m. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species. The poste-
rior spiracles of the puparium are distinctive in having a dark spine in centre.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of various members of the genera Lonicera and Sym-
phoricarpos, family Caprifoliaceae. Frick (1953) reared this species from Lonicera involu-
crata (Richards) Banks and Symphoricarpos albus (L.). I observed the leaf mines of this
species in Alberta on Lonicera dioica L., L. tartarica L. and Symphoricarpos albus (L.).
The leaf mine is whitish, linear with distinct frass granules disposed alternately along the
mine. Hering (1951) illustrated the characteristic leaf mine. This species is the first to
appear in early spring and there is only one generation a year.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, United
States and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 19.V.1968; 2 66 same
locality, 7.V.1969.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
347
Paraphytomyza nitida (Malloch)
Agromyza nitida Malloch, 191 3a: 288 ; Frick, 1952:373.
Phytagromyza nitida (Malloch); Frick, 1953:74, 1959:417.
Paraphytomyza nitida (Malloch); Spencer, 1969:207.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in having elongate
mouthparts and absence of crossvein m-m. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedea-
gus.
Biology. — Not confirmed. Spencer (1969) noted the similarity between this species and
P. orphana (Hendel), a stem miner on Galium in Europe, and has suggested as host one of
the Galium species occurring in Alberta.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
(Frick, 1953, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Elk Island park, 7.vi.l966.
Paraphytomyza orbitalis (Melander)
Phytomyza orbitalis Melander, 1913:271.
Phytagromyza orbitalis (Melander); Frick, 1952:416, 1959:417.
Paraphytomyza orbitalis (Melander); Spencer, 1969:207.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble externally
those of a sympatric species, P. spenceri new species, but differ in having a distinct aedeagus
and larval leaf mine (Fig. 73). The aedeagus has been illustrated by Spencer (1969). The
females unless represented by bred series cannot be determined definitely.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Lonicera dioica L. and Symphoricarpos albus (L.),
family Caprifoliaceae. The leaf mine (Fig. 73) is broad, linear in shape. Pupation occurs
outside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — P. orbitalis (Melander) is a Nearctic species, whose members
are known from United States (Frick, 1952, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined
10 males and one female from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 d Blairmore, 27.vi.1966; 1 d Edmonton, 24.V.1946, coll. E. H.
Strickland; 1 d Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on Lonicera
dioica L., 29.v.-22.vi.l966; 1 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park from leaf mines on
Symphoricarpos albus (L.), coll. 10.vi.1966; 3 dd same locality, 1 2-1 9.vi. 1966; 2 66 same
locality, 15.vii. 1966; 1 d Edmonton, Mayfair park, 4.v. 1969; 1 o Elk Island park, 4.vi. 1967;
1 6 St. Albert, near Edmonton, 14.vi. 1966.
Paraphytomyza plagiata (Melander)
Napomyza plagiata Melander, 1913:273.
Agromyza plagiata (Melander); Malloch, 1918: 130.
Phytagromyza plagiata (Melander); Frick, 1952:416, 1959:417.
Paraphytomyza plagiata (Melander); Spencer, 1969:208.
Diagnostic characters. — The members of this species can be easily recognised by the
characters given in the key.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Lonicera involucrata (Richards) Banks, family
Caprifoliaceae. The leaf mine (Fig. 74) is linear and light greenish in colour.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
348
Seghal
(Frick, 1952) and Car.ada (Spencer. 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 George Lake, near Busby, from leaf mines on Lonicera involu-
crata (Richards) Banks, 7.vi. 1968 emerged 30.iv.1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 9 St.
Albert, near Edmonton, same host, 14.vi. 1966-5. iii. 1967; 1 9 same locality, 14.vi. 1966.
Parapliytomyza spenceri new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species resemble exter-
nally those of a sympatric species, P. orbitalis (Melander), and can only be reliably differ-
entiated by the examination of the male genitalia. The females unless from
bred series are very difficult to determine definitely. The linear leaf mine of this species
(Fig. 79) is similar to that of P. luteoscutellata (de Meijere) illustrated by Spencer (1969),
but the adults are distinct in having completely black scutellum. This species is distinguished
in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Parapliytomyza Enderlein by
extending the couplet 5 as below:
5. Scuteilum yellow, at least between basal scutellar bristles
luteoscutellata (de Meijere)
Scutellum entirely dark 5a
5a. Wing length up to 2.0 mm; aedeagus as in Fig. 76 spenceri n. sp.
Larger specimens 6
Description. - Head (Fig. 75). Frons almost equal to width of eye at level of front ocel-
lus; upper orbits slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile; eyes oval, 1.3 times
higher than their width, bare; ocellar triangle small; gena deepest posteriorly, approximately
one-sixth of eye height mid-way between vibrissal and posterior margins; two strong Ors
directed upwards; two Ori directed inwards; orbital setulae 4-6, reclinate; third antennal
article rounded at tip. arista long and pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1; acr numerous in approximately four rows.
Leg. Mid-tibia without a differentiated bristle medially.
Wing. Length in 66 1.6- 1.8 mm. in 99 approximately 2.0 mm; costa extended to vein
R4+s: wing tip between R4+5 and M1+2; crossvein m-m absent; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1.0 : 0.23 : 0.28.
Male genitalia (Fig. 76). Hypandrium U-shaped with slender side arms and no apodeme;
surstyli broad and rounded, without spines; pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; phallo-
phore short and darkly sclerotized; basiphallus a pair of broad arms; distiphallus removed
from basiphallus by a short membranous gap, of two distinctive curved tubes; aedeagal
apodeme weakly sclerotized; ejaculatory apodeme small and fan-shaped, bulb small and
membranous.
Colour. Frons darker above the lunule; orbits yellow; ocellar triangle black; antennae,
gena and lunule yellowish brown; mesonotum and scutellum mat grayish black; humeral and
notopleural areas yellow: femora dark brown; tibiae and tarsi mostly yellowish or slightly
brownish: squamae yellow, fringe slightly brownish; halteres yellow.
Description of immature stages. — Puparium brownish yellow, oval and deeply segmented,
measures approximately 1.5 mm x 0.8 mm.
Larval mouth parts obtained from puparium are illustrated (Fig. 77). Right mandible
larger than left, each with two distinct teeth alternate with one another; labial sclerite short
and darkly sclerotized: paraclypeal phragmata with darkly sclerotized dorsal and weakly
sclerotized ventral arms.
Muscle scars on abdominal segments small and oval; tubercles numerous in approximately
six to eight rows.
Anterior spiracles small, each with about six to eight bulbs; posterior spiracles (Fig. 78)
small and rounded, each with 11-12 bulbs.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
349
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named in honour of Dr. K. A. Spencer,
who has contributed greatly to the knowledge of world Agromyzidae.
Biology. — Larvae mine the leaves of Lonicera dioica L. and Symphoricarpos occidentalis
Hook., family Caprifoliaceae. The leaf mine (Fig. 79) is linear, greenish black, without dis-
crete frass granules. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — I examined the members of this species only from the
province of Alberta.
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mine on
Lonicera dioica L., 21.ix.-10.x.l968; allotype 9 same locality and host, 21 ,ix.-22.x. 1968;
paratypes 2 99 same locality and host, 21.ix.-10.x.l968; 1 6 same locality and host, 6.ix.
1 968-7. ii. 1969; 1 9 same locality and host, 6.ix.-22.x.l968; 1 6, 1 9 same locality and host,
coll. 6.ix.l968, emerged 2.vi.l969; 2 66 same locality, from leaf mines on Symphoricarpos
occidentalis Hook., coll. 10. ix. 1966, emerged 25.iii.1967 and 2.vi.l967;4 66 same locality,
6-23.vi. 1966; 1 6 same locality, 8.vi.l967; 2 66 Edmonton, Mayfair park, 17.V.1969; 1 6
Drumheller, 14.vi.1946, coll. W. R. M. Mason.
Genus Napomyza Westwood
Napomyza Westwood, 1840:152
The members of this genus differ from those in the large genus Phytomyza Fallen in the
presence of crossvein m-m. Male genitalia are, however, distinct. This genus is represented in
Alberta by three species.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Napomyza Westwood
1(0). Third antennal article with conspicuous pubescence plumea Spencer, p. 350
Third antennal article almost bare 2
2(1). Smaller specimens, wing length about 2.5-3. 1 mm; distiphallus paler
nugax Spencer, p. 349
Larger specimens, wing length about 3. 5-4. 5 mm; distiphallus darkly sclerotized
immanis Spencer, p. 349
Napomyza immanis Spencer
Napomyza immanis Spencer, 1969:215.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a similar species, nugax Spencer, in larger size, wing length 3. 5-4. 5 mm; third antennal
article slightly less quadrate and aedeagus with darker distiphallus. Spencer (1969) illus-
trated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alaska, Alberta, Northwest Territories and
Yukon Territory. The Alberta locality is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, White Mud Creek park (Spencer, 1969).
Napomyza nugax Spencer
Napomyza nugax Spencer, 1969:215.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a similar species, immanis Spencer, in having smaller size, wing length 2.5-3. 1 mm; quadrate
third antennal article and paler distal process on the distiphallus. Spencer (1969) illustrated
the distinctive aedeagus. They also differ from lateralis (Fallen) in having distinct aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. - Known from Alberta, British Columbia, Ontario and Quebec
in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
350
Sehgal
CANADA. Alberta: 1 d, 1 9 Blairmore, 26.vi. 1966.
Napomyza plumea Spencer
Napomyza plumea Spencer, 1969:217.
Diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters are the pubescent third
antennal article and distinct male genitalia. The aedeagus has been illustrated by Spencer
(1969).
Geographical distribution. - Known from Alaska, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba
and Quebec. The Alberta locality is as follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Banff, Mt. Eisenhower (Spencer, 1969).
Genus Phytomyza Fallen
Phytomyza Fallen, 1810:21.
The main distinguishing characters of this genus are subcosta weakly developed distally
and joined to costa independent of Rj ; orbital setulae proclinate; costa extended to vein
R4+s and crossvein m-m normally absent.
The members of this genus as defined presently on the basis of the direction of orbital
setulae and shortened costa, form a very diverse assemblage of many groups. The discovery
and use of the characters of male genitalia in agromyzid taxonomy have proved beyond
doubt that species extremely similar in external characteristics may have very conspicuous
differences in genitalic structures. A close look at any of the recent keys shows that many
species and even sometimes genera can be distinguished by examination of characters of
male genitalia only. Attempts to divide this genus into various groups have not been success-
ful as characters of male genitalia were not taken into consideration. It is not possible to
undertake the full scale revision of this genus as at present the phallic structures of numer-
ous species have not been illustrated.
This is the largest genus of agromyzid flies with about 400 described species in the world.
Spencer (1969) reported 83 species for Canada, of which he recorded 41 as occurring in
Alberta. Fifteen new species are described in this genus here and four additional species are
recorded as new to Alberta. P. flavicornis Fallen which has been reported as occurring in
Alberta (Spencer, 1969) is not considered here as the Alberta specimens collected from the
same locality as those of Spencer’s proved to be a new species luteiceps described here,
distinguishable from flavicornis Fallen in the characters of the male genitalia. This genus is
now represented in Alberta by 59 described species and in Canada by 98 species. Necessary
amendments to include the further new species in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species
are given.
Key to Alberta species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen
1(0). Frons basically pale, yellow, orange or reddish 2
Frons basically dark, brown or black 41
2( 1 ). Scutellum all or partially yellow 3
Scutellum dark, grey or black 5
3(2). Third antennal article black or dark brown 4
Third antennal article yellow major Malloch, p. 368
4(3). Upper Ors shorter than lower; aedeagus with up to eight coils
ranunculi (Schrank), p. 375
clematiphaga Spencer, p. 361
Two Ors equal
Agromyzidae of Alberta
351
5(2).
6(5).
7(5).
8(7).
9(8).
10(9).
11(10).
12(7).
13(12).
14(13).
15(14).
16(15).
17(14).
18(17).
19(12).
20(19).
21(20).
22(21).
Femora mostly yellow 6
Femora mostly dark, at most with yellow distal tips 7
Third antennal article black miranda Spencer, p. 370
Third antennal article yellow; aedeagus as in Fig. 106 .... luteiceps n. sp., p. 368
Sides of thorax including humeral and notopleural areas yellow 8
Sides of thorax dark, at most upper margins of mesopleura with narrow yellow
band 12
Third antennal article with normal pubescence 9
Third antennal artcle with conspicuously long pubescence
riparia n. sp., p. 376
Upper Ors shorter than lower or lacking 10
Two Ors equal; hypopleuron and sternopleuron largely yellow
petasiti Spencer, p. 373
Second costal segment two and a half to three times length of fourth 11
Second costal segment longer, approximately four times length of fourth
spondylii R.-D., p. 379
Second antennal article black; hind margins of eyes black
solidaginivora Spencer, p. 378
Second antennal article yellow; hind margins of eyes yellow
matricariae Hendel, p. 369
Upper Ors shorter than lower or lacking 13
Two Ors equal 19
Frons partly darkened prava Spencer, p. 374
Frons almost entirely yellow. 14
Second costal segment more than three and a half times length of fourth .... 15
Second costal segment less than three and a half times length of fourth 17
Upper Ors present; aedeagus as in Fig. 81 , 82 aquilegioides n. sp., p. 355
Upper Ors invariably lacking; larvae leaf miner on Heracleum 16
Second costal segment three and a half times length of fourth
lanati Spencer, p. 367
Second costal segment four to four and a half times length of fourth
spondylii R.-D., p. 379
Upper Ors normally lacking 18
Upper Ors present; aedeagus as in Fig. 93, 94 columbinae n. sp., p. 362
Second costal segment more than three times length of fourth, approximately
3.3 times; notopleural areas dark; larvae make linear leaf mines on Aster con-
spicuus Lindl asterophaga Spencer, p. 358
Second costal segment less than three times length of fourth; notopleural areas
yellowish; larvae make linear leaf mines on Aster ciliolatus Lindl
ciliolati Spencer, p. 360
Third antennal article with conspicuously long pubescence; aedeagus as in Fig.
104 lactuca Frost, p. 366
Third antennal article with normal pubescence 20
Broad epistoma present; gena deeply extended 21
Mouth margin normal 24
Second antennal article black 22
Second antennal article yellowish 23
Larger specimens, wing length 3. 0-3. 4 mm illustris Spencer, p. 365
Smaller specimens, wing length about 2.4 mm in male; aedeagus as in Fig. 88, 89
352
Sehgal
23(21).
24(20).
25(24).
26(25).
27(26).
28(27).
29(26).
30(29).
31(24).
32(31).
33(32).
34(32).
35(34).
36(31).
37(36).
38(37).
39(36).
40(39).
blairmorensis n. sp., p. 358
Mesonotum light grey lupini Sehgal, p. 367
Mesonotum darker, blackish grey aquilegiophaga Spencer, p. 356
Acrostichals in three to six rows 25
Acrostichals at most in two rows 31
Frons slightly darkened above lunule; aedeagus as in Fig. 126
solidaginophaga n. sp., p. 378
Frons entirely pale 26
Gena deep, approximately one-third to one-half eye height 27
Gena narrower, one-sixth to one-fifth vertical eye height 29
Orbits yellow; third antennal article distinctly elongate
banffensis Spencer, p. 358
Orbits black; third antennal article not so elongate 28
Mesonotum paler grey; frons entirely yellow urbana Spencer, p. 381
Mesonotum darker grey; frons slightly brownish yellow
subtilis Spencer, p. 380
Fore-tibia yellowish; gena approximately one-fifth eye height; aedeagus as in Fig.
133 timida Spencer, p. 381
Fore-tibia dark; gena approximately one-sixth eye height; larvae blotch-miners on
leaves of Aquilegia and Thalictrum 30
Aedeagus as in Fig. 81, 82 aquilegioides n. sp., p. 355
Aedeagus as figured by Spencer (1969) aquilegiana Frost, p. 354
Acrostichals lacking or at most three to four isolated hairs present 32
Acrostichals in two rows 36
Squamal fringe dark; second costal segment about twice length of fourth .... 33
Squamal fringe pale; second costal segment one and a half times length of fourth
34
Aedeagus with distiphallus distinctly curved (Fig. 123)
senecionella n. sp., p. 377
Aedeagus with distiphallus paler and not so curved, as figured by Spencer (1969)
syngenesiae (Hardy), p. 380
Second antennal article black; larva leaf miner on Penstemon
penstemonis Spencer, p. 373
Second antennal article yellow or slightly brownish 35
Fore-coxae bright yellow; second antennal article yellow
plantaginis R.-D., p. 374
Fore-coxae dark; second antennal article brownish; aedeagus as in Fig. 91
colemanensis n. sp., p. 361
Fore-coxae dark 37
Fore-coxae yellow. 39
Squamal fringe dark 38
Squamal fringe pale; aedeagus as in Fig. 130, 131 subalpina n. sp., p. 379
Aedeagus with distiphallus membranous, as figured by Spencer (1969)
fuscula Zetterstedt, p. 364
Aedeagus with distiphallus darkly sclerotized as in Fig. 84; larva leaf miner on
Arnica .’ amicivora n. sp., p. 357
Frons distinctly projected above eyes in profile 40
Frons not so projected; aedeagus as in Fig. 114 . misella Spencer, p. 371
Gena deep, about two-third eye height; aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969)
subtenella- Frost, p. 380
Agromyzidae of Alberta
353
41(1).
42(41).
43(42).
44(43).
45(43).
46(45).
47(46).
48(42).
49(48).
50(41).
51(50).
52(51).
53(51).
54(53).
55(53).
56(55).
57(56).
Gena narrower, about one-third eye height; aedeagus as in Fig. 102
jasper ensis n. sp., p. 365*
Upper Ors shorter than lower or absent 42
Two Ors equal 50
Upper Ors present 43
Upper Ors absent 48
Second costal segment more than three times length of fourth. 44
Second costal segment less than three times length of fourth 45
Larva leaf miner on Aralia aralivora Spencer, p. 357
Larva leaf miner on Angelica sp. indet. (Angelica), p. 382
Acrostichals in two rows; larvae leaf miner on Delphinium
delphinivora Spencer, p. 363
Acrostichals in approximately four irregular rows 46
Frons partly yellowish 47
Frons darker; aedeagus as in Fig. 110, 111; larvae leaf miner on Mertensia
mertensiae n. sp., p. 369
Third antennal article small; acrostichals strong sehgali Spencer, p. 376
Third antennal article larger, oval; acrostichals normal; larvae blotch-miners on
leaves of Anemone canadensis L prava Spencer, p. 374
Second costal segment more than three times length of fourth; larger specimens,
wing length about 2.4 mm; tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown; aedeagus as in Fig.
97 edmontonensis n. sp., p. 363
Second costal segment less than three times length of fourth; smaller specimens,
wing length about 1 .6-1.9 mm; tibiae and tarsi dark 49
Frons slightly paler; acrostichals absent; aedeagus with distiphallus straight ....
aquilegivora Spencer, p. 356
Frons darker; acrostichals present; aedeagus with distiphallus wavy
thalictrivora Spencer, p. 38 1
Tarsi yellowish brown; larva leaf miner on Cornus .... agromyzina Meigen, p. 354
Tarsi dark brown 51
Second costal segment at least three times length of fourth 52
Second costal segment less than three times length of fourth 53
Larger specimens, wing length 2. 8-3. 3 mm; mesonotum greyish; third antennal
article elongate involucratae Spencer, p. 365
Smaller specimens, wing length about 2.7 mm; mesonotum blackish; third anten-
nal article rounded milii Kaltenbach, p. 370
Mesonotum brilliantly shining black 54
Mesonotum distinctly mat, greyish or black 55
Orbits normal in width ; only fore-femur with yellow distal tip
canadensis Spencer, p.359
Orbits broad; distal tips of femora variable from yellow to almost black; wing
base yellow; aedeagus as in Fig. 116 multifidae n. sp., p.371
Third antennal article elongate; frons distinctly projecting above eyes
cineracea Hendel, p. 360
Third antennal article normal, rounded at tip 56
Acrostichals in two rows 57
Acrostichals in approximately four irregular rows 58
Second costal segment about one and a quarter times length of fourth; orbits dark
lupinivora Sehgal, p.367
Second costal segment almost equal to iourth; aedeagus as in Fig. 119
354
Sehgal
oxytropodis n. sp., p.372
58(56). Mesonotum black 59
Mesonotum paler, greyish 60
59(58). Gena deep, about one-half of eye height; broad rings below eyes formed by orbits
merula Spencer, p. 370
Gena narrower at most one-fourth eye height; aedeagus as in Fig. 99
gregaria Frick, p. 364
60(58). Frons distinctly projected; orbits well differentiated
evanescens Hendel, p. 364
Frons not projected; orbits normal 61
61(60). Frons slightly pale above; distiphallus with distinctly curved distal processes, as
figured by Spencer (1969) queribunda Spencer, p. 375
Frons entirely black 62
62(61). Smaller specimens, wing length about 1.75-2.0 mm; aedeagus as figured by Spen-
cer ( 1 969) caprifoliae Spencer, p. 360
Larger specimens, wing length 2. 0-2. 3 mm; aedeagus with smaller hypophallus
and stouter distiphallus, as figured by Spencer (1969)
periclymeni de Meijere, p. 373
Phytomyza agromyzina Meigen
Phytomyza agromyzina Meigen, 1 830: 191.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species belong to the group
having dark frons and two Ors equal. The adults are quite distinctive in having brownish
yellow tibiae and tarsi. They resemble those of P. notopleuralis Spencer from which they
may be separated by having predominantly dark pleura and distinct male genitalia. Spencer
( 1 969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus. Other distinguishing characters of the adults are:
wing length approximately 2.0 mm; mesonotum with slight yellow on humeral and noto-
pleural areas; antennae dark; third antennal article rounded apically, with normal pubes-
cence; and dark femora.
Biology. - Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Cornus stolonifera Michx. and C.
canadensis L., family Cornaceae.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Europe (Hendel, 1935) and in the United
States from California and Washington (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I exam-
ined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 19.v. 1968; 2 66 same locality,
lO.vi. 1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 2 66 same locality, 4.v. and 8.vi. 1969. Numerous leaf
mines around Edmonton on Cornus stolonifera Michx.
Phytomyza aquilegiana Frost
Phytomyza aquilegiana Frost, 1930:459.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
having yellow frons; dark scutellum and pleura; third antennal article black, with normal
pubescence; two Ors equal. The adults resemble those of a sympatric species, P. aquilegi-
oides new species, in external characteristics and can be reliably separated only by examina-
tion of male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. - Larvae make blotch mines in the leaves of Aquilegia spp. and Thalictrum spp.,
family Ranunculaceae.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
355
Geographical distribution. - Known from United States (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spen-
cer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from blotch leaf mines
on Aquilegia sp. (cultivated), coll. 16-18.vii.1966, emerged 1 4.iii. 1 967 ; numerous leaf mines
around Edmonton on Aquilegia sp.; Yukon Territory: 1 6 Teslin Lake, from leaf mines on
Aquilegia brevistyla Hook., coll. 1 1 .viii. 1968, emerged, lO.v.1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza aquilegioides new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; normal mouth margin; dark scutellum; mostly dark
femora and pleura; and three to six rows of acrostichals. The upper orbital bristles vary in
length from almost equal to two-thirds the length of lower. Therefore, this species.has been
included in two couplets in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phyto-
myza Fallen as amended below:
19. Only 1 Ors present; second costal section at most three and one-third times length
of fourth asterophaga Spencer
Both Ors present; second costal section three and one-half to four times lensth of
fourth 19a
1 9a. Lower Ors only slightly weaker than upper; aedeagus as in Fig. 81,82
aquilegioides n. sp.
Invariably small upper Ors present; aedeagus not so 20
36. Jowls deep, almost one-half eye height; third antennal segment distinctly elongate;
aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) banffensis Spencer
Jowls narrower, about one-sixth eye height; third antennal segment rounded
36a
36a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) aquilegiana Frost
Aedeagus as in Fig. 81,82 aquilegioides n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately 1.5 times width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal; lunule high. Two Ors,
directed upwards, length of upper Ors varies from equal to two-thirds length of lower; two
Ori, directed inwards and upwards, almost equal in size; orbital setulae six to seven, procli-
nate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.35 times higher than their length, bare; ocellar triangle
small. Gena approximately one-sixth vertical eye height. Third antennal article rounded at
tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, with long pubescence.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr four to five irregular rows.
Wing. Length approximately 2. 1-2.5 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal segments
2-4 in the ratio of 1 : 0.28 : 0.27; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 80-82). Hypandrium (Fig. 80) V-shaped, with narrow side arms and
short, broad apodeme; pregonites broad, postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus
(Fig. 81, 82) as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme small, fan-shaped, with small bulb.
Colour. Frons varies from bright yellow to orange; orbits and gena yellow; ocellar triangle
weakly shining black; both vertical bristles on dark ground; antennae black; mesonotum,
scutellum and pleura mat greyish black; humeral areas with slight yellow; coxae black;
femora dark, with yellow oh distal tips; tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown; squamae and fringe
pale; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The name aquilegioides indicates that the members of
this species have similar biology to those of P. aquilegiae Hardy.
Biology. — Larvae make blotch mines on the leaves of Aquilegia formosa Fisch. and
356
Sehgal
Thalictrum venulosum Trel., family Ranunculaceae. Pupation takes place outside the mine.
The dark brown puparia measure approximately 1.75 mm x 0.8 mm, and are covered all
over with conspicuous tubercles and spines, as in the palaearctic species P. thalictricola
Hendel.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the local-
ities of their type specimens as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype <5 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on
Thalictrum venulosum Trek, coll. 5.ix.l968. em. 5.xii.l968; paratypes 1 6 same data,
emerged 29.xi.1968.
ALASKA. Paratypes 1 <3, 2 99 Chilkat, near Haines, from leaf mines on Aquilegia formosa
Fisch., coll. 29.vi.1968, emerged 22.vii.1968, 12.x. 1968 and 21.V.1968, coll. G. C. D.
Griffiths.
Phytomyza aquilegiophaga Spencer
Phytomyza aquilegiophaga Spencer, 1969:227.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; mostly dark pleura and femora; third
antennal article black, with normal pubescence and broad epistoma. The adults resemble
those of P. lupini Sehgal but differ in having darker or blackish grey mesonotum and distinct
male genitalia. They differ from other related species, P. affinalis Frost, P. blairmorensis
new species and P. illustris Spencer, in having second antennal article yellowish brown.
Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae bore inside the stems of Aquilegia sp. (cultivated), family Ranuncula-
ceae, and pupate at the stem base. The dark brown pupae can be found during late summer.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Canada (Spen-
cer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 <3 Edmonton, Aberhart Hospital, University of Alberta, from stem-
base of Aquilegia sp. (cultivated), coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 3.x. 1968; 1 <3, 3 99 same locality,
swept over Aquilegia sp., l.vi.1967; 2 66, 1 9 same locality, from stem-base of Aquilegia sp.,
coll. 3.ix.l968, emerged 26.ix.-26.x.l968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza aquilegivora Spencer
Phytomyza aquilegiv ora Spencer, 1969:229.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by dark frons, mesonotum and scutellum; upper Ors lacking; essentially
dark femora and pleura and second costal segment less than three times length of fourth.
The adults resemble those of P. thalictrivora Spencer but differ in having yellowish frons
and lacking acrostichals. They also differ from the similar species, P. minuscula Goureau,
in having very different male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic
of the species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Aquilegia sp. (cultivated), family
Ranunculaceae. Pupation takes place outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the local-
ity of its type series from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 5 66 Edmonton, Aberhart Hospital, University of Alberta campus,
swept over Aquilegia sp. (cultivated), 25.vi.1969; 1 <3 same locality, l.vi.1967; 3 66 same
Agromyzidae of Alberta
357
locality, from leaf mines on Aquilegia sp., coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 16-1 9.ix. 1 968, 30.x.
1968; 2 66 Edmonton, Garneau, from same host, coll. 3.ix.l968, emerged 1 5-1 7.ix. 1 968.
Phytomyza aralivora Spencer
Phytomyza aralivora Spencer, 1969:230.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by dark frons, mesonotum and scutellum; upper Ors shorter than lower; and
second costal segment more than three times fourth. The adults resemble those of P. osmor-
hizae Spencer but differ in having yellow tarsi and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Aralia nudicaulis L., family Aralia-
ceae. Pupation takes place outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from Canada
(Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, river bed near University of Alberta campus, 14.vi.
1969; Numerous leaf mines around Edmonton and in Elk Island park on Aralia nudicaulis L.
Phytomyza arnicivora new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
bers of this species are pale frons; two equal Ors; third antennal article normal; mouth mar-
gin normal; mesonotum, pleura and scutellum all mat greyish black; femora black, with
slight yellow on distal tips and squamal fringe dark. The adults resemble those of P. fuscula
Zetterstedt and can be reliably distinguished only by examination of male genitalia. The
members of this species are included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the
genus Phytomyza Fallen by extending the couplet 50 as below:
50. Mesopleura entirely grey 50a
Mesopleura with upper margins narrowly yellow 51
50a. Aedeagus with distiphallus membranous, as illustrated (Spencer, 1969)
fuscula Zetterstedt
Aedeagus with distiphallus sclerotized, as in Fig. 84 arnicivora n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal. Two Ors, equal in
size, directed upwards; one large Ori and a small hair below, directed inwards and upwards;
orbital setulae few, approximately eight to nine, proclinate. Eyes oval, almost equal in
height to their length; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately one-fourth vertical eye
height. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence, arista normal, pubes-
cent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in two rows.
Wing. Length in male 2.4 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.3 : 0.5; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 83-85). Hypandrium (Fig. 83) small, side arms broad, no apodeme;
pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus complex as illustrated in
Fig. 84; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 85) small, bulb small and membranous.
Colour. Frons pale whitish, slightly darkened at centre; orbits pale;gena yellowish; ocel-
lar triangle weakly shining black; vte on black and vti on margin of dark and yellow grounds;
antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat greyish black; coxae black; femora
black, with slight yellow on distal tips; tibiae and tarsi black; squamae pale, fringe dark;
358
Sehgal
halteres pale.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the generic name of its food
plant.
Biology. — Larvae make linear leaf mines on Arnica cordifolia Hook., family Compositae.
Pupation occurs inside the leaf mine and the whitish puparia can be collected during July
and August.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only lrom the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Jasper National Park, near Medicine Lake; from leaf
mines on Arnica cordifolia Hook., coll. 16.vii.1969, emerged 24.vii.1969, coll. G. C.D.
Griffiths; Numerous leaf mines on the same host around Jasper.
Phytomyza asterophaga Spencer
Phytomyza aster ophaga Spencer, 1969:230.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura and upper
Ors lacking. The adults resemble those of P. ciliolati Spencer and differ in having a darker
notopleural area and different biology. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus and leaf
mine distinctive of this species.
Biology. - Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Aster conspicuus Lindl., family
Compositae. The leaf mines are distinctive in having frass disposed in the form of discrete
granules alternately in the mine. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species were previously known only
from the locality of type series from Western Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the fol-
lowing material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 1 <5 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park,
from leaf mines on Aster conspicuus Lindl., coll. 10.ix.1966, emerged 8.iii. 1 967 ; 2 66 Elk
Island park, same host, emerged 4.vi. 1967.
Phytomyza banffensis Spencer
Phytomyza banffensis Spencer, 1969:231.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; essentially dark scutellum, pleura and femora; acrosti-
chals in three to six rows and third antennal article with normal pubescence. The adults
resemble those of P. aquilegiana Frost and P. aquilegioides new species but differ in having
deeper gena, approximately one-half of vertical eye height, elongate third antennal article
and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species were previously known only
from the locality of its type series from western Canada (Spencer, 1969). 1 examined the
following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Jasper, 17.vi.1966.
Phytomyza blairmorensis new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — A member of this species belongs to the group
characterized by yellow frons; two equal Ors; broad epistoma; normal third antennal seg-
ment; dark scutellum and mostly dark femora and pleura. The adult resembles those of
Agromyzidae of Alberta
359
P. lupini Sehgal and P. aquilegiophaga Spencer but differs in having second antennal article
black and distinct male genitalia. It also resembles other similar species, P. illustris Spencer
and P. affinalis Frost, and may be separated from them as shown below in extension to
Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen.
29a. Large specimens, wing length 3. 0-3. 4 mm; normally one Ors . . . .illustris Spencer
Smaller specimens, wing length at most 2.4 mm in male; two Ors 29b
29b. Frons entirely yellow; aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) affinalis Frost
Frons slightly darkened; aedeagus as in Fig. 88, 89 blairmorensis n. sp.
Description. - Head. Frons approximately 2.5 times width of eye at level of front ocellus;
orbits broad, distinctly projected in front of eye margin in profile; broad epistoma. Two
equal Ors, directed upwards; two Ori, directed inwards and upwards, lower one weaker than
upper; orbital setulae few, six to seven, proclinate. Eyes oval, slightly slanted, their vertical
height being approximately 1 .25 times their length; ocellar triangle small. Gena approxi-
mately one-third vertical eye height. Third antennal article large, circular, with normal
pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr approximately eight to nine, in two
rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 1.75 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in ratio of 1 : 0.35 : 0.65; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 86-90). Hypandrium (Fig. 86) V-shaped, narrow side arms, no distinct
apodeme; pregonites broad; postgonites (Fig. 87) long, with hook-like process anteriorly;
aedeagus (Fig. 88, 89) as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 90) small, well sclerotized,
bulb small, membranous.
Colour. Frons yellow, very slightly darkened above; orbits yellow, darkened slightly near
upper Ors; gena and lunule yellow; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; both Vt’s on
dark ground; antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat grey; legs black, only
distal tips of femora with slight yellow; squamae pale, fringe brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the locality of its type
specimen.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966.
Phytomyza canadensis Spencer
Phytomyza canadensis Spencer, 1 969: 23 1 .
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
bers of this species are: dark frons; two equal Ors; brilliantly shining black mesonotum and
scutellum; acrostichals in approximately two rows; dark tarsi and second costal segment less
than three times length of fourth. The adults resemble those of the very similar species, P.
multifidae new species, but differ in having narrower orbits and different puparia.
Biology. — The larvae were stated by Spencer (1969) to make linear mines in the leaves
of Anemone canadensis L., family Ranunculaceae. The characteristic leaf mines have been
illustrated by Spencer (1969). However, a confusion seems to have arisen, since the leaf
figured by Spencer is clearly not of this species. Mr. Griffiths and I have found similar leaf
mines only on Anemone riparia Fern., never on A. canadensis L. The mined leaf figured by
Spencer was probably also of A. riparia Fern.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Canada
360
Sehgal
from the type locality (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Numerous empty leaf mines on Anemone riparia Fern., Edmonton,
White Mud Creek park, 5-6.ix.1968, and in Elk Island park.
Phytomyza capri foliae Spencer
Phytomyza caprifoliae Spencer, 1969:233.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
bers of this species are: frons black, not projected; two equal Ors; normal third antennal
article; mat grey mesonotum, scutellum and pleura; approximately four rows of acr; black
tarsi and second costal segment less than three times length of fourth. The adults resemble
those of P. periclymeni de Meijere and can be reliably separated only by examination of
male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. - Larvae mine the leaves of Symphoricarpos sp., family Caprifoliceae.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the local-
ity of its type series from Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66, 6 99 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on
Symphoricarpos sp., coll. 10. ix. 1966, emerged 9.i.-7.iii.l967; 2 66 same locality, 14.V.1968
and 8.vi. 1967.
Phytomyza ciliolati Spencer
Phytomyza ciliolati Spencer, 1969:234.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura and upper
Ors absent. The adults resemble those of P. asterophaga Spencer but differ in having yellow
on notopleural areas and different biology.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Aster ciliolatus Lindl., family Com-
positae. The leaf mines are distinctive in having frass disposed in continuous streaks. Pupa-
tion occurs outside the mine. Spencer (1969) illustrated the characteristic leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
locality (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Numerous leaf mines on Aster ciliolatus Lindl. around Edmonton
during July and August.
Phytomyza cineracea Hendel
Phytomyza cineracea Hendel, 1920: 160.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main diagnostic characters of the members
of this species are: yellowish brown frons; mat grey mesonotum and scutellum; black tarsi
and second costal segment approximately two times the length of the fourth. The adults
are distinctive in having an elongate third antennal article. They differ from those of the
similar species, P. erigerontophaga Spencer, in having frons distinctly projected above eyes
and distinct male genitalia. Griffiths (1968) and Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus
characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae of this species feed inside the stems of Ranunculus spp., Ranuncula-
ceae (Griffiths, 1968).
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Europe, Ice-
Agromyzidae of Alberta
361
land (Griffiths, 1968) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 8 66 Blairmore, swept over Ranunculus acris L., family Ranuncula-
ceae, 26.vi.1966, 3 66 Jasper, 16-1 9.vi. 1966.
Phytomyza clematiphaga Spencer
Phytomyza clematiphaga Spencer, 1969:236.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons and partially yellow scutellum. The adults differ from those
of P. major Malloch in having their body darker and third antennal article black. They differ
from those of P. ranunculi (Schrank) in having both Ors of equal length and distinct male
genitalia. Spencer ( 1 969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Clematis verticillaris DC. family
Ranunculaceae. Pupation occurs inside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Canada only
from the type locality. I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 (in K. A. Spencer’s collection) Edmonton, river bed near
University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on Clematis verticillaris DC, coll. 26.vii. 1966,
emerged 7.viii.l966, coll. B. Hocking; paratype 1 9 (in K. A. Spencer’s collection) Edmon-
ton, University of Alberta campus, from same host, coll. 24.ix.1966, emerged 9.x. 1966;
2 66, 4 99 Edmonton, river bed near University of Alberta campus, same host, coll. 26.vii.
1966, emerged 6-12.viii. 1966, coll. B. Hocking; 4 99 Edmonton, University of Alberta
campus, same host, coll. 23.ix.1966, emerged 1.x. 1966, 4.ii. 1967 and ll.iii.1967.
Phytomyza colemanensis new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — A member of this species belongs to the group
characterized by yellow frons; two equal Ors; mouth margin normal; third antennal article
with normal pubescence; dark scutellum; mostly dark femora and pleura; and acrostichals
approximately three to four scattered hairs. The adult resembles those of P. penstemonis
Spencer and P. plantaginis R.-D. from which it may be separated as shown below in the
extension to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
41. Fore-coxae essentially dark 41a.
Fore-coxae conspicuously yellow plantaginis R.-D.
41a. First and second antennal segment black; aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969)
penstemonis Spencer
First and second antennal segment yellowish brown; aedeagus as in Fig. 91
colemanensis n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons almost twice width of eye at level of front ocellus, slightly
projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal. Two equal Ors directed
upwards; one strong Ori incurved, one small hair present below Ori; orbital setulae only two,
proclinate. Eyes slightly slanted, their vertical height 1.2 times their length, bare; ocellar
triangle small. Gena approximately one-third vertical eye height. Third antennal article
with slight angle anterodorsally, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentral 3+1 strong bristles; acr few, three to four scattered hairs.
Wing. Length in male 1.6 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.3 : 0.7; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 91). Hypandrium U-shaped, with broad side arms; pregonites broad;
362
Sehgal
postgonites elongate, with curved process anteriorly; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 91)
with distinctive hypophallus; ejaculatory apodeme broad, bulb small and membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits and gena yellow; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; Vte on black
and Vti on margin of dark and yellow ground; first and second antennal articles yellowish
brown; third antennal article black; legs black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat grey-
ish; squamae and fringe pale.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named colemanensis after the name of
the type locality.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Coleman, 27.vi.1966.
Phytomyza columbinae new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; upper Ors shorter than lower; dark scutellum; essentially dark
femora and pleura. The adults differ from those of the similar species, P. timida Spencer,
and may be separated as shown below in extension to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian
species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
24. Jowls narrow, one-fifth to one-fourth vertical eye height 24a
Jowls deeper, one-third to one-half vertical eye height 25
24a. Fore-tibia yellowish; aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) .... timida Spencer
Fore-tibia dark; aedeagus as in Fig. 93, 94 columbinae n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal; lunule high. Two Ors,
directed upwards, upper one shorter than lower; two Ori, directed inwards and upwards;
orbital setulae few five to six, proclinate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than
their length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately 0.22 times vertical eye height.
Third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in four to five irregular rows.
Wing. Length 1.5- 1.8 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in the ratio
of 1 : 0.33 : 0.4; crossvein m-m absent; wing tip at M3+4.
Male genitalia (Fig. 92-95). Hypandrium (Fig. 92) V-shaped, with small apodeme; prego-
nites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 93, 94) as illustrated;
ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 95) small, fan-shaped, bulb small, membranous.
Colour. Frons and gena pale; orbits slightly darkened, lunule dark; ocellar triangle shining
black; antennae black; both Vt’s on dark ground; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat
greyish black; legs black; squamae pale, fringe brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named columbinae after the common
name of its food plant, columbine ( Aquilegia ).
Biology. — Larvae make blotch mines in the leaves of Aquilegia sp. (cultivated) and
Thalictrum venulosum Trel., family Ranunculaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine. The
dark brown puparium measures approximately 1.5 mm x 0.75 mm and is densely covered
with small spinules.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA: Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from blotch mines on
Thalictrum venulosum Trel., coll. 6.ix.l968, emerged 19.x. 1968; paratypes 2 66 Edmon-
ton, Aberhart Hospital, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on Aquilegia sp.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
363
(cultivated), coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 1 8.ix. 1 968 and 2.ii. 1 969 ; 2 66 same locality, swept
over Aquilegia sp., 25.vi.1969; 1 6 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf
mines on Aquilegia sp., coll. 13.vi. 1969, emerged 17.vi.1969; 2 66 Edmonton, Rainbow
Valley, from leaf mines on Thalictrum venulosum Trel., coll. 14.vi. 1968.
Phytomyza delphinivora Spencer
Phytomyza delphinivora Spencer, 1969:238.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by dark frons, mesonotum and scutellum; essentially dark femora and
pleura; upper Ors shorter than lower and second costal segment less than three times length
of fourth. The adults differ from those of the similar species, P. mertensiae new species and
P. prava Spencer, in having only two rows of acrostichals and distinct male genitalia.. Spencer
( 1 969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. - Larvae mine the leaves of Delphinium sp. (cultivated), family Ranunculaceae.
Spencer (1969) illustrated the characteristic linear mine. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 28.V.1967; Numerous leaf
mines around Edmonton on Delphinium sp. (cultivated).
Phytomyza edmontonensis new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — A member of this species belongs to the group
characterized by dark frons; upper Ors absent; essentially dark femora and pleura; mat grey-
ish black mesonotum and scutellum; and second costal segment more than three times
length of fourth. The adult resembles that of P. modica Spencer from which it may be
separated as shown below in an extension to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of
the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
78. Second costal section long, five times length of fourth pallipes Spencer
Second costal section shorter, up to 3.5 times length of fourth 78a
78a. Second costal section slightly over three times length of fourth; veins pale; aedea-
gus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) modica Spencer
Second costal section 3.5 times length of fourth; veins brownish; aedeagus as in
Fig. 97 edmontonensis n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. One Ors, curved upwards; three strong Ori
directed inwards; orbital setulae numerous, proclinate. Eyes almost circular, their vertical
height being 1 . 1 times their length; ocellar triangle small. Gena narrow, approximately 0.3
times eye height midway between vibrissal and posterior margins. Third antennal article
slightly enlarged, rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in three irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male 2.4 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.26 : 0.3; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 96-98). Hypandrium (Fig. 96) U-shaped, with broad side arms, pre-
gonites elongate; postgonites broad anteriorly and with a small hook; surstyli small; aedea-
gus (Fig. 97) darkly sclerotized and as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 99) very broad,
bulb small and membranous, latter with darkly sclerotized areas.
Colour. Frons, orbits and gena brown; ocellar triangle black; mesonotum, scutellum and
364
Sehgal
pleura mat black; femora black, tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown; wing veins brownish;
squamae and fringe pale; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the type locality.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, 18.vi. 1968, coll.
G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza evanescens Hendel
Phytomyza evanescens Hendel, 1920: 167.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The diagnostic characters of the members of
this species are: dark frons; two equal Ors; normal third antennal article; mat grey mesono-
tum, scutellum and pleura; dark tarsi; second costal segment less than three times length of
fourth and acrostichals in approximately four rows. The adults differ from those of the
similar species, P. caprifoliae Spencer, P. periclymeni de Meijere and P. queribunda Spencer
in having frons distinctly projected and characteristic male genitalia. The surstyli have long
wing-like processes. Griffiths (1964) illustrated the male genitalia characteristic of this
species. Spencer (1969) also figured the aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae feed inside the stems of Ranunculus spp., family Ranunculaceae
(Griffiths, 1 969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, Ice-
land, Faroes (Griffiths, 1968) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following materi-
al from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Blairmore, 26.vi.1966; 2 66 Jasper, 16-19.vi. 1966.
Phytomyza fuscula Zetterstedt
Phytomyza fuscula Zetterstedt, 1848:2831; Spencer, 1969:242.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura; mouth
margin normal; third antennal article black, with normal pubescence; two Ors equal; acr in
two well-defined rows and dark fore-coxae.
Spencer (1969) groups this species both under yellow frons and dark frons. The Alberta
specimens correspond to the colour form having yellow frons. The aedeagus of Alberta
specimens corresponds exactly to that figured by Spencer (1969) including the weakly
sclerotized membranous processes in the distiphallus. Griffiths’ (1969) description of fusc-
ula Zett. from Greenland refers to puccinelliae Spencer (see Spencer, 1969).
Biology. — Larvae of this species mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae) in Canada (Spen-
cer, 1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe (Hen-
del, 1935) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, 6.vi. 1968; 1 6 Elk
Island park, 31.vii.1966.
Phytomyza gregaria Frick
Phy tomyza gregaria F rick , 1954:371.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The distinguishing characters of the members of
Agromyzidae of Alberta
365
this species are: dark frons; two equal Ors; normal third antennal article; mat black meso-
notum, scutellum and pleura; acrostichals in approximately four rows; dark tarsi and second
costal segment less than three times length of fourth. The adults resemble those of the
similar species, P. periclymeni de Meijere, but differ in having darker mesonotum; narrower
gena, approximately one-fourth eye height and distinct male genitalia. The aedeagus of an
Alberta specimen is illustrated in Fig. 99. Spencer (1969) also illustrated the aedeagus.
Biology. — The larvae mine the leaves of Lonicera involucrata (Richards) Banks, family
Caprifoliaceae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
(Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 d St. Albert, near Edmonton, 1 8. vi. 1967; Numerous leaf mines on
Lonicera involucrata (Richards) Banks around Edmonton
Phytomyza illustris Spencer
Phytomyza illustris Spencer, 1969:247.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of similar species, blairmorensis new species and affinalis Frost, in larger size, wing length
3. 0-3.4 mm and normally only one Ors. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus character-
istic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alberta, British Columbia and Yukon Territory.
The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza involucratae Spencer
Phytomyza involucratae Spencer, 1969:249.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a similar species, milii Kaltenbach, in having larger size, wing length 2. 8-3. 3 mm, grey
mesonotum and third antennal article large and elongate. Spencer (1969) illustrated the
distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Known from Alberta and British Columbia. The Alberta
locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Frank; St. Albert.
The following type specimen was examined:
CANADA. British Columbia: Paratype 1 6 Prince George, 17.vi.1966, coll. K. A. Spencer.
Phytomyza jasperensis new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. - A member of this species belongs to the group
characterized by yellow frons; normal mouth margin and third antennal article; two equal
Ors; dark scutellum; mostly dark femora and pleura and acrostichals in two rows. The adult
resembles that of P. pedicularicaulis Spencer and can be reliably separated only by examina-
tion of male genitalia. This species may be included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian
species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen by amending couplet 43 and extending 44 as below:
43. Frons strongly projected above eyes; jowls conspicuously deep, two-thirds eye
height subtenella Frost
Frons less projected; jowls at most one-half eye height 44
44. Arista conspicuously thickened basally 44a
366
Sehgal
Arista more slender, normal 45
44a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) pedicularicaulis Spencer
Aedeagus as in Fig. 102 jasperensis n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately 2.5 times width of eye at level of front ocellus,
projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal. Two equal Ors directed
upwards; two Ori, lower one smaller than upper, incurved; orbital setulae few, approximate-
ly eight, proclinate. Eyes oval, their vertical height being 1 .3 times their length, bare; ocellar
triangle small. Gena approximately one-third eye height. Third antennal article rounded at
tip, with normal pubescence; arista slightly thickened at base, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in two rows.
Wing. Length in male 2.6 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in ratio
of 1 : 0.27 : 0.45; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 100-103). Hypandrium (Fig. 100) V-shaped, with narrow side arms;
pregonites broad; postgonites (Fig. 101) long, with hook-like process anteriorly, surstyli
normal; aedeagal apodeme exceptionally long; aedeagus (Fig. 102) relatively short and as
illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 103) broad, bulb small and membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits and gena bright yellow; maxillary palpi black; ocellar triangle weak-
ly shining black; lunule yellow; both Vt’s on dark ground; first antennal article yellowish,
second and third articles black; mesonotum, scutellum and plerua mat grey; only mesopleura
with narrow yellow band along upper margin; legs with fore-coxae yellowish, femora dark
with yellow on distal tips, tibiae and tarsi black; squamae yellow, fringe brownish; halteres
yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — The species is named jasperensis after the name of the
type locality.
Geographical distribution. — This species is known only from the following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Jasper, 17.vi.1966.
Phytomyza lactuca Frost
Phytomyza lactuca Frost, 1924:85.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members oi this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark pleura and femora; and two
Ors equal. The adults differ from all other species in this group by having conspicuously
long pubescence on the third antennal article and distinct male genitalia. The aedeagus of
an Alberta specimen bred from Crepis tectorum L. is illustrated in Fig. 104. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make long linear mines, usually on under surface of the leaves of
Taraxacum officinale Weber, Crepis tectorum L. and Sonchus uliginosus Bieb., family Com-
positae. Larvae are also known to mine the leaves of Lactuca scariola var. integrifolia
(Bogenh.) G. Beck in Pennsylvania, U. S. A. (Frost, 1924).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from United States
(Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Blairmore, 28.vi.1966; 1 6 Edmonton, river bed near University
of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on Crepis tectorum L., coll. 15.vi.1969 emerged 12.vi.
1969; 1 9 same locality, from leaf mines on Sonchus uliginosus Bieb., coll. 15.vi.1969,
emerged 6.vii.l969; 3 99 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines on
Taraxacum officinale Weber, coll. 7.x. 1966, emerged 19.xii.1966 and 5-6. iii. 1967; 2 66,
2 99 Waterton National park, same host, coll. 6.ix.l966, emerged 10-22.ix.1966 and 25.ii.
1967.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
367
Phytomyza lanati Spencer
Phytomyza lanati Spencer, 1969:250.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of a similar species, spondylii R.-D., in having second costal segment shorter, about 3.5 times
length of fourth. These specimens cannot be satisfactorily separated on the basis of external
characteristics alone; however, the male genitalia are distinct. Spencer (1969) illustrated the
aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. - Larvae mine leaves of Heracleum, family Umbellifereae. Details of leaf mine
not known (Spencer, 1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from California in
United States and Alberta in Canada. The Alberta locality is:
CANADA. Alberta: Jasper (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza lupini Sehgal
Phytomyza lupini Sehgal, 1968:73.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; mostly dark pleura and femora; two
Ors equal; third antennal article black, with normal pubescence and broad epistoma. The
adults resemble those of P. aquilegiophaga Spencer and differ in having slightly paler grey
mesonotum and distinct male genitalia. They differ from another similar species, P.blair-
morensis new species, in having the second antennal article yellowish brown and distinct
male genitalia. Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head, wing and male genitalia characteristic of
this species. Spencer (1969) also illustrated the aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae bore inside the stems of Lupinus sericeus Pursh, family Leguminosae.
The pale whitish puparia are found inside the stems. The puparia are characteristic in having
a small horn in the posterior spiracles.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from western
Canada: Alberta and British Columbia (Sehgal, 1968). The material examined remain the
same as reported earlier (Sehgal, 1968).
Phytomyza lupinivora Sehgal
Phytomyza lupinivora Sehgal, 1968:74.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
ber of this species are: dark frons; distinctly mat greyish mesonotum and scutellum; dark
tarsi; normal third antennal article and acrostichals in two rows. The adult resembles that of
P. oxytropidis new species from which it is separated by having slightly longer second costal
segment, approximately one and a quarter times the length of the fourth, and darker orbits.
Sehgal (1968) illustrated the head and wing characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Lupinus sericeus Pursh, family
Leguminosae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — A member of this species is known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Sehgal, 1968).
368
Sehgal
Phytomyza luteiceps new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum and yellow femora. The adults resemble
those of P. flavicornis Fallen and can be separated reliably only by examination of charac-
ters of the male genitalia. Spencer (1965d, 1969) illustrated the aedeagus of P. flavicornis
Fallen. It is doubtful at present if the true P. flavicornis Fallen occurs in Alberta. This spe-
cies is included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen,
by amending and extending the couplet 10 as below:
10. All coxae yellow; jowls exceptionally deep at rear, at least two-thirds of eye
height 10a
Mid- and hind-coxae black rufipes Meigen
10a. Mesonotum black, weakly shining; aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969)
flavicornis Fallen
Mesonotum mat greyish black; aedeagus as in Fig. 106 luteiceps n. sp.
Description. - Head. Frons wide, little more than three times width of eye at level of
front ocellus, conspicuously projected in front of eye margin in profile. Broad epistoma
present; lunule low. One strong Ors and three strong Ori; orbital setulae 10-1 1, proclinate.
Eyes oval and slanting; their vertical height being almost equal to their length, bare; ocellar
triangle small. Gena deep, approximately 0.7 times vertical eye height. Third antennal article
rounded at tip, with short upcruved pubescence; arista normal and pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in approximately two rows.
Wing. Length 2.5 to 2.8 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.3 : 0.4; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 105-107). Hypandrium (Fig. 105) almost circular below, with broad
arms as illustrated; pregonites broad; postgonites long with small process anteriorly; aedea-
gus (Fig. 106) as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 107) short, bulb small.
Colour. Frons bright yellow; orbits and gena yellow; Vte on black and Vti on yellow
ground; ocellar triangle shining black; lunule yellow; antennae completely yellow; arista
brown; mesonotum and scutellum mat grey; humeral and notopleural areas yellow; stemo-
pleura slightly brownish at base; meso- and pteropleura yellow; legs with coxae, femora and
tibiae yellow, tarsi slightly brownish; squamae yellow, fringe brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named luteiceps because of the mostly
yellow head.
Biology. — Not confirmed, but the larvae will probably prove to feed in stems of Urtica.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the local-
ities of its type series as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 St. Albert, near Edmonton, 14.vi.1966; allotype 9 same
data; paratypes 3 66, 3 99 same data; 2 66 Jasper, 16.vi.1966.
Phytomyza major Malloch
Phytomyza major Malloch, 1 9 1 3b: 1 50.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons and yellow scutellum. The adults differ from those of
other species in this group. P. clematiphaga Spencer and P. ranunculi (Schrank), in having a
mostly yellow body, yellow third antennal article and distinct male genitalia. The adults
are largely yellow flies, wing length approximately 4.0 mm. Spencer (1969) illustrated the
distinctive aedeagus. The aedeagus of an Alberta specimen is as in the Fig. 108.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
369
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known from Labrador
(Frick, 1959) and western Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6, 1 9 Banff, 1 4.vii. 1 949, coll. E. H. Strickland; 1 9 George Lake,
near Busby, University of Alberta field station, Malaise trap collection, 1 7-2 l.vi. 1966, coll.
P. Graham.
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel, 1920: 161 ; Spencer, 1969:254.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora; upper Ors shorter
than lower; and with slight yellow on upper parts of mesopleura, humeral and notopleural
areas. The adults resemble those of P. spondylii R.-D. but differ in having the second costal
segment shorter, approximately three times the length of the fourth and distinct male geni-
talia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — In Alberta the larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Achillea millefolium
L., A. sibirica Ledeb., Chrysanthemum sp. (cultivated), Matricaria matricarioides (Less.)
Porter, and Tanacetum vulgare L., belonging to the family Compositae. Pupation occurs
outside the mine. Detailed biology and host-plant relationships are discussed in a separate
paper (Sehgal, 1971).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe (Hen-
del, 1935) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined numerous specimens bred from all hosts
listed above from various localities around Edmonton.
Phytomyza mertensiae new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by dark frons; upper Ors shorter than lower; dark mesonotum and
scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura; and second costal segment less than three
times length of fourth. The adults differ from those of the similar species, P. prava Spencer
and P. sehgali Spencer, in having darker frons and distinct male genitalia. This species is
included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen by
amending and extending couplet 88 as below:
88. Third antennal article distinctly enlarged nepetae Hendel
Third antennal article small 88a
88a. Frons paler, brownish above; acr strong sehgali Spencer
Frons dark brown; acr normal; aedeagus as in Fig. 1 10, 1 1 1. . . . mertensiae n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately two and a half times width of eye level of
front ocellus, slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal;
lunule high. Two Ors, directed upwards, upper smaller than lower; two Ori, directed inwards
and upwards, lower one weaker than upper; orbital setulae few, approximately six to seven,
proclinate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.17 times higher than their length, bare; ocellar tri-
angle small. Gena approximately 0.22 times vertical eye height. Third antennal article
normal, rounded at tip; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in four irregular rows.
Wing. Length approximately 2.0 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal segments 2-4
in the ratio of 1 : 0.32 : 0.35; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 109-112). Hypandrium (Fig. 109) small, V-shaped, with broad side
370
Sehgal
arms; pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 110, 111) com-
plex as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 112) broad, bulb small and membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits, gena and lunule dark brown; ocellar triangle weakly shining black;
antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat greyish black; coxae black; femora
black, with yellow on distal tips; tibiae and tarsi dark brown; squamae yellow, fringe brown;
halteres pale.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the generic name of its
food plant.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) G. Don,
family Boraginaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype d Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on
Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) G. Don, coll. 10.ix.1966, emerged 1 0.iii. 1 967 ; paratypes 1 9
same data; 1 6 same locality, 8.vi.l967.
Phytomyza merula Spencer
Phytomyza merula Spencer, 1969:254.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a very similar species, gregaria Frick, in having deeper gena, about one-half eye height and
orbits in form of a broad ring below eyes. Spencer (1969) illustrated the distinctive aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta, Canada from the following local-
ity:
CANADA. Alberta: Jasper (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza milii Kaltenbach
Phytomyza milii Kaltenbach, 1864:248; Spencer, 1969:255.
Phytomyza intermedia Spencer; Griffiths, 1964:405.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by dark frons; mat black mesonotum and scutellum; two equal Ors, black
tarsi and second costal segment at least three times the length of the fourth. The adults
resemble those of P. involucratae Spencer and can be reliably separated only by examination
of male genitalia. The sclerotization of distiphallus varies in this species (Griffiths, 1 964).
The aedeagus of an Alberta specimen is as illustrated in Fig. 1 13. Griffiths (1964) illustrated
the aedeagus of European and Faeroese specimens. Spencer (1969) also illustrated the
aedeagus.
Biology. — Larvae probably mine the leaves of grasses (Gramineae) in Alberta.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe, Ice-
land, Faeroes (Griffiths, 1964) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 Banff, 3.ix.l966; 2 66 Jasper, l-2.ix.1966; 3 66 Jasper, Mt.
Edith Cavell, l.ix.1966.
Phytomyza miranda Spencer
Phytomyza miranda Spencer, 1969:255.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
Agromyzidae of Alberta
371
a similar species, luteiceps new species, in having black third antennal article. The elongate
surstyli and aedeagus as figured by Spencer (1969) are quite distinct.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from Alberta,
Canada from the following locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza misella Spencer
Phytomyza misella Spencer, 1969:256.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; normal mouth margin and third antennal article; two
equal Ors; essentially dark femora and pleura; acrostichals in two rows; and yellow fore-
coxae. The adults differ from those of the similar species, P. subtenella Frost, by having
frons less projected, narrower gena and distinct aedeagus. They also resemble those of P.
pedicularicaulis Spencer and P. jasperensis new species but have entirely different male geni-
talia. The aedeagus of an Alberta specimen is illustrated (Fig. 114). Spencer (1969) also
illustrated the aedeagus.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from western
Canada from the type locality (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 4 66 Jasper, 17.vi.1966.
Phytomyza multifidae new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of the species belong to the
group characterized by dark frons; two equal Ors; brilliantly shining black mesonotum, scu-
tellum and pleura; and second costal segment less than three times length of fourth. The
members of this species were included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the
genus Phytomyza Fallen at couplet 61 as Phytomyza sp. (Sehgal). This couplet is amended
as below:
61. Orbits normal in width; only fore knees yellowish canadensis Spencer
Orbits broad; knees variable from yellow to almost dark; wing base yellow; aedea-
gus as in Fig. 116 multifidae n. sp.
Description. — Flead. Frons approximately 1.6 times width of eye at level of front ocellus,
not projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal; lunule low. Two Ors,
directed upwards, equal in size; two Ori, directed inwards, the lower one smaller than upper;
orbital setulae few, approximately seven to eight, proclinate. Eyes almost circular, approxi-
mately 1.1 times higher than their length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately
one-third vertical eye height. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence;
arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in three to four irregular rows.
Wing. Length 1.5- 1.6 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal segments 2-4 in the ratio
of 1 : 0.33 : 0.66; crossvein m-m absent; M3 +4 at wing tip.
Male genitalia (Fig. 115-117). Hypandrium (Fig. 115) small, V-shaped; pregonites broad;
postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 116) complex, as illustrated; ejacula-
tory apodeme (Fig. 117) small, fan-shaped, bulb small, membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits, gena and lunule dark; ocellar triangle shining black; antennae black;
mesonotum, scutellum and pleura shining black; legs black; distal tips of femora in females
bright yellow, but in male dark; wing base yellow; squamae and fringe pale; halteres bright
372
Sehgal
yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the specific epithet of its
food plant Anemone multifida Poir.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Anemone multifida Poir., family
Ranunculaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Tolman bridge, Red Deer valley (badlands), from leaf
mines on Anemone multifida Poir., coll. 14.vi. 1969, emerged 8.vii. 1969; paratypes 2 66
same locality and host, emerged 5.vii. 1969; coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza oxytropidis new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by dark frons; two equal Ors; normal third antennal article; mat greyish black
mesonotum and scutellum; two rows of acrostichals; and dark tarsi. The adults resemble the
member of P. lupinivora Sehgal from which they may be separated as shown below in exten-
sion to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen.
65. Second costal section short; less than 1 .25 times length of fourth 65a
Second costal section longer, at least 1.5 times length of fourth h6
65a. Second costal section approximately 1.25 times length of fourth; orbits dark
lupinivora Sehgal
Second costal section almost equal to fourth; orbits yellowish
oxytropidis n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus,
slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Two Ors equal in size, directed upwards;
two Ori, lower one smaller than upper, directed inwards; orbital setulae few, six to seven,
proclinate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than their length; ocellar triangle
small. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubes-
cent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr few, three to six scattered hairs.
Wing. Length in male 1.6 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.5 : 0.93; crossvein m-m absent; M3+4 at wing tip.
Male genitalia (Fig. 1 18-120). Hypandrium (Fig. 1 18) with broad side arms and conspicu-
ously long apodeme; pregonites broad; postgonites elongate and broad anteriorly; surstyli
small, without any big spines; aedeagus (Fig. 1 19) with characteristic long spines between
two long, darkly sclerotized arms of basiphallus; distiphallus separated by a small mem-
branous section; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 120) broad, bulb small.
Colour. Frons, gena, lunule and antennae all black; orbits slightly yellowish in most speci-
mens; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; legs black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura
mat greyish black.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named oxytropidis after the generic
name of its food plant.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaflets of Oxytropis splendens Dougl. and
O. campestris gracilis (A. Nels), family Leguminosae. Pupation occurs inside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the local-
ities of its type specimens as below:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Jasper, 5 miles south of Athabasca Falls, from leaf mines
on Oxytropis splendens Dougl., coll. 15.x. 1967, emerged iv. 1968; paratypes Id, 2 99 same
Agromyzidae of Alberta
373
data. Yukon Territory: 1 6 Lake Laberge, from leaf mines on Oxytropis camp estris gracilis
(A. Nels.), coll. 9.viii.l968, emerged 20.V.1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza penstemonis Spencer
Phytomyza penstemonis Spencer, 1969:265.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura;
two equal Ors; acrostichals approximately three to four scattered hairs; and pale squamal
fringe. The adults resemble those of P. plantaginis R.-D. and P. colemanensis new species
but differ in having second antennal article black and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969)
illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Penstemon confer tus Dougl. and
P. procerus Dougl., family Scrophulariaceae. Larvae pupate inside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species were previously known only
from the locality of its type series from western Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the
following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Blairmore, from leaf mines on Penstemon confertus Dougl., coll.
26.vi. 1966, emerged 2.vii.l966; 1 6 Coleman, 27.vi. 1966, 2 66, 3 99 Nevis, from leaf mines
on Penstemon procerus Dougl., coll. 14.vi.1969, emerged 23-26.vi.1969, coll. G. C. D.
Griffiths.
Phytomyza periclymeni de Meijere
Phytomyza periclymeni de Meijere, 1924: 145.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The main distinguishing characters of the mem-
bers of this species are: dark frons; normal third antennal article; two equal Ors; mat grey
mesonotum, scutellum and pleura; dark tarsi; second costal segment less than three times
the length of the fourth; and acrostichals in approximately four rows. The adults resemble
those of P. caprifoliae Spencer and can be reliably separated only by examination of male
genitalia. Spencer ( 1 969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — In Alberta the larvae mine the leaves of Lonicera involucrata (Richards)
Banks, family Caprifoliaceae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe (Hen-
del, 1935) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 4 66, 2 99 Edmonton, river bank, near University of Alberta campus,
from leaf mines on Lonicera involucrata (Richards) Banks, coll. 26.vii.1966, emerged 15-16.
viii.1966; 1 6 Elk Island park, 4.vi. 1967; 2 66 St. Albert, near Edmonton, 14.vi. 1966.
Phytomyza petasiti Spencer
Phytomyza petasiti Spencer, 1969:266.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora; and mostly
yellow pleura. The adults' resemble those of P. spondylii R.-D. and P. matricariae Hendel
and differ in having both Ors equal and distinct male genitalia. The aedeagus of this species
has been illustrated by Spencer,
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Petasites sagittatus (Pursh) A. Gray,
family Compositae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
374
Sehgal
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Canada
(Spencer, 1969). 1 examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Devon botanical garden, University of Alberta, from linear mines
on leaves of Petasites sagittatus (Pursh) A. Gray, coll. 28.vii.1966, emerged 1 3.iii. 1 967 ; 1 6
Elk Island park, same host, coll. 13.vii. 1968. emerged viii.1968.
Phytomyza plantaginis R.-D.
Phytomyza plantaginis Robineau-Desvoidy, 185 1 :404.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; two equal Ors; third antennal article elongate and with
normal pubescence; essentially dark femora and pleura; and acrostichals usually few isolated
hairs. The adults differ from those of the similar species, P. syngenesiae (Hardy), by having
pale squamal fringe; shorter second costal segment, approximately 1.5 times length of
fourth, and conspicuously yellow fore-coxae. They differ from those of other similar spe-
cies, P. penstemonis Spencer and P. colemanensis new species, by having yellow second
antennal article and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus charac-
teristic of this species.
Biology. — In Alberta the larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Plantago major L.,
family Plantaginaceae. Pupation occurs inside the leaf mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
known from Europe, Australia, Japan, U. S. A. and Canada. I examined the following mater-
ial from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Edmonton, river bed near University of Alberta campus, from
leaf mines on Plantago major L., 26.vii-5.viii. 1966; 4 99 George Lake near Busby, Univer-
sity of Alberta field station, coll. 21.viii. 1966, emerged 25-3 l.viii. 1966.
Phytomyza prava Spencer
Phytomyza prava Spencer, 1969:269.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species are distinctive in
having frons which is basically yellow, but is conspicuously darkened. This species has
therefore been included in both parts of the key having yellow frons and dark frons. Other
diagnostic characters of the members of this species are: dark scutellum; dark femora and
pleura and only one Ors. The adults resemble those of P. mertensiae new species, but differ
in having yellowish frons and gena, and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated
the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make dark blotch mines on the leaves of Anemone canadensis L.,
family Ranunculaceae. The leaf mine of this species was illustrated among undetermined
mines in Fig. 531 (Spencer, 1969). Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species were previously known from
Canada only from the locality of its type series (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66, 1 9 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on
Anemone canadensis L. (Ranunculaceae), coll. 4.ix.l968, emerged 20.ix.1968; 8 66, 9 99
same locality and host, coll. 3.ix.l968, emerged 19-25.ix.1968, 26.V.1969 and 4.vi.l969,
coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; 1 6 George Lake near Busby, University of Alberta field station,
21. vi. 1966.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
375
Phytomyza queribunda Spencer
Phytomyza queribunda Spencer, 1969:271.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by dark frons; mat greyish mesonotum and scutellum; two Ors equal; dark
tarsi; second costal segment less than three times length of fourth; and acrostichals in four
rows. The adults resemble those of P. caprifoliae Spencer and P. periclymeni de Meijere
but differ in having frons slightly paler above and entirely different male genitalia. Spencer
(1969) illustrated the characteristic aedeagus of this species.
Geographical distribution. - The members of this species are known only from the type
locality in Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 6 George Lake near Busby, University of Alberta field station,
7.vi. 1968, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
Phytomyza ranunculi (Schrank)
Musca ranunculi Schrank, 1803:140.
Phytomyza flavoscutellata Fallen, 1823b:4.
Phytomyza albipes Meigen, 1830:195.
Phytomyza ranunculi (Schrank); Hendel, 1920:153, 1935:463; Frick, 1952:428, 1959:434;
Spencer, 1969:271.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark third antennal article and yellow scutellum. They
differ from another species in this group, P. clematiphaga Spencer, by having the upper
orbital bristle shorter than lower and distinct male genitalia.
The Alberta specimens from Elk Island park, bred from leaf mines on Ranunculus abor-
tivus L., correspond in colour to the form albipes Meigen having yellow on mesonotum.
One specimen from George Lake corresponds in colour to the form flavoscutellata Fallen
having darker mesonotum.
The number of coils in the distiphallus vary from one coil in a Faeroes specimen (Grif-
fiths, 1964) to eight coils in Alberta specimens. There are five coils in the European speci-
men illustrated by Nowakowski (1962). Besides, there is variation in the direction of coils,
which in some specimens are coiled upwards, while in others downwards. The number of
coils and their direction does not seem to be related to their external colour variations in
this species as was pointed out by Griffiths (1964). However, it is possible that more than
one species is involved in its entire range.
The male genitalia of this species are also very close to that of P. vibeana Griffiths, but
the latter differs in having 1 1 coils in the distiphallus and dark mesonotum and scutellum.
Biology. — In Alberta the larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Ranunculus abortivus
L., family Ranunculaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are Holarctic in distribution,
known from Europe (Hendel, 1935), United States (Frick, 1959), Faeroes, Iceland and
Greenland (Griffiths, 1966), Japan (Sasakaw, 1961) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I exam-
ined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 10 66, 6 99 Elk Island park, from linear mines in the leaves of
Ranunculus abortivus L., coll. 22.v. 1969, emerged 5-8.vi. 1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths;
1 6 George Lake near Busby, University of Alberta field station, 21.vi.1966.
376
Sehgal
Phytomyza riparia new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. - A member of this species belongs to the group
characterized by yellow frons; upper Ors shorter than lower; mouth margin normal; mat
greyish mesonotum and scutellum; upper margins of mesopleura, humeral and notopleural
areas yellow; essentially dark femora; and second costal segment approximately three and a
half times length of fourth. The adult resembles that of P. spondylii R.-D., from which it
may be separated as shown below in extension to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species
of the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
13. Two Ors equal 14
Upper Ors shorter than lower or lacking 13a
13a. Third antennal segment with normal pubescence; upper Ors sometimes lacking;
aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) spondylii R.-D.
Third antennal segment with conspicuously long pubescence; upper Ors present;
aedeagus as in Fig. 121 riparia n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons almost twice width of eye at level of front ocellus, only
slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal. Two Ors, upper
shorter than lower, one side of holotype has only one Ors, directed upwards; two strong Ori,
directed inwards; orbital setulae few, six to seven, proclinate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.2
times higher than their length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately one-fourth
of vertical eye height. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with conspicuously long pubes-
cence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in almost five irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male 2.0 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5;costal segments 2-4 in the
ratio of 1 : 0.3 : 0.3; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 121-122). Hypandrium with broad side arms and inconspicuous or
small apodeme; pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 121)
as illustrated with two long characteristic processes in the distiphallus; ejaculatory apodeme
(Fig. 122) broad, bulb small.
Colour. Frons, orbits and gena yellow; both Vt’s on dark ground; third antennal article
dark brown; upper parts of mesopleura, humeral and notopleural areas yellow; mesonotum
and scutellum mat greyish, slightly paler; coxae black; femora dark brown, with yellow on
distal tips; tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown; squamae yellow, fringe brown; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named riparia as its holotype was col-
lected along the Saskatchewan River bank.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Edmonton, Saskatchewan River bank near University of
Alberta campus, 20.vii.1966.
Phytomyza sehgali Spencer
Phytomyza sehgali Spencer, 1969:274.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those
of mertensiae new species in having paler frons and from prava Spencer in having strong
acrostichals, small third antennal article and distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustra-
ted the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta, Canada from the following local-
ity:
Agromyzidae of Alberta
377
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, White Mud Creek (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza senecionella new species
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; two Ors equal; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and
pleura; normal mouth margin and third antennal article; acrostichals only two to three scat-
tered hairs; dark squamal fringe and fore-coxae. The adults resemble those of the similar
species, P. syngenesiae (Hardy), and males of the two can be separated reliably only by
examination of the genitalia. This species is included in Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian
species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen as below:
40. Second costal section short; 1.5 times length of fourth; third antennal segment
enlarged; squamal fringe pale 41
Second costal section longer, approximately twice length of fourth; third antennal
segment normal; squamal fringe dark 40a
40a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969) syngenesiae (Hardy)
Aedeagus as in Fig. 123. senecionella n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons wider than width of eye at level of front ocellus (1 : 0.55),
very slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Two Ors equal, directed upwards;
one strong Ori and one small hair present below directed inwards; orbital setulae few, six to
seven, proclinate. Eyes almost circular, their vertical height being almost equal to then-
length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena deep, approximately two-fifths of eye height.
Antennal bases approximate; third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence;
arista normal and pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr two to three scattered hairs.
Wing. Length in male 2.75 mm; costa extended to vein K4+5 ; costal segments 2-4 in ratio
of 1 : 0.3 : 0.56; crossvein m-m absent; vein M3+4 at wing tip.
Male genitalia. (Fig. 123-124). Hypandrium with side arms broad and no conspicuous
apodeme; pregonites broad; postgonite with small hook anteriorly; surstyli small and nor-
mal; aedeagus (Fig. 123) as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 124) slightly broad, bulb
small and membranous.
Colour. Frons, orbits and gena yellow; both Vt’s on dark grounds; all antennal articles
black; ocellar triangle shining black; mesonotum, sctuellum and pleura mat grey; legs black,
only tips of femora with slight yellow, coxae black; squamae yellow, fringe dark; halteres
yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species is named after the generic name of its
food plant.
Biology. — Larvae make broad linear mines on the leaves of Senecio conges tus var.
palustris (L.), family Compositae. The leaf mines were more or less communal with more
than one larva feeding in them. Pupation occurs usually at the leaf bases or sometimes on
the stem.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from the type
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Elk Island park, from leaf mines on Senecio congestus
palustris (L.), coll. 2.vii.l969, emerged 6.vii.l969; paratypes 2 66 same locality and host,
emerged 6-1 2.vii. 1969, coll. G. C. D. Griffiths.
378
Sehgal
Phytomyza solidaginivora Spencer
Phytomyza solidaginivora Spencer, 1969:274.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. - The members of this species differ from those of
similar species, matricariae Hendel, in having dark second antennal article and distinct male
genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear leaf mines on Solidago, family Compositae.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta, Canada from the following local-
ity:
CANADA. Alberta: Edmonton, University of Alberta campus (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza solidaginophaga new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; two equal Ors; normal third antennal article; dark
scutellum; mostly dark femora and pleura; and three to six rows of acrostichals. The adults
resemble those of P. aquilegiana Frost and P. aquilegioides new species but differ in having
the frons slightly darkened below and distinct male genitalia. They also resemble those of
another similar species, P. ilicis Curtis, and may be separated as shown below in extension
to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
32. Frons distinctly darkened, either above or below 32a
Frons entirely pale, yellow or orange, at most orbits dark 33
32a. Aedeagus as illustrated (Spencer, 1969); larva leaf-miner in Ilex ilicis Curtis
Aedeagus as in Fig. 126; larva leaf-miner in Solidago solidaginophaga n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice eye width at level of front ocellus,
slightly projected in front of eye margin in profile. Mouth margin normal; lunule low. Two
equal Ors, directed upwards (one specimen has only one Ors, but has two bristles in the
same socket as upper Ori; two Ors have therefore been considered as normal for the mem-
bers of this species). Two Ori, directed inwards, lower one weaker than upper; orbital setu-
lae few, approximately seven, proclinate. Eyes oval, approximately 1.2 times higher than
their length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena approximately 0.28 times vertical height of
eye. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr in approximately four irregular rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 2.1 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in ratio of 1 : 0.26 : 0.3; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 125-127). Hypandrium (Fig. 125) V-shaped, with broad side arms;
pregonites broad; postgonites elongate; surstyli normal; aedeagus (Fig. 126) with charac-
teristic row of small spines between two long arms of basiphallus, as illustrated; ejaculatory
apodeme (Fig. 127) small, bulb small and membranous.
Colour. Frons yellow, slightly darkened just above lunule; orbits slightly darkened along
eye margins; lunule and gena darkened; ocellar triangle weakly shining black; both Vt’s on
dark ground; antennae black; mesonotum, scutellum and pleura mat greyish black; femora
black, with yellow distal tips; tibiae and tarsi dark brown; squamae yellow, fringe brown;
halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. — This species has been named after the generic name of
its food plant.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Solidago lepida DC, family Com-
positae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are only known from the type
Agromyzidae of Alberta
379
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 George Lake near Busby, University of Alberta field
station, from mines on the leaves of Solidago lepida DC, coll. 7.vi. 1968, emerged 30.iv.1969,
coll. G. C. D. Griffiths; paratype 1 6 same data.
Phytomyza spondylii R.-D.
Phytomyza spondylii Robineau-Desvoidy, 1851: 147.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; and essentially dark femora. The
colour of the upper margins of the mesopleura, humeral and notopleural areas is variable
from yellow to almost dark. A small upper Ors is usually present. The adults having yellow
on the sides resemble those of P. matricariae Hendel and differ in having the second costal
section longer, approximately 3.5 times the fourth and dark second antennal article. The
darker forms resemble those of P. asterophaga Spencer but differ in having entirely differ-
ent male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Heracleum lanatum Michx., family
Umbelliferae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Europe (Hen-
del, 1935) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 <5d, 2 99 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on
Heracleum lanatum Michx., emerged 18-19.vii.1966.
Phytomyza subalpina new species
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — A member of this species belongs to the group
characterize^ by yellow frons; normal mouth margin and third antennal article; two Ors
equal; dark scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura; acrostichals in two rows; and dark
fore-coxae. The adult resembles that of P. fuscula Zetterstedt but differs in having a pale
squamal fringe and distinct male genitalia. It differs from another similar species, P. atripal-
pis Aldrich, as shown below in extension to Spencer’s (1969) key to Canadian species of
the genus Phytomyza Fallen:
53. Second costal section short, less than twice length of fourth 53a
Second costal section longer, twice length of fourth. gelida Spencer
53a. Gena two-fifths eye height atripalpis Aldrich
Gena one-fifth eye height subalpina n. sp.
Description. — Head. Frons approximately twice width of eye at level of front ocellus;
mouth margin normal; lunule low. Two equal Ors directed upwards; two Ori, lower one
weaker, both directed inwards; orbital setulae four to five, proclinate. Eyes oval, their verti-
cal height being approximately 1.3 times their length, bare; ocellar triangle small. Gena
approximately one-fifth vertical eye height. Third antennal article rounded at tip, with
normal pubescence; arista normal, pubescent.
Mesonotum. Dorsocentrals 3+1 strong bristles; acr approximately nine hairs, in two rows.
Wing. Length in male approximately 2.1 mm; costa extended to vein R4+5; costal seg-
ments 2-4 in ratio of 1 : 0.35 : 0.65; crossvein m-m absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 128-132). Hypandrium (Fig. 128) U-shaped with broad side arms;
pregonites broad; postgonites (Fig. 129) elongate, with hook-like process anteriorly; surstyli
normal; aedeagus (Fig. 130, 131) as illustrated; ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 132) small, bulb
membranous.
380
Sehgal
Colour. Frons, gena and lunule yellow; orbits yellow, slightly darkened near upper Ors;
ocellar triangle weakly shining black; both Vt’s on dark ground; antennae black; mesono-
tum, scutellum and pleura mat grey; femora, tibiae and tarsi black; squamal fringe dirty
pale, squamae pale; halteres yellow.
Derivation of the specific name. - This species is named subalpina as its holotype was
collected in the subalpine zone of foothills of Rocky Mountains.
Geographical distribution. - This species is known only from the type locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Holotype 6 Coleman, 27.vi.1966.
Phytomyza subtenella Frost
Phytomyza subtenella Frost, 1924:89.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; normal mouth margin and third antennal article; usually two
equal Ors (but one specimen has three equal Ors); essentially dark femora and pleura; acros-
tichals in two well-defined rows and yellow fore-coxae.
The adults, wing length approximately 2.5 mm, differ from those of the similar species,
P. jasperensis, in having the frons strongly projected in front of eye margin; gena deeper,
approximately two-thirds of eye height and distinct male genitalia. The paraphalli in Alberta
specimen were independent of the basiphallus and not joined as it appears from Spencer’s
(1969) illustration in which they are overlapping.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from the United
States (Frick, 1959) and Canada (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 <5 Banff, 28.vi.1966, 5 66 Hinton, 23.vii.1967; 1 6 Jasper, 17.vi.
1966.
Phytomyza subtilis Spencer
Phytomyza sub tilis Spencer, 1969:276.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a very similar species, urbana Spencer, in having darker grey mesonotum and slightly brown-
ish frons. The male genitalia as figured by Spencer (1969) are, however, very distinct.
Biology. - Larvae make blotch mines on the leaves of Lathy rus ochroleucus Hook.,
family Leguminosae.
Geographical distribution. - Known from Alaska and Alberta. The Alberta locality is as
follows:
CANADA. Alberta: Wabamun Lake (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza syngenesiae (Hardy)
Chromatomyia syngenesiae Hardy, 1849:391.
Phytomyza chrysanthemi Kowarz, 1891:243; Smulyan, 1914:21.
Phytomyza atricornis Meigen sensu Hendel,1920: 162 (in part); Frost, 1924:68; Frick, 1952:
424, 1959:425 ( nomen dubium).
Phytomyza syngenesiae (Hardy); Griffiths, 1967:7; Spencer, 1969:278.
Comparisons and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the
group characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; mostly dark femora and pleura; two
Ors equal; normal third antennal article; and acrostichals normally lacking or at most three
Agromyzidae of Alberta
381
to four isolated hairs present. The adults resemble closely those of an Old World species, P.
horticola Goureau, and can be separated reliably only by examination of the male genitalia.
Griffiths (1967) and Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of numerous Compositae and rarely on
non-Compositae hosts (Griffiths, 1967). In Alberta the flies have been bred from only two
host-plants of the family Compositae, Senecio sp. (Spencer, 1969) and Crepis gracilis (D.C.
Eat.) Rydb.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are widespread in Europe,
Australia, New Zealand, U. S. A. and Canada (Griffiths, 1967). I examined the following
material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 <3, 2 99 Edmonton, University of Alberta campus, from leaf mines
on Crepis gracilis (D.C. Eat.) Rydb., coll. 4.vi. 1966.
Phytomyza thalictrivora Spencer
Phytomyza thalictrivora Spencer, 1969:279.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by dark frons, mesonotum and scutellum; essentially dark femora and pleura;
upper Ors lacking; and second costal segment less than three times length of fourth. The
adults resemble those of P. aquilegivora Spencer but differ in having darker frons and few
acrostichals. They also resemble those of P. minuscula Goureau, but possess distinct male
genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines on the leaves of Thalictrum venulosum Trek, family
Ranunculaceae. Pupation occurs outside the mine.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known only from Canada
(Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta 1 6 Edmonton, White Mud Creek park, from leaf mines on Thalictrum
venulosum Trek, coll. 12.vi.1966, emerged 17.vi. 1966; 1 6 Edmonton, Rainbow Valley,
31.V.1969.
Phytomyza timida Spencer
Phytomyza timida Spencer, 1969:279.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species belong to the group
characterized by yellow frons; dark scutellum; and essentially dark femora and pleura.
Spencer (1969) includes this species among those having upper orbital bristle shorter than
lower. This character is probably variable as the Alberta specimens examined had both
upper orbital bristles almost equal. The aedeagus of a specimen from Banff, Alberta is illus-
trated (Fig. 133) and agrees with that figured by Spencer (1969).
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species are known from Canada only
from the locality of its type series (Spencer, 1969). I examined the following material from
Alberta:
CANADA. Alberta: 2 66 Banff, 18.vi.1966; 1 6 Jasper, 16.vi.1966.
Phytomyza urbana Spencer
Phytomyza urbana Spencer, 1969:281.
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The members of this species differ from those of
a similar species, subtilis Spencer, in having paler greyish mesonotum and paler frons and
382
Sehgal
distinct male genitalia. Spencer (1969) illustrated the aedeagus characteristic of this species.
Geographical distribution. — Known only from Alberta, Canada from the following
locality:
CANADA. Alberta: Blairmore (Spencer, 1969).
Phytomyza sp. {Angelica arguta Nutt.)
Comparison and diagnostic characters. — The distinguishing characters of the female of
this species are: yellowish brown frons; wing length 2.5 mm; second costal segment three
times length of fourth; dark squamal fringe; dark mesonotum, scutellum, pleura and femora
and acrostichals in two to three rows. It resembles the adults of P. aralivora Spencer but has
entirely different biology. This species cannot be definitely determined at present as no
males are available for examination.
Biology. — Larvae make linear mines in the leaves of Angelica arguta Nutt., family
Umbelliferae.
Geographical distribution. — The members of this species were examined only from
southwestern Alberta as below:
CANADA. Alberta: 1 9 Blairmore, from leaf mines on Angelica arguta Nutt., coll. 5.ix.
1966, emerged 1 0.iii. 1 967 ; numerous leaf mines, same locality.
INSECT HOST-PLANT RELATIONSHIP IN THE FAMILY AGROMYZIDAE
The members of the family Agromyzidae are exclusively internal plant feeders during
their larval stage. Larval feeding results in a definite pattern called the mine, and the study
of the mining habits is called minology or hyponomology (Hering, 1951).
The agromyzid mines fall into two general categories. First, the epidermal leaf mines, in
which the mining larva feeds only inside the epidermal layer of the leaf. These are restricted
mainly to the old world tropics. The second, the parenchymal mine, in which the larva
feeds on the parenchymatous tissue inside the leaf or other part of the plant. The majority
of mines belong in this category. Leaf mines are usually seen externally and generally are
more visible from one side than the other. Surface mines on other parts of a plant can also
be detected as whitish or greenish channels with faecal granules distributed in definite tracks.
Mines inside the stem or root are not easily detected, however, the injury caused by the
mining larva can be seen by breaking the injured plant part. The shape of the larval mine is
usually constant within the species, but varies between species. This helps greatly in the
separation of closely related species which cannot otherwise be reliably identified by adult
morphology. Hering (1951) dealt with shapes of mines made by mining insects and later,
in 1957, illustrated the mines of European species in detail.
The relationship between the endophagous larvae of mining insects and their food plants
is typically parasitic in nature. However, modern parasitology as a science does not concern
itself with the study of such relationships. Nowakowski (1962) commenting on this situa-
tion proposed the term “zoophytoparasitology” for the study of animals as parasites and
plants as hosts. The most important features of this relationship in the family Agromyzidae
are the active choice of host-plant by the mining insect, the varying degree of host-plant
specificity, and the adaptations of the maggot for an endoparasitic life in the semi-liquid
environment of the leaf parenchyma. The understanding of this relationship is of great im-
portance in dealing with the systematics of this group as it permits the use of the host-
parasite discrimination method. It provides valuable information for identification of similar
species, which cannot be separated on adult morphological characteristics alone.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
383
Hering (1951) discussed the distribution of leaf mining species on plants of various
families and examined the established phylogenetic relationships between the plant families
in a system based on serum diagnosis alone as proposed by Mez (1926). Mez’s system of
classification has now been criticized by modern botanists because of similar serum reac-
tions obtained for certain plant families which clearly are not closely related.
Table 2 lists the known local host-plants for the Albertan species. It is realized that the
information on host-plants is not adequate for all species, but some useful observations can
still be made. The arrangement of plant families is after the supposedly phylogenetic system
of Takhtajan (1969). The phylogenetic relationships between plant families and orders is
still a matter of controversy. Most plant classifications fall into two groups depending on the
supposed nature of the primitive angiosperm flower (Davis and Heywood, 1965). One group
is based on the assumption that the earliest angiosperms were wind pollinated and that the
monocotyledons and dicotyledons have arisen independently from unknown gymnosperms.
According to the second group of systems, dicotyledons and monocotyledons were both
derived from primitive angiosperms which were insect-pollinated. Such a view is supported
by many recent workers (Eames, 1961: Hutchinson, 1964; Takhtajan, 1969). Hutchinson
(1964) in his revised edition of classification of angiosperms maintained a basic division of
dicotyledons into woody “Lignosae” and herbaceous “Herbaceae,” a system which allegedly
leads to wide separation of certain plant families which are markedly similar in the structure
of their flowers. In the absence of established phylogenies of both angiosperms and agro-
myzid parasites, it is difficult to study the trends in their coevolution.
It is generally accepted that the larvae of Cyclorrhapha were primitively saprophagous
from which various specialized feeding habits like phytophagy, carnivory and parasitism
have been derived (Hennig, 1952).
The dominance of agromyzids on angiosperm hosts suggest that angiosperms were well
established as flowering plants before the agromyzids made their appearance. Although
opinions differ as to precisely when angiosperms first appeared on the evolutionary scene,
there is a general agreement that they came into prominence suddenly during the late
Cretaceous (Eames, 1961). Hennig (1965) reviewed all supposed records of agromyzid
fossils and concluded that the family Agromyzidae is not yet known to be represented in
the Tertiary baltic amber. In fact there are so far no fossils which can be definitely referred
to the family. The occurrence of a large number of closely related and poorly differentiated
species and their abundance on hosts belonging to highly evolved plant families suggests that
much of the diversification of the family Agromyzidae is relatively recent. However, the
possibility that the group goes back to late Cretaceous as suggested by Nowakowski (1962)
must be admitted.
The recent use of male genitalia in agromyzid taxonomy has split many groups originally
supposed to be polyphagous or oligophagous species, into species with much narrower host-
plant specificity. It is becoming increasingly apparent that the majority of agromyzid species
are restricted feeders, being monophagous or oligophagous. Strict monophagy also appears
to be rare unless it results from a plant genus being monotypic. Nowakowski (1962) dis-
cussed the subject of host-plant specificity among the European species and revealed many
examples where the original wide host range was found to be the result of misidentifications
or assemblage of many species under the same name. The most polyphagous species, Phyto-
myza syngenesiae (Hardy), appears to be a restricted feeder in Alberta and has been bred
from only two plant genera Crepis and Senecio of the family Compositae. This species is
known from many Compositae and rarely from other host-plants (see Frick, 1959 asPhyto-
myza atricornis Meigen; Griffiths, 1967).
Most agromyzid genera occurring on species of monocot families are also represented on
384
Sehgal
various dicotyledons. The few exceptions are the species of the genus Cerodontha Rondani
occurring only on monocot families Graminiae, Cyperaceae, and Juncaceae; and the mem-
bers of the ambigua/nigripes groups of the genus Agromyza Fallen which feed only on
grasses. The species in these groups are uniform in external morphology of adults and in the
general shape of the male genitalia, and probably represent early specialization of their
feeding habit. Various species of the agromyzid genera Liriomyza Mik and Phytomyza
Fallen feeding on grasses will probably prove to be oligophagous. The oligophagy of various
grass-mining species has not been investigated because of the problems of identification of
grasses at the time the mining larvae are collected.
The family Ranunculaceae is selected by members of the agromyzid genera Melanagro-
myza Hendel, Ophiomyia Braxchnikov and Phytomyza Fallen. Melanagromyza actaeae n.
sp. feeding inside the stems o iActaea rubra (Ait.) Willd and an Ophiomyis sp. making surface
mines below the stem epidermis of Thalictrum venulosum Trel. appear to be specialized
monophagous species. There are many closely related and poorly differentiated Phytomyza
species feeding on the plant genera Aquilegia and Thalictrum, some of which are oligopha-
gous species feeding on both. The species of the genus Phytomyza Fallen feeding on the
plant genera Clematis, Delphinium and Ranunculus are specialized monophagous species.
Three local species of the plant genus Anemone support three different leaf miners of the
genus Phytomyza Fallen. The members of the agromyzid genera Agromyza Fallen, Melana-
gromyza Hendel and Hexomyza Enderlein feeding on Ulmaceae, Urticaceae and Salicaceae
are all specific feeders. Two species known to have rosaceous host-plants in Europe and the
United States have not yet been discovered on Alberta hosts. One is a specific cambium
miner, Phytobia amelanchieris (Greene), feeding on Amelanchier canadensis (L.) (Frick,
1959), and the other Agromyza spiraceae Kaltenbach, an oligophagous species feeding on
various genera of the subfamily Rosoideae in Europe. Members of the family Leguminosae
are fed on by the representatives of the agromyzid genera Agromyza Fallen, Liriomyza Mik
and Phytomyza Fallen. Most of these species are monophagous in Alberta, with the excep-
tion of Liriomyza fricki Spencer which is oligophagous. The plant families Cornaceae, Arali-
aceae, Umbellifereae and Elaeagnaceae are fed on by specific feeders of the agromyzid
genera Melanagromyza Hendel, Phytomyza Fallen and Amauromyza Hendel. Members of
the plant family Caprifoliaceae suppdft oligophagous species belonging to the agromyzid
genera Paraphytomyza Enderlein and Phytomyza Fallen. The oligophagous species feed on
the plant genera Lonicera and Symphoricarpos . The plant families Boraginaceae, Scrophula-
riaceae; Plantaginaceae and Labiatae have specialized specific feeders. The family Composi-
tae supports a highly specialized agromyzid fauna belonging to the genera Melanagromyza
Hendel, Ophiomyia Braschnikov, Liriomyza Mik, Caly corny za Hendel, Nemorimyza Frey
and Phytomyza Fallen. Most of these species are specific monophagous feeders. However,
some oligophagous species feed on the plant genera Crepis, Taraxacum, and Sonchus', others
feed upon members of tribe Anthemideae of the family Compositae, as shown by the host
range of Phytomyza matricariae Hendel and Liriomyza millefolii Hering.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
385
Table 2. Albertan host-plant records of Albertan agromyzid species.
DICOTYLEDONS
386
Sehgal
Agromyzidae of Alberta
387
Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter
Petasites sagittatus (Pursh)
Senecio conges tus palustris (L.)
Senecio pauciflorus Pursh
Senecio sp.
Solidago lepida DC
Solidago sp.
Sonchus uliginosus Bieb.
Sonchus sp.
Tanacetum vulgare L.
Taraxacum sp.
MONOCOTYLEDONS
Family Liliaceae
Smilacina stellata (L.)
Maianthemum canadense Desf.
Family Cyperaceae
Scirpus sp.
Family Gramineae
Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv.
Agropyron smithii Rydb.
Deschampsia caespitosa (L.)
Phalaris arundinacea L.
Triticum aestivum L.
Phytomyza matricarae Hendel
Phytomyza petasiti Spencer
Phytomyza senecionella n. sp.
Liriomyza senecionivora n. sp.
Phytomyza syngenesiae (Hardy)
Phytomyza solidaginophaga n. sp.
Ophiomyia maura (Meigen),
Calycomyza ? solidaginis (Kaltenbach),
Nemorimyza posticata (Meigen)
Phytomyza lactuca Frost
Calycomyza sonchi Spencer
Liriomyza millefolii Hering,
Phytomyza lactuca Frost
Calycomyza sonchi Spencer
Liriomyza smilacinae Spencer
Liriomyza sp.
Cerodontha (Dizygomyza) ? scirpi (Karl)
Cerodontha (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen)
Cerodontha (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen)
Liriomyza cordillerana Sehgal
Cerodontha (Poemyza) incisa (Meigen)
Cerodontha (Poemyza) superciliosa
(Zetterstedt)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to B. Hocking, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, for
providing the opportunity and support for this project in Alberta, Canada. I also express my
most sincere thanks to him for his criticism of the manuscript and keen interest throughout
this study. I am grateful to G. E. Ball, Department of Entomology, University of Alberta,
for his ever available help, supervision and valuable criticism of the manuscript. I am also
grateful to K. A. Spencer, London, England and G. C. D. Griffiths, Department of Ento-
mology, University of Alberta, for numerous useful discussions and valuable suggestions
during this study. I would like to thank J. G. Packer, Department of Botany, University of
Alberta, for help in identification of host-plants; and J. Belicek for help in translating the
abstract into German.
388
Sehgal
REFERENCES
Braschnikov, W. C. 1897. Zur Biologie und Systematik eininger Arten minierender Dipteren.
Izv. mosk. sel’.-khoz Inst. 3: 19-43.
Coquillett, D. W. 1902. New acalyptrate Diptera from North America. J. N. Y. ent. Soc.
10:177-191.
Davis, P. H. and V. H. Hey wood. 1965. Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy. Oliver and
Boyd. 558 pp.
Eames, A. J. 1961. Morphology of the Angiosperms. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Enderlein, G. 1936. Zweiflugler, Diptera. In Brohmer et. al., Tierwelt Mitteleur, 6 (Lief. 2,
Insekten, 3), 179-183.
Fallen, C. F. 1810. Specimen entomologicum novam Diptera disponendi methodum exhi-
bens. Lund., 26 pp.
Fallen, C. F. 1823a. Agromyzides sueciae. Diptera suecica 2(37): 1-10.
Fallen, C. F. 1823b. Phytomyzides et Ochtidiae sueciae. Diptera suecica 2(41): 1-10.
Frey, R. 1941. Diptera. Enum. Insect. Fenn. Suec., 6:1-63.
Frey, R. 1946. Anteckningar om Finlands agromyzider. Not. ent., 26:13-55.
Frick, K. E. 1952. A generic revision of the family Agromyzidae (Diptera) with a catalogue
of New World species. Univ. Calif. Pubis ent. 8:339-452.
Frick, K. E. 1953. Some additions and corrections to the species list of North American
Agromyzidae (Diptera). Can. Ent. 85:68-76.
Frick, K. E. 1954. Three North American Phytomyza species closely related toP. nigritella
Zetterstedt (Agromyzidae : Diptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 47:367-374.
Frick, K. E. 1956. Revision of the North American Calycomyza species north of Mexico
( Phytobia : Agromyzidae, Diptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 49:284-300.
Frick, K. E. 1957. Nomenclatural changes and type designations of some new world Agro-
myzidae (Diptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 198-205.
Frick, K. E. 1959. Synopsis of the species of agromyzid leaf-miners described from North
America (Diptera). Proc. U. S. nat. Mus. 108:347-465.
Frost, S. W. 1 924. A study of the leaf-mining Diptera of North America. Mem. Cornell Univ.
Agric. Exp. Stn, No. 78: 1-228.
Frost, S. W. 1930. The leaf-miners of Aquilegia, with a description of a new species. Ann.
ent. Soc. Amer., 23:457-460.
Frost, S. W. 1931. New North American Agromyzidae (Dipt.). Can. Ent., 63:275-277.
Giraud, P. 1861. Fragments entomologiques. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 11:447-494.
Greene, C. G. 1917. Two new cambium miners (Diptera). J. agric. Res. 10:313-317.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1963. A revision of the nigripes group of the genus Agromyza (Diptera,
Agromyzidae). Tijdschr. Ent. 106:1 13-168.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1964. The agromyzid fauna of Iceland and the Faeroes, with appendices
on the Phytomyza milii and robustella groups. Ent. Meddr 32:393-450.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1966. The Agromyzidae (Diptera) of Greenland. Meddr Greenland 170(4):
1-32.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1967. Revision of the Phytomyza syngenesiae group (Diptera: Agromy-
zidae), including species hitherto known as “ Phytomyza atricornis Meigen.” Stuttg. Beitr.
Naturk. No. 177:28 pp.
Griffiths, G. C. D. 1968. Further notes on Icelandic Agromyzidae (Dipt.) Opusc. ent. 33:
129-138.
Groschke, F. 1957. Miszellen uber Blattminen und - minierer III. Dt. ent. Z. (N.F.) 4:113-
134.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
389
Hardy, J. 1849. On the primrose-leaf miner; with notice of a proposed new genus, and
characters of three species of Diptera. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (2) 4(24): 385-392.
Hendel, F. 1914. Namensanderungen (Dipt.). Ent. Mitt. 3:73.
Hendel, F. 1920. Die palaarktischen Agromyziden (Prodromus einer Monographic): Arch.
Naturgesch. A 84(7): 109-174.
Hendel, F. 1923. Blattminierende Fliegen. Dt. ent. Z. 386-400.
Hendel, F. 1931-1936. Agromyzidae. In Lindner, E., Flieg. pal. Reg. 6: 1-570.
Hennig, W. 1952. Die Larvenformen der Dipteren. III. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, p. 271.
Hennig, W. 1965. Die Acalyptratae des Baltischen Bernsteins, Stuttg. Beitr. Naturk. No.
145, pp. 125-126.
Hering, E. M. 1927. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Oekologie und Systematik blattminierender
Insekten. Minenstudien VIII. Z. angew. Ent. 13:156-198.
Hering, E. M. 1937. Die Blattminen Mittel und Nord-Europas einschliesslich Englands.
Feller, Neubrandenburg, pp. 509.
Hering, E. M. 1951. Biology of the leaf miners, Uitgeverij Dr. W. Junk, ’s-Gravenhage: 1-420.
Hering, E. M. 1954. Die Larven der Agromyziden (Diptera). 1. Tijdschr. Ent. 97:115-136.
Hering, E. M. 1956. Die Larven der Agromyziden (Diptera). II. Tijdschr. Ent. 98:257-281.
Hering, E. M. 1957. Bestimmungstabellen der Blattminen von Europa. ’s-Gravenhage, 3 vol.,
1:1-648,11:649-1185,111:1-221.
Hutchinson, J. 1964. The families of flowering plants. Vol. 1, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 516
pp.
Kaltenbach, J. H. 1864. Die deutschen Phytophagen aus der Klasse der Insekten. Verh.
naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 21:228-404.
Kaltenbach, J. H. 1867. Die deutschen Phytophagen aus der Klasse der Insekten. Verh.
naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. West. 24:21-117.
Kaltenbach, J. H. 1874. Die Pflanzenfeinde aus der Klasse der Insekten. Stuttgart, 848 pp.
Karl, O. 1926. Minenzuchtergebnisse. 1. Stettin, ent. Ztg 87:136-138.
Kowarz, F. 1891. Phytomyza chrysanthemi n. sp. Kowarz. In Lintner: Seventh Annual
Report of the New York State Entomologist, pp. 242-246.
Lioy, Da Paolo. 1864. I ditteri distribuiti secondo un nuovo metodo di classificazione
naturale. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci. 3(9): 131 1-1317.
Loew, H. 1863. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Berl. ent. Z., 7:1-55.
Loew, H. 1869. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Berl. ent. Z., 13:1-52.
Lundbeck, W. 1900. Diptera groenlandica. Vidensk. Meddr dansk naturh. Foren. 5:236-314.
Macquart, J. 1835. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Dipteres 2:605-620. Paris.
Malloch, J. R. 1913a. A revision of the species in Agromyza Fallen, and Cerodontha
Rondani. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 6:269-336.
Malloch, J. R. 1913b. A synopsis of the genera of Agromyzidae, with descriptions of new
genera and species. Proc. U. S. nat. Mus. 46:127-154.
Malloch, J. R. 1914a. Notes on North American Agromyzidae (Diptera). Ent. News 25:
308-314.
Malloch, J. R. 1914b. Formosan Agromyzidae. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 12:315.
Malloch, J. R. 1915a. North American Diptera. Can. Ent. 47:12-16.
Malloch, J. R. 1915b. Some additional records of Chironomidae for Illinois and notes on
other Illinois Diptera. Bull. 111. St. nat. Hist. Surv. 11:305-363.
Malloch, J. R. 1918. A partial key to species of the genus Agromyza (Diptera). Can. Ent.
50:130-132.
Mayr, E. 1963. Animal species and evolution. The Belknap Press, Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Mass., 797 pp.
390
Sehgal
Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of systematic Zoology. McGraw-Hill, New York, 428 pp.
Meigen, J. W. 1830. Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten europaischen zweiflugeligen
Insekten 6:166-196. Hamm.
Meijere, J. C. H. de. 1924. Verzeichnis der hollandischen Agromyzinen. Tijdschr. Ent. 67:
119-155.
Meijere, J. C. H. de. 1926. Die Larven der Agromyziden. Tijdschr. Ent. 69:227-317.
Melander, A. L. 1913. A synopsis of the dipterous groups Agromyzinae, Milichiinae,
Ochthiphilinae, and Geomyzinae. J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 21:219-300.
Mez, C. 1926. Die Bedeutung der Serodiagnostik fur die stammesgeschichtliche Forschung.
Bot. Arch. 16:1-23.
Mik, J. 1894. Ueber eine neue Agromyza, deren Larven in den Bluthenknopsen von Lilium
martagon leben. Wien. ent. Ztg 13:284-290.
Nowakowski, J. T. 1962. Introduction to a systematic revision of the family Agromyzidae
(Diptera) with some remarks on host-plant selection by these flies. Ann. zool., Warszawa
20(8):67-183.
Nowakowski, J. T. 1964. Studien uber Minierfliegen (Dipt. Agromyzidae) 9. Revision der
Artengruppe Agromyza reptans Fall. — A. rufipes Meig. Dt. Ent. Z. (N.F.) 11:175-213.
Nowakowski, J. T. 1967. Vorlaufige Mitteilung zu einer Monographic der europaischen
Arten der Gattung Cerodontha Rond. (Diptera, Agromyzidae). Polskie Pismo ent. 37:
633-661.
Robineau-Desvoidy, J.-B. 1851. Descriptions d 'Agromyzes et d q Phytomyzes ecloses chez
M. le Col. Goureau. Rev. Mag. Zool. (2)3:391-405.
Rondani, C. 1861. Dipterologiae Italicae Prodromus. 4:10. Parma
Sasakawa, M. 1961. A study of the Japanese Agromyzidae (Diptera). 2. Pacif. Insects. 3:
307-472.
Sasakawa, M. 1963. Oreitnal Agromyzidae (Diptera) in Bishop Museum, 1. Pacif. Insects
5(1 ): 23-50.
Schrank, F. von P. 1803. Fauna Boica. 3(1): 140. Niimberg.
Sehgal, V. K. 1968. Descriptions of new species of flies of the family Agromyzidae from
Alberta, Canada (Diptera). Quaest. ent. 4:57-88.
Sehgal, V. K. 1971. Biology and host-plant relationships of an oligophagous leaf miner
Phytomyza matricariae Hendel (Diptera: Agromyzidae). Quaest. ent. 7:255-28.0.
Shewell, G. E. 1953. Notes on the types of some American Agromyzidae (Diptera). Can.
Ent. 85:462-470.
Smulyan, M. T. 1914. The marguerite fly or Chrysanthemum leaf miner. Bull. Mass. agr.
Exp. Sta. No. 157:21-52.
Spencer, K. A. 1963. A synopsis of the neotropical Agromyzidae (Diptera). Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. 1 15(1 2): 29 1-389.
Spencer, K. A. 1964a. The species-host relationship in the Agromyzidae (Diptera) as an aid
to taxonomy. Proc. 12th int. Congr. Ent. (London, 1964) 1:101.
Spencer, K. A. 1964b. The genus Phytoliriomyza Hendel (Agromyzidae Diptera): A classi-
fication of the four European species, with a list of eight other species now known in the
genus. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 13:657-663.
Spencer, K. A. 1964c. A revision of the palaearctic species of the genus Ophiomyia
Braschnikov. Beitr. Ent. 14(7/8): 773-8 22.
Spencer, K. A. 1965a. Notes on the Oriental Agromyzidae - 2. Agromyzidae from the
Philippines. Ent. Meddr 34:3-9.
Spencer, K. A. 1965b. Agromyzidae, in Diptera from Nepal. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Ent.
1 6( 1 ): 25-3 1 .
Agromyzidae of Alberta
391
Spencer, K. A. 1965c. A clarification of the status of Liriomyza trifolii (Burgess) and some
related species (Diptera: Agromyzidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 67(1): 32-40.
Spencer, K. A. 1966a. A revision of European species of the genera Melanagromyza Hendel
and Hexomyza Enderlein, with a supplement on the genus Ophiomyia Braschnikov. Beitr.
Ent. 16:3-60.
Spencer, K. A. 1966b. Notes on the Neotropical Agromyzidae (Diptera). -1. Papeis Dep.
Zool. S. Paulo 19:141-150.
Spencer, K. A. 1966c. Notes on European Agromyzidae — 1. Beitr. Ent. 16:285-309.
Spencer, K. A. 1969. The Agromyzidae of Canada and Alaska. Mem. ent. Soc. Can., 64:
311 pp.
Stegmaier, C. E. 1966. Host plants and parasites of Liriomyza rnunda in Florida (Diptera:
Agromyzidae) Fla Entomol. 49:81-86.
Stegmaier, C. E. 1968. A review of recent literature on the host plant range of the genus
Liriomyza Mik (Diptera: Agromyzidae) in the continental United States and Hawaii,
excluding Alaska. Fla Entomol. 51:167-182.
Strickland, E. H. 1938. An annotated list of the Diptera (flies) of Alberta, Canada. J. Res.,
D. 16:175-219.
Strickland, E. H. 1946. An annotated list of the Diptera (flies) of Alberta. Additions and
corrections. Canad. J. Res. D. 24: 157-173.
Strobl, G. 1898. Die Dipteren von Steiermark IV. Theil. Nachtrage. Mitt, naturw. Ver.
Steierm. 34:192-298.
Takhtajan, A. 1969. Flowering plants, origin and dispersal. Oliver and Boyd. Edinburgh
205:239 pp.
Westwood, J. O. 1840. An Introduction to the modern Classification of Insects. II. Synopsis
of the genera of British Insects. London, 587 pp.
Zetterstedt, J. W. 1848. Diptera Scandinaviae, Lund. 7:2728-2844.
Zetterstedt, J. W. 1860. Diptera Scandinaviae, Lund. 14:6449-6471.
392
Sehgal
Fig. 1-2. Agromyza albipennis. 1. aedeagus, ventral view. 2. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 3-5. A. brevispinata. 3. aedeagus,
ventral view. 4. distiphallus, lateral view. 5. surstylus. Fig. 6. A. hockingi, surstylus. Fig. 7. A. ? hockingi, surstylus.
Fig. 8-9. A. kincaidi. 8. aedeagus, ventral view. 9. aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 10-12. A. nearctica. 10. aedeagus,
lateral view. 11. ejaculatory apodeme. 12. hypandrium.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
393
F* 13-20. Melamgr°myza achilleana. 13. head, lateral view. 14. aedeagus, lateral view. 15. ejaculatory apodeme
pt \ SUIS£ u i8' Cephal0pharyngeal skeleton of larva- 19- anterior spiracle. 20 posterior spiracles'
g. 22. M. actaeae. 21. head, lateral view. 22. cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva.
394
Sehgal
Fig. 23-25. Melanagromyza actaeae. 23. muscle scars and tubercle band from lateral portion of first abdominal segment
of larva. 24. anterior spiracle. 25. posterior spiracles. Fig. 26-31. M. bidenticola. 26. head, lateral view. 27. aedeagus,
lateral view. 28. hypandrium. 29. cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva. 30. anterior spiracle. 31. posterior spiracles.
Fig. 32. Melanagromyza sp. ?, aedeagus, lateral view.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
395
Fig. 33. Ophiomyia labiatarium, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 34. O. maura, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 35. O. pulicaria,
aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 36—39. O. stncklandi. 36. head, lateral view. 37. aedeagus, lateral view. 38. ejaculatory
apodeme. 39. hypandrium. Fig. 40. Cerodontha ? occidentalis, aedeagus, lateral view.
396
Sehgal
Fig. 41-42. Amauromyza riparia. 41. aedeagus, lateral view. 42. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 43-46. A. shepherdiae.
43. aedeagus, lateral view. 44. distiphallus, ventral view. 45. ejaculatory apodeme. 46. leaf mine on Shepherdia canadensis
OL.) Nutt. Fig. 47-50. Liriomyza balcanicoides. 47. aedeagus, lateral view. 48. aedeagus, ventral view. 49. ejaculatory
apodeme. 50. surstylus.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
397
ig. 51 54. Linomyza bifurcata. 51. head, lateral view. 52. aedeagus, lateral view. 53. aedeagus, ventral view 54
ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 55-56. L. eupatorii. 55. aedeagus, lateral view. 56. aedeagus, ventral view. Fig. 57-59. L.
latnyn. 57. aedeagus, lateral view. 58. aedeagus, ventral view. 59. ejaculatory apodeme.
0. 25 MM
398
Sehgal
Fig. 60-63. Liriomyza senecionivora. 60. aedeagus, lateral view. 61. aedeagus, ventral view. 62. ejaculatory apodeme.
63. surstylus. Fig. 64-67. L. sinuata. 64. aedeagus, lateral view. 65. aedeagus, ventral view. 66. ejaculatory apodeme.
67. surstylus. Fig. 68-69. L. sylvatica. 68. aedeagus, lateral view. 69. aedeagus, ventral view.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
399
larva. 78. posterior apir ^ Ce"“^ ***■> *
400
Sehgal
Fig. 80— 82. Phytomyza aquilegioides. 80. hypandrium. 81. aedeagus, lateral view. 82. distiphallus, ventral view. Fig.
83-85. P. amicivora. 83. hypandrium. 84. aedeagus, lateral view. 85. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 86-90. P. blairmorensis.
86. hypandrium. 87. postgonite. 88. aedeagus, lateral view. 89. aedeagus, ventral view. 90. ejaculatory apodeme.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
401
Fig. n. Phytomyza colemanensis, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 92-95. P. columbinae. 92. hypandrium. 93 aedeagus
ateral view. 94 distiphallus ventral view. 95. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 96-98. P. edmontonensis. 96. hypandri^i’
97. aedeagus, lateral view. 98. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 99. P. gregaria, aedeagus, lateral view.
402
Sehgal
Fig. 100-103. Phytomyza jasperensis. 100. hypandrium. 101. postgonite. 102. aedeagus, lateral view. 103. aedeagus,
ventral view. Fig. 104. P. lactuca, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 105—107. P. luteiceps. 105. hypandrium. 106. aedeagus,
lateral view. 107. ejaculatory apodeme.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
403
Fig. 108. Phytomyza major, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 109-112. P. mertensiae. 109. hypandrium. 110. aedeagus,
lateral view. 111. distiphallus, ventral view. 112. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 113. P. milti, aedeagus, lateral view.
404
Sehgal
Fig. 114. Phytomyza misella, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 115-117. P. multifidae. 115. hypandrium. 116. aedeagus,
lateral view. 117. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 118-120. P. oxytropidis. 118. hypandrium. 119. aedeagus, lateral view.
120. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 121—122. P. riparia. 121. aedeagus, lateral view. 122. ejaculatory apodeme.
Agromyzidae of Alberta
405
Fig. 123-124. Phytomyza senecionella. 123. aedeagus, lateral view. 124. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 125-127. P. solida-
ginophaga. 125. hypandrium. 126. aedeagus, lateral view. 127. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig. 128-132. P. subalpina. 128.
hypandrium. 129. postgonite. 130. aedeagus, lateral view. 131. aedeagus, ventral view. 132. ejaculatory apodeme. Fig.
133. P. timida, aedeagus, lateral view.
THE ADULT RHYACOPHILIDAE AND LIMNEPHILIDAE
(TRICHOPTERA) OF ALBERTA AND EASTERN
BRITISH COLUMBIA AND THEIR POST-GLACIAL ORIGIN
ANDREW PEEBLES NIMMO
Hancock Museum Quaestiones entomologicae
New Castle-upon-Tyne, England 7 : 406 1971
Corrigenda. A. Nimmo 1971, Quaest. ent. 7:3-234.
p. 16 Line 2. ‘Rhyacophilidae Ulmer’ should read ‘Rhyacophilidae Stephens’.
p. 49 Line 44. For: ‘Tergum VIII of male unmodified of variously . . . ’ read ‘Tergum
VIII of male unmodified or variously . . . ’.
p. 68 Line 14. ‘ Apatania shoshone ; Betten, . . . ’ should read ‘ Apatania shoshove;
Betten, . . . ’.
p. 75 Line 27. For: ‘The holotype, allotype, and three male and 36 paratypes . . . *
read ‘The holotype, allotype, and three male and 36 female paratypes . . . ’.
p. 77 Line 7. Omit reference to Fig. 605 (N. laloukesi not shown). See Fig. lb. right
side, for Lake Louise locality.
p. 104 Above ‘ Limnophilus hingstoni Mosely, . . . ’ insert ‘ Limnophilus moestus; Schmid,
1955:137’.
p. 134 Line 19. "Limnephilus (Goniotaulius) Pulchellus; . . . ’ should read ‘ Limnephilus
(Goniotaulius) pulchellus ; . . . ’.
p. 152 Line 26. Second line of diagnosis for/! prita (Milne), for realtively, read relatively.
p. 178 Fig. 497. Male genitalia, dorsal aspect (partial).
p. 203 In range pattern no. 6, the first species, for: ‘ Rhyacophila vemma’’ read: ‘ Rhyaco -
phila vemna\
p. 203 In range pattern no. 6, N. laloukesi. Omit Fig. 605. See note to p. 77, line 7
(above).
p. 222 Line 24. For: ‘ . . . possible 6%, . . . ’ read ‘ . . . possibly 6%, . . . ’.
p. 234 Line 5. For: Homosphylax ’ read Homophylax ’.
AN APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR THE FIELD SEPARATION
OF TABANID LARVAE (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE) FROM MOSS
ANTHONY W. THOMAS
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta Quaes tiones entomologicae
Edmonton 7, Alberta 7 ; 407-408 1971
A portable apparatus and its use for the separation of tabanid larvae from moss in the
field is described. Thirty-seven hours work yielded 463 larvae in 16 species (Hybomitra 10,
Chrysops 3, Atylotus 2, Haematopota 1). Compared with a Berlese funnel drying unit, this
apparatus was 80% efficient.
Ce texte donne la description et Tutilisation dun appareil facilement transportable, con-
struit pour separer, au champ, les larves de tabanide de la mousse. Trente-sept heures de
travail ont permi de separer de la mousse 463 larves appartenant a 16 especes fHybomitra
10, Chrysops 3, Atylotus 2, Haematopota 1). Si on compare cet appareil a celui de Berlese,
soit des entonnoirs sechant, son efficacite est de 80%.
The major habitat of Hybomitra and Atylotus larvae in northern North America is moss
(Teskey, 1969). The separation of larvae from moss is tedious and has only been accom-
plished with any efficiency by drying the moss (Teskey, 1962). Miller (1951) transported
moss back to the laboratory and hand sorted it on a table. He considered a yield of 1 0 to 15
larvae per man per day unusually high. Teskey’s (1962) apparatus is efficient but is depen-
dent upon a power supply. It also necessitates the transport of moss from the field to the
laboratory and is thus of no use on extended collecting trips. The following apparatus was
developed for collecting tabanid larvae from moss when transfer back to the laboratory was
not practical.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE PORTABLE SEPARATOR
The frame was built of Vi inch O. D. aluminum alloy tubing having a 1/16 inch wall. It
consisted of two six feet long side pieces, two two-feet-nine-inch pieces for the width and
four four feet long legs. In use, the legs were pushed one foot down into the moss as an aid
to frame stability. The frame was held together by four copper comer pieces, each made of
a standard plumbers’ tee and 90° elbow and three two-inch long copper pipes. This frame
supported two nets. The upper one was four mesh/inch, made of string and manufactured
as a base for carpets, and received the moss. The lower one was 20 mesh/inch, made of
fiberglass and manufactured as window screening, and was to collect larvae.
METHOD OF USE
The separator is easily portable, either dismantled or assembled when it can be carried
upside down on one’s back. When an area was to be searched for larvae it was far easier to
take the apparatus to the area than transport the moss to the separator. Excessive water was
408
Thomas
removed by hand squeezing and the moss then placed on the top net. Enough moss was
collected to cover this to a depth of Vz inch; about % of a cubic foot of loosely packed
moss. Collection of a sample took less than five minutes. The moss was then shredded by
hand, the aim being to separate individual moss plants. This shredding process took between
15 and 20 minutes. During shredding the larvae leave the moss and crawl or fall through
the mesh and become stranded on the lower net. This lower net was examined about every
two minutes and the larvae retrieved. When the moss was thoroughly shredded the upper
net was hit from beneath with the hands. This tossed the moss into the air causing any
remaining larvae to separate out. The moss was then discarded and another sample was
worked. It is important to shred the moss thoroughly and not place too much on the net
at a time.
The above method separates pupae as well as larvae but such pupae are almost always
crushed. Precautions are necessary if intact pupae are wanted. The sample must be collected
with care and without squeezing. The shredding of such saturated moss is difficult.
This apparatus was used in muskegs where the substratum was all moss and in sloughs
where there was a layer of moss and dead horsetails ( Equisetum ) on a clay substratum.
RESULTS
During May and June 1970, 273 larvae of 15 species (2 Atylotus, 1 Haematopota, 9
Hybomitra, 3 Chrysops ) were collected during 25 hr sampling in three localities in Alberta.
The smallest return was 27 larvae for five hours work and the maximum yield was 42 larvae
for two hours work.
On five other occasions the moss, after being subjected to field sorting, was brought back
to the laboratory and placed in extracting units (Teskey, 1962) until dry. In 12 hr of field
work 190 larvae of nine species were obtained, 45 others were obtained from the drying
units. Assuming the drying units to be 100% efficient at extracting larvae the efficiency of
the field separator ranged from 70% to 89% (average, 80%). Eighty-nine small larvae (< 1
cm) were obtained with the drying units. No attempt to identify these beyond the family
level was made. No small larvae were seen during field separations.
DISCUSSION
When an absolute quantitative result is required this portable separator is of no use.
However, when a power supply is unavailable, or it is not practical to transport moss to
the laboratory, it provides an efficient way of sampling moss for tabanid larvae.
REFERENCES
Miller, L. A. 1951. Observations on the bionomics of some northern species of Tabanidae
(Diptera). Can. J. Zool. 29:240-263.
Teskey, H. J. 1962. A method and apparatus for collecting larvae of Tabanidae (Diptera)
and other invertebrate inhabitants of wetlands. Proc. ent. Soc. Ont. 92:204-206.
Teskey, H. J. 1969. Larvae and pupae of some eastern North American Tabanidae (Diptera).
Mem. ent. Soc. Canada 63:147 pp.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to thank W. G. Evans for financing the drying units and portable separator.
409
Announcement — First International Congress of Systematic and Evolutionary Biology
The Society of Systematic Zoology and the International Association for Plant Taxon-
omy have joined forces to develop this first opportunity for botanical/zoological interaction
at the international level. The University of Colorado (Boulder, Colorado) has extended a
gracious invitation to meet on that campus August 4-1 1, 1973. The diversity of ecological
situations in the surrounding countryside makes this one of the most attractive sites in
North America, both aesthetically and scientifically. The presence of experienced, enthusi-
astic biologists on that campus also provides an indispensable ingredient for the success of
this Congress.
To begin the planning phase, two committees have been appointed by the sponsoring
organizations, a Steering Committee and an International Advisory Committee. The follow-
ing have been asked to serve on these bodies:
Steering Committee
F. A. Stafleu (Chairman)
J. O. Corliss (Convenor)
J. L. Reveal (Secretary)
R. S. Cowan
J. A. Peters
R. W. Pennak
W. A. Weber
G. S. Daniels (Finance Committee)
P. D. Hurd, Jr. (Co-Chairman of
Program Committee)
B. L. Turner (Co-Chairman of
Program Committee)
International Committee
Botanists and Bacteriologists:
H. Banks (U. S. A.)
S. T. Blake (Australia)
* R. S. Cowan (U. S. A.)
J. De Ley (Belgium)
M. A. Donk (Netherlands)
Th. Eckardt (Germany)
K. Faigri (Norway)
H. Hara (Japan)
A. T. Hunziker (Argentina)
R. McVaugh (U. S. A.)
Tweede Transitorium, Uithof, Utrecht,
Netherlands.
Department of Zoology, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland, U. S. A.
Department of Botany, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland, U. S. A.
National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.,
U. S. A.
Department of Vertebrate Zoology,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.,
U. S. A.
Biology Department, University of Colorado,
Boulder, Colorado, U. S. A.
Natural History Museum, University of
Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, U. S. A.
Hunt Botanical Library, Carnegie-Mellon
University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.
Department of Entomology, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D.C., U. S. A.
Department of Botany, University of Texas,
Austin, Texas, U. S. A.
Zoologists:
J. G. Baer (Switzerland)
E. Beltran (Mexico)
B. E. Bychowsky (U. S. S. R.)
* J. O. Corliss (U. S. A.)
R. B. Freeman (U. K.)
W. Hennig (Germany)
L. B. Holthuis (Netherlands)
D. L. Hull (U. S. A.)
* P. D. Hurd, Jr. (U. S. A.)
M. A. Klappenbach (Uraguay)
410
* F. A. Stafleu (Netherlands)
A. Takhtajan (U. S. S. R.)
Sir George Taylor (U. K.)
* W. A. Weber (U. S. A.)
R. C. Rollins (U. S. A.)
P. Sneath (U. K.)
E. Mayr (U. S. A.)
R. V. Melville (U. K.)
C. D. Michener (U. S. A.)
E. C. Olson (U. S. A.)
* R. W. Pennak (U. S. A.)
* J. A. Peters (U. S. A.)
R. A. Ringuelet (Argentina)
C. W. Sabrosky (U. S. A.)
(*Also member of Steering Committee.)
The Steering Committee will be the principal organizing group. The International Com-
mittee will provide valuable advice and guidance in the development of the Congress and it
is recognized by the International Union of Biological Sciences as the special working group
responsible for this event.
Program plans at this point encompass interdisciplinary symposia and contributed paper
sessions. The botanists will not convene a nomenclatural section but a zoological one on
this subject is anticipated. In the next few months the outline of the program and other
activities will begin to take form. All suggestions will be gratefully received, carefully con-
sidered, and as many adopted as practical or feasible. Correspondence may be addressed to
any member of the Steering Committee but preferably to the Secretary: Dr. James L.
Reveal, Department of Botany, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20740.
Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part
of a memorial project for Professor E. H. Strickland, the founder of the
Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton
in 1922.
It is intended to provide prompt low-cost publication for accounts of
entomological research of greater than average length, with priority
given to work in Professor Strickland’s special fields of interest including
entomology in Alberta, systematic work, and other papers based on work
done at the University of Alberta.
Copy should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals
published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second
Edition, 1964, except as regards the abbreviations of titles of periodicals
which should be those given in the World List of Scientific Periodicals,
1964 Edition. The appropriate abbreviation for this journal is Quaest. ent.
An abstract of not more than 500 words is required. All manuscripts will
be reviewed by referees.
Illustrations and tables must be suitable for reproduction on a page
size of 9%X63/4 inches, text and tables not more than 73/4x43/4 inches,
plates and figures not more than 8V2X5 inches. Reprints must be ordered
when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates
are the same for institutions, libraries, and individuals, $4.00 per
volume of 4 issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single
issues $1.00. An abstract edition is available, printed on one or both
sides (according to length) of 3X5 inch index cards (at $1.00 per
volume) or on 5X8 inch standard single row punched cards ($1.50 per
volume) .
Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be
addressed to the Subscription Manager and regarding manuscripts to:
The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae,
Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
£ ID.- Qw
Quaestiones
entomologicae
fv'iUS. COMP, 2.00
LIBRARY
OCT 29 1371
HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
A periodical record of entomological investigations,
published at the Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
VOLUME VII
NUMBER 4
OCTOBER 1971
QUAESTIONES ENTOMOLOGICAE
A periodical record of entomological investigation published at the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta.
Volume 7 Number 4 1 October 1971
CONTENTS
Editorial — Four Men and a Moth 411
Jacobson - The pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae): a review of research 414
Cheung - Purification and properties of arginine phosphokinase
from honeybees Apis mellifera L. (Hymenoptera, Apidae) 437
Editorial — Four Men and a Moth
Of the 4000 or so species of Noctuidae occurring in North America, few are of any great
economic importance. Most are unknown to the man in the street and even to the farmers
they are most likely to influence directly. Yet we know a lot today in comparison with
what we knew in 1911 when it first became apparent that the interests of the white man in
North America were also the interests of one of these species, the pale western cutworm,
then known as Porosagrotis orthogonia (Morrison). Most of what we know was discovered
by as grand a quartet of entomologists as a single insect species could ever hope to attract:
E. H. Strickland, William C. Cook, H. L. Seamans, and Larry A. Jacobson: the sequence
is chronological; to distinguish between these men on any other basis would be improper.
How little we knew of the pale western cutworm was exemplified by the disastrous recom-
mendation to farmers by the Canadian government, to cultivate out all weeds before moth
flight. This cutworm lays its eggs in loose soil, not, like some other noctuids, on the leaves
of plants. But all this, and more, comes out in Jacobson’s able, though modest review.
All these four men were primarily interested in the whole life-cycle of the whole insect;
in its relationship to its environment, and in the problems it set for the farmer. In pursuit of
these interests they, like the pale western cutworm, ignored the forty-ninth parallel. All four
were men of strong views, given to speaking their minds. None who knew them would expect
them all to agree on anything, let alone on such complex problems as this insect presented.
Yet this very diligence in disagreement was the source of their strength as a group, for each
sometimes proved another right; sometimes one suspects, by trying to prove him wrong.
Strickland, working from a Canada Department of Agriculture Field Station at Leth-
bridge, Alberta, when the trouble first started was quick to provide interim recommenda-
tions to farmers for control with insecticides. At the same time he was busy accumulating
data on predators and parasites with a view to a more basic solution to the problem. Cook,
assistant state entomologist for Minnesota, worked from there and at the Montana Agricul-
tural Experiment Station. His major interest in the effects of weather and climate on insects
conferred upon us the ability to predict outbreaks from weather data. Back in Lethbridge,
Seamans applied Cook’s findings in forecasting, developed practical methods for cultural
control, and laid the foundations of our knowledge of feeding habits, rearing methods and
nutrition. Jacobson, following Seamans at Lethbridge, took Cook’s interest in the influence
of weather into the laboratory and quantified the influence of several factors to yield a
more definitive life history. He also developed the first effective chemical control, followed
up on the work of Seamans on rearing, and contributed much on the behaviour of adults in
the field and the laboratory. Jacobson, in this review, assesses the considerable contribu-
tions of others.
There have been times when superficial consideration of problems like that presented
by the pale western cutworm has seemed to suggest that studies of the kind conducted
by these four men are outmoded and redundant. The development of new and superior
insecticides and technology for their application, of radio-sterilisation and plant breeding
techniques seem to encourage such thoughts. But time has shown and will continue to show
that there is no substitute for a knowledge of the biology of the insect and of the plant
or animal on which it feeds. There will always be a place in applied entomology for the
naturalist, for the man with a flair for revealing those features of the life of an insect which
permit some finesse in our attempts to control it. Indeed I see this as the central function
of an applied entomologist; as that which distinguishes him from a chemist and an engineer.
Despite what has been accomplished, it cannot be said, sixty years later in 1971, that
the pale western cutworm problem has been solved. Though the value of crops saved ex-
ceeds by many times the cost of research done (none of these men made fortunes or even
drew large salaries), the problem is still with us. And so it must be, for just as we select
strains of insects resistant to our insecticides merely by using them, we also select strains
of insects which damage our crops merely by growing them. And insects evolve so much
faster than we do.
No better example of the dependence of applied entomology on basic entomology could
be found than the pale western cutworm. The mistakes of 1911-1912 could be repeated
at any time should our use of land change in favour of any of the other 3999 species of
noctuid moths. We are very nearly as ignorant about the lives of most of them today as
we were about the pale western cutworm in 1911; it would pay us to study them now.
It is a pleasure and a priviledge to publish, on the eve of the 50th anniversary of the
Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta, a paper which reflects so much
credit on the founder of the department and on one of his students.
Brian Hocking
Frontispiece: Life stages of Agrotis orthogonia Morrison. (A and B) <5 and 9 moth; (C and D) ventral views of <5
and 9 pupa; (E) larva; (F) egg with fully developed embryo (25x).
THE PALE WESTERN CUTWORM, A GROTIS ORTHOGONIA MORRISON
(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE): A REVIEW OF RESEARCH
L. A. JACOBSON
Canada Department of Agriculture
Research Station Quaestiones entomologicae
Lethbridge, Alberta 7 : 414-436 1971
The pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison, has been one of the major insect
pests of grain production in the open plains of western Canada and the United States at fre-
quent intervals since 1911. The history of occurrence and known distribution is described.
The generic combinations and synonymy are brought up to date. Life history data in the
various areas of occurrence are compared. Research on biology of the various stages is re-
viewed. Known parasites and predators are recorded and their role in natural control is dis-
cussed. The relationships of infestations and weather and the factors used in forecasting
outbreaks are reviewed. Various methods of control in the field in the past, and their
present status, are included with suggestions of possible methods for the future.
Le ver gris orthogonal, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison, est Tune des principals pestes du
grain dans les plaines de Touest canadien et americain. En effet, les attaques de cet insect
ont ete observees a plusieurs reprises depuis 1911. L’historique des ravages et la distribution
presente sont decrites. Les combinations generiques et la synonymie sont mises a jour. Les
donnees d’histoire naturelles sont comparees pour les differentes regions attaquees. On y
fait le point des recherches sur la biologie de chaque stage. Les parasites et les predateurs
connues sont notes, et leur role est discute en fonction du control naturel. Les relations
entre les ravages et la temperature, et les facteurs utilises pour la prediction des attaques
sont passees en revue. Plusieurs methodes de control utilisees sur le terrain dans le passe,
et leur etat present sont discutees, et des suggestions sont faites en fonction de methodes
possibles a employer dans Tavenir.
The pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison, has been one of the major eco-
nomic pests of grain production in the open plains of western Canada and the United States
for many years.
This publication is a review of research on this insect and deals with biology, ecology,
and control. References do not include publications on local distribution and control unless
they include research data not available elsewhere.
History
The history of the pale western cutworm as a pest in western Canada has been described
(Gibson, 1912, 1914, 1915; Seamans, 1926, 1931, 1952). In the United States the first
occurrence and subsequent infestations and outbreaks are recorded: Montana (Parker,
Strand, and Seamans, 1921; Cook, 1930); North Dakota (Webster, 1924); Oklahoma (Esh-
baugh, 1933); Utah (Sorenson and Thomley, 1941); New Mexico (Eyer, 1957); Nebraska
(Pruess and Roselle, 1969).
The pale western cutworm was virtually unknown before 1911 and apparently did not
become a pest until after the cultivation of range lands and the growing of grain became
widespread in the prairies of the United States and Canada. Seamans (1934a, 1934b) de-
scribed how numbers increased because of the change from native prairie, where grasses
416
Jacobson
predominated, to extensive areas of cultivated land with susceptible crops and with cultural
procedures favorable to cutworms.
Some research on the biology and control of the pale western cutworm was conducted
in most of the areas where the cutworms occurred, particularly when it was first found and
during subsequent outbreaks. Because of the importance of the insect as a destructive pest
and the devastating losses that occurred, research in western Canada has continued since
1913. Most of the Canadian investigations were centered at Lethbridge, Alberta, and in-
volved personnel throughout the Prairie Provinces.
Synonymy
The generic combinations and synonymy of the pale western cutworm follow:
Agrotis orthogonia Morrison
1876. Agrotis orthogonia Morrison, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 18:237; described from
Glencoe, Nebr.
1890. Porosagrotis orthogonia ; Smith, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 38:129; generic transfer.
1928. Agrotis orthogonia ; McDunnough, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada 55:34; generic transfer.
1908. Porosagrotis delorata Smith, J. N.Y. ent. Soc. 16:87; described from High River,
Alberta.
1926. Porosagrotis orthogonia duae Barnes and Benjamin, Canad. Ent. 58:303; described
from Inyo Co., Calif.
DISTRIBUTION
Walkden (1950) describes the pale western cutworm as a typical dryland cutworm in
semi-arid areas. He states that outbreaks have occurred in western Kansas, northeastern
New Mexico, the Panhandle sections of Texas and Oklahoma, eastern Colorado, western
South Dakota and North Dakota, Montana, Utah, and Wyoming in the United States. In
Canada the pale western cutworm is generally confined to the prairie region (Bowman,
1951). Under severe drought conditions it may be found in the outer fringes of the park
belt or Savanna region. Seamans (1938) outlined the outbreak area in Canada as extending
from Cowley in the foothills of Alberta to Broadview in eastern Saskatchewan and from
the International Boundary northward to Turtleford and Lloydminster, Saskatchewan.
The areas where infestations have occurred in Canada and the United States are shown in
Figure 1 . The map is based on information obtained from various publications and from the
USDA Co-operative Economic Insect Reports for the period 1952-1970. There are localities
within the area, such as local mountain ranges or deserts, where the pale western cutworm
has not been found.
LIFE HISTORY
The pale western cutworm has only a single generation annually throughout its area of
occurrence. The eggs are laid in the soil in early autumn and hatch the following spring.
The larvae first feed on early growth such as volunteer cereals or weeds; later they also
feed on seeded crops until early summer. As they mature they become less active and form
an earthen cell in the soil 2 to 3 inches below the surface. Here they remain dormant until
they pupate. The moths emerge from the cell during the late summer, mate, and lay eggs
soon after.
Pale western cutworm
417
Figure 1. Areas in Canada and the United States where infestations have occurred since 1911.
The life history of this cutworm varies considerably from one geographical area to an-
other. Crumb (1929) points out that single-brooded species of the Noctuidae tend to be
of northern distribution and that in the southern part of the range, where hatching is
earlier, the quiescent periods of prepupae and pupae are longer so that a single generation
occupies a full year. Table 1 shows the variation in life cycle between northern, southern,
and intermediate areas of occurrence in selected areas of the United 'States and Canada.
418
Jacobson
Table 1. Dates of various periods in the life history* of A. orthogonia at various locations
of the United States and Canada.
*Mean times after Seamans (1931), Sorenson and Thornley (1941), and Eyer (1957).
Egg
Description. — The egg was first described by Parker et al. (1921). When laid, the egg
is a glistening milk-white, which later becomes dull grey; it is spheroidal, flattened dorso-
ventrally, 1 mm in diameter, and 0.8 mm in height.
When an egg is completely incubated the fully formed embryo can be seen under magni-
fication through the chorion, imparting to the egg a bluish color (frontis. F).
Eggs of noctuid species commonly occurring in Alberta, including A. orthogonia , were
identified by differences in the pattern of reticulations or ridges on the chorion in the
micropyle area (Seamans, 1933).
Incubation and hatching, — The eggs are laid in the early fall and hatch the following
spring. Incubation in the field, determined by placing eggs after oviposition in simulated
sites in soil, required from 30 to 50 days (Jacobson and Blakeley, 1958a). Lindsay (1954)
showed that development rate of the embryo varied directly with temperature. Develop-
ment took 11, 14, 21, and 33 days at 30°, 25°, 20°, and 15°C, respectively; no develop-
ment was apparent at 5°C.
In the field the eggs do not usually hatch until the soil is warmed above freezing. In
western Canada hatching usually occurs about April 1, although occasionally when the
ground is clear of snow earlier than this date some hatching may occur. Instances have
been recorded of hatching in the fall (Cook, 1930) but such occurrences are rare. Table 1
shows the approximate date of hatch of the pale western cutworm in various areas.
Contact moisture or high relative humidity is required for hatching. In the laboratory this
requirement is provided by adding water directly to the eggs or to the substrate. Under
field conditions soil moisture is usually adequate.
Laboratory studies showed that the rate of hatching of fully developed eggs increases
with temperature and relative humidity, that prolonged exposure to temperatures from
-5° to -15°C does not affect ultimate hatch, and that desiccation, particularly in the range
20° to 30°C, may cause considerable mortality. Findings in the laboratory, corroborated
by studies outdoors, show that eggs are admirably adapted to develop, withstand climatic
factors, and hatch at a time when their survival is ensured (Jacobson and Blakeley, 1958a).
Diapause. — Early authors noted that development of the embryo was completed during
the fall but the eggs would not hatch readily until a further treatment near 0°C intervened
(Cook, 1930). They apparently presumed that only the advent of cold weather prevented
the eggs from hatching. Andrewartha and Birch (1954) postulated that a weak diapause
was involved.
Pale western cutworm
419
Jacobson (1962a, 1962b) showed that fully developed embryos immediately begin to
feed and continue development when dissected from eggs but when left in the egg hatch
slowly and unevenly. This is considered as a weak diapause, the intensity of which is re-
flected by the rate at which they hatch. Investigations showed the rate of hatching is influ-
enced by the temperature of incubation and by the duration and temperature of the post-
incubation treatment. When diapause is firmly established, temperatures above 15°C are
required to break diapause and to produce a complete hatch whereas at lower temperatures
only partial hatching occurs. As diapause is eliminated hatching occurs at progressively
lower temperatures.
Intensity of diapause varies in eggs laid at the same time. Some eggs will hatch at suitable
temperatures with moisture when embryonic development is complete. Others will require
exposure to temperatures from 0° to 10°C before diapause is eliminated. The weak dia-
pause in eggs of the pale western cutworm in its natural habitat is sufficient to prevent
hatching in the fall and to ensure that most eggs will hatch in the spring when food is
available for larvae.
Larvae
Description. — The larvae of A. orthogonia were described by Parker et al. (1921).
Walkden (1950) described some of the morphological characters that identify cutworms,
including the pale western cutworm, that attack cereal and forage crops in the central
great plains. The internal morphology of larvae was described by Hocking and Depner
(1961). When fully grown the larvae are from 30 to 40 mm long and 5 to 7 mm thick
and the general color is usually grey with no definite stripes or markings. The only readily
distinguishable characteristic is in the head; the capsule is yellow-brown with two distinct
vertical black dashes that form an imperfect H or inverted V (frontis. E).
Larval feeding. — On hatching the larvae are small, about 2 to 3 mm long, and difficult
to find. During early instars the larvae feed on available young seedlings, such as weeds and
volunteer grains. All instars of larvae are subterranean in habit, attacking the plant below
the surface of the ground. Occasionally they are forced to the surface during heavy rains
and sometimes at night after extremely warm days.
Early workers believed that early instars fed above ground since the leaves of grain
showed notches or holes. It was later demonstrated that these punctures were made by
larvae feeding beneath the soil on the coleoptile and the furled leaves of the wheat plant
(Jacobson, Farstad, and Blakeley, 1950). When the larvae become older and larger, and as
the host plant grows, the cutworm continues to feed below the surface either cutting off
the plant and leaving it to wither and die on the surface or, sometimes, pulling it into the
soil there to consume it. A key to the insects, including cutworms, damaging grain plants,
based on damage observed was prepared by Strickland (1948). More recently another type
of feeding was observed. Plants of almost mature winter wheat were found that had been
cut near the soil surface. Fully grown larvae, apparently to satisfy a requirement for fibrous
material when green food is unavailable, girdle the stem by peripheral feeding. When the
stem becomes brittle it falls over. It was estimated that such damage could exceed 10 per
cent (Jacobson, 1967).
Number of instars. — The number of instars of A. orthogonia Morrison is usually six,
although in some situations may be more (Parker et al., 1921). Hardwick (1965), com-
menting on supernumerary molts in another noctuid, noted that the number may vary
from species to species and from individual to individual depending on the nutritive value
of the food and varying with temperature. In the laboratory, pale western cutworm larvae
starved during instars III or IV more often had seven instars than those that were not
420
Jacobson
starved (Jacobson and Blakeley, 1960). In an insectary Parker et al. (1921) found that
most larvae of this species had seven instars, some had eight, a few individuals passed
through nine, and one was noted with 10. No instances are known of the pale western
cutworm having fewer than six instars. The exact number of instars that occur in the field
is not known. Undoubtedly, it varies from six to eight, or even more, depending upon the
temperature, quality and quantity of available food, and the extent of starvation that may
occur when a crop is destroyed and food is unavailable.
Duration of larval period. — The duration of the entire larval period can also vary even
under controlled conditions of food and temperature. Developmental times of larvae reared
in the laboratory and hatched on the same day ranged from 40 to 76 days. The duration
of development of larvae varies inversely with temperature (Table 2).
Table 2. Durations (days) of development of larvae, prepupae, and pupae of A. orthogonia
at various constant temperatures.
When the larvae were fed Thatcher wheat, Marquis wheat, Compana barley, and Exeter
oats, the mean durations from hatching to pupation at 25°C were 45.6, 45.7, 51.8, and
52.7 days, respectively, the latter two periods being significantly different at the 1 per cent
level from the first two (Jacobson and Blakeley, 1958b).
Seamans and McMillan (1935) noted differences in development and other effects when
larvae were fed various foods, and Hocking (1953) found differences when different parts
of the wheat plant were used.
Development in the field obviously must vary greatly since larvae probably hatch at
various times and are subjected to varying degrees of food deprivation and have access to
various kinds of food plants.
Damage to crops. — In the field, feeding by early instars is not readily discernible. As the
larvae become larger they are able to cut off and consume more plants. Damage becomes
evident when the larvae are in instar III or IV. It is characterized by the appearance of bare
Pale western cutworm
421
areas, usually at first in sandy areas or on knolls, later these areas may enlarge encompassing
many acres; sometimes entire fields may become bare (Parker et al., 1921; Cook, 1930;
Seamans, 1938; Walkden, 1940). Moths apparently select hilly areas because they are more
favorable for oviposition. Descriptions of the extent of areas infested and the occurrence
severe crop losses have been noted (Gibson, 1914;Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1926, 1938, 1952;
Sorenson and Thomley, 1941;Eyer, 1957).
The density and distribution of larvae in the field as well as such other factors as weather
and stage and condition of host plants may influence the damage that may occur. Seamans
(1938) found that 15 or more larvae per square yard (18/m2) will destroy a crop. Previously
Seamans (1931) had stated that in some seasons an infestation of about 1/ft2 (ll/m2) is
sufficient to completely destroy a crop whereas the next year the same infestation will not
be noticed. In 1965 the mean numbers of larvae/ft2 (m2) from 25 samples in various por-
tions of an infested field of wheat were:
These counts indicate that variation in population can occur in a relatively short dis-
tance as these counts were made in three lines parallel to each other and about 6 feet
apart. The counts also indicate relationships between density and the degree of crop dam-
age (Jacobson, unpublished). The interrelations between cutworms and the host plant have
been investigated (Jacobson and Peterson, 1965). Wheat can withstand feeding by instar I
and instar II since the larvae cannot cut off wheat plants. The larvae damage the plants by
cutting holes in the leaves as they elongate through the coleoptile. The number of plants
affected increases with increased larval population (Jacobson et al., 1950). Other experi-
ments in the laboratory, in the greenhouse, and on field plots with pale western cutworm
at various stages of larval development and wheat at various stages of growth showed that
larvae did not completely sever the plants until instar III; the rate and amount of damage
varied directly with size and densities of larvae, temperatures above 15°C, and soil mois-
ture; and damage varied inversely with the age and size of the wheat plant (Jacobson and
Peterson, 1965). Damage to wheat by the pale western cutworm is indicative of a dynamic
situation where both the insect and the host plant are actively developing and the advantage
to one or the other is constantly changing.
Effects of starvation. — Experiments showed that, if weeds in fields containing first-instar
larvae were allowed to grow for a short period and then were destroyed by cultivation, the
young larvae would starve in 1 0 days to 2 weeks, after which it would be safe to seed the
intended crop. Surveys of infested fields along with history of timing of pre-crop cultivation
and seeding showed that delayed seeding resulted in less damage than in those fields where
the cultivation and seeding were done simultaneously (Seamans, 1937). Greenhouse studies
showed that larvae that had fed were more susceptible to starvation than larvae that had
not fed (Seamans and Rock, 1945). In the laboratory this was reconfirmed along with the
observation that a digestive disturbance occurred in larvae that were fed after starvation
(Salt and Seamans, 1945).
Other effects of starvation were studied with all instars. Larvae survived starvation longer
when they were larger or when temperatures were lower. When food was made available to
larvae that had been starved for some time some of them were unable to resume feeding
(Jacobson, 1952). Desiccation is another factor involved in mortality from starvation. Instar
IV larvae were more resistant to desiccation than starved instar II larvae. The rate of mortal-
ity was lowest at RH50. At RHO and RH100 the rate was almost the same, indicating that
422
Jacobson
desiccation and excessive moisture were equally harmful to larvae (Jacobson and Blakeley,
1957b).
The kind of food affected mortality of larvae when they were starved. Larvae were
fed Marquis wheat, Thatcher wheat, Compana barley, or Exeter oats until instar V and
then starved. Larvae that were fed the oats were least resistant to starvation whereas
those fed the wheat varieties showed the greatest resistance to starvation (Jacobson and
Blakeley, 1958b). The rate of mortality was associated in each case with the amount of
weight gain and hence was a reflection of better utilization of food. Larvae at all stages
were fed on wheat and starved. When larvae were starved for various periods before instar
V and then fed, the larval period was prolonged, supernumerary moults occurred, and the
pupae weighed less. When larvae were starved in their ultimate instar their development
accelerated, the pupae weighed less, and fecundity was reduced (Jacobson and Blakeley,
1960) .
Host plants of larvae. - Lists of plants attacked by larvae of the pale western cutworm
have been published (Sorenson and Thornley, 1941; Cook, 1930; Webster and Ainslie,
1924). These include a variety of crops grown in the areas where this cutworm has been
known to occur. Generally, however, the larvae prefer cereals and the greatest losses have
occurred to crops of wheat, oats, and barley. In gardens and in areas where vegetable crops
are grown, the pale western cutworm often appears along with other cutworm species.
Nutrition of larvae. — Before 1950, studies on the pale western cutworm primarily in-
volved field ecology and the information obtained was directly concerned with life history
and field control. Many questions about the biology and behaviour of the insect went un-
answered. Over a period of about 15 years McGinnis and Kasting carried out a series of
nutritional and biochemical investigations aimed at providing some of the answers. Then-
first reports showed that the rate of growth and development depended on both quality
and quantity of the food consumed. They found that larvae with free access to Thatcher
wheat sprouts were larger and developed more rapidly than larvae allowed the same food
for only 2 hours each day (McGinnis and Kasting, 1959). They also found that the variety
of wheat sprouts upon which the larvae fed affected growth (Kasting and McGinnis, 1959).
The amino acids essential in the diet of this insect were determined using a radioactive
tracer technique (Kasting and McGinnis, 1966). Results indicated that it had the same
general requirements as other animals; no abnormal amino acid requirements were evident
(Kasting and McGinnis, 1962). The amino acids in the normal diet of these larvae are largely
bound in the protein form. It was necessary, therefore, to determine whether the larvae
could utilize dietary protein. Results of a study with protein-U-C14 showed that the larvae
readily digested the protein (McGinnis and Kasting, 1962). The presence of proteolytic
enzymes was confirmed in a subsequent study with gut homogenates (Khan and Kasting,
1961) . Other enzymes, including various carbohydrases, peptidases, and lipases, were also
shown to be present.
A synthetic diet for the pale western cutworm was described in 1967 and growth factor
requirements were determined by the classical deletion procedure (Kasting and McGinnis,
1967). Results indicated that niacinamide, choline, pantothenic acid, pyridoxine, riboflavin,
folic acid, and thiamin are essential. No requirement for biotin, inositol, or vitamin B12
was demonstrated.
Because this insect grows fast and is large in the later instars, it has been used effectively
as a laboratory animal. Several techniques connected with the nutrition of the species have
been developed and tested, as for example, the use of lyophilized plant tissue in diets
(McGinnis and Kasting, 1960) and measurement of consumption and digestibility of food
(McGinnis and Kasting, 1964a, 1964b, 1969; Kasting and McGinnis, 1965).
Pale western cutworm
423
Prepupae and pupae
Prepupae. — The prepupal stage has been described as a quiescent or non-feeding period
between the end of the larval period and the pupal period. When feeding ceases, the body
becomes shrivelled and assumes a yellowish color. In laboratory rearing the exact date on
which larvae become prepupae is difficult to establish. Sometimes the larvae may stop feed-
ing for several days only to resume. A more accurate measure of the prepupal period was
obtained by daily weighings after the fifth moult until feeding ceased and until weights had
decreased about 25 per cent. The duration of the prepupal period is considered to be the
time from the date of maximum weight to the date of pupation (Blakeley and Jacobson,
1960).
In the field the larva, after completing its feeding, burrows 2 to 6 inches (5 to 15 cm)
into the soil and constructs an earthen cell enclosing itself. Each larva forms its cell by
injecting fluid through its mouthparts into the surrounding earth and compacting this with
head and body movements until a smooth lining is formed. In the laboratory where this
was observed in glass tubes the process was completed in a few days (Blakeley, 1954).
The mean durations of the prepupal stage of insects that had been reared through the
larval stage under similar conditions of food and temperature and assigned to 20°, 25°,
and 30°C at the beginning of the prepupal stage were 12.5, 19.8, and 31.8 days, respec-
tively. The longer prepupal interval at 30°C was considered to be a form of diapause that
enabled the pale western cutworm to survive as a single-brooded species in the wide varia-
tion of climate from the prairies of Canada to Texas in the United States (Blakeley and
Jacobson, 1960). This relationship with temperature will also allow for a compensatory
effect to ensure eclosion at the normal time of year if larval development is accelerated
because of increased temperatures.
Pupae. — In the field, the change from the prepupal stage to pupae occurs inside the
earthen cell. In the laboratory where soil is not used this change occurs normally without
a cell. The pupae has been described (Parker et al., 1921).
In the field it is difficult to determine when prepupae change to pupae except by periodic
collections. The progress of development in 1965 is shown in Table 3. No feeding larvae
were found after July 5. These data, which are for one year only, show that pupation was
complete about August 1 but experience has shown considerable variation from year to
year related to weather and moisture conditions. Density decreased as the season progressed
as a result of natural mortality factors such as parasitism, predation, and inclement weather.
Table 3. Numbers of larvae, prepupae, and pupae of A. orthogonia collected from 25
square-foot samples from a field near Lethbridge, Alberta, in 1965.
424
Jacobson
In the laboratory the duration of the pupal stage varied inversely with temperature and
directly with weight. An increase of 10 mg in the pupae was associated with an increase of
0.12 days in the duration of the pupal stage (Blakeley and Jacobson, 1960). Since larvae
may vary in vigour and not all may have an equal opportunity to feed, they vary in weight.
This, and other causes of individual variation, accounts for the variation in time of change
to prepupae, to pupae, and finally to emergence of the moths. At 25°C duration of the
pupal stage of 48 pupae ranged from 21 to 46 days and averaged 27 days (Blakeley and
Jacobson, 1960).
Toward the end of the pupal period the adult can be seen inside the pupal case. Eclosion
from the pupal case, the subsequent escape from the earthen cell, and the ascent through
the soil using spines on the middle and hind legs has been described (Blakeley, 1954).
Sex of the pupae is easily determined (Butt and Cantu, 1962) and the method used is
invaluable in laboratory investigations to determine sex ratio before adults emerge. The
pupae of each sex are shown in frontis. C and D.
Mortality of prepupae and pupae. — The pupal cell and surrounding soil protect the pre-
pupa and pupa from desiccation. However, the insect is not completely safe as the popula-
tion density decreases during these stages (Table 3). Of 50 non-feeding larvae placed out-
doors in early July and examined at regular intervals until September 13, eight died of
undetermined causes, eight were killed by parasites and four by predators, and 12 were
recorded as missing. Only eight of the original 50 emerged as moths. The category missing
is used to describe prepupae and pupae that died from predation by insects or animals or
other causes and soon disintegrated (Jacobson, unpublished).
Adult stage
Moth. — The description of the adult male by Morrison (1876) has been repeated in the
literature (Parker et al., 1921; Blakeley, 1954). Both sexes are easily identifiable in the field
and usually are readily distinguished from other species that appear coincidently. Moths
are readily sexed. The antennae of the males, described originally as strongly serrate, are
pectinate; those of the females are filiform (frontis. E and F).
Eclosion of moths appears to conform to a diurnal rhythm; 90.7 per cent emerged in
the laboratory between noon and midnight and 49.5 per cent between 1400 and 1600
hours (Jacobson, 1965). In the field and laboratory, male moths emerge earlier in the flight
period than females (Cook, 1930).
Flight. — In western Canada, the moths first appear on flowers or around lights dur-
ing the first two weeks in August. Their numbers increase until the end of the month and
gradually decline in September. The flight period varies from one area to another and re-
flects differences in latitude (Table 1). At Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, moths appear and the
flight terminates earlier than at Lethbridge. The duration of the flight varies from year to
year according to the weather. In 1950, in the immediate Lethbridge area the flight was
terminated in early September by unseasonably high maximum temperatures that com-
pletely dried the flowers upon which the moths were feeding. Flights usually terminate dur-
ing periods of cool weather, marked by snow and freezing temperatures. Cooley (1922)
recorded the end of the flight in 1921 after a severe snowstorm in early September. In
years when conditions remain favourable moths can be found in low numbers until late
September. Duration of flight undoubtedly influences the numbers of eggs that are laid.
Moths of the pale western cutworm are crepuscular and exhibit a distinctive diurnal pat-
tern of activity. Only rarely during the day are moths found before noon except when they
are unusually abundant and the weather is warm. During the early afternoon males and
a few females begin to appear on flowers and numbers of both sexes increase gradually
Pale western cutworm
425
until sunset. In the late afternoon females become more abundant. Counts of moths on
flowers show that the preponderance of one sex over the other changes. Until 1600 hours
males outnumber the females about eight to one; after that time until sunset the propor-
tion is reversed. The change in ratio is probably due to differences in feeding habits be-
tween the sexes and to the oviposition behaviour of the females.
Activity is related to temperature. At 22°C and above, moths are very active and diffi-
cult to capture, but as the temperature drops below 22°C, the moths become more passive;
below 10°C the moths stop flying and seek shelter at ground level, usually around patches
of flowers. As the season progresses the daily interval of activity lessens.
The moths feed on flowers and are readily attracted to light as evidenced by capture in
light traps. The numbers of moths caught each hour in a light trap designed to capture
moths for hourly periods (Seamans and Gray, 1934) were similar until midnight but be-
came less after that time until about 0300 hours. The decline in numbers is apparently
associated with decrease in temperature during the night. Similar data were recorded by
Cook (1930) over a four-year period when numbers were counted on flowers during the
dark period commencing at 2000 hours.
A study of activity of both sexes was made using electrophysiological apparatus de-
scribed by Edwards (1964) wherein the flying activity of males and walking of females
were recorded electronically. Peaks of female activity occurred after sunset, near midnight,
and at sunrise. Male activity was centered mainly at midnight. It was assumed that activity
at that time was associated with mating since it coincided with a similar activity time of
females. The crepuscular times were interpreted as times of feeding or oviposition.
Laboratory studies showed that the maximum distance flown on a flight mill was 14.7
miles (23.7 km) for males and 3.5 miles (5.6 km) for females, that speed varied from less
than 1 to 3 m.p.h. (1.6 to 4.8 km/hr), that total flight times were usually marked by a
series of repeated flights, and that flying ceased with exhaustion but would resume after
rest or feeding (Jacobson, 1965). Chance (1971) has measured the drag-speed relationship
of the flight mill I used and calculated the compensation for this which gives values for
the insects in free flight about 20 per cent higher than these.
Preliminary investigations in the field using marked-capture techniques appeared to indi-
cate that movement of moths was local, confined to adjacent fields and patches of flowers.
Other observations showed that during the daily flight period movement in and out of the
flowers was almost constant except that the proportions of males to females were reversed
between one part of the day and another. No definite records of mass migrations of moths
of the pale western cutworm have been observed or recorded. Known data indicate that
the moth is not as strong a flier as other noctuid species that are known to be capable of
migrating considerable distances.
The duration of the flight period and daily activity is associated with availability of
suitable flowers from which the moths obtain nectar. In western Canada the favoured
flowers are sunflowers ( Helianthus sp.) and goldenrods {Solidago spp.), both of which
occur throughout the prairie region along roads and field margins. In some areas of Mon-
tana and Utah the moths are attracted to rabbitbrush ( Chrysothamnus sp.) (Cook, 1930;
Sorenson and Thomley, 1941), a plant that occurs on the Canadian prairies in eroded and
arid areas but is not utilized by the moths of the pale western cutworm since this cutworm
does not usually occur in these areas. Moths have been observed feeding on the blossoms
of broomweed ( Gutierrezia sp.), Russian thistle ( Salsola pestifer A. Nels.), Canada thistle
(Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.), perennial sow-thistle ( Sonchus spp.), gumweed ( Grindelia
squarrose (Pursh) Dunal), and several species of fleabane ( Erigeron spp.). Moths are ener-
getic feeders. They crawl about on the flowers, quickly uncoil their long sucking tubes,
426
Jacobson
and insert them into blossom after blossom.
The length of life of moths varies inversely with temperature, at constant temperatures in
the laboratory ranging from a mean of 38 days at 0°C to 7.4 days at 35°C. At room tem-
perature, 22°C, there was no difference between sexes, the mean life span being 12 days.
Longevity of females at room temperatures was influenced by food; those fed honey and
water had a mean length of life of 14 days; those fed with water, 8 days; and those not fed,
5 days. The length of life in the field cannot be determined but must be very variable as it
is dependent on temperatures, available food, prevailing weather, and presence of predators.
Females collected from flowers in the field usually die in 1 to 5 days after capture.
Mating and oviposition. — Mating is rarely observed in the field. A few instances are
recorded of copulating pairs being found on flowers during the early evening or at night
(Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1931). In the laboratory copulation usually occurs during the night
as attested by the numbers of pairs attached together in the morning. Vigils at night showed
that most matings occurred from 0100 hours to daylight (Jacobson, unpublished). Evidence
of mating determined by dissecting females for the presence of spermatophores showed that
mating usually occurred during the first 2 nights after emergence. Most of the females mated
only once; multiple matings occurred in less than 20 per cent of the females examined. The
most spermatophores found in one female was three. In several instances a male mated with
two or three females. Moths mated at all experimental temperatures between 5° and 35°C.
High temperatures appeared detrimental for mating as only one out of five females mated
at 30° and 35°C, whereas in the range from 5 to 25°C, three or more out of five females
usually mated. Continuous lighting deterred mating; at 25°C only one female out of eight
was mated whereas in continuous darkness the proportion was 1:2 (Jacobson, 1965).
The duration of copulation of the pale western cutworm is not known with any degree
of certainty. Data on other noctuid species (Hardwick, 1965) indicate that the interval
could extend from 45 minutes to 3 hours.
Dissections of females collected from flowers in the field and capture in light traps dis-
closed that 96 per cent had mated (Jacobson, 1965). Since mating occurs early in the life
of a female and over a wide range of environmental conditions, it is concluded that the
opportunity for mating is not a factor in oviposition by the pale western cutworm.
Oviposition by the pale western cutworm in the field and laboratory has been studied for
some time (Parker et al., 1921; Cook, 1930; Sorenson and Thornley, 1941). These authors
found that oviposition occurred in the late afternoon and early evening, that moths laid
the eggs in loose dusty soil, and that each female was capable of laying about 100 eggs.
In the field eggs are difficult to find unless the exact site of oviposition is observed. Further
knowledge was obtained from laboratory studies using moths that had been reared (Jacob-
son, 1965). Eggs developed during the pupal stage and were ready for fertilization when the
moths emerged. Oviposition began on the first or second day after mating, reached a peak
soon after, and continued until just before the females died. Maximum oviposition by one
female was 564 eggs. In 19 cages, each containing 4 to 18 females and as many or more
males, mean numbers per female ranged from 161 to 488. Oviposition occurred at all tem-
peratures from 5 to 35°C, the optimum temperature being between 10 and 25°C. More
eggs were laid in the dark or in subdued light than in continuous bright light. Females when
unfed could oviposit but when fed water or sugar solutions they laid more eggs. A diurnal
rhythm of oviposition occurred with distinct peaks; 80 per cent or more of the eggs were
laid between noon and early evening. Rhythm of oviposition was apparently initiated by
light and could be reversed by reciprocal light regimens but was maintained in continuous
dark or light (Jacobson, 1965).
Sex ratio. - References to sex ratio (Cook, 1930; Eyer, 1957) indicate a preponderance
Pale western cutworm
427
of males. Cook (1930), who counted the numbers of each sex on flowers over a period of
several years determined that the ratio of males to females was three to two. Apparently he
was not aware that the ratio may change with the time of day or other factors. Eyer (1957)
used the numbers of each sex that were captured in light traps and found the ratio was six
or seven males to each female. Light trap records over a number of years has shown that
males are more readily attracted to lights, possibly because males are stronger fliers and
greater numbers of them may be in flight during hours of darkness. Strickland (1922) found
that when pans were baited in the field with a fermented molasses solution nearly 50 per
cent of the captured moths were females. Counts of moths reared in the laboratory, both
from larvae collected in the field and those reared from eggs in the laboratory, show that
both sexes occur in almost equal numbers.
REARING METHODS
Procedures for conducting research on the pale western cutworm in the laboratory have
undergone many changes during the course of investigations. Rearing methods were devel-
oped that permitted the conduct of research on biology, physiology, nutrition, or insecti-
cide testing with all stages at all times of the year.
General methods for all stages have been described (Parker et al., 1921; Cook, 1930;
Jacobson and Blakeley, 1957a). Methods for obtaining eggs and procedures for their use
in investigations under various environmental conditions have been outlined (Lindsay, 1954;
Jacobson and Blakeley, 1957b; Jacobson, 1962a, 1962b). The rearing of larvae for various
purposes has been described by various authors; on various food plants (Seamans and Mc-
Millan, 1935; Jacobson and Blakeley, 1958b; Hocking, 1953), on artificial diets (McGinnis
and Kasting, 1959, 1960; Kasting and McGinnis, 1967), and for insecticide testing (Mc-
Donald, 1969). One of the difficulties of mass rearing is that the larvae are cannibalistic
(Dethier, 1939) and must be contained separately in suitable containers. Hence, the number
that can be reared at a time is limited. The methods of containing pupae until emergence
have been described (Blakeley, 1954; Blakeley and Jacobson, 1960). Moths have been used
for various purposes: for oviposition (Jacobson and Blakeley, 1957b), for flight mill studies
(Jacobson, 1965), and for light trap captures (Cook, 1930; Seamans and Gray, 1934).
Many species of Noctuidae cannot be reared successfully in the laboratory beyond three
generations (Hardwick, 1965) as vigour and viability progressively decline and susceptibility
to laboratory disease increases. Similar results have been obtained when successive genera-
tions of the pale western cutworm have been reared in the laboratory. It is, therefore, de-
sirable to replace laboratory cultures with eggs obtained from females collected in the field
each year if possible.
NATURAL ENEMIES AND DISEASE
Parasites
Internal parasites of the larvae of the pale western cutworm have been recorded in the
various areas of occurrence (Strickland, 1921; Parker et al., 1921; Cook, 1930; Seamans,
1931; Sorenson and Thornley, 1941; Walkden, 1950; Brooks, 1952). The biology of para-
sitism was admirably described by Strickland (1923). Schaaf (1971) studied the parasitoid
complex of Euxoa ochrogaster (Guenee) with emphasis on the identification of immature
stages and review of biology. Many of the species noted also parasitize larvae of A. ortho-
gonia. Dipterous parasites include the families of Ichneumonidae, Braconidae, and Chalci-
didae. Table 4 shows the parasites recorded by various authors in their respective areas.
428
Jacobson
Table 4. Recorded parasites of A. orthogonia.
a — Parker et al., 1921; b — Strickland, 1923; c — Cook, 1930; d — Seamans, 1931;
e — Sorenson and Thomley, 1941; f - Walkden, 1950; g - unpublished records; h —
Brooks, 1952.
Pale western cutworm
429
Predators
Many species of insect predators have been observed attacking larvae and adults of the
pale western cutworm. Species of predaceous wasps and larvae of ground beetles prey on
cutworms in the field (Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1931). When moths are feeding on flowers
they are often attacked by arthropod predators, which include various species of Arachnida,
Mantidae, Coreidae, Reduviidae, and Phymatidae (Sorenson and Thornley, 1941 ; Seamans,
1931). Many native birds including larks, sparrows, buntings, crows, curlews, and Franklin’s
gulls have been observed digging cutworms from the soil or carrying them to their nests;
some have been seen capturing moths on flowers (Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1931; Sorenson
and Thornley, 1941.
Value of natural enemies
The early workers with the exception of Strickland (1923) doubted that parasites and
predators were important in the control of the pale western cutworm (Parker et al., 1921;
Cook, 1930). Subsequent investigations showed that the incidence of parasites varied from
year to year and was influenced by weather (Seamans, 1923, 1935). Rearing records show
that parasitism can vary from 20 to 70 per cent. This indicates that when climatic condi-
tions favour their increase, parasites, along with predators, can play an important role in
quickly reducing populations of cutworms after years of severe outbreaks.
Disease
The role of disease in reducing populations of the pale western cutworm in the field has
not been adequately assessed. Crumb (1929) listed several diseases that caused reductions
in populations of tobacco cutworms, but as these are surface-feeding species the diseases
that affect them may not affect the pale western cutworm, which spends most of its time
in the soil. Steinhaus and March (1962) identified bacteria found in field-collected larvae.
Cook (1930) postulated that disease may be a controlling factor. McMillan (unpublished
report) recorded a disease found in one field that accounted for 47 per cent mortality, but
this may have been the effect of climatic stress during years of a severe outbreak. Out-
breaks of disease frequently occur when, larvae are reared in the laboratory but some doubt
exists that similar outbreaks occur in the field. Walkden (1950) listed several disease organ-
isms and noted that many larvae collected in the field for rearing died in the laboratory of
a disease, which he named “the rearing disease”, that turned larvae black similar to dead
larvae found in the field after a heavy rain. A disease of pale western cutworms reared in
the laboratory was described by Kasting, McGinnis, and Hawn (1971). They called it “black
disease” and identified the causative bacterium as Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
RELATIONSHIP OF INFESTATION TO WEATHER
The numbers of many animals are largely determined by weather. Andrewartha and Birch
( 1 954), after reviewing earlier publications (Parker et al., 1921; Seamans, 1 923 ; Cook, 1 924,
1926, 1930), used the pale western cutworm as an example of numbers of animals in natural
populations. The various effects of precipitation on this insect and other crop insects were
reviewed by Beirne (1970).
Weather, distribution, and outbreaks
Confinement of distribution of the pale western cutworm to the semiarid region of the
plains in Canada and the United States indicates a relationship to the weather that prevails
in these regions. Cook (1923, 1926, 1927a, 1927b, 1928, 1929, 1930) studied the physical
430
Jacobson
ecology of Noctuidae of the American plains with special reference to A. orthogonia. He
related distribution to weather by means of climographs for various regions and predicted
areas in the United States where the pale western cutworm could be found occasionally and
in outbreak numbers. His prediction of economic distribution conforms almost identically
to that shown in Figure 1, which includes records to 1970, almost 50 years later. He found
a high negative correlation between abundance of the pale western cutworm and years when
rainfall in May, June, and July exceeded 5 inches (12.7 cm). Dry weather was favorable to
increase. He further indicated that one favorable year may increase the number of cutworms
to cause slight damage and local outbreaks but two successive favorable years were necessary
to produce a severe and widespread outbreak.
Forecasting
The relationship of seasonal rainfall and possible outbreaks of the pale western cutworm
led to the development of a method of forecasting. Seamans (1923, 1935) based the fore-
cast on the assumption, confirmed by rearing records, that increased rainfall forced the
larvae to feed and move about above ground where they were exposed to attack by para-
sites. The basis of the prediction was the number of “wet days” — days on which 0.25
inches (0.64 cm) or more of rain fell — in May and June. More than 10 “wet days” resulted
in a decrease in the numbers of cutworms, less than 10 were followed by an increase. In
western Canada a forecast was prepared each year, delineating areas where a hazard was
anticipated. This information was made available through the daily and weekly newspapers,
radio and television, and extension agencies of government and industry. Accepted methods
of preventing infestations by cultural means were given with the forecast. In Montana, Wall
(1932) showed that the method of predicting infestations was accurate.
Seamans (1923, 1935) considered parasites as the main factor in reducing populations
during outbreaks when rainfall was above normal, whereas Cook (1930) indicated that
fungous and bacterial diseases were equally or more important. In western Canada from
1945 to 1953 counts of moths were made on flowers during the peak of the flight in three
selected locations. The mean number of moths per minute decreased in each location with
an increase in the number of wet days during the previous May and June (r = -0.878).
CONTROL
Cultural
Early attempts at cultural control involved the use of ploughs, packers, discers, and other
available implements. It was found that packing and the use of a press drill limited the
movement of larvae in the soil but did not achieve satisfactory results (Strickland, 1915);
Parker et at. , 1921 ; Cook, 1930. The observation that moths could not deposit eggs in fields
that were crusted because they had not been cultivated for some time before oviposition
(Parker, Strand, and Seamans, 1920) led to a recommendation that infestation could be
prevented by allowing a crust to form on the surface before the oviposition period. This
method of prevention was the only control measure available for many years and was widely
followed throughout the areas in the United States and Canada where the pale western
cutworm was an economic pest. Surveys during outbreaks showed that damage was less,
or none at all, in fields where the method was practised (McMillan, 1935; Seamans, 1952).
This method was later augmented by cultural methods to starve early instars in the spring
(Seamans, 1937, 1952) which represented the first control measure that could be used after
infestations were found in the field. Since the method involved a delay of 10 days to 2
weeks after cultivation of new growth before seeding and an additional operation it was
Pale western cutworm
431
not readily adopted by farm operators.
Poisoned baits
Another of the early attempts at control in the field made use of poisoned baits (Strick-
land, 1915). Many of the available poisonous materials were added to various carriers,
mainly bran, and spread on the soil (Parker et al. , 1921; Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1931).
The consensus was that the baits were not effective (Cook, 1930; Seamans, 1931) mainly
because of the subterranean feeding habits of the pale western cutworm.
Chemical control
When DDT and related organochlorine compounds came into general use for control of
agricultural pests it was felt that sprays and dusts would not be effective, as the pale
western cutworm fed almost exclusively below the soil surface. The first successful demon-
stration of control in the field (Jacobson et al., 1952) showed that chlordane, dieldrin,
aldrin, and, to a lesser extent, toxaphene, when applied as sprays to the soil surface could
protect crops from damage. These materials were selected from results of laboratory assess-
ment (Brown et al., 1947). Faulkner (1954) found, in laboratory tests, that some of the
insecticides killed the embryos in unhatched eggs. Further testing in other areas confirmed
these results and led to the general recommendation that dieldrin was the most effective
material (Hoerner, 1953; Pfadt, 1956; Eyer, 1957; DePew and Harvey, 1957). Dieldrin was
later replaced by endrin because of its effectiveness at low rates. When organochlorine com-
pounds were found to present a residue hazard to livestock and humans other less persistent
materials were sought. Field testing showed that several organophosphorus insecticides,
including AC-47031 [cyclic ethylene (diethoxyphosphinyl) dithioimidocarbonate] and fen-
sulfothion (dasanit) were as effective as endrin (Jacobson and McDonald, 1966). Additional
tests in the field showed that AC-4703 1 and monocrotophos (azodrin) were slightly superior
to endrin (DePew, 1970). Laboratory testing further confirmed the effectiveness of AC-
47031 and indicated that other organophosphorus insecticides could be used to control the
pale western cutworm (McDonald, 1969).
The use of insecticides provides a further advantage to the farmer. When these materials
were not used, fields that had been destroyed could not be reseeded until the larvae had
ceased feeding. The plantings, delayed until late in June in western Canada, were often
damaged by frost or snow before they were ready for harvesting. Damaged fields can be
reseeded immediately after treatment with an insecticide.
Future control methods
The impetus in the search for alternative methods for controlling insects is toward the
use of methods other than the application of insecticides because of the problems that
result from the accumulation of residues, the possibility that insects have become resistant
to insecticides, and that insecticides contaminate the environment. Some of the alternatives
might include microbial pesticides, natural or synthetic pheromones to attract adults to be
killed with poisons or other means, the use of antifeeding compounds, the breeding of
resistant crops, chemosterilants, and integrated control embodying several methods.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I express my gratitude to colleagues, present and past, at the entomological laboratories
at Lethbridge, Alberta; Saskatoon, Saskatchewan; and Brandon, Manitoba, who have assis-
ted in the furtherance of knowledge of the pale western cutworm. I especially acknowledge
432
Jacobson
the early entomologists, E. H. Strickland (deceased) and H. L. Seamans (retired). Their
notes and unpublished reports were constantly referred to.
I also acknowledge with thanks the assistance of the following in the preparation of this
publication: D. M. Wood, W. R. Mason, C. M. Yoshimota, G. E. Shewed, and D. F. Hard-
wick of the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, for advice in systematics of Agrotis
orthogonia Morrison and its parasites; D. K. Edwards, Forest Research Laboratory, Victoria,
British Columbia, for his assistance in the activity studies of the adults; A. J. McGinnis and
R. Kasting for the summary of their nutrition studies on A. orthogonia at this laboratory;
and finally, N. D. Holmes, head of the Entomology Section of this Station for his invaluable
assistance at various stages of preparation of the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Andrewartha, H. G. and L. C. Birch. 1954. The distribution and abundance of animals.
Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 594-600.
Barnes, W. and F. H. Benjamin. 1926. Notes and new species (Lepid., Phalaenidae). Can.
Ent. 58:303.
Beirne, B. F. 1970. Effects of precipitation on crop insects. Can. Ent. 102:1360-1373.
Blakeley, P. E. 1954. Certain aspects of the biology and behaviour of prepupae, pupae,
and adults of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. M. Sc. thesis. Univ.
Alberta.
Blakeley, P. E. and L. A. Jacobson. 1960. Effects of temperature, humidity, and larval
weight on the duration or prepupae and pupal stages of the pale western cutworm,
Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Can. Ent. 92:161-163.
Bowman, K. 1951. An annotated list of the Lepidoptera of Alberta. Can. J. Zool. 29:
121-165.
Brooks, A. R. 1952. Identification of bombyliid parasites and hyperparasites of Phalaenidae
of the Prairie Provinces of Canada, with descriptions of six other bombyliid pupae (Dip-
tera). Can. Ent. 84:357-373.
Brown, A. W., W. Hopewell, B. J. Wenner, and H. McDonald. 1947. Laboratory assess-
ment of organic insecticides for control of certain Lepidopterous larvae. Can. Ent. 79:
161-166.
Butt, B. A. and S. Cantu. 1962. Sex determination of lepidopterous pupae. U. S. Dep. Agric.
ARS-33-75; 7 pp.
Chance, Martin A. 1971. Correction for drag of a flight mill, with an example for Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lep. Noctuidae). Quaest. ent. 7:253-254.
Cook, William C. 1923. Studies in the physical ecology of the Noctuidae. Univ. Minnesota
Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 12.
Cook, W. C. 1924. The distribution of the pale western cutworm ( Porosagrotis orthogonia
Morr.): a study in physical ecology. Ecology 5:60-69.
Cook, W. C. 1926. Some weather relations of the pale western cutworm (. Porosagrotis
orthogonia Morr.). A preliminary study. Ecology 7:37-47.
Cook, W. C. 1927a. Some effects of alternating temperatures on the growth and metabolism
of cutworm larvae. J. econ. Ent. 20:769-782.
Cook, W. C. 1927b. Studies in the ecology of Montana cutworms. Ecology 8:158-173.
Cook, W. C. 1928. Weather and probability of outbreaks of the pale western cutworm in
Montana and near-by states. U. S. Dep. Agric. monthly Weather Rev., March, 56: 103-106.
Cook, W. C. 1929. A bioclimatic zonation for studying the economic distribution of in-
jurious insects. Ecology 10:282-293.
Pale western cutworm
433
Cook, W. C. 1930. Field studies of the pale western cutworm (. Porosagrotis orthogonia
Morr.). Univ. Montana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 225.
Cooley, R. A. 1922. Grasshoppers, cutworms, and other insect pests of 1921-1922. Nine-
teenth report of the State Entomologist of Montana. Univ. Montana Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 150.
Crumb, S. E. 1929. Tobacco cutworms, U. S. Dep. Agric. Bull. 88.
DePew, L. J. 1970. Further studies on pale western cutworm control in Kansas, 1968-1969.
J. econ. Ent. 63:1842-1844.
DePew, L. J. and T. L. Harvey. 1957. Toxicity of certain insecticides for control of pale
western cutworm attacking wheat in Kansas. J. econ. Ent. 50:640-642.
Dethier, V. G. 1939. Further notes on cannibalism among larvae. Psyche Camb. 46:29-35.
Edwards, D. K. 1964. Activity rhythms of Lepidopterous defoliators. I. Techniques for
recording activity, eclosion, and emergence. Can. J. Zool. 42:923-937.
Eshbaugh, F. P. 1933. Progress report on studies of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. Panhandle Agric. Exp. Sta. Goodwill, Okla. Panhandle Bull. 45, 14
pp.
Eyer, J. R. 1957. The pale western cutworm in eastern New Mexico. N. M. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 414.
Faulkner, L. R. 1954. Effects of certain insecticides upon unhatched larvae of the pale
western cutworm in the laboratory. J. econ. Ent. 47:929-930.
Gibson, Arthur. 1912. Entomological record 1911. Ont. ent. Soc. Ann. Rep. 42:89-112.
Gibson, A. 1914. A new destructive cutworm in the genus Porosagrotis occurring in western
Canada. J. econ. Ent. 7:201-203.
Gibson, A. 1915. Cutworms and their control. Can. Dep. Agric. Bull. No. 10. 31 pp.
Hardwick, David F. 1965. The com earworm complex. Mem. ent. Soc. Can. No. 40.
247 pp.
Hocking, B. 1953. Larval nutrition in Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae).
A new rearing method. Can. J. agric. Sci. 33:23-29.
Hocking, B. and K. R. Depner. 1961. Larval nutrition in Agrotis orthogonia (Lepidoptera:
Phalaenidae): Digestive enzymes. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 54:86-89.
Hoemer, John L. 1953. Soil treatment tests for control of the pale western cutworm.
J. econ. Ent. 46:1097.
Jacobson, L. A. 1952. Effects of starvation on larvae of the pale western cutworm, Agro tis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae). Can. J. Zool. 30:194-200.
Jacobson, L. A. 1962a. Diapause in eggs of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia
Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Can. Ent. 94:515-522.
Jacobson, L. A. 1962b. Relation of temperature for hatching to elimination of diapause in
eggs of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Can. Ent. 94:889-892.
Jacobson, L. A. 1965. Mating and oviposition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis ortho-
gonia Morrison (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), in the laboratory. Can. Ent. 97:994-1000.
Jacobson, L. A. 1967. Damage by larvae of the pale western cutworm to winter wheat
after heading. J. econ. Ent. 60:1318-1320.
Jacobson, L. A. and P. E. Blakeley. 1957a. A method of rearing the pale western cutworm,
Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae), in the laboratory. Can. Ent. 89:
87-89.
Jacobson, L. A. and P. E. Blakeley. 1957b. Effects of moisture during starvation of larvae
of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae). Can.
Ent. 89:465-469.
434
Jacobson
Jacobson, L. A. and P. E. Blakeley, 1958a. Influences of temperature and moisture on
hatching of eggs of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). Can. J. pi. Sci. 38:127-134.
Jacobson, L. A. and P. E. Blakeley, 1958b. Development, mortality from starvation, and
oviposition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noc-
tuidae), when fed on various food plants. Can. Ent. 90:650-653.
Jacobson, L. A. and P. E. Blakeley, 1960. Survival, development, and fecundity of the pale
western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) after starvation.
Can. Ent. 92:184-188.
Jacobson, L. A. and S. McDonald. 1966. Chemical control of the pale western cutworm
infesting wheat in Alberta, Canada. J. econ. Ent. 59:965-967.
Jacobson, L. A. and L. K. Peterson. 1965. Interrelations of damage to wheat and feeding
by the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morrison (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Can. Ent. 97:153-158.
Jacobson, L. A., C. W. Farstad and P. E. Blakeley. 1950. Observations on feeding habits of
first-instar larvae of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera:
Phalaenidae). Can. Ent. 82:181-185.
Jacobson, L. A., H. McDonald, I. S. Lindsay and P. E. Blakeley. 1952. Preliminary investi-
gations in chemical control of pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidop-
tera: Phalaenidae). Sci. Agric. 32:592-596.
Kasting, R. and A. J. McGinnis. 1959. Nutrition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). II. Dry matter and nitrogen economy of
larvae fed on sprouts of a hard red spring and a durum wheat. Can. J. Zool. 37:713-720.
Kasting, R. and A. J. McGinnis. 1962. Nutrition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). IV. Amino acid requirements determined
with glucose-U-C1 4. J. Insect Physiol. 8:97-103.
Kasting, R. and A. J. McGinnis. 1965. Measuring consumption of food by an insect with
carbon-14 labelled compounds. J. Insect Physiol. 11:1253-1260.
Kasting, R. and A. J. McGinnis. 1966. Radioisotopes and determination of nutrient require-
ments. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 139:98-107.
Kasting, R. and A. J. McGinnis. 1967. An artificial diet and some growth factor require-
ments for the pale western cutworm. Can. J. Zool. 45:787-796.
Kasting, R., A. J. McGinnis and E. J. Hawn. 1971. A disease of pale western cutworms
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) reared in the laboratory. Can. Ent. 103:1027-1032.
Khan, M. R. and R. Kasting. 1969. Digestive enzymes of sixth-instar larvae of the pale
western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Can. Ent. 101:494-499.
Lindsay, I. S. 1954. Influence of temperature on embryonic development of the pale west-
ern cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae). Can. Ent. 86:557-561.
McDonald, S. 1969. Laboratory evaluation of several new insecticides for control of the
pale western cutworm. J. econ. Ent. 62:30-35.
McDunnough, J. H. 1928. Generic revision of agrotid moths. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 55.
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1959. Nutrition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). I. Effects of underfeeding and artificial diets
on growth and development, and a comparison of wheat sprouts of Thatcher, Triticum
aestivum L., and Golden Ball, T. durum Desf., as food. Can. J. Zool. 37:259-266.
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1960. Nutrition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). III. Lyophilized sprouts and leaves of wheat
as a basal diet for larvae, and effects of supplementation with L-leucine. Can. J. Zool.
38:585-592.
Pale western cutworm
435
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1962. Nutrition of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). V. Utilization of protein labelled with car-
bon-14. J. Nutr. 76:333-340.
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1964a. Chromic oxide indicator method for measuring
food utilization in a plant-feeding insect. Science 144:1464-1465.
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1964b. Comparison of gravimetric and chromic oxide
methods for measuring percentage utilization and consumption of food by phytophagous
insects. J. Insect Physiol. 10:989-995.
McGinnis, A. J. and R. Kasting. 1969. Digestibility studies with cellulose-U-C14 on larvae
of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. J. Insect Physiol. 15:5-10.
McMillan, Ellis. 1935. A survey of cutworm damage in a specimen locality in Saskatchewan.
J. econ. Ent. 28:428-431.
Morrison, H. K. 1876. Descriptions of new North American Noctuidae. Proc. Boston Soc.
nat. Hist. V. 5, 18, 1875/76, pp. 237-241.
Parker, J. R., A. L. Strand and H. L. Seamans. 1920. Our present knowledge of the pale
western cutworm. Univ. Montana Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 94.
Parker, J. R., A. L. Strand and H. L. Seamans. 1921. Pale western cutworm ( Porosagrotis
orthogonia Morr.). J. agric. Res. 22:289-321.
Pfadt, R. E. 1956. Control of the pale western cutworm in wheat. J. econ. Ent. 49:
145-147.
Pruess, K. P. and R. Roselle. 1969. Pale western cutworm control. Univ. Nebr. Coll. Agric.
E. E. 69-1580.
Salt, R. W. and H. L. Seamans. 1945. Experimental starvation of first-instar larvae of the
pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. Can. Ent. 77:150-155.
Schaaf, A. C. 1971. The parasitoid complex of Euxoa ochrogaster (Guenee), (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). M. Sc. thesis. Univ. Alberta.
Seamans, H. L. 1923. Forecasting outbreaks of the pale western cutworm in Alberta. Can.
Ent. 55:51-53.
Seamans, H. L. 1926. The pale western cutworm. Can. Dep. Agric. Pam. 71.
Seamans, H. L. 1931. The pale western cutworm. Unpublished manuscript. On file, Regional
Library, Can. Dep. Agric. Res. Sta., Lethbridge.
Seamans, H. L. 1933. A preliminary study of the chorion design in the micropyle area of
noctuid eggs. M. Sc. thesis. Univ. Saskatchewan.
Seamans, H. L. 1934a. The influence of cultural practices on field crop insects. 65 Ann.
Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. pp. 22-28.
Seamans, H. L. 1934b. Entomological problems of wheat growing in Canada. Proc. fifth
Pacif. Sci. Congr. 1933. pp. 3473-3481.
Seamans, H. L. 1935. Forecasting outbreaks of the pale western cutworm ( Agrotis ortho-
gonia). J. econ. Ent. 28:425-428.
Seamans, H. L. 1937. A probable cultural control for the pale western cutworm, Agrotis
orthogonia Morr. Sci. Agric. 17:612-615.
Seamans, H. L. 1938. The pale western cutworm and its control. Can. Dep. Agric. Pub.
615 (Farm Bull. 59).
Seamans, H. L. 1952. The control of the pale western cutworm. In Agricultural Research
in Canada, Pub. by Agric. Inst, of Canada. R. Newton (ed.). pp. 138-142.
Seamans, H. L. and H. E. Gray. 1934. Design of a new type of light-trap to operate at
controlled intervals. 25th-26th Ann. Rep. Queb. Soc. Prot. PI. (1932-1934), pp. 39-46.
Seamans, H. L. and Ellis McMillan. 1935. The effect of food plants on the development of
the pale western cutworm ( Agrotis orthogonia Morr.). J. econ. Ent. 28:421-425.
436
Jacobson
Seamans, H. L. and P. J. G. Rock. 1945. Starvation of the early instars of the pale western
cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr., and its use in the control of this pest. Can. Ent.
77:57-61.
Smith, J. B. 1890. Revision of the species of genus Agrotis. U. S. nat. Mus. Bull. 38. p. 129.
Smith, J. B. 1908. New species of Noctuidae for 1908. J. N.Y. ent. Soc. 16:87.
Sorenson, C. J. and H. F. Thornley. 1941. Pale western cutworm. Utah Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 297.
Steinhaus, E. A. and R. B. March. 1962. Report of diagnosis of diseased insects 1951-1961.
Hilgardia 33:349-490.
Strickland, E. H. 1915. Poisoned bait for cutworms. Can. Ent. 47:201-204.
Strickland, E. H. 1921. Parasites of the pale western cutworm. Can. Ent. 53:97-100.
Strickland, E. H. 1922. Poisoned molasses for the destruction of Noctuid moths. J. econ.
Ent. 15:214-220.
Strickland, E. H. 1923. Biological notes on parasites of prairie cutworms. Can. Dep. Agric.
Bull. 26. 40 pp.
Strickland, E. H. 1948. Insect pests of grain in Alberta. Univ. Alberta Fac. Agric. Bull. 24.
(Revised). 68 pp.
Various authors. 1952-1970. U. S. Dep. Agric. A.R.S. Co-operative Economic Insect reports.
Walkden, H. H. 1940. Control of the pale western cutworm in the southern great plains
region. U. S. Dep. Agric. E-519. 6 pp.
Walkden, H. H. 1950. Cutworms, armyworms, and related species attacking cereal and
forage crops in the central great plains. U. S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 849.
Wall, R. E. 1932. Prediction of pale western cutworm increase in Montana is fulfilled. J.
econ. Ent. 25:1043-1048.
Webster, R. L. 1924. Pale western cutworm, pp. 45-48. In Report of Director 1921-1923.
N. D. Agric. Coll. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 174.
Webster, R. L. and C. N. Ainslie. 1924. Pale western cutworm in North Dakota. N.D. Agric.
Coll. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 179.
PURIFICATION AND PROPERTIES OF ARGININE PHOSPHOKINASE
FROM HONEYBEES APIS MELLIFERA L. (HYMENOPTERA, APIDAE)
A. C. CHEUNG
Department of Entomology
University of Alberta Quaestiones entomologicae
Edmonton 7, Alberta 7 : 437-446 1971
Arginine phospho kinase was purified from honeybee thoraces. Its molecular weight was
estimated by Sephadex gel chromatography at about 36,000. In the direction of arginine
phosphate synthesis, the enzyme had a pH optimum around 8.3. The energy of activation
for the reaction from 22-45 C was 7,000 cal/mole. Optimum molar ratio ofMg++:ATP
appeared to be 1:1. Besides Mg++, the enzyme was activated to various extents by Mn++,
Ca++, Co++, and Cu++. UTP, GTP, CTP, and ADP could not substitute for ATP as substrate.
The enzyme phosphorylated L-arginine methyl ester and to a much less extent D-arginine,
but did not phosphorylate creatine, guanidoacetic acid, nor hippuryl-L-arginine.
L ’arginine phosphokinase a ete purifiee a partir de thoraxes dabeilles. Son poids mole-
culaire a ete estime par chromatographie sur gele Sephadex a environ 36,000. Dans la
reaction donnant la synthese de Targinine phosphate, Venzime a un pH optimum aux
environs de 8.3. L’energie dactivation pour la reaction de 22-45 C etait 7,000 cal./mole.
Le rapport molaire optimum de Mg++. ATP apparait etre 1:1. En plus de Mg++, Venzime a
ete activee a differents degres par Mn++, Ca++, Co++, et Cu++. UTP, GTP, CTP, et ADP ne
peuvent pas remplacer VATP comme substrat. L’enzime phosphorilate L-arginine methyl
ester et a un degre moins eleve, la D-arginine, mais ne phosphorilate pas la creatine, Vacide
puanido-acetique, et la hippuryl-L-arginine.
Using crab-muscle extracts, Lohmann (1935) first discovered the enzyme arginine phos-
phokinase (EC 2.1 33) which catalyzed the reaction:
ATP + arginine ^ ADP + arginine phosphate + H+
Since then other workers have described the enzyme from various invertebrates. Arginine
phosphokinase has been purified or identified from extracts of the following species: fresh-
water crayfish Potamobius astacus, and P. leptodactylus (Elodi and Szorenyi, 1956), sea
crayfish Jasus verreauxi (Morrison et al., 1957; Uhr et al. , 1966), shrimps Palaemon serratus,
P. elegans (Virden and Watts, 1964), crabs Pagurus bernhardus, Callinectus sapidus ( Blethan
and Daplan, 1968 ), Atelecyclus septemdentatus, Cancer pagurus, Por tunas depurator, Carci-
nus maemas, Maia squinado (Virden and Watts, 1964), lobsters Homarus vulgaris (Pradel et
al . , 1964; Virden et al., 1965), H. americanus (Blethan and Kaplan, 1967; Regnouf et al.,
1969), and Nephrops norwegicus (Virden and Watts, 1964), molluscs Pecten maximus, and
Chlamys opercularis (Virden and Watts, 1964), the horseshoe crab Limulus polyphemus
(Blethan and Kaplan, 1968), echinoderms Centrostephanus rodgersii, Heliocidaris erythro-
gramma (Griffiths et al., 1957a), and Echinus esculentus, Holothuria forskali, and Asterias
rubens (Virden and Watts, 1964), the tunicate Styella mammiculata (Virden and Watts,
1964), the cephalochordate Amphioxus lanceolatus (Virden and Watts, 1964), arachnids
Pholcus phalangioides , and Dugesiella hentzi (Blethan and Kaplan, 1968), the annelid Sipun-
culus nudus (Regnouf et al., 1969), insects Melanoplus bruneri, Apis mellifera, Porthetria
dispar, Sympetrum rubicundulum , (Blethan and Kaplan, 1968), and Calliphora erythroce-
phala (Lewis and Fowler, 1962), protozoans Tetrahymena pyriformis (Robin and Viala,
1966; Watts and Bannister, 1970), and Stentor coeruleus (Watts et al. , 1968), and from the
bacteria Escherichia coli (Di Jeso, 1967).
In the study of the properties of this enzyme most workers used enzymes extracted from
438
Cheung
crustaceans. Little work has been done on the enzyme from insect sources. Recently Carlson
et al. (1971) reported the crystallization of arginine kinase from honeybee thoraces. These
workers indicated that the physical, chemical, and catalytic properties of the enzyme were
being studied. So far there has been no report on the properties of an insect APK. I report
a method of purifying arginine phosphokinase from honeybee thoraces and the investiga-
tions on some properties of the enzyme in the direction of arginine phosphate synthesis.
The following abbreviations are used: arginine phosphokinase, APK; arginine phosphate,
AP; adenosine triphosphate, ATP; uridine triphosphate, UTP; guanosine triphosphate, GTP;
cytidine triphosphate, CTP; adenosine diphosphate, ADP; diethyl aminoethyl cellulose,
DEAE-cellulose; disodium ethylenediamine-tetraacetate, EDTA; and Tris (Hydroxymethyl)
aminomethane, Tris.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Experimental animals
Honeybee workers ( Apis mellifera L.) were obtained from a local apiary and frozen until
use.
Sources of chemicals
ATP and L-arginine came from both Sigma Chemical and Calbiochem. UTP, CTP, GTP,
ADP, L-arginine methyl ester, hippuryl-L-arginine, guanidoacetic acid, creatine, cytochrome
c, Tris, and DEAE-cellulose came from Sigma Chemical. D-arginine, myoglobin, haemo-
globin, and bovine albumin came from Nutritional Biochemicals. L-cysteine HC1, 2-mercap-
toethanol, reduced glutathion, 7-globulin, and Aquacide I came from Calbiochem. MgS04,
MnS04, CuS04, CoCl2, CaCl2, ammonium molybdate, l-amino-2-naphthol-4-sulfonic acid,
and EDTA came from Fisher Scientific.
Assay procedure
The activity of the enzyme was estimated by measuring the inorganic phosphate released
after acid hydrolysis of arginine phosphate. The assay procedure was modified from that of
Morrison et al. (1957). The reaction mixture contained a final concentration of 50 mM Tris,
1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 5 mM ATP, and 10 mM each of arginine and MgS04, pH 8.3. In
a typical assay, 0.9 ml of the stock solution was incubated at 30 C for 5 min, the reaction
was started by adding 0.1 ml APK solution. The reaction was stopped after 5 min by adding
0.5 ml 30% acetic acid. The solution was placed in boiling water for exactly 1 min, after
which it was immersed in an ice-bath. The colorimetric determination of inorganic phos-
phate was started by adding 2.0 ml 5% w/v ammonium molybdate in 15% v/v H2S04
followed by 0.5 ml 0.25% aminonapthol sulfonic acid half a minute later. The mixture was
diluted with 5 ml glass distilled water. The absorbance of the resulting blue solution was
read at 540 nm in a Beckman DU-2 spectrophotometer after 20 min. Controls were run in
the same way except that acetic acid was added before adding the enzyme. Enzyme activity
was measured as the difference in absorbance between the 5 min assay and the control.
When working with the crude extracts and various (NH4)2S04 fractions, correction for
ATPase activity was made by subtracting the change in absorbance without arginine in the
stock solution. By using a standard curve prepared with various amounts of inorganic phos-
phate, enzyme velocity was converted to jumoles arginine phosphate synthesized per min.
For higher temperatures or lower substrate concentrations, the duration of the assay
was reduced to ensure that only the linear portion of the reaction velocity was measured.
Protein concentrations were determined spectrophotometrically according to the method
of Layne (1957).
Honeybee arginine phosphokinase
439
RESULTS
Purification of arginine phosphokinase
Purification procedure was carried out at 0-4 C. The buffer used was 10 mM Tris, 5 mM
EDTA, pH 7.0, unless stated otherwise.
Extraction. — Bee thoraces weighing 50 g were homogenized in 150 ml Tris buffer with
an omni-mixer for 3 min and centrifuged at 10,000 g for 30 min. The supernatant was saved.
The above procedure was repeated on the precipitate with 100 ml buffer. The supernatants
were combined.
Ammonium sulfate fractionation. — Granular (NH4)2S04 was added to the combined
supernatant until 60% saturated. The precipitate formed after centrifugation at 10,000 g
for 30 min was discarded. More (NH4)2S04 was added to the supernatant until 80% satu-
rated and the precipitate collected after centrifugation at 10,000 g for 30 min was saved.
Precipitate from this (NH4)2S04 fraction gave the highest specific activity reading. The
reading was much lower than expected, probably due to the high concentration of S04 =
ion which was a potent inhibitor of creatine phosphokinase (Noda et al., 1960). Chloride,
nitrate, and acetate as the sodium and potassium salts inhibited arginine phophokinase from
lobster (Virden et al. , 1 965).
Sephadex G-100 chromatography. — The precipitate from 80% (NH4)2S04 fraction was
dissolved in Tris buffer and put through a Sephadex G-100 column (1.4 x 102 cm) equili-
brated with 50 mM Tris, 5 mM EDTA, 100 mM KC1, pH 7.0 buffer. The column was eluted
with the same buffer. Protein concentration of the eluent was estimated by measuring the
absorbance at 280 nm and APK activity was assayed in the direction of AP synthesis as
described under assay method.
DEAE-cellulose chromatography. - The solution from Sephadex chromatography was
dialyzed against two changes of Tris buffer overnight. The dialyzed solution was pumped
through a DEAE-cellulose column (2.5 x 24 cm) equilibrated with Tris buffer. The column
was eluted by 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 M NaCl, and 30% (NH4)2S04 in Tris buffer. The enzyme
appeared shortly after 0.1 M NaCl in Tris buffer was pumped into the column. The enzyme
solution obtained was free of ATPase activity. A final concentration of 1 mM 2-mercapto-
ethanol was added to the enzyme solution. A summary of the data is listed in Table 1.
Table 1. Purification of arginine phosphokinase from honeybee thoraces. Weight of tho-
races, 50 g.
* See text for the explanation of the exceptionally low specific activity.
440
Cheung
Estimation of molecular weight by Sephadex G- 100 gel chromatography
A Sephadex G-100 column (1.4 x 102 cm) was calibrated according to the method of
Andrews (1964). The proteins used were 7-globulin, bovine albumin, haemoglobin, myo-
globin, and cytochrome c. The molecular weight of the enzyme estimated by this method is
36,000 ± 3,000 (Fig. 1).
Electrophoresis of APK
The APK solution was concentrated by Aquacide I to a concentration of 9.6 mg/ml.
About 5 /d was applied to each Sepraphore III cellulose polyacetate strip (1” x 6%”) and
electrophoresed at a constant current of 1 ma/strip for 65 min. The buffer used was 10 mM
Tris, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, at pH’s 9.0, 7.0, and 4.0. At these three pH’s
the enzyme migrated as a single protein band, APK activity coincided with the band. Protein
was stained with Ponceau S.
Effect of pH on APK activity
The assays were done in 50 mM Tris, 100 mM bicarbonate buffer. Maximum activity oc-
curred around pH 8.3. At pH’s higher than 9.0, the enzyme activity declined rapidly (Fig. 2).
Effect of enzyme concentration on velocity
The reaction velocity was directly proportional to enzyme concentration over the con-
centration range studied (Fig. 3). The reaction time used was 5 min for APK concentrations
up to 4 jug/ nil; above this the reaction time was 2.5 min. This eliminated the chance of
measuring the non-linear portion of the reaction velocity.
Temperature stability of the enzyme
Aliquots of the enzyme solution were incubated at various temperatures for 1 5 min and
then assayed at 30 C for 15 min. There was no loss of activity up to 40 C, from 40-45 C
activity declined slightly, and beyond 45 C a sharp decline in activity was observed (Fig. 4).
Effect of temperature on velocity
To ensure only the initial velocities were measured, the assays were shortened as the
temperature was increased. The durations of the assays for 22, 29, 34, 39, 45, and 50 C
were 5', 5', 3', 2 ', 1', and 1', respectively. Velocity increased from 22-45 C, beyond this
temperature range velocity declined (Fig. 5). When the reciprocals of absolute temperatures
for the range of 22-45 C were plotted against the logarithm of velocity, a linear Arrhenius
plot was obtained (Fig. 6). The activation energy calculated from the slope of the graph
was 7,000 cal/mole.
Effect of sulfhydryl compounds
Addition of sulfhydryl compounds to the assay solution increased the enzyme activity
by as much as 33%. Cysteine, 2-mercaptoethanol, and reduced glutathion all had similar
effects. The activation by 2-mercaptoethanol is shown in Fig. 7.
Activation by various bivalent cations
The metal salts used were either sulfates or chlorides. No activity was detected without
adding bivalent cations. Addition of 10 mM of Mg++, Mn++, Cu++, Ca++, and Co++ activated
the enzyme to various extents. The enzyme was more active with Mn++ than with Mg++;
Cu++, Ca++, Co++ activated the enzyme to a much less extent. These results are listed in
Table 2.
Honeybee arginine phosphokinase
441
©
8
pH
10
Fig. 1. Estimation of the molecular weight of honeybee APK by Sephadex G-100 gel chromatography. The
proteins used and their molecular weights were: 1. 7-globulin, 160,000; 2. bovine albumin (dimer), 134,000;
3. bovine albumin (monomer), 67,000; 4. haemoglobin, 64,500; 5. myoglobin, 17,800; 6. cytochrome c, 12,400.
The molecular weight of APK estimated by this method is 36,000 ± 3,000.
Fig. 2. Effect of pH on reaction velocity of honeybee APK. The buffer used was 50 mM Tris, 100 mM bicar-
bonate at various pH’s. Optimum activity occurred around pH 8.3.
Te
mp.
Fig. 3. Effect of enzyme concentration on the reaction velocity of honeybee APK. Reaction time was 5 min
up to 4 ng APK added, above 4 pg, reaction time was 2.5 min.
Fig. 4. Temperature stability of honeybee APK. Aliquots of the enzyme were incubated at various temperatures
for 15 min and then assayed at 30 C for 15 min.
442 Cheung
Fig. 5. Effect of temperature on reaction velocity of honeybee APK. Duration of the assays were progressively
decreased as temperature was increased so that only the linear portion of the reaction velocity was measured.
APK: 1.3 Mg/assay.
Fig. 6. The Arrhenius plot of the data from Fig. 5. T = absolute temperature; v = /imoles/min. APK: 1.3 /ig/assay.
Fig. 7. Effect of 2-mercaptoethanol on reaction velocity of honeybee APK. With sulfhydryl-free APK and reaction
solution, addition of 2-mercaptoethanol to the reaction solution increased the enzyme activity up to 33% of its
original activity. APK: 1.3 /zg/assay.
Honeybee arginine phosphokinase
443
Table 2. Activation of APK by metal ions. Conditions as described in assay procedure
except that 10 mM of the following ions was used in place of Mg++. APK: 1.3 jug/assay.
Effect of varying magnesium concentration on velocity
The effect of increasing magnesium concentration on velocity was studied with three
levels of ATP concentration (Fig. 8). The maximum velocity was reached when the molar
ratio of Mg++ : ATP was one. Increase in the ratio caused a slight decline in velocity. Similar
results were obtained when Mg++ was replaced by Mn++. The Lineweaver-Burk plot of the
reaction velocities against ATP concentrations at 5 mM and 10 mM Mg++ indicates that the
inhibition by Mg++ was competitive.
Specificity of arginine phosphokinase
When ATP was replaced by the same concentration of UTP, CTP, GTP, or ADP, no
activity was observed.
The ability of the enzyme to phosphorylate several guanidino compounds was deter-
mined. The final concentration of the guanidines in the reaction mixture was 10 mM. The
results of the experiment are shown in Table 3. Both L-arginine methyl ester and D-arginine
served as substrates to a limited extent.
Fig. 8. Effect of magnesium concentration on reaction velocity of hoenybee APK at three ATP concentrations.
Reaction time, 5 min; APK: 1.3 g/assay.
444
Cheung
Table 3. Specificity of APK: phosphorylation of guanidines. Conditions as described in
assay procedure except that 10 mM of the following guanidines was used in place of
L-arginine. APK: 2.6 jig/assay.
DISCUSSION
Using sedimentation and diffusion experiments, Elodi and Szor6nyi (1956) estimated
the molecular weight of APK from Potamobius astacus to be 43,000. Virden et al. (1966)
concluded from estimates obtained with ultracentrifuge analysis, gel filtration, and density-
gradient centrifugation, that the molecular weight of the enzyme from Homarus vulgaris
was 37,000. Blethan and Kaplan (1968) estimated the molecular weights of APK from sev-
eral arthropods by gel chromatography to range from 35,000 ± 2,000 to 38,000 ± 2,000.
Moreland and Watts (1967) discovered the existence of two forms of APK in some molluscs;
one with a molecular weight of 40,000 and the other 80,000. From the distribution of the
isoenzymes in different muscle tissues, they suggested that the different forms of enzyme
were associated with different muscle functions and structures. Regnouf et al. (1969) had
shown that APK from Homarus vulgaris had a molecular weight of 43,000 and consisted of
a single polypeptide chain, whereas APK from the annelid Sipunculus nudus with molecular
weight of 86,000 was a dimer. Oriol et al. (1970) again showed that APK’s from lobster
and crab with molecular weights of about 40,000 were monomers. Robin et al (1969)
identified an APK from the polychaetes Sabella pavonina and Spirographis spallanzanii with
a molecular weight of 160,000. Thus, various workers have shown that there are at least
three forms of APK in invertebrates, a monomer with a molecular weight of about 40,000,
a dimer, and a tetramer, with corresponding molecular weights. In the present study, both
gel chromatography and electrophoresis indicated that only one form of APK was present
in honeybee thoraces, and from gel chromatography, the molecular weight of the enzyme
was estimated to be 36,000 ± 3,000.
The honeybee enzyme has a pH optimum around 8.3. The activity declines sharply at
pH’s higher than the optimum and becomes insignificant beyond pH 9.5. Virden et al.
(1965) had similar results with APK from Homarus vulgaris. However, Morrison et al.
(1957) reported a pH optimum of 8. 4-8. 5 with APK from Jasus verreauxi with a much
broader pH tolerance. Whether this difference in pH tolerance is due to differences between
the enzymes or to experimental conditions is still to be investigated.
As in Homarus vulgaris (Virden et al., 1965), APK from honeybees is activated by Ca++
and Co++. The enzyme from sea crayfish was not activated by either Ca++ or Co++ (Morrison
et al., 1957).
Honeybee arginine phosphokinase
445
The enzyme is quite specific with respect to the nucleotide substrate. ATP cannot be
substituted by UTP, CTP, GTP, or ADP. It is less specific with the guanidino substrate.
The enzyme is able to phosphorylate L-arginine methyl ester and to a much less extent,
D-arginine. APK from Sabella pavonina was reported to show significant activity with D-
arginine (28% of the activity with L-arginine) and those from Maia squinado, Eupagurus
bernhardus, Pecten maximum, Polycelis cornuta, Myxicola infundibulum, and Holothuria
forskali were also reported to have some activity with D-arginine (1-7% of the activity with
L-arginine) (Virden and Watts, 1964).
Without added metal ions, no activity was observed. A similar finding was reported by
Virden et al. (1965) with lobster enzyme, and a trace of activity was reported by Morrison
et al. (1957) with crayfish enzyme. Optimum molar ratio of Mg++ : ATP appeared to be
1:1, similar to the findings of Griffiths et al. (1957b). An increase in the ratio led to a slight
decline in activity.
Preliminary studies of initial velocity and product inhibition indicated that the reaction
mechanism is random sequential.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank R. H. Gooding for his excellent advice on the research. I also thank B. B.
Chiolino and R. H. Gooding for their comments on the manuscript. The research for this
paper was supported (in part) by the Defence Research Board of Canada, Grant 6801-41.
REFERENCES
Andrews, P. 1964. Estimation of the molecular weights of proteins by Sephadex gel-filtra-
Biochem. J. 91:222-233.
Blethan, S. L. and N. O. Kaplan. 1967. Purification of arginine kinase from lobster and a
study of some factors affecting its reactivation. Biochemistry 6:1413-21.
Blethan, S. L. and N. O. Kaplan. 1968. Characteristics of arthropod arginine kinases. Bio-
chemistry 7:2123-35.
Carlson, C. W., S. C. Fink and R. W. Brosemer. 1971. Crystallization of glycerol 3-phosphate
dehydrogenase, triosephosphate dehydrogenase, arginine kinase, and cytochrome c from
a single extract of honeybees. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 144: 107-1 14.
Di Jeso, F. 1967. Presence of a phosphogen (Phosphoarginine) and the phosphotransferase
involved in its synthesis in E. coli. C. R. Soc. Biol. 161:584-589.
Elodi, P. and E. Szorenyi. 1956. Properties of crystalline arginine phosphotransferase iso-
lated from crustacean muscle. Acta Physiol. Acad. Sci. Hung. 9:367-379.
Griffiths, D. E., J. F. Morrison and A. H. Ennor. 1957a. Distribution of guanidines, phos-
phagens and N-amidino phosphokinases in echinoids. Biochem. J. 65:612-617.
Griffiths, D. E., J. F. Morrison and A. H. Ennor. 1957b. Kinetics of the reactions catalyzed
by arginine phosphokinase. Biochem. J. 65:153-162.
Layne, E. 1957. Spectrophotometric and turbidimetric methods for measuring proteins.
In S. P. Colowick and N. O. Kaplan (eds.), Methods in enzymology 3:447-454.
Lewis, S. K. and K. S. Fowler. 1962. In vitro synthesis of phosphoarginine by blowfly
muscle. Nature 194:1178-1179.
Lohmann, K. 1935. Uber die Aufspaltung der Adenylpyrophosphorsaure und Argininphos-
phorsaure in Krebsmuskulatur. Biochem. Z. 282: 109-1 19.
Moreland, B. and D. C. Watts. 1967. Molecular weight of isoenzymes arginine kinase in the
mollusca and their association with muscular function. Nature 215: 1092-1094.
446
Cheung
Morrison, J. F., D. E. Griffiths and A. H. Ennor. 1957. Purification and properties of
arginine phosphokinase. Biochem. J. 65:143-153.
Noda, L., T. Nihei and M. F. Morales. 1960. The enzymatic activity and inhibition of adeno-
sine 5'-triphosphate-creatine transphosphorylase. J. biol. Chem. 235:2830-2834.
Oriol, C., M. F. Landon and N. V. Thoai. 1970. Determination of molecular weights and
number of subunits of various phosphagen kinases. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 207:514-
521.
Pradel, L. A., R. Kassab, F. Regnouf and N. V. Thoai. 1964. Active sites of ATP-arginine
phosphotransferase. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 89:255-265.
Regnouf, F., L. A. Pradel, R. Kassab and N. V. Thoai. 1969. Carboxy-terminal sequences
of ATP : L-arginine phosphotransferases of molecular weight 43,000 (Homarus vulgaris )
and 86,000 ( Sipunculus nudus ). Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 194:540-547.
Robin, Y. and B. Viala. 1966. On the presence of ATP-arginine phosphotransferase in
Tetrahymena pyriformis. W. Cambridge Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 18:405-413.
Robin, Y., C. Klotz and N. V. Thoai. 1969. New form of ATP : arginine phosphotransferase
of molecular weight 160,000. Biochim. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 171:357-359.
Uhr, M. L., F. Marcus and J. F. Morrison. 1966. Adenosine triphosphate : arginine phos-
photransferase. Purification and reaction mechanism. J. Biol. Chem. 241:5428-5435.
Virden, R. and D. C. Watts. 1964. Distribution of guanidine-ATP phosphotransferases and
ATPase in animals from several phyla. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 13:161-177.
Virden, R., D. C. Watts and E. Baldwin. 1965. ATP : arginine phosphotransferase from
lobster muscle; purification and properties. Biochem. J. 94:536-544.
Virden, R., D. C. Watts, R. C. Watts, D. B. Gammack and J. H. Raper. 1966. ATP-arginine
phosphotransferase from lobster muscle. Molecular weight. Biochem. J. 99:155-158.
Watts, D. C. and L. H. Bannister. 1970. Location of arginine kinase in the cilia of Tetra-
hymena pyriformis. Nature 226:450-451.
Watts, D. C., B. Moreland, E. C. Tatchell and L. H. Bannister. 1968. A particulate ATP-
arginine phosphotransferase in the protozoan Stentor coeruleus. Comp. Biochem. Physiol.
25:553-558.
Publication of Quaestiones Entomologicae was started in 1965 as part
of a memorial project for Professor E. H. Strickland, the founder of the
Department of Entomology at the University of Alberta in Edmonton
in 1922.
It is intended to provide prompt low-cost publication for accounts of
entomological research of greater than average length, with priority
given to work in Professor Strickland’s special fields of interest including
entomology in Alberta, systematic work, and other papers based on work
done at the University of Alberta.
Copy should conform to the Style Manual for Biological Journals
published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Second
Edition, 1964, except as regards the abbreviations of titles of periodicals
which should be those given in the World List of Scientific Periodicals,
1964 Edition. The appropriate abbreviation for this journal is Quaest. ent.
An abstract of not more than 500 words is required. All manuscripts will
be reviewed by referees.
Illustrations and tables must be suitable for reproduction on a page
size of 9%X6% inches, text and tables not more than 73/4X4% inches,
plates and figures not more than SV2 X 5 inches. Reprints must be ordered
when proofs are returned, and will be supplied at cost. Subscription rates
are the same for institutions, libraries, and individuals, $4.00 per
volume of 4 issues, normally appearing at quarterly intervals; single
issues $1.00. An abstract edition is available, printed on one or both
sides (according to length) of 3X5 inch index cards (at $1.00 per
volume) or on 5X8 inch standard single row punched cards ($1.50 per
volume) .
Communications regarding subscriptions and exchanges should be
addressed to the Subscription Manager and regarding manuscripts to:
The Editor, Quaestiones Entomologicae,
Department of Entomology,
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
«ow©
712
3 2044 128 41
Date Due